Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 20, 2017

Registration No. 333-            

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7372   47-1628077
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

 

11305 Four Points Drive, Building 2, Suite 100

Austin, TX 78726

(512) 346-2000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Christopher Schmitt

General Counsel

SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc.

11305 Four Points Drive, Building 2, Suite 100

Austin, TX 78726

(512) 346-2000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Paul R. Tobias

J. Wesley Jones

Lanchi D. Huynh

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

2801 Via Fortuna, Suite 100

Austin, TX 78746

(512) 542-8400

 

Kenneth J. Gordon

Joseph C. Theis

Goodwin Procter LLP

100 Northern Avenue

Boston, MA 02210

(617) 570-1000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public:

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer    ☐    Accelerated filer    ☐    Non-accelerated filer    ☒    Smaller reporting company    ☐    Emerging growth company    ☒
      (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)      

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities

to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price (1) (2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $100,000,000   $12,450

 

 

(1) Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued                     , 2017

                     Shares

 

LOGO

COMMON STOCK

 

 

SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. is offering                  shares of common stock. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional             shares of common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share.

 

 

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SAIL.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws, and as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings. Investing in our common stock involves risks. Please see “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 16.

 

 

After this offering, Thoma Bravo Fund XI, L.P., Thoma Bravo Fund XI-A, L.P., Thoma Bravo Executive Fund XI, L.P. and their affiliated entities will own approximately     % of our common stock (or     % of our common stock if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). As a result, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange. See “Management—Status as a Controlled Company.”

 

 

PRICE $             A SHARE

 

 

 

      

Price to

Public

      

Underwriting

Discounts

and

Commissions (1)

      

Proceeds to

SailPoint

      

Proceeds to

Selling
Stockholders

 

Per Share

       $                   $                   $                   $           

Total

       $                              $                              $                              $                      

 

(1)   See the section titled “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional              shares and              shares of common stock, respectively, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount to cover over-allotments, if any.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                     , 2017.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY   CITIGROUP   JEFFERIES   RBC CAPITAL MARKETS

 

KEYBANC CAPITAL MARKETS

 

 

CANACCORD GENUITY

 

 

OPPENHEIMER & CO.

                    , 2017


Table of Contents

LOGO

Our fundamental belief is that identity is power. Our mission is to enable enterprises to grow and innovate, securely and efficiently.


Table of Contents

LOGO

Security Reduce risk of data breaches exploiting identities IT Ops Automate identity processes that previously consumed IT resources Compliance Address regulations including SOX, GDPR and HIPAA Data bases Operating Systems Mainframe Apps Unstructured Data Infrastructure On-prem Apps Web Apps Devices Cloud Apps Directories Identity is Power SailPoint The Power of Identity


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     16  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     46  

Market and Industry Data

     48  

Use of Proceeds

     49  

Dividend Policy

     50  

Capitalization

     51  

Dilution

     53  

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     55  

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

     58  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     60  

Letter from Founder

     86  

Business

     88  

Management

     109  

Executive Compensation

     115  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     125  

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     129  

Description of Indebtedness

     132  

Description of Capital Stock

     134  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     140  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

     142  

Underwriting

     146  

Legal Matters

     155  

Experts

     155  

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     155  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  
 

 

 

Through and including                 , 2017 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

Neither we nor the selling stockholders have authorized anyone to provide any information or make any representations other than the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the selling stockholders take responsibility for, or provide any assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it.

We and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside of the United States: neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision.

Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “SailPoint,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus refer to SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. The term “Thoma Bravo Funds” refers to Thoma Bravo Fund XI, L.P., Thoma Bravo Fund XI-A, L.P. and Thoma Bravo Executive Fund XI, L.P., and the term “Thoma Bravo” refers to Thoma Bravo, LLC, the management company and ultimate general partner of the Thoma Bravo Funds.

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS, INC.

Our Vision

Our fundamental belief is that identity is power. Our mission is to enable enterprises to grow and innovate, securely and efficiently. To do so, we have created our open identity platform that empowers users and governs their access to applications and data across complex, hybrid IT environments.

Overview

SailPoint is the leading provider of enterprise identity governance solutions. Our team of visionary industry veterans launched SailPoint to empower our customers to efficiently and securely govern the digital identities of employees, contractors, business partners and other users, and manage their constantly changing access rights to enterprise applications and data. Our open identity platform provides organizations with critical visibility into who currently has access to which resources, who should have access to those resources, and how that access is being used. We offer both on-premises software and cloud-based solutions, which provide organizations with the intelligence required to empower users and govern their access to applications and data across hybrid IT environments, whether comprised of on-premises, cloud or mobile applications. We help customers enable their businesses with more agile and innovative IT, enhance their security posture and better meet compliance and regulatory requirements. Our customers include many of the world’s largest and most complex organizations, including commercial enterprises, educational institutions and governments.

Organizations globally are investing in technologies such as cloud computing and mobility to improve employee productivity, business agility and competitiveness. Today, enterprise environments are more open and interconnected with their business partners, contractors, vendors and customers. Business users have driven a dramatic increase in the number of applications and data that organizations need to manage, much of which sits beyond the traditional network perimeter. Because of these trends, the attack surface is expanding while well-funded cyber attackers have significantly increased the frequency and sophistication of their attacks. As a result, IT professionals need to manage and secure increasingly complex hybrid IT environments within these extended enterprises.

Attackers frequently target the identity vector as it allows them to leverage user identities to gain access to high-value systems and data while concealing their activity and movements within an organization’s IT infrastructure. According to the Verizon 2017 Data Breach Investigations Report, 81% of hacking-related

 



 

1


Table of Contents

breaches involve the misuse of identity credentials, leveraging stolen and/or weak passwords. The consequences of a data breach can be extremely damaging, with organizations facing significant costs to remediate the breach and repair brand and reputational damage. In addition, governments and regulatory bodies have increased efforts to protect users and their data with a new wave of regulatory and compliance measures that are further burdening organizations and levying severe penalties for non-compliance. As a result of these trends, enterprises are struggling to efficiently manage and secure their digital identities.

We believe that our open identity platform is a critical, foundational layer of a modern cyber security strategy that complements and builds upon traditional perimeter- and endpoint-centric security solutions, which on their own are increasingly insufficient to secure organizations, and their applications and data. We deliver a user-centric security platform that combines identity and data governance solutions to form a holistic view of the enterprise. In combination with our technology partners, we create identity awareness throughout our customers’ environments by providing valuable insights into, and incorporating information from, a broad range of enterprise software and security solutions. Our governance platform provides a system of record for digital identities across our customers’ IT environments while allowing them to remain agile and competitive. Our adaptable solutions integrate seamlessly into existing technology stacks, allowing organizations to maximize the value of their technology investments. Our professionals work closely with customers throughout the implementation lifecycle, from documentation to development to integration.

Our solutions address the complex needs of global enterprises and mid-market organizations. Our go-to-market strategy consists of both direct sales and indirect sales through resellers, such as Optiv, and system integrators, including Accenture, Deloitte, KPMG and PwC. As of June 30, 2017, more than 750 customers across a wide variety of industries were using our products to enable and secure digital identities across the globe.

Our leadership in identity governance has been recognized by independent research firms. Gartner has named us a leader in their Magic Quadrant for Identity Governance and Administration for the fifth consecutive time. (1) Also, SailPoint has been named a leader in Forrester’s Identity Management and Governance Wave report and a leader in KuppingerCole’s Identity as a Service Leadership Compass.

Our revenue grew at a compound annual growth rate of 41% from the year ended 2011 to the year ended 2016. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, our revenue was $95.4 million, $132.4 million, $56.9 million and $74.7 million, respectively. During such periods, purchase accounting adjustments reduced our revenue by $5.6 million, $1.4 million, $0.8 million and $0.1 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, our net loss was $10.8 million, $3.2 million, $4.2 million and $6.6 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, our net cash provided by operations was $3.6 million, $6.5 million, $4.5 million and $6.0 million, respectively.

Industry Background

Enterprises are Adopting New Technologies, Resulting in Complex IT Environments

Modern Organizations Have Hybrid IT Environments. Organizations have invested trillions of dollars over the last several decades in building large, complex IT environments to automate business processes, improve efficiency and gain a competitive advantage. Historically, the vast majority of this spend was for technologies deployed on-premises. While organizations are shifting a portion of their IT budgets to invest in technologies such as cloud computing, the majority of IT investment remains on-premises. Consequently, organizations continue to operate highly complex hybrid IT environments, and will do so for many years to come.

 

(1)   Gartner, Inc., “Magic Quadrant for Identity Governance and Administration,” dated February 22, 2017. See “Market and Industry Data” for information regarding the industry data used in this prospectus.

 



 

2


Table of Contents

The Extended Enterprise Increases Risk . Enterprises increasingly allow business partners and customers to access their IT environments. While providing this access is critical in today’s competitive and highly-connected world, it significantly increases the number of digital identities that enterprises need to manage and exposes enterprises to new risks.

Unstructured Data is Exploding within Enterprises. Enterprises are increasingly digitizing business activities to improve and transform their operations, leading to unprecedented growth in data volumes. According to IDC estimates, over 13 times as much data was created in 2016 as compared to 2010. A byproduct of enterprise digitization is the massive growth and sprawl of unstructured data, such as text documents, emails and other user-generated content, which is often highly sensitive or critical. Comprehensively securing access to all enterprise data is becoming increasingly difficult.

Advances in Robotic Process Automation (“RPA”) Software and Internet of Things (“IoT”) Further Increase Complexity and Present Unknown Risks . A digital identity no longer correlates only to a human user. The notion of what an identity encapsulates has expanded to include a range of intelligent software, like RPA which can mimic the activity of a human operator, and connected devices. RPA software and IoT devices represent billions of new identities for organizations to potentially secure, govern and manage.

Security Threats are Raising the Stakes for Organizations Everywhere

Cyber Criminals are Launching Highly Sophisticated, Stealthy and Targeted Attacks on an Unprecedented Scale . Advanced attacks are multi-staged, unfolding over time and utilize a range of attack vectors with military-grade cyber weapons and proven techniques such as spear phishing and social engineering, leaving organizations and users at high risk of being compromised. According to a study by Risk Based Security, in 2016, 4.2 billion data records were lost or stolen, up from the previous high in 2013 by more than 3 billion. Breaches occur daily and there is significant financial and brand value destruction associated with attacks.

Attacks are Increasingly Focused on the Identity Vector. The vast majority of data breaches, whether conducted by a cyber attacker from inside or outside of the organization, involve the misappropriation of digital identities and user credentials. These credentials are used to gain legitimate access to sensitive systems and high-value personal and corporate data. Many large, well-known organizations have been subject to cyber attacks that exploited the identity vector, including Advocate Health Care, Home Depot, Société Générale, Target, the U.S. Office of Personnel Management and Yahoo!, demonstrating that even organizations with significant resources and security expertise have challenges securing their identities.

Organizations Face Growing Regulatory and Compliance Requirements

Regulatory Pressures are Increasing. New and evolving regulations and compliance standards for cyber security, data protection, privacy and internal IT controls are often created in response to the tide of cyber attacks and will increasingly impact organizations. Existing regulatory standards require that organizations implement internal controls for user access to applications and data. In addition, data breaches are driving a new wave of regulation, such as the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), with stricter enforcement and higher penalties.

Complying with Regulations is Difficult and Costly . Regulatory and policy-driven obligations require expensive and time-consuming compliance measures. The fear of non-compliance, failed audits and material findings has pushed organizations to spend more to ensure they are in compliance, often resulting in costly, one-off implementations to mitigate potential fines or reputational damage. The high costs associated with failing to meet regulatory requirements, combined with the risk of fallout from security breaches, has elevated this topic from the IT organization to the executive and board level.

 



 

3


Table of Contents

Legacy Identity Solutions are Struggling to Meet Evolving Enterprise Requirements

Most legacy identity solutions were initially developed 15 to 20 years ago, when the IT environment was significantly different and operational, security and compliance challenges were far less demanding. These identity management solutions have struggled to meet evolving enterprise requirements in today’s complex, hybrid IT environment given their inherent limitations. These legacy identity solutions are:

 

    Cumbersome and expensive to deploy, manage and evolve;

 

    Not designed for business users;

 

    Closed, proprietary architectures;

 

    Not designed for cloud and mobile environments; and

 

    Difficult to manage user access to unstructured data.

While some legacy identity management vendors have attempted to evolve their solutions to address today’s challenges, we believe their legacy architectures have limited their ability to effectively meet enterprise requirements. These shortcomings have increasingly led customers to replace their legacy solutions.

Access Management and Identity Governance are Distinct Categories

In recent years, in response to the adoption of cloud computing and mobility, many access management solutions have been developed to provide convenient access to cloud applications and data. These products enforce real-time access, offering functionality such as single sign-on, multi-factor authentication and mobile access, emphasizing user convenience rather than organizational control or improved security. Organizations seeking to govern their complex IT environments effectively and efficiently need to invest in a robust identity governance platform to properly manage and secure user access to applications and data throughout the enterprise.

Our Opportunity

We believe our platform addresses a significant capability gap in today’s complex and hybrid world. Our open identity platform provides a solution that is able to accommodate customers as they grow, expand and respond to security, regulatory and competitive challenges. As organizational complexity continues to increase, our solutions will become increasingly essential to govern users and their access to applications and data.

Our Solution

We were founded by identity industry veterans to develop a new category of identity management solutions, address emerging identity governance challenges and drive innovation in the identity market. In 2007, we pioneered identity governance through our release of IdentityIQ, our on-premises identity governance solution. In 2010, we revolutionized provisioning by integrating it with governance into a single solution. In 2013, we introduced the first cloud-based identity governance solution. In 2015, we extended identity governance to manage unstructured data, a rapidly growing area of risk. In 2017, we announced our advanced identity analytics solution which is designed to enable rapid detection of security threats.

Our platform offers a comprehensive approach to identity governance by delivering compliance controls, user lifecycle management, password management and data access governance for users, applications and data across cloud and on-premises environments. We have built an open platform that is highly flexible and scalable, addresses the challenges of the hybrid enterprise and is adaptable to changing IT, security and compliance requirements.

 



 

4


Table of Contents

Key benefits of our open identity platform include:

 

    Comprehensive and scalable identity governance for all applications and data. Our governance-based approach manages the full lifecycle of user access to applications and data across the hybrid IT environment, ensuring organizations have full control and visibility over who currently has access to which resources, who should have access to those resources, and how that access is being used.

 

    Flexible deployment model . We offer on-premises and cloud-based identity governance solutions to serve customers that may have different resources, expertise, budgets and use cases. Both our on-premises and cloud-based solutions address the needs of hybrid environments by supporting on-premises as well as cloud applications and data. Our customers benefit from the flexibility to adopt the solution that best fits their unique needs.

 

    Open architecture that powers an identity-aware ecosystem . We have designed our platform with an open architecture to power an identity-aware ecosystem. Our open architecture enables our platform to bi-directionally share data with many common security and IT operations products. Our platform includes a comprehensive set of application program interfaces (“APIs”), plugins and software development kits (“SDKs”) to ensure seamless connectivity to on-premises and cloud apps, structured and unstructured data and third-party integrations.

 

    Low Total Cost of Ownership . Our solutions, which provide self-service capabilities, such as password resets and access requests, deliver measurable cost savings by improving the productivity of end users. In addition, our solutions increase the productivity of business managers by reducing time spent setting up and re-certifying access permissions, and improve the efficiency of IT staff by minimizing the volume of help desk calls related to automatable processes.

 

    Helping customers address key identity-related challenges . Our open identity platform enables our customers to address key operational, security and compliance challenges, including (i) empowering users and enabling enterprise visibility; (ii) preventing or mitigating impact of data breaches; and (iii) addressing regulatory and compliance requirements.

Our Growth Strategy

 

    Drive new customer growth within existing geographic markets . We primarily focus on large enterprises, which we define as companies with 7,500 or more employees, and mid-market enterprises, which we define as companies with more than 1,000 employees. We believe that our addressable market consists of over 80,000 companies having at least 1,000 employees each, with more than 450 million employees in the aggregate, based on data from S&P Global Market Intelligence. Furthermore, we believe that the number of relevant identities is significantly greater than the number of employees given the contractors and business partners in their extended enterprises. Of the 80,000 companies, we believe that approximately 65,000 are located in countries where we have customers today and as a result, we believe that we have penetrated approximately 1% of potential customers in our existing markets. We plan to expand our customer base in these countries by continuing to grow our sales organization, expand and leverage our channel partnerships and enhance our marketing efforts.

 

    Continue to expand our global presence . We believe there is a significant opportunity to grow our business internationally. Enterprises around the world are facing similar operational, security, and compliance challenges, driving the need for identity governance. In 2016, we generated 30% of our revenue outside of the United States. In comparison, Gartner estimates more than 62% of worldwide spending on security products in 2016 was outside of the United States. (2)

 

(2)   Gartner, Inc., “Gartner, Forecast Information Security Worldwide, 2015-2021, 1Q17 Update,” dated May 18, 2017. See “Market and Industry Data” for information regarding the industry data used in this prospectus.

 



 

5


Table of Contents
    Further penetrate our existing customer base . Our customer base of more than 750, as of June 30, 2017, provides a significant opportunity to drive incremental sales. Our customers have the flexibility to start with a single use case or project and expand over time. As they realize the value of their investment, new use cases and deployments are identified, allowing us to sell more products to existing customers and to expand the number of digital identities we cover within their organizations.

 

    Expand marketing and product investment across new and existing vertical markets . We believe there is significant opportunity to further penetrate our target vertical markets by providing vertical-specific identity solutions and focusing our marketing efforts to address the use cases of those customers.

 

    Leverage and expand our network of partners . Our partnerships with global system integrators and resellers have helped us extend our reach and serve our customers more effectively. We see a significant opportunity to offer comprehensive solutions to customers by collaborating with adjacent technology vendors. For example, we collaborate with Microsoft by adding our identity governance capabilities to their access management services. We intend to continue to invest in our partnership network as their influence on our sales is vital to the success of our business.

 

    Continue to invest in our platform . Innovation is a core part of our culture. We believe we have established a reputation as a technology leader and innovator in identity governance. Most recently, in June 2017, we announced the beta release of IdentityAI, an innovative identity analytics solution that will provide customers with the real-time visibility they need to understand the risk associated with user access and detect anomalous behavior.

Risks Related to Our Business and Investment in Our Common Stock

Investing in our common stock involves risk. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus. In particular, please read the section titled “Risk Factors,” which describes certain known risks and uncertainties that may offset our competitive strengths or have a negative effect on our strategy or operating activities, which could cause a decrease in the price of our common stock and result in a loss of all or a portion of your investment. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    We have a history of losses, and as our costs increase, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve and sustain profitability.

 

    We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods, and our recent growth rates may not be indicative of our future growth.

 

    Our future revenues and operating results will be harmed if we are unable to acquire new customers, if our customers do not renew their arrangements with us, or if we are unable to expand sales to our existing customers, or develop new solutions that achieve market acceptance.

 

    If we are unable to maintain successful relationships with our channel partners, our ability to market, sell and distribute our solutions will be limited and our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

    Our quarterly results fluctuate significantly, and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business.

 

    Our sales cycle is long and unpredictable, and our sales efforts require considerable time and expense.

 

    We recognize some of our revenue ratably over the term of our agreements with customers and, as a result, downturns or upturns in sales may not be immediately reflected in our operating results.

 



 

6


Table of Contents
    We face intense competition in our market, especially from larger, well established companies, and we may lack sufficient financial and other resources to maintain and improve our competitive position.

 

    We anticipate that our operations will continue to increase in complexity as we grow, which will add additional challenges to the management of our business in the future.

 

    Interruptions with the delivery of our software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) solutions, or third-party cloud-based systems that we use in our operations, may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

    Our failure to achieve and maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could adversely affect our financial position and lower our stock price.

 

    Thoma Bravo, through the ownership of our common stock by the Thoma Bravo Funds, has a controlling influence over matters requiring stockholder approval, which could delay or prevent a change of control.

 

    Thoma Bravo may pursue corporate opportunities independent of us that could present conflicts with our and our stockholders’ interests.

Our Equity Sponsor

We have a valuable relationship with our equity sponsor, Thoma Bravo, who has made significant equity investments in us. In August 2014, Thoma Bravo formed SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation. On September 8, 2014, SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. acquired all of the capital stock of SailPoint Technologies, Inc. We refer to this transaction as the “Acquisition.”

Thoma Bravo is a leading private equity investment firm, with a history of more than 30 years of providing equity and strategic support to experienced management teams and growing companies. Thoma Bravo targets control investments in companies with strong business franchises led by experienced executives who aspire to achieve industry leadership. The firm works in close partnership with a company’s management team to implement operating best practices, invest in growth initiatives and make accretive acquisitions to rapidly improve revenue and earnings and increase equity value. Thoma Bravo has invested in many fragmented, consolidating industry sectors but is known particularly for investments in application software, infrastructure software, cyber security software and technology-enabled services sectors. Thoma Bravo currently manages a series of private equity funds representing more than $17.0 billion of equity commitments.

Upon completion of this offering, the Thoma Bravo Funds will own approximately     % of our common stock (or     % of our common stock if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) and will therefore be able to control all matters that require approval by our stockholders, including the election and removal of directors, changes to our organizational documents and approval of acquisition offers and other significant corporate transactions. Thoma Bravo’s interests may not coincide with the interests of our other stockholders. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—Thoma Bravo has a controlling influence over matters requiring stockholder approval, which could delay or prevent a change of control.” Additionally, Thoma Bravo is in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. See “Risk factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—Thoma Bravo may pursue corporate opportunities independent of us that could present conflicts with our and our stockholders’ interests” and “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions in Our Charter and Bylaws—Corporate Opportunity.”

 



 

7


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 11305 Four Points Drive, Building 2, Suite 100, Austin, Texas 78726, and our telephone number at that address is (512) 346-2000. Our website address is www.sailpoint.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute part of this prospectus, and inclusions of our website address in this prospectus are inactive textual references only.

The SailPoint design logo and our other registered or common law trademarks, service marks or trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of SailPoint Technologies, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary. Other trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

Emerging Growth Company

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”) was enacted in April 2012 with the intention of encouraging capital formation in the United States and reducing the regulatory burden on newly public companies that qualify as emerging growth companies. We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various public reporting requirements, including the requirement that we provide more than two years of audited financial statements and related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, that our internal control over financial reporting be audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), that we provide certain disclosures regarding executive compensation, and that we hold nonbinding stockholder advisory votes on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company.

In addition, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under the JOBS Act until we are no longer an emerging growth company. Our election to use the phase-in periods permitted by this election may make it difficult to compare our financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the longer phase-in periods permitted under the JOBS Act and who will comply with new or revised financial accounting standards. If we were to subsequently elect instead to comply with public company effective dates, such election would be irrevocable pursuant to the JOBS Act.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue; (ii) the date on which we become a “large accelerated filer” (the fiscal year-end on which at least $700 million of equity securities are held by non-affiliates as of the last day of our then most recently completed second fiscal quarter); (iii) the date on which we have issued, in any three-year period, more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering.

See the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with certain requirements that apply to other public companies” for certain risks related to our status as an emerging growth company.

Controlled Company Status

Because the Thoma Bravo Funds will initially own              shares of our common stock, representing approximately     % of the voting power of our company following the completion of this offering, we will be a

 



 

8


Table of Contents

controlled company as of the completion of the offering under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules of the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”). As a controlled company, a majority of our board of directors is not required to be independent, and we are not required to form independent compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees of our board of directors. As a controlled company, we will remain subject to rules of Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the NYSE that require us to have an audit committee composed entirely of independent directors. Under these rules, we must have at least one independent director on our audit committee by the date our common stock is listed on the NYSE, at least two independent directors on our audit committee within 90 days of the listing date, and at least three independent directors on our audit committee within one year of the listing date. We expect to have          independent directors upon the closing of this offering.

If at any time we cease to be a controlled company, we will take all action necessary to comply with Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules of the NYSE, including by appointing a majority of independent directors to our board of directors and ensuring we have a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each composed entirely of independent directors, subject to a permitted “phase-in” period. See the section titled “Management—Status as a Controlled Company.”

 



 

9


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

  

             shares

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

  

             shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering (1)

  

             shares (              shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full)

Over-allotment option offered by us

  

             shares

Over-allotment option offered by the selling stockholders

  


             shares

Use of proceeds

  

We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $         (or approximately $        if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the public offering price would increase or decrease our net proceeds by approximately $        million.

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock, and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We intend to use our net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses, capital expenditures and funding our growth strategies discussed in this prospectus (which include driving new customer growth within existing geographic markets, penetrating our existing customer base and expanding our global presence and continuing to invest in our products and platform), and to repay a portion of the borrowings outstanding under our term loan facility. We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any acquisitions or investments at this time. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being offered by the selling stockholders. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

Controlled company

   After this offering, the Thoma Bravo Funds will own approximately     % of our common stock (or     % of our common stock if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). As a result, we expect to be a

 



 

10


Table of Contents
   controlled company within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. See “Management—Status as a Controlled Company.”

Risk factors

   See the section titled “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Proposed NYSE symbol

  

SAIL

 

(1) The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on              shares of our common stock (including shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (“our preferred stock”)) outstanding as of June 30, 2017, and excludes (a)              shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our long-term incentive plans as of June 30, 2017 and (b)             shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2017 under our long-term incentive plans. The number of outstanding shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering includes              shares of restricted common stock issued to our directors, officers and other employees that are subject to vesting.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to:

 

    the filing and effectiveness of our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (our “charter”) and the effectiveness of our Second Amended and Restated Bylaws (our “bylaws”), each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

    except in our historical financial statements included in this prospectus, the      -for-1 stock split effected immediately prior to the completion of this offering (the “Stock Split”);

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option to purchase up to an additional              shares of our common stock from us and the selling stockholders; and

 

    an initial public offering price of the shares of our common stock of $         per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

In addition, except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus gives effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of              shares of our common stock (which assumes an initial public offering price of $     per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, we will convert each outstanding share of our preferred stock into a number of shares of common stock equal to the result of the liquidation value of such share of preferred stock, divided by the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering. The liquidation value for each share of preferred stock is equal to $1,000 plus accrued and unpaid dividends on such share of preferred stock. We refer to the conversion of all of our preferred stock as the “Preferred Stock Conversion.”

Because the number of shares of common stock into which a share of preferred stock is convertible will be determined by reference to the initial public offering price in this offering, a change in the assumed initial public offering price would have a corresponding impact on the number of outstanding shares of common stock presented in this prospectus after giving effect to this offering and the Preferred Stock Conversion. The following number of shares of our common stock would be outstanding immediately after the Preferred Stock Conversion but before the consummation of this offering, assuming the initial public offering prices for our common stock shown below:

 

Initial public offering price

   $                   $                   $               

Shares of common stock outstanding

        

 



 

11


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial and other data. We have derived the summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2017 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial data on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements, and the unaudited consolidated financial data include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future and our operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2017 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ending December 31, 2017.

The following summary consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2015     2016     2016     2017  
     (In thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue:

        

Licenses

   $ 44,124     $ 54,395     $ 20,784     $ 25,577  

Subscription

     29,930       49,364       22,652       31,276  

Services and other

     21,302       28,653       13,452       17,873  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     95,356       132,412       56,888       74,726  

Cost of revenue:

        

Licenses

     4,293       4,278       2,108       2,197  

Subscription (1)

     9,815       13,051       5,957       7,513  

Services and other (1)

     15,151       19,709       8,993       11,120  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     29,259       37,038       17,058       20,830  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     66,097       95,374       39,830       53,896  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development (1)

     19,965       24,358       11,554       14,893  

General and administrative (1)

     7,474       9,680       4,935       6,474  

Sales and marketing (1)

     46,831       58,607       27,852       33,513  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     74,270       92,645       44,341       54,880  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (8,173     2,729       (4,511     (984

Other expense, net:

        

Interest expense, net

     (3,883     (7,277     (2,092     (5,353

Other, net

     (1,365     (610     (279     (94
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (5,248     (7,887     (2,371     (5,447
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (13,421     (5,158     (6,882     (6,431

Income tax benefit (expense)

     2,614       1,985       2,650       (156
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (10,807   $ (3,173   $ (4,232   $ (6,587
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 



 

12


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2015     2016     2016     2017  
     (In thousands, except share and per share data)  

Accretion of dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (21,597     (23,618     (11,500     (12,590
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (32,404   $ (26,791   $ (15,732   $ (19,177
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (2) :

        

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.74   $ (0.58   $ (0.34   $ (0.40
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of common shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (2) :

        

Basic and diluted

     43,929,159       45,933,218       45,675,039       47,567,048  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (2)(3) :

        

Basic and diluted

     $       $  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average number of common shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (2)(3) :

        

Basic and diluted

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended June 30,  
           2015                  2016                        2016                          2017          
     (In thousands)  

Cost of revenue—subscription

   $ 12      $ 34      $ 13      $ 18  

Cost of revenue—services and other

     20        63        24        38  

Research and development

     62        118        44        65  

General and administrative

     28        96        40        75  

Sales and marketing

     124        257        93        147  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 246      $ 568      $ 214      $ 343  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) See Note 12 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements and Note 16 to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to compute the historical and pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.
(3) Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding have been computed to give effect to (a) the Preferred Stock Conversion and the Stock Split, both of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and (b) the issuance by us of              shares of common stock in this offering and the application of our net proceeds from this offering as set forth under “Use of Proceeds,” assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). This pro forma data is presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to represent what our net income or net income per share attributable to common stockholders actually would have been had the Preferred Stock Conversion and the Stock Split occurred on January 1, 2016 or to project our net income or net income per share for any future period.

 



 

13


Table of Contents
     As of June 30, 2017  
     Actual     Pro Forma (1)      Pro Forma
As Adjusted (2)(3)
 
     (In thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 20,882     $                   $               

Working capital, excluding deferred revenue (4)

     61,774       

Total assets

     384,824       

Deferred revenue, current and non-current portion

     62,766       

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     156,099       

Total liabilities

     231,605       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     173,484               

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (20,265     

 

(1) Gives effect to the Preferred Stock Conversion and the Stock Split .
(2) Gives effect to the adjustments described in footnote (1) above as well as the issuance by us of              shares of common stock in this offering, and the application of our net proceeds from this offering as set forth under “Use of Proceeds,” assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).
(3) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders’ equity on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $        , assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each 1.0 million share increase or decrease in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders’ equity on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $        , assuming that the initial public offering price per share remains the same at $         (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
(4) We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities, excluding deferred revenue.

Key Metrics

In addition to our financial results, we monitor the following metrics to help us measure and evaluate the effectiveness of our operations:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2015     2016     2016     2017  

Number of customers (as of end of period)

     520       695       589       776  

Subscription revenue as a percentage of total revenue

     31     37     40     42

Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands)

   $ 7,464     $ 15,135     $ 1,903     $ 5,009  

 

    Number of Customers . We believe that the size of our customer base is an indicator of our market penetration and that our net customer additions are an indicator of the growth of our business and our future revenue opportunity. We define a customer as a distinct entity, division or business unit of an organization that receives support or has the right to use our cloud-based solutions as of the specified measurement date.

 



 

14


Table of Contents
    Subscription Revenue as a Percentage of Total Revenue . Subscription revenue is a portion of our total revenue and is derived from (i) IdentityNow, our cloud-based solution where customers enter into SaaS subscription agreements with us, and (ii) IdentityIQ and SecurityIQ maintenance and support agreements, but not licenses. As we generally sell our solutions on a per-identity basis, our subscription revenue for any customer is primarily determined by the number of identities that the customer is entitled to govern as a part of a SaaS subscription, and the ongoing price paid per-identity under a maintenance and support agreement or SaaS subscription. Thus, we consider our subscription revenue to be the recurring portion of our revenue base and believe that its continued growth as a percentage of total revenue will lead to a more predictable revenue model and increase our visibility to future period total revenues. Because we recognize our subscription revenue ratably over the duration of those agreements, a portion of the revenue we recognize each period is derived from agreements we entered into in prior periods. In contrast, we typically recognize license revenue upon entering into the applicable license, the timing of which is less predictable and may cause significant fluctuations in our quarterly financial results.

 

    Adjusted EBITDA. We believe that adjusted EBITDA is a measure widely used by securities analysts and investors to evaluate the financial performance of our company and other companies. We believe that adjusted EBITDA is an important measure for evaluating our performance because it facilitates comparisons of our core operating results from period to period by removing the impact of our capital structure (net interest income or expense from our outstanding debt), asset base (depreciation and amortization), tax consequences, purchase accounting adjustments, acquisition and sponsor related costs and stock-based compensation. In addition, we base certain of our forward-looking estimates and budgets on adjusted EBITDA. See the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information regarding adjusted EBITDA, including the limitations of using adjusted EBITDA as a financial measure, and for a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

 



 

15


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risks, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. Any of the following risks could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects, and could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline, which would cause you to lose all or part of your investment. Our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects could also be harmed by risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently do not believe are material.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a history of losses, and we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve and sustain profitability.

We have incurred net losses in each period since our inception, including net losses of $10.8 million, $3.2 million and $6.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017, respectively. We expect our operating expenses to increase significantly as we continue to expand our sales and marketing efforts, continue to invest in research and development, and expand our operations in existing and new geographies and vertical markets. We also expect to continue to devote significant research and development resources to our on-premises solutions; if our customers and potential customers shift their IT infrastructures to the cloud faster than we anticipate, we may not realize our expected return from the costs we incur. In addition, we expect to incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses related to being a public company upon the completion of this offering. While our revenue has grown in recent years, if our revenue declines or fails to grow at a rate faster than these increases in our operating expenses, we will not be able to achieve and maintain profitability in future periods. As a result, we may continue to generate losses. We cannot assure you that we will achieve profitability in the future or that, if we do become profitable, we will be able to sustain profitability.

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods, and our recent growth rates may not be indicative of our future growth.

We have experienced rapid growth in recent years. From the year ended 2011 to the year ended 2016, we grew our business at a revenue compound annual growth rate of 41%, and our revenue grew from $95.4 million to $132.4 million from the year ended 2015 to the year ended 2016. In future periods, we may not be able to sustain revenue growth consistent with recent history, or at all. We believe our revenue growth depends on a number of factors, including, but not limited to:

 

    our ability to attract new customers and retain and increase sales to existing customers;

 

    our ability to, and the ability of our channel partners to, successfully deploy and implement our solutions, increase our existing customers’ use of our solutions and provide our customers with excellent customer support;

 

    our ability to increase the number of our technology partners;

 

    our ability to develop our existing solutions and introduce new solutions; and

 

    our ability to hire substantial numbers of new sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative personnel, and expand our global operations.

If we are unable to achieve any of these requirements, our revenue growth will be adversely affected.

 

16


Table of Contents

Our future revenues and operating results will be harmed if we are unable to acquire new customers, if our customers do not renew their arrangements with us, or if we are unable to expand sales to our existing customers, or develop new solutions that achieve market acceptance.

To continue to grow our business, it is important that we continue to acquire new customers to purchase and use our solutions. Our success in adding new customers depends on numerous factors, including our ability to (i) offer a compelling identity governance platform and solutions, (ii) execute our sales and marketing strategy, (iii) attract, effectively train and retain new sales, marketing, professional services and support personnel in the markets we pursue, (iv) develop or expand relationships with technology partners, systems integrators, resellers and other channel partners, (v) expand into new geographies and vertical markets, (vi) deploy our platform and solutions for new customers and (vii) provide quality customer support once deployed.

It is important to our continued growth that our customers renew their arrangements when existing contract terms expire. Our customers have no obligation to renew their maintenance, SaaS and/or term-license agreements, and our customers may decide not to renew these agreements with a similar contract period, at the same prices and terms or with the same or a greater number of identities. Although our customer retention rate has historically been strong, some of our customers have elected not to renew their agreements with us, and it is difficult to accurately predict long-term customer retention and expansion rates. Our customer retention and expansion may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including our customers’ satisfaction with our solutions, our customer support and professional services, our prices and pricing plans, the competitiveness of other software products and services, reductions in our customers’ spending levels, user adoption of our solutions, deployment success, utilization rates by our customers, new product releases and changes to our product offerings. If our customers do not renew their maintenance, SaaS and/or term-license agreements, or renew on less favorable terms, our business, financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected.

Our ability to increase revenue also depends in part on our ability to increase the number of identities governed with our solutions and sell more modules and solutions to our existing and new customers. Our ability to increase sales to existing customers depends on several factors, including their experience with implementing and using our platform and the existing solutions they have implemented, their ability to integrate our solutions with existing technologies, and our pricing model.

If our new solutions do not achieve adequate acceptance in the market, our competitive position could be impaired, and our potential to generate new revenue or to retain existing revenue could be diminished. The adverse effect on our financial results may be particularly acute because of the significant research, development, marketing, sales and other expenses we will have incurred in connection with the new solutions, and our ability to introduce compelling new solutions that address the requirements of our customers in light of the dynamic identity governance market in which we operate.

If we are unable to successfully acquire new customers, retain our existing customers, expand sales to existing customers or introduce new solutions, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

If we are unable to maintain successful relationships with our channel partners, our ability to market, sell and distribute our solutions will be limited and our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected .

We derive a significant portion of our revenue from sales influenced or made through our channel partner network and expect these sales to continue to grow for the foreseeable future. Our channel partners provide implementation and other services to our customers in exchange for fees paid by those customers. We may not achieve anticipated revenue growth from our channel partners if we are unable to retain our existing channel partners and expand their sales or add additional motivated channel partners.

Our arrangements with our channel partners are generally non-exclusive, meaning they may offer customers the products of several different companies, including products that compete with our platform and solutions. If

 

17


Table of Contents

our channel partners do not effectively market and sell our solutions, choose to use greater efforts to market and sell our competitors’ products or services, or fail to meet the needs of our customers, our ability to grow our business and sell our solutions may be adversely affected. Our channel partners may cease marketing our products with limited or no notice and with little or no penalty. In addition, certain of our channel partners are subject to independence requirements that may prevent them from providing services to us or cooperating with us in our go-to-market efforts if they also provide services for affiliates of our controlling stockholder. Thoma Bravo, the ultimate general partner of our controlling stockholders, the Thoma Bravo Funds, is a leading private equity investment firm that holds control investments in over 20 businesses, some of which engage certain of our channel partners to provide services, and it intends to continue making control investments in the future. If one or more of our channel partners determines that it is unable to both provide services to us or cooperate with us in our go-to-market efforts and also provide services to affiliates of our controlling stockholder, those channel partners may cease marketing our products or otherwise cease providing services to us or cooperating with us in our go-to-market efforts.

We also collaborate with adjacent technology vendors to offer comprehensive solutions to our customers. If we do not effectively collaborate with them, or if they elect to terminate their relationship with us or develop and market solutions that compete with our solutions, our growth may be adversely affected.

Our ability to generate revenue in the future will depend in part on our success in maintaining effective working relationships with our channel partners, in expanding our indirect sales channel, in training our channel partners to independently sell and/or deploy our solutions and in continuing to integrate our solutions with the products and services offered by our technology partners. If we are unable to maintain our relationships with these channel partners, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

Our quarterly results fluctuate significantly, and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business.

We believe our quarterly revenue and operating results may vary significantly in the future. As a result, you should not rely on the results of any one quarter as an indication of future performance and period-to-period comparisons of our revenue and operating results may not be meaningful and, as a result, may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, those listed below, many of which are outside of our control:

 

    the loss or deterioration of our channel partner and other relationships influencing our sales execution;

 

    the mix of revenue and associated costs attributable to licenses, subscription and professional services, which may impact our gross margins and operating income;

 

    the mix of revenue attributable to larger transactions as opposed to smaller transactions and the associated volatility and timing of our transactions;

 

    the growth in the market for our products;

 

    our ability to attract new customers and retain and increase sales to existing customers;

 

    changes in customers’ budgets and in the timing of their purchasing decisions, including seasonal buying patterns for IT spending;

 

    the timing and success of new product introductions by our competitors and by us;

 

    changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

 

    significant security breaches of, technical difficulties with, or interruptions to, the delivery and use of our platform;

 

18


Table of Contents
    changes in the legislative or regulatory environment;

 

    foreign exchange gains and losses related to expenses and sales denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar or the function currencies of our subsidiaries;

 

    increases in and timing of sales and marketing and other operating expenses that we may incur to grow and expand our operations and to remain competitive;

 

    costs related to the acquisition of businesses, talent, technologies or intellectual property, including potentially significant amortization costs and possible write-downs;

 

    our ability to control costs, including our operating expenses;

 

    the collectability of receivables from customers and channel partners, which may be hindered or delayed if these customers or channel partners experience financial distress;

 

    economic conditions specifically affecting industries in which our customers participate;

 

    natural disasters or other catastrophic events; and

 

    litigation-related costs, settlements or adverse litigation judgments.

Our sales cycle is long and unpredictable, and our sales efforts require considerable time and expense.

The timing of our sales and related revenue recognition is difficult to predict because of the length and unpredictability of the sales cycle for our platform before a sale. We and our channel partners are often required to spend significant time and resources to better educate and familiarize potential customers with the value proposition of our platform and solutions. Customers often view the purchase of our solutions as a strategic decision and significant investment and, as a result, frequently require considerable time to evaluate, test and qualify our platform and solutions prior to purchasing our solutions. During the sales cycle, we expend significant time and money on sales and marketing and contract negotiation activities, which may not result in a sale. Additional factors that may influence the length and variability of our sales cycle include:

 

    the discretionary nature of purchasing and budget cycles and decisions;

 

    lengthy purchasing approval processes;

 

    the evaluation of competing products during the purchasing process;

 

    time, complexity and expense involved in replacing existing solutions;

 

    announcements or planned introductions of new products, features or functionality by our competitors or of new solutions or modules by us; and

 

    evolving functionality demands.

If our efforts in pursuing sales and customers are unsuccessful, or if our sales cycles lengthen, our revenue could be lower than expected, which would have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We recognize some of our revenue ratably over the term of our agreements with customers and, as a result, downturns or upturns in sales may not be immediately reflected in our operating results.

We recognize revenue from our IdentityNow subscription offering ratably over the terms of our agreements with customers, which generally occurs over a three-year period. As a result, a portion of the revenue that we report in each period will be derived from the recognition of deferred revenue relating to agreements entered into during previous periods. Consequently, a decline in new sales or renewals in any one period may not be immediately reflected in our revenue results for that period. This decline, however, will negatively affect our revenue in future periods. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our

 

19


Table of Contents

products and potential changes in our rate of renewals may not be fully reflected in our operating results until future periods. Our model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our subscription revenue through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new customers generally will be recognized over the term of the applicable agreement.

We also intend to increase our investment in research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative functions and other areas to grow our subscription-related business. These subscription-related costs are generally expensed as incurred (with the exception of sales commissions), as compared to the corresponding revenue, substantially all of which is recognized ratably in future periods. We are likely to recognize the costs associated with these increased investments earlier than some of the anticipated benefits and the return on these investments may develop more slowly, or may be lower, than we expect, which could adversely affect our operating results.

We face intense competition in our market, especially from larger, well established companies, and we may lack sufficient financial and other resources to maintain and improve our competitive position.

The market for identity and data governance solutions is intensely competitive and is characterized by constant change and innovation. We face competition from both traditional, larger software vendors offering enterprise-wide software frameworks and services and smaller companies offering point solutions for specific identity and data governance issues. We also compete with IT equipment vendors and systems management solution providers whose products and services address identity and data governance requirements. Our principal competitors vary depending on the product we offer and include CA Technologies, IBM, Oracle and Varonis and several smaller vendors. Many of our existing competitors have, and some of our potential competitors could have, substantial competitive advantages such as:

 

    greater name recognition and longer operating histories;

 

    more comprehensive and varied products and services;

 

    broader product offerings and market focus;

 

    greater resources to develop technologies or make acquisitions;

 

    more expansive intellectual property portfolios;

 

    broader distribution and established relationships with distribution partners and customers;

 

    greater customer support resources; and

 

    substantially greater financial, technical and other resources.

Given their larger size, greater resources and existing customer relationships, our competitors may be able to compete and respond more effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements. Our competitors may also seek to extend or supplement their existing offerings to provide identity and data governance solutions that more closely compete with our offerings. Potential customers may also prefer to purchase, or incrementally add solutions, from their existing suppliers rather than a new or additional supplier regardless of product performance or features.

In addition, with the recent increase in large merger and acquisition transactions in the technology industry, particularly transactions involving cloud-based technologies, there is a greater likelihood that we will compete with other large technology companies in the future. Some of our competitors have made acquisitions or entered into strategic relationships to offer a more comprehensive product than they individually had offered. Companies and alliances resulting from these possible consolidations and partnerships may create more compelling product offerings and be able to offer more attractive pricing, making it more difficult for us to compete effectively. In addition, continued industry consolidation may adversely impact customers’ perceptions of the viability of small and medium-sized technology companies and consequently their willingness to purchase from those companies.

 

20


Table of Contents

New start-up companies that innovate and large competitors that are making significant investments in research and development may invent similar or superior products and technologies that compete with our products, and our business could be materially and adversely affected if such technologies or products are widely adopted. Conditions in our market could change rapidly and significantly as a result of technological advancements, partnering by our competitors or continuing market consolidation. These competitive pressures in our market or our failure to compete effectively may result in price reductions, fewer orders, reduced revenue and gross margins, increased net losses, and loss of market share. Any failure to meet and address these factors could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We anticipate that our operations will continue to increase in complexity as we grow, which will add additional challenges to the management of our business in the future.

Our business has experienced significant growth and is becoming increasingly complex. We increased the number of our employees from 514 at December 31, 2015 to 741 at June 30, 2017. We have also experienced growth in the number of customers of our solutions from 520 at December 31, 2015 to over 750 at June 30, 2017. At June 30, 2017, we had personnel in 22 countries, and we expect to expand into additional countries in the future. We expect this growth to continue and for our operations to become increasingly complex. To effectively manage this growth, we have made and continue to make substantial investments to improve our operational, financial and management controls as well as our reporting systems and procedures. Our success will depend in part on our ability to manage this complexity effectively without undermining our corporate culture, which we believe has been central to our success. If we are unable to manage this complexity, our business, operations, operating results and financial condition may suffer.

As our customer base continues to grow, we will need to expand our professional services and other personnel, and maintain and enhance our existing partner network, to provide a high level of customer service. We also will need to effectively manage our direct and indirect sales processes as the number and type of our sales personnel and partner network continues to grow and become more complex and as we continue to expand into new geographies and vertical markets. This complexity is further driven by the various ways in which we sell our solutions, including on a per identity and per module basis through perpetual licenses and SaaS. If we do not effectively manage the increasing complexity of our business and operations, the quality of our solutions and customer service could suffer, and we may not be able to adequately address competitive challenges. These factors could impair our ability, and our channel partners’ ability, to attract new customers, retain existing customers, expand our customers’ use of existing solutions and adoption of more of our solutions and continue to provide high levels of customer service, all of which would adversely affect our reputation, overall business, operations, operating results and financial condition.

Interruptions with the delivery of our SaaS solutions, or third-party cloud-based systems that we use in our operations, may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our continued growth depends in part on the ability of our existing customers and new customers to access our platform and solutions, particularly our cloud-based deployments, at any time and within an acceptable amount of time. In addition, our ability to access certain third-party SaaS solutions is important to our operations and the delivery of our customer support and professional services, including our online training for customers, professional services partners and channel partners. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, service disruptions, outages and other performance problems both in the delivery of our SaaS solutions and in third-party SaaS solutions we use due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, malicious actors, human or software errors or capacity constraints. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. It may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve the performance of our SaaS solutions as they become more complex. If our SaaS solutions are unavailable or if our customers are unable to access features of our SaaS solutions within a reasonable amount of time or at all, our business would be negatively affected. In addition, if any of the third-party SaaS solutions that we use were to experience a significant or prolonged outage or security breach, our business could be adversely affected.

 

21


Table of Contents

We host our SaaS solutions using Amazon Web Services (“AWS”) data centers, a provider of cloud infrastructure services. All of our SaaS solutions reside on hardware owned or leased and operated by us in these locations. Our SaaS operations depend on protecting the virtual cloud infrastructure hosted in AWS by maintaining its configuration, architecture, features and interconnection specifications, as well as the information stored in these virtual data centers and which third-party internet service providers transmit. Although we have disaster recovery plans that utilize multiple AWS locations, any incident affecting their infrastructure that may be caused by fire, flood, severe storm, earthquake or other natural disasters, cyber attacks, terrorist or other attacks, and other similar events beyond our control could negatively affect our SaaS platform. A prolonged AWS service disruption affecting our SaaS platform for any of the foregoing reasons would negatively impact our ability to serve our customers and could damage our reputation with current and potential customers, expose us to liability, cause us to lose customers or otherwise harm our business. We may also incur significant costs for using alternative equipment or taking other actions in preparation for, or in reaction to, events that damage the AWS services we use. In addition, AWS may terminate the agreement by providing 30 days’ prior written notice and may, in some cases, terminate the agreement immediately for cause upon notice. In the event that our AWS service agreements are terminated, or there is a lapse of service, elimination of AWS services or features that we utilize, interruption of internet service provider connectivity or damage to such facilities, we could experience interruptions in access to our platform as well as significant delays and additional expense in arranging or creating new facilities and services and/or re-architecting our SaaS solutions for deployment on a different cloud infrastructure service provider, which may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

If we fail to adapt and respond effectively to rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards, changing regulations and changing customer needs, requirements or preferences, our platform and solutions may become less competitive.

The market in which we compete is relatively new and subject to rapid technological change, evolving industry standards and changing regulations, as well as changing customer needs, requirements and preferences. The success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to adapt and respond effectively to these changes on a timely basis. In addition, as our customers’ technologies and business plans grow more complex, we expect them to face new and increasing challenges. Our customers require that our solution effectively identifies and responds to these challenges without disrupting the performance of our customers’ IT systems. As a result, we must continually modify and improve our products in response to changes in our customers’ IT infrastructures.

We may be unable to anticipate future market needs and opportunities or be able to develop enhancements to our platform or existing solutions or new solutions to meet such needs or opportunities in a timely manner, if at all. Even if we are able to anticipate, develop and commercially introduce enhancements to our platform and existing solutions and new solutions, those enhancements and new solutions may not achieve widespread market acceptance. Our enhancements or new solutions could fail to attain sufficient market acceptance for many reasons, including:

 

    delays in releasing platform or solutions enhancements or new solutions;

 

    inability to interoperate effectively with existing or newly introduced technologies, systems or applications of our existing and prospective customers;

 

    defects, errors or failures in our platform or solutions;

 

    negative publicity about the performance or effectiveness of our platform or solutions;

 

    introduction or anticipated introduction of competing products by our competitors;

 

    installation, configuration or usage errors by our customers or partners; and

 

    changing of regulatory requirements related to security.

If we were unable to enhance our platform or existing solutions or develop new solutions that keep pace with rapid technological and industry change, our business, operating results and financial condition could be

 

22


Table of Contents

adversely affected. If new technologies emerge that are able to deliver competitive products and services at lower prices, more efficiently, more conveniently or more securely, such technologies could adversely impact our ability to compete effectively.

Our failure to achieve and maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could adversely affect our financial position and lower our stock price.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the rules and regulations of the applicable listing standards of NYSE. We expect that the requirements of these rules and regulations will increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming and costly, and place significant strain on our personnel, systems and resources. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, significant resources, including accounting-related costs and significant management oversight.

In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015, our independent registered public accountants identified a material weakness related to insufficient documentation evidencing the revenue recognition decisions that we made when allocating revenue to specific customer agreements, which we remediated by December 31, 2016. In finalizing our financial statements for our initial public offering, our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to the misapplication of GAAP related to earnings per share calculations and presentation of amortization expense related to acquisitions. While we are taking steps that we believe will remediate this material weakness, we cannot assure you that these measures and any further measures that we implement will be sufficient to remediate our existing material weakness or to identify or prevent additional material weaknesses.

Our internal resources and personnel may in the future be insufficient to avoid accounting errors and there can be no assurance that we will not have additional material weaknesses in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls or any difficulties encountered implementing required new or improved controls could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting also could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that we will eventually be required to include in our periodic reports that will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on the NYSE. We are not currently required to comply with the SEC rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. As a public company, we will be required to provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with our second annual report on Form 10-K.

Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed or operating. Any failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results and could cause a decline in the price of our common stock.

 

23


Table of Contents

If we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand or reputation as an industry leader and innovator, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

We believe that maintaining and enhancing our reputation as a leader and innovator in the market for identity and data governance solutions is critical to our relationship with our existing customers and commercial relationships and our ability to attract new customers and commercial relationships. The successful promotion of our brand attributes will depend on a number of factors, including our marketing efforts, our ability to continue to develop high-quality features and solutions for our platform and our ability to successfully differentiate our platform and solutions from competitive products and services. Our brand promotion activities may not be successful or yield increased revenue. In addition, independent industry analysts often provide reports of our platform and solutions, as well as products and services of our competitors, and perception of our platform and solutions in the marketplace may be significantly influenced by these reports. If these reports are negative, or less positive as compared to those of our competitors’ products and services, our reputation may be adversely affected. Additionally, the performance of our channel partners may affect our brand and reputation if customers do not have a positive experience with our solutions as implemented by our channel partners or with the implementation generally. The promotion of our brand requires us to make substantial expenditures, and we anticipate that the expenditures will increase as our market becomes more competitive, as we expand into new geographies and vertical markets, and as more sales are generated through our channel partners. To the extent that these activities yield increased revenue, this revenue may not offset the increased expenses we incur. If we do not successfully maintain and enhance our brand and reputation, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

Real or perceived errors, failures, or disruptions in our platform and solutions could adversely affect our customers’ satisfaction with our solutions and/or our industry reputation and business could be harmed.

Our platform and solutions are very complex and have contained and may contain undetected defects or errors, especially when solutions are first introduced or enhanced. Our platform and solutions are often used in connection with large-scale computing environments with different operating systems, system management software, equipment and networking configurations, which may cause errors or failures of products, or other aspects of the computing environment into which our products are deployed. If our platform and solutions are not implemented or used correctly or as intended, inadequate performance and disruption in service may result. In addition, deployment of our platform and solutions into complicated, large-scale computing environments may expose errors, failures or vulnerabilities in our products. Any such errors, failures, or vulnerabilities may not be found until after they are deployed to our customers. We have experienced from time to time errors, failures and bugs in our platform that have resulted in customer downtime. While we were able to remedy these situations, we cannot assure you that we will be able to mitigate future errors, failures or bugs in a quick or cost-effective manner.

If we or our channel partners or one or more customers suffered a highly publicized breach, even if our platform and solutions perform effectively, such a breach could cause us to suffer reputational harm, lose existing commercial relationships and customers or deter them from purchasing additional solutions and prevent new customers from purchasing our solutions.

Since our customers use our platform and solutions for important aspects of their business, any real or perceived errors, failures, or vulnerabilities in our products, or disruptions in service or other performance problems could hurt our reputation and may damage our customers’ businesses. Furthermore, defects, errors or failures in our platform and or solutions may require us to implement design changes or software updates. Any defects or errors in our platform or solutions, or the perception of such defects or errors, could result in:

 

    expenditure of significant financial and product development resources in efforts to analyze, correct, eliminate or work around errors or defects;

 

    loss of existing or potential customers or channel partners;

 

24


Table of Contents
    delayed or lost revenue;

 

    delay or failure to attain market acceptance;

 

    delay in the development or release of new solutions or services;

 

    negative publicity, which will harm our reputation;

 

    an increase in collection cycles for accounts receivable or the expense and risk of litigation; and

 

    harm to our operating results.

Although we have contractual protections, such as warranty disclaimers and limitation of liability provisions, in our standard terms and conditions of sale, they may not fully or effectively protect us from claims by customers, commercial relationships or other third parties. Any insurance coverage we may have may not adequately cover all claims asserted against us, or cover only a portion of such claims. In addition, even claims that ultimately are unsuccessful could result in our expenditure of funds in litigation and divert management’s time and other resources.

If our platform and solutions do not effectively interoperate with our customers’ existing or future IT infrastructures, installations could be delayed or cancelled, which would harm our business.

Our success depends on the interoperability of our platform and solutions with third-party operating systems, applications, data and devices that we have not developed and do not control. Any changes in such operating systems, applications, data or devices that degrade the functionality of our platform or solutions or give preferential treatment to competitive software could adversely affect the adoption and usage of our platform. We may not be successful in adapting our platform or solutions to operate effectively with these applications, data or devices. If it is difficult for our customers to access and use our platform or solutions, or if our platform or solutions cannot connect a broadening range of applications, data and devices, then our customer growth and retention may be harmed, and our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

Our success depends on the experience and expertise of our senior management team and key employees. If we are unable to hire, retain, train and motivate our personnel, our business, operating results and prospects may be harmed.

Our success has depended, and continues to depend, on the efforts and talents of our senior management team and key employees, including our engineers, product managers, sales and marketing personnel and professional services personnel. Our future success will also depend upon our continued ability to identify, hire and retain additional skilled and highly qualified personnel, which will require significant time, expense and attention.

Our officers and key employees are employed on an at-will basis, which means that they could terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of one or more members of our senior management team, particularly if closely grouped, could adversely affect our ability to execute our business plan and thus, our business, operating results and prospects. We do not maintain key man insurance on any of our officers or key employees, and we may not be able to find adequate replacements. If we fail to identify, recruit and integrate strategic hires, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We have from time to time experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring, and may in the future have difficulty retaining, employees with appropriate qualifications and many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. In addition to hiring new employees, we must continue to focus on training, motivating and retaining our best employees, substantially all of whom are at-will employees, which means they may terminate their employment relationship with us at any time. Many of our employees may be able to receive significant proceeds from sales of our common stock in the

 

25


Table of Contents

public markets after this offering, which may reduce their motivation to continue to work for us. Conversely, employees may be more likely to leave us if the exercise prices of the stock options that they hold are significantly above the market price of our common stock. Competition for highly skilled personnel is intense, and we may need to invest significant amounts of cash and equity to attract and retain new employees, and we may never realize returns on these investments.

Competition for well-qualified employees in all aspects of our business, including sales personnel, professional services personnel and software engineers, is intense. Our primary recruiting competition are well-known, high-paying firms. Our continued ability to compete effectively depends on our ability to attract new employees and to retain and motivate existing employees. If we do not succeed in attracting well-qualified employees or retaining and motivating existing employees, our business would be adversely affected.

Our corporate culture has contributed to our success, and if we cannot maintain this culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, creativity and teamwork fostered by our culture, which could adversely affect our business.

We believe that our culture has been and will continue to be a key contributor to our success. From January 1, 2015 to June 30, 2017, we have increased the size of our workforce by over 235 employees domestically and 132 employees internationally, and we expect to continue to hire aggressively as we expand. In addition, we plan to continue to expand our international operations, which may affect our culture as we seek to find, hire and integrate additional international employees while maintaining our corporate culture. If we do not continue to maintain our corporate culture as we grow, we may be unable to continue to foster the innovation, integrity, and collaboration we believe we need to support our growth. Our substantial anticipated headcount growth, international expansion and our transition from a private company to a public company may result in a change to our corporate culture, which could adversely affect our business.

Because our long-term success depends, in part, on our ability to expand the sales and marketing of our platform and solutions to customers located outside of the United States, and we perform a significant portion of our development outside of the United States, our business will be susceptible to risks associated with international operations.

At June 30, 2017, we had sales and marketing and product development personnel outside the United States in Australia, Canada, Denmark, France, Germany, Hong Kong, India, Israel, Italy, the Netherlands, Singapore, South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Arab Emirates and the United Kingdom, and we intend to expand our international sales and marketing operations.

Conducting international operations subjects us to risks that we do not generally face in the United States. These risks include:

 

    encountering existing and new competitors with stronger brand recognition in the new markets;

 

    challenges developing, marketing, selling and implementing our platform and solutions caused by language, cultural and ethical differences and the competitive environment;

 

    heightened risks of unethical, unfair or corrupt business practices, actual or claimed, in certain geographies and of improper or fraudulent sales arrangements that may impact financial results and result in restatements of, and irregularities in, financial statements;

 

    political instability, war, armed conflict or terrorist activities;

 

    currency fluctuations;

 

    the risks of currency hedging activities to limit the impact of exchange rate fluctuations, should we engage in such activities in the future;

 

    difficulties in managing systems integrators and technology providers;

 

26


Table of Contents
    laws imposing heightened restrictions on data usage and increased penalties for failure to comply with applicable laws, particularly in the European Union (“EU”);

 

    risks associated with trade restrictions and foreign import requirements, including the importation, certification and localization of our solutions required in foreign countries, as well as changes in trade, tariffs, restrictions or requirements;

 

    potentially different pricing environments, longer sales cycles and longer accounts receivable payment cycles and collections issues;

 

    management communication and integration problems resulting from cultural differences and geographic dispersion;

 

    increased turnover of international personnel as compared to our domestic operations;

 

    potentially adverse tax consequences, including multiple and possibly overlapping tax structures, the complexities of foreign value added tax systems, restrictions on the repatriation of earnings and changes in tax rates;

 

    greater difficulty in enforcing contracts, accounts receivable collection and longer collection periods;

 

    the uncertainty and limitation of protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

    increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities; and

 

    lack of familiarity with locals laws, customs and practices, and laws and business practices favoring local competitors or commercial parties.

The occurrence of any one of these risks could harm our international business and, consequently, our operating results. Additionally, operating in international markets requires significant management attention and financial resources. We cannot be certain that the investment and additional resources required to operate in other countries will produce desired levels of revenue or net income.

Adverse economic conditions may negatively impact our business.

Our business depends on the overall demand for information technology and on the economic health of our current and prospective customers. Any significant weakening of the economy in the United States or Europe and of the global economy, more limited availability of credit, a reduction in business confidence and activity, decreased government spending, economic uncertainty and other difficulties may affect one or more of the sectors or countries in which we sell our solutions. Global economic and political uncertainty may cause some of our customers or potential customers to curtail spending generally or IT and identity and data governance spending specifically, and may ultimately result in new regulatory and cost challenges to our international operations. In addition, a strong dollar could reduce demand for our products in countries with relatively weaker currencies. These adverse conditions could result in reductions in sales of our solutions, longer sales cycles, slower adoption of new technologies and increased price competition. Any of these events could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial position.

Forecasts of our market and market growth may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, there can be no assurance that our business will grow at similar rates, or at all.

Growth forecasts included in this prospectus relating to our market opportunity and the expected growth in that market are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates which may prove to be inaccurate. Even if this market meets our size estimate and experiences the forecasted growth, we may not grow our business at a similar rate, or at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

 

27


Table of Contents

Any failure to offer high-quality customer support may adversely affect our relationships with our customers and our financial results.

We typically bundle customer support with arrangements for our solutions. In deploying and using our platform and solutions, our customers typically require the assistance of our support teams to resolve complex technical and operational issues. We may be unable to modify the nature, scope and delivery of our customer support to compete with changes in product support services provided by our competitors. Increased customer demand for support, without corresponding revenue, could increase costs and adversely affect our operating results. We may also be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in customer demand for support. Our sales are highly dependent on our reputation and on positive recommendations from our existing customers. Any failure to maintain high-quality customer support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality product support, could adversely affect our reputation, and our ability to sell our solutions to existing and new customers.

If we fail to meet contractual commitments related to response time, service level commitments or quality of professional services, we could be obligated to provide credits for future service, or face contract termination, which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Depending on the products purchased, our customer agreements contain service level agreements, under which we guarantee specified availability of our platform and solutions. If we are unable to meet the stated service level commitments to our customers or suffer extended periods of unavailability of our SaaS platform or solutions, we may be contractually obligated to provide affected customers with service credits or customers could elect to terminate and receive refunds for prepaid amounts. In addition, if the quality of our professional services do not meet contractual requirements, we may be required to re-perform the services at our expense or refund amounts paid for the services. Any failure to meet these contractual commitments could adversely affect our revenue, operating results and financial condition and any failure to meet service level commitments or extended service outages of our SaaS solutions could adversely affect our business and reputation as customers may elect not to renew and we could lose future sales.

Our business depends, in part, on sales to the public sector, and significant changes in the contracting or fiscal policies of the public sector could have an adverse effect on our business.

We derive a portion of our revenue from sales of our solutions to federal, state, local and foreign governments, and we believe that the success and growth of our business will continue to depend in part on our successful procurement of government contracts. Factors that could impede our ability to maintain or increase the amount of revenue derived from government contracts include:

 

    changes in fiscal or contracting policies;

 

    decreases in available government funding;

 

    changes in government programs or applicable requirements;

 

    the adoption of new laws or regulations or changes to existing laws or regulations; and

 

    potential delays or changes in the government appropriations or other funding authorization processes.

The occurrence of any of the foregoing could cause governments and governmental agencies to delay or refrain from purchasing our solutions or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Any actual or perceived failure by us to comply with our privacy policy or legal or regulatory requirements in one or multiple jurisdictions could result in proceedings, actions or penalties against us.

Our customers’ storage and use of data concerning, among others, their employees, contractors, customers and partners is essential to their use of our platform and solutions. We have implemented various features

 

28


Table of Contents

intended to enable our customers to better comply with applicable privacy and security requirements in their collection and use of data, but these features do not ensure their compliance and may not be effective against all potential privacy and data security concerns.

A wide variety of domestic and foreign laws and regulations apply to the collection, use, retention, protection, disclosure, transfer, disposal and other processing of personal data. These data protection and privacy-related laws and regulations are evolving and may result in regulatory and public scrutiny and escalating levels of enforcement and sanctions. Our failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, or to protect any personal data, could result in enforcement action against us, including fines, claims for damages by customers and other affected individuals, damage to our reputation and loss of goodwill (both in relation to existing customers and prospective customers), any of which could adversely affect our business, operating results, financial performance and prospects.

Evolving and changing definitions of personal data and personal information within the EU, the United States and elsewhere may limit or inhibit our ability to operate or expand our business.

In jurisdictions outside of the United States, we may face data protection and privacy requirements that are more stringent than those in place in the United States. In the EU, for example, Directive 95/46/EC (the “Directive”) has required EU member states to implement data protection laws to meet the strict privacy requirements of the Directive. Among other requirements, the Directive regulates transfers of personal data that is subject to the Directive (“Personal Data”) to third countries, such as the United States, that have not been found to provide adequate protection to such Personal Data. The safe harbor framework previously relied on to ensure compliance with the Directive is no longer deemed to be a valid method of compliance with requirements set forth in the Directive, and so we face uncertainty as to whether our efforts to comply with our obligations under European privacy laws are sufficient. We and our customers are at risk of enforcement actions taken by certain EU data protection authorities until such point in time that we may be able to ensure that all transfers of Personal Data to us in the United States from the EU are conducted in compliance with all applicable regulatory obligations, the guidance of data protection authorities and evolving best practices. The Directive will be replaced in time with the European General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), which will enter into force on May 25, 2018, and which may impose additional obligations, costs and risk upon our business. The GDPR may increase substantially the penalties to which we could be subject in the event of any non-compliance. In addition, we may incur substantial expense in complying with the new obligations to be imposed by the GDPR and we may be required to make significant changes in our business operations, all of which may adversely affect our revenues and our business overall.

In addition, we are subject to certain contractual obligations and privacy policies and practices regarding the collection, use, storage, transfer, disclosure, disposal or processing of personal data. Even the perception of a failure by us to comply with such contractual obligations and/or privacy policies and practices or other privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may harm our reputation, inhibit adoption of our solutions by current and future customers or adversely impact our ability to attract and retain workforce talent.

Loss, retention or misuse of certain information and alleged violations of laws and regulations relating to privacy and data security, and any relevant claims, may expose us to potential liability and may require us to expend significant resources on data security and in responding to and defending such allegations and claims. In addition, future laws, regulations, standards and other obligations, and changes in the interpretation of existing laws, regulations, standards and other obligations could impair our customers’ ability to collect, use or disclose data relating to individuals, which could decrease demand for our platform and solutions, increase our costs and impair our ability to maintain and grow our customer base and increase our revenue.

Around the world, there are numerous lawsuits in process against various technology companies that process personal data. If those lawsuits are successful, it could increase the likelihood that our company may be exposed to liability for our own policies and practices concerning the processing of personal data and could hurt

 

29


Table of Contents

our business. Furthermore, the costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by laws, regulations and policies concerning privacy and data security that are applicable to the businesses of our customers may limit the use and adoption of our platform or solutions and reduce overall demand for them. Privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our platform. Additionally, concerns about security or privacy may result in the adoption of new legislation that restricts the implementation of technologies like ours or requires us to make modifications to our platform, which could significantly limit the adoption and deployment of our technologies or result in significant expense to modify our platform.

We publicly post our privacy policies and practices concerning our processing, use and disclosure of the personally identifiable information provided to us by our website visitors. Our publication of our privacy policies and other statements we publish that provide promises and assurances about privacy and security can subject us to potential state and federal action if they are found to be deceptive or misrepresentative of our actual policies and practices or if our practices are found to be unfair.

Evolving and changing definitions of what constitutes “Personal Information” and “Personal Data” within the EU, the United States and elsewhere, especially relating to classification of IP addresses, machine or device identification numbers, location data and other information, may limit or inhibit our ability to operate or expand our business, including limiting technology alliance relationships that may involve the sharing of data.

We use third-party licensed software in or with our solutions, and the inability to maintain these licenses or issues with the software we license could result in increased costs or reduced service levels, which would adversely affect our business.

Our solutions include software or other intellectual property licensed from third parties, and we otherwise use software and other intellectual property licensed from third parties in our business. We anticipate that we will continue to rely on such third-party software and intellectual property in the future. This exposes us to risks over which we may have little or no control. The third-party software we currently license may not always be available and we may not have access to alternative third-party software on commercially reasonable terms. In addition, a third party may assert that we or our customers are in breach of the terms of a license, which could, among other things, give such third party the right to terminate a license or seek damages from us, or both. Our inability to obtain or maintain certain licenses or other rights or to obtain or maintain such licenses or rights on favorable terms, or the need to engage in litigation regarding these matters, could result in delays in releases of new solutions, and could otherwise disrupt our business, until equivalent technology can be identified, licensed or developed, if at all. Also, to the extent that our platform and solutions depend upon the successful operation of third-party software in conjunction with our software, any undetected errors or defects in such third-party software could prevent the deployment or impair the functionality of our platform, delay new feature introductions, result in a failure of our platform and injure our reputation.

Our failure to raise additional capital or generate cash flows necessary to expand our operations and invest in new technologies in the future could reduce our ability to compete successfully and harm our operating results.

We may need to raise additional funds, and we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, if at all. If we raise additional equity financing, our security holders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests. If we engage in debt financing, we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios or restrict our ability to pay dividends or make acquisitions. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, or at all, we may not be able to, among other things:

 

    develop and enhance our products;

 

    continue to expand our product development, sales and marketing organizations;

 

    hire, train and retain employees;

 

30


Table of Contents
    respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements; or

 

    pursue acquisition opportunities.

Our debt obligations contain restrictions that impact our business and expose us to risks that could adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.

At June 30, 2017, the balance outstanding under our term loan facility was $160.0 million, and we had a $7.5 million revolving credit facility (under which we have no outstanding borrowings) and $0.1 million outstanding under a letter of credit sub-facility. Our interest expense during the years ended 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017 was approximately $3.9 million, $7.3 million and $5.4 million, respectively. We intend to use a portion of our net proceeds from this offering to repay approximately $            million of the borrowings outstanding under our term loan facility. Currently, our credit facility requires that all of our proceeds from an initial public offering of our capital stock be used to repay borrowings outstanding under our credit facility. We anticipate that this requirement will be waived or amended prior to or in connection with the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. If this requirement is not waived or amended, we would be required to use our proceeds from this offering to repay borrowings outstanding under our credit facility. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds.”

The credit agreement governing our credit facility contains various covenants that are operative so long as our credit facility remain outstanding. The covenants, among other things, limit our and certain of our subsidiaries’ abilities to:

 

    incur additional indebtedness or guarantee indebtedness of others;

 

    create additional liens on our assets;

 

    pay dividends and make other distributions on our capital stock, and redeem and repurchase our capital stock;

 

    make investments, including acquisitions;

 

    make capital expenditures;

 

    enter into mergers or consolidations or sell assets;

 

    sell our subsidiaries;

 

    engage in sale and leaseback transactions; and

 

    enter into transactions with affiliates.

Our credit facility also contains numerous affirmative covenants, including financial covenants. Even if our credit facility is terminated, any additional debt that we incur in the future could subject us to similar or additional covenants.

If we experience a decline in cash flow due to any of the factors described in this “Risk Factors” section or otherwise, we could have difficulty paying interest and principal amounts due on our indebtedness and meeting the financial covenants set forth in our credit facility. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow or otherwise to obtain the funds necessary to make required payments under our credit facility, or if we fail to comply with the various requirements of our indebtedness, we could default under our credit facility. Any such default that is not cured or waived could result in an acceleration of indebtedness then outstanding under our credit facility, an increase in the applicable interest rates under our credit facility, and a requirement that our subsidiaries that have guaranteed our credit facility pay the obligations in full, and would permit the lenders to exercise remedies with respect to all of the collateral that is securing our credit facility, including substantially all of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ assets. Thus, any such default could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and financial condition.

 

31


Table of Contents

We may acquire or invest in companies, which may divert our management’s attention and result in additional dilution to our stockholders. We may be unable to integrate acquired businesses and technologies successfully or achieve the expected benefits of such acquisitions.

Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to expand our solutions and services and grow our business in response to changing technologies, customer demands and competitive pressures. In some circumstances, we may choose to do so through the acquisition of, or investment in, new or complementary businesses and technologies rather than through internal development. The identification of suitable acquisition or investment candidates can be difficult, time-consuming and costly, and we may not be able to successfully complete identified acquisitions or investments. The risks we face in connection with acquisitions and/or investments include:

 

    an acquisition may negatively affect our operating results because it may require us to incur charges or assume substantial debt or other liabilities, may cause adverse tax consequences or unfavorable accounting treatment, may expose us to claims and disputes by stockholders and third parties, including intellectual property claims and disputes, or may not generate sufficient financial return to offset additional costs and expenses related to the acquisition;

 

    we may encounter difficulties or unforeseen expenditures in integrating the business, technologies, products, personnel or operations of any company that we acquire;

 

    an acquisition or investment may disrupt our ongoing business, divert resources, increase our expenses and distract our management;

 

    an acquisition may result in a delay or reduction of customer purchases for both us and the company acquired due to customer uncertainty about continuity and effectiveness of service from either company;

 

    we may encounter difficulties in, or may be unable to, successfully sell any acquired products or effectively integrate them into or with our existing solutions;

 

    our use of cash to pay for acquisitions or investments would limit other potential uses for our cash;

 

    if we incur debt to fund any acquisitions or investments, such debt may subject us to material restrictions on our ability to conduct our business; and

 

    if we issue a significant amount of equity securities in connection with future acquisitions, existing stockholders may be diluted and earnings per share may decrease.

The occurrence of any of these risks could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

If we fail to adequately protect our proprietary rights, our competitive position could be impaired and we may lose valuable assets, generate reduced revenue and incur costly litigation to protect our rights.

We rely on copyrights and trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures, employment proprietary information and inventions assignment agreements, trademarks and patents to protect our intellectual property rights. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may not be adequate. To protect our trade secrets and proprietary information, we rely in significant part on confidentiality arrangements with our employees, licensees, independent contractors, advisers, channel partners, resellers and customers. These arrangements may not be effective to prevent disclosure of confidential information, including trade secrets, and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. In addition, if others independently discover trade secrets and proprietary information, we would not be able to assert trade secret rights against such parties. To protect our intellectual property, we may be required to spend significant resources to obtain, monitor and enforce such rights. Litigation brought to enforce our intellectual property could be costly, time-consuming and distracting to management and could be met with defenses,

 

32


Table of Contents

counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property, which may result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. The laws of some foreign countries do not protect our intellectual property to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and effective intellectual property protection and mechanisms may not be available in those jurisdictions. We may need to expend additional resources to defend our intellectual property in these countries, and our inability to do so could impair our business or adversely affect our international expansion. Even if we are able to secure intellectual property, there can be no assurances that such rights will provide us with competitive advantages or distinguish our platform or solutions and services from those of our competitors or that our competitors will not independently develop similar technology.

We may be subject to intellectual property rights claims by third parties, which may be costly to defend, could require us to pay significant damages and could limit our ability to use certain technologies.

Companies in the software and technology industries, including some of our current and potential competitors, own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and frequently enter into litigation based on allegations of infringement, misappropriation or other violations of intellectual property rights. We have in the past and may in the future be subject to notices that claim we have infringed, misappropriated or misused the intellectual property of our competitors or other third parties, including patent holding companies whose sole business is to assert such claims. To the extent we increase our visibility in the market, we face a higher risk of being the subject of intellectual property claims. Additionally, we do not have a significant patent portfolio, which could prevent us from deterring patent infringement claims through our own patent portfolio, and our competitors and others may now or in the future have significantly larger and more mature patent portfolios than we do.

Any intellectual property claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming and expensive and could divert our management’s attention and other resources. These claims could also subject us to significant liability for damages, potentially including treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed patents or copyrights. These claims could also result in our having to stop using technology found to be in violation of a third party’s rights. We might be required to seek a license for the intellectual property, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all. Even if a license is available, we could be required to pay significant royalties, which would increase our operating expenses. As a result, we may be required to develop alternative non-infringing technology, which could require significant effort and expense. If we cannot license or develop technology for any aspect of our business that may ultimately be determined to infringe on or misappropriate the intellectual property rights of another party, we could be forced to limit or stop sales of licenses to our platform and solutions and may be unable to compete effectively. Furthermore, we may be subject to indemnification obligations with respect to third-party intellectual property pursuant to our agreements with our channel partners or customers. Any of these results would adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Indemnity provisions in various agreements potentially expose us to substantial liability for intellectual property infringement and other losses.

Our agreements with customers and other third parties may include indemnification provisions under which we agree to indemnify them or otherwise be liable for losses suffered or incurred as a result of claims of intellectual property infringement or misappropriation, damages caused by us to property or persons, or other liabilities relating to or arising from our platform, solutions, services or other contractual obligations. Some of these indemnity agreements provide for uncapped liability for which we would be responsible, and some indemnity provisions survive termination or expiration of the applicable agreement.

From time to time, customers also require us to indemnify or otherwise be liable to them for breach of confidentiality, violation of applicable law or failure to implement adequate security measures with respect to their data stored, transmitted or accessed using our platform. Although we normally seek contractual limitations to our liability with respect to the foregoing obligations, the existence of such a dispute may have adverse effects

 

33


Table of Contents

on our customer relationship and reputation and even if we contractually limit our liability with respect to such obligations, we may still incur substantial liability related to them. Any assertions by a third party, whether or not successful, with respect to any of these indemnification obligations could subject us to costly and time-consuming litigation, expensive remediation and licenses, divert management attention and financial resources, harm our relationship with that customer and other current and prospective customers, reduce demand for our platform and solutions, and harm our brand, business, operating results and financial condition. Any dispute with a customer with respect to such obligations could have adverse effects on our relationship with that customer and other existing customers and new customers and adversely affect our business and operating results.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that our employees or contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers or other parties.

We could in the future be subject to claims that we, our employees or our contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of our competitors or other parties. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending against such claims, a court could order us to pay substantial damages and prohibit us from using technologies or features that are essential to our solutions, if such technologies or features are found to incorporate or be derived from the trade secrets or other proprietary information of these parties. In addition, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to develop, market and support potential solutions or enhancements, which could severely harm our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, such litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

Our use of “open source” software could negatively affect our ability to sell our solutions and subject us to possible litigation.

Some aspects of our platform and solutions are built using open source software, and we intend to continue to use open source software in the future. From time to time, we contribute software source code to open source projects under open source licenses or release internal software projects under open source software licenses, and anticipate doing so in the future. The terms of certain open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts, and there is a risk that open source software licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to monetize our products. Additionally, we may from time to time face claims from third parties claiming ownership of, or demanding release of, the open source software or derivative works that we developed using such software, which could include our proprietary source code, or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open source software license. These claims could result in litigation and could require us to make our software source code freely available, purchase a costly license or cease offering the implicated services unless and until we can re-engineer them to avoid infringement or violation. This re-engineering process could require significant additional research and development resources, and we may not be able to complete it successfully. In addition to risks related to license requirements, use of certain open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the origin of software and, thus, may contain security vulnerabilities or broken code. Additionally, because any software source code we contribute to open source projects is publicly available, our ability to protect our intellectual property rights with respect to such software source code may be limited or lost entirely, and we may be unable to prevent our competitors or others from using such contributed software source code. Any of these risks could be difficult to eliminate or manage, and if not addressed, could have a negative effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

34


Table of Contents

We may be required to defer recognition of some of our license revenue, which may harm our operating results in any given period.

We may be required to defer recognition of license revenue for a significant period of time after entering into an agreement due to a variety of factors, including, among other things, whether:

 

    the transaction involves products or features that are under development;

 

    the transaction involves extended payment terms; or

 

    the transaction involves acceptance criteria.

Although we strive to enter into agreements that meet the criteria under GAAP for current revenue recognition on delivered elements, our agreements are often subject to negotiation and revision based on the demands of our customers. The final terms of our agreements sometimes result in deferred revenue recognition well after the time of delivery, which may adversely affect our financial results in any given period.

Furthermore, the presentation of our financial results requires us to make estimates and assumptions that may affect revenue recognition. In some instances, we could reasonably use different estimates and assumptions, and changes in estimates are likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from our estimates.

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies prove to be incorrect, our operating results could be adversely affected.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, as provided in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities and equity, and the amount of revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant assumptions and estimates used in preparing our consolidated financial statements include those related to revenue recognition, capitalized internal-use software costs, income taxes, other non-income taxes, business combinations and valuation of goodwill and purchased intangible assets and stock-based compensation. Our operating results may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our operating results to fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the trading price of our common stock.

Changes in existing financial accounting standards or practices, or taxation rules or practices, may harm our operating results.

Changes in existing accounting or taxation rules or practices, new accounting pronouncements or taxation rules, or varying interpretations of current accounting pronouncements or taxation practice could harm our operating results or the manner in which we conduct our business. Further, such changes could potentially affect our reporting of transactions completed before such changes are effective.

GAAP is subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), the SEC and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our reported financial results, and could affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement of a change. For example, in May 2014 the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (ASU 2014-09), for which certain elements may impact our accounting for revenue and costs incurred to acquire contracts.

 

35


Table of Contents

Our business may be subject to additional obligations to collect and remit sales tax and other taxes, and we may be subject to tax liability for past sales. Any successful action by state, foreign or other authorities to collect additional or past sales tax could adversely affect our business.

States and some local taxing jurisdictions have differing rules and regulations governing sales and use taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that may change over time. In particular, the applicability of sales taxes to our platform in various jurisdictions is unclear. It is possible that we could face sales tax audits and that our liability for these taxes could exceed our estimates as state tax authorities could still assert that we are obligated to collect additional amounts as taxes from our customers and remit those taxes to those authorities. We could also be subject to audits in states and international jurisdictions for which we have not accrued tax liabilities. A successful assertion that we should be collecting additional sales or other taxes on our services in jurisdictions where we have not historically done so and do not accrue for sales taxes could result in substantial tax liabilities for past sales, discourage customers from purchasing our products or otherwise adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

We file sales tax returns in certain states within the United States as required by law and certain customer contracts for a portion of the products that we provide. We do not collect sales or other similar taxes in other states and many of such states do not apply sales or similar taxes to the vast majority of the products that we provide. However, one or more states or foreign authorities could seek to impose additional sales, use or other tax collection and record-keeping obligations on us or may determine that such taxes should have, but have not been, paid by us. Liability for past taxes may also include substantial interest and penalty charges. Any successful action by state, foreign or other authorities to compel us to collect and remit sales tax, use tax or other taxes, either retroactively, prospectively or both, could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

If our products fail to help our customers achieve and maintain compliance with certain government regulations and industry standards, our business and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

We believe we generate a portion of our revenues from our products and services because our customers use our products and services as part of their efforts to achieve and maintain compliance with certain government regulations and industry standards, and we expect that will continue for the foreseeable future. Examples of industry standards and government regulations include the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (“PCI-DSS”); the Federal Information Security Management Act (“FISMA”) and associated National Institute for Standards and Testing (“NIST”) Network Security Standards; the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; Title 21 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations, which governs food and drugs industries; the North American Electric Reliability Corporation Critical Infrastructure Protection Plan (“NERC-CIP”); the proposed European General Data Protection Regulation; the German Federal Financial Supervisory Authority (“BaFin”) Minimum Requirements for Risk Management; and the Monetary Authority of Singapore’s Technology Risk Management Notices. These industry standards may change with little or no notice, including changes that could make them more or less onerous for businesses. In addition, governments may also adopt new laws or regulations, or make changes to existing laws or regulations, that could affect whether our customers believe our solution assists them in maintaining compliance with such laws or regulations. If our solutions fail to expedite our customers’ compliance initiatives, our customers may lose confidence in our products and could switch to products offered by our competitors. In addition, if government regulations and industry standards related to IT security are changed in a manner that makes them less onerous, our customers may view compliance as less critical to their businesses, and our customers may be less willing to purchase our products and services. In either case, our sales and financial results would suffer.

 

36


Table of Contents

Failure to comply with anti-bribery, anti-corruption, and anti-money laundering laws could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

We are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery Act and other anti-corruption, anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in various jurisdictions both domestic and abroad. The FCPA prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The U.K. Bribery Act is similar but even broader in scope in that it prohibits bribery of private (non-government) persons as well. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with certain accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations. Our sales model presents some risk under these laws. We leverage third parties, including channel partners, to sell our solutions and conduct our business abroad. We and our third-party intermediaries may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies, state-owned or affiliated entities and non-governmental commercial entities, and may be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of these third-party intermediaries, our employees, representatives, contractors, channel partners and agents, even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities. While we have policies and procedure to address compliance with these laws, we cannot assure you that all of our employees and agents will not take actions in violation of our policies and applicable law, for which we may be ultimately held responsible. Noncompliance with these laws could subject us to investigations, sanctions, settlements, prosecution, other enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, significant fines, damages, other civil and criminal penalties or injunctions, adverse media coverage and other consequences. Any investigations, actions or sanctions could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

We are subject to governmental export controls and economic sanctions laws that could impair our ability to compete in international markets and subject us to liability if we are not in full compliance with applicable laws.

Our business activities are subject to various restrictions under U.S. export controls and trade and economic sanctions laws, including the U.S. Commerce Department’s Export Administration Regulations and economic and trade sanctions regulations maintained by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control. The U.S. export control laws and U.S. economic sanctions laws include prohibitions on the sale or supply of certain products and services to U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments, persons and entities and also require authorization for the export of encryption items. We are also subject to Israeli export controls on encryption technology for SecurityIQ. If the applicable U.S. or Israeli requirements regarding export of encryption technology were to change or if we change the encryption means in our products, we may need to satisfy additional requirements in the United States or Israel. There can be no assurance that we will be able to satisfy any additional requirements under these circumstances in either the United States or Israel.

In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology, including through import permitting and licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our services or could limit our customers’ ability to implement our services in those countries. Although we take precautions to prevent our products from being provided in violation of such laws, our products may have been in the past, and could in the future be, provided inadvertently in violation of such laws, despite the precautions we take. If we fail to comply with these laws and regulations, we and certain of our employees could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, including the possible loss of export privileges and monetary penalties. Obtaining the necessary authorizations, including any required license, for a particular transaction may be time-consuming, is not guaranteed, and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Although we take precautions to prevent transactions with U.S. sanction targets, we could inadvertently provide our products to persons prohibited by U.S. sanctions. This could result in negative consequences to us, including government investigations, penalties and harm to our reputation.

 

37


Table of Contents

Our corporate structure and intercompany arrangements are subject to the tax laws of various jurisdictions, and we could be obligated to pay additional taxes, which would harm our operating results.

Based on our current corporate structure, we may be subject to taxation in several jurisdictions around the world with increasingly complex tax laws, the application of which can be uncertain. The amount of taxes we pay in these jurisdictions could increase substantially as a result of changes in the applicable tax principles, including increased tax rates, new tax laws or revised interpretations of existing tax laws and precedents. In addition, the authorities in these jurisdictions could challenge our methodologies for valuing developed technology or intercompany arrangements, including our transfer pricing. The relevant taxing authorities may determine that the manner in which we operate our business does not achieve the intended tax consequences. If such a disagreement were to occur, and our position were not sustained, we could be required to pay additional taxes, interest and penalties. Such authorities could claim that various withholding requirements apply to us or our subsidiaries or assert that benefits of tax treaties are not available to us or our subsidiaries. Any increase in the amount of taxes we pay or that are imposed on us could increase our worldwide effective tax rate and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our ability to use net operating losses and other tax attributes to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

In general, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change net operating losses (“NOLs”), tax credits or other tax attributes, to offset future taxable income or taxes. For these purposes, an ownership change generally occurs where the aggregate stock ownership of one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who owns at least 5% of a corporation’s stock increases its ownership by more than 50 percentage points over its lowest ownership percentage within a specified testing period. Our existing NOLs may be subject to substantial limitations arising from previous ownership changes, and if we undergo an ownership change in connection with or after this offering, our ability to utilize NOLs could be further limited by Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, many of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code. Our NOLs may also be impaired under state law. Accordingly, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of our NOLs. Furthermore, our ability to utilize our NOLs is conditioned upon our attaining profitability and generating U. S. federal and state taxable income.

We function as a HIPAA “business associate” for certain of our customers and, as such, are subject to strict privacy and data security requirements. If we fail to comply with any of these requirements, we could be subject to significant liability, all of which can adversely affect our business as well as our ability to attract and retain new customers.

The Health Insurance Portability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”), and their respective implementing regulations (“HIPAA”), imposes specified requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information. Among other things, HITECH makes HIPAA’s security standards directly applicable to “business associates.” We function as a business associate for certain of our customers that are HIPAA covered entities and service providers, and in that context we are regulated as a business associate for the purposes of HIPAA. If we are unable to comply with our obligations as a HIPAA business associate, we could face substantial civil and even criminal liability. Modifying the already stringent penalty structure that was present under HIPAA prior to HITECH, HITECH created four new tiers of civil monetary penalties and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. In addition, many state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from HIPAA and each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect.

 

38


Table of Contents

The HIPAA covered entities and service providers to which we provide services require us to enter into HIPAA-compliant business associate agreements with them. These agreements impose stringent data security obligations on us. If we are unable to meet the requirements of any of these business associate agreements, we could face contractual liability under the applicable business associate agreement as well as possible civil and criminal liability under HIPAA, all of which can have an adverse impact on our business and generate negative publicity, which, in turn, can have an adverse impact on our ability to attract and retain new customers.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

The requirements of being a public company, including compliance with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, may strain our resources, increase our costs and distract management, and we may be unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or cost-effective manner.

As a public company, we will need to comply with new laws, regulations and requirements, certain corporate governance provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, related regulations of the SEC and the requirements of the NYSE, with which we are not required to comply as a private company. Complying with these statutes, regulations and requirements will occupy a significant amount of time of our board of directors and management and will significantly increase our costs and expenses. We will need to:

 

    institute a more comprehensive compliance function;

 

    comply with rules promulgated by the NYSE;

 

    continue to prepare and distribute periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws;

 

    establish new internal policies, such as those relating to insider trading; and

 

    involve and retain to a greater degree outside counsel and accountants in the above activities.

Furthermore, while we generally must comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2018, we are not required to have our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls until our first annual report subsequent to our ceasing to be an emerging growth company. Accordingly, we may not be required to have our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls until as late as our annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2022. Once it is required to do so, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed. Compliance with these requirements may strain our resources, increase our costs and distract management, and we may be unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or cost-effective manner.

In addition, we expect that being a public company subject to these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

There has been no prior public trading market for our common stock, and an active trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering.

We have applied for the listing of our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “SAIL.” However, there has been no prior public trading market for our common stock. We cannot assure you that an active trading market for our common stock will develop on such exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that any market will be sustained. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of the liquidity of any trading market, your ability to sell your shares of our common stock when desired or the prices that you may obtain for your shares of our common stock.

 

39


Table of Contents

The trading price of our common stock could be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.

Technology stocks have historically experienced high levels of volatility. The trading price of our common stock following this offering may fluctuate substantially. Following the completion of this offering, the market price of our common stock may be higher or lower than the price you pay in the offering, depending on many factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock include the following:

 

    announcements of new products or technologies, commercial relationships, acquisitions or other events by us or our competitors;

 

    changes in how customers perceive the benefits of our platform;

 

    shifts in the mix of revenue attributable to perpetual licenses and to SaaS subscriptions from quarter to quarter;

 

    departures of key personnel;

 

    price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

    fluctuations in the trading volume of our shares or the size of our public float;

 

    sales of large blocks of our common stock;

 

    actual or anticipated changes or fluctuations in our operating results;

 

    whether our operating results meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors;

 

    changes in actual or future expectations of investors or securities analysts;

 

    litigation involving us, our industry or both;

 

    regulatory developments in the United States, foreign countries or both;

 

    general economic conditions and trends;

 

    major catastrophic events in our domestic and foreign markets; and

 

    “flash crashes,” “freeze flashes” or other glitches that disrupt trading on the securities exchange on which we are listed.

In addition, if the market for technology stocks or the stock market in general experiences a loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, operating results or financial condition. The trading price of our common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies in our industry even if these events do not directly affect us. In the past, following periods of volatility in the trading price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. If our stock price is volatile, we may become the target of securities litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources from our business. This could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

If securities analysts or industry analysts were to downgrade our stock, publish negative research or reports or fail to publish reports about our business, our competitive position could suffer, and our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will, to some extent, depend on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us should downgrade our stock or publish negative research or reports, cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports about our business, our competitive position could suffer, and our stock price and trading volume could decline.

 

40


Table of Contents

Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $             per share.

Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), purchasers of our common stock in this offering will experience an immediate and substantial dilution of $            per share in the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock from the initial public offering price, and our as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2017, after giving effect to this offering would be $            per share. This dilution is due in large part to earlier investors having paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. See the section titled “Dilution” below.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public markets, or the perception that such sales could occur, could reduce the market price of our common stock.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and may make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate. Based on the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2017, upon completion of this offering, we will have approximately              shares of common stock outstanding (assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus)). All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), except for any shares held by our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Subject to certain exceptions described in the section titled “Underwriting,” we, our directors and executive officers, the Thoma Bravo Funds, the selling stockholders and substantially all of the other holders of our common stock or stock options outstanding immediately prior to this offering (including holders of shares of common stock to be issued as a result of the Preferred Stock Conversion) have agreed or will agree to enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering pursuant to which we and they have agreed or will agree that, subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. See the section titled “Underwriting” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for more information. Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration of, or the perception that such sales may occur, or early release of the securities subject to, the lock-up agreements, could cause our stock price to fall or make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

Our issuance of additional capital stock in connection with financings, acquisitions, investments, our stock incentive plans or otherwise will dilute all other stockholders.

We may issue additional capital stock in the future that will result in dilution to all other stockholders. We may also raise capital through equity financings in the future. As part of our business strategy, we may acquire or make investments in complementary companies, products or technologies and issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition or investment. Any such issuances of additional capital stock may cause stockholders to experience significant dilution of their ownership interests and the per share value of our common stock to decline.

Management will have broad discretion over the use of our proceeds from this offering.

The principal purposes of this offering include increasing our capitalization and financial flexibility, creating a public market for our stock, thereby enabling access to the public equity markets by our employees and stockholders, obtaining additional capital and increasing our visibility in the marketplace. We intend to use our net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures, and to repay a portion of the borrowings outstanding under our term loan facility. See

 

41


Table of Contents

“Use of Proceeds.” We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds to us from this offering. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds and might not be able to obtain a significant return, if any, on investment of these net proceeds. Investors in this offering will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of our proceeds. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We intend to retain any earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, you may only receive a return on your investment in our common stock if the market price of our common stock increases.

Our charter and bylaws contain anti-takeover provisions that could delay or discourage takeover attempts that stockholders may consider favorable.

Our charter and bylaws contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company. These provisions could also make it difficult for stockholders to elect directors who are not nominated by the current members of our board of directors or take other corporate actions, including effecting changes in our management. These provisions include:

 

    a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which could delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

 

    after Thoma Bravo ceases to beneficially own at least 30% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, removal of directors only for cause;

 

    the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;

 

    allowing Thoma Bravo to fill any vacancy on our board of directors for so long as affiliates of Thoma Bravo own 30% or more of our outstanding shares of common stock and thereafter, allowing only our board of directors to fill vacancies on our board of directors, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

 

    after Thoma Bravo ceases to beneficially own at least 30% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

 

    after we cease to be a controlled company, the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or our president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), which could delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;

 

    after we cease to be a controlled company, the requirement for the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the voting stock, voting together as a single class, to amend the provisions of our charter relating to the management of our business (including our classified board structure) or certain provisions of our bylaws, which may inhibit the ability of an acquirer to effect such amendments to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt;

 

    the ability of our board of directors to amend the bylaws, which may allow our board of directors to take additional actions to prevent an unsolicited takeover and inhibit the ability of an acquirer to amend the bylaws to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt;

 

42


Table of Contents
    advance notice procedures with which stockholders must comply to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us; and

 

    a prohibition of cumulative voting in the election of our board of directors, which would otherwise allow less than a majority of stockholders to elect director candidates.

Our charter also contains a provision that provides us with protections similar to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), and prevents us from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with an interested stockholder (i.e., a person or group who acquires at least 15% of our voting stock) for a period of three years from the date such person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. However, our charter also provides that transactions with Thoma Bravo, including the Thoma Bravo Funds, and any persons to whom any Thoma Bravo Fund sells its common stock will be deemed to have been approved by our board of directors.

Thoma Bravo has a controlling influence over matters requiring stockholder approval, which could delay or prevent a change of control.

Thoma Bravo, as the ultimate general partner of the Thoma Bravo Funds, beneficially owned in the aggregate     % of our common stock as of                     , 2017 and, after this offering, will beneficially own in the aggregate     % of our common stock (or, if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full,     % of our common stock). As a result, Thoma Bravo could exert significant influence over our operations and business strategy and would have sufficient voting power to effectively control the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval. These matters may include:

 

    the composition of our board of directors, which has the authority to direct our business and to appoint and remove our officers;

 

    approving or rejecting a merger, consolidation or other business combination;

 

    raising future capital; and

 

    amending our charter and bylaws, which govern the rights attached to our common stock.

Additionally, for so long as Thoma Bravo beneficially owns 30% or more of our outstanding shares of common stock, Thoma Bravo will have the right to designate a majority of our board of directors. For so long as Thoma Bravo has the right to designate a majority of our board of directors, the directors designated by Thoma Bravo are expected to constitute a majority of each committee of our board of directors, other than the audit committee, and the chairman of each of the committees, other than the audit committee, is expected to be a director serving on such committee who is designated by Thoma Bravo, provided that, at such time as we are not a “controlled company” under the NYSE corporate governance standards, our committee membership will comply with all applicable requirements of those standards and a majority of our board of directors will be “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of the NYSE.

This concentration of ownership of our common stock could delay or prevent proxy contests, mergers, tender offers, open-market purchase programs or other purchases of our common stock that might otherwise give you the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price of our common stock. This concentration of ownership may also adversely affect our share price.

Thoma Bravo may pursue corporate opportunities independent of us that could present conflicts with our and our stockholders’ interests.

Thoma Bravo is in the business of making or advising on investments in companies and holds (and may from time to time in the future acquire) interests in or provides advice to businesses that directly or indirectly

 

43


Table of Contents

compete with certain portions of our business or are suppliers or customers of ours. Thoma Bravo may also pursue acquisitions that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

Our charter provides that no officer or director of the Company who is also an officer, director, employee, managing director or other affiliate of Thoma Bravo will be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that any such individual pursues or acquires a corporate opportunity for its own account or the account of an affiliate, as applicable, instead of us, directs a corporate opportunity to any other person, instead of us or does not communicate information regarding a corporate opportunity to us.

We may issue preferred stock whose terms could adversely affect the voting power or value of our common stock.

Our charter authorizes us to issue, without the approval of our stockholders, one or more classes or series of preferred stock having such designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights, including preferences over our common stock respecting dividends and distributions, as our board of directors may determine. The terms of one or more classes or series of preferred stock could adversely impact the voting power or value of our common stock. For example, we might grant holders of preferred stock the right to elect some number of our directors in all events or on the happening of specified events or the right to veto specified transactions. Similarly, the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences we might assign to holders of preferred stock could affect the residual value of our common stock.

Our charter designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents.

Our charter provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our charter or bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to such Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of, and consented to, the provisions of our charter described in the preceding sentence. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and such persons. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our charter inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results.

For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with certain requirements that apply to other public companies.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we are an emerging growth company, which may be up to five full fiscal years, unlike other public companies, we will not be required to, among other things: (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; (ii) comply with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the

 

44


Table of Contents

auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer; (iii) provide certain disclosures regarding executive compensation required of larger public companies; or (iv) hold nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for adopting new or revised financial accounting standards. We intend to take advantage of the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards permitted under the JOBS Act until we are no longer an emerging growth company. If we were to subsequently elect instead to comply with these public company effective dates, such election would be irrevocable pursuant to the JOBS Act.

We will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, although we will lose that status sooner if we have more than $1.07 billion of revenues in a fiscal year, have more than $700.0 million in market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

To the extent that we rely on any of the exemptions available to emerging growth companies, you will receive less information about our executive compensation and internal control over financial reporting than issuers that are not emerging growth companies. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock to be less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We expect to be a controlled company within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, will qualify for and intend to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

Upon completion of this offering, Thoma Bravo will beneficially own, on a combined basis, a majority of the combined voting power of all classes of our outstanding voting stock. As a result, we expect to be a controlled company within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another person or group of persons acting together is a controlled company and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:

 

    a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors as defined under the rules of the NYSE;

 

    the nominating and governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

    the compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

These requirements will not apply to us as long as we remain a controlled company. Following the offering, we intend to utilize some or all of these exemptions. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE. See the section titled “Management—Status as a Controlled Company” below.

 

45


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. All statements of historical fact included in this prospectus regarding our strategy, future operations, financial position, estimated revenues and losses, projected costs, prospects, plans and objectives of management are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. When considering forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements described under the heading “Risk Factors” included in this prospectus. These forward-looking statements are based on management’s current beliefs, based on currently available information, as to the outcome and timing of future events. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

    our ability to attract and retain customers, including larger organizations;

 

    our ability to deepen our relationships with existing customers;

 

    our expectations regarding our customer growth rate;

 

    our business plan and beliefs and objectives for future operations;

 

    trends associated with our industry and potential market;

 

    benefits associated with use of our platform and services;

 

    our ability to develop or acquire new solutions, improve our platform and solutions and increase the value of our platform and solutions;

 

    our ability to compete successfully against current and future competitors;

 

    our ability to further develop strategic relationships;

 

    our ability to achieve positive returns on investments;

 

    our ability to acquire complementary businesses, products or technology;

 

    our plans to further invest in and grow our business, and our ability to effectively manage our growth and associated investments;

 

    our ability to timely and effectively scale and adapt our existing technology;

 

    our ability to increase our revenue, our revenue growth rate and gross margin;

 

    our ability to generate sufficient revenue to achieve and sustain profitability;

 

    our future financial performance, including trends in revenue, cost of revenue, operating expenses, other income and expenses, income taxes, billings and customers;

 

    the sufficiency of our cash and cash equivalents and cash generated from operations to meet our working capital and capital expenditure requirements;

 

    our ability to raise capital and the loans of those financings;

 

    our ability to attract, train and retain qualified employees and key personnel;

 

    our ability to maintain and benefit from our corporate culture;

 

    our ability to successfully identify, acquire and integrate companies and assets;

 

    our ability to successfully enter new markets and manage our international expansion;

 

46


Table of Contents
    our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our intellectual property and not infringe upon others’ intellectual property; and

 

    our anticipated uses of our net proceeds from this offering.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.

 

47


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the market in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, on assumptions that we have made that are based on those data and other similar sources, and on our knowledge of the markets for our solutions. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations and is inherently imprecise, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. In addition, the industry in which we operate, as well as the projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate, are subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, that could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.

Some of the industry and market data contained in this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, including those generated by Forrester, Gartner, Inc. (“Gartner”), IBM Security, IDC, KuppingerCole, McAfee, Ponemon Institute, Risk Based Security and Verizon, or other publicly available information. The Gartner reports referenced herein (the “Gartner Reports”) represent research opinions or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Reports are subject to change without notice.

 

48


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $            million (or approximately $            million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being offered by the selling stockholders.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders.

We intend to use our net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses, capital expenditures and funding our growth strategies discussed in this prospectus (which include driving new customer growth within existing geographic markets, penetrating our existing customer base and expanding our global presence and continuing to invest in our products and platform), and to repay $            million of the borrowings outstanding under our term loan facility. We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any acquisitions at this time.

As of June 30, 2017, we had $160.0 million of borrowings outstanding under our term loan facility. The term loan facility matures on August 16, 2021 and bears interest at a variable rate. At June 30, 2017, the weighted average interest rate on borrowings under our term loan facility was 8%. All of the outstanding borrowings under our term loan facility that were incurred within one year were incurred for working capital, except $50.0 million was incurred in June 2017 to partially fund a $50.4 million dividend paid to the holders of our preferred stock on a rata basis.

Our expected uses of our net proceeds from this offering are based upon our present plans, objectives and business condition. As of the date of this prospectus, except for the repayment of $             million of the borrowings outstanding under our term loan facility, we cannot predict with certainty the particular uses for our net proceeds from this offering, and management has not estimated the amount of proceeds, or the range of proceeds, to be used for any particular purpose. As such, our management will have broad discretion in the application of our net proceeds from this offering, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of our net proceeds. Pending the use of our proceeds from this offering as described above, we intend to invest our net proceeds in short-term and long-term interest-bearing obligations, including government and investment-grade debt securities and money market funds.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $            million, assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares of our common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $            million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same.

 

49


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not expect to pay any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on a number of factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our credit facility places restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends.

 

50


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2017:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis, giving effect to the Preferred Stock Conversion and the Stock Split; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments set forth above and the sale and issuance by us of              shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of our net proceeds from this offering as set forth under the section titled “Use of Proceeds.”

You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Use of Proceeds” that are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2017  
     Actual     Pro Forma      Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
     (In thousands, except share and per
share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents (1)

   $ 20,882     $                   $               
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion:

   $ 156,099     $      $  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share—500,000 shares authorized, 223,871 issued and outstanding, actual;                  shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     173,484               

Stockholder’s deficit:

       

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share—59,500,000 shares authorized and 48,239,188 shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized and              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;              shares authorized and              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     5       

Treasury stock, at cost—144,540 shares, actual;              shares, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     (333     

Additional paid-in capital (1)

     4,280       

Accumulated deficit

     (24,217     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit (1)

     (20,265     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization (1)

   $ 309,318     $      $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase or decrease cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $            million, $            million, $            million and $            million, respectively, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares offered by us at the assumed offering price of $            per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase or

 

51


Table of Contents
  decrease cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $            million, $            million, $            million and $            million, respectively, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization and shares outstanding as of June 30, 2017 would be $            , $            , $              and             shares, respectively.

 

52


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering. Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering represents the difference between the amount per share paid by investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after completion of this offering.

Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less our total liabilities by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2017 was $            , or $            per share, based on the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2017, after giving effect to the Preferred Stock Conversion and the Stock Split, both of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

After giving effect to the sale by us of              shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $            per share, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2017 would have been $            , or $            per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $            per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $            per share to investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Initial public offering price per share

      $      (1)

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2017

   $                  

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after the completion of this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering

      $               
     

 

 

 

 

(1) If the initial public offering price were to increase or decrease by $1.00 per share, then dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would equal $            or $            , respectively.

If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the completion of this offering would be $            per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering would be $            per share.

The following table presents, as of June 30, 2017, after giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of              shares of our common stock (assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus)), which conversion will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and (ii) the sale by us of              shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $            per share, the difference between the existing stockholders and the investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering with respect to the number of shares of our common stock purchased from us, the

 

53


Table of Contents

total consideration paid or to be paid to us, and the average price per share paid or to be paid to us, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

               $                            $               

Investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering

            
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

Totals

        100   $        100  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option were exercised in full, our existing stockholders would own     % and the investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering would own     % of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding immediately after completion of this offering.

To the extent that any outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock are exercised, or new awards are granted under our equity compensation plans, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

54


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

We have derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2017 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial data on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements, and the unaudited consolidated financial data include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future and our operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2017 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ending December 31, 2017.

The following summary consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2015     2016     2016     2017  
     (In thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue:

        

Licenses

   $ 44,124     $ 54,395     $ 20,784     $ 25,577  

Subscription

     29,930       49,364       22,652       31,276  

Services and other

     21,302       28,653       13,452       17,873  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     95,356       132,412       56,888       74,726  

Cost of revenue:

        

Licenses

     4,293       4,278       2,108       2,197  

Subscription (1)

     9,815       13,051       5,957       7,513  

Services and other (1)

     15,151       19,709       8,993       11,120  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     29,259       37,038       17,058       20,830  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     66,097       95,374       39,830       53,896  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development (1)

     19,965       24,358       11,554       14,893  

General and administrative (1)

     7,474       9,680       4,935       6,474  

Sales and marketing (1)

     46,831       58,607       27,852       33,513  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     74,270       92,645       44,341       54,880  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (8,173     2,729       (4,511     (984

Other expense, net:

        

Interest expense, net

     (3,883     (7,277     (2,092     (5,353

Other, net

     (1,365     (610     (279     (94
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (5,248     (7,887     (2,371     (5,447
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (13,421     (5,158     (6,882     (6,431

Income tax benefit (expense)

     2,614       1,985       2,650       (156
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (10,807   $ (3,173   $ (4,232   $ (6,587
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion of dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (21,597     (23,618     (11,500     (12,590
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

55


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2015     2016     2016     2017  
     (In thousands, except share and per share data)  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (32,404   $ (26,791   $ (15,732   $ (19,177
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (2) :

        

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.74   $ (0.58   $ (0.34   $ (0.40
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of common shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (2) :

        

Basic and diluted

     43,929,159       45,933,218       45,675,039       47,567,048  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (2)(3) :

        

Basic and diluted

     $       $  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average number of common shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (2)(3) :

        

Basic and diluted

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended June 30,  
           2015                  2016                    2016                      2017          
     (In thousands)  

Cost of revenue—subscription

   $ 12      $ 34      $ 13      $ 18  

Cost of revenue—services and other

     20        63        24        38  

Research and development

     62        118        44        65  

General and administrative

     28        96        40        75  

Sales and marketing

     124        257        93        147  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 246      $ 568      $ 214      $ 343  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) See Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 16 to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to compute the historical and pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.
(3) Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding have been computed to give effect to (a) the Preferred Stock Conversion and the Stock Split, both of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and (b) the issuance by us of              shares of common stock in this offering and the application of our proceeds from this offering as set forth under “Use of Proceeds,” assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). This pro forma data is presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to represent what our net income or net income per share attributable to common stockholders actually would have been had the Preferred Stock Conversion and the Stock Split occurred on January 1, 2016 or to project our net income or net income per share for any future period.

 

 

56


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,     As of
June 30, 2017
 
     2015     2016    
    

(In thousands)

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,896     $ 18,214     $ 20,882  

Working capital, excluding deferred revenue (1)

     27,982       60,047       61,774  

Total assets

     371,504       387,410       384,824  

Deferred revenue, current and non-current portion

     34,888       55,104       62,766  

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     99,770       107,344       156,099  

Total liabilities

     160,465       177,307       231,605  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     222,898       223,987       173,484  

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (11,859     (13,884     (20,265

 

(1) We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities, excluding deferred revenue.

 

57


Table of Contents

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

In addition to our financial information presented in accordance with GAAP, we use certain non-GAAP financial measures to clarify and enhance our understanding of past performance and future prospects. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s operating performance, financial position or cash flow that includes or excludes amounts that are included or excluded from the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. As discussed below, we monitor the non-GAAP financial measures described below, and we believe they are helpful to investors.

Our non-GAAP financial measures may not provide information that is directly comparable to that provided by other companies in our industry because they may calculate non-GAAP financial results differently. In addition, there are limitations in using non-GAAP financial measures because they are not prepared in accordance with GAAP and exclude expenses that may have a material impact on our reported financial results. In particular, interest expense, which is excluded from adjusted EBITDA has been and will continue to be a significant recurring expense in our business for the foreseeable future. The presentation of non-GAAP financial information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the directly comparable financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. We urge you to review the reconciliations of our non-GAAP financial measures to the comparable GAAP financial measures included below, and not to rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as net income (loss) adjusted to exclude income taxes, interest expense, net, depreciation and amortization, purchase accounting adjustments, acquisition and sponsor related costs and stock-based compensation expense.

We believe that adjusted EBITDA is a measure widely used by securities analysts and investors to evaluate the financial performance of our company and other companies. We believe that adjusted EBITDA is an important measure for evaluating our performance because it facilitates comparisons of our core operating results from period to period by removing the impact of our capital structure (net interest income or expense from our outstanding debt), asset base (depreciation and amortization), tax consequences, purchase accounting adjustments, acquisition and sponsor related costs and stock-based compensation. In addition, we base certain of our forward-looking estimates and budgets on adjusted EBITDA.

The following table reflects the reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss calculated in accordance with GAAP:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2015     2016        2016           2017     
     (In thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (10,807   $ (3,173   $ (4,232   $ (6,587

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (2,614     (1,985     (2,650     156  

Interest expense, net

     3,883       7,277       2,092       5,353  

Amortization

     9,099       9,092       4,733       4,418  

Depreciation

     521       890      
420
 
   
560
 

Purchase accounting adjustment (1)

     5,618       1,373       791       110  

Acquisition and sponsor related costs

     1,518       1,093       535       656  

Stock-based compensation

     246       568       214       343  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 7,464     $ 15,135     $ 1,903     $ 5,009  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

58


Table of Contents
     Three Months Ended  
     3/31/2016     6/30/2016     9/30/2016     12/31/2016      3/31/2017     6/30/2017  
                 (In thousands)               

Net income (loss)

   $ (2,114   $ (2,118   $ (2,247   $ 3,306      $ (2,283   $ (4,304

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (1,324     (1,326     (1,407     2,072        (239     395  

Interest expense

     1,032       1,060       2,355       2,830        2,657       2,696  

Amortization

     2,475       2,258       2,130       2,229        2,211       2,207  

Depreciation

     207       213       227       243        265       295  

Purchase price accounting adjustment (1)

     399       392       292       290        55       55  

Acquisition and sponsor related costs

     270       265       268       290        328       328  

Stock-based compensation

     105       109       116       238        158       185  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 1,050     $ 853     $ 1,734     $ 11,498      $ 3,152     $ 1,857  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Purchase accounting adjustment related to the fair value write down of deferred revenue from the Acquisition. For more information relating to such transaction, please see Note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

59


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth in the section titled “Risk Factors” and in other parts of this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results we expect for the full fiscal year or any other period.

Overview

SailPoint is the leading provider of enterprise identity governance solutions. Our open identity platform provides organizations with critical visibility into who currently has access to which resources, who should have access to those resources, and how that access is being used.

We offer both on-premises software and cloud-based solutions, which empower our customers to efficiently and securely govern the digital identities of employees, contractors, business partners and other users, and manage their constantly changing access rights to enterprise applications and data across hybrid IT environments, whether comprised of on-premises, cloud or mobile applications. We help customers enable their businesses with more agile and innovative IT, enhance their security posture and better meet compliance and regulatory requirements. We believe that our open identity platform is a critical, foundational layer of a modern cyber security strategy that complements and builds upon traditional perimeter- and endpoint-centric security solutions, which on their own are increasingly insufficient to secure organizations, and their applications and data. Our customers include many of the world’s largest and most complex organizations, including commercial enterprises, educational institutions and governments.

We were founded by identity industry veterans to develop a new category of identity management solutions and address emerging identity governance challenges. Since our inception, we have focused on driving innovation in the identity market, with our key milestones including:

 

    in 2007, we pioneered identity governance through our release of IdentityIQ, our on-premises identity governance solution;

 

    in 2010, we revolutionized provisioning by integrating it with IdentityIQ into a single solution;

 

    in 2013, we introduced our cloud-based identity governance solution, IdentityNow;

 

    in 2015, we extended identity governance by adding our data governance solution, SecurityIQ, which manages user access to unstructured data, a rapidly growing area of risk; and

 

    in 2017, we further extended identity governance with the introduction of our advanced identity analytics solution, IdentityAI, which we intend to make generally available by the end of the year and which is designed to use machine learning technologies to enable rapid detection of security threats before they turn into security breaches.

Our solutions address the complex needs of global enterprises and mid-market organizations. As of June 30, 2017, more than 750 customers across a wide variety of industries were using our products to enable and secure digital identities across the globe. No single customer represented more than 10% of our revenue for the years ended 2015 or 2016 or the six months ended June 30, 2017.

Our revenue grew at a compound annual growth rate of 41 % from the year ended 2011 to the year ended 2016. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017,

 

60


Table of Contents

our revenue was $95.4 million, $132.4 million, $56.9 million and $74.7 million, respectively. During such periods, purchase accounting adjustments related to the Acquisition reduced our revenue by $5.6 million, $1.4 million, $0.8 million and $0.1 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, our net loss was $10.8 million, $3.2 million, $4.2 million and $6.6 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, our net cash provided by operations was $3.6 million, $6.5 million, $4.5 million and $6.0 million, respectively.

Our success is principally dependent on our ability to deliver compelling solutions to attract new customers and retain existing customers. Delivering these solutions is challenging because our customers have large, complex IT environments, often rely on both legacy and innovative technologies, and deploy different business models, including on premise and cloud solutions. Rising security threats and evolving regulations and compliance standards for cyber security, data protection, privacy and internal IT controls create new opportunities for our industry and require us to adapt our solutions to be successful. Our ability to continue to maintain our historical growth rates is also challenging because our growth strategy depends in part on our ability to expand our global presence and invest in new vertical markets, while competing against much larger companies with more recognizable brands and financial resources. Although we seek to grow rapidly, we also focus on delivering positive net cash from operations while continuing to invest in our platform and to deliver innovative solutions to our customers. Additionally, our gross margins vary depending on the type of solution we sell, and a shift in the mix of our solutions could affect our performance relative to historical results.

Our Business Model

We deliver an integrated set of solutions that supports all aspects of identity governance, including provisioning, access request, compliance controls, password management and data access governance. Our solutions are built on an open identity platform, which offers connectivity to a variety of security and operational IT applications, extending the reach of our identity governance processes and enabling effective identity governance controls across customer environments.

Our set of solutions currently consists of (i) IdentityIQ, our on-premises identity governance solution, (ii) IdentityNow, our cloud-based, multi-tenant governance suite, which is delivered as a subscription service, and (iii) SecurityIQ, our on-premises data access governance solution that secures access to data stored in file servers, collaboration portals, mailboxes and cloud storage systems. See the section titled “Business—Products” for more information regarding our solutions.

For our IdentityIQ and SecurityIQ solutions, our customers typically purchase a perpetual software license, which includes one year of maintenance. Our maintenance provides software maintenance as well as access to our technical support services during the maintenance term. After the initial maintenance period, customers with perpetual licenses may renew their maintenance agreement for an additional fee. For our cloud-based solution, IdentityNow, for a subscription fee, we offer customers access to this solution and infrastructure support for the duration of their subscription agreement. Our standard subscription agreement for our IdentityNow solution has a duration of three years.

Pricing for each of our solutions is dependent on the number of digital identities of employees, contractors, business partners and other users that the customer is entitled to govern with the solution. We also package and price our IdentityIQ and IdentityNow solutions into modules. Each module has unique functionalities, and our IdentityIQ and IdentityNow customers are able to purchase one or more modules, depending on their needs. We package and price SecurityIQ, our data access governance solution, by target storage systems. Thus, our revenue from any customer is generally determined by the number of identities that the customer is entitled to govern as well as the number of modules (for our IdentityIQ and IdentityNow solutions) or target storage systems (for our SecurityIQ solution) purchased by the customer.

 

61


Table of Contents

Our go-to-market strategy consists of both direct sales and indirect sales through our partnership network of systems integrators, value-added resellers and adjacent technology vendors. We work closely with systems integrators, many of whom have dedicated SailPoint practices (including Accenture, Deloitte, KPMG and PwC), with some dating back more than seven years, and resellers (including value-added resellers such as Optiv) to identify potential sales opportunities and help us increase our reach, and we frequently cooperate with systems integrators to make joint sales proposals to address our mutual customers’ requirements. We also collaborate with technology partners. For example, we collaborate with Microsoft by adding our identity governance capabilities to their access management services. We do not have any material payment obligations to systems integrators, resellers or our technology partners; nor do they have any material payment obligations to us, except that resellers typically purchase solutions directly from us and resell to customers. See the section titled “Business—Partnerships and Strategic Relationships” for more information regarding our partnership network.

In addition to our solutions, we offer professional services to our customers and partners to configure and optimize the use of our solutions as well as training services related to the configuration and operation of our platform. Most of our professional services activity is in support of our partners, who perform a significant majority of all initial and follow-on implementation work for our customers. Most of our consulting services are priced on a time and materials basis; our training services are provided through multiple pricing models, including on a per-person basis (for courses provided at our headquarters and on-site at our customers’ offices) and a flat-rate basis (for our e-learning course).

We devote significant resources to acquire new customers, in both existing and new markets, in order to grow our customer base. In addition, we focus on three distinct opportunities to increase sales to existing customers: (i) expand the number of digital identities; (ii) up-sell additional modules or target storage systems, as applicable, within a single solution; and (iii) cross-sell additional solutions.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

Our historical financial performance has been, and we expect our financial performance in the future to be, driven by our ability to:

 

    Add New Customers Within Existing Markets . Based on data from S&P Global Market Intelligence, we believe that we have penetrated approximately 1% of the approximately 65,000 companies in the countries where we have customers today and that as a result, there is significant opportunity to expand our footprint in our existing markets through new, greenfield installations and displacement of our competitors’ legacy solutions. To do so, we plan to grow our sales organization, increase and leverage our indirect channel partners and enhance our marketing efforts.

 

    G enerate Additional Sales to Existing Customers . We believe that our existing customer base provides us with a significant opportunity to drive incremental sales. In most cases, our customers initially purchase a subset of the modules or solutions we offer based on their immediate need. We focus on generating more revenue from the modules that our customers have already purchased from us as our customers grow the number of identities our solutions manage and govern and as our customers deploy our solutions across other business units or geographies within their organizations. Over time, we also identify up-selling and cross-selling opportunities and seek to sell additional modules and solutions to our existing customers.

 

   

Retain Customers and Maintain Strong Maintenance Renewal Rates . We believe that our ability to retain our customers is an important component of our growth strategy and reflects the long-term value of our customer relationships. For example, when we add a new customer, we generate new license revenue. If the customer renews, we generate incremental maintenance revenue. As we add new IdentityIQ customers, our high renewal rates result in incremental maintenance revenue. Our key strategies to maintain our high renewal rates include focusing on the quality and reliability of our solutions, customer service and support to ensure our customers receive value from our solutions,

 

62


Table of Contents
 

providing consistent software upgrades and having dedicated customer success teams. We measure our maintenance renewal rate for our IdentityIQ customers over a 12-month period on a gross retention basis. Our maintenance renewal rate is calculated by taking the total prior period maintenance revenue from customers that have renewed in the current period and dividing that figure by the total prior period maintenance revenue for all customers with contracts that were up for renewal. By definition, our calculation does not take into account incremental revenue from price increases, expanding the number of identities, cross-selling additional solutions or upselling additional modules. As a result of not taking this incremental revenue into account, our maintenance renewal rate cannot exceed 100%. Our IdentityIQ maintenance renewal rate for each of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 has been over 95%.

 

    Expand into New Markets . We expect to continue to invest significantly in sales, marketing and customer service, as well as our indirect channel partner network, to expand into new geographies and vertical markets. We believe that our market opportunity is large and growing and that the global cyber security market represents a significant growth opportunity for us. In 2016, we generated only 30% of our revenue outside of the United States. In comparison, Gartner estimates more than 62% of worldwide spending on security products in 2016 was outside of the United States. (3)

Key Business Metrics

In addition to our GAAP financial information, we monitor the following key metrics to help us measure and evaluate the effectiveness of our operations:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2015     2016     2016     2017  

Number of customers (as of end of period)

     520       695       589       776  

Subscription revenue as a percentage of total revenue

     31     37     40     42

Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands)

   $ 7,464     $ 15,135     $ 1,903     $ 5,009  

 

    Number of Customers . We believe that the size of our customer base is an indicator of our market penetration and that our net customer additions are an indicator of the growth of our business and our future revenue opportunity. We define a customer as a distinct entity, division or business unit of an organization that receives support or has the right to use our cloud-based solutions as of the specified measurement date.

 

    Subscription Revenue as a Percentage of Total Revenue . Subscription revenue is a portion of our total revenue and is derived from (i) IdentityNow, our cloud-based solution where customers enter into SaaS subscription agreements with us, and (ii) IdentityIQ and SecurityIQ maintenance and support agreements, but not licenses. As we generally sell our solutions on a per-identity basis, our subscription revenue for any customer is primarily determined by the number of identities that the customer is entitled to govern as part of a SaaS subscription, and the ongoing price paid per-identity under a maintenance and support agreement or SaaS subscription. Thus, we consider our subscription revenue to be the recurring portion of our revenue base and believe that its continued growth as a percentage of total revenue will lead to a more predictable revenue model and increase our visibility to future period total revenues. Because we recognize our subscription revenue ratably over the duration of those agreements, a portion of the revenue we recognize each period is derived from agreements we entered into in prior periods. In contrast, we typically recognize license revenue upon entering into the applicable license, the timing of which is less predictable and may cause significant fluctuations in our quarterly financial results.

 

(3)   Gartner, Inc., “Gartner, Forecast Information Security Worldwide, 2015-2021, 1Q17 Update,” dated May 18, 2017. See “Market and Industry Data” for information regarding the industry data used in this prospectus.

 

63


Table of Contents
    Adjusted EBITDA. We believe that adjusted EBITDA is a measure widely used by securities analysts and investors to evaluate the financial performance of our company and other companies. We believe that adjusted EBITDA is an important measure for evaluating our performance because it facilitates comparisons of our core operating results from period to period by removing the impact of our capital structure (net interest income or expense from our outstanding debt), asset base (depreciation and amortization), tax consequences, purchase accounting adjustments, acquisition and sponsor related costs and stock-based compensation. In addition, we base certain of our forward-looking estimates and budgets on adjusted EBITDA. See the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information regarding adjusted EBITDA, including the limitations of using adjusted EBITDA as a financial measure, and for a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

License Revenue. We generate license revenue through the sale of our on premises software license agreements. License transactions generally include an amount for first-year maintenance, which we recognize as subscription revenue. We typically recognize license revenue upon entering into the applicable license, assuming all revenue recognition criteria are satisfied. See the section titled “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Revenue Recognition” for more information. Historically, the majority of our license revenue has been derived from new customers, as opposed to existing customers, and we expect this trend to continue. Over time, we expect license revenue to decrease as a percentage of our total revenue as we continue to focus on increasing our subscription revenue as a key strategic priority.

Subscription Revenue. Our subscription revenue consists of (i) fees for ongoing maintenance and support of our licensed solutions and (ii) subscription fees for access to, and related support for, our cloud-based solution. We typically invoice subscription fees in advance in annual installments, and recognize subscription revenue ratably over the term of the applicable agreement, provided that all other revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied. See the section titled “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Revenue Recognition” for more information. Over time, we expect subscription revenue will increase as a percentage of total revenue as we continue to focus on increasing subscription revenue as a key strategic priority. In the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, our subscription revenue was impacted by purchase accounting adjustments to deferred revenue from the Acquisition. See the section titled “—Impact of Purchase Accounting.”

Services and Other Revenue. Services and other revenue consists primarily of fees from professional services provided to our customers and partners to configure and optimize the use of our solutions as well as training services related to the configuration and operation of our platform. Most of our professional services are priced on a time and materials basis, and we generally invoice customers monthly as the work is performed. We generally have standalone value for our professional services and recognize revenue as services are performed based on an estimated fair value as a separate unit of accounting. See the section titled “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Revenue Recognition” for more information. Most of our professional services activity is in support of our partners, who perform the significant majority of all initial and follow-on configuration and optimization work for our customers. Over time, we expect our professional services revenue as a percentage of total revenue to decline as we increasingly rely on partners to help our customers deploy our software. In the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, our services and other revenue was impacted by purchase accounting adjustments to deferred revenue from the Acquisition. See the section titled “—Impact of Purchase Accounting.”

Impact of Purchase Accounting. On September 8, 2014, SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. acquired all of the capital stock of SailPoint Technologies, Inc. We refer to this transaction as the Acquisition. As a result of the Acquisition, we applied purchase accounting and a new basis of accounting beginning on the date of the Acquisition. As such, we were required by GAAP to record all assets and liabilities, including deferred revenue

 

64


Table of Contents

and long-lived assets, at fair value as of the effective date of the Acquisition, which in some cases was different than their historical book values. This had the effect of reducing revenue and deferred revenue and increasing cost of revenue from that which would have otherwise been recognized, as described in more detail below.

We assessed the fair value of deferred revenue acquired in the Acquisition to be $10.2 million, representing a decrease of $12.6 million from its historical book value. Recognizing deferred revenue at fair value reduces revenue in the periods subsequent to the Acquisition. The impact of the Acquisition to revenue was $5.6 million in the year ended 2015, $1.4 million in the year ended 2016, $0.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 and $0.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017. The effect of the Acquisition on the deferred costs was not material.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of License Revenue . Cost of license revenue consists of amortization expense for developed technology acquired in business combinations and third-party royalties.

Cost of Subscription Revenue . Cost of subscription revenue consists primarily of employee compensation cost (which consists of salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation), costs of our customer support organization, contractor costs to supplement our staff levels, allocated overhead, amortization expense for developed technology acquired in business combinations and third-party cloud-based hosting costs.

Cost of Services and Other Revenue . Cost of services and other revenue consists primarily of employee compensation costs of our professional services and training organizations, travel-related costs, contractor costs to supplement our staff levels and allocated overhead.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit is revenue less cost of revenue, and gross margin is gross profit as a percentage of revenue. Gross profit has been and will continue to be affected by various factors, including the mix of our license, subscription, and services and other revenue, the costs associated with third-party cloud-based hosting services for our cloud-based subscriptions, and the extent to which we expand our customer support and services organizations. We expect that our overall gross margin will fluctuate from period to period depending on the interplay of these various factors. Also, we expect our investment in technology to expand the capability of our services, enabling us to improve our gross margin over time.

License Gross Margin . License gross margin is primarily affected by the cost of third-party royalties and amortization of developed technology acquired in business combinations, neither of which are expected to fluctuate materially from period to period in the near term.

Subscription Gross Margin . Subscription gross margin is primarily affected by the growth in our subscription revenue as compared to the growth in, and timing of, cost of subscription revenue. Subscription gross margin is lower than our license gross margin due to, among other things, costs associated with our customer support organization and the costs associated with our cloud-based solution. We expect to continue to grow our subscription revenue, and the timing and rate of that growth might cause subscription gross margins to fluctuate in the short-term, but improve over time as we expect to see the benefits of scale in the infrastructure investments related to our cloud-based solution.

Services and Other Gross Margin . Services and other gross margin is impacted by the number of customers using our professional services, the hourly rate we are able to charge for our services and the mix of services provided. Services and other gross margin is lower than our license gross margin and our subscription gross margin due to, among other things, costs associated with our professional services and training organizations.

 

65


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses consist primarily of employee compensation costs, allocated overhead and software and maintenance expenses, which includes cloud-based hosting costs related to the development of our cloud-based solution. We believe that continued investment in our offerings is vital to the growth of our business, and we intend to continue to invest in product development and in SailPoint Labs, our dedicated, stand-alone technology investigation and engineering group, to continue to innovate and offer our customers new solutions and to enhance our existing solutions as our business grows. See the section titled “Business—Research and Development” for more information. We expect such investment to increase on a dollar basis as our business grows.

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of employee compensation costs for corporate personnel, such as those in our executive, human resource, facilities, accounting and finance and information technology departments. In addition, general and administrative expenses include third-party professional fees and sponsor-related costs, as well as all other supporting corporate expenses not allocated to other departments. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase on a dollar basis as our business grows. Also, following the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including costs to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a national securities exchange, costs related to compliance and reporting obligations pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, and increased expenses for insurance, investor relations and professional services.

Sales and Marketing Expenses. Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of employee compensation costs, sales commissions, costs of general marketing and promotional activities, travel-related expenses and allocated overhead. Sales commissions earned by our sales force on subscription contracts are deferred and amortized over the same period that revenue is recognized for the applicable contract. We expect to continue to invest in our sales force for expansion to new geographic and vertical markets. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase on a dollar basis and continue to be our largest operating expense category for the foreseeable future.

Allocated Overhead. We allocate shared costs, such as facilities costs (including rent and utilities), information technology costs and recruiting costs, to all departments based on headcount. As such, allocated shared costs are reflected in each cost of revenue and operating expense category.

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net consists primarily of interest expense and foreign currency transaction gains and losses related to the impact of transactions denominated in a foreign currency. As we have expanded our international operations, our exposure to fluctuations in foreign currencies has increased, and we expect this to continue. Interest expense, net of interest income, consists primarily of interest on our term loan facility plus amortization of debt issuance costs.

Income Tax Expense

Provision for income taxes consists of U.S. and state income taxes and income taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. We have a full valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carryforwards, and tax credits related primarily to research and development for our operations in the United States. We expect to maintain this full valuation allowance for the foreseeable future.

Our income tax rates vary from the federal and state statutory rates due to the valuation allowances on our deferred tax assets and foreign withholding taxes; changing tax laws, regulations and interpretations in multiple jurisdictions in which we operate; changes to the financial accounting rules for income taxes; unanticipated

 

66


Table of Contents

changes in tax rates; differences in accounting and tax treatment of our stock-based compensation and the tax effects of purchase accounting for acquisitions. We expect this fluctuation in income tax rates, as well as its potential impact on our results of operations, to continue.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2015     2016     2016     2017  
     (In thousands)  

Revenue:

        

Licenses

   $ 44,124     $ 54,395     $ 20,784     $ 25,577  

Subscription

     29,930       49,364       22,652       31,276  

Services and other

     21,302       28,653       13,452       17,873  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     95,356       132,412       56,888       74,726  

Cost of revenue:

        

Licenses

     4,293       4,278       2,108       2,197  

Subscription (1)

     9,815       13,051       5,957       7,513  

Services and other (1)

     15,151       19,709       8,993       11,120  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     29,259       37,038       17,058       20,830  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     66,097       95,374       39,830       53,896  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development (1)

     19,965       24,358       11,554       14,893  

General and administrative (1)

     7,474       9,680       4,935       6,474  

Sales and marketing (1)

     46,831       58,607       27,852       33,513  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     74,270       92,645       44,341       54,880  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (8,173     2,729       (4,511     (984

Other expense, net:

        

Interest expense, net

     (3,883     (7,277     (2,092     (5,353

Other, net

     (1,365     (610     (279     (94
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (5,248     (7,887     (2,371     (5,447
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (13,421     (5,158     (6,882     (6,431

Income tax benefit (expense)

     2,614       1,985       2,650       (156
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (10,807   $ (3,173   $ (4,232   $ (6,587
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)    Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

     

     
     Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2015      2016        2016          2017    
     (In thousands)  

Cost of revenue—subscription

   $ 12      $ 34      $ 13      $ 18  

Cost of revenue—services and other

     20        63        24        38  

Research and development

     62        118        44        65  

General and administrative

     28        96        40        75  

Sales and marketing

     124        257        93        147  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 246      $ 568      $ 214      $ 343  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods presented as a percentage of total revenue:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
         2015             2016         2016     2017  

Revenue:

        

Licenses

     46     41     37     34

Subscription

     32       37       40       42  

Services and other

     22       22       23       24  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100       100       100       100  

Cost of revenue:

        

Licenses

     5       3       4       3  

Subscription

     10       10       10       10  

Services and other

     16       15       16       15  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     31       28       30       28  

Gross profit

     69       72       70       72  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     21       18       20       20  

General and administrative

     8       7       9       9  

Sales and marketing

     49       45       49       45  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     78       70       78       74  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (9     2       (8     (2

Other expense, net:

        

Interest expense, net

     (4     (5     (4     (7

Other, net

     (1     (0     (0     (0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (5     (5     (4     (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (14     (3     (12     (9

Income tax benefit (expense)

     3       1       5       (0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (11 )%      (2 )%      (7 )%      (9 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of the Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 and 2017

Revenue

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2016      2017      Variance $      Variance %  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Revenue:

           

Licenses

   $ 20,784      $ 25,577      $ 4,793        23

Subscription

     22,652        31,276        8,624        38

Services and other

     13,452        17,873        4,421        33
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 56,888      $ 74,726      $ 17,838        31
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

License Revenue. License revenue increased by $4.8 million, or 23%, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. Although license revenue from new customers was greater than license revenue from existing customers for both the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, the increase in total license revenue was primarily attributable to follow-on sales to our existing customers. During the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, license revenue from existing customers was $4.6 million and

 

68


Table of Contents

$10.8 million and license revenue from new customers was $16.2 million and $14.8 million, respectively. Our revenue from any single customer is determined by the number of identities the customer is entitled to govern as well as the number of modules and solutions purchased.

Subscription Revenue. Subscription revenue increased by $8.6 million, or 38%, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. The increase was primarily a result of an increase in maintenance renewals and an increase in maintenance revenue derived from new license sales. Our customer base increased by 187, or 32%, from 589 customers at June 30, 2016 to 776 customers at June 30, 2017. Approximately $0.6 million of the increase in subscription revenue is the result of a decrease in the purchase accounting write down of deferred revenue subsequent to the Acquisition.

Services and Other Revenue. Services and other revenue increased by $4.4 million, or 33%, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. The increase is primarily a result of an increase in the number of customers using our consulting and training services inclusive of $0.6 million in revenue associated with a single large project.

Geographic Regions . Our operations in the United States were responsible for the largest portion of our revenue in each of the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, as well as for our revenue growth in the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the prior year period, because of our larger and more established sales force and partner network in the United States as compared to our other regions. Revenue from both Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) and the rest of the world also increased for the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the prior year period, primarily due to our investment in increasing the size of our international sales force and strengthening partnerships with global system integrators and resellers worldwide.

The following table sets forth, for each of the periods presented, our consolidated total revenue by geography and the respective percentage of total revenue:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2016     2017  
     $         %        $         %     
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

United States

   $ 39,814        70   $ 53,020        71

EMEA (1)

     9,965        18     13,853        19

Rest of World (1)

     7,109        12     7,853        11
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 56,888        $ 74,726     
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

(1) No single country represented more than 10% of our consolidated revenue.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2016      2017      Variance $      Variance %  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Cost of revenue:

           

Licenses

   $ 2,108      $ 2,197      $ 89        4

Subscription

     5,957        7,513        1,556        26

Services and other

     8,993        11,120        2,127        24
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total cost of revenue

   $ 17,058      $ 20,830      $ 3,772        22
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Cost of License Revenue . The cost of license revenue did not materially change in dollar amount from period to period. During the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, cost of license revenue included $2.0 million in amortization of intangibles acquired in business combinations for both periods.

 

69


Table of Contents

Cost of Subscription Revenue. Cost of subscription revenue increased by $1.6 million, or 26%, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. Approximately $0.9 million was attributed to increase in headcount and related allocated expenses to support growth of our subscription cloud-based offering and ongoing maintenance for our expanding licensed customer base. Approximately $0.6 million was attributable to our increased cloud-based hosting costs.

Cost of Services and Other Revenue. Cost of services and other revenue increased by $2.1 million, or 24%, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. Substantially all of the increase was the result of our increased services and training headcount and related allocated overhead.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2016      2017      Variance $      Variance %  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Gross profit:

           

Licenses

   $ 18,676      $ 23,380      $ 4,704        25

Subscription

     16,695        23,763        7,068        42

Services and other

     4,459        6,753        2,294        51
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total gross profit

   $ 39,830      $ 53,896      $ 14,066        35
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     June 30, 2016     June 30, 2017  

Gross margin:

    

Licenses

     90     91

Subscription

     74     76

Services and other

     33     38

Total gross margin

     70     72

Licenses. License gross profit increased by $4.7 million, or 25%, during the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. The increase was the result of increased license revenues with only minor increases in third party royalties.

Subscription. Subscription gross profit increased by $7.1 million, or 42%, during the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. The increase was the result of growth in subscription revenue, as described above, coupled with growth in costs of subscription revenue at a rate lower than our revenue growth as we continue to build economies of scale within our customer support organization and our utilization of cloud-based hosting services.

Services and Other . Services and other gross profit increased by $2.3 million, or 51%, during the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. This increase was the result of the volume and mix of services provided in the period yielding a higher price per hour as well as the headcount required to provide such professional services increasing at a slower rate as we continue to build economies of scale within our professional services and training organization.

 

70


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2016      2017      Variance $      Variance %  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Operating expenses:

           

Research and development

   $ 11,554      $ 14,893      $ 3,339        29

General and administrative

     4,935        6,474        1,539        31

Sales and marketing

     27,852        33,513        5,661        20
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 44,341      $ 54,880      $ 10,539        24
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses increased by $3.3 million, or 29%, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. Approximately 85% of this increase was the result of an increase in headcount, and related allocated overhead, to optimize and expand our product offerings as well as pursue innovation in identity governance. Substantially all of the remaining increase in research and development expenses was the result of increased software and maintenance expenses, primarily cloud-based hosting costs related to the development of our cloud-based offering.

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses increased by $1.5 million, or 31%, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. Approximately 80% of the increase was the result of an increase in corporate headcount, and related allocated overhead, to support the growth and scale of the business.

Sales and Marketing Expenses. Sales and marketing expenses increased by $5.7 million, or 20%, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. Approximately $4.4 million, or 78%, of the increase was the result of our increased sales and marketing headcount, and related allocated overhead, to support increased penetration into our existing customer base as well as expansion into new industry verticals and geographic markets. As our headcount increased we also experienced related increases in travel and recruiting costs of $0.3 million and $0.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. Substantially all of the remaining increase in sales and marketing expenses was the result of increased partner commissions and consulting costs.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net of interest income, increased by $3.3 million, or 156%, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016. These increases were the result of our entry into a new credit facility, effective in August 2016, which increased the stated interest rate from 3.7% to 9.0%.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2016

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2016      Variance $      Variance %  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Licenses

   $ 44,124      $ 54,395      $ 10,271        23

Subscription

     29,930        49,364        19,434        65

Services and other

     21,302        28,653        7,351        35
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 95,356      $ 132,412      $ 37,056        39
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

71


Table of Contents

License Revenue. License revenue increased by $10.3 million, or 23%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily attributable to sales to new customers, which also contributed to a greater percentage of our total license revenue than sales to existing customers. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, license revenue from new customers was $29.4 million and $42.2 million and license revenue from existing customers was $14.7 million and $12.2 million, respectively. Our revenue from any single customer is determined by the number of identities the customer is entitled to govern as well as the number of modules and solutions purchased.

Subscription Revenue. Subscription revenue increased by $19.4 million, or 65%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily a result of an increase in maintenance renewals and an increase in maintenance revenue derived from new license sales. Our customer base increased by 175, or 34%, from 520 customers at December 31, 2015 to 695 customers at December 31, 2016. Approximately $3.9 million of the increase in subscription revenue is the result of a decrease in the purchase accounting write down of deferred revenue subsequent to the Acquisition.

Services and Other Revenue. Services and other revenue increased by $7.4 million, or 35%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase is primarily the result of an increase in the number of customers using our consulting and training services. Approximately $0.3 million of the increase in services and other revenue is the result of a decrease in the purchase accounting write down of deferred revenue subsequent to the Acquisition.

Geographic Regions . Our operations in the United States were responsible for the largest portion of our revenue in 2015 and 2016, as well as for our revenue growth in 2016 as compared to 2015, because of our larger and more established sales force and partner network in the United States as compared to our other regions. Revenue from both EMEA and the rest of the world also increased for 2016 as compared to 2015, primarily due to our investment in increasing the size of our international sales force and strengthening partnerships with global system integrators and resellers worldwide.

The following table sets forth, for each of the periods presented, our consolidated total revenue by geography and the respective percentage of total revenue:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2016  
     $        %       $        %    
    

(In thousands, except percentages)

 

United States

   $ 63,440        67   $ 92,116        70

EMEA (1)

     20,770        22     25,668        19

Rest of World (1)

     11,146        12     14,628        11
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total Revenue

   $ 95,356        $ 132,412     
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

(1) No single country represented more than 10% of our consolidated revenue.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2016      Variance $     Variance %  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Licenses

   $ 4,293      $ 4,278      $ (15      

Subscription

     9,815        13,051        3,236       33

Services and other

     15,151        19,709        4,558       30
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total cost of revenue

   $ 29,259      $ 37,038      $ 7,779       27
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

72


Table of Contents

Cost of License Revenue. The cost of license revenue did not materially change in dollar amount from period to period. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, cost of license revenues included $3.6 million and $4.0 million, respectively, of amortization of intangibles acquired in business combinations.

Cost of Subscription Revenue. Cost of subscription revenue increased by $3.2 million, or 33%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. Approximately $2.6 million of the increase was the result of our increased headcount, and related allocated overhead, to support growth of our subscription cloud-based offering and ongoing maintenance for our expanding licensed customer base. Approximately $0.6 million of the increase was the result of our increased cloud-based hosting costs for our cloud-based solution. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, cost of subscription revenue included $0.4 million and $0.4 million, respectively, of amortization of intangibles acquired in business combinations.

Cost of Services and Other Revenue. Cost of services and other revenue increased by $4.6 million, or 30%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. Approximately 95% of the increase was the result of our increased services and training headcount and related allocated overhead.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2016     Variance $      Variance %  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Gross profit:

         

Licenses

   $ 39,831     $ 50,117     $ 10,286        26

Subscription

     20,115       36,313       16,198        81

Services and other

     6,151       8,944       2,793        45
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total gross profit

   $ 66,097     $ 95,374     $ 29,277        44
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gross margin:

         

Licenses

     90     92     

Subscription

     67     74     

Services and other

     29     31     

Total gross margin

     69     72     

Licenses. License gross profit increased by $10.3 million, or 26%, during the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was the result of increased license revenue as well as decreased costs on license revenue as a result of acquiring the SecurityIQ technology in July of 2015.

Subscription. Subscription gross profit increased by $16.2 million, or 81%, during the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was the result of growth in subscription revenue, as described above, coupled with growth in costs of subscription revenue at a rate lower than our revenue growth as we continue to build economies of scale within our customer support organization and our utilization of cloud-based hosting services.

Services and Other. Services and other gross profit increased by $2.8 million, or 45%, during the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was the result of the volume and mix of services provided in the period.

 

73


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2016      Variance $      Variance %  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Research and development

   $ 19,965      $ 24,358      $ 4,393        22

General and administrative

     7,474        9,680        2,206        30

Sales and marketing

     46,831        58,607        11,776        25
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 74,270      $ 92,645      $ 18,375        25
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses increased by $4.4 million, or 22%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. Approximately $4.0 million of the increase was the result of our increased headcount, and related allocated overhead, to optimize and expand our product offerings as well as pursue innovation in identity governance. Approximately $0.5 million of the increase was the result of increased software and maintenance expenses, primarily cloud-based hosting costs related to the development of our cloud-based solution.

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses increased by $2.2 million, or 30%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily the result of a $0.9 million increase in corporate staff, and related allocated overhead, to support the growth and scale of the business and a $1.3 million increase in professional service expense, including sponsor-related costs and other consulting and advisory costs.

Sales and Marketing Expenses. Sales and marketing expenses increased by $11.8 million, or 25%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. Approximately $10.2 million of the increase was the result of our increased sales and marketing headcount, and related allocated overhead, to support increased penetration into our existing customer base as well as expansion into new industry verticals and geographic markets. Also contributing to the increase in sales and marketing expenses was a $1.6 million increase in expenses related to advertising and marketing programs and a $1.3 million increase in travel expenses, partially offset by a $0.8 million decrease in consulting costs, and a $0.6 million decrease in amortization expense.

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net increased by $0.8 million, or 55%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates on sales transactions denominated in foreign currencies.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net of interest income, increased by $3.4 million, or 87%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was the result of our entry into a new credit facility, effective in August of 2016, which increased the stated interest rate from 3.7% to 9.0%.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the quarters indicated, as well as the percentage that each line item represents of our total revenue for each quarter presented. The information for each quarter has been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information

 

74


Table of Contents

contained in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Three Months Ended  
     3/31/2016     6/30/2016     9/30/2016     12/31/2016     3/31/2017     6/30/2017  
                 (in thousands)              

Revenue

            

Licenses

   $ 9,892     $ 10,892     $ 11,379     $ 22,232     $ 12,236     $ 13,341  

Subscription

     10,969       11,683       12,631       14,081       14,952       16,324  

Services and other

     6,591       6,861       7,166       8,035       8,278       9,595  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     27,452       29,436       31,176       44,348       35,466       39,260  

Cost of revenue

            

Licenses

     1,033       1,075       1,064       1,106       1,087       1,110  

Subscription (1)

     2,813       3,144       3,620       3,474       3,575       3,938  

Services and other (1)

     4,223       4,770       5,353       5,363       5,473       5,647  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     8,069       8,989       10,037       9,943       10,135       10,695  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     19,383       20,447       21,139       34,405       25,331       28,565  

Operating expenses:

            

Research and development (1)

     5,492       6,062       6,169       6,635       6,927       7,966  

General and administrative (1)

     2,663       2,272       2,298       2,447       3,032       3,442  

Sales and marketing (1)

     13,387       14,465       13,854       16,901       15,173       18,340  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     21,542       22,799       22,321       25,983       25,132       29,748  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (2,159     (2,352     (1,182     8,422       199       (1,183

Other expense, net:

            

Interest expense, net

     (1,032     (1,060     (2,355     (2,830     (2,657     (2,696

Other, net

     (247     (32     (117     (214     (64     (30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (1,279     (1,092     (2,472     (3,044     (2,721     (2,726
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (3,438     (3,444     (3,654     5,378       (2,522     (3,909

Income tax benefit (expense)

     1,324       1,326       1,407       (2,072     239       (395
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (2,114   $ (2,118   $ (2,247   $ 3,306     $ (2,283   $ (4,304
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     3/31/2016      6/30/2016      9/30/2016      12/31/2016      3/31/2017      6/30/2017  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue—subscription

   $ 6      $ 7      $ 7      $ 14      $ 9      $ 9  

Cost of revenue—services and other

     12        12        13        26        18        20  

Research and development

     22        22        24        50        30        35  

General and administrative

     20        20        20        36        30        45  

Sales and marketing

     45        48        52        112        71        76  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 105      $ 109      $ 116      $ 238      $ 158      $ 185  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

75


Table of Contents
     Three Months Ended  
     3/31/2016     6/30/2016     9/30/2016     12/31/2016     3/31/2017     6/30/2017  
     (as % of total revenue)  

Operations as a percentage of revenue:

            

Revenue

            

Licenses

     36     37     36     50     35     34

Subscription

     40       40       41       32       42       42  

Services and other

     24       23       23       18       23       24  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100       100       100       100       100       100  

Cost of revenue

            

Licenses

     4       4       3       2       3       3  

Subscription

     10       11       12       8       10       10  

Services and other

     15       16       17       12       15       14  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     29       31       32       22       28       27  

Gross profit

     71       69       68       78       72       73  

Operating expenses

            

Research and development

     20       21       20       15       20       20  

General and administrative

     10       8       7       6       9       9  

Sales and marketing

     49       49       44       38       43       47  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     79       78       71       59       72       76  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (8     (9     (3     19       0       (3

Other expense, net:

            

Interest expense, net

     (4     (4     (8     (7     (7     (7

Other, net

     (1     (0     (0     (0     (0     (0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (5     (4     (8     (7     (7     (7

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (13     (13     (11     12       (7     (10

Income tax benefit (expense)

     5       5       5       (5     1       (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     (8 )%      (8 )%      (6 )%      7     (6 )%      (11 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly Trends in Revenue

Our quarterly license revenue increased sequentially within each calendar year presented; however, we experienced a decline sequentially from the fourth quarter of each year to the first quarter of the subsequent year due to increased customer purchasing activity in each fourth quarter. We continue to experience growth in license revenue when comparing similar periods year over year as a result of our ability to attract new customers and expand our product offerings within our existing customer base.

Our quarterly subscription revenue increased in each period presented primarily due to increases in maintenance renewals as a result of our expanding licensed customer base. Sales of subscriptions to our platform also continue to grow as a result of the expanding breadth and functionality of our platform, increasing brand awareness, and the success of our sales efforts with new and existing customers. We recognize revenue from maintenance and subscription fees ratably over the term of the contract period; therefore, changes in our sales activity in a period may not be as apparent as a change to our revenue until future periods.

Our quarterly services and other revenue increased sequentially in each period presented. We have experienced increasing demand for our consulting and training services as our customer base, including both licensed and recurring, has continued to expand.

 

76


Table of Contents

Quarterly Trends in Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses have generally increased sequentially as a result of our growth and are primarily related to increases in personnel-related costs to support our expanded operations and our continued investment in our platform infrastructure and service capabilities.

Quarterly Key Business Metrics

 

     Three Months Ended  
     3/31/2016     6/30/2016     9/30/2016     12/31/2016     3/31/2017     6/30/2017  

Number of customers

     558       589       628       695       725       776  

Subscription revenue as a percentage of total revenue

     40     40     41     32     42     42

Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands)

   $ 1,050     $ 853     $ 1,734     $ 11,498     $ 3,152     $ 1,857  

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of June 30, 2017, we had $20.9 million of cash and cash equivalents and $7.5 million of availability under our revolving credit facility. As of June 30, 2017, we had approximately $2.1 million of cash and cash equivalents held in our foreign subsidiaries. We do not consider the earnings of our foreign subsidiaries as permanently reinvested in foreign jurisdictions and have consistently applied Section 956 of the Internal Revenue Code to such earnings. As a result of applying Section 956 consistently to our intercompany cash flows, the majority of the earnings in our foreign subsidiaries represent income that was previously taxed in the United States. As a result, there would be no material income tax consequences to repatriating the cash currently held in our foreign subsidiaries.

We believe that existing cash and cash equivalents, any positive cash flows from operations and available borrowings under our revolving credit facility will be sufficient to support working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to support research and development efforts, the continued expansion of sales and marketing activities and the introduction of new solutions and product enhancements. To the extent existing cash and cash equivalents and borrowings under our revolving credit facility are not sufficient to fund future activities, we may seek to raise additional funds through equity, equity-linked or debt financings. If we raise additional funds through the incurrence of indebtedness, such indebtedness may have rights that are senior to holders of our equity securities and could contain covenants that restrict operations. Any additional equity financing may be dilutive to our existing stockholders. Although we are not currently a party to any agreement or letter of intent with respect to potential investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses, services or technologies, we may enter into these types of arrangements in the future, which could also require us to seek additional equity financing, incur indebtedness, or use cash resources. We have no present understandings, commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisitions. Also, as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, we had no material commitments for capital expenditures.

Since inception, we have financed operations primarily through license fees, maintenance fees, subscription fees, consulting and training fees, borrowings under our credit facility and, to a lesser degree, the sale of equity securities. Our principal uses of cash are funding operations and capital expenditures. Over the past several years, revenue has increased significantly from year to year and, as a result, cash flows from customer collections have increased. However, operating expenses have also increased as we have invested in growing our business. Our operating cash requirements may increase in the future as we continue to invest in the strategic growth of our company.

Our Credit Facility

On August 16, 2016, we entered into a senior secured credit facility (our “credit facility”), consisting of a $115 million term loan facility and a $5 million revolving credit facility, pursuant to a credit and guaranty

 

77


Table of Contents

agreement by and among SailPoint Technologies, Inc., as the borrower, and SailPoint Technologies Intermediate Holdings, LLC and SailPoint International, Inc., as guarantors, the lenders party thereto from time to time and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent and collateral agent, which was subsequently amended and restated on November 2, 2016 to provide for a letter of credit sub-facility with an aggregate limit equal to the lesser of $5 million and the aggregate unused amount of the revolving commitments then in effect. Our credit facility was further amended on June 28, 2017 to provide for (i) an increase to the term loan facility in an additional principal amount of $50 million to partially fund a $50.4 million dividend paid to the holders of our preferred stock and (ii) an increase to the revolving credit facility in an additional principal amount of $2.5 million. Each of the term loan facility and revolving credit facility has a maturity of five years and will mature on August 16, 2021.

As of June 30, 2017, the balance outstanding under the term loan facility was $160.0 million and is included in long term debt on our consolidated balance sheet. As of June 30, 2017, we had $7.5 million available under the revolving credit facility and $0.1 million in letters of credit outstanding.

All of our obligations under our credit facility are guaranteed by our existing and future domestic subsidiaries and, subject to certain exceptions, secured by a security interest in substantially all of our tangible and intangible assets.

We intend to use $        million of our net proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the borrowings outstanding under our term loan facility (repayment will be subject to a prepayment premium of 1.50%). See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information regarding our intended use of our net proceeds from this offering.

See the section titled “Description of Indebtedness” for additional information regarding our credit facility.

Summary of Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2015     2016     2016     2017  
     (In thousands)  

Cash provided by operating activities

   $ 3,560     $ 6,540     $ 4,500     $ 6,029  

Cash used in investing activities

     (16,308     (1,255     (710     (1,154

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     9,849       (1,962     (105     (2,187
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

   $ (2,899   $ 3,323     $ 3,685     $ 2,688  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

During the six months ended June 30, 2017, cash provided by operating activities was $6.0 million, which consisted of a net loss of $6.6 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $5.6 million and a net change of $7.0 million in our net operating assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges are primarily comprised of depreciation and amortization of $5.0 million, amortization of debt issuance costs of $0.3 million and stock-based compensation of $0.3 million. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily as a result of an increase in deferred revenue of $7.7 million due to the timing of billings and cash received in advance of revenue recognition primarily for subscription and support services, a decrease in accounts receivable of $1.3 million due to the timing of receipts of payments from customers, an increase in accounts payable of $0.8 million due to timing of cash disbursements, partially offset by a decrease in prepayments and other assets of $0.2 million, a decrease in income taxes payable of $0.2 million and a decrease in accrued expenses of $2.7 million due primarily to the payout of prior period commissions and bonuses.

 

78


Table of Contents

During the six months ended June 30, 2016, cash provided by operating activities was $4.5 million, which consisted of a net loss of $4.2 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $5.4 million and a net change of $3.3 million in our net operating assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges are primarily comprised of depreciation and amortization of $5.2 million, amortization of debt issuance costs of $0.1 million, and stock-based compensation of $0.2 million. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily as a result of an increase in deferred revenue of $4.9 million and a decrease in accounts receivable of $4.7 million due to the timing of billings and cash received in advance of revenue recognition primarily for subscription and support services and an increase in accounts payable of $0.2 million, partially offset by a decrease in accrued expenses of $2.8 million due to the payment of the prior period accrued commissions, a decrease of $0.9 million in prepayments and other assets and a $2.8 million decrease in income taxes payable.

During 2016, cash provided by operating activities was $6.5 million, which consisted of a net loss of $3.2 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $8.8 million and a net change of $0.9 million in our net operating assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges are primarily comprised of depreciation and amortization of $10.0 million, amortization of debt issuance costs of $0.7 million, and stock-based compensation of $0.6 million, partially offset by $2.5 million in deferred taxes. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily as a result of an increase in deferred revenue of $20.2 million due to the timing of billings and cash received in advance of revenue recognition primarily for subscription and support services and an increase in accrued expenses of $1.7 million related primarily to commissions on our subscription revenue, partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $17.2 million due to the timing of receipts of payments from customers, an increase in prepaid expenses and other assets of $3.6 million due to payments for various services to be rendered in subsequent periods and a decrease in accounts payable of $0.3 million due to timing of cash disbursements.

During 2015, cash provided by operating activities was $3.6 million, which consisted of a net loss of $10.8 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $6.7 million and a change of $7.7 million in our net operating assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges are primarily comprised of depreciation and amortization of $9.6 million, amortization of debt issuance costs of $0.1 million, and stock-based compensation of $0.2 million, partially offset by $3.3 million in deferred taxes. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions, was primarily a result of an increase in deferred revenue of $11.6 million due to the timing of billings and cash received in advance of revenue recognition primarily for subscription and support services and an increase in accrued expenses of $3.1 million related primarily to commissions on our subscription revenue, partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $5.3 million due to the timing of receipts of payments from customers, an increase in prepayments and other assets of $1.1 million due to payments for various services to be rendered in subsequent periods, and an increase in accounts payable of $0.6 million due to timing of cash disbursements.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

During the six months ended June 30, 2017, cash used in investing activities was $1.2 million, consisting of $1.3 million in purchases of property and equipment, partially offset by $0.1 million in proceeds from sales of property and equipment.

During the six months ended June 30, 2016, cash used in investing activities was $0.7 million, consisting of purchases of property and equipment.

During 2016, cash used in investing activities was $1.3 million, consisting of purchases of property and equipment.

During 2015, cash used in investing activities was $16.3 million, consisting of $15.2 million of cash paid for acquisitions and $1.2 million in purchases of property and equipment.

 

79


Table of Contents

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

During the six months ended June 30, 2017, cash used in financing activities was $2.2 million, consisting of $0.4 million for the repurchase of common and preferred stock, debt issuance cost of $1.5 million, proceeds from borrowings of $50.0 million utilized for dividend payments of $50.4 million, partially offset by proceeds from the issuance of common stock.

During the six months ended June 30, 2016, cash used in financing activities was $0.1 million for repurchases of common and preferred stock held by separated employees.

During 2016, cash used in financing activities was $2.0 million, consisting of $3.1 million in debt issuance costs and $0.2 million for the repurchase of common and preferred stock, partially offset by $1.3 million in proceeds from the issuance of common and preferred stock.

During 2015, cash provided by financing activities was $9.8 million, consisting of net proceeds of $10.0 million from a draw down on our prior credit facility and $0.3 million in proceeds from the issuance of common and preferred stock, partially offset by $0.5 million for the repurchase of common and preferred stock.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements and do not have any holdings in variable interest entities, which includes special purposes entities and other structured finance entities.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our non-cancellable contractual obligations as of December 31, 2016:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1 to 3 Years      3 to 5 Years      More than
5 Years
 
     (In thousands)  

Operating lease obligations (1)

   $ 2,704      $ 2,085      $ 619      $      $  

Related party consulting agreement (2)

     2,750        1,250        1,500                

Term loan facility-principal (3)

     110,000                      110,000         

Term loan facility-interest (4)

     58,249        11,483        25,743        21,023         

Revolving credit facility (5)

                                  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 173,703      $ 14,818      $ 27,862      $ 131,023      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) On April 20, 2017, we entered into a new sublease arrangement for an expanded office space in Austin, Texas, commencing July 1, 2017, for approximately 56,000 square feet of rentable space. The lease agreement provides for approximately $2.2 million of future minimum lease payments and expires on June 30, 2019.

On October 2, 2017, we entered into a series of lease transactions to both extend the term of our existing lease on our corporate headquarters as well as lease new corporate headquarters. Jointly, these lease transactions provide for approximately $73.3 million in minimum future lease payments, as well as extend our total lease obligations through 2029 (or shorter or longer, depending on when the term of the new corporate headquarters lease commences). See the section titled “Business—Facilities” for more information regarding our new corporate headquarters lease. In connection with these transactions, on October 5, 2017, we also executed a standby letter of credit in the amount of $6.0 million.

 

(2) For more information regarding our consulting agreement with Thoma Bravo, see the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
(3)

The amounts included in the table above represent principal maturities only. On June 28, 2017, our credit facility was amended to provide for an increase to the term loan facility in an additional principal amount of

 

80


Table of Contents
  $50.0 million. We intend to use a portion of our net proceeds from this offering to repay $        million of the borrowings outstanding under our term loan facility. Please see the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for more information.
(4) Amounts represent estimated future interest payments on borrowings under our term loan facility, which are floating rate instruments and were estimated using the interest rate effective at June 30, 2017 of approximately 8.0% multiplied by the principal outstanding on December 31, 2016. For additional information, refer to footnote 3 above and “Description of Indebtedness.”
(5) As of June 30, 2017, we had no outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility and $0.1 million of letters of credit outstanding, and $7.5 million was available for borrowing under our revolving credit facility.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates and inflation. We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes.

Interest Rate Risk

We had cash and cash equivalents of $14.9 million, $18.2 million and $20.9 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively. Our cash and cash equivalents are held in cash deposits and money market funds. Due to the short-term nature of these instruments, we do not believe that we have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of our investment portfolio as a result of changes in interest rates.

At June 30, 2017, we also had in place a $7.5 million revolving credit facility, which was undrawn, and a $160.0 million term loan facility, both of which bear interest based on the adjusted LIBOR rate, as defined in the credit agreement with a 1% floor, plus an applicable margin of 7.0%. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates would not have resulted in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

We did not have any current investments in marketable securities as of December 31, 2015 or 2016 or June 30, 2017.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. Due to our international operations, we have foreign currency risks related to operating expense denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, primarily the euro, British Pound and the Indian Rupee. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and June 30, 2017, our cash and cash equivalents included $0.9 million, $0.9 million and $2.1 million, respectively, held in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Decreases in the relative value of the U.S. dollar to other currencies may negatively affect our operating results as expressed in U.S. dollars. These amounts are included in other expense, net on our consolidated statements of operations.

Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates because, although substantially all of our revenue is generated in U.S. dollars, our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies of the jurisdictions in which we conduct our operations, which are primarily in the United States, Europe and Asia. Our results of operations and cash flows could therefore be adversely affected in the future due to changes in foreign exchange rates. We do not believe that an immediate 10% increase or decrease in the relative value of the U.S. dollar to other currencies would have a material effect on our results of operations or cash flows, and to date, we have not engaged in any hedging strategies with respect to foreign currency transactions. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to manage our risk relating to fluctuations in currency rates, and we may choose to engage in the hedging of foreign currency transactions in the future.

 

81


Table of Contents

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations in 2015, 2016 or thus far in 2017 because substantially all of our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars, which have not been subject to material currency inflation, and our operating expenses that are denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars have not been subject to material currency inflation.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

In finalizing our financial statements for our initial public offering, our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, as defined in the standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board of the U.S., related to the misapplication of GAAP related to earnings per share calculations and presentation of amortization expense related to acquisitions. We are taking steps to remedy this material weakness by establishing more robust processes supporting internal controls over financial reporting, including accounting policies and procedures, additional internal reviews of new accounting positions and our process for selecting and engaging consultants to assist management in determining and evaluating new accounting positions. We cannot assure you that the remediation measures that we have implemented and the further measures that we intend to implement will be sufficient to remediate our existing material weakness or to identify or prevent additional material weaknesses. In addition, we currently anticipate hiring additional finance and accounting personnel as we continue to build our financial reporting infrastructure and further develop and document our financial reporting procedures. We also cannot assure you that we have identified all of our existing material weaknesses or that we will not in the future have additional material weaknesses. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our failure to achieve and maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could adversely affect our financial position.”

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of all of the reduced reporting requirements and exemptions, including the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards, until we are no longer an emerging growth company. Our election to use the phase-in periods permitted by this election may make it difficult to compare our financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the longer phase-in periods under the JOBS Act and who will comply with new or revised financial accounting standards. If we were to subsequently elect to instead comply with these public company effective dates, such election would be irrevocable pursuant to the JOBS Act.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires our management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs, and expenses and related disclosures. Our estimates are based on our historical experience, trends and various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these judgments and estimates under different assumptions or conditions and any such differences may be material. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue from the following sources: (i) fees for licenses, (ii) ongoing maintenance of our licensed products and subscription fees for access to our cloud-based offering and related support and (iii) fees

 

82


Table of Contents

for consulting with our customers on configuring and optimizing the use of our products and subscription services and training services related to the implementation and configuration of our platform.

We recognize revenue net of sales taxes and other applicable taxes, in accordance with GAAP, when all of the following criteria are met: there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery has occurred or service has been performed, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collectability is probable.

When arrangements involve multiple elements that qualify as separate units of accounting, we allocate revenue to each deliverable based upon its relative selling price. The estimated selling price for each element is based upon the following hierarchy: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of selling price, if available; (ii) third-party evidence (“TPE”) of selling price, if VSOE of selling price is not available; or (iii) best estimate of selling price (“BESP”), if neither VSOE of selling price nor TPE of selling price is available.

We frequently enter into sales arrangements that contain multiple elements or deliverables. For arrangements that include both software and non-software elements, we allocate revenue to the software deliverables as a group and separable non-software deliverables as a group based on their relative selling prices. In such circumstances, the accounting principles establish a hierarchy to determine the selling price used for allocating revenue to the deliverables as follows: (i) VSOE, (ii) TPE and (iii) BESP. Cloud-based services, and professional services related to cloud-based services, are considered to be non-software elements in our arrangements.

VSOE of fair value for each element is based on our standard rates charged for the product or service when such product or service is sold separately or based upon the price established by our pricing committee when that product or service is not yet being sold separately. We establish VSOE for maintenance and professional services using a “bell-shaped curve” approach. When applying the “bell-shaped curve” approach, we analyze all maintenance renewal transactions over the past 12 months for that category of license and plot those data points on a bell-shaped curve to ensure that a high percentage of the data points are within an acceptable margin of the established VSOE rate. This analysis is performed quarterly on a rolling 12-month basis. When we are unable to establish a selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use BESP in the allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone basis. The determination of BESP is made through consultation with and formal approval by our management, taking into consideration the go-to-market strategy, pricing factors and analysis of historical transactions.

Revenue for software arrangements that include undelivered elements is recognized using the residual method. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements for which we have established VSOE is deferred and recognized as delivered to the customer and the remaining portion of the agreement fee is recognized as license revenue upon delivery. The determination of fair value of each undelivered element in software arrangements is based on VSOE. If VSOE has not been established for certain undelivered elements in an agreement, revenue is deferred until those elements have been delivered or their VSOE has been determined.

Revenue from maintenance and SaaS services is recognized ratably over the relevant contract period.

Services revenue includes fees from consulting and training services. Consulting and training services are judged to not be essential to the functionality of our software and SaaS offerings, are stated separately in arrangements such that the total price of the arrangements vary as a result of their inclusion or exclusion and have established VSOE. They therefore qualify for separate accounting.

Consulting and training service revenue that qualifies for separate accounting is recognized as the services are performed using the proportional performance method for fixed fee consulting contracts, or when the right to the service expires. Many of our consulting contracts are billed on a time and materials basis.

 

83


Table of Contents

In order to account for deliverables in some multiple-deliverable arrangements as separate units of accounting, delivered elements must have standalone value. For SaaS arrangements, in determining whether professional services have standalone value, we consider the following factors for each professional services agreement: availability of the services from other vendors, the nature of the professional services, the timing of when the professional services contract was signed in comparison to the subscription service start date and the contractual dependence of the subscription service on the customer’s satisfaction with the professional services. Professional services sold as part of SaaS arrangements generally qualify for separate accounting.

Customer advances and billed amounts due from customers in excess of revenue recognized are recorded as deferred revenue.

Stock-based Compensation

We recognize compensation costs related to equity awards, including stock options and incentive units, granted based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the date of grant, net of estimated forfeitures. We estimate the grant date fair value, and the resulting stock-based compensation expense, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The grant date fair value of stock-based awards is expensed on a straight-line basis over the period during which the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award (generally the vesting period).

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions. Our assumptions are as follows:

 

    Expected volatility . As we have not been a public company and do not have a trading history for our common stock prior to this offering, the expected stock price volatility for our common stock is estimated by taking the average historical price volatility for industry peers over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available.

 

    Risk-free interest rate . The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the options for each option group.

 

    Expected dividend yield . We have never declared or paid any cash dividends to common stockholders and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we use an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

    Expected term . The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. As we do not have sufficient historical experience for determining the expected term of the stock option awards granted, we base our expected term for awards issued to employees or members of our board of directors on the simplified method, which represents the average period from vesting to the expiration of the stock option.

In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for our equity awards. We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility, expected terms and forfeiture rates used for our stock-based compensation calculations on a prospective basis.

Historically, for all periods prior to this offering, the fair values of the shares of common stock underlying our stock-based awards were estimated on each grant date by our board of directors. In order to determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants, our board of directors considered, among other things, enterprise value of comparable public companies evaluated on a quarterly basis and the overall market and economic environment.

 

84


Table of Contents

For stock awards after the completion of this offering, our board of directors intends to determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant.

Income Taxes

We are subject to federal, state and local taxes in the United States as well as in other tax jurisdictions or countries in which we conduct business. Earnings from our non-U.S. activities are subject to local country income tax and may be subject to current federal and state income tax in the United States.

We account for uncertain tax positions based on those positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We determine if the amount of available support indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. We then measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon settlement. We adjust reserves for our uncertain tax positions due to changing facts and circumstances. To the extent that the final outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact our tax provision in our consolidated statements of operations in the period in which such determination is made.

As of December 31, 2016, we had total gross deferred tax assets of approximately $35.0 million, primarily comprised of our net operating loss carryforwards. We have a full valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carryforwards, and tax credits related primarily to research and development for our operations in the United States. We will continue to assess the need for a valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets by evaluating both positive and negative evidence that may exist. Any adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance would be recorded in the periods in which the adjustment is determined to be required.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition cost over the fair value of net tangible and identified net assets acquired. Goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite lives are not be amortized, but rather tested for impairment annually, as of December 31, or more often if and when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. We have determined that we operate as one reporting unit and may first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is “more likely than not” that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount and whether the two-step impairment test on goodwill is required. Goodwill is tested using a two-step process. The first step of the goodwill impairment test, used to identify potential impairment, compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired, and thus the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test shall be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step of the goodwill impairment test, used to measure the amount of impairment loss, compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to the excess. The loss recognized cannot exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. After a goodwill impairment loss is recognized, the adjusted carrying amount of goodwill shall be its new accounting basis. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized equal to the difference. There were no impairments of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, and our reporting unit is not at risk of failing step one of the goodwill impairment test.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a description of our recently adopted accounting pronouncements and recently issued accounting standards not yet adopted, see Note 2 to each of our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

85


Table of Contents

LETTER FROM FOUNDER

Thank you for considering an investment in our company.

I have had the privilege to be a co-founder of two software companies, SailPoint and Waveset, focused on the identity management arena, working with many of the same team members across both. Through those experiences, I have learned there are two essential attributes that give a company real staying power – a great market opportunity and a phenomenal team built on solid values to go after it.

Market Opportunity

For the last several decades, as technology’s role expanded in business, and the importance of digital information became paramount in every organization, the protection of that information became critical, giving rise to the IT security industry. Over time, many different technologies and systems were devised to help organizations with the fundamental task of protecting information. At the same time, as the pace of technological innovation accelerated, it also became non-negotiable to empower the organization to rapidly adopt these innovative digital capabilities, so that businesses could remain or become competitive, non-profits could serve more effectively and efficiently, and government organizations could address the myriad needs of their citizens.

But, somewhere along the way, I believe the industry missed something very fundamental – to empower people’s use of technology, while simultaneously protecting the critical information assets those people are accessing, requires the organization to know the IDENTITY of everyone in the environment. And, sadly, many organizations cannot answer two simple questions – “Who has access to what information? Should that person have that access or not?” SailPoint was founded by people who are passionate about helping customers address their identity management challenges, something the founders have been doing for almost two decades. We firmly believe that Identity Governance, which helps organizations address these questions, is a significant opportunity. As the world of enterprise IT becomes increasingly complex with the adoption of cloud and mobile computing, and the cost of failing to properly govern and control identity becomes prohibitively expensive in lost reputation, or even lost revenue, organizations must ensure that they can grow and adapt securely and confidently. That is our opportunity.

Team & Culture

My SailPoint co-founders, Kevin Cunningham and Jackie Gilbert, as well as my co-founders in our prior company, undertook these endeavors with an incredibly strong belief in the power of a team to address any significant challenge. From our experience, we knew that the only sure way to create and grow an effective team was to balance our collective strengths and weaknesses, so that we could successfully address the many needs of a burgeoning business. As we grew, and our needs evolved, this approach guided us to find people that complement our abilities and experiences with their own significant strengths. That attitude is now pervasive throughout our company. None of us is as good as all of us together, and the power to solve the complex issues we face with our customers and partners demands that we find the very best mix of skills, experiences, and creativity in our people. Because we have consistently kept the hiring bar very high, we are blessed to have an amazing team.

While it is difficult to agree upon a single definition of company culture, almost everyone accepts the notion that the root of any company’s culture is its values. We have now held to our four core values for twenty years across these two companies. It’s my privilege to share them with you here:

Innovation – We develop creative solutions to real customer challenges . So much technology in our industry is created without a clear line of sight to how it will help customers solve a real problem. We relentlessly focus our teams on the market drivers that are created by our customers’ pain points, and push our engineering teams to come up with incredibly creative ways to address them. We are broadly recognized as a thought leader in our space.

 

86


Table of Contents

Integrity – We deliver on the commitments we make. Another common complaint in the technology industry is the tendency of companies to “over-promise and under-deliver”. We make it our point to do the opposite. By simply following through on what we say we’ll do, we engender real trust with our customers and partners, and that starts by doing the same with our team members. In a time when confidence seems to have eroded in institutions all around us, we strive to be truly “trust-worthy”.

Impact – We measure and reward results, not activity . This value stems from a frustration we all shared about the number of people in the workforce who simply don’t strive to move the needle every day. Over time, complacency and bureaucracy have crippled many companies; in other situations, it is not a lack of activity, but a lack of purposeful activity which becomes the organization’s undoing. We do our best to ensure that every one of our employees has a clear view of what they need to do to be successful in serving their customer, whether that customer is internal or external to our company.

Individuals – We value every person in our company. It’s probably apparent by now, but we have a strong belief that companies are really just collections of people, and that if you treat those people like adults and appreciate them, they will do remarkable things together. It is our belief that when you hire incredibly competent people, who also happen to be humble, they create an amazing team.

By employing these four values every day, we have built a team at SailPoint that is unmatched in our industry, as we serve a growing and loyal group of satisfied customers and partners. They rely upon us to deliver compelling solutions to their identity challenges, and trust that we will work alongside them to ensure their success to the best of our ability.

So, that’s it. We have an exciting opportunity. We’ve built what we believe is the best team to go after it. And, we operate with a deeply held set of beliefs which continue to attract more people to our community. We think it’s a winning formula.

We hope you’ll join us on the journey.

Mark McClain

CEO & Founder

 

87


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Vision

Our fundamental belief is that identity is power. Our mission is to enable enterprises to grow and innovate, securely and efficiently. To do so, we have created our open identity platform that empowers users and governs their access to applications and data across complex, hybrid IT environments.

Overview

SailPoint is the leading provider of enterprise identity governance solutions. Our team of visionary industry veterans launched SailPoint to empower our customers to efficiently and securely govern the digital identities of employees, contractors, business partners and other users, and manage their constantly changing access rights to enterprise applications and data. Our open identity platform provides organizations with critical visibility into who currently has access to which resources, who should have access to those resources, and how that access is being used. We offer both on-premises software and cloud-based solutions, which provide organizations with the intelligence required to empower users and govern their access to applications and data across hybrid IT environments, whether comprised of on-premises, cloud or mobile applications. We help customers enable their businesses with more agile and innovative IT, enhance their security posture and better meet compliance and regulatory requirements. Our customers include many of the world’s largest and most complex organizations, including commercial enterprises, educational institutions and governments.

Organizations globally are investing in technologies such as cloud computing and mobility to improve employee productivity, business agility and competitiveness. Today, enterprise environments are more open and interconnected with their business partners, contractors, vendors and customers. Business users have driven a dramatic increase in the number of applications and data that organizations need to manage, much of which sits beyond the traditional network perimeter. Because of these trends, the attack surface is expanding while well-funded cyber attackers have significantly increased the frequency and sophistication of their attacks. As a result, IT professionals need to manage and secure increasingly complex hybrid IT environments within these extended enterprises.

Attackers frequently target the identity vector as it allows them to leverage user identities to gain access to high-value systems and data while concealing their activity and movements within an organization’s IT infrastructure. The consequences of a data breach can be extremely damaging, with organizations facing significant costs to remediate the breach and repair brand and reputational damage. In addition, governments and regulatory bodies have increased efforts to protect users and their data with a new wave of regulatory and compliance measures that are further burdening organizations and levying severe penalties for non-compliance. As a result of these trends, enterprises are struggling to efficiently manage and secure their digital identities.

We believe that our open identity platform is a critical, foundational layer of a modern cyber security strategy that complements and builds upon traditional perimeter- and endpoint-centric security solutions, which on their own are increasingly insufficient to secure organizations, and their applications and data. We deliver a user-centric security platform that combines identity and data governance solutions to form a holistic view of the enterprise. In combination with our technology partners, we create identity awareness throughout our customers’ environments by providing valuable insights into, and incorporating information from, a broad range of enterprise software and security solutions. Our governance platform provides a system of record for digital identities across our customers’ IT environments while allowing them to remain agile and competitive. Our adaptable solutions integrate seamlessly into existing technology stacks, allowing organizations to maximize the value of their technology investments. Our professionals work closely with customers throughout the implementation lifecycle, from documentation to development to integration.

Our solutions address the complex needs of global enterprises and mid-market organizations. Our go-to-market strategy consists of both direct sales and indirect sales through resellers, such as Optiv, and system

 

88


Table of Contents

integrators. Our mature system integrator channel includes global consultants such as Accenture, Deloitte, KPMG and PwC, all of whom have dedicated SailPoint practices, with some dating back more than 7 years. As of June 30, 2017, more than 750 customers across a wide variety of industries were using our products to enable and secure digital identities across the globe.

Our leadership in identity governance has been recognized by independent research firms. Gartner has named us a leader in their Magic Quadrant for Identity Governance and Administration for the fifth consecutive time. (4) Also, SailPoint has been named a leader in Forrester’s Identity Management and Governance Wave report and a leader in KuppingerCole’s Identity as a Service Leadership Compass.

Our revenue grew at a compound annual growth rate of 41% from the year ended 2011 to the year ended 2016. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, our revenue was $95.4 million, $132.4 million, $56.9 million and $74.7 million, respectively. During such periods, purchase accounting adjustments reduced our revenue by $5.6 million, $1.4 million, $0.8 million and $0.1 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, our net loss was $10.8 million, $3.2 million, $4.2 million and $6.6 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, our net cash provided by operations was $3.6 million, $6.5 million, $4.5 million and $6.0 million, respectively.

Industry Background

Enterprises are Adopting New Technologies, Resulting in Complex IT Environments

Modern Organizations Have Hybrid IT Environments. Organizations have invested trillions of dollars over the last several decades in building large, complex IT environments to automate business processes, improve efficiency and gain a competitive advantage. Historically, the vast majority of this spend was for technologies deployed on-premises such as mainframes, client-server computer hardware, and infrastructure and application software. Many large organizations still host their most mission-critical applications and data on mainframes or other legacy systems, some of which are decades old, because of their inherent reliability and stability. According to IDC, worldwide spending on public cloud services and infrastructure will reach $128 billion in 2017, an increase of 25.4% over 2016. While organizations are shifting a portion of their IT budgets to invest in technologies such as cloud computing, the majority of IT investment remains on-premises. Consequently, organizations continue to operate highly complex hybrid IT environments, and will do so for many years to come.

The Extended Enterprise Increases Risk . Enterprises increasingly allow business partners, such as contractors and third-party vendors, and customers to access their IT environments. While providing this access is critical in today’s competitive and highly-connected world, it significantly increases the number of digital identities that enterprises need to manage. It also exposes enterprises to new risks as they are usually not able to control the security of their partners’ IT environments the same way they control their own. Security professionals have become increasingly aware of this vulnerability inherent to the extended enterprise as a number of recent security breaches involved the compromise of legitimate credentials granted to business partners.

Unstructured Data is Exploding within Enterprises. Enterprises are increasingly digitizing business activities to improve and transform their operations, leading to unprecedented growth in data volumes. According to IDC estimates, over 13 times as much data was created in 2016 as compared to 2010. A byproduct of enterprise digitization is the massive growth and sprawl of unstructured data, “with as much as 80% of enterprise

 

(4)   Gartner, Inc., “Magic Quadrant for Identity Governance and Administration,” dated February 22, 2017. See “Market and Industry Data” for information regarding the industry data used in this prospectus.

 

89


Table of Contents

data now being unstructured” according to a 2017 Gartner report. (5) Unstructured data is typically exported from enterprise applications and aggregated in text documents, presentations, graphics, emails, audio and video files, and other user-generated content. Unstructured data is frequently highly sensitive or critical, and it is accessed through multiple file stores and applications from both inside and outside the organization. Structured data, in contrast, is typically stored in databases and accessed through enterprise applications. Unstructured data volume growth is largely attributable to the growing number of software applications, mobile devices and connected systems found in the extended enterprise. Organizations have rapidly adopted cloud storage systems to accommodate their data troves, leading to more unstructured data being stored outside the corporate firewall. As these trends continue, comprehensively securing access to all enterprise data is becoming increasingly difficult.

Advances in Robotic Process Automation Software and Internet of Things Further Increase Complexity and Present Unknown Risks . A digital identity no longer correlates only to a human user. The notion of what an identity encapsulates has expanded to include a range of intelligent software and connected devices. RPA software mimics the same “manual” paths taken through applications by humans and often requires similar access to enterprise applications and data. The growth of IoT has resulted in a broad range of devices that have the ability to transfer data over a connected network, examples of which include medical equipment in hospitals, x-ray security systems in airports and sophisticated manufacturing equipment. The end result is that RPA software and IoT devices represent billions of new identities for organizations to potentially secure, govern and manage.

Security Threats are Raising the Stakes for Organizations Everywhere

Cyber criminals are launching highly sophisticated, stealthy and targeted attacks on an unprecedented scale . Advanced attacks are multi-staged, unfolding over time and utilize a range of attack vectors with military-grade cyber weapons and proven techniques such as spear phishing and social engineering, leaving organizations and users at high risk of being compromised. Cyber attackers, including criminal organizations, state-sponsored organizations and ideological groups, are highly-motivated and well-funded to achieve their objectives. These objectives range from seeking financial gain to engaging in industrial espionage and cyber warfare. According to a study by Risk Based Security, in the first half of 2017 over 6 billion data records were lost or stolen, up from the previous high in 2016 of 4.2 billion. Our 2017 Market Pulse Survey found that 60% of enterprises fully expect to be breached in 2017, and a third believe they will not even know when it happens. Breaches occur daily and there is significant financial and brand value destruction associated with attacks. A 2017 IBM Security and Ponemon Institute study estimates that on average organizations experience $3.6 million in losses due to a security breach.

Attacks are Increasingly Focused on the Identity Vector. The vast majority of data breaches, whether conducted by a cyber attacker from inside or outside of the organization, involve the misappropriation of digital identities and user credentials. In addition to targeting networks and endpoints, cyber attackers are exploiting identities to gain legitimate access to sensitive systems and high-value personal and corporate data. According to the Verizon 2017 Data Breach Investigations Report, 81% of hacking-related breaches involve the misuse of identity credentials, leveraging stolen and/or weak passwords. Nefarious insiders can pose a similarly high risk to organizations by leveraging valid user credentials to steal sensitive data while often remaining undetected. According to McAfee, more than 40% of data loss is caused by insiders. Many large, well-known organizations have been subject to cyber attacks that exploited the identity vector, including Advocate Health Care, Home Depot, Société Générale, Target, the U.S. Office of Personnel Management and Yahoo!, demonstrating that even organizations with significant resources and security expertise have challenges securing identities.

 

(5)   Gartner, Inc., “Organizations Will Need to Tackle Three Challenges to Curb Unstructured Data Glut and Neglect Foundational,” refreshed January 17, 2017. See “Market and Industry Data” for information regarding the industry data used in this prospectus.

 

90


Table of Contents

Organizations Face Growing Regulatory and Compliance Requirements

Regulatory Pressures are Increasing. New and evolving regulations and compliance standards for cyber security, data protection, privacy and internal IT controls are often created in response to the tide of cyber attacks and will increasingly impact organizations. Existing regulatory standards, such as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Health Insurance Portability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) and PCI-DSS, require that organizations implement internal controls for user access to applications and data. In addition, data breaches are driving a new wave of regulation related to identity and access with stricter enforcement and higher penalties. For instance, the European Union Parliament approved the GDPR, which is designed to standardize data privacy laws across Europe to protect European Union citizens. Significantly, failure to comply can result in fines of the greater of €20 million or 4% of revenue. The constant barrage of regulatory and compliance mandates has created a “culture of compliance” across geographies and industries.

Complying with Regulations is Difficult and Costly. Regulatory and policy-driven obligations require expensive and time-consuming compliance measures. Most organizations implement a range of manual processes and use a myriad of discrete and uncoordinated tools. These patchwork approaches leave organizations blind to their areas of highest risk. The fear of non-compliance, failed audits and material findings has pushed organizations to spend more to ensure they are in compliance, often resulting in costly, one-off implementations to mitigate potential fines or reputational damage. The high costs associated with failing to meet regulatory requirements, combined with the risk of fallout from security breaches, has elevated this topic from the IT organization to the executive and board level.

The Identity Landscape

Legacy Identity Solutions are Struggling to Meet Evolving Enterprise Requirements

Most legacy identity solutions were initially developed 15 to 20 years ago, when the IT environment was significantly different and operational, security and compliance challenges were far less demanding. These identity management solutions have struggled to meet evolving enterprise requirements in today’s complex, hybrid IT environment given their inherent limitations:

 

    Cumbersome and expensive to deploy, manage and evolve . Legacy identity solutions were built with inflexible architectures that required significant customization to integrate with existing infrastructure and applications, resulting in extremely expensive deployments and limited rollouts. These solutions were built over time through acquisitions and were not designed and built on unified platforms. With dated architectures and design principles, they have become very difficult to manage and operate across the enterprise.

 

    Not designed for business users. Legacy identity solutions were architected for IT professionals to provision and control user access, wholly ignoring the needs of the modern business user.

 

    Closed, proprietary architectures . Legacy identity solutions were not typically designed to integrate or interoperate with other security and IT infrastructures.

 

    Not designed for cloud and mobile environments. Legacy identity solutions were originally designed before the existence of cloud computing and widespread adoption of mobile devices in the enterprise, and have struggled to extend their functionality to support today’s hybrid IT environments.

 

    Difficult to manage user access to unstructured data.  Legacy identity solutions are focused primarily on controlling access to applications and the associated structured data. Despite the rapid growth of unstructured data, these solutions have not evolved to address this growing risk.

While some legacy identity management vendors have attempted to evolve their solutions to address today’s challenges, we believe their legacy architectures have limited their ability to effectively meet enterprise requirements. These shortcomings have increasingly led customers to replace their legacy solutions.

 

91


Table of Contents

Access Management and Identity Governance are Distinct Categories

 

 

LOGO

In recent years, in response to the adoption of cloud computing and mobility, many access management solutions have been developed to provide convenient access to cloud applications and data. These products enforce real-time access, offering functionality such as single sign-on, multi-factor authentication and mobile access, emphasizing user convenience rather than organizational control or improved security. Organizations seeking to govern their complex IT environments effectively and efficiently need to invest in a robust identity governance platform to properly manage and secure user access to applications and data throughout the enterprise.

Our Opportunity

We believe our platform addresses a significant capability gap in today’s complex and hybrid world. As a result of this complexity, increasing security threats which are often focused on the identity vector, and growing regulatory and compliance requirements, organizations can no longer afford to accept the legacy identity management solutions, which leave them struggling to efficiently and securely govern digital identities. We believe the benefits of identity-based solutions are becoming more widely known, and spend traditionally allocated to perimeter-based solutions is being disrupted. Our open identity platform provides a solution that is able to accommodate customers as they grow, expand and respond to security, regulatory and competitive challenges. We offer a unified view of the enterprise and security policies, govern access to applications and data, and seamlessly scale as our customers’ needs evolve. As organizational complexity continues to increase, our solutions will become increasingly essential to govern users and their access to applications and data.

Forrester estimates the worldwide market for identity and access management software is $8.8 billion in 2017 and will grow to $12.1 billion in 2020. According to Gartner, by 2020, data-centric audit and protection (“DCAP”) products will replace disparate siloed data security tools in 40% of large enterprises, up from less than

 

92


Table of Contents

5% today. Gartner estimates the total DCAP market grew rapidly in 2016, more than 20% to exceed $1.2 billion. (6) Taken together, these represent a $10 billion market opportunity in 2017.

Our Solution

We were founded by identity industry veterans to develop a new category of identity management solutions, address emerging identity governance challenges and drive innovation in the identity market. In 2007, we pioneered identity governance through our release of IdentityIQ, our on-premises identity governance solution. In 2010, we revolutionized provisioning by integrating it with governance into a single solution. In 2013, we introduced the first cloud-based identity governance solution. In 2015, we extended identity governance to manage unstructured data, a rapidly growing area of risk. In 2017, we announced our advanced identity analytics solution which is designed to enable rapid detection of security threats.

Our platform offers a comprehensive approach to identity governance by delivering compliance controls, user lifecycle management, password management and data access governance for users, applications and data across cloud and on-premises environments. We have built an open platform that is highly flexible and scalable, addresses the challenges of the hybrid enterprise and is adaptable to changing IT, security and compliance requirements.

Key benefits of our open identity platform include:

 

    Comprehensive and scalable identity governance for all applications and data. Our governance-based approach manages the full lifecycle of user access to applications and data across the hybrid IT environment, from mainframe to on-premises to cloud, ensuring organizations have full control and visibility over who currently has access to which resources, who should have access to those resources, and how that access is being used. In addition, our solution controls access to all types of data, including both structured and unstructured forms, allowing organizations to identify risks associated with unauthorized access to data by employees, contractors and business partners, without disrupting or hindering business operations. Our solution operates at Internet scale across billions of points of access.

 

    Flexible deployment model . While large and mid-market enterprises face similar operational, security and compliance challenges in managing digital identities across their IT environments, we offer on-premises and cloud-based identity governance solutions to serve customers that may have different resources, expertise, budgets and use cases. We have offered our on-premises identity governance solution, IdentityIQ, for a decade and find that it is often the best fit for large, complex enterprises whereas IdentityNow, our cloud-based offering, is often the best fit for mid-market enterprises. We architected IdentityNow as a multi-tenant cloud offering that leverages the core capabilities of IdentityIQ and is delivered as a scalable cloud service. Notably, both our on-premises and cloud-based solutions address the needs of hybrid environments by supporting on-premises as well as cloud applications and data. Our customers benefit from the flexibility to adopt the solution that best fits their unique needs.

 

    Open architecture that powers an identity-aware ecosystem . We have designed our platform with an open architecture to power an identity-aware ecosystem. Our open architecture enables our platform to bi-directionally share data with many common security and IT operations products. Our platform includes a comprehensive set of APIs, plugins and SDKs to ensure seamless connectivity to on-premises and cloud apps, structured and unstructured data and third-party integrations. In 2015, we launched our Identity+ Alliance program, which provides standards, tools and guidance to ease the integration of IT and security products with our platform, making them more “identity-aware” and significantly increasing the effectiveness of our customers’ security and risk mitigation efforts.

 

(6)   Gartner, Inc., “Market Guide for Data-Centric Audit and Protection,” March 2017. See “Market and Industry Data” for information regarding the industry data used in this prospectus.

 

93


Table of Contents
    Low Total Cost of Ownership . While executives acknowledge the strategic value of IT to their businesses and IT environments continue to grow in complexity, IT budgets are generally under pressure and executives are seeking more cost-effective technologies. Our solutions, which provide self-service capabilities, such as password resets and access requests, deliver measurable cost savings by improving the productivity of end users. In addition, our solutions increase the productivity of business managers by reducing time spent setting up and re-certifying access permissions, and improve the efficiency of IT staff by minimizing the volume of help desk calls related to automatable processes. Our open platform architecture promotes IT reuse and eliminates vendor lock-in, driving higher overall IT efficiency.

 

    Helping customers address key identity-related challenges . Our open identity platform enables our customers to address key operational, security and compliance challenges, including:

 

    Empower users and enable enterprise visibility. Our platform empowers employees and other users by ensuring that they have access to the applications and data they need when they need them while ensuring that IT organizations have the required visibility and control over access. We also ensure IT teams have visibility into users’ entitlements and their access to applications and data across the enterprise, enabling the business to set and enforce appropriate policies.

 

    Prevent or mitigate impact of data breaches. Our approach to provisioning and verifying user access to applications and data proactively reduces the risk of security breaches and minimizes the damage that can be done if a cyber attacker acquires user credentials or an insider goes rogue. In addition, our forthcoming real-time analytics offerings use machine learning techniques to further identify suspicious or anomalous behaviors.

 

    Address regulatory and compliance requirements. Our platform automates many of the processes customers use to comply with numerous government standards and industry regulations, such as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, HIPAA, PCI-DSS and GDPR. We ensure that the correct policies and IT controls are in place to verify users are appropriately provisioned for access to sensitive information and we enable collaboration and effective governance across business, IT, audit and compliance teams.

Our Growth Strategy

Key investments we are making to drive growth include:

 

    Driving new customer growth within existing geographic markets . Based on data from S&P Global Market Intelligence, we believe we have penetrated approximately 1% of the approximately 65,000 companies in the countries where we have customers today. As a result, there is a significant opportunity to expand our footprint through both new, greenfield installations and displacement of competitive legacy solutions. We plan to expand our customer base in these countries by continuing to grow our sales organization, expand and leverage our channel partnerships and enhance our marketing efforts.

 

    Continuing to expand our global presence . We believe there is a significant opportunity to grow our business internationally. Enterprises around the world are facing similar operational, security and compliance challenges, driving the need for identity governance. Although we have personnel in 22 countries and customers in more than 35 countries as of June 30, 2017, in 2016, we generated only 30% of our revenue outside of the United States. In comparison, Gartner estimates more than 62% of worldwide spending on security products in 2016 was outside of the United States. (7) We plan to leverage our existing strong relationships with global system integrators and channel partners to grow our presence in Europe, Asia Pacific and other international markets.

 

(7)   Gartner, Inc., “Gartner, Forecast Information Security Worldwide, 2015-2021, 1Q17 Update,” dated May 18, 2017. See “Market and Industry Data” for information regarding the industry data used in this prospectus.

 

94


Table of Contents
    Further penetrating our existing customer base . Our customer base of more than 750, as of June 30, 2017, provides a significant opportunity to drive incremental sales. Our customers have the flexibility to start with a single use case or project and expand over time. As they realize the value of their investment, new use cases and deployments are identified, allowing us to sell more products to existing customers and to expand the number of identities we cover within their organizations. For example, cumulative license revenue from one of our insurance customers increased from $0.3 million to $2.0 million during its first five years as a customer. As another example, cumulative license revenue from one of our telecommunications customers increased from $0.1 million to $1.6 million during its first five years as a customer. We believe strong customer satisfaction is fundamental to our ability to expand our customer relationships. To support this endeavor, we have a dedicated team that is focused on customer success and has been instrumental in further penetrating our existing customer base.

 

    Expanding market and product investment across new and existing vertical markets . We believe there is significant opportunity to further penetrate our target vertical markets by providing vertical-specific identity solutions and focusing our marketing efforts to address the use cases of those customers. With this approach, we believe we will be better able to address opportunities in key industries, such as financial services, healthcare and federal, state and local government.

 

    Leveraging and expanding our network of partners . Our partnerships with global system integrators, such as Accenture, Deloitte, KPMG and PwC, and resellers, such as Optiv, have helped us extend our reach and serve our customers more effectively. We see a significant opportunity to offer comprehensive solutions to customers by collaborating with adjacent technology vendors. For example, we collaborate with Microsoft by adding our identity governance capabilities to their access management services. We intend to continue to invest in our partnership network as their influence on our sales is vital to the success of our business.

 

    Continuing to invest in our platform . Innovation is a core part of our culture. We believe we have established a reputation as a technology leader and innovator in identity governance. Most recently, in June 2017, we announced the beta release of IdentityAI, an innovative identity analytics solution that will provide customers with the real-time visibility they need to understand the risk associated with user access and detect anomalous behavior. As we have done in the past, we intend to continue investing to extend our position as the leader in identity governance by developing or acquiring new products and technologies.

 

95


Table of Contents

Products

 

LOGO

We deliver an integrated set of products to address identity governance challenges for medium and large enterprises. This set of products supports all aspects of identity governance including provisioning, access request, compliance controls, password management, data access governance and identity analytics.

Our products deliver governance across the hybrid enterprise, extending from the mainframe to the cloud. We provide over 100 out-of-the-box connectors to enterprise applications such as SAP and Workday, which automate the collection and provisioning of identity data. We also provide governance over infrastructure components such as operating systems, directories, and databases and over vertical solutions such as Epic in the healthcare provider market.

Our solutions are built on our open identity platform which enables connectivity to a variety of security and operational IT applications such as IT service management solutions (e.g., BMC Remedy and ServiceNow), privileged access management (e.g., CyberArk), mobile device management (MDM), security information and event management (SIEM) and data loss prevention (DLP) solutions. Our open identity platform extends the reach of our identity governance processes across customer environments and collects additional information to improve the application of identity governance controls.

 

96


Table of Contents

IdentityIQ

IdentityIQ is our on-premises identity governance solution. It provides large, complex enterprise customers a unified and highly configurable identity governance solution that consistently applies business and security policies as well as role and risk models across applications and data on-premises or hosted in the cloud. IdentityIQ enables organizations to:

 

    Empower users to request and gain access to enterprise applications and data;

 

    Automate provisioning across the user lifecycle, from on-boarding, to transfers and promotions to off-boarding by simplifying processes for creating, modifying and revoking access;

 

    Enable business users to reset their passwords via self-service tools without the need for IT involvement;

 

    Provide on-demand visibility to IT, business and risk managers into “who has access to what resources” to help make business decisions, improve security and meet audit requirements;

 

    Improve security and eliminate common weak points associated with data breaches, including weak passwords, orphaned accounts, entitlement creep and segregation-of-duties policy violations; and

 

    Manage compliance using automated access certifications and policy management.

We package and price IdentityIQ into modules with unique functionality, including:

 

    Lifecycle Manager: This module provides a business-oriented solution that delivers access cost-effectively and securely to the business. The self-service access request capabilities feature an intuitive user interface that empowers business users to take an active role in managing changes to their access while greatly reducing the burden on IT organizations. Automated provisioning manages the business processes of granting, modifying and revoking access throughout a user’s lifecycle with an organization, whether that user is an employee, contractor or business partner. Changes to user access can be automatically provisioned via a large library of direct connectors for applications such as Workday and SAP, or synchronized with IT service management solutions such as ServiceNow.

 

    Compliance Manager: This module enables the business to improve compliance and audit performance while lowering costs. It provides business user friendly access certifications and automated policy management controls (e.g., segregation of duty violation reporting) that are designed to simplify and streamline audit processes across all applications and data. Built-in audit reporting and analytics give IT, business and audit teams visibility into, and management over, all compliance activities in the organization.

 

    Password Manager: This module delivers a simple-to-use solution for managing user passwords to reduce operational costs and boost productivity. End users are empowered with a self-service interface for updating or resetting their password without having to contact the help desk. Configurable strong password policies enforce consistent security controls across on-premises and cloud applications. Password Manager has the capability to synchronize password changes across multiple applications so they remain consistent at all times.

IdentityNow

IdentityNow is our cloud-based, multi-tenant identity governance suite, which is delivered as a subscription service. IdentityNow provides customers with a set of fully-integrated services for compliance, provisioning and password management for applications and data hosted on-premises or in the cloud. IdentityNow meets the most stringent identity governance requirements and provides enterprise-grade services that meet scalability, performance, availability and security demands. IdentityNow provides the same benefits as IdentityIQ, but additionally enables organizations to:

 

    Automate identity governance processes in one unified solution delivered from the cloud;

 

97


Table of Contents
    Accelerate deployment with built-in best practice policies, options and default settings; and

 

    Eliminate the need to buy, deploy and maintain hardware and software to run an identity governance solution.

We package and price IdentityNow into services with unique functionality, including:

 

    Cloud Platform: IdentityNow provides foundational components for identity governance in the cloud, including production and sandbox instances and the IdentityNow Cloud Gateway virtual appliance, which leverages our patented method for integrating with on-premises applications and data. IdentityNow also includes a large catalog of pre-built connectors and application profiles to on-premises and cloud applications, leveraging the intellectual property developed for IdentityIQ.

 

    User Provisioning: This module enables business users to be productive from day one. With IdentityNow user provisioning, organizations can streamline the on-boarding and off-boarding process with best practice configurations and workflows, enabling IT to immediately grant employees access to the applications and data they need to do their jobs.

 

    Access Request: This module empowers the entire enterprise with a robust self-service solution for requesting and approving access to applications and data. Automating the access request process quickly delivers business users the access they need to do their jobs.

 

    Access Certifications: This module automates the process of reviewing user access privileges across the organization. Using IdentityNow, organizations can quickly plan, schedule and execute certification campaigns to ensure the right users have the appropriate access to corporate resources.

 

    Password Management: This module offers business users an intuitive, self-service experience for managing and resetting passwords from any device and from anywhere. This service enforces consistent and secure password policies for all users across all systems from the cloud to the data center.

SecurityIQ

Our on-premises data access governance solution, SecurityIQ, secures access to the growing amount of data stored in file servers, collaboration portals, mailboxes and cloud storage systems. SecurityIQ helps organizations identify where sensitive data resides, who has access to it, and how they are using it—and then puts effective controls in place to secure it. Today, SecurityIQ is designed to interoperate with IdentityIQ to provide comprehensive visibility and governance over user access to unstructured data. By augmenting identity data from structured systems with data from unstructured data targets, organizations can more quickly identify and mitigate risks, spot compliance issues and make the right decisions when granting or revoking access to sensitive data. SecurityIQ enables organizations to:

 

    Improve IT staff productivity by empowering the business to govern user access to unstructured data;

 

    Unify identity and data access governance processes and policies;

 

    Mitigate risk of inappropriate access to data stored in files whether on-premises or in the cloud;

 

    Improve audit performance through automation of manual compliance activities such as access certifications; and

 

    Decrease operational costs by optimizing storage resources.

We package and price SecurityIQ by target storage systems, which include file shares, SharePoint, Exchange, Active Directory and cloud storage solutions (e.g., Box). The following core capabilities are provided across all storage systems:

 

   

Data Discovery and Classification: SecurityIQ allows businesses to rapidly find and classify sensitive unstructured data stored in files located on-premises and in cloud file shares. Once identified,

 

98


Table of Contents
 

SecurityIQ collects and analyzes user permissions that grant access to each file and proactively flags issues for resolution. In addition, SecurityIQ provides visibility to when users access sensitive data, creating a 360-degree view of who has access and how that access is being used.

 

    Policy Controls: SecurityIQ enables organizations to implement automated policy controls over user access to unstructured data. Through policy enforcement, SecurityIQ governs who gets access to what documents and file shares. Intuitive and actionable dashboards help data owners track and eliminate identified risk exposures and manage all data access requests.

 

    Risk Remediation: SecurityIQ provides comprehensive options for remediating risks and optimizing file storage. The policy-based remediation model flags questionable user behavior and immediately alerts unstructured data owners to take action.

 

    Compliance Automation: SecurityIQ streamlines compliance processes associated with privacy and data protection. The access certification capability allows organizations to review and approve ongoing user access to unstructured data, regardless of where it is stored. Interactive reports make it easy for compliance and audit teams to meet regulatory requirements, such as GDPR and HIPAA.

IdentityAI

To help organizations detect potential threats before they turn into security breaches, we recently announced a new identity analytics solution, IdentityAI. We are currently beta testing the product with a number of customers and intend to make it generally available by the end of this year. Using machine learning technologies, IdentityAI analyzes identity data, such as account and entitlement assignments, combined with real-time activity information, to identify suspicious or anomalous behaviors. As a result, customers will gain a much deeper understanding of the risk associated with user access, allowing them to focus their governance controls to reduce that risk. We are building IdentityAI to enable organizations to:

 

    Improve operational efficiency of the IT organization and business productivity by automating identity governance activities for routine and low-risk access;

 

    Detect and alert on anomalous behaviors and potential threats using artificial intelligence technology;

 

    Scan massive amounts of identity data to identify risks without having to rely on a team of security experts; and

 

    Classify behavioral threats and focus controls on high-risk scenarios and conditions.

We are developing IdentityAI to provide the following core capabilities:

 

    Audit: IdentityAI tracks user access over time to determine historical patterns for individual digital identities. This allows for the system to quickly identify abnormal user access or activity patterns.

 

    Peer Group Analysis: IdentityAI dynamically builds peer groups based on user attributes and access patterns. Peer group analysis is then used to identify outliers which may pose additional risk due to out-of-band or exceptional access privileges.

 

    Behavioral Analysis: IdentityAI monitors user behaviors, including access requests and approvals and application access events, at individual and peer group levels to baseline normal patterns and alert when anomalies are detected.

 

    Risk Assessment: IdentityAI leverages machine learning algorithms to create a dynamic risk model that automatically evolves as data changes. Risk scores are used to identify potential threats and tune identity controls to focus on high-risk users and events while deprioritizing low-risk activities.

Technology

Our comprehensive, enterprise-grade identity governance platform is the result of both years of investment and the expertise of the company’s management and technical teams. Taking the lessons learned from our

 

99


Table of Contents

experiences with prior generation identity solutions, our engineers and architects designed a modern identity platform with internet scale, comprehensive hybrid environment coverage, and openness to optimize customers’ existing technology investments.

Identity Cube Technology

Our Identity Cube technology establishes the 360-degree control essential to govern and secure digital identities in today’s complex IT environments. Our extensive data modeling capabilities allow us to understand how each identity relates to the full IT environment, whether on-premises or in the cloud. SailPoint’s account correlation and orphan account management capabilities allow IT security professionals and business managers to track and monitor the accounts that are most frequently under attack.

Identity Cubes track all relevant information about an identity and its relationships to applications and data. They create the “identity context” which is key to an identity-aware infrastructure in which identity information is shared across the extended enterprise. With identity context, operational and security systems can make informed decisions about access and perform key remediation and change requests on our open identity platform via our standardized APIs and SDKs.

Model-Based Governance Engine

Our model-based governance engine sits at the center of our platform and provides a comprehensive understanding of both the current state of who currently has access to what as well as the desired state of who should have access to what. The governance engine is responsible for managing the ongoing process of aligning these two states.

Governance and control models are used to drive our policy-based reconciliation service and to define how reconciliation and provisioning fulfillment actions are executed. These models are designed with graphical tools, enabling IT and business users to own and define the reconciliation and fine-grained access provisioning fulfillment processes for applications and data.

Provisioning Broker

Our provisioning broker provides separation between identity processes at the business level (e.g., requesting access to an application) and the actual fulfillment of that request on the target system. The provisioning broker is a specialized business process workflow execution engine that manages long-running provisioning tasks and provides tracking, monitoring and statistics for the end-to-end fulfillment process.

The decoupling capability of the provisioning broker maximizes our customers’ flexibility and allows for the reuse of their existing IT investments. For example, if access to an application can only be provided manually through the opening of a help desk ticket, the provisioning broker will send that request to the help desk and report back on the status of that request. Likewise, if a customer utilizes a legacy provisioning system, the provisioning broker can pass off a request to that legacy system for fulfillment. In addition, the provisioning broker provides us with a unique migration strategy for customers moving from a legacy system to our identity governance solutions.

Enterprise-Grade Cloud Gateway

To manage on-premises infrastructure, applications and data from the cloud, we employ a Cloud Gateway Server (“CGS”), delivered as virtual machine behind the customer’s firewall, which ensures that all SailPoint communications are highly secure. Our CGS technology is a high availability, secure, self-managed container that allows for controlled and automated updates of our connector infrastructure while ensuring the integrity of individual on-premises and cloud connections.

 

100


Table of Contents

Our CGS also provides an innovative and patented approach to protecting our customer’s credentials. Our “zero-knowledge encryption” technology allows us to store all of a customer’s passwords and security credentials inside the CGS behind their firewall. As a result, we protect the confidentiality of our customers’ system and end-user credentials, even if our cloud service provider were to be breached.

Data Ownership Assessment and Election

Verifying the business end-user who is the logical owner of information is a key challenge in managing growing volumes of unstructured data in the enterprise. We have developed a patent-pending approach to determine the rightful owner of files so they can be integrated into governance control processes, such as access certifications and access approvals. Our solution leverages profile data to determine logical owners of information based on identity attributes and usage data. Once a set of logical owners is identified, we use a crowd-sourcing approach to allow other users familiar with the data to vote on the rightful owner of the file or file storage location. This enables organizations to efficiently identify and designate specific owners for sensitive information stored in files and incorporate them into identity governance processes.

Connectivity for the Hybrid IT Environment

Our extensive library of over 100 proprietary connectors provides interfaces to on-premises and cloud applications. These connectors are the means by which we provide governance over target systems. We support granular management of a wide range of systems, from mainframe security managers, including CA ACF2 and Top Secret, IBM and RACF, to traditional enterprise applications, including Oracle E-Business Suite and SAP, and pure SaaS business applications, such as Microsoft Office365, Salesforce and ServiceNow. The same connectors are used for both our on-premises and cloud-based products. This allows both solutions to leverage fully the over 400 man years we have invested in developing these connectors.

Open and Extensible Identity Platform

Our open identity platform is the result of over a decade of investment. Recognizing identity governance is at the center of critical enterprise business and IT processes, we developed a comprehensive set of services that go beyond simple APIs. In addition to our comprehensive API strategy, we deliver SDKs and plug-in frameworks which allow our partners and customers to create their own integrations and extensions to our core product capabilities. For example, we leverage our open identity platform to integrate with third-party user provisioning solutions, such as IBM Security Identity Manager and Oracle Identity Manager, and service desk solutions, such as BMC Remedy and ServiceNow, to implement account change requests. This enables SailPoint to govern access and provide identity context to downstream processes managed by these solutions. We also collect activity and other information from third-party solutions to improve risk analytics and identity governance processes in our products.

Our APIs and SDKs are compliant with System for Cross-domain Identity Management (“SCIM”) and both provide standards-based bi-directional runtime access to our identity context model. Many such integrations and extensions have already been built by partners and certified for commercialization on our open identity platform.

 

101


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Customers

We have over 750 customers in more than 35 countries, as of June 30, 2017. In the years ended 2015 and 2016, we generated 33% and 30%, respectively, of our revenue outside of the United States. No single customer represented more than 10% of our revenue for the years ended 2015 or 2016 or the six months ended June 30, 2017.

 

102


Table of Contents

Our customers span a wide range of industries, including manufacturing, energy and industrials (17%); banking (15%); technology, media and telecommunications (13%); finance (12%); insurance (11%); government, education and non-profit (11%); healthcare (10%); and retail and consumer (8%) (percentages are based on our customer counts as of June 30, 2017).

We primarily focus on large and mid-market enterprises, and many of our customers are leaders in their industries. For example, our customers in Fortune’s 2017 Global 500 list include:

 

    6 of the top 15 banks (commercial and savings),

 

    8 of the top 15 property and casualty insurance companies,

 

    5 of the top 15 pharmaceutical companies, and

 

    4 of the top 6 health care companies (insurance and managed care).

In addition, our customers include 6 of the 15 largest federal government agencies by employee count, based on the most recent Employment and Trends report published by the U.S. Office of Personnel Management.

Some of our top customers, based on revenue, that have consented to being named in this prospectus include:

 

Name

 

Industry

ConAgra

  Retail and Consumer

Delphi Automotive, LLP

  Manufacturing, Energy and Industrials

Dr. Pepper Snapple Group

  Retail and Consumer

Eli Lilly

 

Healthcare

NIH-CIT

  Government (Federal)

NXP

  Technology, Media and Telecommunications

Raymond James & Associates

  Finance

RBS

  Banking

Royal Bank of Canada

  Banking

Saint Luke Health System

  Healthcare

Swisscom

  Technology, Media and Telecommunications

TAL Services

  Insurance

The State of Maryland

  Government (State)

University of Nebraska

  Education

Weight Watchers

  Retail and Consumer

Western Union

  Finance

Customer Case Studies

A Large Global Company

Challenge: This Fortune Global 500 company was struggling to maintain compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, PCI-DSS, SAS 70 auditing standard and other regulatory mandates. The company was using an internally developed solution to manage user access to corporate applications for its more than 300,000 global employees. This internally developed solution required a lot of development, lacked a business-friendly interface, and did not address key audit deficiencies like separation-of-duty policy violations.

Solution: The organization originally selected SailPoint in 2010, primarily to focus on automating user access controls to support their compliance requirements by showing who has access to what. SailPoint’s identity governance solution initially aggregated and correlated identity data across more than 100,000 users and 10 million entitlements. This organization defined and modeled more than 100 entitlement-based separation-of-duty (“SoD”) policies in order to eliminate significant SoD control deficiencies and put quarterly access certifications in place. Since its initial purchase, the identity governance implementation has continued to expand, with over 450,000 digital identities currently licensed.

 

103


Table of Contents

A Major Manufacturer

Challenge: This Fortune 500 manufacturing company elected to migrate away from an outdated, legacy Sun Microsystems (acquired by Oracle) IDM solution. The company also needed to streamline its compliance efforts and improve the business user experience, as well as automate its previously manual security processes addressing employee and contractor access privileges.

Solution: The company chose SailPoint in 2011 to both replace its IDM solution and automate the access certification processes. The company immediately improved visibility and control over user population by automating the governance of IT controls and corporate policy related to user access, and significantly streamlined access requests for end users with automated provisioning. After implementing SailPoint’s identity platform, more than 60,000 requests were handled automatically – most through self-service request. The company estimated that it would save approximately $1 million annually as a result of implementing SailPoint’s IdentityIQ. The company has continued to renew its maintenance and support agreement since its initial implementation in 2011.

An International Consumer Brand

Challenge: This mid-market consumer organization began migrating its on-premises databases and applications to the cloud, while also procuring new cloud services, and needed a solution to provision access to its entire cloud IT environment. As part of its new “cloud-first” strategy, the organization wanted a comprehensive, enterprise-grade identity governance solution that was delivered via a full, multi-tenant SaaS solution.

Solution: As the company embraced its cloud-first, mobile-first approach, in 2015, it turned to SailPoint’s IdentityNow to automate its previously manual security processes. With SailPoint’s SaaS solution, the company moved away from an error-prone, manual process that lasted four to six months, and can now automatically provision access to ensure “day-one productivity” for employees. With a centralized view into its identity data, the organization is now taking a risk-based approach in its compliance processes to further address potential issues. Since its initial two-year subscription in 2015, the company has both increased the number of identities under its subscription agreement as well as extended the term.

Sales and Marketing

Sales

We sell our platform through our direct sales organization, which is comprised of field and inside sales personnel, as well as through channel partners. Our sales strategy relies on a “land-and-expand” business model, in which our initial deployment with a new customer typically addresses a limited number of use cases within a single business unit. Such initial deployments frequently expand across departments, divisions and geographies through a need for additional users, increased usage or extended functionality. As we expand our portfolio of solutions within our platform, we execute a growing number of “combination” deals that include two to three of our products in the initial transaction.

Our sales force is structured by geography, customer size, status (customer or prospect) and industry. By focusing some of our sales representatives on the specific needs of vertical industries, we have been able to drive significant results and establish ourselves as the identity governance leader for that industry. Our global sales organization is comprised of quota-carrying sales representatives supported by market development representatives, sales engineers, partner managers, product and technical specialists and architects.

Partners constitute an essential part of our selling model. We have established a model designed to create zero conflict, and typically include our partners in all of our training and enablement efforts, including our semi-annual sales kick-off events. As a result, our indirect sales model, executed through our global and regional system integrators, technology partners and value-added resellers, is a key factor in our overall success.

 

104


Table of Contents

Marketing

Our marketing strategy is focused on building a strong brand through differentiated messaging and thought leadership, educating the market on the importance of identity, communicating our product advantages and generating pipeline for our sales force. Our data-driven approach to marketing is tightly aligned to our sales and channel strategy and provides agility to leverage market opportunities as they arise. Our awareness efforts focus on branding, content marketing, public and analyst relations and social media, including blogs and bylines. Educational and pipeline maturation programs include global email campaigns and webinars, security events and customers round tables. Pipeline generation and maturation efforts focus on local events in our three major geographies: (i) Americas, (ii) Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA) and (iii) Asia-Pacific (APAC). Audiences for such events are typically IT and security professionals, including CIOs and CISOs. We host an annual user conference that brings together customers, prospects and our partners to learn about our platform as well as network and share best practices with each other. Our user conferences demonstrate our strong commitment to enabling our customers to succeed, while also serving as an opportunity to create pipeline for new sales to prospective customers and additional sales to existing customers.

Professional Services and Maintenance and Customer Support

Professional Services

We are primarily focused on ensuring that our professional services partners, who perform a majority of the implementations for our customers, are able to implement our solutions successfully. We provide “expert services” to partners and customers, including deployment best practices, architecture and code reviews, real-time technical training, and complex implementation assistance. We provide instructor-led courses, self-paced e-learning and on-site training. We expect the use of SailPoint University, our e-learning service introduced in 2016, to grow at an accelerated pace in the coming years, making it more accessible for customers and partners to get trained on our products. We also lead direct implementations when requested by a customer. We believe our investment in professional services, as well as the investment our partners are making to grow their SailPoint professional services practices, will drive increased adoption of our platform.

Maintenance and Customer Support

Our customers receive one year of software maintenance as part of their initial purchase of our on-premises solutions, and may renew their maintenance agreement following the initial period. Our cloud-based solutions include customer support. For our on-premises solutions, our maintenance provides customers with the right to receive major releases of their purchased solutions, maintenance releases and patches and access to our technical support services during the term of the agreement. We provide our cloud-based solutions customers with technical support services and all aspects of infrastructure support. We maintain a customer support organization, which includes experienced, trained engineers, that offers multiple service levels for our customers based on their needs. These customers receive contractual response times, telephonic support and access to online support portals. Our highest levels of support provide 24x7x365 support for critical issues. Our customer support organization has global capabilities, a deep expertise in our solutions and, through select support partners, is able to deliver support in multiple languages.

Customer Success Management

Our customer success strategy centers around our investment in, and ownership of, the post-sale experience for our customers. Every customer has a dedicated Customer Success Manager (“CSM”), who is responsible for ensuring that return on investment and business results, committed during the sales cycle, are achieved. Through proactive and regular engagements, the CSM makes sure every customer is satisfied and is using their SailPoint products or services optimally. When necessary, the CSM coordinates cross-departmental resources to remove any barrier to success. In addition, our customer success team utilizes customer data to identify and present any

 

105


Table of Contents

cross-sell or upsell solutions aligned to a customer’s business objectives, thereby contributing to revenue expansion and increased product penetration. By proactively managing customer relationships, our CSM team nurtures client advocates, who become a powerful asset in closing new business.

Partnerships and Strategic Relationships

As a core part of our strategy, we have cultivated strong relationships with partners to help us increase our reach and influence, while providing a broader distribution of our software platform. We have developed a large partner network consisting of technology partners, system integrators, a growing network of value-added resellers and our G4 Alliance partners (Accenture, Deloitte, KPMG and PwC). In fact, over 80% of our new customer transactions involved our partners. We believe that our extensive partnership network enables us to provide the most complete identity governance solution to our customers. Currently, we work with over 100 partners in over 40 countries.

Technology Partners

We have partnered with industry leaders across a spectrum of technologies that enable organizations to integrate their entire security and operational infrastructure into our platform so that breaches can be better identified, mitigated and contained, and operations can be streamlined. We believe that solutions from companies such as CyberArk, Informatica, Microsoft, MobileIron and ServiceNow that are plugged into our open identity platform through APIs provide our customers value-added capabilities to build an identity-aware enterprise.

Value-Added Resellers

Value-added resellers bring product expertise and implementation best practices to our customers globally. They provide vertical expertise and technical advice in addition to reselling or bundling our software. All of our reseller partners have been trained to demonstrate and promote our identity platform. Our reseller channel ranges from large companies, like Optiv, to regional resellers in our markets and territories. Our reseller program is designed to scale growth, help generate new opportunities, optimize customer experience and increase profitability as well as sales efficiency.

System Integrators

We partner with many large and global system integrators. We have partnerships with global advisory firms such as Deloitte, KMPG and PwC, with global system integrators such as Accenture, Infosys and Tata, and with many regional system integrators in all three of our geographies. The focus of our system integrators program is to deliver pipeline growth and bookings, to help partners drive self-sufficiency and to foster transparency and collaboration through shared assets and resources. We have implemented joint business controls and metrics that provide a platform for discussion and partnership development, and help us optimize our program and unified value proposition.

Identity+ Alliance

The SailPoint Identity+ Alliance is a technology partnering network that leverages familiar standards and methods—like SQL, SCIM and Representational State Transfer (REST)—that make it easy to share identity context and configure identity-specific policies across disparate systems. For example, when Privileged Account Management (PAM) systems are integrated with our solutions, enterprises can conduct regular audits of privileged users and automatically remediate any policy violations. Program offerings include access to SailPoint SDKs and APIs, developer support, and cloud-based certification services. In only its second year, the Identity+ Alliance comprises over thirty technology and implementation partners, and has produced over ten certified solutions.

 

106


Table of Contents

Research and Development

Innovation is one of our core values, and it is at the heart of how we think and do business. Team longevity has allowed these values to permeate the organization—of the 26 original engineers who started building our platform, 20 remain as of June 30, 2017. We believe ongoing and timely development of new products and features is imperative to maintaining our competitive position. We continue to invest in both our cloud and on-premises solutions across our global innovation centers in Austin, Texas, Pune, India and Tel Aviv, Israel. Additionally, we have made significant investment in our connectors business, which is a key enabler to our open identity platform. As of June 30, 2017, our research and development team had 228 employees.

As part of our relentless drive toward innovation and technical market leadership, we created SailPoint Labs in 2011. SailPoint Labs is a dedicated, stand-alone technology investigation and engineering group that sits outside of the company’s core product development and delivery teams. The Labs team has two specific charters: Labs Research, which is focused on forward-looking technology prototyping, and targets mid-to-long term product enhancements and new service offerings; and Labs Runtime, which is focused on performance and scalability testing and ensuring that we deliver the best possible solutions. Examples of Labs Research prototypes that went into production are our plugin framework, our AD password recovery technology and our recent Privileged Account Management Integration module. In addition, the Labs Research team co-authored the SCIM open standard, which provides for an automated exchange of user identity information between identity domains, or IT systems. The Labs Runtime team is responsible for developing and continually advancing the performance and scalability of our products and solutions by establishing benchmarks and best practices for high-performance and extreme scalability scenarios.

Competition

We operate in a highly competitive market characterized by constant change and innovation. Our competitors include large enterprise software vendors such as CA Technologies, IBM and Oracle; pure-play data access governance vendors such as Varonis; and companies of varying sizes that offer less-comprehensive solutions, which compete with individual features of our platform. We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include:

 

    Reliability and effectiveness in implementing identity governance policies;

 

    Comprehensiveness of visibility provided by implemented identity governance policies;

 

    Ability to deploy in hybrid IT environment;

 

    Adherence to government and industry regulations and standards;

 

    Comprehensiveness and interoperability of the solution with other IT and security applications;

 

    Scalability and performance;

 

    Ability to innovate and respond to customer needs rapidly;

 

    Quality and responsiveness of support organizations;

 

    Total cost of ownership;

 

    Ease of use; and

 

    Customer experience.

Some of our competitors have significantly greater financial, technical, and sales and marketing resources, as well as greater name recognition and more extensive geographic presence than we do. However, we believe we compete favorably with our competitors on the basis of all the factors above.

 

107


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

Our success depends in part on our ability to protect our intellectual property. We rely on copyrights and trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures, employment proprietary information and inventions assignment agreements, trademarks and patents to protect our intellectual property rights. We also license software from third parties for integration into our product solutions, including open source software and other software available on commercially reasonable terms.

We control access to and use of our product solutions and other confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors, customers and partners, and our software is protected by U.S. and international copyright and trade secret laws. Despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets and proprietary rights through intellectual property rights, licenses and confidentiality agreements, unauthorized parties may still copy or otherwise obtain and use our software and technology.

We have three issued patents and three patent applications pending in the United States relating to certain aspects of our technology. Our issued patents expire in 2034 and 2036. We cannot assure you whether any of our patent applications will result in the issuance of a patent or whether the examination process will require us to narrow our claims. Any of our existing patents and any that may issue may be contested, circumvented, found unenforceable or invalidated, and we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing them. In addition, we have international operations and intend to continue to expand these operations, and effective patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protection may not be available or may be limited in foreign countries.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. We are not aware of any inquiries or investigations into our business.

Employees

As of June 30, 2017, we had a total of 741 employees, including 228 involved in research and development activities, 236 in our sales and marketing organization, and 201 in professional services and customer support. 257 of these employees are located outside of the United States. We consider our employee relations to be good and we have not experienced employee litigation or a work stoppage.

Facilities

We recently entered into a lease for a new 164,818 square-foot corporate headquarters in Austin, Texas and anticipate that the term will commence during the second fiscal quarter of 2019 (but may commence earlier or later, depending on the date the construction thereof is substantially completed or when we first conduct business therein), and it expires approximately 10 years from such commencement date. Our current corporate headquarters occupy 44,633 square feet in Austin, Texas under a lease that expires 20 business days after the commencement date for the lease for our new corporate headquarters. In addition to our headquarters, we have additional office space in Austin, Texas, and office space in Pune, India and Tel Aviv, Israel. Consistent with our growth, we currently plan to consolidate our Austin offices in 2019.

We lease all of our facilities. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs and anticipate that suitable additional space will be readily available to accommodate any foreseeable expansion of our operations.

 

108


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table provides information, as of October 20, 2017, regarding the individuals who will serve as our executive officers and directors immediately following the completion of this offering:

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position

Executive Officers:

     

Mark McClain

     55     

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Cam McMartin

     60     

Chief Financial Officer

Howard Greenfield

     52     

Chief Revenue Officer

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Marcel Bernard

     79     

Director

William Gregory Bock

     66     

Director

Seth Boro

     42     

Director

James (Jim) Michael Pflaging

     55     

Director

Kenneth (Chip) J. Virnig, II

     33     

Director

Executive Officers

Mark McClain co-founded SailPoint in December 2005, has served as our Chief Executive Officer and on our board of directors since that time. He has almost 20 years of experience developing and leading innovative technology companies that have operated in the identity management market. In 2000, he founded Waveset Technologies, a pioneer in the identity management market. Following the acquisition of Waveset by Sun Microsystems in 2003, he served as Vice President of Software Marketing for Sun. His career also includes experience in international sales and marketing with HP (NYSE: HPQ) and IBM Tivoli Systems. Mr. McClain holds a B.A. in Economics from Point Loma Nazarene University and an M.B.A. from the University of California, Los Angeles. Our board of directors believes that Mr. McClain’s industry expertise and his daily insight into corporate matters as our Chief Executive Officer qualify him to serve as a director.

Cam McMartin has served as our Chief Financial Officer since 2011. Mr. McMartin formerly served as Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer for CenterPoint Ventures, a $425 million venture capital group. Before CenterPoint, Mr. McMartin held senior financial management positions with a number of corporations, including Chief Financial Officer at Convex Computer (NYSE: CNX) and Senior VP, Operations at Dazel. Mr. McMartin holds a B.A. in Business Administration from Trinity University and an M.B.A. from the University of Michigan.

Howard Greenfield has served as our Chief Revenue Officer since October 2017 and previously served as our Senior Vice President of Worldwide Sales from July 2014 until October 2017. From 2011 to June 2014, Mr. Greenfield served as Vice President of Worldwide Mobility Sales for Zenprise (acquired by Citrix Systems). His career also includes experience in executive sales leadership roles with Mercury Interactive (acquired by HP), Wanova (acquired by VMware) and Witness Systems (acquired by Verint Systems). Mr. Greenfield holds a B.A. in Finance from Florida Atlantic University.

Non-Employee Directors

Marcel Bernard has served on our board of directors since September 2014. Since 2003, he has been an Operating Partner of Thoma Bravo and is now a Senior Operating Partner. He has more than 40 years of

 

109


Table of Contents

operating experience with companies primarily in the technology industry. Mr. Bernard’s prior experience includes service as Corporate Vice President, Operations at Geac Computer, a performance management software company, where he was responsible for the management and overall performance of several worldwide business units; President of Motorola Canada; President and CEO of SaskTel, Saskatchewan’s largest phone company; and Senior Vice President, Ontario Division at St. Lawrence Cement, where he was responsible for the management of all Ontario business units. Mr. Bernard currently serves on the board of directors of several software and technology service companies in which certain private equity funds advised by Thoma Bravo hold an investment, including Compuware, Dynatrace, Imprivata, Kofax, Planview, Qlik Technologies and Riverbed Technology. Mr. Bernard holds a B.S. in Engineering Physics from the University of Montreal (Canada) and is a member of the Professional Engineers of Ontario (Canada). Our board of directors believes that Mr. Bernard’s extensive operating and industry experience and overall knowledge of our business qualify him to serve as a director.

William Bock has served on our board of directors since 2011. Mr. Bock has served on the board of directors of Silicon Laboratories (NASDAQ: SLAB) (“Silicon Labs”), a provider of silicon, software and solutions for the Internet of Things, internet infrastructure, industrial, consumer and automotive markets since July 2011. From June 2013 until his retirement in February 2016, Mr. Bock served as the President of Silicon Labs. He also served Silicon Labs as Interim Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President from February 2013 until June 2013, Senior Vice President of Finance and Administration from July 2011 through December 2011 and Chief Financial Officer from November 2006 to July 2011. Prior to joining Silicon Labs, Mr. Bock participated in the venture capital industry, principally as a partner with CenterPoint Ventures, and previously held senior executive positions with various venture-backed companies. Mr. Bock began his career with Texas Instruments (NASDAQ: TXN). Mr. Bock holds a B.S. in Computer Science from Iowa State University and an M.S. in Industrial Administration from Carnegie Mellon University. He currently serves on the board of directors of Silicon Labs. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Bock’s extensive financial and industry experience qualify him to serve as a director.

Seth Boro has served on our board of directors since September 2014. Mr. Boro has served as a Managing Partner at Thoma Bravo since 2013. He joined Thoma Bravo in 2005 and became a Partner in 2010, serving in that capacity until becoming a Managing Partner in 2013. Mr. Boro previously was with the private equity firm Summit Partners and with Credit Suisse. Mr. Boro currently serves on the board of directors of several software and technology service companies in which certain private equity funds advised by Thoma Bravo hold an investment, including Compuware, DigiCert, Dynatrace, Hyland Software, McAfee, Qlik Technologies, Riverbed Technology and SolarWinds. Mr. Boro also previously served on the board of directors of other cyber security companies, including Blue Coat Systems, Entrust, SonicWALL and Tripwire. Mr. Boro received his M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business and is a graduate of Queen’s University School of Business (Canada), where he received a Bachelor of Commerce degree. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Boro’s board and industry experience and overall knowledge of our business qualify him to serve as a director.

Jim Pflaging has served on our board of directors since January 2015. He has been a principal at The Chertoff Group, a security advisory firm that provides risk management, business strategy and merger and acquisition advisory services, since January 2012. He currently serves as a member of its Operating Committee and is responsible for both the technology sector and strategy practice for The Chertoff Group. In addition, he serves on the board of directors of several private technology companies. Mr. Pflaging has over 30 years of Silicon Valley experience, including 15 years as CEO of cybersecurity and data management companies. Mr. Pflaging received a B.S. degree in Commerce with dual concentrations in Finance and Marketing from the University of Virginia. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Pflaging’s management and extensive industry experience qualify him to serve as a director.

Chip Virnig has served on our board of directors since September 2014. Since July 2015, he has served as a Principal at Thoma Bravo. Mr. Virnig joined Thoma Bravo in 2008 and served as Vice President prior to his

 

110


Table of Contents

promotion to Principal. Prior to that, Mr. Virnig worked in the investment banking group at Merrill Lynch & Co. He currently serves on the board of directors of several software and technology service companies in which certain private equity funds advised by Thoma Bravo hold an investment, including Compuware, Dynatrace, Imprivata and Qlik Technologies. Mr. Virnig also previously served on the board of directors of other cyber security companies, including Blue Coat Systems. Mr. Virnig received a B.A. degree in Business Economics, Commerce, Organizations and Entrepreneurship from Brown University. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Virnig’s board and industry experience and overall knowledge of our business qualify him to serve as a director.

Each executive officer serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal.  There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Status as a Controlled Company

Because Thoma Bravo will initially beneficially own              shares of common stock, representing approximately     % of the voting power of our company (or     % if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) following the completion of this offering, we expect to be a controlled company as of the completion of the offering under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules of the NYSE . A controlled company does not need its board of directors to have a majority of independent directors or to form an independent compensation or nominating and corporate governance committee. As a controlled company, we will remain subject to rules of Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the NYSE, which require us to have an audit committee composed entirely of independent directors. Under these rules, we must have at least one independent director on our audit committee by the date our common stock is listed on the NYSE, at least two independent directors on our audit committee within 90 days of the listing date, and at least three independent directors on our audit committee within one year of the listing date. We expect to have           independent directors upon the closing of this offering.

If at any time we cease to be a controlled company, we will take all action necessary to comply with Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules of the NYSE, including by appointing a majority of independent directors to our board of directors and ensuring we have a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each composed entirely of independent directors, subject to any permitted “phase-in” period.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and other executive and senior financial officers. The full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on the investor relations page on our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of its requirements, on our website or in filings under the Exchange Act.

Stockholders Agreement

We are party to a stockholders agreement with certain holders of our capital stock, providing for certain rights, obligations and restrictions relating to sales or transfers of shares of our capital stock. Pursuant to the stockholders agreement, each of Thoma Bravo Fund XI, L.P. and Thoma Bravo Fund XI-A, L.P. has the right to designate one director to our board of directors. Additionally, the Thoma Bravo Funds collectively have the right to designate four directors to our board of directors. Finally, the majority in interest of the management stockholders have the right to designate two directors to our board of directors.

Thoma Bravo Fund XI, L.P. designated as a director Mr. Boro. Thoma Bravo Fund XI-A, L.P. designated as a director Mr. Virnig. The Thoma Bravo Funds collectively designated as directors Messrs. Bernard, Bock, Bravo and Lines. The majority in interest of the management stockholders designated as directors Messrs. McClain and Cunningham. In October 2017, Messrs. Bravo, Cunningham and Lines resigned as directors.

 

111


Table of Contents

The stockholders agreement will, by its terms, terminate on the completion of this offering.

Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Currently, our board of directors consists of six persons. We expect our board of directors will consist of                persons immediately prior to the consummation of this offering,                of whom will qualify as “independent” under the listing standards of the NYSE.

Pursuant to our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (our “current charter”) and stockholders agreement, our current directors were elected as follows:

 

    Mr. Boro was elected as the designee of Thoma Bravo Fund XI, L.P.;

 

    Mr. Virnig was elected as the designee of Thoma Bravo Fund XI-A, L.P.;

 

    Messrs. Bernard and Bock were elected as the designees of the Thoma Bravo Funds collectively;

 

    Mr. McClain was elected as the designee of the majority in interest of the management stockholders; and

 

    Mr. Pflaging was added to the board by a majority of the board to fill a newly created directorship.

The provisions of our stockholders agreement relating to the election of our directors will terminate and the provisions of our current charter by which our directors were elected will be amended and restated in connection with this offering. After the completion of this offering, the number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our charter and bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Each of our current directors will continue to serve as a director until the election and qualification of his successor, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

Additionally, our charter that will be in effect following this offering will provide that for so long as Thoma Bravo beneficially owns 30% or more of our outstanding shares of common stock, Thoma Bravo will have the right to designate a majority of our board of directors.

Our directors will be divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms. Class I, Class II and Class III directors will serve until our annual meetings of stockholders in 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Messrs.                 ,                  and                 will be assigned to Class I, Messrs.                 ,                  and                  will be assigned to Class II, and Messrs.                 ,                  and                 will be assigned to Class III. At each annual meeting of stockholders held after the initial classification, directors will be elected to succeed the class of directors whose terms have expired. This classification of our board of directors could have the effect of increasing the length of time necessary to change the composition of a majority of the board of directors. In general, at least two annual meetings of stockholders will be necessary for stockholders to effect a change in a majority of the members of the board of directors.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that the following directors do not have relationships that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the listing standards of the NYSE. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence and eligibility to serve on the committees of our board of directors, including the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

112


Table of Contents

Committees of Our Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, and may have such other committees as the board of directors may establish from time to time. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors is described below.

For so long as Thoma Bravo beneficially owns 30% or more of our outstanding shares of common stock, the directors designated by Thoma Bravo are expected to constitute a majority of each committee of our board of directors (other than the audit committee), and the chairman of each of the committees (other than the audit committee) is expected to be a director serving on such committee who is designated by Thoma Bravo, provided that, at such time as we are not a “controlled company” under the NYSE corporate governance standards, our committee membership will comply with all applicable requirements of those standards and a majority of our board of directors will be “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of the NYSE.

Audit Committee

We anticipate that following completion of this offering, our audit committee will consist of                 , each of whom satisfies the requirements for independence and financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and listing standards of the NYSE. We anticipate that following the completion of this offering,                will serve as the chair of our audit committee.                qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in the rules of the SEC, and satisfies the financial expertise requirements under the listing standards of the NYSE.

Following the completion of this offering, our audit committee will, among other things, be responsible for:

 

    selecting a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

    helping to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

    developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

    reviewing our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

 

    reviewing related party transactions; and

 

    approving or, as required, pre-approving, all audit and all permissible non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Upon completion of this offering, our audit committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.

Compensation Committee

We anticipate that following completion of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of                     . We anticipate that following the completion of this offering,                      will serve as the chair of our compensation committee. Because we will be a controlled company under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules of the NYSE as of the completion of the offering, we will not be required to have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors as of the closing of this offering.

 

 

113


Table of Contents

Following the completion of this offering, our compensation committee will, among other things, be responsible for:

 

    reviewing and approving the goals and objectives relating to the compensation of our executive officers, including any long-term incentive components of our compensation programs;

 

    evaluating the performance of our executive officers in light of the goals and objectives of our compensation programs and determining each executive officer’s compensation based on such evaluation;

 

    overseeing, reviewing and approving our compensation programs as they relate to our employees;

 

    reviewing the operation and efficacy of our executive compensation programs in light of their goals and objectives;

 

    reviewing and assessing risks arising from our compensation programs;

 

    reviewing and recommending to the board of directors the appropriate structure and amount of compensation for our directors;

 

    reviewing and approving, subject, if applicable, to stockholder approval, material changes in our employee benefit plans; and

 

    establishing and periodically reviewing policies for the administration of our equity compensation plans.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

We anticipate that following the completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of                 . We anticipate that following the completion of this offering,                  will serve as the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Because we will be a controlled company under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules of the NYSE as of the completion of the offering, we will not be required to have a nominating and corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors as of the closing of this offering.

Following the completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will, among other things, be responsible for:

 

    identifying, evaluating and recommending qualified nominees to serve on our board of directors;

 

    considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition and chairmanship of the committees of our board of directors;

 

    instituting plans or programs for the continuing education of our board of directors and orientation of new directors;

 

    developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters; and

 

    overseeing periodic evaluations of our board of directors’ performance, including committees of our board of directors and management.

 

114


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

2016 Summary Compensation Table

The following table summarizes the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to our principal executive officer and our next two most highly-compensated executive officers (our “Named Executive Officers”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Name and Principal Position

(a)

   Year
(b)
     Salary
($)(c)
     Bonus
($)(d) (1)
     Option
Awards

($)(f) (2)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

($)(g) (3)
     Total
($)(j)
 

Mark McClain,

Chief Executive Officer

     2016      $ 307,500      $ 22,554      $      $ 96,769      $ 426,823  

Kevin Cunningham,

President (4)

     2016      $ 307,500      $ 22,554      $      $ 96,769      $ 426,823  

Howard Greenfield,

SVP of Worldwide Sales (5)

     2016      $ 235,000      $ 25,100      $ 32,656      $ 240,223      $ 532,979  

 

(1) With respect to Messrs. McClain and Cunningham, reflects a discretionary bonus paid in excess of the amount earned pursuant to our corporate bonus plan. With respect to Mr. Greenfield, reflects a $25,000 discretionary cash bonus paid to Mr. Greenfield for services provided in fiscal 2016 and a $100 holiday bonus paid to remote employees. These amounts were paid during the first quarter of 2017.
(2) Amounts reported reflect the aggregate grant date fair value, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, of stock options granted to Mr. Greenfield during fiscal year 2016. Pursuant to SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the effect of estimated forfeitures. For additional information regarding the assumptions underlying this calculation please see Note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
(3) Reflects amounts for services provided in fiscal 2016 pursuant to our annual cash incentive programs, which were paid to Mr. Greenfield during the first quarter of 2017 and to Messrs. McClain and Cunningham in the second quarter of 2017. Messrs. McClain and Cunningham participate in our corporate bonus plan. Mr. Greenfield participates in a sales incentive plan.
(4) Mr. Cunningham resigned from his position as our President in October 2017 and is no longer an executive officer.
(5) Mr. Greenfield was promoted to Chief Revenue Officer in October 2017.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

Base Salary

Each Named Executive Officer’s base salary is a fixed component of annual compensation for performing specific job duties and functions. Historically, our board of directors has established the annual base salary rate for each of the Named Executive Officers at a level necessary to retain the individual’s services, and reviews base salaries on an annual basis in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer (other than with respect to his own salary). The board of directors has historically made adjustments to the base salary rates of the Named Executive Officers upon consideration of any factors that it deems relevant, including but not limited to: (i) any increase or decrease in the executive’s responsibilities, (ii) the executive’s job performance, and (iii) the level of compensation paid to executives of other companies with which we compete for executive talent, as estimated based on publicly available information and the experience of members of our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer.

Annual Bonus

Our annual bonus awards have historically been subject to performance targets established annually by our board of directors. Messrs. McClain and Cunningham participate in our corporate bonus plan. In 2016, Messrs.

 

115


Table of Contents

McClain and Cunningham each had a target bonus amount of 40% of base salary with a maximum bonus potential of 60% of base salary. The performance criteria under our corporate bonus plan in 2016 were EBITDA and new bookings (whether with respect to new licenses, initial maintenance contracts or software-as-a-service subscription agreements). EBITDA and new bookings were each weighted 50% towards the total bonus that could be potentially earned; however, the compensation committee of our board of directors established a minimum EBITDA threshold that must be achieved for any bonus to be payable. Our compensation committee retained the discretion to pay a larger bonus than the amount earned pursuant to the formula established under our corporate bonus plan. The discretionary amount paid to Messrs. McClain and Cunningham is reported in the Summary Compensation Table above in the “Bonus” column.

In 2016, Mr. Greenfield participated in our sales incentive plan based solely upon new bookings. His target bonus was 100% of his base salary with no maximum.

The bonuses for 2016 were paid following a year-end review of the applicable performance criteria. The actual bonus amounts paid to each Named Executive Officer for 2016 (including the discretionary portion paid to Messrs. McClain and Cunningham) are as follows:

 

Name

   Award
Payout
 

Mark McClain

   $ 119,323  

Kevin Cunningham

   $ 119,323  

Howard Greenfield

   $ 240,223  

The Named Executive Officers generally must be employed on the date the awards are actually paid in order to receive payment. We anticipate that, following the completion of this offering, our board of directors will continue to incentivize management members through an annual bonus arrangement or other short term incentives; however, the specifics of such arrangements, including the performance criteria to be utilized, have not been determined.

Long Term Incentive Compensation

We have historically offered long-term incentives to our Named Executive Officers through stock option awards that are immediately exercisable for shares of restricted stock and through shares of restricted stock purchased by the Named Executive Officers, in each case subject to continued vesting. To the extent stock awards are reported in the table below, those awards were granted as stock options which were exercised for shares of restricted stock. In the event of a termination of employment prior to vesting (or a termination due to cause) the restricted shares will be repurchased by us for an amount equal to the price paid by the executive to exercise the option (or, if less, the fair market value of such shares). The equity awards granted to our Named Executive Officers vest 50% based on the passage of time and continued performance of services and 50% based upon the achievement of performance conditions. The time-based portion of our equity awards vests over four years, with 25% of the award vesting on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant and the remainder of the award vesting monthly thereafter in substantially equal installments. The performance-based portion of our equity awards granted prior to this offering vests in four annual installments on December 31 of, generally, the four calendar years following the grant of the award (unless the award was granted early in the year in which case the first 25% of the award vested, if at all, on December 31 of the year of grant). The performance targets for such awards were EBITDA targets set with respect to each quarter of the award potentially vesting in a specified year. If the performance target for the year is met the applicable quarter of the award will vest and if the performance target for the year is not met the applicable quarter of the award will not vest. In the event the performance target for any particular year is not met the shares potentially vesting in such year will not be forfeited but will remain outstanding and unvested and will vest in the following year to the extent the performance target for the following year is met. If the performance target is not met in the following year the portion of the award associated with the preceding year will be forfeited. The compensation committee of our board of directors may, in its discretion, vest, and has in the past vested, the portion of an award otherwise vesting in a particular year regardless of the achievement of the applicable performance target.

 

116


Table of Contents

In order to incentivize management following the completion of this offering, we anticipate that our board of directors will adopt a long-term incentive plan, described below, for employees, consultants and directors. Our Named Executive Officers will be eligible to participate in this plan, which if adopted, will become effective upon the completion of this offering. While our future long term incentive compensation may involve performance criteria, at this time our board of directors does not intend to use EBITDA as a performance measure. Consequently, outstanding awards of stock options and shares of restricted stock subject to EBITDA targets were amended in 2017, prior to this offering, to vest in substantially equal annual installments of 25% of the original award on each December 31 (provided the employee continues to perform services to such date) until the award is fully vested.

Other Compensation Elements

We offer participation in broad-based retirement, health and welfare plans to all of our employees. We currently maintain a retirement plan intended to provide benefits under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, under which employees, including our Named Executive Officers, are allowed to contribute portions of their base compensation to a tax-qualified retirement account. See “Additional Narrative Disclosure—Retirement Benefits” for more information.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2016 Fiscal Year-End

The following table reflects information regarding outstanding equity-based awards held by our Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 2016.

 

    Option Awards     Stock Awards  

Name

(a)

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable

(b) (1)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable

(c) (2)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
(#) (d) (3)
    Option
Exercise
Price

($) (e)
    Option
Expiration
Date

(f)
    Number
of
Shares
or Units
of
Stock
That
Have
Not
Vested
(#)(g) (4)
    Market
Value of
Shares
or Units
of Stock
That
Have
Not
Vested

($)(h) (5)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number
of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested
(#) (i) (6)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market
or Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested
($) (j) (5)
 

Mark McClain

                                  235,157     $ 523,208       268,750     $ 597,950  

Kevin Cunningham

                                  235,157     $ 523,208       268,750     $ 597,950  

Howard Greenfield

    5,000       20,000       15,000     $ 1.35655       4/29/2026       82,032     $ 182,515       93,750     $ 208,587  

 

(1) Because all stock options granted to our Named Executive Officers are immediately exercisable, this column reflects the number of options held by each Named Executive Officer that were exercisable and vested as of December 31, 2016. The treatment of these awards upon certain termination and change in control events is described below under “Additional Narrative Disclosure—Potential Payments Upon a Termination or Change in Control.”
(2) Because all stock options granted to our Named Executive Officers are immediately exercisable, this column reflects the number of options subject to time-based vesting held by each Named Executive Officer that were exercisable and unvested as of December 31, 2016. 5,000 of these options vested on April 29, 2017 and the remaining 15,000 options vest monthly in substantially equal monthly installments through April 29, 2020. The treatment of these awards upon certain termination and change in control events is described below under “Additional Narrative Disclosure—Potential Payments Upon a Termination or Change in Control.”
(3)

Because all stock options granted to our Named Executive Officers are immediately exercisable, this column reflects the number of performance-based options held by each Named Executive Officer that were

 

117


Table of Contents
  exercisable but unvested as of December 31, 2016. These options will vest, if at all, upon the achievement of the applicable performance targets in 5,000 option increments on December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019. However, see “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table—Long Term Incentive Compensation” regarding the elimination of the performance criteria as a condition to vesting under these awards. The treatment of these awards upon certain termination and change in control events is described below under “Additional Narrative Disclosure—Potential Payments Upon a Termination or Change in Control.”
(4) The stock awards reported in this column are subject to time-based vesting conditions. The stock awards were originally granted as shares of restricted stock subject to continued vesting conditions and a substantial risk of forfeiture. Our Named Executive Officers paid a purchase price of $0.0517 per share to purchase the shares. In the event the shares are eventually forfeited, we will repay the executive his $0.0517 per share purchase price. The awards will vest in substantially equal monthly installments through September 8, 2018. The treatment of these awards upon certain termination and change in control events is described below under “Additional Narrative Disclosure—Potential Payments Upon a Termination or Change in Control.”
(5) Calculated based on the fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2016, which was $2.22493 per share. This value includes the exercise price of $0.0517 per share previously paid by each Named Executive Officer.
(6) The stock awards reported in this column were subject to performance-based vesting conditions. The stock awards were originally granted as shares of restricted stock subject to continued vesting conditions and a substantial risk of forfeiture. Our Named Executive Officers paid a purchase price of $0.0517 per share to purchase the shares. In the event the shares are eventually forfeited, we will repay the executive his $0.0517 per share purchase price. The awards will vest, if at all upon the achievement of the applicable performance targets, in substantially equal installments on December 31, 2017 and 2018. However, see “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table—Long Term Incentive Compensation” regarding the elimination of the performance criteria as a condition to vesting under these awards. The treatment of these awards upon certain termination and change in control events is described below under “Additional Narrative Disclosure—Potential Payments Upon a Termination or Change in Control.”

Additional Narrative Disclosure

Retirement Benefits

We have not maintained, and do not currently maintain, a defined benefit pension plan or nonqualified deferred compensation plan. We currently maintain a retirement plan intended to provide benefits under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code where employees, including our Named Executive Officers, are allowed to contribute portions of their base compensation to a tax-qualified retirement account. We do not provide matching or profit sharing contributions under the plan.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

We previously entered into an offer letter with Mr. Greenfield and Senior Management and Restricted Stock Agreements with Messrs. McClain and Cunningham. These agreements provide for basic terms including position, starting salary and severance protections. Our Named Executive Officers are also subject to noncompetition and nonsolicitation restrictive covenants for a period of eighteen (or twelve, in the case of Mr. Greenfield) months following any termination of employment.

Mr. Greenfield’s offer letter also contains a bonus target of 100% of his base salary and limited severance protection. To the extent Mr. Greenfield is terminated without “Cause,” and subject to the execution of a release, he will receive continued payment of his base salary for a period up to 90 days following his termination of employment. To the extent Mr. Greenfield secures full-time employment within that 90-day period the severance payments will immediately cease. In addition, pursuant to his restricted stock agreement, if Mr. Greenfield’s employment is terminated without “Cause” or for “Good Reason” (in each case, as defined in his restricted stock

 

118


Table of Contents

agreement) within twelve months following a “Sale of the Company,” then 100% of his unvested restricted stock will become vested.

The Senior Management and Restricted Stock Agreements entered into by Messrs. McClain and Cunningham contain, in addition to provisions governing the equity grants, certain severance provisions. These agreements were entered into in connection with the purchase of restricted stock by the executives. In the event of a termination without “Cause” or due to “Good Reason,” and subject to the execution of a release, each executive will receive the following payments and benefits (i) continued base salary for a period of 12 months (in each case $310,000), (ii) a lump sum payment equal to the executive’s annual target bonus (but only if executive would have achieved his financial objectives for the fiscal year of his termination, based on the pro-rata results actually achieved by him prior to the date of his termination as compared to the pro-rata objectives established for his target bonus for the then-current fiscal year), (iii) monthly payments equal to the executive’s premiums for group health plan continuation under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”) for a period of 12 months, and (iv) accelerated vesting of any time based equity awards that would have vesting during the 12 month period following termination had the executive continued performing services. The outstanding, unvested restricted stock awards held by Messrs. McClain and Cunningham will become 100% vested upon the occurrence of a “Liquidity Event.”

“Cause” is defined in the restricted stock agreements with our Named Executive Officers (including Mr. Greenfield’s) as a vote of our board of directors that the executive’s employment should be terminated as a result of (i) a conviction of a felony, (ii) any other act of fraud, intentional misrepresentation, moral turpitude, misappropriation or embezzlement, illegality or unlawful harassment that would materially and adversely impact our business or reputation or expose us to material liability, (iii) the repeated willful failure of the executive to follow the reasonable directors of our board of directors in connection with our business affairs, (iv) a material breach of the agreement by the executive or (v) the willful and deliberate nonperformance by the executive of his duties. In connection with a termination described in clauses (iii), (iv) and (v), the executive will have a period of 30 days to cure the act or omission constituting “Cause.” “Cause” is defined in Mr. Greenfield’s offer letter as (i) gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his duties, (ii) his failure to perform one or more of his material duties and responsibilities which has continued following written notice and reasonable opportunity to cure (which will not exceed thirty days), (iii) fraud or intentional misconduct, (iv) a conviction of a crime involving moral turpitude or a felony or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere or into a plea or settlement agreement to such crime, (v) his willful refusal without proper legal reason to perform his duties and responsibilities or his failure to abide by and comply with our written policies and procedures that remain uncorrected for thirty days, (vi) a material breach of his offer letter or his Propriety Information and Inventions Agreement that is not otherwise cured within thirty days following written notice of breach, (vii) alcohol abuse or illegal drug use determined in the sole discretion of the Chief Executive Officer or President or other reporting officer to impair his ability to perform his duties, or (viii) upon his becoming unable to substantially perform, with reasonable accommodation, his duties as a result of a physical or mental impairment as reasonable determined by a licensed physician selected or approved by us.

“Good Reason” is defined in the restricted stock agreements with our Named Executive Officers (including Mr. Greenfield’s) as a resignation resulting from (i) the executive’s reduction in base salary (other than an across the board salary reduction, not to exceed 10%, due to our financial performance that similarly impacts all senior management employees, or, in the case of Mr. Greenfield a material reduction in base salary), (ii) our failure to pay a material incentive compensation contemplated under the agreement, (iii) any material breach by us of the agreement, (iv) a material reduction in the executive’s responsibilities (other than a change resulting from the integration of our operations into an acquirer in a “Liquidity Event”), (v) in the case of Mr. McClain, the removal of Mr. McClain from the position of Chief Executive Officer other than in connection with a “Liquidity Event,” (vi) in the case of Mr. Cunningham, the removal of Mr. Cunningham from the position of President other than in connection with a “Liquidity Event,” or (vii) the relocation of the executive’s principal place of employment in excess of 25 miles (or, in the case of Mr. Greenfield, a material change in geographic location); in each case, without the Named Executive Officer’s consent. “Good Reason” requires written notice from the executive

 

119


Table of Contents

within 90 days of the occurrence of the condition constituting “Good Reason,” a 30-day period during which we may cure the occurrence of “Good Reason” and, if such condition persists, a termination by the executive within 60 days following the cure period.

“Liquidity Event” is defined as (i) any transaction or series of transactions (other than certain financing transactions including this offering) resulting in an acquirer possessing sufficient voting power to elect a majority of our board of directors (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or (iii) a “Sale of the Company.” “Sale of the Company” is defined in our stockholders agreement as a sale of our company with the approval of our board of directors and the Thoma Bravo Funds.

Long Term Incentive Plan

In order to incentivize individuals providing services to us or our affiliates, our board of directors intends to adopt the 2017 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “2017 LTIP”) prior to the completion of this offering. We anticipate that the 2017 LTIP will provide for the grant, from time to time, at the discretion of our board of directors or a committee thereof, of stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock awards, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards, cash awards, substitute awards and performance awards. The description of the 2017 LTIP set forth below is a summary of the material anticipated features of the 2017 LTIP. This summary, however, does not purport to be a complete description of all of the anticipated provisions of the 2017 LTIP and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 2017 LTIP, the form of which is filed as an exhibit to this registration statement.

2017 LTIP Share Limits . Subject to adjustment in the event of certain transactions or changes of capitalization in accordance with the 2017 LTIP, a total of              shares of our common stock will initially be reserved for issuance pursuant to awards under the 2017 LTIP. The total number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2017 LTIP may be issued pursuant to incentive stock options (which generally are stock options that meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code). Common stock subject to an award that expires or is canceled, forfeited, exchanged, settled in cash or otherwise terminated without delivery of shares and shares withheld or surrendered to pay the exercise price of, or to satisfy the withholding obligations with respect to, an award will again be available for delivery pursuant to other awards under the 2017 LTIP.

Individual Share Limits . Beginning with the calendar year in which the transition period for the 2017 LTIP under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code expires and for each calendar year thereafter, a “covered employee” (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code) may not be granted awards under the 2017 LTIP intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code) (i) to the extent such award is based on a number of shares of our common stock relating to more than, in the aggregate,              shares of common stock and (ii) to the extent such award is designated to be paid only in cash and is not based on a number of shares of our common stock, having an aggregate value determined on the respective dates of grant in excess of $        .

Administration . The 2017 LTIP will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors, which is referred to herein as the “committee,” except to the extent our board of directors elects to administer the 2017 LTIP. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, the committee will be made up of two or more individuals who are both “outside directors” as defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code and a “nonemployee directors” as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. The committee has broad discretion to administer the 2017 LTIP, including the power to determine the eligible individuals to whom awards will be granted, the number and type of awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of awards. The committee may also accelerate the vesting or exercise of any award and make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2017 LTIP.

Eligibility . Any individual who is our officer or employee or an officer or employee of any of our affiliates, and any other person who provides services to us or our affiliates, including members of our board of directors, is eligible to receive awards under the 2017 LTIP at the committee’s discretion.

 

120


Table of Contents

Stock Options . The committee may grant incentive stock options and options that do not qualify as incentive stock options, except that incentive stock options may only be granted to persons who are our employees or employees of one of our subsidiaries, in accordance with Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. The exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date on which the option is granted and the option must not be exercisable for longer than ten years following the date of grant. In the case of an incentive stock option granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock, the exercise price of the stock option must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant and the option must not be exercisable more than five years from the date of grant.

Stock Appreciation Rights . A SAR is the right to receive an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of exercise over the grant price of the SAR. The grant price of a SAR generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date on which the SAR is granted. The term of a SAR may not exceed ten years. SARs may be granted in connection with, or independent of, a stock option. SARs may be paid in cash, common stock or a combination of cash and common stock, as determined by the committee.

Restricted Stock . Restricted stock is a grant of shares of common stock subject to the restrictions on transferability and risk of forfeiture imposed by the committee. In the committee’s discretion, dividends distributed prior to vesting may be subject to the same restrictions and risk of forfeiture as the restricted stock with respect to which the distribution was made.

Restricted Stock Units . A restricted stock unit is a right to receive cash, common stock or a combination of cash and common stock at the end of a specified period equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of vesting. Restricted stock units may be subject to restrictions, including a risk of forfeiture, imposed by the committee.

Stock Awards . A stock award is a transfer of unrestricted shares of our common stock on terms and conditions determined by the committee.

Dividend Equivalents . Dividend equivalents entitle an individual to receive cash, shares of common stock, other awards or other property equal in value to dividends or other distributions paid with respect to a specified number of shares of our common stock. Dividend equivalents may be awarded on a free-standing basis or in connection with another award (other than an award of restricted stock or a stock award). The committee may provide that dividend equivalents will be paid or distributed when accrued or at a later specified date, including at the same time and subject to the same restrictions and risk of forfeiture as the award with respect to which the dividends accrue if they are granted in tandem with another award.

Other Stock-Based Awards . Subject to limitations under applicable law and the terms of the 2017 LTIP, the committee may grant other awards related to our common stock. Such awards may include, without limitation, awards that are convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into our common stock, purchase rights for common stock, awards with value and payment contingent upon our performance or any other factors designated by the committee, and awards valued by reference to the book value of our common stock or the value of securities of, or the performance of, our affiliates.

Cash Awards . The 2017 LTIP will permit the grant of awards denominated in and settled in cash as an element of or supplement to, or independent of, any award under the 2017 LTIP.

Substitute Awards . Awards may be granted in substitution or exchange for any other award granted under the 2017 LTIP or any other right of an eligible person to receive payment from us. Awards may also be granted under the 2017 LTIP in substitution for similar awards held by individuals who become eligible persons as a result of a merger, consolidation or acquisition of another entity or the assets of another entity by or with us or one of our affiliates.

 

121


Table of Contents

Performance Awards . Performance awards represent awards with respect to which a participant’s right to receive cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination of both, is contingent upon the attainment of one or more specified performance measures during a specified period. The committee will determine the applicable performance period, the performance goals and such other conditions that apply to each performance award. The committee may use any business criteria and other measures of performance it deems appropriate in establishing the performance goals applicable to a performance award.

If the committee grants a performance award to a covered employee that is designated as performance-based compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the grant, exercise, vesting and/or settlement of such award will be contingent upon achievement of one or more of the following business criteria for us, on a consolidated basis, and/or for specified subsidiaries, business or geographical units or our operating areas (except with respect to the total stockholder return and earnings per share criteria): (i) revenues, sales or other income; (ii) cash flow, discretionary cash flow, cash flows from operations, cash flows from investing activities, cash flow returns and/or cash flows from financing activities; (iii) return on net assets, return on assets, return on investment, return on capital, return on capital employed or return on equity; (iv) income, operating income, net income or net income per share; (v) earnings, operating earnings or earnings, operating or contribution margin determined before or after any one or more of: depreciation and amortization expense; impairment of inventory and other property and equipment; accretion of discount on asset retirement obligations; interest expense; net gain or loss on the disposition of assets; income or loss from discontinued operations, net of tax; noncash derivative related activity; amortization of stock-based compensation; income taxes; incentives or service fees; extraordinary, non-recurring or special items; or other items; (vi) equity; net worth; tangible net worth; book capitalization; debt; debt, net of cash and cash equivalents; capital budget or other balance sheet goals; (vii) debt or equity financings or improvement of financial ratings; (viii) absolute or per-share net asset value; (ix) fair market value of our stock, share price, share price appreciation, total stockholder return or payments of dividends; (x) bookings, increase in bookings or new bookings; (xi) achievement of savings from business improvement projects and achievement of capital projects deliverables; (xii working capital or working capital changes; (xiii) operating profit or net operating profit; (xiv) internal research or development programs; (xv) geographic business expansion; (xvi) human resources management targets, including medical cost reductions, employee satisfaction or retention, workforce diversity, time to hire and completion of hiring goals; (xvii) satisfactory internal or external audits; (xviii) consummation, implementation, integration or completion of a change in control or other strategic partnerships, transactions, projects, processes or initiatives or other goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures (in whole or in part), joint ventures or strategic alliances; (xix) regulatory approvals or other regulatory milestones; (xx) legal compliance or risk reduction; (xxi) market share; (xxii) economic value added; (xxiii) cost or debt reduction targets; or (xiv) capital raises or capital efficiencies. Any of the above goals may be determined pre-tax or post-tax, on an absolute, relative or debt-adjusted basis, as compared to the performance of a published or special index deemed applicable by our compensation committee including the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index or a group of comparable companies, as a ratio with other business criteria, as a ratio over a period of time (such as per day) or on a per unit of measure, on a per-share basis (basic or diluted), and on a basis of continuing operations only. The terms above may, but shall not be required to be, used as applied under generally accepted accounting principles, as applicable.

Recapitalization . In the event of any change in our capital structure or business or other corporate transaction or event that would be considered an equity restructuring, the committee shall or may (as required by applicable accounting rules) equitably adjust the (i) aggregate number or kind of shares that may be delivered under the 2017 LTIP, (ii) the number or kind of shares or amount of cash subject to an award, (iii) the terms and conditions of awards, including the purchase price or exercise price of awards and performance goals, and (iv) the applicable share-based limitations with respect to awards provided in the 2017 LTIP, in each case to equitably reflect such event.

Change in Control . Except to the extent otherwise provided in any applicable award agreement, no award will vest solely upon the occurrence of a change in control. In the event of a change in control or other changes to us or our common stock, the committee may, in its discretion, (i) accelerate the time of exercisability of an

 

122


Table of Contents

award, (ii) require awards to be surrendered in exchange for a cash payment (including canceling a stock option or SAR for no consideration if it has an exercise price or the grant price less than the value paid in the transaction), or (iii) make any other adjustments to awards that the committee deems appropriate to reflect the applicable transaction or event.

No Repricing . Except in connection with (i) the issuance of substitute awards granted to new service providers in connection with a transaction or (ii) in connection with adjustments to awards granted under the 2017 LTIP as a result of a transaction or recapitalization involving us, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, the terms of outstanding option or SAR may not be amended to reduce the exercise price or grant price or to take any similar action that would have the same economic result.

Clawback . All awards granted under the 2017 LTIP are subject to reduction, cancellation or recoupment under any written clawback policy that we may adopt and that we determine should apply to awards under the 2017 LTIP.

Amendment and Termination . The 2017 LTIP will automatically expire on the tenth anniversary of its effective date. Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2017 LTIP at any time, subject to stockholder approval if required by applicable law, rule or regulation, including the rules of the stock exchange on which our shares of common stock are listed. The committee may amend the terms of any outstanding award granted under the 2017 LTIP at any time so long as the amendment would not materially and adversely affect the rights of a participant under a previously granted award without the participant’s consent.

Director Compensation

Historically our non-employee directors have purchased restricted stock in connection with their appointment to the board (vesting in accordance with our standard vesting schedule of 25% on the first anniversary of grant and in substantially equal monthly increments thereafter through the fourth anniversary of grant, provided that, with respect to Mr. Lines, upon ceasing to serve on the board in October 2017, his unvested shares became fully vested). In the case of each director holding equity, the exercise price paid with respect to the restricted stock was $0.0517 per share. In the event the director’s board service ceases for any reason, we have the right to repurchase the restricted stock. We currently do not intend to exercise our repurchase right with respect to Mr. Lines’ restricted stock. The purchase price for unvested restricted stock will be equal to the lesser of the fair market value and the purchase price originally paid for the stock, and the purchase price for vested restricted stock will be equal to the fair market value of the stock, provided that if the director’s board service was terminated for “Cause,” then the purchase price for all shares of restricted stock (whether vested or unvested) will be equal to the lesser of the fair market value and the purchase price originally paid for the stock. “Cause” means (i) the commission of a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude or the commission of any other act or omission involving dishonesty, disloyalty or fraud, (ii) report to work under the influence of alcohol or illegal drugs, the use of illegal drugs or other conduct causing substantial public disgrace or material economic harm to us or our affiliates, (iii) an act or omission which in the opinion of a reasonable business person would be expected to aid or abet a competitor, supplier or customer of ours to our material disadvantage, (iv) any breach of fiduciary duty or act of gross negligence or willful misconduct, or (v) any breach of any material agreement with us. No equity was granted to any of our non-employee directors in 2016.

 

123


Table of Contents

In addition, our directors receive a cash retainer payable quarterly. In 2016, a majority of our non-employee directors represented Thoma Bravo, the private equity firm holding a controlling interest in our equity. In certain cases, disclosed below, directors representing Thoma Bravo were not entitled to receive compensation (either equity or cash). Those directors received no compensation from us (directly or indirectly, that is, we did not otherwise remit the compensation to which they would otherwise be entitled to Thoma Bravo).

 

Name (1)

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash ($)
     Total ($)  

Marcel Bernard (2) (3)

   $ 50,000      $ 50,000  

William Bock (2)

   $ 20,000      $ 20,000  

Seth Boro

             

Orlando Bravo (4)

             

James Lines (2) (3) (4)

   $ 50,000      $ 50,000  

Jim Pflaging (2)

   $ 20,000      $ 20,000  

Chip Virnig

             

 

(1) Messrs. Boro, Bravo and Virnig are included in the table but receive no compensation for their services. All three are representatives of Thoma Bravo. Messrs. Bernard and Lines are Thoma Bravo operating partners. Messrs. Bock and Pflaging are our independent directors.
(2) Messrs. Bernard, Bock, Lines and Pflaging hold 110,569, 44,228, 84,033 and 52,653 unvested shares of restricted stock, respectively, as of December 31, 2016.
(3) Messrs. Bernard and Lines are not employees of Thoma Bravo, its affiliates or the Thoma Bravo Funds. Messrs. Bernard and Lines may be considered independent contractors of Thoma Bravo and may have business or investment activities unrelated to Thoma Bravo.
(4) In October 2017, Messrs. Bravo and Lines resigned as directors.

 

124


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment and change in control arrangements, discussed in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2014, and each currently proposed transaction, in which:

 

    we have been or are to be a participant;

 

    the amount involved exceeded or is expected to exceed $120,000; and

 

    any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals or entities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

In 2011, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. McMartin, our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. McMartin’s annual salary for 2014, 2015 and 2016 was $225,000, $241,000 and $262,250, respectively, and he received a bonus of $50,772, $84,350 and $89,077, respectively, in such years. We offer participation in broad-based retirement, health and welfare plans to all of our employees. We currently maintain a retirement plan intended to provide benefits under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code where employees, including Mr. McMartin, are allowed to contribute portions of their base compensation to a tax-qualified retirement account.

In 2013, we entered into convertible promissory notes (the “Promissory Notes”) with each of Messrs. Cunningham, McClain and McMartin totaling $169,092 in the aggregate. Payments were due in full at the maturity date of November 14, 2014. The Promissory Notes had provisions allowing the conversion of the debt into our stock. In conjunction with the Acquisition, the principal amount outstanding under the Promissory Notes was increased to $338,184 pursuant to the terms of the Promissory Notes and was repaid in full.

In September 2014, we entered into an advisory services agreement (the “Consulting Agreement”) with Thoma Bravo. The Consulting Agreement requires quarterly payments from September 8, 2014 through December 31, 2018 for financial and management consulting services provided by Thoma Bravo. Consulting fees from the Consulting Agreement totaled $155,899 for September 8 to December 31, 2014 and $750,000 and $1.0 million in the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. Contractual consulting fees per the Consulting Agreement are $1.3 million and $1.5 million for the years ended 2017 and 2018, respectively. We are also obligated to reimburse Thoma Bravo for reasonable legal, accounting and travel expenses and other fees and expenses incurred by Thoma Bravo in rendering the services under the Consulting Agreement and any other matter that is or will be for our benefit. The Consulting Agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering, and we will be responsible for paying only the fees, costs and expenses incurred by Thoma Bravo prior to the termination of the Consulting Agreement that have not yet been reimbursed. Additionally, we incurred a payable to Thoma Bravo totaling $459,401 in connection with a working capital adjustment arising from the Acquisition. As of December 31, 2016, the payable to Thoma Bravo of $459,401 had been converted to additional paid in capital.

Sale of Preferred Stock and Common Stock

In multiple closings in September through December of 2014, we sold an aggregate of 223,332.26 shares of our preferred stock at a purchase price of $1,000.00 per share and an aggregate of 43,628,518 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $0.0517 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $225.5 million.

 

125


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the preferred stock and common stock purchased by related parties in connection with the transaction described in this section.

 

Investor

   Shares of
Preferred
Stock
     Shares of
Common
Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase Price
 

Thoma Bravo Funds (1)

     198,000        38,679,771      $ 200,000,000  

Mark McClain (2)

     9,387        1,833,846      $ 9,482,199  

Kevin Cunningham (3)

     7,456        1,456,443      $ 7,530,776  

Cam McMartin (4)

     400        78,224      $ 404,469  

 

(1) The Thoma Bravo Funds holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership are Thoma Bravo Fund XI, L.P., Thoma Bravo Fund XI-A, L.P. and Thoma Bravo Executive Fund XI, L.P. Entities affiliated with Thoma Bravo together hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.
(2) Includes 5,422 shares of preferred stock and 1,059,281 shares of common stock purchased by the McClain Charitable Remainder Unitrust, a trust for which Mr. McClain serves as a co-trustee.
(3) Includes 35 shares of preferred stock and 6,790 shares of common stock purchased by Maryanne Cunningham, Mr. Cunningham’s spouse.
(4) Includes 21,616 shares of common stock held by the McMartin Charles Wildermuth 2016 Trust, a trust for which Mr. McMartin serves as co-trustee.

Registration Rights

Certain registration rights are provided for under the terms of our Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 8, 2014 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), by and among (i) SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc., (ii) the Thoma Bravo Funds, (iii) Mr. McClain, Mr. Cunningham, McClain Charitable Remainder Unitrust, Maryanne Cunningham, Mr. McMartin, Thomas Beck, Christopher Gossett, David Crow, Jeffrey Larson, Troy Donley and Marty Frederickson, and (iv) other persons who have become signatories to the agreement subsequent to September 8, 2014. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, we have agreed to pay all registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions and subject to certain limitations set forth therein) of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the registrations described below. The registration rights will be subject to certain conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares to be included in an underwritten offering and our right to delay or withdraw a registration statement under certain circumstances.

Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, we have agreed to not publicly sell or distribute any securities during the period beginning on the date of the notice of the requested demand registration and ending 90 days after the first effective date of any underwritten registration effected pursuant to the registrations described below (except pursuant to registrations on Form S-4, Form S-8 or any successor form). In addition, in connection with this offering, we expect that party to the Registration Rights Agreement will agree not to sell or otherwise dispose of any securities without the prior written consent of the underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain terms and conditions and early release of certain holders in specified circumstances. See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information regarding such restrictions.

Demand Registration Rights

Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the holders of a majority of the outstanding Investor Registrable Securities (as defined therein and which include shares of our common stock held by the Thoma Bravo Funds) (the “Initiating Holders”) are entitled to request (i) three Long-Form Registrations (as defined therein), (ii) an unlimited number of Long-Form Registrations in which the requesting parties shall pay their pro rata share of the registration expenses and (iii) an unlimited number of Short-Form Registrations (as defined

 

126


Table of Contents

therein). In addition, with the consent of the Initiating Holders, the other parties to the Registration Rights Agreement may include their Registrable Securities in a Long-Form Registration or Short-Form Registration.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If at any time we propose to register the offer and sale of shares of our common stock under the Securities Act (other than in this offering, or pursuant to a Long-Form Registration or Short-Form Registration under the Registration Rights Agreement, or a registration on Form S-4, Form S-8 or any successor form), then we must notify the holders of Registrable Securities of such proposal to allow them to include a specified number of their shares of our common stock in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations.

Stockholders Agreement

We are party to a stockholders agreement with certain holders of our capital stock, providing for certain rights, obligations and restrictions relating to sales or transfers of shares of our capital stock, which will, by its terms, terminate on the completion of this offering. See the section titled “Management—Stockholders Agreement” for additional information about our stockholders agreement.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our charter contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

 

    any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL; or

 

    any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the DGCL is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the DGCL.

In addition, our bylaws provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our bylaws provide that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our bylaws also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or executive officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to limited exceptions.

Further, we have entered into or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the DGCL. These indemnification agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and

 

127


Table of Contents

executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are included in our charter and bylaws and in indemnification agreements that we have entered into or will enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

The underwriting agreement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, executive officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors will adopt a formal written policy providing that our audit committee will be responsible for reviewing “related party transactions,” which are transactions, arrangements or relationships (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships), to which we are a party, in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person is defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our capital stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and any of their immediate family members. In determining whether to approve or ratify any such transaction, our audit committee will take into account, among other factors it deems appropriate, (i) whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to unaffiliated third parties under the same or similar circumstances and (ii) the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction.

 

128


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of                 , 2017 that, after the completion of the Preferred Stock Conversion and the Stock Split (both of which will be effected immediately prior to the completion of this offering), will be owned by:

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    all of our current directors and executive officers as a group;

 

    each of the selling stockholders; and

 

    each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and thus it represents sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to our securities. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose, including for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Securities Act.

We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering on              shares of our common stock outstanding as of                 , 2017, which includes              shares of our common stock resulting from the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering (assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus)). We have deemed shares of our common stock subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of                 , 2017 and shares of our restricted stock that have vested or will vest within 60 days of                 , 2017 to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the stock option for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

129


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc., 11305 Four Points Drive, Building 2, Suite 100, Austin, Texas 78726.

 

     Beneficial Ownership
Prior to the
Offering (1)
     Shares
Offered
Hereby
     Beneficial Ownership
After the Offering
(Assuming No Exercise
of the Underwriters’
Over-Allotment
Option) (1)
     Beneficial Ownership
After the Offering
(Assuming Full Exercise
of the Underwriters’
Over-Allotment
Option) (1)
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number      Percent         Number      Percent      Number      Percent  

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

                    

Mark McClain (2)

                    

Kevin Cunningham (3)

                    

Howard Greenfield

                    

Marcel Bernard

                    

William Bock

                    

Seth Boro

                    

Jim Pflaging (4)

                    

Chip Virnig

                    

All executive officers and directors as a group (9 persons)

                    

Other 5% Stockholders:

                    

Thoma Bravo (5)

                    

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent of the outstanding shares of our common stock.
(1) Includes shares underlying                options exercisable within 60 days of                 , 2017 held by Mr. Greenfield. Also includes shares of restricted stock, vesting within 60 days of                 , 2017, beneficially owned as follows: Mr. McClain —             shares, Mr. Cunningham —             shares, Mr. Greenfield —                 shares, Mr. Bernard —             shares, Mr. Bock —             shares, Mr. Boro —             shares, Mr. Pflaging —             shares, Mr. Virnig —             shares and executive officers and directors as a group —             shares.
(2) Consists of              shares of common stock held directly by Mr. McClain,              shares of common stock held by the McClain Charitable Remainder Unitrust,              shares of restricted stock held directly by Mr. McClain,              shares of restricted stock held by the McClain RHD 2015 Trust,              shares of restricted stock              shares of restricted stock held by the McClain ADM 2015 Trust and              shares of restricted stock held by the McClain GMM 2015 Trust. Mr. McClain is a co-trustee for each of the McClain Charitable Remainder Unitrust, McClain RHD 2015 Trust, McClain ADM 2015 Trust and McClain GMM 2015 Trust. As such, Mr. McClain may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power with respect to all of the shares of common stock and restricted stock held by such trusts. Mr. McClain co-founded the Company in December 2005 and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and on our board of directors since that time.
(3) Consists of              shares of common stock held directly by Mr. Cunningham,              shares of common stock held by Mr. Cunningham’s spouse and              shares of restricted stock held directly by Mr. Cunningham. Mr. Cunningham may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power with respect to the shares of common stock held by his spouse. Mr. Cunningham co-founded the Company in December 2005 and has served as our Chief Strategy Officer since October 2017. Mr. Cunningham served as our President and on our board of directors from December 2005 until October 2017.
(4) Consists of              shares of restricted stock held by the MMJ Living Trust. Mr. Pflaging is a co-trustee of the MMJ Living Trust. As such, Mr. Pflaging may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power with respect to all of the shares of restricted stock held by MMJ Living Trust.
(5)

Thoma Bravo Partners XI, L.P. (“TB Partners XI”) is the general partner of each of Thoma Bravo Fund XI, L.P. (“TB Fund XI”), Thoma Bravo Fund XI-A, L.P. (“TB Fund XI-A”) and Thoma Bravo Executive Fund

 

130


Table of Contents
  XI, L.P. (“TB Exec Fund XI”). Thoma Bravo, LLC is the general partner of TB Partners XI. By virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, Thoma Bravo, LLC may be deemed to exercise voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by TB Fund XI, TB Fund XI-A and TB Exec Fund XI. The principal business address of the entities identified herein is c/o Thoma Bravo, LLC, 300 North LaSalle Street, Suite 4350, Chicago, Illinois 60654.

 

131


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

On August 16, 2016, we entered into a senior secured credit facility (our “credit facility”), consisting of a $115 million term loan facility and a $5 million revolving credit facility, pursuant to a credit and guaranty agreement by and among SailPoint Technologies, Inc., as the borrower, and SailPoint Technologies Intermediate Holdings, LLC and SailPoint International, Inc., as guarantors, other guarantors party thereto from time to time, the lenders party thereto from time to time and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent, collateral agent and lead arranger, which was subsequently amended and restated on November 2, 2016 to provide for a letter of credit sub-facility with an aggregate limit equal to the lesser of $5 million and the aggregate unused amount of the revolving commitments then in effect. Our credit facility was further amended on June 28, 2017 to provide for (i) an increase to the term loan facility in an additional principal amount of $50 million to partially fund a dividend paid to the holders of our preferred stock and (ii) an increase to the revolving credit facility in an additional principal amount of $2.5 million. Each of the term loan facility and revolving credit facility has a maturity of five years and will mature on August 16, 2021.

As of June 30, 2017, the balance outstanding under the term loan facility was $160.0 million. As of June 30, 2017, we had $7.5 million available under the revolving credit facility and $0.1 million of letters of credit outstanding.

All of our obligations under our credit facility are guaranteed by our existing and future domestic subsidiaries and, subject to certain exceptions, secured by a security interest in substantially all of our tangible and intangible assets.

Borrowings under our credit facility bear interest at our option at (i) LIBOR, subject to a 1.00% floor, plus a margin, or (ii) the base rate, subject to a 3.50% floor, plus a margin. For LIBOR borrowings, the applicable rate margin is 7.00%. For base rate borrowings, the applicable margin is 6.50%. We are also required to pay a 0.50% per annum fee on undrawn amounts under the revolving credit facility, payable quarterly in arrears.

Generally, we are permitted to make voluntary prepayments under our credit facility at any time. However, subject to certain exceptions, prepayments and commitment reductions are subject to a premium equal to 3.00% of the term loans prepaid and revolving credit commitment reductions through June 28, 2018, with the premium decreasing to 1.00% effective June 29, 2019 and eliminated entirely after June 28, 2020; provided that, to the extent any such prepayment or commitment reduction results from specified qualified transactions (including, but not limited to, an initial public offering of our capital stock), the premium is equal to 1.50% of the term loans prepaid and revolving credit commitment reductions through June 28, 2018, with the premium decreasing to 0.50% effective June 29, 2019 and eliminated entirely after June 28, 2020.

Subject to certain exceptions, we are required to prepay borrowings under our credit facility as follows (but not limited to the following): (i) with 100% of the net cash proceeds we receive from the incurrence of debt obligations other than debt obligations otherwise permitted under the credit agreement governing our credit facility, (ii) with 100% of the net cash proceeds in excess of $1.0 million in the aggregate in any trailing twelve month period we receive from specified non-ordinary course asset sales or as a result of casualty or condemnation events, subject to reinvestment provisions, and (iii) with 50% of our excess cash flows (decreasing to 25% when the leverage ratio, as defined in the agreement evidencing the senior secured credit facility, is less than 4.50 to 1.00) less certain voluntary prepayments of the borrowings, for each fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017.

Our credit facility requires us to maintain, in each case, as of each quarter based on the last four fiscal quarters, (i) a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio (based upon the ratio of cash EBITDA to consolidated fixed charges), (ii) a maximum leverage ratio (based upon the ratio of consolidated total debt to cash EBITDA), (iii) a minimum cash EBITDA level, and (iv) a minimum revenue level (based upon revenue attributable to certain product lines). The fixed charge coverage ratio was 1.20 to 1.00 as of September 30, 2016 and increases to 1.25

 

132


Table of Contents

to 1.00 as of March 31, 2018. The maximum leverage ratio as of September 30, 2016 was 7.50 to 1.00 and becomes more restrictive each quarter through maturity, being at 4.50 to 1.00 for each quarter ending after June 30, 2020. The minimum cash EBITDA level ranges from $16.5 million (as of September 30, 2016) to $24.0 million (as of each fiscal quarter ending after December 31, 2019). The minimum revenue level ranges from $40.0 million (as of September 30, 2016) to $59.0 million (as of each fiscal quarter ending after December 31, 2019). In addition, we are required to maintain liquidity (defined as unrestricted cash, as defined in the credit agreement governing our credit facility, plus the lesser of (x) the aggregate revolving commitments minus the total utilization of such revolving commitments and (y) if positive, the availability (as defined in the credit agreement governing our credit facility)) of at least $5.0 million at any time.

Our credit facility contains a number of covenants restricting or limiting our ability to, among other things, (i) create, incur, assume or permit to exist additional indebtedness or guarantees; (ii) create, incur, assume or permit liens and engage in sale leaseback transactions; (iii) enter into an agreement prohibiting the creation or assumption of any lien upon our properties or assets; (iv) make loans and investments; (v) declare dividends, make payments or redeem or repurchase capital stock; (vi) engage in mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations; (vii) prepay, redeem or purchase certain indebtedness; (viii) amend or otherwise alter terms of our indebtedness; (ix) sell assets; (x) enter into transactions with affiliates and (xi) alter our business. Our credit facility also contains customary default provisions that include material adverse events, as defined therein.

Our credit facility currently requires that, upon receipt of our proceeds from this offering, we prepay the borrowings with 100% of such proceeds; however, we intend to seek an amendment to modify this requirement. We intend to use a portion of our net proceeds from this offering to repay $        million of the borrowings outstanding under our term loan facility (which repayment will be subject to a prepayment premium of 1.50%, as discussed above).

 

133


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock and certain provisions of our charter and bylaws. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our charter and bylaws and Registration Rights Agreement, copies of which will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares of capital stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of which:

 

    shares are designated as common stock; and

 

    shares are designated as preferred stock.

As of June 30, 2017, there were              shares of our common stock outstanding (assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus)), held by                stockholders of record, and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of our common stock, which will be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, and any contractual limitations, such as our credit agreement, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds then legally available, if any, if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine.

Voting Rights

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share. Our common stock will vote as a single class on all matters relating to the election and removal of directors on our board of directors and as provided by law. Our stockholders do not have the ability to cumulate votes for the election of directors. Except in respect of matters relating to the election of directors, or as otherwise provided in our charter or required by law, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a majority of the shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter. In the case of the election of directors, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a plurality of the shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

If we become subject to a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights and payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

 

134


Table of Contents

Fully Paid and Non-Assessable

All of the outstanding shares of our common stock are, and the shares of our common stock to be issued pursuant to this offering will be, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

After the completion of this offering, no shares of our preferred stock will be outstanding. Pursuant to our charter, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors may designate the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preference, sinking fund terms, and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of any series. The issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of restricting dividends on our common stock, diluting the voting power of our common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of our common stock, or delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control. Such issuance could have the effect of decreasing the market price of our common stock. Any preferred stock so issued may rank senior to our common stock with respect to the payment of dividends or amounts upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or both. We currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of June 30, 2017, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of              shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $        .

Anti-Takeover Provisions in Our Charter and Bylaws

Certain provisions of our charter and bylaws, which are summarized below, may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, may discourage takeovers, coercive of otherwise. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Board of Directors Vacancies . Our charter and bylaws allow Thoma Bravo to fill any vacancy on our board of directors, including newly created seats, for so long as Thoma Bravo beneficially owns at least 30% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Thereafter, only our board of directors will be allowed to fill vacant directorships. In addition, (i) prior to the first date on which Thoma Bravo ceases to beneficially own at least 30% of the voting power of our then outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, our directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of Thoma Bravo and (ii) on and after such date, directors may only be removed for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the majority of our outstanding voting stock, at a meeting of our stockholders called for that purpose. In the event Thoma Bravo ceases to beneficially own at least 30% of the voting power of the voting stock then outstanding, directors previously designated by Thoma Bravo would be entitled to serve the remainder of their respective terms, unless they are otherwise removed for cause in accordance with the terms of our charter. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors will be permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This will make it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors and will promote continuity of management.

Classified Board . Our charter and bylaws provide that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors, with each class serving three-year staggered terms. A third party may be discouraged from making a

 

135


Table of Contents

tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time-consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors.

Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders . Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless our certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our charter provides that so long as we are a controlled company, any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders may be effected by written consent. Our charter provides that, after we cease to be a controlled company, our stockholders may not take action by written consent but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws. Our charter provides that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only upon a resolution approved by a majority of the total number of directors that we would have if there were no vacancies or, prior to the date that Thoma Bravo ceases to beneficially own 30% of the voting power of our then outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, at the request of the holders of a majority of the voting power of our then outstanding shares of voting capital stock. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations . Our bylaws provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. Our bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. Our bylaws also provide that nominations of persons for election to our board of directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the notice of meeting (i) by or at the direction of our board of directors or (ii) provided that our board of directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder who (a) is a stockholder of record both at the time the notice is delivered and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting, (b) is entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election and (c) complies with the notice procedures set forth in our bylaws. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company. These provisions will not apply to nominations by Thoma Bravo.

No Cumulative Voting . The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our charter does not provide for cumulative voting.

Directors Removed Only for Cause . Prior to the first date on which Thoma Bravo ceases to beneficially own at least 30% of the voting power of our then outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, our directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of Thoma Bravo. Our charter provides that, after Thoma Bravo ceases to beneficially own at least 30% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, stockholders may remove directors only for cause at a meeting of our stockholders called for that purpose.

Amendment of Charter Provisions and Bylaws . Our charter provides that prior to the date that Thoma Bravo ceases to beneficially own a majority of the voting power of our then outstanding capital stock entitled to vote

 

136


Table of Contents

generally in the election of directors (the “Trigger Date”), our bylaws may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the vote of a majority of the voting power of our then outstanding voting stock, voting together as a single class. After the Trigger Date, our bylaws may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by either (i) a vote of a majority of the total number of directors that the company would have if there were no vacancies or (ii) in addition to any other vote otherwise required by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 3 % of the voting power of our then outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Our charter also provides that following the Trigger Date, the provisions of our charter relating to the size and composition of our board of directors, limitation on liabilities of directors, stockholder action by written consent, the ability of stockholders to call special meetings, business combinations with interested persons, amendment of our bylaws or charter and the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain disputes, may only be amended, altered, changed or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 3 % of the voting power of all of our outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Prior to the Trigger Date, such provisions may be amended, altered, changed or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of our then outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Our charter also provides that the provision of our charter that deals with corporate opportunity may only be amended, altered or repealed by a vote of 80% of the voting power of our then outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. See “—Corporate Opportunity.”

After we cease to be a controlled company, any amendment of the above provisions in our charter would require approval by holders of at least 66  2 3 % of our then outstanding capital stock.

Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock . Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to designate and issue shares of preferred stock with rights and preferences, including super voting, special approval, dividend or other rights or preferences on a discriminatory basis. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of undesignated preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.

Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders. We have elected in our charter not to be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, an anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with an interested stockholder (i.e., a person or group owning 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock) for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Accordingly, we are not be subject to any anti-takeover effects of Section 203 of the DGCL. However, our charter contains provisions that have the same effect as Section 203, except that they provide that both Thoma Bravo and any persons to whom Thoma Bravo, including the Thoma Bravo Funds, sells its common stock will be deemed to have been approved by our board of directors, and thereby not subject to the restrictions set forth in our charter that have the same effect as Section 203 of the DGCL.

Forum Selection . Our charter provides that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for:

 

    any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

 

    any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders;

 

137


Table of Contents
    any action asserting a claim against us or any director or officer or other employee of ours arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our charter or our bylaws; or

 

    any action asserting a claim against us or any director or officer or other employee of ours that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine;

in each such case, subject to such Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein.

Our charter also provides that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of, and to have consented to, this forum selection provision.

Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors, officers, employees and agents. The enforceability of similar exclusive forum provisions in other companies’ charters has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with one or more actions or proceedings described above, a court could rule that this provision in our charter is inapplicable or unenforceable.

Corporate Opportunity . Messrs. Boro and Virnig, a managing partner and principal, respectively, of Thoma Bravo, and Mr. Bernard, an operating partner of Thoma Bravo, currently serve on our board of directors and will continue to serve as directors following completion of this offering. Thoma Bravo, as the ultimate general partner of the Thoma Bravo Funds, will continue to beneficially own a majority of our outstanding common stock upon the completion of this offering. Thoma Bravo may beneficially hold equity interests in entities that directly or indirectly compete with us, and companies in which it currently invests may begin competing with us. As a result of these relationships, when conflicts between the interests of Thoma Bravo, on the one hand, and of other stockholders, on the other hand, arise, these directors may not be disinterested. Although our directors and officers have a duty of loyalty to us under Delaware law and our charter, transactions that we enter into in which a director or officer has a conflict of interest are generally permissible so long as (i) the material facts relating to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest as to the transaction are disclosed to our board of directors and a majority of our disinterested directors approved the transactions, (ii) the material facts relating to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest are disclosed to our stockholders and a majority of our disinterested stockholders approve the transaction or (iii) the transaction is otherwise fair to us.

Our charter provides that no officer or director of our company who is also a principal, officer, director, member, manager, partner, employee and/or independent contractor of Thoma Bravo will be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that any such individual pursues or acquires a corporate opportunity for its own account or the account of an affiliate, as applicable, instead of us, directs a corporate opportunity to Thoma Bravo instead of us or does not communicate information regarding a corporate opportunity to us. Our charter also provides that any principal, officer, director, member, manager, partner, employee and/or independent contractor of Thoma Bravo or any entity that controls, is controlled by or under common control with Thoma Bravo or any investment funds advised by Thoma Bravo will not be required to offer any transaction opportunity of which they become aware to us and could take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to other companies in which they have an investment.

This provision may not be modified without Thoma Bravo’s written consent until such time as Thoma Bravo no longer beneficially owns any of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

 

138


Table of Contents

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors.”

Listing

We have applied for listing of our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “SAIL.”

 

139


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Future sales of shares of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Following the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2017, a total of              shares of our common stock will be outstanding. Of these shares, all              shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be eligible for sale in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act, except that any shares of our common stock purchased in this offering by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the conditions of Rule 144 described below.

The remaining shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities will be eligible for sale in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below, the provisions of our Registration Rights Agreement described under the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights,” the applicable conditions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, and our insider trading policy, these restricted securities will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our executive officers and directors, the Thoma Bravo Funds, the selling stockholders and substantially all of the other holders of our common stock or stock options outstanding immediately prior to this offering (including shares of common stock to be issued as a result of the Preferred Stock Conversion) have agreed or will agree to enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering under which we and they have agreed or will agree that, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., we and they will not dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is required to release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements. See the section titled “Underwriting.”

Rule 144

Rule 144 generally provides that, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a stockholder who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the preceding 90 days and who has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled to sell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 without complying with the volume limitation, manner of sale or notice conditions of Rule 144. If such stockholder has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock proposed to be sold for at least one year, then such person is entitled to sell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 without complying with any of the conditions of Rule 144.

Rule 144 also provides that a stockholder who is deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the preceding 90 days and who has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled to sell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our capital stock then outstanding, which will equal             shares immediately after the completion of this offering; or

 

140


Table of Contents
    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales of our common stock made in reliance upon Rule 144 by a stockholder who is deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the preceding 90 days are also subject to the current public information, manner of sale and notice conditions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally provides that, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the preceding 90 days may sell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 without complying with the current public information or holding period conditions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also provides that a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan or contract and who is deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the preceding 90 days may sell such shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period condition of Rule 144. However, all stockholders who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan or contract are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of              shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares (and any additional shares acquired by such holders in the future) under the Securities Act. The registration of these shares of our common stock under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming eligible for sale in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights” for a description of these registration rights.

Registration Statement

Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of our common stock subject to equity awards outstanding or reserved for issuance under our equity compensation plans. The shares of our common stock covered by this registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration statement, subject to vesting restrictions, the conditions of Rule 144 applicable to affiliates and any lock-up agreements. See the section titled “Executive Compensation” for a description of our equity compensation plans.

 

141


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR

NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations related to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder (as defined below), that holds our common stock as a “capital asset” (generally property held for investment). This summary is based on the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their personal circumstances. In addition, this summary does not address the Medicare tax on certain investment income, U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws, any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws or any tax treaties. This summary also does not address tax considerations applicable to investors that may be subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as:

 

    banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

    tax-exempt or governmental organizations;

 

    dealers in securities or foreign currencies;

 

    traders in securities that use the mark-to-market method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

    persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

    partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or holders of interests therein;

 

    persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Internal Revenue Code;

 

    persons that acquired our common stock through the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation or through a tax-qualified retirement plan;

 

    certain former citizens or long-term residents of the U.S.; and

 

    persons that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, appreciated financial position, synthetic security, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment or risk reduction transaction.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE ENCOURAGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not for U.S. federal income tax purposes a partnership or any of the following:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S.;

 

142


Table of Contents
    a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust (i) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) which has made a valid election under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a partnership (including an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner, upon the activities of the partnership and upon certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, we urge partners in partnerships (including entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) considering the purchase of our common stock to consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock by such partnership.

Distributions

We do not expect to pay any distributions on our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, in the event we do make distributions of cash or other property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the distributions will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the non-U.S. holder’s tax basis in our common stock and thereafter as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such common stock. See “—Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock.” Subject to backup withholding requirements and the withholding requirements under FATCA (as defined below) and with respect to effectively connected dividends, each of which is discussed below, any distribution made to a non-U.S. holder on our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the distribution unless an applicable income tax treaty provides for a lower rate. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must provide the applicable withholding agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form) certifying qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide the required certification, but that qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder in the U.S. (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are treated as attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the U.S.) generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the rates and in the manner generally applicable to United States persons (as defined under the Internal Revenue Code). Such effectively connected dividends will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies certain certification requirements by providing the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable or successor form) certifying eligibility for exemption. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it may also be subject to a branch profits tax (at a 30% rate or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include effectively connected dividends.

 

143


Table of Contents

Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below under “—Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “—Additional Withholding Requirements under FATCA,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

    the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met;

 

    the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder in the U.S. (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the U.S.); or

 

    our common stock constitutes a United States real property interest by reason of our status as a United States real property holding corporation (“USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point above will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount of such gain, which generally may be offset by U.S. source capital losses; provided the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

A non-U.S. holder whose gain is described in the second bullet point above or, subject to the exceptions described in the next paragraph, the third bullet point above, generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the rates and in the manner generally applicable to United States persons (as defined under the Internal Revenue Code) unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes whose gain is described in the second bullet point above, then such gain would also be included in its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which may be subject to a branch profits tax (at a 30% rate or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty).

Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its United States real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we currently are not a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and we do not expect to become a USRPHC for the foreseeable future. However, in the event that we become a USRPHC, as long as our common stock is and continues to be “regularly traded on an established securities market” (within the meaning of the U.S. Treasury Regulations) market, only a non-U.S. holder that actually or constructively owns, or owned at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for the common stock, more than 5% of our common stock will be taxable on gain realized on the disposition of our common stock as a result of our status as a USRPHC. If we were to become a USRPHC and our common stock were not considered to be regularly traded on an established securities market, such holder (regardless of the percentage of stock owned) would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a taxable disposition of our common stock (as described in the preceding paragraph), and a 15% withholding tax would apply to the gross proceeds from such disposition.

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors with respect to the application of the foregoing rules to their ownership and disposition of our common stock.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Any dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder must be reported annually to the IRS and to the non-U.S. holder. Copies of these information returns may be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Payments of dividends to a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to backup withholding if the non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form).

 

144


Table of Contents

Payments of the proceeds from a sale or other disposition by a non-U.S. holder of our common stock effected by or through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding (at the applicable rate) unless the non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form) and certain other conditions are met. Information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to any payment of the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock effected outside the U.S. by a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, sales or other dispositions of our common stock effected outside the U.S. by such a broker if it has certain relationships within the U.S. will result in information reporting and backup withholding unless such broker has documentary evidence in its records that the non-U.S. holder is not a United States person and certain other conditions are met, or the non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability (if any) of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If backup withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Requirements under FATCA

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code, and the U.S. Treasury regulations and administrative guidance issued thereunder (“FATCA”), impose a 30% withholding tax on any dividends paid on our common stock and on the gross proceeds from a disposition of our common stock (if such disposition occurs after December 31, 2018), in each case if paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) (including, in some cases, when such foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity is acting as an intermediary), unless (i) in the case of a foreign financial institution, such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments, and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are non-U.S. entities with U.S. owners), (ii) in the case of a non-financial foreign entity, such entity certifies that it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) or provides the applicable withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect substantial United States owners of the entity (in either case, generally on an IRS Form W-8BEN-E), or (iii) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules and provides appropriate documentation (such as an IRS Form W-8BEN-E). Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the U.S. governing these rules may be subject to different rules. Under certain circumstances, a holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Non-U.S. holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the effects of FATCA on an investment in our common stock.

INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AND THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE AND GIFT TAX LAWS AND ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AND TAX TREATIES.

 

145


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Jefferies LLC and RBC Capital Markets, LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Shares
 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Jefferies LLC

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.

  

Canaccord Genuity Inc.

  

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  
  
  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and the selling stockholders and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $        per share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives. Sales of common stock made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

We and the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to             and              additional shares of common stock, respectively, at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the over-allotment option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

146


Table of Contents

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us and to the selling stockholders. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option.

 

            Total  
     Per Share      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Public offering price

   $               $               $           

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

        

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by the selling stockholders

   $      $      $  

Proceeds before expenses to us

   $      $      $  

Proceeds before expenses to the selling stockholders

   $      $      $  

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $        million. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for their expenses relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) up to $        . The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for certain expenses incurred by us in connection with this offering.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE under the trading symbol “SAIL.”

We, our directors and executive officers, the Thoma Bravo Funds, the selling stockholders and substantially all of the other holders of our common stock or stock options outstanding immediately prior to this offering (including holders of shares of common stock to be issued as a result of the Preferred Stock Conversion) have agreed or will agree, pursuant to a lock up letter (the “Lock-up Letter”), that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the “Restricted Period”):

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock;

 

    file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock;

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person have agreed or will agree that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the Restricted Period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

  (a)   transactions relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of our proposed initial public offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

 

147


Table of Contents
  (b)   transfers of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock (i) as a bona fide gift or for bona fide estate planning purposes, (ii) upon death or by will, testamentary document or intestate succession, (iii) to an immediate family member of the undersigned or to a trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or one or more immediate family members of the undersigned, or (iv) if the undersigned is a trust, to any trustee or beneficiary of the undersigned or the estate of any such trustee or beneficiary;

 

  (c)   transfers or distributions of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock by a stockholder that is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity (i) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or managed by or is under common control with such stockholder or (ii) as part of a transfer or distribution to a limited partner, general partner, member, stockholder or holder or similar equity interests of the undersigned;

 

  (d)   transfers of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock pursuant to a domestic relations order or divorce decree, provided that any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or any other public filing or disclosure of such transfer by or on behalf of the undersigned that is required to be made during the lock-up period as a result of such transfer shall include a statement that such transfer has occurred by operation of law;

 

  (e)   the exercise by the undersigned of a stock option granted under a stock incentive plan or stock purchase plan described in the final prospectus relating to our proposed initial public offering (the “Prospectus”), and the receipt by the undersigned from us of shares of common stock upon such exercise, insofar as such option is outstanding as of the date of the Prospectus, provided that the underlying shares will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the Lock-Up Letter, and provided further that, if required, any public report or filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act will clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that the filing relates to the exercise of a stock option, that no shares were sold to the public by the reporting person and that the shares received upon exercise of the stock option are subject to a lock-up agreement with the underwriters of our proposed initial public offering;

 

  (f)   the disposition of shares of common stock to us, or the withholding of shares of common stock by us, in a transaction exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis solely in connection with the payment of taxes due with respect to the vesting or settlement of restricted stock or restricted stock units, or the exercise of options, granted under a stock incentive plan, stock purchase plan or pursuant to a contractual employment arrangement described in the Prospectus, insofar as such restricted stock, restricted stock unit or option is outstanding as of the date of the Prospectus, provided that, if required, any public report or filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act will clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that such disposition to us or withholding by us of shares or securities was solely to us pursuant to the circumstances described herein;

 

  (g)   transfers of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock to us pursuant to arrangements under which we have the option or right to repurchase such shares;

 

  (h)   the receipt by the undersigned of shares of common stock in connection with the conversion of any shares of our outstanding preferred stock into shares of common stock in connection with the consummation of our proposed initial public offering, provided that any such shares of common stock received upon such conversion will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the Lock-Up Letter;

 

  (i)  

transfers pursuant to a bona fide merger, consolidation or other similar transaction involving a Change of Control and approved by our board of directors (for purposes of the Lock-Up Letter, “Change of Control” means the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter pursuant to our proposed initial public offering), of our voting

 

148


Table of Contents
  securities if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold at least 50% of our outstanding voting securities (or the surviving entity), provided that, in the event that such Change of Control transaction is not completed, this clause (i) will not be applicable and the undersigned’s shares will remain subject to the restrictions contained in the Lock-Up Letter; or

 

  (j)   the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the lock-up period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or us regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of common stock may be made under such plan during the lock-up period;

provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (b), (c) and (d), each transferee, donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of the Lock-Up Letter; further provided that in the case of any sale, transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (b) through (d) or (g), no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the lock-up period or the due date thereof, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the lock-up period.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option described above. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase shares of common stock in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities.

 

149


Table of Contents

Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

In the ordinary course of business, we sold, and may in the future sell, solutions to one or more of the underwriters or their respective affiliates in arms-length transactions on market competitive terms.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b)   to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

150


Table of Contents

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a)   it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b)   it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Canada

The shares of common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares of common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

The shares of common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares of common stock has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issuance, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or

 

151


Table of Contents

invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares of common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a)   a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b)   a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) the sole purpose of which is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares of common stock pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (a)   to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

  (b)   where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  (c)   where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

  (d)   as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

  (e)   as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Japan

No registration pursuant to Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) (the “FIEL”), has been made or will be made with respect to the solicitation of the application for the acquisition of the shares of common stock.

Accordingly, the shares of common stock have not been, directly or indirectly, offered or sold and will not be, directly or indirectly, offered or sold in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or re-sale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and the other applicable laws and regulations of Japan.

For Qualified Institutional Investors (“QII”)

Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of common stock constitutes either a “QII only private placement” or a “QII only secondary distribution” (each as described in Paragraph 1, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of common stock. The shares of common stock may only be transferred to QIIs.

 

152


Table of Contents

For Non-QII Investors

Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of common stock constitutes either a “small number private placement” or a “small number private secondary distribution” (each as is described in Paragraph 4, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of common stock. The shares of common stock may only be transferred en bloc without subdivision to a single investor.

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”) in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001(the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take into account the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate for their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Switzerland

The shares of common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland.

 

153


Table of Contents

This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us, or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (“FINMA”), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

 

154


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of our common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Austin, Texas. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2016 included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance on the report of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document is not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.sailpoint.com. Upon the completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

155


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017

     F-2  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017

     F-4  

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-5  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-21  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2016

     F-22  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016

     F-23  

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016

     F-24  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016

     F-25  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-26  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,
2016
    June 30,
2017
 
     (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands, except share data)  

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 18,214     $ 20,882  

Restricted cash

     58       78  

Accounts receivable

     48,791       47,508  

Prepayments and other current assets

     7,694       5,951  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     74,757       74,419  

Property and equipment, net

     1,855       2,452  

Deferred tax asset—non-current

     428       428  

Other non-current assets

     980       2,550  

Goodwill

     219,377       219,377  

Intangible assets, net

     90,013       85,598  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 387,410     $ 384,824  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 787     $ 1,623  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     13,105       10,433  

Income taxes payable

     818       589  

Deferred revenue

     49,850       56,091  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     64,560       68,736  

Deferred tax liability—non-current

     95       95  

Long-term debt

     107,344       156,099  

Other long-term liabilities

     54        

Deferred revenue non-current

     5,254       6,675  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     177,307       231,605  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 4)

    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock authorized 500,000 shares at December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017: Preferred, $0.0001 par value, issued and outstanding 223,987 and 223,871 shares at December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively (liquidation preference of $275,463 and $237,520 at December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively)

     223,987       173,484  

Stockholders’ deficit

    

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, authorized 59,500,000 shares, issued and outstanding 46,397,369 and 48,198,753 shares at December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively

     5       5  

Treasury Stock, at cost; 0 and 144,540 shares at December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively

           (333

Additional paid-in capital

     3,739       4,280  

Accumulated deficit

     (17,628     (24,217
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (13,884     (20,265
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

     210,103       153,219  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 387,410     $ 384,824  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
               2016                         2017            
     Unaudited  
     (In thousands, except share data)  

Revenue

    

Licenses

   $ 20,784     $ 25,577  

Subscription

     22,652       31,276  

Services and other

     13,452       17,873  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     56,888       74,726  

Cost of revenue

    

Licenses

     2,108       2,197  

Subscription

     5,957       7,513  

Services and other

     8,993       11,120  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     17,058       20,830  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     39,830       53,896  

Operating expenses

    

Research and development

     11,554       14,893  

General and administrative

     4,935       6,474  

Sales and marketing

     27,852       33,513  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     44,341       54,880  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) from operations

     (4,511     (984

Other expense, net:

    

Interest expense, net

     (2,092     (5,353

Other, net

     (279     (94
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (2,371     (5,447
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (6,882     (6,431

Income tax benefit (expense)

     2,650       (156
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (4,232   $ (6,587
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss available to common shareholders

   $ (15,732   $ (19,177

Net loss per share

    

Basic and diluted:

   $ (0.34   $ (0.40
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

    

Basic and diluted:

     45,675,039       47,567,048  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share

    

Basic and diluted:

    
    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share

    

Basic and diluted:

    
    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Six Months ended
June 30,
 
     2016     2017  
     Unaudited  
     (In thousands)  

Operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (4,232   $ (6,587

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization expense

     5,153       4,978  

Amortization of loan origination fees

     70       307  

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

     (5     (5

Stock-based compensation expense

     214       343  

Deferred taxes

     11        

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     4,641       1,283  

Prepayments and other current assets

     743       1,743  

Other non-current assets

     (1,615     (1,570

Accounts payable

     214       835  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (2,790     (2,731

Income taxes payable

     (2,818     (229

Deferred revenue

     4,914       7,662  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     4,500       6,029  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (710     (1,263

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

           109  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (710     (1,154
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

    

Proceeds from borrowings

           50,000  

Dividend payments

           (50,387

Debt issuance costs

           (1,494

Purchase of equity shares

     (105     (442

Exercise of stock options

           136  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (105     (2,187
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase in cash

     3,685       2,688  

Cash, cash equivalent and restricted cash, beginning of period

     14,949       18,272  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalent and restricted cash, end of period

   $ 18,634     $ 20,960  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 2,171     $ 5,882  

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 178     $ 374  

Conversion of prepaid incentive units to common stock (Note 8)

   $ 34     $ 21  

Forgiveness of liability to controlling entity

   $ 459     $  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Organization and Description of Business

SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc., (“we”, “our” or “the Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware on August 8, 2014, in preparation for the purchase of SailPoint Technologies, Inc. The purchase occurred on September 8, 2014 and our certificate of incorporation was amended and restated as of such date. SailPoint Technologies, Inc. was formed July 14, 2004 as a Delaware corporation. The Company designs, develops, and markets identity governance software that helps organizations govern user access to critical systems and data. The Company currently markets its products and services throughout North America, Europe and the Asia Pacific regions.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements, which include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries, have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries, SailPoint Technologies Intermediate Holdings, LLC, SailPoint Technologies, Inc., SailPoint Technologies UK LTD, SailPoint Holdings, Inc., SailPoint Technologies International, Inc., SailPoint Technologies India Private LTD, SailPoint Technologies Netherlands B.V., SailPoint Technologies Israel Ltd, SailPoint Technologies SARL, SailPoint Technologies GmbH, and SailPoint Technologies Pte. Ltd. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company operates as one operating segment. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is its chief executive officer, who reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions, assessing financial performance and allocating resources.

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Information

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2017, the interim consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements, and in management’s opinion, include all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position as of June 30, 2017 and its results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017 and cash flows for six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017. The financial data and the other financial information disclosed in the notes to these consolidated financial statements related to the six-month periods are also unaudited. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2017 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year or any other period.

The accompanying interim unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in a manner consistent with the accounting principles described within Note 2 of the audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015 and 2016. These unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 included in this filing.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

We consider all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less from date of purchase to be cash equivalents. The company is required to maintain a small amount of restricted cash, approximately $78,000, to guarantee rent payments in a foreign subsidiary.

 

     As of  
     December 31, 2016      June 30, 2017  
     (In thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents per balance sheet

   $ 18,214      $ 20,882  

Restricted cash per balance sheet

     58        78  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash per cash flow

   $ 18,272      $ 20,960  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the financial statements are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value. Hierarchical levels which are directly related to the amount of subjectivity associated with the inputs to the valuation of these assets or liabilities are as follows:

 

    Level 1: Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

    Level 2: Observable inputs, other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

    Level 3: Unobservable inputs reflecting our own assumptions incorporated in valuation techniques used to determine fair value. These assumptions are required to be consistent with market participant assumptions that are reasonably available.

The Company’s carrying amounts of financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and related party payable approximate their fair values due to their short maturities. Based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company, the carrying value of the Company’s line of credit and long-term debt approximate fair value. Financial instruments approximate their fair values and were fair valued using a Level 1 input, based on observable inputs trading in active markets as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs, primarily consisting of legal, accounting, printer, and other direct fees and costs related to our proposed initial public offering, are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against proceeds from our proposed initial public offering upon the closing of the offering. In the event the proposed offering is not completed, all of the deferred offering costs will be expensed. As of June 30, 2017, we have not yet capitalized any offering costs on the consolidated balance sheet.

Treasury Stock

The Company accounts for treasury stock under the cost method and includes treasury stock as a component of stockholders’ deficit.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue consists of fees for perpetual licenses for the Company’s software products, post-contract customer support (referred to as maintenance), professional services, software as a service (“SaaS”) and other revenue.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) authoritative guidance on software revenue recognition and multiple element arrangements.

Revenue is recognized when:

 

    Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists,

 

    Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered,

 

    The Company’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and

 

    Collectability is probable.

The Company frequently enters into sales arrangements that contain multiple elements or deliverables. For arrangements that include both software and non-software elements, the Company allocates revenue to the software deliverables as a group and separable non-software deliverables as a group based on their relative selling prices. In such circumstances, the accounting principles establish a hierarchy to determine the selling price used for allocating revenue to the deliverables as follows: (i) Vendor Specific Objective Evidence (“VSOE”), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) and (iii) the best estimate of the selling price (“ESP”). SaaS services, and professional services related to SaaS services, are considered to be non-software elements in the Company’s arrangements.

VSOE of fair value for each element is based on the Company’s standard rates charged for the product or service when such product or service is sold separately or based upon the price established by the Company’s pricing committee when that product or service is not yet being sold separately. The Company establishes VSOE for maintenance and professional services using a “bell-shaped curve” approach. When applying the “bell-shaped curve” approach, the Company analyzes all maintenance renewal transactions over the past twelve months for that category of license and plots those data points on a bell-shaped curve to ensure that a high percentage of the data points are within an acceptable margin of the established VSOE rate. This analysis is performed quarterly on a rolling 12-month basis.

When the Company is unable to establish a selling price using VSOE or TPE, the Company uses ESP in the allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of ESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone basis. The determination of ESP is made through consultation with and formal approval by the Company’s management, taking into consideration the Company’s go-to-market strategy, pricing factors, and historical transactions.

The Company recognizes revenue for software arrangements that include undelivered elements using the residual method. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and recognized as such elements are delivered to the customer and the remaining portion of the agreement fee is recognized as license revenue upon delivery. The determination of fair value of each undelivered element in software arrangements is based on VSOE. If VSOE has not been established for certain undelivered elements in an agreement, revenue is deferred until those elements have been delivered or their VSOE has been determined.

Revenue from maintenance and SaaS services is recognized ratably over the relevant contract period.

Service revenue includes consulting and training. The Company has determined that consulting and training services are not essential to the functionality of the Company’s software and SaaS offerings, and consulting and training services are typically stated separately in arrangements such that the total price of the arrangements vary as a result of their inclusion or exclusion. As a result, we have established VSOE for consulting and training services and they therefore qualify for separate accounting.

In order to account for deliverables in a multiple-deliverable arrangement as separate units of accounting, delivered elements must have standalone value. For SaaS arrangements, in determining whether professional

 

F-7


Table of Contents

services have standalone value, we consider the following factors for each professional services agreement: availability of the services from other vendors, the nature of the professional services, the timing of when the professional services contract was signed in comparison to the subscription service start date and the contractual dependence of the subscription service on the customer’s satisfaction with the professional services. Professional services sold as part of SaaS arrangements generally qualify for separate accounting.

Consulting and training service revenue that qualifies for separate accounting is recognized as the services are performed using the proportional performance method for fixed fee consulting contracts, or when the right to the service expires. The majority of the Company’s consulting contracts are billed on a time and materials basis.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue represents amounts from the sale of products that have been billed for, but transaction has not met our revenue recognition criteria. Amounts are classified between current and long-term liabilities, based upon the expected period in which the revenue will be recognized.

Customer advances and billed amounts due from customers in excess of revenue recognized are recorded as deferred revenue.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) . This ASU will supersede the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and most industry-specific guidance, and creates guidance for when revenue should be recognized from the exchange of goods or services. ASU No. 2016-08 was issued in March 2016 to clarify the principal versus agent guidance in this new revenue recognition standard. ASU 2016-10 was issued in April 2016 to clarify the guidance on accounting for licenses of intellectual property and identifying performance obligations in the new revenue recognition standard. ASU 2016-12 was issued in May 2016 to clarify the guidance on transition, collectability, noncash consideration and the presentation of sales and other similar taxes in the new revenue recognition standard. ASU 2016-20 was issued in December 2016 to make technical corrections and improvements on narrow aspects of this guidance. ASU No. 2015-14 was issued in August 2015 to defer the effective date of ASU 2014-09 for one year. For public companies, the new standard permits adoption either by using (i) a full retrospective approach for all periods presented in the period of adoption or (ii) a modified retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially applying the new standard recognized at the date of initial application and providing certain additional disclosures. The new standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. For all other entities, this standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not plan to early adopt.

The Company currently plans to adopt using the full retrospective approach; however, a final decision regarding the adoption method has not been finalized at this time. The Company’s final determination will depend on a number of factors such as the significance of the impact of the new standard on the Company’s financial results, system readiness, including that of software procured from third-party providers, and the Company’s ability to accumulate and analyze the information necessary to assess the impact on prior period financial statements, as necessary.

The Company is in the initial stages of its evaluation of the impact of the new standard on its accounting policies, and processes. The Company has assigned internal resources in addition to the engagement of third party service providers to assist in the evaluation. While the Company continues to assess all potential impacts under the new standard there may be the potential for significant impacts to the timing of recognition of professional services revenue, and contract acquisition costs, both with respect to the amounts that will be capitalized as well as the period of amortization.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) . This standard requires lessees to recognize a lease liability and a lease asset for all leases, including operating leases, with a term greater than 12 months on its balance sheet. The standard also expands the required quantitative and qualitative disclosures surrounding leases. This standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not plan to early adopt. This standard will be applied using a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. Management is currently evaluating the effect of these provisions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory . This standard requires companies to account for the income tax effects of intercompany transfers of assets other than inventory when the transfer occurs. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not plan to early adopt. Management is currently evaluating the effect of these provisions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718). This standard clarifies which changes to the terms and conditions of share-based payment awards require an entity to apply modification accounting under Topic 718. An entity is required to account for the effects of a modification unless all of the following conditions are met: (i) the fair value (or calculated value or intrinsic value, if such an alternative measurement method is used) of the modified award is the same as the fair value (or value using an alternative measurement method) of the original award immediately before the original award is modified. If the modification does not affect any of the inputs to the valuation technique that the entity uses to value the award, the entity is not required to estimate the value immediately before and after the modification; (ii) the vesting conditions of the modified award are the same as the vesting conditions of the original award immediately before the original award is modified; and (iii) the classification of the modified award as an equity instrument or a liability instrument is the same as the classification of the original award immediately before the original award is modified. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted in the first period of the year this guidance is adopted. The Company does not plan to early adopt. Management is currently evaluating the effect of these provisions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40) . This ASU defines management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an organization’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. Prior to this ASU, U.S. generally accepted accounting principles lacked guidance about management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about the organization’s ability to continue as a going concern or to provide related footnote disclosures and all guidance was included in generally accepted auditing standards (“GAAS”). This guidance is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. This standard has been adopted beginning with the reporting period ended December 31, 2016. The adoption of ASU 2014-15 did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures, although it could have an impact on disclosures in future periods.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810 ): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis. This standard amended guidance related to consolidation. This guidance focuses on a reporting company’s consolidation evaluation to determine whether certain legal entities should be consolidated. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. This standard has been adopted beginning with the reporting period ended December 31, 2017. The adoption of ASU 2015-02 did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures, although it could have an impact on disclosures in future periods.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30)—Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs . This standard requires debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the debt liability rather than as an asset. This guidance was amended by ASU No. 2015-15, which was issued in August 2015. This amendment provides additional guidance related to the presentation and subsequent measurement of debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements. These updates are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. This standard has been adopted retrospectively beginning with the reporting period ended December 31, 2016. The adoption resulted in the reclassification of $0.5 million from other assets to other long-term liabilities on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures as of December 31, 2015.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement . This standard clarifies whether a customer should account for a cloud computing arrangement as an acquisition of a software license or as a service arrangement by providing characteristics that a cloud computing arrangement must have in order to be accounted for as a software license acquisition. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. This standard has been adopted prospectively beginning with the reporting period ended December 31, 2016. The adoption of ASU 2015-05 did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments . This standard eliminates the requirement that an acquirer in a business combination account for a measurement-period adjustment retrospectively. Instead, an acquirer will recognize a measurement-period adjustment during the period in which the amount of the adjustment is determined. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The amendments should be applied prospectively to adjustments to provisional amounts that occur after the effective date. This standard has been adopted beginning with the reporting period ended December 31, 2016 and will recognize measurement-period adjustments when amounts are determined.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Balance Sheet classification of Deferred Taxes . This guidance requires that all deferred tax assets and liabilities, along with any related valuation allowance, be classified as noncurrent on the balance sheet. As a result, each jurisdiction will now only have one net noncurrent deferred tax asset or liability. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted. This standard has been adopted beginning with the reporting period ended December 31, 2015 and resulted in no material reclassifications of deferred taxes.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . This standard changes how companies account for certain aspects of share-based payments to employees, including recognizing the income tax effects of awards, accounting for an employee’s use of shares to satisfy the employer’s statutory income tax withholding obligation, and recognizing forfeitures. The standard also adds two practical expedients for nonpublic entities related to expected term and intrinsic value. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. All of the guidance must be adopted in the same period. These standards have been adopted beginning with the interim reporting period ended March 31, 2017. The adoption of ASU 2016-09 did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments—a consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force . This standard promotes consistency in the presentation of certain items on the Statement of Cash Flows. In November 2016 the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) . This standard clarifies restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be presented in the statement of cash flows. These new standards are effective for annual periods beginning after

 

F-10


Table of Contents

December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. These standards have been adopted beginning with the reporting period ended December 31, 2016.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment . This standard simplifies the goodwill impairment test by eliminating the Step 2 requirement to determine the fair value at the impairment testing date of its assets and liabilities. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted for impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. These standards have been adopted beginning with the interim reporting period ended March 31, 2017.

3. Intangible Assets

Total cost and accumulated amortization of intangible assets as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017 and are as follows:

 

    Weighted Average
Useful Life
    As of  
      December 31, 2016     June 30, 2017  
    (In years)     (In thousands)  

Intangible assets, net

     

Customer lists

    15     $ 42,500     $ 42,500  

Developed technology

    9.6       42,000       42,000  

Trade names and trademarks

    17       24,500       24,500  

Order backlog

    1.5       1,100       1,100  

Non-competition agreements and related items

    4.4       810       810  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

      110,910       110,910  

Less: Accumulated amortization

      (20,897     (25,312
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets, net

    $ 90,013     $ 85,598  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amortization expense of the intangible assets was approximately $4.6 million and $4.4 million, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017. Amortization expense is included in the consolidated statements of operations for six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively, as follows: sales and marketing of $2.2 million and $2.1 million, cost of license revenue of $2.0 million for both periods, and cost of subscription revenue of $0.2 million for both periods, general and administrative of $0.1 million and $0, and research and development of $0.1 million for both periods.

Periodically, the Company evaluates intangible assets for potential impairment as part of our quarterly review process. There was no impairment of our intangible assets for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017.

4. Commitments and Contingencies

Indemnification Arrangements

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into contractual arrangements under which it agrees to provide indemnification of varying scope and terms to customers, business partners and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, losses arising out of the breach of such agreements, intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties, and other liabilities with respect to our products and services and business. In these circumstances, payment may be conditional on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract.

The Company includes service level commitments to our cloud customers warranting certain levels of uptime reliability and performance and permitting those customers to receive future credits in the event that we

 

F-11


Table of Contents

fail to meet those levels. To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of these commitments and we expect the time between any potential claims and issuance of the credits to be short. As a result, we have not accrued any liabilities related to these commitments in our consolidated financial statements.

Litigation Claims and Assessments

The Company is subject to claims and suits that may arise from time to time in the ordinary course of business. In addition, some legal actions, claims and governmental inquiries may be instituted or asserted in the future against us and our subsidiaries. Although the outcome of our legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty and no assurances can be provided, based upon current information, we do not believe the liabilities, if any, which may ultimately result from the outcome of such matters, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse impact on our financial statements.

Loan Arrangements

In 2014, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with a financial institution in the amount of $110 million, consisting of a term loan facility of $100 million and a revolving loan facility of up to $10 million. The loan and security agreement established first security for the financial institution over all assets of the Company. Borrowings under this agreement bore interest based on LIBOR and was 3.7% per annum on the term loan and 3.5% on the revolving loan at December 31, 2015. The maturity date on the term loan was September 2019 and on the revolving loan was January 2016. The outstanding loans were repaid in full in August 2016, as discussed below.

The Company incurred debt issuance costs of $0.7 million in connection with this loan and security agreement. These costs were amortized to interest expense over the term, through the debt extinguishment in 2016.

In August 2016, the Company repaid in full the 2014 loan and security agreement. Concurrently, the Company entered into a senior secured credit facility with a different financial institution in the amount of $120 million, consisting of a term loan facility of $115 million and a revolving loan facility of up to $5 million. The credit facility established first security for the financial institution over all assets of the Company and is subject to certain financial covenants. Borrowings under this agreement bear interest based on the adjusted LIBOR rate, as defined in the agreement with a 1% floor, plus an applicable margin of 8.0%. The rate prevalent at December 31, 2016 was 9.0%, consisting of the 1% floor plus 8% margin, and the rate prevalent at June 30, 2017 was 8%, consisting of the 1% floor plus 7% margin. The maturity date on the term loan is August 16, 2021, with principal payment due in full on maturity date, and interest payments due quarterly. The agreement also requires prepayments in the case of certain events including: asset sales in excess of $1 million, proceeds from an initial public offering (“IPO”), proceeds from an insurance settlement, or proceeds from a new debt agreement. Beginning with the year ended December 31, 2017, an additional prepayment may be due related to excess cash flow for the respective measurement periods.

On June 28, 2017, the Company amended and restated its loan agreement to enter into a series of transactions in which the Company incurred $50 million of incremental debt which expanded the current facility to $167.5 million consisting of a $160.0 million term loan and a $7.5 million revolving credit facility, undrawn at close (the “New Financing”). Proceeds from the New Financing were used to partially fund $50.4 million in accumulated preferred stock dividends for shares of preferred stock through December 15, 2016. Borrowings under the New Financing will bear interest based on the adjusted LIBOR rate, as defined in the agreement with a 1% floor, plus an applicable margin of 7.0%. The maturity date of the term loan remains August 16, 2021, with principal payment due in full at maturity and interest payments due quarterly.

The outstanding balance of the term loan at December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017 was $110 million and $160 million, respectively. There was no outstanding balance of the revolving loan at December 31, 2016 and

 

F-12


Table of Contents

June 30, 2017. The Company was in compliance with all applicable covenants as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017.

The Company has incurred total debt issuance costs of $4.6 million in connection with these loan and security agreements of which $1.5 million relates to the New Financing arrangement. These costs are being amortized to interest expense over the life of the debt on a straight-line basis, which approximates the interest method. Amortization of debt issuance costs for this loan and security agreement and the 2014 loan and security agreement, until extinguishment in 2016, of approximately $70,000 and $307,000, respectively, was recorded in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017.

5. Related Party Transactions

In 2016, the Company entered into loan agreements totaling approximately $626,000 with certain non-executive employees related to their personal tax liabilities. These loan agreements will be forgiven over a three-year period, beginning in 2016, if the employees remain employed by the Company through the applicable dates. The remaining balances of these agreements as of December 31, 2016 were included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as prepaid and other current assets and non-current assets of $101,000 and $319,000, respectively. The remaining balances of these agreements as of June 30, 2017 were included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as prepaid and other current assets and non-current assets of $101,000 and $319,000, respectively.

During the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, the Company engaged in ordinary sales transactions of $0 and $93,000 respectively, and purchase transactions of $169,000 and $559,000 respectively, with these entities. At December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets included accounts payable balances of $5,000 for both periods, as well as accounts receivable balances $0 and $68,950, respectively, associated with these transactions.

In September 2014, the Company entered into an advisory services agreement (the “Consulting Agreement”) with its controlling entity. The Consulting Agreement requires quarterly payments from September 8, 2014 through December 31, 2018 for business consulting services provided by the controlling entity to the Company. Consulting fees from the Consulting Agreement totaled $500,000 and $625,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2016, and 2017, respectively, and were included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations. Consulting fees per the Consulting Agreement are approximately $1.3 million and $1.5 million for the years ended 2017 and 2018, respectively. The remaining balances of these agreements as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017 were included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as accrued expenses and other liabilities of $0 and $313,000, respectively.

6. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

Convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

As of

  Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock:
  Date Issued     Original
Issue
Price
    Shares
Authorized
    Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
    Liquidation
Preference
    Dividend
Rate Per
Share
 
                                (In thousands)        

December 31, 2016

  Series A     September 2014     $ 1,000       500,000       223,987     $ 275,463       9

June 30, 2017

  Series A     September 2014     $ 1,000       500,000       223,871     $ 237,520       9

Significant provisions of our redeemable convertible preferred stock are as follows:

Voting Rights

No voting rights are associated with the redeemable convertible preferred stock.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Dividends

The holders of the preferred stock are entitled to dividends when and if declared by the board of directors. Dividends are payable in preference and priority to any payment of any dividend on our common stock. Dividends on preferred stock are cumulative and compound daily at a rate of 9% per annum, equivalent to $90 per share of preferred stock. On June 27, 2017, the board of directors declared and paid an aggregate cash dividend of $50.4 million on the issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s preferred stock. The accumulated payment was made to the shareholders effective through December 15, 2016 and was primarily funded with the proceeds from the New Financing arrangement as noted above.

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the holders of the preferred stock shall be entitled to receive $1,000 (which is equal to the original issue price) in cash for each share plus any accumulated undeclared and unpaid dividends on such share, which is referred to collectively as the liquidation value for a share of preferred stock. Cumulative undeclared and unpaid dividends totaled approximately $51.5 million at December 31, 2016, and $13.6 million at June 30, 2017. No amounts have been accrued for these dividends as of December 31, 2016, and $50.4 million were declared and paid as of June 30, 2017.

In the event of an IPO, each outstanding share of preferred stock not redeemed or subject to an election for redemption shall automatically convert into a number of fully paid non-assessable shares of common stock equal to the result of (x) the liquidation value of such share of preferred stock (which includes accumulated undeclared and unpaid dividends thereon), divided by (y) the per share price at which the common stock is being offered to the public pursuant to the IPO. The Company is required to take all such corporate and other actions as from time to time may be necessary to reserve for issuance an adequate number of shares of common stock authorized but unissued or held as treasury shares to allow the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Redemption

The preferred stock is conditionally redeemable. The Company may at any time redeem all or any portion of the preferred stock pro rata among the holders of the preferred stock. Upon an initial public offering of the Company’s capital stock with gross proceeds of less than $50 million, the holders of a majority of the outstanding preferred stock may require that the proceeds from such offering be used to redeem all or any portion of the preferred stock. The holders of a majority of the outstanding preferred stock may elect to require that all or any portion of the preferred stock held by them be redeemed in connection with any of the following (each of which is defined as a “Fundamental Change”): (i) a change in control of the Company, (ii) a sale of 50% or more of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (iii) a merger or consolidation to which the Company is a party, except for a merger where the Company is the surviving corporation, the terms of the preferred stock are not changed and the preferred stock is not exchanged for cash, securities or other properties, and the holders of a majority of the voting power (with respect to election of directors) of the Company’s capital stock immediately prior to the merger shall continue to hold a majority of the voting power following the merger. Upon such election, each other holder of preferred stock may also require that all or any portion of the preferred stock held by them be redeemed in connection with such Fundamental Change.

Upon redemption, the holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive an amount in immediately available funds equal to the liquidation value of such shares of preferred stock as described above

7. Treasury Stock

During 2014, the Company entered into “Employee Purchase Agreements” with certain of its employees. Pursuant to the Employee Purchase Agreements, shares issued to the employee can be repurchased when the employee leaves the Company, subject to certain pricing parameters. Any shares purchased have been held in the Company’s treasury.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

The Company accounts for treasury stock under the cost method and includes treasury stock as a component of stockholders’ deficit. As of June 30, 2017, the Company had repurchased 144,540 shares of its common stock for approximately $333,000, at an average cost of $2.31 per share.

8. Stock Option Plan and Stock-Based Compensation

Stock Option Plan

In 2015, the Company adopted (i) the Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan and (ii) the 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (together the “2015 Stock Option Plans”) under which it may grant incentive stock options (“ISOs”), nonqualified stock options (“NSOs”), and restricted stock to purchase shares of common stock. The 2015 Stock Option Plans reserve 5,000,000 shares of common stock for issuance as ISOs and 500,000 shares of restricted stock and 250,000 shares for issuance under the 2015 Stock Incentive Plan. Under the 2015 Stock Option Plans, ISOs may not be granted at less than fair market value on the date of the grant and generally vest over a four-year period based on continued service. Certain options are subject to vesting based on certain future performance targets. Options generally expire ten years after the grant date. At June 30, 2017, 630,188 shares were available for issuance under the Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan. At June 30, 2017 135,752 shares were available for issuance under the 2015 Stock Incentive Plan. The Company currently uses authorized and unissued shares to satisfy share award exercises.

The fair value for the Company’s options granted during the six months ended June 30, 2017 was estimated at the date of grant using a Black Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     Time Based    Performance
Based

Expected dividend rate

   0%    0%

Expected volatility

   49.0%    49.0%

Risk-free interest rate

   2.11% - 2.11%    2.10% - 1.96%

Expected term (in years)

   6.25 - 6.25    6.29 - 5.5

The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. treasury yield curve for the term consistent with the life of the options as of the date of grant. The Company has elected to apply the “shortcut approach” in developing the estimate of expected term for “plain vanilla” stock options by using the mid-point between the vesting date and contractual termination date. The Company has not paid, and does not anticipate paying, cash dividends on its common stock; therefore, the expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero.

As there has been no public market for its common stock since inception, the Company has determined the volatility for stock options granted based on an analysis of reported data for a peer group of companies that issued options with substantially similar terms. The expected volatility of stock options granted has been determined using an average of the historical volatility measures of this peer group of companies consistent with the life of the stock options.

The Company expects all outstanding stock options at June 30, 2017 to fully vest. The weighted average grant date fair value per share for the year ended December 31, 2016 and six months ended June 30, 2017 was $0.83 and $1.64, respectively. Compensation expense relating to stock options was approximately $214,000 and $343,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The total grant date fair value of shares vested during the six months ended June 30, 2017 was approximately $197,000.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes activity for service vesting stock options as of December 31, 2016, and changes during the six months ended June 30, 2017:

 

     Number
of Options
    Weighted
Average

Exercise
Price
(Per share)
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(In years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic

Value
 

Balances at December 31, 2016

     1,622,118     $ 2.21        8.9      $ 1,546,599  

Granted

     313,000     $ 3.38        

Exercised

     (64,738   $ 2.07         $ 107,543  

Forfeited

     (101,735   $ 2.14        
  

 

 

         

Balances at June 30, 2017

     1,768,645     $ 2.43        8.7      $ 2,324,669  
  

 

 

         

Options vested and expected to vest at June 30, 2017

     1,768,645     $ 2.43        8.7      $ 2,324,669  
  

 

 

         

Options vested and exercisable at June 30, 2017

     533,254     $ 2.26        8.3      $ 888,366  
  

 

 

         

The following table summarizes the status of the Company’s non-vested service vesting stock options as of December 31, 2016, and changes during the six months ended June 30, 2017:

 

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Non-vested at December 31, 2016

     1,214,345     $ 1.05  

Granted

     313,000     $ 1.67  

Vested

     (215,705   $ 0.98  

Forfeited

     (68,327   $ 1.04  
  

 

 

   

Non-vested at June 30, 2017

     1,243,313     $ 1.21  
  

 

 

   

The total unrecognized compensation related to non-vested service vesting stock options granted is $1.4 million and the cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.78 years as of June 30, 2017.

The following table summarizes activity of performance vesting options as of December 31, 2016, and changes during the six months ended June 30, 2017:

 

     Number of
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(In years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Balances at December 31, 2016

     412,773     $ 2.19        8.9      $ 401,616  

Granted

     142,000     $ 3.20        

Exercised

     (1,250   $ 1.97         $ 2,214  
  

 

 

         

Balances at June 30, 2017

     553,523     $ 2.45        8.7      $ 711,003  
  

 

 

         

Options vested and expected to vest at June 30, 2017

     553,523     $ 2.45        8.7      $ 711,003  
  

 

 

         

Options vested and exercisable at June 30, 2017

     137,328     $ 2.21        8.3      $ 212,326  
  

 

 

         

The performance vesting stock options are subject to performance requirements based on the Company meeting certain annual EBITDA targets as set by the Board over the next three to four years. To the extent

 

F-16


Table of Contents

earned, the performance vesting stock options generally vest 25% at December 31 of each year for three to four years so long as the individual remains an employee of the Company.

The total unrecognized compensation related to non-vested performance vesting stock options granted is $0.4 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.0 years as of June 30, 2017.

A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested performance vesting stock options as of December 31, 2016, and changes during the six months ended June 30, 2017, is presented below:

 

     Number
of Shares
     Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Non-vested at December 31, 2016

     277,194      $ 1.01  

Granted

     142,000      $ 1.56  

Vested

          $ 1.18  

Forfeited

          $  
  

 

 

    

Non-vested at June 30, 2017

     419,194      $ 1.25  
  

 

 

    

Incentive Unit Plan

In 2014 and 2015, the Company granted shares of the Company’s common stock (the “incentive units”) to certain members of management pursuant to restricted stock agreements (the “RSAs”).

The incentive units were granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant, are subject to vesting, and if exercised in advance of vesting were subject to the Company’s right to repurchase. Upon vesting, the incentive units automatically convert to shares of common stock. 50% of incentive units granted to executives vest based on meeting or exceeding EBITDA targets, as defined in the RSAs. Incentive units granted to non-executives and the remaining 50% of incentive units granted to executives vest 25% on the first anniversary date of the grant, and ratably over the remaining three years. The graded-vesting attribution method is used by the Company to determine the monthly stock-based compensation expense over the applicable vesting periods.

The liability for the cash paid to the Company prior to conversion of the incentive units to shares of common stock was approximately $194,000 and $132,000 at December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively, and is included in long term debt.

A summary of the Company’s non-vested incentive unit activity as of December 31, 2016, and changes during the six months ended June 30, 2017, is presented below:

 

     Number of
Shares

(In thousands)
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
 

Non-vested at December 31, 2016 (1)

     4,127     $ 0.0517  

Vested

     (1,268   $ 0.0517  

Repurchased

     11     $ 0.0517  

Forfeited

     (16   $ 0.0517  
  

 

 

   

Non-vested at June 30, 2017

     2,854     $ 0.0517  
  

 

 

   

 

(1) The non-vested total from December 31, 2016 has been adjusted to include incentive units previously issued.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

The total unrecognized compensation related to non-vested incentive stock units granted is approximately $35,000 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2 years as of June 30, 2017. The total intrinsic value of units unvested as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017 was $8.5 million and $10.6 million respectively. Compensation expense relating to incentive units, including both service and performance vesting, was approximately $34,000 and $21,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

Stock-based compensation expense which includes stock option and incentive units, was recognized as follows:

 

     Six Months
Ending
June 30,
 
     2016      2017  
     (In thousands)  

Cost of revenue—subscription

   $ 13      $ 18  

Cost of revenue—services and other

     24        38  

Research and development

     44        65  

Sales and marketing

     93        147  

General and administrative

     40        75  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 214      $ 343  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

9. Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

Accrued expenses consisted of the following:

 

     As of  
     December 31,
2016
     June 30,
2017
 
     (In thousands)  

Bonus

   $ 4,943      $ 2,237  

Commissions

     2,895        3,124  

Payroll and related benefits

     988        1,348  

Partner and customer programs

     615        1,468  

Sales and other taxes

     615        353  

Consulting and professional services

     213        51  

Employee travel expenses

     188        254  

Other

     2,648        1,598  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,105      $ 10,433  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. Income Taxes

The Company computes its interim provision for income taxes by applying the estimated annual effective tax rate to income from operations and adjusts the provision for discrete tax items occurring in the period. The Company’s effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was a benefit of 38.5% compared to expense of 2.4%, for the six months ended June 30, 2017. The tax expense for the six months ended June 30, 2017 was primarily attributable to estimated foreign and state income tax expense as well as the application of a valuation allowance against the Company’s U.S. deferred tax assets in excess of the Company’s U.S. deferred tax liabilities. The tax benefit for the six months ended June 30, 2016 was primarily attributable to foreign and state income tax expense, with an offset from the income tax benefit from research and development credits provided by the State of Texas.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

11. Net Loss Per Share

The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share during the periods presented:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2016     2017  
     (In thousands, except
share data)
 

Net loss

   $ (4,232   $ (6,587
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion of dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (11,500     (12,590
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss available to common shareholders

   $ (15,732   $ (19,177
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

    

Basic and diluted:

     45,675,039       47,567,048  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share (Basic and diluted)

   $ (0.34   $ (0.40
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The basic and diluted share counts are the same as all potentially dilutive securities have an anti-dilutive effect as a result of net losses for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017.

The following weighted average outstanding shares of common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of the diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented because their effect would have been anti-dilutive and the convertible preferred stock is not included in these calculations as they are contingent upon a future event (see Note 6):

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2016      2017  

Convertible preferred stock on an as if converted basis

     

Non-vested incentive units

     5,201,137        3,309,772  

Stock options to purchase common stock

     1,704,435        2,194,152  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     6,905,572        5,503,924  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

12. Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement filed under the Securities Act in connection with the Company’s proposed initial public offering, all of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock. The unaudited pro forma stockholders’ deficit data set forth in this prospectus has been prepared assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into                  shares of common stock. The unaudited pro forma net loss per share for the six months ended June 30, 2017 presented in our consolidated stockholders’ deficit assumes conversion of all of our outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock upon the closing of the Company’s proposed initial public offering.

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2017
 
     (In thousands,
except share data)
 

Numerator:

  

Net Loss per Income Statement

   $ (6,587

Accretion of dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (12,590
  

 

 

 

Net loss used in computing pro forma net loss per share

   $ (19,177
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

  

Weighted-average shares of common stock used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

  

Weighted-average pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma adjustment to reflect common shares sold in the IPO to fund dividend payments in excess of current earnings

  
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  
  

 

 

 

13. Employee Benefit Plans

The Company has established a defined contribution savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “401(k) Plan”). The 401(k) Plan covers substantially all employees who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a percentage of their annual compensation as defined in the 401(k) Plan document. To date, the Company has made no contributions to the 401(k) Plan.

14. Subsequent Event

The Company evaluated events and transactions that occurred after June 30, 2017 through September 15, 2017, the date the consolidated financial statements were originally available to be issued, and in connection with the reissuance of these financial statements, the evaluation was updated through October 20, 2017. During this period, the following material subsequent event occurred:

On October 2, 2017, the Company entered into a new lease for office space in Austin, Texas. We currently estimate that the term will commence April 2019 (but may commence earlier or later, depending on the date the construction thereof is substantially completed or when we first conduct business therein). The lease expires approximately 10 years from such commencement date. The initial rentable square footage is approximately 123,000, followed by an additional 21,000 square feet within nine months and a final 21,000 square feet within 18 months of commencement. The lease agreement provides for an estimated $72.3 million in future minimum lease payments, as well as a tenant improvement allowance of approximately $10.5 million. In connection with this lease, on October 5, 2017, the Company also executed a standby letter of credit in the amount of $6.0 million. Coincident with the execution of the new lease, the Company amended the existing lease on its Austin headquarters, extending the lease term from the current April 30, 2018 expiration date to 20 days after the commencement of the new lease. Estimated future minimum lease payments for this amendment are approximately $1.0 million.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders

SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2016. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2016 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Denver, CO

August 11, 2017

 

F-21


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
               2015                         2016            
     (In thousands, except share data)  

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,896     $ 18,214  

Restricted cash

     53       58  

Accounts receivable

     31,546       48,791  

Prepayments and other current assets

     4,915       7,694  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     51,410       74,757  

Property and equipment, net

     1,497       1,855  

Deferred tax asset—non-current

           428  

Other non-current assets

     117       980  

Goodwill

     219,377       219,377  

Intangible assets, net

     99,103       90,013  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 371,504     $ 387,410  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 1,049     $ 787  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     11,263       13,105  

Income taxes payable

     657       818  

Deferred revenue

     31,576       49,850  

Current portion of long term debt

     10,000        

Related party payable

     459        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     55,004       64,560  

Deferred tax liability—non-current

     2,198       95  

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     99,770       107,344  

Other long-term liabilities

     181       54  

Deferred revenue non-current

     3,312       5,254  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     160,465       177,307  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

            

Redeemable convertible preferred stock authorized 500,000 shares at December 31, 2015 and 2016: Preferred, $0.0001 par value, issued and outstanding 222,898 and 223,987 shares at December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively (liquidation preference of $250,755 and $275,463 at December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)

     222,898       223,987  

Stockholders’ deficit

    

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, authorized 59,500,000 shares, issued and outstanding 44,736,300 and 46,397,369 shares at December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively

     4       5  

Additional paid-in capital

     2,592       3,739  

Accumulated deficit

     (14,455     (17,628
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (11,859     (13,884
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

     211,039       210,103  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 371,504     $ 387,410  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
               2015                         2016            
     (In thousands, except share data)  

Revenue

    

Licenses

   $ 44,124     $ 54,395  

Subscription

     29,930       49,364  

Services and other

     21,302       28,653  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     95,356       132,412  

Cost of revenue

    

Licenses

     4,293       4,278  

Subscription

     9,815       13,051  

Services and other

     15,151       19,709  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     29,259       37,038  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     66,097       95,374  

Operating expenses

    

Research and development

     19,965       24,358  

General and administrative

     7,474       9,680  

Sales and marketing

     46,831       58,607  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     74,270       92,645  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (8,173     2,729  

Other expense, net:

    

Interest expense, net

     (3,883     (7,277

Other, net

     (1,365     (610
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (5,248     (7,887
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (13,421     (5,158

Income tax benefit

     2,614       1,985  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (10,807   $ (3,173
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss available to common stockholders

   $ (32,404   $ (26,791

Net loss per share

    

Basic and diluted:

   $ (0.74   $ (0.58
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

    

Basic and diluted:

     43,929,159       45,933,218  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share

    

Basic and diluted (unaudited):

     $  
    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in computing proforma net loss per share

    

Basic and diluted (unaudited):

    
    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

    Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock                    
    Number
of shares
        Amount         Number
of shares
    Par
value
    Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
deficit
    Stockholders’
deficit
 
   

(In thousands, except share data)

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

    223,084     $ 223,084       43,580,028     $ 4     $ 2,249     $ (3,648   $ (1,395

Issuance of preferred and common stock

    248       248       48,349             59             59  

Repurchase of preferred and common stock

    (434     (434     (84,808           (24           (24

Stock-based compensation expense, net

                            246             246  

Incentive units vested

                1,192,731             62             62  

Net loss

                                  (10,807     (10,807
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

    222,898     $ 222,898       44,736,300     $ 4     $ 2,592     $ (14,455   $ (11,859
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of preferred and common stock

    1,263       1,263       36,079             66             66  

Repurchase of preferred and common stock

    (174     (174     (62,402           (52           (52

Exercise of stock options

                10,568             18             18  

Capital contribution

                            459             459  

Stock-based compensation expense, net

                            568             568  

Incentive units vested

                1,676,824       1       88             89  

Net loss

                                  (3,173     (3,173
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

    223,987     $ 223,987       46,397,369     $ 5     $ 3,739     $ (17,628   $ (13,884
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
             2015                     2016          
     (In thousands)  

Operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (10,807   $ (3,173

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization expense

     9,620       9,982  

Amortization of loan origination fees

     140       749  

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

     15       5  

Stock-based compensation expense

     246       568  

Deferred taxes

     (3,326     (2,537

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

    

Accounts receivable

     (5,252     (17,245

Prepayments and other current assets

     (1,173     (2,779

Other non-current assets

     97       (857

Accounts payable

     (640     (262

Accrued expenses and other

     3,068       1,712  

Income taxes payable

     (56     161  

Deferred revenue

     11,628       20,216  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     3,560       6,540  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (1,232     (1,263

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     133       8  

Cash paid for acquisition, net of cash acquired

     (15,209      
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (16,308     (1,255
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

    

Proceeds from line of credit

     10,000        

Repayments of line of credit

           (10,000

Proceeds from term loan

           115,000  

Repayments of term loan

           (105,000

Debt issuance costs

           (3,083

Proceeds from issuance of equity

     307       1,329  

Purchase of equity shares

     (458     (226

Exercise of stock options

           18  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     9,849       (1,962
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Decrease) increase in cash

     (2,899     3,323  

Cash, cash equivalent and restricted cash, beginning of period

     17,848       14,949  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalent and restricted cash, end of period

   $ 14,949     $ 18,272  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 3,648     $ 5,848  

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 771     $ 406  

Conversion of prepaid incentive units to common stock (Note 11)

   $ 62     $ 89  

Forgiveness of liability to controlling entity

   $     $ 459  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-25


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Organization and Description of Business

SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc., (“we”, “our” or “the Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware on August 8, 2014, in preparation for the purchase of SailPoint Technologies, Inc. The purchase occurred on September 8, 2014 and our certificate of incorporation was amended and restated as of such date. SailPoint Technologies, Inc. was formed July 14, 2004 as a Delaware corporation. The Company designs, develops, and markets identity governance software that helps organizations govern user access to critical systems and data. The Company currently markets its products and services throughout North America, Europe and the Asia Pacific regions.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements, which include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned Subsidiaries, have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries, SailPoint Technologies Intermediate Holdings, LLC, SailPoint Technologies, Inc., SailPoint Technologies UK LTD, SailPoint Holdings, Inc., SailPoint Technologies International, Inc., SailPoint Technologies India Private LTD, SailPoint Technologies Netherlands B.V., SailPoint Technologies Israel Ltd, SailPoint Technologies SARL, SailPoint Technologies GmbH, and SailPoint Technologies Pte. Ltd. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company operates as one operating segment. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is its chief executive officer, who reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions, assessing financial performance and allocating resources.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Management periodically evaluates such estimates and assumptions for continued reasonableness. In particular, we make estimates with respect to the fair value allocation of multiple elements in revenue recognition, the uncollectible accounts receivable, valuation of long-lived assets, stock-based compensation expense and income taxes. Appropriate adjustments, if any, to the estimates used are made prospectively based upon such periodic evaluation. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

We consider all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less from date of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company is required to maintain a small amount of restricted cash to guarantee rent payments in a foreign subsidiary. The balance of restricted cash was approximately $53,000 and $58,000 at December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

The following table reconciles cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash from the balance sheet to the statement of cash flows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2015              2016      
     (In thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents per balance sheet

   $ 14,896      $ 18,214  

Restricted cash per balance sheet

     53        58  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash per cash flow

   $ 14,949      $ 18,272  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the financial statements are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value. Hierarchical levels which are directly related to the amount of subjectivity associated with the inputs to the valuation of these assets or liabilities are as follows:

 

    Level 1: Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

    Level 2: Observable inputs, other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

    Level 3: Unobservable inputs reflecting our own assumptions incorporated in valuation techniques used to determine fair value. These assumptions are required to be consistent with market participant assumptions that are reasonably available.

The Company’s carrying amounts of financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and related party payable approximate their fair values due to their short maturities. The carrying value of the Company’s line of credit and long-term debt approximate fair value and were valued using a Level 1 input, specifically the borrowing rates available to the Company at December 31, 2015 and 2016.

Concentration of Credit and Other Risks

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts that, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. There is no concentration of credit risk for customers as no individual entity represented more than 10% of the balance in accounts receivable or 10% of revenue in the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016. The Company does not experience concentration of credit risk in foreign countries as no foreign country represents more than 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenues or net assets.

The following table sets forth the Company’s consolidated total revenue by geography:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2016  
     $        %       $        %    
    

(In thousands, except percentages)

 

United States

     63,440        67     92,116        70

Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA)

     20,770        22     25,668        19

Rest of World

     11,146        12     14,628        11
  

 

 

      

 

 

    
     95,356          132,412     
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company continuously assesses the collectability of outstanding customer invoices and in doing so, the Company assesses the need to maintain an allowance for estimated losses resulting from the non-collection of customer receivables. In estimating this allowance, the Company considers factors such as: historical collection experience, a customer’s current creditworthiness, customer concentrations, age of outstanding balances, both individually and in the aggregate, and existing economic conditions. Actual customer collections could differ from the Company’s estimates. The Company determined that an allowance for doubtful accounts was not required for the periods presented.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs, primarily consisting of legal, accounting, printer, and other direct fees and costs related to our proposed initial public offering, are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against proceeds from our proposed initial public offering upon the closing of the offering. In the event the anticipated offering is not completed, all of the deferred offering costs will be expensed. As of December 31, 2016, we have not yet capitalized any offering costs in the consolidated balance sheet.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net, is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recorded using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, generally three to five years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the useful lives of the assets or the related lease term. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Property and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. When such events or circumstances arise, an estimate of future undiscounted cash flows produced by the asset, or the appropriate grouping of assets, is compared to the asset’s carrying value to determine if an impairment exists. If the asset is determined to be impaired, the impairment loss is measured based on the excess of its carrying value over its fair value. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying value or net realizable value. There was no impairment of property and equipment during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition cost over the fair value of net tangible and identified net assets acquired. Goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite lives are not be amortized, but rather tested for impairment annually, as of December 31, or more often if and when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Goodwill is tested using a two-step process. The first step of the goodwill impairment test, used to identify potential impairment, compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired, thus the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test shall be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step of the goodwill impairment test, used to measure the amount of impairment loss, compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to the excess. The loss recognized cannot exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. After a goodwill impairment loss is recognized, the adjusted carrying amount of goodwill shall be its new accounting basis. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized equal to the difference. There were no impairments of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The Company periodically reviews the estimated remaining useful life of our intangible assets and whether events or changes in circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization. Periodically, the Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets including intangible assets, for possible impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of each asset, or related asset group, to the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate. If the undiscounted cash flows used in the test for recoverability are less than the carrying amount of these assets, then the carrying amount of such assets is reduced to fair value. The Company did not record any impairments of long-lived assets including intangible assets as of December 31, 2015 and 2016.

In preparation for its initial public offering, the Company evaluated its previously issued annual consolidated financial statements and identified an immaterial error in the classification of amortization expense for intangible assets in connection with the acquisition of the Company by Thoma Bravo and the Company’s acquisition of Whitebox Security Ltd. It did not result in any change in the revenues, aggregate amortization expenses, net loss or cash flows from operations reflected in the previously issued financial statements. For the year ended December 31, 2015, general and administrative expenses decreased by $9.0 million, and such amount was reclassified as cost of license revenue, cost of subscription revenue and sales and marketing expense in the amounts of $3.6 million, $0.4 million and $5.0 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2016, general and administrative expenses and research and development expenses decreased by $8.1 million and $0.7 million, respectively, and such amounts were reclassified as cost of license revenue, cost of subscription revenue and sales and marketing expense in the amounts of $4.0 million, $0.4 million and $4.4 million, respectively.

Software Development Costs

Software development costs for products intended to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility has been established, at which time such costs are capitalized until the product is available for general release to customers. Technological feasibility is established when a product design and working model have been completed and the completeness of the working model and its consistency with the product design have been confirmed by testing. To date, the establishment of technological feasibility of the Company’s products and general release of such software has substantially coincided. As a result, software development costs qualifying for capitalization have been insignificant. Therefore, we have not capitalized any software development costs through December 31, 2016. Such costs have been recorded as research and development expenses, as incurred, in the consolidated statements of operations.

Comprehensive income (loss)

The Company has not entered into transactions that require presentation as other comprehensive income (loss). Total comprehensive loss is equal to net loss for all periods presented.

Liquidity

The Company has sustained losses since its inception. The Company had cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash of approximately $18.3 million and an accumulated deficit of approximately $17.6 million at December 31, 2016. The Company has funded these losses through cash flows from operations, debt, redeemable preferred stock and other equity financings. Failure to raise adequate capital and generate adequate revenues could result in the Company having to significantly adjust or potentially cease operations. The Company believes that working capital on hand, net operating cash flows, and increasing revenues are sufficient to sustain operations for at least the twelve months from the report issuance date.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

Revenue consists of fees for perpetual licenses for the Company’s software products, post-contract customer support (referred to as maintenance), professional services, software as a service (“SaaS”) and other revenue.

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) authoritative guidance on software revenue recognition and multiple element arrangements.

Revenue is recognized when:

 

    Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists,

 

    Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered,

 

    The Company’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and

 

    Collectability is probable

The Company frequently enters into sales arrangements that contain multiple elements or deliverables. For arrangements that include both software and non-software elements, the Company allocates revenue to the software deliverables as a group and separable non-software deliverables as a group based on their relative selling prices. In such circumstances, the accounting principles establish a hierarchy to determine the selling price used for allocating revenue to the deliverables as follows: (i) Vendor Specific Objective Evidence (“VSOE”), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) and (iii) the best estimate of the selling price (“ESP”). Cloud-based services, and professional services related to cloud-based services, are considered to be non-software elements in the Company’s arrangements.

VSOE of fair value for each element is based on the Company’s standard rates charged for the product or service when such product or service is sold separately or based upon the price established by the Company’s pricing committee when that product or service is not yet being sold separately. The Company establishes VSOE for maintenance and professional services using a “bell-shaped curve” approach. When applying the “bell-shaped curve” approach the Company analyzes all maintenance renewal transactions over the past twelve months for that category of license and plots those data points on a bell-shaped curve to ensure that a high percentage of the data points are within an acceptable margin of the established VSOE rate. This analysis is performed quarterly on a rolling 12 month basis.

When the Company is unable to establish a selling price using VSOE or TPE, the Company uses ESP in the allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of ESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone basis. The determination of ESP is made through consultation with and formal approval by the Company’s management, taking into consideration the Company’s go-to-market strategy, pricing factors, and historical transactions.

The Company recognizes revenue for software arrangements that include undelivered elements using the residual method. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and recognized as such elements are delivered to the customer and the remaining portion of the agreement fee is recognized as license revenue upon delivery. The determination of fair value of each undelivered element in software arrangements is based on VSOE. If VSOE has not been established for certain undelivered elements in an agreement, revenue is deferred until those elements have been delivered or their VSOE has been determined.

Revenue from maintenance and SaaS services is recognized ratably over the relevant contract period.

Service revenue includes consulting and training. The Company has determined that consulting and training services are not essential to the functionality of the Company’s software and SaaS offerings, and consulting and training services are typically stated separately in arrangements such that the total price of the arrangements vary as a result of their inclusion or exclusion. As a result, the Company has established VSOE for consulting and training services and they therefore qualify for separate accounting.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

In order to account for deliverables in a multiple-deliverable arrangement as separate units of accounting, delivered elements must have standalone value. For SaaS arrangements, in determining whether professional services have standalone value, we consider the following factors for each professional services agreement: availability of the services from other vendors, the nature of the professional services, the timing of when the professional services contract was signed in comparison to the subscription service start date and the contractual dependence of the subscription service on the customer’s satisfaction with the professional services. Professional services sold as part of SaaS arrangements generally qualify for separate accounting.

Consulting and training service revenue that qualifies for separate accounting is recognized as the services are performed using the proportional performance method for fixed fee consulting contracts, or when the right to the service expires. The majority of the Company’s consulting contracts are billed on a time and materials basis.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue represents amounts from the sale of products that have been billed for, but the transaction has not met our revenue recognition criteria. Amounts are classified between current and long-term liabilities, based upon the expected period in which the revenue will be recognized.

Customer advances and billed amounts due from customers in excess of revenue recognized are recorded as deferred revenue.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue for license consists of amortization expense for developed technology acquired in business combinations and third-party royalties.

Cost of subscription revenue consists primarily of employee costs of our customer support organization (including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation), contractor costs to supplement our staff levels, third-party cloud-hosting costs, allocated overhead and amortization expense for developed technology acquired in business combinations.

Cost of revenue for services and other revenue consists primarily of personnel-related costs of our services and training departments, including salaries, commissions, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation, contractor costs to supplement our staff levels and allocated overhead.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel-related costs for the design and development of our platform and technologies, contractor costs to supplement our staff levels, third-party web services, consulting services, and allocated overhead.

Advertising Expenses

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expenses were approximately $2.6 million and $4.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively, and are included in sales and marketing expense.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures stock-based compensation cost for equity instruments granted to employees based upon the estimated fair value of the award at the date of grant and the estimated number of shares ultimately expected to vest. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option-

 

F-31


Table of Contents

pricing model, which requires us to estimate expected term, fair value of common stock, expected volatility, risk-free interest rate, and dividend yield. We use the simplified method in developing an estimate of the expected term of the stock options, which is calculated as the average of the time to vesting and the contractual life of the options. As our common stock has never been publicly traded, the expected volatility is based upon the average historical volatility of comparable companies over a period approximately equal to the expected term of the awards. The risk-free interest rate is based on the average interest rate for U.S. Treasury instruments whose term is consistent with the expected term of the options.

Compensation cost resulting from this valuation is recognized in the consolidated statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the period during which an employee provides the requisite service in exchange for the award.

The Company is required to estimate potential forfeitures of stock grants and adjust recorded compensation cost accordingly. The estimate of forfeitures is based on historical experience and is adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from the prior estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures will be recognized in the period of change and will impact the amount of stock-based compensation expense to be recognized in future periods.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency of our non-U.S. subsidiaries is the U.S. Dollar, therefore all gains and losses on currency transactions are expensed as incurred.

Income Taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Valuation allowances are provided if it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company is also subject to the Texas margin tax.

The Company accounts for uncertainty of income taxes based on a “more-likely-than-not” threshold for the recognition and de-recognition of tax positions, which includes the accounting for interest and penalties relating to tax positions.

Net Loss Per Share

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders for the period, defined as net loss minus the accretion of dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock, by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, without consideration of potentially dilutive securities. Diluted earnings per share includes the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents and is calculated using the weighted-average number of common stock and the common stock equivalents outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 excluded common stock equivalents because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive, or would decrease the reported loss per share. Our incentive stock units have the right to receive non-forfeitable dividends on an equal basis with common stock and therefore are considered participating securities that must be included in the calculation of net loss per share using the two class method. Under the two class method, basic and diluted net loss per share is determined by calculating net loss per share for common stock and participating securities based on the cash dividends paid and participation rights in undistributed earnings.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) . This ASU will supersede the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and most industry-specific guidance, and creates guidance for when revenue should be recognized from the exchange of goods or services. ASU No. 2016-08 was issued in March 2016 to clarify the principal versus agent guidance in this new revenue recognition standard. ASU 2016-10 was issued in April 2016 to clarify the guidance on accounting for licenses of intellectual property and identifying performance obligations in the new revenue recognition standard. ASU 2016-12 was issued in May 2016 to clarify the guidance on transition, collectability, noncash consideration and the presentation of sales and other similar taxes in the new revenue recognition standard. ASU 2016-20 was issued in December 2016 to make technical corrections and improvements on narrow aspects of this guidance. ASU No. 2015-14 was issued in August 2015 to defer the effective date of ASU 2014-09 for one year. The new standard permits adoption either by using (i) a full retrospective approach for all periods presented in the period of adoption or (ii) a modified retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially applying the new standard recognized at the date of initial application and providing certain additional disclosures. For public companies, the new standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. For all other entities, this standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not plan to early adopt.

The Company currently plans to adopt using the full retrospective approach; however, a final decision regarding the adoption method has not been finalized at this time. The Company’s final determination will depend on a number of factors such as the significance of the impact of the new standard on the Company’s financial results, system readiness, including that of software procured from third-party providers, and the Company’s ability to accumulate and analyze the information necessary to assess the impact on prior period financial statements, as necessary.

The Company is in the initial stages of its evaluation of the impact of the new standard on its accounting policies, and processes. The Company has assigned internal resources in addition to the engagement of third party service providers to assist in the evaluation. While the Company continues to assess all potential impacts under the new standard there may be the potential for significant impacts to the timing of recognition of professional services revenue, and contract acquisition costs, both with respect to the amounts that will be capitalized as well as the period of amortization.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) . This standard requires lessees to recognize a lease liability and a lease asset for all leases, including operating leases, with a term greater than 12 months on its balance sheet. The standard also expands the required quantitative and qualitative disclosures surrounding leases. This standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not plan to early adopt. This standard will be applied using a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. Management is currently evaluating the effect of these provisions on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . This standard changes how companies account for certain aspects of share-based payments to employees, including recognizing the income tax effects of awards, accounting for an employee’s use of shares to satisfy the employer’s statutory income tax withholding obligation, and recognizing forfeitures. The standard also adds two practical expedients for nonpublic entities related to expected term and intrinsic value. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not plan to early adopt. All of the guidance must be adopted in the same period. Management is currently evaluating the effect of these provisions on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory . This standard requires companies to account for the income tax effects of intercompany transfers of assets other than inventory when the transfer occurs. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not plan to early adopt. Management is currently evaluating the effect of these provisions on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment . This standard simplifies the goodwill impairment test by eliminating the Step 2 requirement to determine the fair value at the impairment testing date of its assets and liabilities. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted. The Company plans to early adopt. Early adoption is permitted for impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. Management is currently evaluating the effect of these provisions on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40) . This ASU defines management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an organization’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. Prior to this ASU, U.S. generally accepted accounting principles lacked guidance about management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about the organization’s ability to continue as a going concern or to provide related footnote disclosures and all guidance was included in generally accepted auditing standards (“GAAS”). This guidance is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. This standard has been adopted beginning with the reporting period ended December 31, 2016. The adoption of ASU 2014-15 did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures, although it could have an impact on disclosures in future periods.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis . This standard amended guidance related to consolidation. This guidance focuses on a reporting company’s consolidation evaluation to determine whether certain legal entities should be consolidated. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The adoption of ASU 2015-02 did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures, although it could have an impact on disclosures in future periods.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30)— Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs . This standard requires debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the debt liability rather than as an asset. This guidance was amended by ASU No. 2015-15, which was issued in August 2015. This amendment provides additional guidance related to the presentation and subsequent measurement of debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements. These updates are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. This standard has been adopted retrospectively beginning with the reporting period ended December 31, 2016. The adoption resulted in the reclassification of $0.5 million from other assets to other long-term liabilities on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures as of December 31, 2015.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement . This standard clarifies whether a customer should account for a cloud computing arrangement as an acquisition of a software license or as a service arrangement by providing characteristics that a cloud computing arrangement must have in order to be accounted for as a software license acquisition. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. This standard has been adopted prospectively beginning with the reporting period ended December 31, 2016.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments . This standard eliminates the requirement that an acquirer in a business combination account for a measurement-period adjustment retrospectively. Instead, an acquirer will recognize a measurement-period adjustment during the period in which the amount of the adjustment is determined. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The amendments should be applied prospectively to adjustments to provisional amounts that occur after the effective date. This standard has been adopted beginning with the reporting period ended December 31, 2016 and will recognize measurement-period adjustments when amounts are determined.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Balance Sheet classification of Deferred Taxes . This guidance requires that all deferred tax assets and liabilities, along with any related valuation allowance, be classified as noncurrent on the balance sheet. As a result, each jurisdiction will now only have one net noncurrent deferred tax asset or liability. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted. This standard has been adopted beginning with the reporting period ended December 31, 2015 and resulted in no material reclassifications of deferred taxes.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments—a consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force . This standard promotes consistency in the presentation of certain items on the Statement of Cash Flows. In November 2016 the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) . This standard clarifies restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be presented in the statement of cash flows. These new standards are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. These standards have been adopted beginning with the reporting period ended December 31, 2015.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) which requires that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. As a result, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The amendments do not provide a definition of restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. This guidance will be applied using a retrospective approach to each period presented. Early adoption is permitted and adoption in an interim period should reflect adjustments as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. These standards have been adopted beginning with the reporting period ended December 31, 2015.

3. Business Combination

Whitebox Security Ltd.

On July 15, 2015, Whitebox Security Ltd. was acquired in exchange for total consideration of approximately $16 million. The acquisition was funded by borrowings under the Company’s revolving loan facility and cash on hand.

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed

The Company recorded the transaction using the acquisition method of accounting which requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

The values outlined below represent the Company’s estimates of fair value as of the acquisition date (in thousands):

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 458  

Accounts receivable

     423  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     34  

Deferred revenue contracts

     162  

Goodwill

     10,485  

Intangible assets

     5,810  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 17,372  
  

 

 

 

Accounts payable

   $ (91

Accrued expenses

     (250

Deferred tax liability

     (1,202

Deferred revenue

     (162
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ (1,705
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 15,667  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration, net of cash acquired

   $ 15,209  
  

 

 

 

The fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were determined using various valuation techniques. Cash and cash equivalents, prepaid expenses, deposits, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities were valued using a historical cost basis as this basis approximates fair value. Accounts receivable and other receivables have been recorded on a historical net basis, which approximates the fair value. Deferred revenue has been recorded based on an estimate of the fair market value of the services to be provided in connection with the associated contracts.

Intangible assets —the following table summarizes the fair value estimates of the identifiable intangible assets and their estimated useful lives:

 

     Estimated
Fair Value
(In thousands)
     Weighted
Average
Estimated
Useful Life
(In years)
 

Developed technology

   $ 5,000        7.0  

Non-competition agreements and related items

     810        4.4  
  

 

 

    

Total acquired intangible assets other than goodwill

   $ 5,810     
  

 

 

    

The intangible assets have been valued using variations of the income approach method which the Company determined were the most appropriate approach for the individual assets and which is considered a Level 3 valuation technique. Each of the intangible assets will be amortized over its estimated useful life.

Goodwill —The Company recognized approximately $10.5 million of goodwill in connection with the acquisition transaction, calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the net assets recognized. Goodwill represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired that could not be individually identified and separately recognized. None of the goodwill recognized is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

Acquisition Costs —The Company incurred acquisition costs totaling approximately $452,000 associated with the acquisition of Whitebox Security Ltd.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc.

On September 8, 2014, SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. purchased all outstanding equity interests in SailPoint Technologies, Inc. in exchange for total consideration of approximately $318 million. The acquisition transaction was funded by equity contributions, together with borrowings under a new long-term debt arrangement, and cash on hand.

The Company recognized approximately $105 million of intangible assets and $209 million of goodwill in connection with this acquisition transaction.

4. Property and Equipment, Net

The cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization of property and equipment are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
         2015             2016      
     (In thousands)  

Property and equipment, net

    

Computer equipment

   $ 1,713     $ 2,618  

Other assets

     426       528  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     2,139       3,146  

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (642     (1,291
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 1,497     $ 1,855  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $0.6 million and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, and 2016, respectively. There were no impairments of our property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

5. Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired plus liabilities assumed arising from business combinations.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill were as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 208,892  

Acquisition

     10,485  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 219,377  

Acquisition

      
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   $ 219,377  
  

 

 

 

There were no impairments of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

6. Intangible Assets

Total cost and amortization of intangible assets comprised of the following:

 

            Year Ended December 31,  
     Weighted Average
Useful Life
     2015     2016  
     (In years)      (In thousands)  

Intangible assets, net

       

Customer lists

     15      $ 42,500     $ 42,500  

Developed technology

     9.6        42,000       42,000  

Trade names and trademarks

     17        24,500       24,500  

Order backlog

     1.5        1,100       1,100  

Non-competition agreements and related items

     4.4        810       810  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

        110,910       110,910  

Less: Accumulated amortization

        (11,807     (20,897
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets, net

      $ 99,103     $ 90,013  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amortization expense of the intangible assets was $9.1 million and $9.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. Amortization expense is included in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively, as follows: General and administrative expenses of $64,000 and $71,000, research and development expenses of $0.0 million and $0.2 million, sales and marketing expenses of $5.0 million and $4.4 million, license cost of revenue of $3.7 million and $4.0 million and subscription cost of revenue of $0.4 million and $0.4 million. Periodically, the Company evaluates intangible assets for possible impairment. There were no impairments for intangible assets during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

The total estimated future amortization expense of these intangible assets as of December 31, 2016 is as follows:

 

     (In thousands)  

Year ending December 31,

  

2017

   $ 8,864  

2018

     8,828  

2019

     8,824  

2020

     8,762  

2021

     8,675  

Thereafter

     46,060  
  

 

 

 

Total amortization expense

   $ 90,013  
  

 

 

 

 

7. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company leases its facilities under non-cancelable operating lease agreements. The majority of these agreements include a renewal option, and/or require the Company to pay taxes, insurance, and maintenance costs, which are not included in the table below. Certain of these facility leases contain predetermined fixed escalations of the minimum rentals, and the Company recognizes expense for these leases on a straight-line basis. The difference between the recognized rental expense and amounts payable under the lease is recorded as deferred rent on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Future minimum annual lease payments under these non-cancelable operating leases, inclusive of sublease proceeds, as of December 31, 2016 are as follows:

 

     (In thousands)  

Year ending December 31,

  

2017

   $ 2,085  

2018

     619  

Thereafter

      
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 2,704  
  

 

 

 

Rent expense under all operating leases was approximately $1.5 million and $1.8 million, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. The Company had a deferred rent balance of approximately $0.3 and $0.2 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, which is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the accompanying balance sheets.

The Company subleased a portion of these operating leases, which expired in 2015. Sublease proceeds (which partially offset rental expense above) were approximately $93,000 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

Indemnification Arrangements

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into contractual arrangements under which it agrees to provide indemnification of varying scope and terms to customers, business partners and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, losses arising out of the breach of such agreements, intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties, and other liabilities with respect to our products and services and business. In these circumstances, payment may be conditional on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract.

The Company includes service level commitments to our cloud customers warranting certain levels of uptime reliability and performance and permitting those customers to receive credits in the event that we fail to meet those levels. To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of these commitments and we expect the time between any potential claims and issuance of the credits to be short. As a result, we have not accrued any liabilities related to these commitments in our consolidated financial statements.

Litigation Claims and Assessments

The Company is subject to claims and suits that may arise from time to time in the ordinary course of business. In addition, some legal actions, claims and governmental inquiries may be instituted or asserted in the future against us and our subsidiaries. Although the outcome of our legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty and no assurances can be provided, based upon current information, we do not believe the liabilities, if any, which may ultimately result from the outcome of such matters, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse impact on our financial statements.

8. Line of Credit and Long-Term Debt

In 2014, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with a financial institution in the amount of $110 million, consisting of a term loan facility of $100 million and a revolving loan facility of up to $10 million. The loan and security agreement established first security for the financial institution over all assets of the Company. Borrowings under this agreement bore interest based on LIBOR and was 3.7% per annum on the term loan and 3.5% on the revolving loan at December 31, 2015. The maturity date on the term loan was September 2019 and on the revolving loan was January 2016. The outstanding loans were settled in September 2016, as discussed below. The outstanding balance of the term loan at December 31, 2015 was $100 million. The outstanding balance of the revolving loan at December 31, 2015 was $10 million.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

The Company incurred debt issuance costs of $0.7 million in connection with this loan and security agreement. These costs were amortized to interest expense over the term, through the debt extinguishment in 2016. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 we have adjusted interest expense and other expense by approximately $140,000 and $749,000, respectively, to reclassify amortization of debt issuance costs to interest expense.

In September 2016, the Company repaid in full the 2014 loan and security agreement. Concurrently, the Company entered into a senior secured credit facility with a different financial institution in the amount of $120 million, consisting of a term loan facility of $115 million and a revolving loan facility of up to $5 million. The senior secured credit facility established first security for the financial institution over all assets of the Company and is subject to certain financial covenants. Borrowings under this agreement bear interest based on the adjusted LIBOR rate, as defined in the agreement with a 1% floor, plus an applicable margin of 8.0%. The rate prevalent at December 31, 2016 was 9.0%. The maturity date on the term loan is August 2021, with principal payment due in full on maturity date, and interest payments due quarterly. The agreement also requires prepayments in the case of certain events including: asset sales in excess of $1 million, proceeds from an IPO, proceeds from an insurance settlement, or proceeds from a new debt agreement. Beginning with the year ended December 31, 2017, an additional prepayment may be due related to excess cash flow for the respective measurement periods.

The outstanding balance of the term loan at December 31, 2016 was $110 million. There was no outstanding balance of the revolving loan at December 31, 2016. The Company was in compliance with all applicable covenants as of December 31, 2015 and 2016.

The Company incurred debt issuance costs of $3.1 million in connection with this loan and security agreement. These costs are being amortized to interest expense over the life of the debt on a straight-line basis, which approximates the interest method. Amortization of debt issuance costs for this loan and security agreement and the 2014 loan and security agreement, until extinguishment in 2016, in the amount of $0.1 million and $0.7 million was recorded in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ending December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

Aggregate maturities of the Company’s debt at December 31, 2016 are as follows:

 

     (In thousands)  

2017

   $  

2018

      

2019

      

2020

      

2021

     110,194  
  

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 110,194  

Less: deferred financing costs

     (2,850
  

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net

   $ 107,344  
  

 

 

 

Less: current portion

      
  

 

 

 

Long term debt, net of current portion

   $ 107,344  
  

 

 

 

9. Related Party Transactions

At December 31, 2015, in connection with the final settlement of the SailPoint Technologies, Inc. acquisition discussed in Note 3, the Company incurred a payable to its controlling entity totaling $459,401. As of December 31, 2016, the payable to its controlling entity of $459,401 had been converted to additional paid in capital.

In 2016, the Company entered into agreements totaling approximately $626,000 with certain non-executive employees related to their personal tax liabilities. These agreements will be forgiven over a three-year period,

 

F-40


Table of Contents

beginning in 2016, if the employees remain employed by the Company through the applicable dates. The remaining balances of these agreements as of December 31, 2016 are included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as prepayments and other current assets and other non-current assets of $101,000 and $319,000, respectively.

Throughout 2015 and 2016, the Company engaged in ordinary sales transactions of $59,000 and $37,000, and purchase transactions of $39,000 and $313,000, respectively, with entities affiliated with its controlling entity. At December 31, 2015 and 2016 the accompanying consolidated balance sheets included accounts payable balances of $0 and $5,000, as well as accounts receivable balances $59,000 and $0, respectively, associated with these transactions.

In September 2014, the Company entered into an advisory services agreement (the “Consulting Agreement”) with its controlling entity. The Consulting Agreement requires quarterly payments from September 8, 2014 through December 31, 2018 for business consulting services provided by the controlling entity. Consulting fees from the Consulting Agreement totaled $750,000 and $1.0 million in the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively, and are included in general and administrative expenses on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Consulting fees per the Consulting Agreement are $1.3 million and $1.5 million for the years ended 2017 and 2018, respectively. No amounts were payable in relation to the Consulting Agreement at December 31, 2015 or 2016.

10. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

Convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

As of

  Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock:
    Date Issued     Original
Issue
Price
    Shares
Authorized
    Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
    Liquidation
Preference
    Dividend
Rate Per
Share
 
                                  (In thousands)        

December 31, 2015

    Series A       September 2014     $ 1,000       500,000       222,898     $ 250,755       9

December 31, 2016

    Series A       September 2014     $ 1,000       500,000       223,987     $ 275,463       9

Significant provisions of our convertible preferred stock are as follows:

Voting Rights

No voting rights are associated with the redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Dividends

The holders of the preferred stock are entitled to dividends when and if declared by the Board of Directors. Dividends are payable in preference and priority to any payment of any dividend on our common stock. Dividends on preferred stock are cumulative and compound daily at a rate of 9% per annum, equivalent to $90 per share of preferred stock. No dividends have been declared through December 31, 2016.

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the holders of the preferred stock shall be entitled to receive $1,000 (which is equal to the original issue price) in cash for each share plus any accumulated undeclared and unpaid dividends on such share, which is referred to collectively as the liquidation value for a share of preferred stock. Cumulative undeclared and unpaid dividends totaled approximately $27.9 million and $51.5 million at December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. No amounts have been accrued for these dividends as of December 31, 2015 or 2016.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

In the event of an IPO, each outstanding share of preferred stock not redeemed or subject to an election for redemption shall automatically convert into a number of fully paid non-assessable shares of common stock equal to the result of (x) the liquidation value of such share of preferred stock divided by (y) the per share price at which the common stock is being offered to the public pursuant to the IPO. The Company is required to take all such corporate and other actions as from time to time may be necessary to reserve for issuance an adequate number of shares of Common Stock authorized but unissued or held as treasury shares to allow the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Redemption

The preferred stock is conditionally redeemable. The Company may at any time redeem all or any portion of the preferred stock pro rata among the holders of the preferred stock. Upon an initial public offering of the Company’s capital stock, the holders of a majority of the outstanding preferred stock may require that the proceeds from such offering be used to redeem all or any portion of the preferred stock. The holders of a majority of the outstanding preferred stock may elect to require that all or any portion of the preferred stock held by them be redeemed in connection with any of the following (each of which is defined as a “Fundamental Change”): (i) a change in control of the Company, (ii) a sale of 50% or more of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (iii) a merger or consolidation to which the Company is a party, except for a merger where the Company is the surviving corporation, the terms of the preferred stock are not changed and the preferred stock is not exchanged for cash, securities or other properties, and the holders of a majority of the voting power (with respect to election of directors) of the Company’s capital stock immediately prior to the merger shall continue to hold a majority of the voting power following the merger. Upon such election, each other holder of preferred stock may also require that all or any portion of the preferred stock held by them be redeemed in connection with such Fundamental Change.

Upon redemption, the holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive an amount in immediately available funds equal to the liquidation value of such shares of preferred stock as described above.

11. Stock Option Plan and Stock-Based Compensation

Stock Option Plan

In 2015, the Company adopted (i) the Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan and (ii) the 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (together the “2015 Stock Option Plans”) under which it may grant incentive stock options (“ISOs”), nonqualified stock options (“NSOs”), and restricted stock to purchase shares of common stock. The 2015 Stock Option Plans reserve 5,000,000 shares of common stock for issuance as ISOs, 500,000 shares of restricted stock and 250,000 shares for issuance under the 2015 Stock Incentive Plan. Under the 2015 Stock Option Plans ISOs may not be granted at less than fair market value on the date of the grant and generally vest over a four-year period based on continued service. Certain options are subject to vesting based on certain future performance targets. Options generally expire ten years after the grant date. At December 31, 2016, 974,273 shares were available for issuance under the Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan. At December 31, 2016, 133,542 shares were available for issuance under the 2015 Stock Incentive Plan. The Company currently uses authorized and unissued shares to satisfy share award exercises.

The fair value for the Company’s stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2016 was estimated at the date of grant using a Black Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

Key Variables:

   Service Based    Performance
Based

Expected dividend rate

   0%    0%

Expected volatility

   49%    49%

Risk-free interest rate

   1.31% - 2.24%    1.27% - 2.16%

Expected term (in years)

   5.5 - 6.25    5.75 - 6.4

 

F-42


Table of Contents

The fair value for the Company’s stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2015 was estimated at the date of grant using a Black Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

Key Variables:

   Service Based    Performance
Based

Expected dividend rate

   0%    0%

Expected volatility

   48.4%    48.4%

Risk-free interest rate

   1.55% - 1.95%    1.68% - 1.93%

Expected term (in years)

   6.25    5.50 - 6.25

The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. treasury yield curve for the term consistent with the life of the stock options as of the date of grant. The Company has elected to apply the “shortcut approach” in developing the estimate of expected term for “plain vanilla” stock options by using the mid-point between the vesting date and contractual termination date. The Company has not paid, and does not anticipate paying, cash dividends on its common stock; therefore, the expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero.

As there has been no public market for its common stock since inception, the Company has determined the volatility for stock options granted based on an analysis of reported data for a comparable peer group of companies that issued stock options with substantially similar terms. The expected volatility of stock options granted has been determined using an average of the historical volatility measures of this peer group of companies consistent with the life of the options.

The Company expects all outstanding stock options at December 31, 2016 to fully vest. The weighted average grant date fair value per share for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 was $1.15 and $0.83, respectively. Compensation expense relating to stock options was approximately $160,000 and $508,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 was approximately $50,000 and $571,000, respectively.

The following table summarizes activity for service vesting stock options for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016:

 

     Number
of Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Balances at December 31, 2014

         $        

Granted

     1,349,782     $ 2.38        

Forfeited

     (23,333   $ 2.42        
  

 

 

         

Balances at December 31, 2015

     1,326,449     $ 2.38        9.7     
  

 

 

         

Options vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2015

     1,326,449     $ 2.38        9.7     
  

 

 

         

Options vested and exercisable at December 31, 2015

     10,781     $ 2.42        9.7     
  

 

 

         

Balances at December 31, 2015

     1,326,449     $ 2.38        9.7     

Granted

     419,839     $ 1.69        

Exercised

     (6,568   $ 1.77         $ 2,950  

Forfeited

     (117,602   $ 2.31        
  

 

 

         

Balances at December 31, 2016

     1,622,118     $ 2.21        8.9      $ 1,546,599  
  

 

 

         

Options vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2016

     1,622,118     $ 2.21        8.9      $ 1,546,599  
  

 

 

         

Options vested and exercisable at December 31, 2016

     416,265     $ 2.36        8.7      $ 340,334  
  

 

 

         

 

F-43


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the status of the Company’s non-vested service vesting stock options for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016:

 

     Number
of Shares
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Non-vested at December 31, 2014

         $  

Granted

     1,349,782     $ 1.16  

Vested

     (10,781   $ 1.17  

Forfeited

     (23,333   $ 1.17  
  

 

 

   

Non-vested at December 31, 2015

     1,315,668     $ 1.15  
  

 

 

   

Granted

     401,094     $ 0.81  

Vested

     (382,364   $ 1.16  

Forfeited

     (117,602   $ 1.12  
  

 

 

   

Non-vested at December 31, 2016

     1,216,796     $ 1.05  
  

 

 

   

The total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested service vesting stock options granted is $1.2 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.92 years as of December 31, 2016.

The following table summarizes activity of performance vesting stock options for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016:

 

     Number
of Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Balances at December 31, 2014

         $        

Granted

     322,846     $ 2.32        
  

 

 

         

Balances at December 31, 2015

     322,846     $ 2.32        9.7     
  

 

 

         

Options vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2015

     322,846     $ 2.32        9.7     
  

 

 

         

Options vested and exercisable at December 31, 2015

     33,613     $ 2.33        9.5     
  

 

 

         

Balances at December 31, 2015

     322,846     $ 2.32        9.7     

Granted

     101,427     $ 1.77        

Exercised

     (4,000   $ 1.36         $ 1,942  

Forfeited

     (7,500   $ 2.42        
  

 

 

         

Balances at December 31, 2016

     412,773     $ 2.19        8.9      $ 401,616  
  

 

 

         

Options vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2016

     412,773     $ 2.19        8.9      $ 401,616  
  

 

 

         

Options vested and exercisable at December 31, 2016

     142,391     $ 2.22        8.8      $ 134,871  
  

 

 

         

The performance vesting stock options are subject to performance requirements, determined prior to the grant date, based on the Company meeting certain annual EBITDA targets as set by the Board of Directors for the applicable years. The Company has determined that vesting is probable for performance based stock options granted to date. To the extent earned, the performance shares generally vest 25% at December 31 of each year for three to four years so long as the optionee remains an employee of the Company. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Board of Directors waived the EBITDA criteria associated with the annual

 

F-44


Table of Contents

tranche of performance vesting stock options resulting in a modification. This modification impacted 16 and 26 employees and resulted in incremental stock-based compensation expense of $37,000 and $98,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

The total unrecognized compensation related to non-vested performance vesting stock options granted is approximately $0.3 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.73 years as of December 31, 2016.

A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested performance vesting stock options as of December 31, 2016, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2016, is presented below:

 

     Number
of Shares
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Non-vested at December 31, 2014

         $  

Granted

     322,846     $ 1.12  

Vested

     (33,613   $ 1.12  
  

 

 

   

Non-vested at December 31, 2015

     289,233     $ 1.11  
  

 

 

   

Granted

     101,427     $ 0.84  

Vested

     (106,903   $ 0.99  

Forfeited

     (6,563   $ 1.18  
  

 

 

   

Non-vested at December 31, 2016

     277,194     $ 1.01  
  

 

 

   

Incentive Unit Plan

In 2014 and 2015, the Company granted shares of the Company’s common stock (the “incentive units”) to certain members of management pursuant to restricted stock agreements (the “RSAs”).

Incentive units were issued subsequent to the SailPoint Technologies, Inc. acquisition discussed in Note 3 in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. The incentive units were granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant, are subject to vesting, and if exercised in advance of vesting were subject to the Company’s right to repurchase. Upon vesting, the incentive units automatically convert to common stock. 50% of incentive units granted to executives vest based on performance meeting or exceeding EBITDA targets, as defined in the RSAs. Incentive units granted to non-executives and the remaining 50% of incentive units granted to executives vest 25% on the first anniversary date of the grant, and ratably over the remaining three years. The graded-vesting attribution method is used by the Company to determine the monthly stock-based compensation expense over the applicable vesting periods.

The liability for the cash paid to the Company prior to conversion of the incentive units to shares of common stock, was approximately $285,000 and $194,000 at December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively, and is included in long term debt.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

A summary of the Company’s non-vested incentive unit activity is as follows:

 

     Number
of Shares
(In thousands)
    Weighted-
average
exercise
price
(Per share)
 

Non-vested at December 31, 2014

     7,080     $ 0.0517  
  

 

 

   

Granted

     170     $ 0.0517  

Vested

     (1,193   $ 0.0517  

Forfeited

     (531   $ 0.0517  
  

 

 

   

Non-vested at December 31, 2015

     5,526     $ 0.0517  
  

 

 

   

Vested

     (1,677   $ 0.0517  

Repurchased

     7     $ 0.0517  

Forfeited

     (20   $ 0.0517  
  

 

 

   

Non-vested at December 31, 2016

     3,836     $ 0.0517  
  

 

 

   

The total unrecognized compensation related to non-vested incentive stock units granted is approximately $56,000 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years as of December 31, 2016. The total intrinsic value of units unvested as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 was $5.7 million and $8.5 million respectively. Compensation expense relating to incentive units, including both service and performance vesting, was approximately $86,000 and $60,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

Stock-based compensation expense, which includes stock options and incentive units, recognized was as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
             2015                      2016          
     (In thousands)  

Cost of revenue—maintenance and subscription

   $ 12      $ 34  

Cost of revenue—services and other

     20        63  

Research and development

     62        118  

Sales and marketing

     124        257  

General and administrative

     28        96  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 246      $ 568  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

12. Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

Accrued expenses consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
             2015                      2016          
     (In thousands)  

Commissions

   $ 4,526      $ 4,943  

Bonus

     2,327        2,895  

Payroll and related benefits

     994        988  

Interest

     270        794  

Partner and customer programs

     579        615  

Sales and other taxes

     293        615  

Employee travel expenses

     232        213  

Consulting and professional services

     746        188  

Other

     1,296        1,854  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11,263      $ 13,105  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

13. Prepayments and Other Assets

Prepayments and other assets include the balance of prepaid expenses, prepaid rent, prepaid issuance costs, and other assets. The current portion of these assets is included in prepayments and other assets and the non-current portion is included in other non-current assets, both of which are contained within the consolidated balance sheets.

The current portion of prepayments and other current assets consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
             2015                      2016          
     (In thousands)  

Prepaid expenses

   $ 1,694      $ 2,783  

Prepaid insurance

     335        447  

Prepaid commissions

     2,520        3,753  

Other

     366        711  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,915      $ 7,694  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other non-current assets consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
             2015                      2016          
     (In thousands)  

Prepaid expenses

   $      $ 546  

Deposits

     117        115  

Note receivable

            319  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 117      $ 980  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

14. Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes for 2015 and 2016 is related to the profits generated in certain foreign jurisdictions by our consolidated subsidiaries.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

The following table presents consolidated loss before provision for income taxes as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
             2015                     2016          
     (In thousands)  

Domestic

   $ (14,727   $ (2,435

Foreign

     1,306       (2,723
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loss before income taxes

   $ (13,421   $ (5,158
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The provision for income taxes consisted of:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
             2015                     2016          
     (In thousands)  

Current

    

Federal

   $     $  

State

     8       21  

Foreign

     704       531  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current

     712       552  

Deferred

    

Federal

     (3,222     (1,315

State

     (99     (118

Foreign

     (5     (1,104
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred

     (3,326     (2,537
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision (benefit)

   $ (2,614   $ (1,985
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred taxes are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
             2015                     2016          
     (In thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Research and development and other credits

   $ 4,218     $ 5,235  

Net operating loss carryforward

     28,018       26,867  

Charitable contributions

     12       11  

Deferred revenue

     1,201       1,115  

Stock compensation

     28       17  

Accrued expense

     1,166       1,346  

Depreciable and amortizable assets

     565       368  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     35,208       34,959  

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses

     (935     (1,389

Intangibles

     (36,151     (32,751
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets, net

     (1,878     819  

Less valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

     (320     (486
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   $ (2,198   $ 333  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $78.5 million and $72.4 million, respectively, and research and development credits of approximately $2.7 million and $3.4 million, respectively, which will begin to expire beginning in 2024 if not utilized prior to that time. Utilization of the net operating loss and research credit carryforwards is subject to an annual limitation due to the “change in ownership” provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. However, management has determined via a formal analysis that the annual limitation will not result in the expiration of net operating losses and research credit carryforwards prior to utilization. No study has been completed to determine any limitations on the availability of net operating loss and research credit carryforwards.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Company’s reversing taxable temporary differences exceeded the Company’s gross deferred tax assets in certain foreign jurisdictions. Thus, management determined that it was more likely than not that the benefit associated with its gross deferred tax assets would be realized in that jurisdiction. Given the Company’s lack of earnings history in the U.S., management determined it was not more likely than not that the benefit of the Company’s gross deferred tax assets that exceeded its reversing taxable temporary differences would be realized in the U.S., except for a portion of certain state tax credits that management determined were more likely than not to be realized. Thus, a valuation allowance totaling $0.3 million and $0.5 million was recorded as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively, against the Company’s U.S. gross deferred tax assets that exceeded its reversing taxable temporary differences and the portion of state credits that are projected to expire unutilized.

The Company’s provision for income taxes differs from the expected tax expense (benefit) amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% to income before income taxes primarily due to permanent items, the research and development credit, foreign taxes and the application of a valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016. The following table reconciles the Company’s effective tax rate to the federal statutory tax rate:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
             2015                     2016          

U.S. federal taxes at statutory rate

     34.4     34.1

Foreign tax rate differentials

     (0.7     (11.8

Research and development credit

     1.8       18.2  

Foreign tax credit

     3.9       4.7  

Stock options

     (1.1     (3.8

Permanent differences and other

     (5.3     (7.8

Change in state rate

     (11.6     7.3  

Other

     (1.9     (2.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Income Tax Benefit

     19.5     38.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $0.7 million as of December 31, 2015 and $0.9 million as of December 31, 2016. The reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning and end of the year is as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 320  

Additions based on tax positions related to prior year

     366  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 686  

Additions based on tax positions related to prior year

     197  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   $ 883  
  

 

 

 

Beginning December 31, 2014, due to the existence of the valuation allowance, future changes in unrecognized tax benefits did not impact the Company’s effective tax rate. Included in the balance of

 

F-49


Table of Contents

unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 is $0.7 million and $0.9 million of tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the Company’s effective tax rate.

The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Company did not recognize any interest or penalties.

The Company files tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, in several state jurisdictions, and in several foreign jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for years before 2012 and is no longer subject to state, local and foreign income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2011. The Company is not currently under audit in any jurisdiction.

15. Net Loss Per Share

The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share during the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
                 2015                             2016              
     (In thousands, except share data)  

Net loss

   $ (10,807   $ (3,173

Accretion of dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (21,597     (23,618
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss available to common stockholders

   $ (32,404   $ (26,791

Weighted average shares outstanding

    

Basic and diluted:

     43,929,159       45,933,218  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share (Basic and diluted)

   $ (0.74   $ (0.58
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following weighted average outstanding shares of common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of the diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented because their effect would have been anti-dilutive and the convertible preferred stock is not included in these calculations as it is contingently convertible based upon a future event (see Note 10):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
             2015                      2016          

Convertible preferred stock on an as if converted basis

     

Non-vested incentive units

     7,307,787        4,931,760  

Stock options to purchase common stock

     495,315        1,799,632  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7,803,102        6,731,392  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

16. Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement filed under the Securities Act in connection with the Company’s proposed initial public offering, all of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock. The unaudited pro forma stockholders’ deficit data set forth in this prospectus has been prepared assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into              shares of common stock. The unaudited pro forma net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2016 presented in our consolidated stockholders’ deficit assumes conversion of all of our outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock upon the closing of the Company’s proposed initial public offering.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2016
 
     (In thousands)  

Numerator:

  

Net loss per statement of operations

   $ (3,173

Accretion of dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (23,618
  

 

 

 

Net loss used in computing pro forma net loss per share

   $ (26,791
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

  

Weighted-average shares of common stock used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

     45,933,218  

Weighted-average pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect shares of common stock sold in the IPO to fund dividend payments in excess of current earnings

  
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  
  

 

 

 

17. Employee Benefit Plans

The Company has established a defined contribution savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “401(k) Plan”). The 401(k) Plan covers substantially all employees who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a percentage of their annual compensation as defined in the 401(k) Plan. To date, the Company has made no contributions to the 401(k) Plan.

18. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated events and transactions that occurred after December 31, 2016 through June 23, 2017, the date the consolidated financial statements were originally available to be issued, and in connection with the reissuance of these financial statements, the evaluation was updated through August 11, 2017. During this period, the following material subsequent events occurred:

Preferred Stock Dividend

On June 27, 2017, the board of directors declared and paid an aggregate cash dividend of $50.4 million on the issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s preferred stock. The accumulated payment of $50.4 million in dividends was paid to the stockholders effective through December 15, 2016. The payment of dividend was funded with the proceeds drawn on the Company’s amended term loan as noted in the following credit agreement section.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Credit Agreement

On June 28, 2017, the Company amended and restated its loan agreement to enter into a series of transactions in which the Company incurred $50 million of incremental debt which expanded the current facility to $167.5 million consisting of a $160.0 million term loan and a $7.5 million revolving credit facility, undrawn at close (the “New Financing”). Proceeds from the New Financing were used to partially fund $50.4 million in accumulated preferred stock dividends for shares of preferred stock through December 15, 2016. Borrowings under the New Financing will bear interest based on the adjusted LIBOR rate, as defined in the agreement with a 1% floor, plus an applicable margin of 7.0%. The maturity date of the term loan remains August 16, 2021, with principal payment due in full at maturity and interest payments due quarterly.

New Lease Agreement

On April 20, 2017, the Company entered into a new sublease arrangement for an expanded office space in Austin, Texas, commencing July 1, 2017, for approximately 56,000 square feet of rentable space. The lease agreement provides for approximately $2.2 million of future minimum lease payments and expires on June 30, 2019.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

LOGO

SailPoint


Table of Contents

LOGO

SailPoint The Power of Identity


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the registrant, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, upon the completion of this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the exchange listing fee.

 

     Amount to be Paid  

SEC registration fee

   $                          

FINRA filing fee

    

NYSE listing fee

    

Printing and engraving expenses

    

Legal fees and expenses

    

Accounting fees and expenses

    

Transfer agent and registrar fees

    

Miscellaneous expenses

    
  

 

 

 

Total

   $
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

The registrant is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are or are threatened to be made parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as an officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are or are threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred.

The registrant’s charter and bylaws, provide for the indemnification of its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL.

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except for liability for any:

 

    transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit;

 

II-1


Table of Contents
    act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares; or

 

    breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.

The registrant’s charter includes such a provision. Expenses incurred by any officer or director in defending any such action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition shall be paid by the registrant upon delivery to it of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by the registrant.

Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

The registrant’s policy is to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of its directors and officers that provide the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and executive officers by Section 145 of the DGCL and also to provide for certain additional procedural protections. The registrant also maintains directors and officers insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.

These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered into between the registrant and its officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since the registrant’s formation in August 2014, it has made sales of the following unregistered securities:

Preferred Stock Issuances

From September 2014 through December 2014, the registrant sold an aggregate of 223,332 shares of its preferred stock to 14 investors and certain of its employees, directors, consultants and other service providers at a purchase price of $1,000.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $223,332,260.

In September 2016, the registrant sold an aggregate of 1,263 shares of preferred stock to three employees at a purchase price of $1,000.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $1,263,000.

Stock Option and Common Stock Issuances

From September 2014 through December 2014, the registrant sold an aggregate of 43,628,518 shares of common stock to 14 investors and certain of its employees, directors, consultants and other service providers at a purchase price of $0.0517 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $2,255,456.

In September 2016, the registrant sold an aggregate of 36,079 shares of common stock to three employees at a purchase price of $1.84215 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $66,462.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Since August 2014, the registrant has granted to its employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 2,989,823 shares of common stock under its Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan and its 2015 Stock Incentive Plan at exercise prices ranging from $1.0686 to $3.73597 per share.

Since August 2014, the registrant has granted to its employees, directors, consultants and other service providers restricted stock awards for an aggregate of 7,897,287 shares of common stock pursuant to restricted stock agreements.

Since August 2014, the registrant has issued to its employees, consultants and other service providers an aggregate of 89,193 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options under its Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan at exercise prices ranging from $1.0686 to $2.45651 per share, for a weighted-average exercise price of $2.04395.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. The registrant believes the offers, sales and issuances of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder) because the issuance of securities to the recipients did not involve a public offering, or in reliance on Rule 701 because the transactions were pursuant to compensatory benefit plans or contracts relating to compensation as provided under such rule. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

   1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
   3.1*    Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect.
   3.2*    Form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
   3.3*    Amended and Restated Bylaws, as currently in effect.
   3.4*    Form of Second Amended and Restated Bylaws to be adopted immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
   4.1*    Form of common stock certificate.
   4.2    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September  8, 2014, by and among the registrant, Thoma Bravo Fund XI, L.P., Thoma Bravo Fund XI-A, L.P., Thoma Bravo Executive Fund XI, L.P. and certain other stockholders.
   4.3    Stockholders Agreement, dated as of September  8, 2014, by and among the registrant, Thoma Bravo Fund XI, L.P., Thoma Bravo Fund XI-A, L.P., Thoma Bravo Executive Fund XI, L.P. and certain other stockholders.
   5.1*    Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

 10.1    Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November  2, 2016, among SailPoint Technologies, Inc., as borrower, SailPoint Technologies Intermediate Holdings, LLC and SailPoint International, Inc., as guarantors, the other credit parties party thereto, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent, collateral agent and lead arranger, and the lenders party thereto.
 10.2    First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June  28, 2017, by and among SailPoint Technologies, Inc., as borrower, SailPoint Technologies Intermediate Holdings, LLC, as a guarantor, the other credit parties party thereto, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto.
 10.3    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
 10.4*    Form of SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. 2017 Long Term Incentive Plan.
 10.5*    Amended and Restated Senior Management and Restricted Stock Agreement, effective as of September 8, 2014, by and among SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc., SailPoint Technologies, Inc. and Kevin Cunningham.
 10.6*    Amended and Restated Senior Management and Restricted Stock Agreement, effective as of September 8, 2014, by and among SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc., SailPoint Technologies, Inc. and Mark McClain.
 10.7*    Offer Letter, dated May 14, 2014, by and between SailPoint Technologies, Inc. and Howard Greenfield.
 10.8*    Restricted Stock Agreement, dated December 15, 2014, by and among SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc., SailPoint Technologies, Inc. and Howard Greenfield.

 10.9*

   Early Exercise Incentive Stock Option Agreement, dated April 29, 2016, by and between SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. and Howard Greenfield.
 10.10*    Sales Incentive Plan.
 10.11*    SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan.
 10.12*    Form of Non-qualified Stock Option Agreement under the SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan (Time and Performance Vesting).

 10.13*

   Form of Non-qualified Stock Option Agreement under the SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan (Time-Based Vesting).

 10.14*

   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan (Time and Performance Vesting).

 10.15*

   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan (Time-Based Vesting).

 10.16*

   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan (Time and Performance Vesting).

 10.17*

   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan (Time-Based Vesting).

 10.18*

   SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. 2015 Stock Incentive Plan.

 10.19*

   Form of Notice of Option Grant under the SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. 2015 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

 10.20*

   Form of Director Purchase Agreement.

 10.21

   Office Lease, dated July 3, 2012, by and between New TPG-Four Points, L.P. and SailPoint Technologies, Inc.

 10.22

   First Amendment to Office Lease, effective May 1, 2013, by and between New TPG-Four Points, L.P. and SailPoint Technologies, Inc.

 10.23

   Second Amendment to Lease, dated October 2, 2017, by and between G&I VII Four Points LP and SailPoint Technologies, Inc.

 10.24

   Lease, dated October 2, 2017, by and between BDN Four Points Land LP and SailPoint Technologies, Inc.

 21.1

   List of subsidiaries of the registrant.

 23.1

   Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

 23.2*

   Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1).

 24.1

   Power of Attorney (see the signature page to this Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 

* To be filed by amendment.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or in the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Austin, Texas, on October 20, 2017.

 

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Mark McClain

 

Mark McClain

Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Mark McClain, Cam McMartin and Christopher Schmitt, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933 increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact, proxy, and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, proxy and agent, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Mark McClain

Mark McClain

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  October 20, 2017

/s/ Cam McMartin

Cam McMartin

   Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
  October 20, 2017

/s/ Thomas Beck

Thomas Beck

   Vice President, Finance
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  October 20, 2017

/s/ Marcel Bernard

Marcel Bernard

  

Director

  October 20, 2017

/s/ William Gregory Bock

William Gregory Bock

  

Director

  October 20, 2017

/s/ Seth Boro

Seth Boro

  

Director

  October 20, 2017

/s/ James Michael Pflaging

James Michael Pflaging

  

Director

  October 20, 2017

/s/ Kenneth J. Virnig, II

Kenneth J. Virnig, II

  

Director

  October 20, 2017

 

II-6

EXHIBIT 4.2

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement” ) is made as of September 8, 2014, by and among (i) SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), (ii) THOMA BRAVO FUND XI, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, THOMA BRAVO EXECUTIVE FUND XI, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (collectively, “TB” or the “Investor” ), (iii) each of the Persons listed as Executives on the Schedule of Holders attached hereto as Exhibit A (collectively, the “Executives” ), and (iv) each other Person signatory hereto from time to time (such Persons, together with the Investor and the Executives are referred to herein individually as a “Stockholder” and collectively as the “Stockholders” ).

Recitals

A.    The Company and all of the Stockholders are parties to a Stock Purchase and Rollover Agreement of even date herewith (the “Purchase Agreement” ). In order to induce such Stockholders to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement.

B.    Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in Section  8 below.

Agreement

In consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

1.     Demand Registrations.

(a)     Requests for Registration . The holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities may request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of their Registrable Securities on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration ( “Long-Form Registrations” ).

(b)     Long-Form Registrations . The Initiating Holders shall be entitled to request (i)  three (3) Long-Form Registrations in which the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses ( “Company-paid Long-Form Registrations” ) and (ii) an unlimited number of Long-Form Registrations in which the holders of Investor Registrable Securities included in such registration shall pay their pro rata share of the Registration Expenses as set forth in Section 5 below. A registration shall not count as one of the permitted Company-paid Long-Form Registrations until it has become effective and the holders requesting registration are able to register and sell at least ninety percent (90%) of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration; provided that in any event the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration initiated as a Company-paid Long-Form Registration whether or not it has become effective and whether or not such registration has counted as one of the permitted Company-paid Long-Form Registrations. Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to Section 1(f) below, if any registration initiated by the Initiating Holders as a Company-paid Long-Form Registration is voluntarily withdrawn by such Initiating Holders, such holders may (a)  pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such registration in which case such registration shall not be treated as a Company-paid Long-Form Registration or (b)  cause the Company to pay such expenses provided that such registration shall count as one of the permitted Company-paid Long-Form Registrations.


(c)     Short-Form Registrations . In addition to the Long-Form Registrations permitted pursuant to Section l(b) , the Initiating Holders shall be entitled to an unlimited request for registrations under the Securities Act of all or part of their Registrable Securities on Forms S-2 or S-3 or any similar short-form registration ( “Short -Form Registrations” ) in which the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses. After the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act, the Company shall use its best efforts to make Short-Form Registrations on Form S-3 available for the sale of Registrable Securities (including, without limitation, as a “shelf registration”) if so requested by the Initiating Holders.

(d)     Demand Registrations . All registrations requested pursuant to Sections l(b) and 1(c) are referred to herein as “Demand Registrations” . Demand Registrations shall be Short-Form Registrations whenever the Company is permitted to use any applicable short form. Each request for a Demand Registration shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered. Within ten (10) days after receipt of any such request from the Initiating Holders, the Company shall give written notice of such requested registration to all other holders of Investor Registrable Securities and, except as provided in Section 1(e) below, shall include in such registration all Investor Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of the Company’s notice. In addition, if the Initiating Holders consent to inclusion of additional Registrable Securities in any Demand Registration, as soon as reasonably possible, but in no event later than ten (10) days after receipt of any such Demand Registration request, the Company shall give written notice of such requested registration to all other holders of Registrable Securities and, except as provided in Section 1(e) below, shall include in such registration on such terms as determined by the Company, all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the Company’s notice to such holders of Registrable Securities.

(e)     Priority on Demand Registrations . The Company shall not include in any Demand Registration any securities which are not Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities included in such registration. If a Demand Registration is an underwritten offering in which the Initiating Holders have consented to inclusion of additional Registrable Securities (other than Investor Registrable Securities), and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of Registrable Securities and, if permitted hereunder, other securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Initiating Holders, the Company shall include in such registration: (i)  first , the Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders of such Investor Registrable Securities on the basis of the number of shares owned by such holders; (ii)  second , the Management Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders of such Management Registrable Securities on the basis of the number of shares owned by such holders; (iii)  third , securities the Company wishes to sell; (iv)  fourth , other Registrable Securities pro rata based on the number of shares owned by such holder or pursuant to such other allocation method determined by the Company and acceptable to the managing underwriters; and (v)  fifth , other securities which are not Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration pursuant to contractual registration rights ( “Other Registrable Securities” ), pro rata among the holders thereof on the basis of the number of their securities requested to be included therein or pursuant to such other allocation method determined by the Company and acceptable to the managing underwriters. Without the consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities included in such registration, any Person other than holders of Registrable Securities who participate in Demand Registrations must pay their share of the Registration Expenses as provided in Section 5 below.

 

2


(f)     Restrictions on Long-Form Registrations . The Company shall not be obligated to effect any Long-Form Registration within one hundred and eighty (180) days after the effective date of a previous Long-Form Registration or a previous registration in which the holders of Registrable Securities were given piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2 and in which there was no reduction in the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included. The Company may postpone for up to one hundred and eighty (180) days the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration if the Company and the Initiating Holders agree that such Demand Registration would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any proposal or plan by the Company or any of its subsidiaries to engage in any acquisition of assets (other than in the ordinary course of business) or any merger, consolidation, tender offer, reorganization or similar transaction; provided that in such event, the Initiating Holders initially requesting such Demand Registration shall be entitled to withdraw such request and, if such request is withdrawn, such Demand Registration shall not count as one of the permitted Company-paid Long-Form Registrations hereunder and the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such registration. The Company may delay a Demand Registration hereunder only once in any twelve (12) month period.

(g)     Selection of Underwriters . The holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities included in any Long-Form Registration, which is a Demand Registration, shall have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer the offering.

(h)     Other Registration Rights . Except as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall not grant to any Persons the right to request the Company to register any equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such securities, without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities.

2.     Piggyback Registrations .

(a)     Right to Piggyback . Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act (other than the initial public offering or pursuant to a Demand Registration or a registration on Form S-4, Form S-8 or any successor form) and the registration form to be used may be used for the registration of Registrable Securities (a “Piggyback Registration” ), the Company shall give prompt written notice (in any event within three (3) business days after its receipt of notice of any exercise of demand registration rights other than under this Agreement) to all holders of Registrable Securities of its intention to effect such a registration and shall include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of the Company’s notice.

(b)     Piggyback Expenses . The Registration Expenses of the holders of Registrable Securities shall be paid by the Company in all Piggyback Registrations.

(c)     Priority on Primary Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Company, the Company shall include in such registration (i)  first , the securities the Company proposes to sell; (ii)  second , Investor Registrable Securities and Management Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders of such Investor Registrable Securities and Management Registrable Securities on the basis of the number of shares owned by such holders; and (iii)  third , Other Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders thereof on the basis of the number of Other Registrable Securities requested to be included therein; provided , however that in any Piggyback Registration other than the initial public

 

3


offering of the Company’s Common Stock, the holders of Registrable Securities shall be permitted to include in any such registration not less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the number of shares of Common Stock proposed to be sold in such offering, unless the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities requesting such Piggyback Registration agree in writing to reduce such position or to waive their rights under this proviso.

(d)     Priority on Secondary Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of holders of Other Registrable Securities, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included in such registration, the Company shall include in such registration (i)  first , the securities requested to be included therein by the holders of Other Registrable Securities requesting such registration, (ii)  second , Investor Registrable Securities and the Management Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders of such Investor Registrable Securities and Management Registrable Securities on the basis of the number of shares owned by such holders; and (iii)  third , any non-requesting Other Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders thereof on the basis of the number of their securities requested to be included therein.

(e)     Selection of Underwriters . If any Piggyback Registration is an underwritten offering, TB must approve the selection of investment banker(s) and manager(s) for the offering. Such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

3.      Other Agreements .

(a)     Company Lock-Up Agreement . The Company shall not effect any public sale or distribution of any of its equity securities, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the period beginning on the date of the notice of the Demand Registration by the Initiating Holders and ending on the ninetieth (90 th ) day after the first effective date of any underwritten Demand Registration or any underwritten Piggyback Registration (except pursuant to registrations on Form S-4, Form S-8 or any successor form), unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering otherwise agree to a shorter time period applicable to both holders of the Investor Registrable Securities and to the Company.

(b)     Current Public Information . With a view to making available to the holders of Registrable Securities the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission that may at any time permit a holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

(i)    make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the Company’s initial public offering of its common stock;

(ii)    use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

 

4


(iii)    furnish to any holder of Registrable Securities forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the Company’s initial public offering of its common stock), the Securities Act, and the Securities Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); and (ii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

4.      Registration Procedures . Whenever the holders of Registrable Securities have requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall use its best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall as expeditiously as possible:

(a)    prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities (and in any event within sixty (60) days of receipt of any request pursuant to Section 1 of this Agreement) and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective (and in any event within ninety (90) days of the filing of a registration statement pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement); provided that before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company shall furnish to the counsel selected by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration statement copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review and comment of such counsel;

(b)    notify each holder of Registrable Securities of the effectiveness of each registration statement filed hereunder and prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period of not less than one hundred and twenty (120) days, if applicable, and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement; provided , however , that if the Company is eligible to use Form S-3, the holders of Registrable Securities may require the Company to keep such registration effective as a “shelf registration” for a period of up to two (2) years;

(c)    furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities and the underwriters such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;

(d)    use its best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

 

5


(e)    notify each seller of such Registrable Securities and the counsel selected by holders of a majority of Registrable Securities included in such registration, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, at the request of any such seller, the Company shall prepare a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities and their counsel, such prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(f)    cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(g)    provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

(h)    enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form) and take all such other actions as the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including effecting a stock split or a combination of shares);

(i)    make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;

(j)    otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve (12) months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

(k)    permit any holder of Registrable Securities, which holder, in the Company’s sole and exclusive judgment, might be deemed to be an underwriter or a controlling Person of the Company, to participate in the preparation of such registration or comparable statement and to require the insertion therein of material furnished to the Company in writing, which in the reasonable judgment of such holder and its counsel should be included;

(l)    in the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any common stock included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction, the Company shall use its best efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(m)    subject to Section 4(d) above, use its best efforts to cause any Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

6


(n)    obtain a cold comfort letter from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters as the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold reasonably request;

(o)    if the offering is underwritten and at the request of any seller of Registrable Securities, use its best efforts to furnish, on the date that Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale pursuant to such registration, an opinion dated such date of counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, addressed to the underwriters and to such seller, stating that such registration statement has become effective under the Securities Act and that (i) to the best knowledge of such counsel, no stop order suspending the effectiveness thereof has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or contemplated under the Securities Act, (ii) the registration statement, the related prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereof comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act (except that such counsel need not express any opinion as to financial statements contained therein) and (iii) to such other matters as reasonably may be requested by counsel for the underwriters or by such seller or its counsel; and

(p)    In addition, the Company shall ensure that, at all times after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, its insider trading policy shall provide that the Company’s directors may implement a trading program under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act.

5.     Registration Expenses.

(a)     Payment of Registration Expenses . All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including without limitation all registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, fees and disbursements of custodians, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and all independent certified public accountants, underwriters (excluding discounts and commissions) and other Persons retained by the Company (all such expenses being herein called “Registration Expenses” ), shall be borne as provided in this Agreement, except that the Company shall, in any event, pay its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any liability insurance and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or on, the NASD automated quotation system.

(b)     Reimbursement of Registration Expenses . In connection with each Demand Registration and each Piggyback Registration, the Company shall reimburse the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel chosen by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration and for the reasonable fees and disbursements of each additional counsel retained by any holder of Registrable Securities for the purpose of rendering a legal opinion on behalf of such holder in connection with any underwritten Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration.

(c)     Payment of Registration Expenses by Holders of Registrable Securities . To the extent Registration Expenses are not required to be paid by the Company, each holder of securities included in any registration hereunder shall pay its proportionate share of all Registration Expenses based

 

7


upon the ratio of the aggregate selling price of each holder’s securities included therein to the aggregate selling price of all securities to be so registered. Such payment shall be made promptly, but in no event later than three (3) business days following the closing of the Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration.

6.     Indemnification .

(a)     Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, each holder of Registrable Securities, its officers and directors and each Person who controls such holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses caused by any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as the same are caused by or contained in any information furnished in writing to the Company by such holder expressly for use therein or by such holder’s failure to deliver a copy of the registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto after the Company has furnished such holder with a sufficient number of copies of the same. In connection with an underwritten offering, the Company shall indemnify such underwriters, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the holders of Registrable Securities.

(b)     Indemnification by the Holders of Registrable Securities . In connection with any registration statement in which a holder of Registrable Securities is participating, each such holder shall furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such registration statement or prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, shall indemnify the Company, its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulting from any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by such holder; provided that the obligation to indemnify shall be individual, not joint and several, for each holder and shall be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement.

(c)     Procedure for Indemnification . Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification ( provided that the failure to give prompt notice shall not impair any Person’s right to indemnification hereunder to the extent such failure has not prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one (1) counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim.

 

8


(d)     Survival . The indemnification provided for under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of securities. The Company also agrees to make such provisions, as are reasonably requested by any indemnified party, for contribution to such party in the event the Company’s indemnification is unavailable for any reason.

7.      Participation in Underwritten Registrations . No Person may participate in any registration hereunder unless such Person:

(a)    in the case of a registration which is underwritten, agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in the applicable underwriting arrangement; provided , however , that no holder of less than ten percent (10%) of all Registrable Securities included in any underwritten registration (other than an executive officer or director of the Company) shall be required to make any representations or warranties to the Company or the underwriters (other than representations and warranties regarding such holder, such holder’s ownership of stock and such holder’s intended method of distribution) or to undertake any indemnification obligations to the Company or the underwriters with respect thereto, except as otherwise provided in Section 6 hereof;

(a)    as expeditiously as possible, notifies the Company, at any time when a prospectus relating to such Person’s Registrable Securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which such prospectus contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(b)    complies with all reasonable requests made by the Company or its counsel with respect to the registration of such Person’s Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, providing access to all relevant books and records; and

(c)    completes, executes and delivers all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other usual and customary documents necessary or appropriate with respect to the offering of such Person’s Registrable Securities, and in the case of a registration which is underwritten, necessary or appropriate under the terms of such underwriting arrangements (subject to the provision in Section 7(a) above).

8.     Definitions .

(a)    The term “Common Stock” means the Company’s common stock, $0.001 par value per share.

(b)    The term “Initiating Holders” means the holders of a majority of the outstanding Investor Registrable Securities.

(c)    The term “Investor Registrable Securities” means all Registrable Securities (i) initially issued by the Company to the Investor and (ii) all other Registrable Securities subsequently acquired by such Stockholders (including their permitted transferees). Investor Registrable Securities will continue to be Investor Registrable Securities if held or acquired by any holder of Registrable Securities other than a holder of Management Registrable Securities.

 

9


(d)    The term “Management Registrable Securities” means (i) all Registrable Securities initially issued to the Executives, including those issued under the Purchase Agreement and the Restricted Stock Agreements, as applicable and (ii) all Registrable Securities initially issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock Agreement to other members of senior management of the Company who also become a party to this Agreement after the date hereof pursuant to Section 9(k) below. Management Registrable Securities will continue to be Management Registrable Securities if held or acquired by any holder of Registrable Securities other than a holder of Investor Registrable Securities.

(e)    The term “Other Registrable Securities” has the meaning specified in Section 1(e) above.

(f)    The term “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust or unincorporated organization.

(g)    The term “Registration Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 5 above.

(h)    The term “Registrable Securities” means (i) any Common Stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement or any Restricted Stock Agreement, (ii) any other Common Stock issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with an exchange or combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, and (iii) any other shares of Common Stock held by Persons holding securities described in clauses (i) and (ii), inclusive above, including, without limitation, any shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Company’s preferred stock. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when they have been distributed to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act or sold to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule then in force) (“ SEC Rule 144 ”). For purposes of this Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities whenever such Person has the right to acquire such Registrable Securities (upon conversion of any capital stock or upon exercise of any options or warrants or in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected.

(i)    The term “Restricted Stock Agreements” means those certain Senior Management and Restricted Stock Agreements between the Company and SailPoint Technologies, Inc. (the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary), on the one hand, and Mark McClain and Kevin Cunningham, respectively, on the other hand, and any other similar Restricted Stock Agreements entered into between the Company and other members of the Company’s management who also become a party to this Agreement after the date hereof pursuant to Section 9(k) below.

(j)    The term “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal law then in force.

(k)    The term “Securities Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal law then in force.

9.     Miscellaneous .

(a)     No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with or violates the rights granted to the holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement.

 

10


(b)     Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities . The Company shall not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to its securities which would adversely affect the ability of the holders of Registrable Securities to include such Registrable Securities in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement or which would adversely affect the marketability of such Registrable Securities in any such registration.

(c)     Remedies . Any Person having rights under any provision of this Agreement shall be entitled to enforce such rights specifically to recover damages caused by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by law. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or other security) for specific performance and for other injunctive relief in order to enforce or prevent violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

(d)     Amendments and Waivers . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be terminated, amended, waived or otherwise modified only upon the prior written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of all Investor Registrable Securities, and such termination, amendment, waiver or other modification shall be binding on all Stockholders; provided, however, that if any modification, amendment or waiver would, by its terms, (i) adversely affect, in any material respect, the rights and obligations of any Stockholder in a manner disproportionate relative to the other Stockholders in the same class of capital stock, or (ii) subjects a Stockholder to any obligation or liability not shared by each of the other Stockholders holding the same class of capital stock, such modification, amendment or waiver shall not be effective without such Stockholder’s prior written consent.

(e)     Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not. In addition, whether or not any express assignment has been made, the provisions of this Agreement which are for the benefit of purchasers or holders of Registrable Securities are also for the benefit of, and enforceable by, any subsequent holder of Registrable Securities.

(f)     Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.

(g)     Counterparts; Facsimile Transmission . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in multiple counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Each party to this Agreement agrees that its own telecopied signature will bind it and that it accepts the telecopied signature of each other party to this Agreement.

(h)     Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

(i)     Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

 

11


(b)     Notices . All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given to the recipient when delivered personally, sent by facsimile or one day after being sent by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid). Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the addresses indicated on the books and records of the Company with respect to holders of Registrable Securities and to the Company at the address of its corporate headquarters, or to such other address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

(j)     New Parties . During the term of this Agreement, the Company may, with the consent of the Company’s Board of Directors and TB, allow other Persons to become parties to this Agreement by executing a joinder agreement in a form acceptable to the Company and TB, and the Schedule of Holders attached hereto as Exhibit A shall be revised and updated accordingly.

[ REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Kevin Cunningham

Name:   Kevin Cunningham
Title:   President
THOMA BRAVO FUND XI, L.P.
By:   Thoma Bravo Partners XI, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Thoma Bravo, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Seth Boro

Name:   Seth Boro
Title:   Managing Partner
THOMA BRAVO FUND XI-A, L.P.
By:   Thoma Bravo Partners XI, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Thoma Bravo, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Seth Boro

Name:   Seth Boro
Title:   Managing Partner
THOMA BRAVO EXECUTIVE FUND XI, L.P.
By:   Thoma Bravo Partners XI, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Thoma Bravo, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Seth Boro

Name:   Seth Boro
Title:   Managing Partner

 

[ Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement ]


EXECUTIVES:

 

      MARK MCCLAIN
     

/s/ Mark McClain

      Mark McClain
      KEVIN CUNNINGHAM
     

/s/ Kevin Cunningham

      Kevin Cunningham
STOCKHOLDERS:      
      MCCLAIN CHARITABLE REMAINDER UNITRUST
     

/s/ Mark McClain, TTEE

      Mark McClain, TTEE
      MARYANNE HATTEN
     

/s/ Maryanne Hatten

      Maryanne Hatten
      JAMES MCMARTIN
     

/s/ James McMartin

      James McMartin
      THOMAS BECK
     

/s/ Thomas Beck

      Thomas Beck
      CHRISTOPHER GOSSETT
     

/s/ Christopher Gossett

      Christopher Gossett
      DAVID CROW
     

/s/ David Crow

      David Crow

 

[ Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement ]


JEFFERY LARSON

/s/ Jeffery Larson

Jeffery Larson
TROY DONLEY

/s/ Troy Donely

Troy Donley
MARTIN FREDRICKSON

/s/ Martin Fredrickson

Martin Fredrickson

 

[ Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement ]

EXHIBIT 4.3

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

THIS STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of September 8, 2014, by and among SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Thoma Bravo Fund XI, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Fund XI ”), Thoma Bravo Fund XI-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Fund XI-A ”), Thoma Bravo Executive Fund XI, L.P. (“ Executuve Fund XI ”, and collectively with Fund XI and Fund XI-A, TB ”), the Management Stockholders and each other Person signatory hereto from time to time (each of the foregoing stockholders of the Company referred to herein individually as a “ Stockholder ” and collectively as the “ Stockholders ”).

Recitals

A.     The Stockholders have acquired shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”), pursuant to that certain Stock Purchase and Rollover Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company, TB, and the other parties thereto (the “ Purchase Agreement ”).

B.     Certain Stockholders who are employees and/or directors of the Company have been awarded shares of Common Stock pursuant to those certain Restricted Stock Agreements, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company and each such Stockholder.

C.     The Company and the Stockholders desire to enter into this Agreement for the purposes, among others, of (i) establishing the composition of the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board ”); (ii) assuring continuity in the management and ownership of the Company; (iii) limiting the manner and terms by which the capital stock of the Company may be transferred; and (iv) setting forth certain other agreements among the Stockholders and the Company regarding the rights (including voting rights) and obligations of the parties hereto.

D.     The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.

E.     Certain capitalized terms are defined in Section 11 hereof.

Agreement

In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

1.     Board of Directors; Certain Voting Rights .

(a)    Each Stockholder shall vote all of his, her or its Shares and any other voting Securities of the Company over which such Stockholder has voting control and shall take all other necessary or desirable actions within such Stockholder’s control (whether in such Stockholder’s capacity as a stockholder, director, member of a Board committee or officer of the Company or otherwise, and including, without limitation, attendance at meetings in person or by proxy for purposes of obtaining a quorum, and the execution of written consents in lieu of meetings), and the Company shall take all necessary and desirable actions within its control (including, without limitation, calling special board and stockholder meetings), so that:

(i)    the authorized number of directors on the Board shall initially be established at eight (8) directors (comprised of six (6) TB Directors and two (2) Management Directors);


(ii)    the following persons shall be elected to the Board:

(A)    one (1) representative designated by Fund XI (the “ Fund XI Director ”), who shall initially be Seth Boro;

(B)    one (1) representative designated by Fund XI-A (the “ Fund XI-A Director ”), who shall initially be Chip Virnig;

(C)    up to four (4) representatives designated by TB (the “ At-Large TB Directors ” and together with the Fund XI Director and the Fund XI-A Director, the TB Directors ”), who shall initially be Marcel Bernard, Orlando Bravo, James Lines, and William Bock (with Marcel Bernard as the Chairman of the Board); and

(D)    up to two (2) representatives designated by a majority in interest of the Management Stockholders (the Management Directors ), who shall initially be Mark McClain and Kevin Cunningham.

(iii)    the composition of the board of directors of each of the Company’s Subsidiaries (each, a “Sub Board” ) shall be identical to the Company’s unless otherwise determined by the Board;

(iv)    the removal from the Board or a Sub Board (with or without cause) of any director shall be made only upon the written request of a majority in interest of the Person or Persons originally entitled to designate such director pursuant to Section 1(a)(ii) above; provided that if a director designated pursuant to Section 1(a)(ii)(D) above ceases to be an employee of the Company, he or she shall be removed as a director automatically after his or her employment ceases, unless all of the remaining directors vote to extend such director’s term; and

(v)    in the event that any representative designated hereunder for any reason ceases to serve as a member of the Board or a Sub Board during his term of office, the resulting vacancy on the Board or the Sub Board shall be filled by a representative designated by a majority in interest of the Person or Persons originally entitled to designate such director pursuant to Section 1(a)(ii) above, with such representative to be determined in accordance with the specifications for electing such directorship provided in Section 1(a)(ii) above.

(b)    It is anticipated that there will be at least four (4) meetings of the Board during every fiscal year, at least one (1) of which shall be held in each consecutive 90-day period during the Company’s fiscal year. The Company shall pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by each director in connection with attending regular and special meetings of the Board, any Sub Board and any committee thereof.

(c)    If after a reasonable period of time any party fails to designate a representative to fill a directorship pursuant to Section 1(a)(ii)(A) , the election of a person to such directorship shall be accomplished in accordance with the Company’s Bylaws and applicable law.

 

2


(d)    The authorized number of directors of the Board may be contracted or expanded from time to time in accordance with the Company’s Bylaws and the terms of this Agreement; provided , however , that regardless of the size of the Board, TB shall at all times retain the right to designate at least a majority of the authorized number of directors.

(e)    The parties hereto agree that the Company’s indemnity obligations (and each subsidiaries obligations, if applicable) to directors provided in its certificate of incorporation or a separate board member indemnification agreement is primary and the fact that a director may have other sources for indemnification shall not result in such other Persons becoming co-indemnitors with the Company.

(f)    Each of the directors shall be entitled to enter into a customary director indemnification agreement with the Company.

(g)    Each Person originally entitled to designate a director or directors of the Company pursuant to Sections 1(a)(ii)(A) through 1(a)(ii)(B) above may assign such right to designate such director or directors to an Affiliate of such Person.

2.     Irrevocable Proxy; Conflicting Agreements; Stockholder Authority .

(a)    In order to secure each Stockholder’s obligation to vote his, her or its Shares and other voting Securities of the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, each Stockholder hereby appoints the Secretary of the Company, as his, her or its true and lawful proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to vote all such Stockholder’s Shares and other voting Securities of the Company for the election and/or removal of directors and all such other matters as expressly provided for herein. The Secretary of the Company may exercise the irrevocable proxy granted to it hereunder at any time such Stockholder fails to comply with the provisions of this Agreement. The proxies and powers granted by each Stockholder pursuant to this Section 2 are coupled with an interest and are given to secure the performance of such Stockholder’s obligations under this Agreement. Such proxies and powers shall be irrevocable for the term of this Agreement and shall survive the death, incompetency, disability, bankruptcy or dissolution of each such Stockholder and the subsequent holders of his, her or its Shares.

(b)    Each Stockholder represents that such Stockholder has not granted and is not a party to any proxy, voting trust or other agreement which is inconsistent with or conflicts with the provisions of this Agreement, and no holder of Shares shall grant any proxy or become party to any voting trust or other agreement which is inconsistent with or conflicts with the provisions of this Agreement.

(c)    Each Stockholder, individually, severally and not jointly, represents that such Stockholder (i) has the power, authority and legal capacity to enter into this Agreement, (ii) that this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of such Stockholder and (iii) that the execution of this Agreement does not violate any laws applicable to such Stockholder or constitute a breach under any material agreement to which such Stockholder is a party.

3.     Restrictions on Transfer .

(a)     Transfer of Shares . During the term of this Agreement, other than for Transfers pursuant to Section 3(d) , Section 5 or a Public Sale, no Management Stockholder shall Transfer any interest in any Shares without the prior written consent of each of TB and the Board, which consent may be granted or withheld by TB or the Board, respectively, in each such party’s sole discretion. Any such Transfer by any Management Stockholder so approved by each of TB and the Board shall be made

 

3


subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 3 , and, if applicable, any restrictions contained in any Restricted Stock Agreement or any other agreement between the Company and such Management Stockholder with respect to such Shares.

(b)     Right of First Offer . If, at any time during the term of this Agreement, if any Stockholder (other than TB) proposes to Transfer (other than Transfers pursuant to Section 3(d) , Section 5 or a Public Sale) all or a portion of any Shares held by such Stockholder (the “ Transferring Stockholder ”), the Company and each Qualified Holder shall have a right of first offer over such shares in accordance with the following provisions:

(i)    At least thirty (30) days prior to Transferring any Shares, the Transferring Stockholder shall deliver a written notice (the “Offer Notice” ) to the Company and each of the Qualified Holders specifying the proposed number and class of Shares to be transferred and setting forth in reasonable detail the proposed terms and conditions of such Transfer, including the identity of the Person to which such Shares are proposed to be Transferred (the “ Proposed Transferee ”) and the price per Share.

(ii)    The Company may elect to purchase up to 100% of the Shares specified in the Offer Notice at the price and on the terms specified therein by delivering written notice of such election to the Transferring Stockholder and the Qualified Holders as soon as practical but in any event within twenty (20) days after the delivery of the Offer Notice.

(iii)    If the Company has not elected to purchase all of the Shares proposed to be transferred in the Offer Notice within such twenty (20) day period, the Qualified Holders may elect to purchase all (but not less than all) of such Shares not purchased by the Company (the “Remaining Shares” ) at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice by delivering written notice of such election to the Transferring Stockholder as soon as practical, but in any event within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Offer Notice (such thirty (30) day period, the “ ROFO Election Period ”). If the Qualified Holders have, in the aggregate, elected to purchase more than the number of the Remaining Shares, the Remaining Shares shall be allocated among the Qualified Holders electing to purchase the Remaining Shares according to each such Qualified Holder’s Pro Rata Share.

(iv)    If the Company and/or any Qualified Holders have elected to purchase all of the offered Shares from the Transferring Stockholder, the Transfer of such Shares shall be consummated as soon as practical after the delivery of the election notices, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the ROFO Election Period. If the Company and the Qualified Holders have not elected to purchase all of the Shares being offered, the Transferring Stockholder shall not be obligated to Transfer any of the Shares so offered to the Company or the Qualified Holders, and may, at its option, Transfer to the Proposed Transferee 100% (but not less than 100%) of the offered Shares on terms not more favorable to the Proposed Transferee than as set forth in the Offer Notice, within sixty (60) days after the expiration of the ROFO Election Period (the “Authorized Sale Period” ). Any such Transfer shall be subject to the provisions of Section 3(c) below. If the Transferring Stockholder does not Transfer the offered Shares to the Proposed Transferee within the Authorized Sale Period, the terms of this Section 3(b) shall again become applicable to any Transfer of Shares by the Transferring Stockholder.

(c)     Participation Rights .

(i)    If, at any time during the term of this Agreement (and after complying with Section 3(b) above), any Stockholder proposes to Transfer to any Proposed Transferee (other

 

4


than Transfers pursuant to Section 3(d) , Section 5 or a Public Sale) all or a portion of any Shares held thereby, such Transferring Stockholder shall deliver, not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expected closing date of such Transfer, a written notice (the “Sale Notice” ) to the Company and the Qualified Holders, setting forth the information required to be set forth in an Offer Notice pursuant to Section 3(b), together with drafts of all contracts or other agreements to be executed in connection with such Transfer.

(ii)    Within fifteen (15) days after delivery of the Sale Notice, each of the Qualified Holders may elect to participate in the contemplated Transfer by delivering written notice to the Company and the Transferring Stockholder. If any Qualified Holders have elected to participate in such Transfer, the Transferring Stockholder and such Qualified Holders shall be entitled to sell in the contemplated Transfer, at the same price and on the same terms with respect to each class of Shares to be sold, up to such Stockholder’s Pro Rata Share of each such class of Shares. For purposes of this Section 3(c) , only Shares from the class or classes of Shares to be sold in the contemplated Transfer may participate (it being understood for this purpose that Transfers of any options or restricted stock shall be equivalent to Transfers of Common Stock).

(iii)    Each Transferring Stockholder shall use its, his or her best efforts to obtain the agreement of the Proposed Transferee to the participation of the Qualified Holders in any contemplated Transfer. If any Proposed Transferee refuses to purchase Shares from any Qualified Holder, the Transferring Stockholder, may, at its option, and as a condition to Transferring its shares to such Proposed Transferee, purchase such Shares from such Qualified Holder. No Transferring Stockholder shall Transfer any of its Shares to any Proposed Transferee if such Proposed Transferee declines to allow the participation of any Qualified Holder or if the Transferring Stockholder has not purchased the Shares from any Qualified Holder in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence. Each Stockholder transferring Shares pursuant to this Section 3(c) shall pay its pro rata share (based on the number of each class of Shares sold by such Stockholder divided by the total number of Shares of such class sold to the Proposed Transferee) of the expenses incurred by the Stockholders in connection with such Transfer and shall be obligated to join on a pro rata basis (based on the number of each class of Shares sold by such Stockholder divided by the total number of Shares of such class sold to the Proposed Transferee) in any indemnification or other obligations that the Transferring Stockholder agrees to provide in connection with such Transfer (other than any such obligations that relate specifically to a particular Stockholder such as indemnification with respect to representations and warranties given by a Stockholder regarding such Stockholder’s title to and ownership of Shares); provided that no Stockholder shall be obligated in connection with such Transfer to agree to indemnify or hold harmless the Proposed Transferee with respect to an amount in excess of the net cash proceeds paid to such holder in connection with such Transfer.

(d)     Permitted Transfers . The restrictions contained in this Section 3 shall not apply with respect to any Transfer of Shares by any Stockholder pursuant to applicable laws of descent and distribution or among such Stockholder’s Affiliates or such Stockholder’s Family Group (any such Transferee, a “ Permitted Transferee ”). Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, (i) the restrictions contained in this Section 3 shall continue to be applicable to the Shares after any Transfer permitted pursuant to this Section 3.3(d) and (ii) the Transferees of such Shares shall execute a Joinder Agreement.

(e)     Termination of Restrictions . The restrictions set forth in this Section 3 shall continue with respect to each Share held by any Stockholder (or any Permitted Transferee) until the earlier of (i) the date on which such Share has been Transferred in a Public Sale, or (ii) the consummation of a Public Offering.

 

5


(f)     Transfers; Transfers in Violation of Agreement . Prior to Transferring any Shares to any Person, the Transferring Stockholder shall cause the prospective Transferee to execute and deliver to the Company and the other Stockholders a Joinder Agreement. Any Transfer or attempted Transfer of any Shares in violation of any provision of this Agreement shall be void, and the Company shall not record such Transfer on its books or treat any purported Transferee of such Shares as the owner of such shares for any purpose.

4.      Stockholders’ Preemptive Rights . The Company hereby grants to each Qualified Significant Holder the right on the terms set forth in this Section 4 (including the limitations contained in Section 4(b) below) to purchase such Qualified Significant Holder’s Pro Rata Share of New Securities (as defined in Section 4(a) below) which the Company may, after the date hereof, from time to time, propose to sell and issue for cash or other consideration.

(a)     “New Securities” shall mean any authorized but unissued shares, and any treasury shares, of capital stock of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof and all rights, options or warrants to purchase capital stock, and Securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible into capital stock of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof or any other equity-linked Securities of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof; provided , however , that the term “New Securities” does not include:

(i)    Securities issued under the Purchase Agreement, any Restricted Stock Agreement, or any other incentive or compensation agreement entered into after the date hereof by the Company (as approved by the Board) and any member of its senior management or the Board;

(ii)    Securities issued pursuant to the acquisition of another Person by the Company (whether by merger, purchase of securities or all or substantially all of the assets or otherwise) approved by the Board, whereby (x) (A) the Company shall become the owner of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of such Person, or (B) the Company’s stockholders prior to such transactions shall continue to own at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the Company (or the Company’s successor) after such transaction, and (y) the primary purpose of such acquisition is not capital raising;

(iii)    Securities issued to non-Affiliate vendors or financial institutions as consideration for or in connection with any contracts or credit facilities entered into by the Company and approved by the Board;

(iv)    Securities issued pursuant to a Public Offering registered under the Securities Act and approved by the Board; or

(v)    Securities issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend or reclassification of any class of capital stock of the Company distributable on a pro rata basis to all holders of the applicable class of capital stock and approved by the Board.

(b)    In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give the Qualified Significant Holders written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, the consideration and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Qualified Significant Holder shall have thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of any such notice to agree to purchase its Pro Rata Share of such New Securities for the cash or cash equivalent consideration and upon the general terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased. In the event that any Qualified

 

6


Significant Holder elects to purchase less than its Pro Rata Share of the New Securities so offered, the Pro Rata Share of such Qualified Significant Holder not so purchased may be elected to be purchased within such period by the other Qualified Significant Holders in such proportion as is agreed by such Qualified Significant Holders or, failing agreement, in proportion to the shares of outstanding capital stock of the Company held by each Qualified Significant Holder desiring to purchase such New Securities. The Company shall provide prompt notice to all Qualified Significant Holders of all elections made pursuant to this Section 4(b) so that each Qualified Significant Holder may exercise its rights to purchase the full amount of New Securities such Qualified Significant Holder may be entitled to purchase hereunder. The consummation of a purchase of New Securities by the Qualified Significant Holders shall occur within thirty (30)  days after the date of their election to purchase their Pro Rata Share of New Securities, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by the Company and such Qualified Significant Holders.

(c)    In the event a Qualified Significant Holder fails to exercise the above rights within said 30-day period, the Company shall have sixty (60)  days thereafter to sell the New Securities with respect to which any such Person’s private preemptive right was not exercised, at a cash or cash equivalent price and upon general terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice. In the event the Company has not sold the New Securities within said 60-day period, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities, without first offering a portion of such securities to the Qualified Significant Holders as provided above.

(d)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if a Qualified Significant Holder holding a majority of the Preferred Stock held by all Qualified Significant Holders waives its preemptive rights under this Section  4, all other Qualified Significant Holders shall be deemed to have waived their respective preemptive rights without any further action required thereby, and each such Qualified Significant Holder hereby irrevocably consents to such waiver.

5.     Sale of the Company .

(a)    If the Board and TB approve a Sale of the Company (each an “Approved Sale” ), each Stockholder shall vote for, consent to and raise no objections against such Approved Sale. If the Approved Sale is structured as (i) a merger or consolidation, each Stockholder shall waive any dissenters’ rights, appraisal rights or similar rights in connection with such merger or consolidation or (ii)  a sale of stock, each Stockholder shall agree to sell all of such Stockholder’s Shares on the terms and conditions approved by the Board and TB. Each Stockholder shall take all necessary or desirable actions in connection with the consummation of the Approved Sale as reasonably requested by the Company, including, without limitation, voting for approval of the Approved Sale at any special meeting of Stockholders called for the purpose of voting on the Approved Sale. To the extent any Stockholder fails to take any required action in connection with an Approved Sale, each Stockholder hereby grants the Company an irrevocable power of attorney pursuant to and in accordance with Section  2(a) to take such action on such party’s behalf.

(b)    The obligations of the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock with respect to the Approved Sale are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions: (i)  upon the consummation of the Approved Sale, the holders of each class of Shares shall receive the same form of consideration and the same proportional amount of consideration per share as each other holder of such class of Shares with respect to such Shares; (ii)  if any holders of any class of Shares are given an option as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, each holder of such class of Shares shall be given the same such option; (iii)  the Stockholders shall not be required to make representations and warranties regarding any other Stockholder in connection with an Approved Sale; (iv)  the liability of a Stockholder with respect to a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made by such Stockholder shall be several and not joint with any other Person and such liability shall be limited to

 

7


the amount of proceeds actually received by such Stockholder in the Approved Sale; and (v) each holder of then currently exercisable rights to acquire any Shares shall either (A) have the opportunity to exercise such rights prior to the consummation of the Approved Sale and participate in such sale as holders of such Shares or (B) upon the consummation of the Approved Sale, receive in exchange for such rights consideration equal to the amount determined by multiplying (x) the same amount of consideration per Share received by holders of such class of Shares in connection with the Approved Sale less the exercise price per Share of such rights to acquire such class of Shares by (y) the number of Shares represented by such rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the consideration payable to the Preferred Stockholders is less than the Liquidation Value (as such term is defined in the certificate of incorporation of the Company), then the holders of the Common Stock may be required to participate in the Approved Sale for no consideration unless otherwise determined by the Board.

(c)    If the Company or the holders of the Company’s Securities enter into any negotiation or transaction for which Rule 506 (or any similar rule then in effect) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission may be available with respect to such negotiation or transaction (including a merger, consolidation or other reorganization), each holder of Shares will, at the request of the Company, appoint a “purchaser representative” (as such term is defined in Rule 501) reasonably acceptable to the Company. If any such holder of Shares appoints a purchaser representative designated by the Company, then the Company shall pay the fees of such purchaser representative, but if such holder of Shares declines to appoint the purchaser representative designated by the Company, such holder shall appoint another purchaser representative, and such holder shall be responsible for the fees of the purchaser representative so appointed.

(d)    Generally, the Company shall pay all transaction costs associated with any Approved Sale to the extent such costs are incurred for the benefit of all holders of Shares. To the extent such costs are not incurred by the Company prior to the distribution to the holders of Shares of proceeds from any Approved Sale or by the acquiring company, such costs shall be borne by each holder according to his, her or its pro rata share (based upon the amount of consideration received by such holder for such Shares in the Approved Sale) of the costs of any Approved Sale. Each holder of Shares shall be obligated to join on a several (and not joint) and pro rata basis (based upon the amount of consideration received by such holder for such Shares in the Approved Sale) in any indemnification or other obligations that the holders of a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock (voting as a single class) then outstanding agrees to provide in connection with such Approved Sale (other than any such obligations that relate specifically to a holder of Shares such as indemnification with respect to representations and warranties given by a holder regarding such holder’s title to and ownership of Shares); provided, that such indemnification by any holder shall not exceed such holder’s net proceeds from such Approved Sale.

(e)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, so long as TB and its Affiliates continue to own at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock on a fully diluted basis, all of the Stockholders collectively irrevocably constitute and appoint Thoma Bravo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( “TBLLC” ), as their agent and representative to act on their behalf from and after the execution of a definitive agreement in connection with an Approved Sale and to do any and all things and execute any and all documents which, in TBLLC’s good faith judgment, may be reasonably necessary, convenient or appropriate to facilitate the consummation of an Approved Sale, including but not limited to: (i) execution of the documents and certificates in connection with an Approved Sale; (ii) receipt of payments under or pursuant to an Approved Sale and disbursement thereof to the Stockholders and others, as contemplated by such Approved Sale; (iii) receipt and forwarding of notices and communications pursuant to an Approved Sale; (iv) administration of the provisions of any agreements entered into in connection with an Approved Sale; (v) giving or agreeing to, on behalf of all (but not less than all) of the Stockholders, any and all consents, waivers, amendments or modifications deemed by TBLLC, in its reasonable and good faith discretion, to be necessary or appropriate in

 

8


connection with an Approved Sale and the execution or delivery of any documents that may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith; (vi) amending any agreement entered into in connection with an Approved Sale or any of the instruments to be delivered pursuant to such Approved Sale (provided that any such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights or obligations of a Stockholder differently than it affects the rights and obligations of all Stockholders); (vii) (A) dispute or refrain from disputing, on behalf of each Stockholder relative to any amounts to be received by such Stockholder under any agreements contemplated by an Approved Sale, any claim made by the purchaser pursuant to such agreements contemplated thereby, (B) negotiate and compromise, on behalf of each such Stockholder, any dispute that may arise under, and exercise or refrain from exercising any remedies available under, any agreement entered into in connection with an Approved Sale, and (C) execute, on behalf of each such Stockholder, any settlement agreement, release or other document with respect to such dispute or remedy; except in each case with respect to a dispute between a Stockholder on the one hand and TBLLC on the other hand; and (viii) engaging attorneys, accountants, agents or consultants on behalf of such Stockholders in connection with any Approved Sale or any other agreement contemplated thereby and paying any fees related thereto to the extent not payable by the Company; provided that in each case pursuant to this Section 5(e) , TBLLC shall not take any action adverse to any Stockholder unless such action is also taken with respect to TBLLC, all other Affiliates of TBLLC who are Stockholders and other similarly situated Stockholders (in terms of type/form of equity interest held). TBLLC shall not be liable to the Stockholders in its capacity as agent and representative for any liability of a Stockholder for any error of judgment, any act done or step taken or for any mistake in fact or law, in each case to the extent taken or omitted by it in good faith, except where such liability is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or intentional breach of this Agreement by TBLLC, any of its Affiliates or their respective directors, officers, employees, representatives or agents. TBLLC may seek the advice of legal counsel in the event of any dispute or question as to the construction of any of the provisions of this Agreement or its duties hereunder, and it shall incur no liability in its capacity as agent and representative to the Stockholders or the Company and shall be fully protected with respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it in good faith in accordance with the advice of such counsel. TBLLC shall not by reason of this Agreement have a fiduciary relationship in respect of any Stockholder, except in respect of amounts received on behalf of the Stockholders. The appointment of TBLLC as the agent and representative of the Stockholders is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable by any Stockholder in any manner or for any reason, except as otherwise provided herein. This authority granted to TBLLC shall not be affected by the death, illness, dissolution, disability or incapacity of a Stockholder.

(f)    The provisions of this Section 5 shall terminate upon the consummation of the Company’s Public Offering.

6.     Public Offering .

(a)    In the event that the Board and TB approve an initial Public Offering, the Stockholders shall take all reasonably necessary or desirable actions in connection with the consummation of such initial Public Offering. In the event that the initial Public Offering is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the capital stock structure of the Company shall adversely affect the marketability of the offering, each Stockholder shall consent to and vote for a recapitalization, reorganization and/or exchange of the capital stock into securities that the managing underwriters, the Board and TB find acceptable and shall take all necessary or desirable actions (including executing any necessary documentation) in connection with the consummation of the recapitalization, reorganization and/or exchange; provided , however , that (i) the resulting Securities reflect and are consistent with the relative rights and preferences among the outstanding classes of securities set forth in the Company’s certificate of incorporation as in effect immediately prior to the initial Public Offering, (ii) the Company shall reimburse each Stockholder for the

 

9


reasonable expenses incurred by such Stockholder in taking such actions and (iii) each holder of a class of the Company’s Securities receive the same Securities in connection with the initial Public Offering and such recapitalization, reorganization or exchange as the other holders of such class.

(b)    Each holder of Shares shall not effect any Public Sale or other distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144) of any Securities of the Company during the period beginning on the date of notice of a Public Sale by the Company to each holder of Shares and the 180-day period beginning on the effective date of a Public Offering, unless the underwriters managing a Public Offering otherwise agree.

7.      Legend; Additional Transfer Provisions .

(a)     General Provisions . In addition to the other restrictions on Transfer set forth in this Agreement, as applicable, the Securities of the Company are Transferable only pursuant to (i) Public Offerings, (ii) Rule 144 or Rule 144A of the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any similar rule or rules then in force) if such rule is available and (iii) subject to the conditions specified in Sections 7(b), 7(c) and 7(d) below.

(b)     Notice of Transfer; Opinion Delivery . The holder of any Shares, by his, her or its acceptance or purchase thereof, agrees, prior to any Transfer of any such Shares (except pursuant to an effective Registration Statement), to give written notice to the Company of such holder’s intention to effect such Transfer and agrees to comply in all other respects with the provisions of this Section 7(c) . Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed Transfer and, unless waived by the Company, shall be accompanied by the written opinion, addressed to the Company, of Goodwin Procter LLP or such other counsel, reasonably acceptable to the Company, stating that in the opinion of such counsel (which opinion shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company) such proposed Transfer does not involve a transaction requiring registration of such Shares under the Securities Act. Each certificate or other instrument evidencing the Shares issued upon the Transfer of any Shares (and each certificate or other instrument evidencing any untransferred balance of such Shares) shall bear the legend set forth in Section 7(c) ) unless (i) in such opinion of such counsel, registration of future transfer is not required by the applicable provisions of the Securities Act or (ii) the Company shall have waived the requirement of such legend.

(c)     Legend . Except as provided in Section 7(b) above, and except for Shares Transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement or pursuant to Rule 144, each certificate evidencing Shares and each certificate issued in exchange for or upon the Transfer of any Shares shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY ONLY BE SOLD IF REGISTERED UNDER THE 1933 ACT OR IF SUCH SALE IS EXEMPT FROM THE REQUIREMENTS OF REGISTRATION UNDER THE 1933 ACT. THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 8, 2014, AMONG THE ISSUER OF SUCH SHARES AND CERTAIN OF ITS STOCKHOLDERS (AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED, MODIFIED, SUPPLEMENTED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME). THE TERMS OF THE STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT INCLUDE, AMONG OTHER THINGS, RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THESE SHARES. A COPY OF THE STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON REQUEST TO THE ISSUER.

 

10


The legend set forth above shall be removed from the certificates evidencing any shares that cease to be Shares.

(d)     Joinder Agreement . Any Permitted Transferee or other Person to which any Shares are Transferred shall execute a Joinder Agreement; provided, that the foregoing requirement shall not apply to Shares sold in a registered offering or Transferred in accordance with Rule 144. Unless TB agrees otherwise, whenever the Company issues or otherwise sells Securities issued by the Company to any Person who is not a Stockholder, it will obtain a Joinder Agreement from such Person and, if such Person is an individual, a spousal consent from such Person’s spouse in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto. Unless such Person is an Affiliate of TB, such person shall be deemed to be a Management Stockholder for all purposes hereunder, including, without limitation, all Transfer restrictions set forth herein. All additional shares of capital stock issued by the Company to any such purchasers shall be deemed to be “Shares” for purposes of this Agreement. The Company shall update the Schedule of Holders from time to time and as appropriate to reflect additional parties to this Agreement, and such updated Schedule of Holders shall become a part of this Agreement without the consent of the other parties. The Company shall promptly provide a copy of the Schedule of Holders to any Stockholder upon request.

8.     Indemnification .

(a)    Notwithstanding any provision of the certificate of incorporation, bylaws, or other organizational document of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, to the contrary, the Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of each of its Subsidiaries, acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Company and its Subsidiaries are, and shall at all times be, the indemnitors of first resort with respect to any and all matters for which advancement of expenses and indemnification are provided by the Company or its Subsidiaries to or on behalf of any Persons designated by TB to serve as a member of the Board (each such Person, an “ Indemnitee ”), (ii) the obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries to each Indemnitee are primary, and any obligations of TB or any Affiliate thereof to provide advancement of expenses or indemnification for any losses, claims, damages or liabilities incurred by any Indemnitee and for which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has agreed (or is otherwise obligated) to indemnify Indemnitee are secondary, (iii) any Indemnitee may be required to seek advancement of expenses and/or indemnification from any other potential source of such advancement or indemnification (including from TB or its Affiliates) only if, and only to the extent that, the Company and/or its Subsidiaries are legally and/or financially unable to advance expenses and/or indemnify, as the case may be, to or on behalf of such Indemnitee, and (iv) if TB or any of its Affiliates is obligated to pay, or pays, or causes to be paid for any reason, any expense, loss, claim, damage or liability which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is otherwise obligated to pay to or on behalf of any Indemnitee, then (x) TB or its Affiliates, as applicable, shall be fully subrogated to and otherwise succeed to all rights of such Indemnitee with respect to such payment, including with respect to rights to claim such amounts from the Company or its Subsidiaries, as applicable; and (y) the Company and/or its Subsidiaries shall reimburse, indemnify and hold harmless TB and its Affiliates, as the case may be, for all such payments actually made by such Person on behalf of or for the benefit of any Indemnitee.

(b)    The Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of each of its Subsidiaries, hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases (and covenants and agrees not to exercise, and to cause each of its Affiliates not to exercise), any claims or rights that it or any of its Affiliates may now have or hereafter acquire against TB or Affiliate thereof that arise from or relate to the

 

11


existence, payment, performance or enforcement obligations of the Company or such Subsidiary under this Agreement or under any indemnification obligation of the Company, such Subsidiary or their respective Affiliates to any Indemnitee, including any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification, whether such right arises in equity or under contract, statute, common law or otherwise, including any right to claim, take or receive from TB or any Affiliate thereof, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, any payment or security or other credit support on account of such claim, remedy or right.

(c)    The Company shall defend, indemnify and hold each Stockholder, its Affiliates and direct and indirect partners (including partners of partners and stockholders and members of partners), members, stockholders, directors, officers, employees and agents and each person who controls any of them within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (the “ Covered Persons ”) harmless from and against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities sustained or suffered by any such Covered Person based upon, relating to, arising out of, or by reason of any third party or governmental claims relating to such Covered Person’s status as a Stockholder or controlling person of the Company (including, without limitation, any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, which relate directly or indirectly to the registration, purchase, sale or ownership of any Securities of the Company or to any fiduciary obligation owed with respect thereto), including, without limitation, in connection with any third party or governmental action or claim relating to any action taken or omitted to be taken or alleged to have been taken or omitted to have been taken by any Covered Person as a Stockholder or controlling person, including claims alleging so-called control person liability or securities law liability.

(d)    Any amendment or repeal of any indemnification provisions of this Section 8 , or the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder or thereunder of any Indemnitee or Covered Person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment or repeal (regardless of whether the proceeding relating to such act or omission, or any proceeding relating to such Indemnitee’s rights to indemnification or to advancement of expenses, is commenced before or after the time of such amendment, repeal, modification, or adoption), and any such amendment, repeal, modification, or adoption that would adversely affect such Indemnitee’s or Covered Person’s rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses hereunder shall be ineffective as to such Indemnitee or Covered Person, except with respect to any proceeding that relates to or arises from (and only to the extent such proceeding relates to or arises from) any act or omission of such Indemnitee or Covered Person occurring after the effective time of such amendment, repeal, modification, or adoption.

9.      Information Rights . The Company shall deliver to each Qualified Significant Holder:

(a)     Quarterly Financial Statements . Within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter (other than the fourth fiscal quarter) of each fiscal year, the consolidated and consolidating unaudited balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter and the related consolidated (and with respect to statements of income, consolidating) statements of income, and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current fiscal year to the end of such fiscal quarter, in each case, setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous fiscal year.

(b)     Annual Financial Statements . Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, (i) the consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated (and with respect to statements of income, consolidating) statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and

 

12


its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the previous fiscal year and (ii) a report thereon of an independent certified public accountant selected by the Company.

(c)     Financial Plan . Within forty-five (45) days after the beginning of each fiscal year, a consolidated plan and financial forecast for such fiscal year, including (i) a forecasted consolidated balance sheet, and the assumptions on which such forecasts are based and (ii) forecasted consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year.

10.     Definitions .

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, (a) who is an individual, the spouse, parent, sibling or lineal descendant of such Person, (b) that is an entity, the officers, directors, managers, members, or partners of the foregoing and (c) any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another Person. For purposes of this definition, the terms “control,” “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” as used with respect to any Person, mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“Approved Sale” has the meaning set forth in Section  5(a) .

“Authorized Sale Period” has the meaning set forth in Section  3(b)(iv) .

“Board” has the meaning set forth in Recital D .

“Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in Recital A .

“Company” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“Covered Person” has the meaning set forth in Section  8(c) .

“Family Group” means an individual’s spouse and the individual’s or the individual’s spouse’s descendants (whether natural or adopted), ascendants and/or siblings, and any trust, family limited partnership or family limited liability company solely for the benefit of the individual and/or the individual’s spouse and/or the individual’s or the individual’s spouse’s descendants, ascendants and/or siblings, and any such trust, family limited partnership or family limited liability company may transfer shares to such Persons in accordance with its terms.

“Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section  8(a) .

“Joinder Agreement” means a joinder agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time), pursuant to which a Person will become a party to, and be bound by and obligated to comply with the terms and provisions of, this Agreement.

“Management Stockholder” means each of the Persons identified as a Management Stockholder on Annex A hereto.

 

13


“New Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section  4(a) .

“Offer Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section  3(b)(i) .

“Permitted Transferee” has the meaning set forth in Section  3.3(d) .

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, proprietorship, trust, union, association or other entity, enterprise or business organization.

“Preferred Stock” has the meaning set forth in Recital A .

“Preferred Stockholder” means any Stockholder that owns Shares of Preferred Stock.

“Pro Rata Share” means (i) with respect to the First Offer Right in Section  3(b) , the ratio of (a) the number of shares of such class of equity Securities owned by a Qualified Holder on the calculation date to (b) the total number of shares of such class of equity Securities then outstanding held by all Qualified Holders desiring to purchase shares of such class of equity Securities; (ii) with respect to the participation rights set forth in Section  3(c)(ii) , the ratio of (a) the number of shares of such class of equity Securities owned by the Transferring Stockholder or a Qualified Holder, as applicable, on the calculation date to (b) the total number of shares of such class of equity Securities then outstanding held, in the aggregate, by the Transferring Stockholder and each of the Qualified Holders electing to participate in such Transfer; and (iii) with respect to the Preemptive Rights in Section  4 , the ratio of (x) the number of Shares owned by a Qualified Significant Holder on the calculation date to (y) the total number of Shares then outstanding.

“Proposed Transferee” has the meaning set forth in Section  3(b)(i) .

“Public Offering” means the sale by the Company of its capital stock or equity securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or any comparable statement under any similar federal statute then in force as approved by the Board and managed by a nationally-recognized investment banking firm.

“Public Sale” means any sale of Shares to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act.

“Purchase Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Recital A .

“Qualified Holder” means any Preferred Stockholder who is an accredited investor (as such term is defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act).

“Qualified Significant Holder” means any Preferred Stockholder who (i) is an accredited investor (as such term is defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act) and (ii) owns (together with its Affiliates and members of its Family Group) at least 1,463,800 Shares (subject to adjustment in the case of stock splits, stock dividends, and the like).

“Remaining Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section  3(b)(iii) .

“Restricted Stock Agreements” means the Restricted Stock Agreements entered into between the Company and certain employees of the Company as of the date of this Agreement and after the date of this Agreement as approved by the Board.

“ROFO Election Period” has the meaning set forth in Section  3(b)(iii) .

 

14


“Sale Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section  3(c)(i) .

Sale of the Company means any transaction or series of related transactions other than a Public Sale pursuant to which any Person or group of Persons acting in concert (other than TB or an Affiliate of TB), together with such Person’s or group of Persons’ Affiliates, acquire(s) (i) the capital stock of the Company possessing the voting power to elect a majority of the Board (whether by merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination, sale or transfer of the Company’s capital stock, shareholder or voting agreement, proxy, power of attorney or otherwise), (ii) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets determined on a consolidated basis, or (iii) fifty percent (50%) or more of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company.

“Securities” means “securities” as defined in Section 2(1) of the Securities Act and includes, with respect to any Person, such Person’s capital stock or other equity interests or any options, warrants or other securities that are directly or indirectly convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, such Person’s capital stock or other equity or equity-linked interests, including phantom stock and stock appreciation rights.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

“Securities Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

“Shares” means (i) all shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock or any other class or series of equity Securities issued by the Company, in each case, purchased or otherwise acquired by any Stockholder, and (ii) any Securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to the Securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

“Stockholders” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble. “Stockholder” shall also include any other Person who hereafter becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to a Joinder Agreement.

“Sub Board” has the meaning set forth in Section  1(a)(iii) .

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any party, any corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company or other non-corporate business enterprise in which such Person (or another Subsidiary of such Person) holds stock or other ownership interests representing (a) 50% or more of the voting power of all outstanding stock or ownership interests of such entity or (b) the right to receive 50% or more of the net assets of such entity available for distribution to the holders of outstanding stock or ownership interests upon a liquidation or dissolution of such entity.

“TB” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“TBLLC” has the meaning set forth in Section  2(a) .

“Transfer” of Securities shall be construed broadly and shall include any issuance, sale, assignment, transfer, participation, gift, bequest, distribution, or other disposition thereof, or any pledge or hypothecation thereof, placement of a lien thereon or grant of a security interest therein or other encumbrance thereon, in each case whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law or otherwise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Transfer shall not include (a) the exercise or conversion of any warrant, option or other convertible or exercisable Security granted by the Company or (b) the sale or transfer of Shares by any Management Stockholder to the Company or any of its designees hereunder, or pursuant to any employment, option, subscription or restricted stock purchase agreement between the Company and such Management Stockholder or any plan relating to the foregoing.

 

15


“Transferring Stockholder” has the meaning set forth in Section  3(b) .

11.      Term of Agreement . The Term of this Agreement shall terminate on the first of the following to occur: (a) any Sale of the Company; provided that such Sale of the Company is a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or capital stock (whether by merger, consolidation, stock, asset sale or otherwise); or (b) the effective time of a Public Offering; provided , however , that if the closing of such Public Offering does not occur, then this Agreement shall automatically be reinstated in full force and effect.

12.      Remedies . The Stockholders shall be entitled to enforce their rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that each party may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief (without posting a bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent any violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

13.      Governing Law . This Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of laws of any jurisdictions other than those of the State of Delaware..

14.      Consent to Jurisdiction . Each of the parties to this Agreement (i) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction of any state or federal court located in the State of Delaware in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (iii) agrees that it shall not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court, and (iv) agrees not to bring any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any other court. Each of the parties hereto waives any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action or proceeding so brought and waives any bond, surety or other security that might be required of any other party with respect thereto. Any party hereto may make service on another party by sending or delivering a copy of the process to the party to be served at the address and in the manner provided for the giving of notices in Section  17 . Nothing in this Section  14 , however, shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law.

15.      Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. EACH PARTY (I) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LEGAL ACTION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (II) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 15 .

 

16


16.      Notices . Any notice or other communication required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered in person, sent by overnight delivery via a national courier service or sent by facsimile to each Stockholder’s address set forth on the Schedule of Holders attached hereto as Annex A or at such other address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party, and to the Company as follows:

Sailpoint Technologies Holdings, Inc.

c/o Thoma Bravo, LLC

600 Montgomery Street

32nd Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

Attention: Seth Boro and Chip Virnig

Fax No.: (415) 392-6480

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Goodwin Procter LLP

Three Embarcadero Center, 24th floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

Attention: J. Hovey Kemp and Jared Jensen

Fax No.: (415) 677-9041

Each such notice or other communication shall be effective (i) if delivered in person, when such delivery is made at the address specified on Annex A or in this Section  16 , (ii) if delivered by overnight courier, the next Business Day after such notice or other communication is sent to the address specified on Annex  A or in this Section  16 or (iii) if delivered by facsimile, when such facsimile is transmitted to the facsimile number specified on Annex A or in this Section  16 and the appropriate confirmation is received.

17.      Amendment and Waiver . Except as otherwise provided herein, no modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective against the Company or the Stockholders unless such modification, amendment or waiver is approved in writing by the holders of a majority of the shares of the Preferred Stock; provided , however , that if any modification, amendment or waiver would, by its terms, (i) adversely affect, in any material respect, the rights and obligations of any Stockholder in a manner disproportionate relative to the other Stockholders in the same class of capital stock, or (ii) subjects a Stockholder to any obligation or liability not shared by each of the other Stockholders holding the same class of capital stock, such modification, amendment or waiver shall not be effective without such Stockholder’s prior written consent. The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

18.      Severability . Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction. If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision hereof is invalid or unenforceable, the parties hereto agree to replace such invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a valid and enforceable term or provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such invalid or unenforceable term.

 

17


19.      Entire Agreement . Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement embodies the complete agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

20.      Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and each Stockholder, and each of their respective successors, assigns and Permitted Transferees, so long as they hold Shares.

21.      C ounterparts; Electronic Transmission . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Each party to this Agreement agrees that its transmission of its own signature by facsimile, PDF or other electronically scanned image will bind it and that it will accept similarly transmitted signatures of each other party to this Agreement.

22.      Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

23.      Joinder of Spouses . All individual Stockholders who are married shall, concurrent with their execution of this Agreement, deliver an executed spousal consent in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

[ REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ]

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stockholders Agreement on the day and year first written above.

 

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Kevin Cunningham

Name:   Kevin Cunningham
Title:   President
THOMA BRAVO FUND XI, L.P.
By:   Thoma Bravo Partners XI, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Thoma Bravo, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Seth Boro

Name:   Seth Boro
Title:   Managing Partner
THOMA BRAVO FUND XI-A, L.P.
By:   Thoma Bravo Partners XI, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Thoma Bravo, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Seth Boro

Name:   Seth Boro
Title:   Managing Partner
THOMA BRAVO EXECUTIVE FUND XI, L.P.
By:   Thoma Bravo Partners XI, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Thoma Bravo, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Seth Boro

Name:   Seth Boro
Title:   Managing Partner

[Stockholders Agreement Signature Page]


EXECUTIVES:

 

MARK MCCLAIN

/s/ Mark McClain

Mark McClain
KEVIN CUNNINGHAM

/s/ Kevin Cunningham

Kevin Cunningham

STOCKHOLDERS:

 

MCCLAIN CHARITABLE REMAINDER UNITRUST

/s/ Mark McClain, TTEE

Mark McClain, TTEE
MARYANNE HATTEN

/s/ Maryanne Hatten

Maryanne Hatten
JAMES MCMARTIN

/s/ James McMartin

James McMartin
THOMAS BECK

/s/ Thomas Beck

Thomas Beck
CHRISTOPHER GOSSETT

/s/ Christopher Gossett

Christopher Gossett
DAVID CROW

/s/ David Crow

David Crow

[Stockholders Agreement Signature Page]


JEFFERY LARSON

/s/ Jeffery Larson

Jeffery Larson
TROY DONLEY

/s/ Troy Donely

Troy Donley
MARTIN FREDRICKSON

/s/ Martin Fredrickson

Martin Fredrickson

[Stockholders Agreement Signature Page]

Exhibit 10.1

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

dated as of November 2, 2016

among

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

as Company,

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, LLC,

SAILPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC.,

as Guarantors,

VARIOUS LENDERS,

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Lead Arranger.

 

 

$120,000,000 Senior Secured Credit Facilities

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

SECTION 1.

   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION      2  

        1.1.

   Definitions      2  

        1.2.

   Accounting Terms      42  

        1.3.

   Interpretation, etc      43  

SECTION 2.

   LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT      43  

        2.1.

   Term Loans      43  

        2.2.

   Revolving Loans      44  

        2.3.

   Issuance of Letters of Credit and Purchase of Participations Therein      45  

        2.4.

   Pro Rata Shares; Availability of Funds      49  

        2.5.

   Use of Proceeds      50  

        2.6.

   Evidence of Debt; Register; Lenders’ Books and Records; Notes      50  

        2.7.

   Interest on Loans      51  

        2.8.

   Conversion/Continuation      53  

        2.9.

   Default Interest      53  

        2.10.

   Fees      54  

        2.11.

   [Intentionally Reserved]      54  

        2.12.

   Voluntary Prepayments/Commitment Reductions      54  

        2.13.

   Mandatory Prepayments/Commitment Reductions      56  

        2.14.

   Application of Prepayments/Reductions      58  

        2.15.

   General Provisions Regarding Payments      59  

        2.16.

   Ratable Sharing      60  

        2.17.

   Making or Maintaining LIBOR Rate Loans      61  

        2.18.

   Increased Costs; Capital Adequacy      62  

        2.19.

   Taxes; Withholding, etc      64  

        2.20.

   Obligation to Mitigate      66  

        2.21.

   Defaulting Lenders      67  

        2.22.

   Removal or Replacement of a Lender      68  

        2.23.

   Reallocation      69  

SECTION 3.

   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT      69  

        3.1.

   Closing Date      69  

        3.2.

   Conditions to Each Credit Extension      73  

        3.3.

   Restatement Effective Date      74  

SECTION 4.

   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      74  

        4.1.

   Organization; Requisite Power and Authority; Qualification      74  

        4.2.

   Capital Stock and Ownership      74  

        4.3.

   Due Authorization      75  

        4.4.

   No Conflict      75  

        4.5.

   Governmental Consents      75  

        4.6.

   Binding Obligation      75  

        4.7.

   Historical Financial Statements      75  


        4.8.

   Projections      76  

        4.9.

   No Material Adverse Change      76  

        4.10.

   [Intentionally Reserved]      76  

        4.11.

   Adverse Proceedings, etc      76  

        4.12.

   Payment of Taxes      76  

        4.13.

   Properties      76  

        4.14.

   Environmental Matters      77  

        4.15.

   No Defaults      77  

        4.16.

   Material Contracts      78  

        4.17.

   Governmental Regulation      78  

        4.18.

   Margin Stock      78  

        4.19.

   Employee Matters      78  

        4.20.

   Employee Benefit Plans      78  

        4.21.

   Certain Fees      79  

        4.22.

   Solvency      79  

        4.23.

   Foreign Subsidiaries; No Transactions in Foreign Currencies      79  

        4.24.

   Compliance with Statutes, etc      79  

        4.25.

   Disclosure      79  

        4.26.

   Patriot Act; FCPA      80  

        4.27.

   Foreign Assets Control Regulations and Anti-Money Laundering      80  

        4.28.

   Information Security Requirements; Personal Information      81  

SECTION 5.

   AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS      81  

        5.1.

   Financial Statements and Other Reports      81  

        5.2.

   Existence      85  

        5.3.

   Payment of Taxes and Claims      85  

        5.4.

   Maintenance of Properties      85  

        5.5.

   Insurance      85  

        5.6.

   Inspections      86  

        5.7.

   Lenders Meetings and Teleconferences      86  

        5.8.

   Compliance with Laws      86  

        5.9.

   Environmental      87  

        5.10.

   Subsidiaries      87  

        5.11.

   Real Estate Assets      87  

        5.12.

   Information Security Requirements; Personal Information      88  

        5.13.

   Further Assurances      88  

        5.14.

   Miscellaneous Business Covenants      89  

        5.15.

   Post-Closing Matters      89  

        5.16.

   Employee Confidentiality Agreements      89  

        5.17.

   Compliance Protocols      89  

SECTION 6.

   NEGATIVE COVENANTS      90  

        6.1.

   Indebtedness      90  

        6.2.

   Liens      93  

        6.3.

   Equitable Lien      95  

        6.4.

   No Further Negative Pledges      95  

        6.5.

   Restricted Junior Payments      96  


        6.6.

   Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions      96  

        6.7.

   Investments      97  

        6.8.

   Financial Covenants      99  

        6.9.

   Fundamental Changes; Disposition of Assets; Acquisitions      102  

        6.10.

   Disposal of Subsidiary Interests      104  

        6.11.

   Sales and Lease-Backs      104  

        6.12.

   Transactions with Affiliates      104  

        6.13.

   Conduct of Business      104  

        6.14.

   Permitted Activities of Holdings and Parent      105  

        6.15.

   Intellectual Property and Customer Matters      105  

        6.16.

   Amendments or Waivers with Respect to Subordinated Indebtedness      105  

        6.17.

   Fiscal Year      105  

        6.18.

   Deposit Accounts      106  

        6.19.

   Amendments to Organizational Agreements and Management Agreement      106  

        6.20.

   Prepayments of Subordinated Indebtedness      106  

SECTION 7.

   GUARANTY      106  

        7.1.

   Guaranty of the Obligations      106  

        7.2.

   Contribution by Guarantors      106  

        7.3.

   Payment by Guarantors      107  

        7.4.

   Liability of Guarantors Absolute      107  

        7.5.

   Waivers by Guarantors      109  

        7.6.

   Guarantors’ Rights of Subrogation, Contribution, etc      110  

        7.7.

   Subordination of Other Obligations      111  

        7.8.

   Continuing Guaranty      111  

        7.9.

   Authority of Guarantors or Company      111  

        7.10.

   Financial Condition of Company      111  

        7.11.

   Bankruptcy, etc      112  

        7.12.

   Discharge of Guaranty Upon Sale of Guarantor      112  

        7.13.

   Keepwell      112  

SECTION 8.

   EVENTS OF DEFAULT      113  

        8.1.

   Events of Default      113  

SECTION 9.

   AGENTS      116  

        9.1.

   Appointment of Agents      116  

        9.2.

   Powers and Duties      116  

        9.3.

   General Immunity      116  

        9.4.

   Agents Entitled to Act as Lender      117  

        9.5.

   Lenders’ Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgment      117  

        9.6.

   Right to Indemnity      118  

        9.7.

   Successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent      119  

        9.8.

   Collateral Documents and Guaranty      119  

SECTION 10.

   MISCELLANEOUS      120  

        10.1.

   Notices      120  

        10.2.

   Expenses      120  


        10.3.

   Indemnity      121  

        10.4.

   Set-Off      122  

        10.5.

   Amendments and Waivers      122  

        10.6.

   Successors and Assigns; Participations      124  

        10.7.

   Independence of Covenants      128  

        10.8.

   Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements      128  

        10.9.

   No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative      128  

        10.10.

   Marshalling; Payments Set Aside      128  

        10.11.

   Severability      129  

        10.12.

   Obligations Several; Actions in Concert      129  

        10.13.

   Headings      129  

        10.14.

   APPLICABLE LAW      129  

        10.15.

   CONSENT TO JURISDICTION      129  

        10.16.

   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      130  

        10.17.

   Confidentiality      131  

        10.18.

   Usury Savings Clause      132  

        10.19.

   Counterparts      132  

        10.20.

   Effectiveness      132  

        10.21.

   Patriot Act      133  

SECTION 11.

   AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT      133  

        11.1.

   Acknowledgements      133  

        11.2.

   Amendment and Restatement      133  

        11.3.

   Exhibits      134  


APPENDICES:            A-1    Term Loan Commitments
   A-2    Revolving Commitments
   B    Notice Addresses
SCHEDULES:    A    Historical Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA
   4.1    Jurisdictions of Organization and Qualification
   4.2    Capital Stock and Ownership
   4.13    Real Estate Assets
   4.16    Material Contracts
   5.15    Certain Post-Closing Matters
   6.1    Certain Indebtedness
   6.2    Certain Liens
   6.7    Certain Investments
   6.12        Certain Affiliate Transactions
EXHIBITS:    A-1    Funding Notice
   A-2    Conversion/Continuation Notice
   A-3    Issuance Notice
   B-1    Term Loan Note
   B-2    Revolving Loan Note
   C    Compliance Certificate
   D    [Intentionally Reserved]
   E    Assignment Agreement
   F    Certificate Regarding Non-Bank Status
   G-1    Closing Date Certificate
   G-2    Solvency Certificate
   H    Counterpart Agreement


AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

This AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT , dated as of November 2, 2016, is entered into by and among SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC. , a Delaware corporation ( “Company” ), SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company ( “Holdings” ), SAILPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC. , a Delaware corporation ( “SailPoint International” ), each as a Guarantor, the other Credit Parties party hereto from time to time, the Lenders party hereto from time to time, and GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA ( “GSB” ), as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, “Administrative Agent” ), Collateral Agent (in such capacity, “Collateral Agent” ), and Lead Arranger.

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, capitalized terms used in these Recitals shall have the respective meanings set forth for such terms in Section 1.1 hereof;

WHEREAS , Company, the other Credit Parties party thereto, Agents and the Lenders party thereto are parties to that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 16, 2016 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified to, but not including, the Restatement Effective Date, the “Original Credit Agreement” );

WHEREAS , the parties hereto wish to amend and restate in its entirety the Original Credit Agreement in the form of this Agreement to, inter alia , (i) amend certain provisions of the Original Credit Agreement, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions provided herein and (ii) to continue to make available to Company the credit facilities provided for herein, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein, which Agreement shall be deemed effective as of the Restatement Effective Date upon its execution by all parties hereto;

WHEREAS , it is the intent of the parties hereto that this Agreement not constitute a novation of the “Obligations” (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) and liabilities existing under the Original Credit Agreement and related Credit Documents (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) or evidence repayment of any of such obligations and liabilities, but rather that this Agreement amend and restate in its entirety the Original Credit Agreement and re-evidence the “Obligations” (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) of Company and the other Credit Parties outstanding thereunder, as well as evidence the additional Obligations of Company and the other Credit Parties to Agents, Issuing Bank and Lenders provided for herein;

WHEREAS , after giving effect to the foregoing, Lenders have agreed to continue and/or extend certain credit facilities to Company, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $120,000,000, consisting of (a) $115,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Term Loans and (b) $5,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Revolving Commitments (including a Letter of Credit subfacility), the proceeds of which will be used for the purposes specified in Section 2.5;

WHEREAS , Company has agreed to secure all of its Obligations by granting to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, a First Priority Lien on substantially all of its assets, including a pledge of all of the Capital Stock of its respective Domestic Subsidiaries and sixty-five percent (65%) of the Capital Stock of each of its directly owned Foreign Subsidiaries, in each case, subject to the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents; and


WHEREAS , Guarantors have agreed to guarantee the Obligations of Company hereunder and to secure their respective Obligations by granting to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, a First Priority Lien on substantially all of their respective assets, including a pledge of all of the Capital Stock of each of their respective Domestic Subsidiaries (including Company) and sixty-five percent (65%) of the Capital Stock of each of their respective directly owned Foreign Subsidiaries, in each case, subject to the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1. Definitions. The following terms used herein, including in the preamble, recitals, exhibits and schedules hereto, shall have the following meanings:

“Act” as defined in Section 4.26.

“Adjusted LIBOR Rate” means, for any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to an Interest Period for a LIBOR Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to the greater of (A) one percent (1.00%) and (B) the rate obtained by dividing (i) (a) the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by Administrative Agent to be the offered rate, truncated at five decimal digits, which appears on (x) the page of the Reuters Screen which displays the London Interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administrative Limited (such page currently being Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page) or (y) on the comparable page of the Bloomberg Information Services for deposits (for delivery on the first day of such period) with a term equivalent to such period in Dollars, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) on such Interest Rate Determination Date, or (b) in the event the rate referenced in the preceding clause (a) does not appear on such page or service or if such page or service shall cease to be available, the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by Administrative Agent to be the offered rate on such other page or other service, truncated at five decimal digits, which displays the London Interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administrative Limited (for delivery on the first day of such period) with a term equivalent to such period in Dollars, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) on such Interest Rate Determination Date, or (c) in the event the rates referenced in the preceding clauses (a) and (b) are not available or if such information, in the reasonable judgment of Administrative Agent shall cease accurately to reflect the rate offered by leading banks in the London interbank market as reported by any publicly available source of similar market data selected by Administrative Agent, the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by Administrative Agent to be the offered rate, truncated at five decimal digits, to first class banks in the London interbank market for deposits (for delivery on the first day of the relevant period) with a term equivalent to such period in Dollars, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) on such Interest Rate Determination Date, by (ii) an amount equal to (a) one, minus (b) the Applicable Reserve Requirement.

 

2


“Adjustment Event” as defined in the definition of Applicable Margin.

“Administrative Agent” as defined in the preamble hereto.

“Adverse Proceeding” means any action, suit, proceeding (whether administrative, judicial or otherwise), governmental investigation or arbitration (whether or not purportedly on behalf of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) at law or in equity, or before or by any Governmental Authority, domestic or foreign (including any Environmental Claims), whether pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, threatened against or affecting Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any property of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

“Affected Lender” as defined in Section 2.17(b).

“Affected Loans” as defined in Section 2.17(b).

“Affiliate” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling (including any member of the senior management group of such Person), Controlled by, or under common Control with, that Person; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor the Lenders shall be deemed Affiliates of the Credit Parties as a result of the exercise of their rights and remedies under the Credit Documents.

“Agent” means each of Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

“Aggregate Amounts Due” as defined in Section 2.16.

“Aggregate Payments” as defined in Section 7.2.

“Agreement” means this Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of the Restatement Effective Date, as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Alliance Agreements” means (i) that certain Standard Alliance Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2007, between Company and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, (ii) that certain Alliance Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2016, between Company and Deloitte & Touche LLP and (iii) that certain Strategic Alliance Agreement, dated as of April 21, 2015, between SailPoint Technologies, Inc. and KPMG LLP, in each case, as in effect on the Closing Date and as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

3


“Applicable Margin” means (i) from the Closing Date until the date of delivery of the Compliance Certificate and the financial statements for the period ending September 30, 2017, (a) eight percent (8.00%) for LIBOR Rate Loans and (b) seven percent (7.00%) for Base Rate Loans and (ii) thereafter, a percentage, per annum, determined by reference to the Leverage Ratio in effect from time to time as set forth below:

 

Leverage
Ratio

   Applicable Margin
for LIBOR Rate Loans
    Applicable Margin for Base
Rate Loans
 

Greater than or equal to 6.00:1.00

     8.00     7.00

Greater than or equal to 5.50:1.00 but less than 6.00:1.00

     7.75     6.75

Greater than or equal to 4.50:1.00 but less than 5.50: 1.00

     6.75     5.75

Less than 4.50:1.00

     6.00     5.00

No change in the Applicable Margin shall be effective until three (3) Business Days after the date on which Administrative Agent shall have received the applicable financial statements and a Compliance Certificate calculating the Leverage Ratio pursuant to Sections 5.1(b) or (c), together with a Compliance Certificate calculating the Leverage Ratio pursuant to Section 5.1(d). With respect to changes in the Applicable Margin arising from changes in the Leverage Ratio due to the Company’s payment of the Loans or additional borrowings hereunder (including prior to the initial delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(b) after the Closing Date), any such change shall be effective one Business Day following the effective date of any applicable Funding Notice with respect to any borrowing and/or delivery of any Compliance Certificate in connection with any payment of the Loans, and such Funding Notice or Compliance Certificate, as applicable, shall include a calculation of the Leverage Ratio at such time (each, an “ Adjustment Event ”). At any time Company has not submitted to Administrative Agent the applicable information as and when required under Sections 5.1(b) or (c), together with a Compliance Certificate calculating Leverage Ratio under Section 5.1(d), or the Funding Notice, as applicable, the Applicable Margin may, at the discretion of Requisite Lenders, be determined as if the Leverage Ratio was (i) the Leverage Ratio calculated in the most recently financial statements and Compliance Certificate under Sections 5.1(b) and 5.1(d) or (ii) greater than or equal to 6.00:1.00. Within one (1) Business Day of receipt of the applicable information under Section 5.1(d) or upon the occurrence of an Adjustment Event, Administrative Agent shall give each Lender telefacsimile or telephonic notice (confirmed in writing) of the Applicable Margin in effect from such date. Without limitation of any other provision of this Agreement or any other remedy available to Administrative Agent or Lenders under any of the Credit Documents, to the extent that any financial statements or any information contained in any Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Sections 5.1(b), (c) or (d) or the calculation of the Leverage Ratio as set forth in the Funding Notice or Compliance Certificate, as applicable, delivered in connection with an Adjustment Event shall be incorrect in any manner and Company or any other Credit Party shall deliver to Administrative Agent and/or Lenders corrected financial statements or other corrected information in a Funding Notice or Compliance

 

4


Certificate (or otherwise), Administrative Agent may recalculate the Applicable Margin based upon such corrected financial statements or such other corrected information, and, upon written notice thereof to Company, the Loans shall bear interest based upon such recalculated Applicable Margin retroactively from the date of delivery of the erroneous financial statements or other erroneous information in question.

“Applicable Reserve Requirement” means, at any time, for any LIBOR Rate Loan, the maximum rate, expressed as a decimal, at which reserves (including, without limitation, any basic marginal, special, supplemental, emergency or other reserves) are required to be maintained with respect thereto against “Eurocurrency liabilities” (as such term is defined in Regulation D) under regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or other applicable banking regulator. Without limiting the effect of the foregoing, the Applicable Reserve Requirement shall reflect any other reserves required to be maintained by such member banks with respect to (i) any category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference to which the applicable Adjusted LIBOR Rate or any other interest rate of a Loan is to be determined, or (ii) any category of extensions of credit or other assets which include LIBOR Rate Loans. A LIBOR Rate Loan shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency liabilities and as such shall be deemed subject to reserve requirements without benefits of credit for proration, exceptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to the applicable Lender. The rate of interest on LIBOR Rate Loans shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in the Applicable Reserve Requirement.

“Asset Sale” means a sale, lease or sub-lease (as lessor or sublessor), sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer, license or other disposition to, or any exchange of property with, any Person (other than to or with a Credit Party which is not Holdings), in one transaction or a series of transactions, of all or any part of any Credit Party’s businesses, assets or properties of any kind, whether real, personal, or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, the Capital Stock of any Credit Party, other than inventory (or other assets) sold, licensed for periods of one (1) year or less or leased in the ordinary course of business. For purposes of clarification, “Asset Sale” shall not include those dispositions or other transfers expressly permitted pursuant to Section 6.9 (other than clauses (c), (d), (p) and (q) thereof).

“Asset Sale Reinvestment Amounts” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.13(a).

“Assignment Agreement” means an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit E, with such amendments or modifications as may be approved by Administrative Agent.

“Authorized Officer” means, as applied to any Person, any individual holding the position of chairman of the board (if an officer), chief executive officer, president or one of its vice presidents (or the equivalent thereof), and such Person’s chief financial officer or treasurer.

 

5


“Availability” means, on any date of determination, (i)(A) the trailing twelve month Cash EBITDA of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of the most recently ended month for which financial statements were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) multiplied by (B) the then in effect maximum Leverage Multiple less (ii) the sum of (A) the aggregate principal balance of the Loans as of such date plus , (B) all other Consolidated Total Debt as of such date plus , (C) without duplication, Letter of Credit Usage. Availability shall be computed on a pro forma basis.

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

“Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (i) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus  1 2 of 1% and (iii) three and one-half percent (3.50%) per annum. Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

“Base Rate Loan” means a Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Base Rate.

“Beneficiary” means each Agent, Issuing Bank, Lender and Lender Counterparty.

“Business Day” means (i) any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day which is a legal holiday under the laws of the State of New York or the State of Texas or is a day on which banking institutions located in either such state are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close, and (ii) with respect to all notices, determinations, fundings and payments in connection with the Adjusted LIBOR Rate or any LIBOR Rate Loans, the term “Business Day” shall mean any day which is a Business Day described in clause (i) and which is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

“Capital Lease” means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person (i) as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is or should be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person or (ii) as lessee which is a transaction of a type commonly known as a “synthetic lease” (i.e., a transaction that is treated as an operating lease for accounting purposes but with respect to which payments of rent are intended to be treated as payments of principal and interest on a loan for Federal income tax purposes).

“Capital Stock” means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation), including, without limitation, partnership interests and membership interests, and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase or other arrangements or rights to acquire any of the foregoing.

“Cash” means money, currency or a credit balance in any demand or Deposit Account; provided , however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for purposes of calculating compliance with the requirements of Sections 3 and 6 hereof “Cash” shall exclude any amounts that would not be considered “cash” under GAAP or “cash” as recorded on the books of Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

 

6


“Cash EBITDA” means, for any period of determination, (i) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period (calculated, as applicable, in accordance with Section 6.8(f)), plus (or minus ) (ii) the difference between (x) the consolidated total GAAP current deferred revenue of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of such period and (y) the consolidated total GAAP current deferred revenue of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the first day of such period.

“Cash Equivalents” means, as at any date of determination, (i) marketable securities (a) issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed as to interest and principal by the United States Government, or (b) issued by any agency of the United States the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one (1) year after such date; (ii) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case maturing within one (1) year after such date and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; (iii) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of creation thereof and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; (iv) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one (1) year after such date and issued or accepted by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia that (a) is at least “adequately capitalized” (as defined in the regulations of its primary Federal banking regulator), and (b) has Tier 1 capital (as defined in such regulations) of not less than $100,000,000; (v) shares of any money market mutual fund that (a) has substantially all of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above, (b) has net assets of not less than $500,000,000, and (c) has the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s; and (vi) solely with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary, investments of comparable tenor and credit quality to those described in the foregoing clauses (i)  through (v)  customarily utilized in countries in which such Foreign Subsidiary operates for short term Cash management purposes.

“Certificate Regarding Non-Bank Status” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F.

“Change of Control” means, at any time, (i) the Permitted Investors shall cease to beneficially own and control, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interests in the Capital Stock of Holdings; (ii) any Person or “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) other than the Permitted Investors (a) shall have acquired beneficial ownership of twenty-five percent (25%) or more on a fully diluted basis of the voting and/or economic interest in the Capital Stock of Holdings or (b) shall have obtained the power (whether or not exercised) to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Holdings; (iii) Holdings shall cease to beneficially own and control, directly or indirectly, 100% on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interest in the Capital Stock of Company; (iv) except pursuant to a transaction permitted by Section 6.9, Company shall cease to beneficially own and control, directly or indirectly, 100% on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interests in the Capital Stock of its Subsidiaries; or (v) the majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Holdings or Company cease to be occupied by

 

7


Persons who either (a) were members of the board of directors of Holdings or Company on the Closing Date, (b) were nominated for election by the board of directors of Holdings or Company, a majority of whom were directors on the Closing Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors, or (c) were nominated for election by the Permitted Investors.

“Class” means (i) with respect to Lenders, each of the following classes of Lenders: (a) Lenders having Term Loan Exposure and (b) Lenders having Revolving Exposure, and (ii) with respect to Loans, each of the following classes of Loans: (a) Term Loans and (b) Revolving Loans.

“Closing Date” means August 16, 2016.

“Closing Date Certificate” means a Closing Date Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G-1.

“Collateral” means, collectively, all of the real, personal and mixed property (including Capital Stock) in which Liens are granted or purported to be granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents as security for the Obligations.

“Collateral Agent” as defined in the preamble hereto.

“Collateral Documents” means the Pledge and Security Agreement, the Mortgages, if any, the Landlord Personal Property Collateral Access Agreements, if any, and all other instruments, documents and agreements delivered by any Credit Party pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents in order to grant to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, a Lien on any real, personal or mixed property of that Credit Party as security for the Obligations.

“Collateral Questionnaire” means each collateral questionnaire, dated as of the Closing Date or any applicable date thereafter, each in form reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent that provides information with respect to the real, personal or mixed property of each Credit Party (including new Subsidiaries).

“Commitment” means any Revolving Commitment or Term Loan Commitment.

“Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

“Company” as defined in the preamble hereto.

“Compliance Certificate” means a Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

 

8


Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA ” means, for any period of determination, for Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus (a) the following to the extent included (whether as a positive or negative adjustment) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income and without duplication:

(i) (A) (I) any non-Cash purchase accounting adjustments, restructuring and other non-recurring non-Cash items or expenses actually incurred in connection with any consummated Permitted Acquisition (including any debt or equity issuance in connection therewith to extent issued in accordance with the terms hereof) and/or (II) any Cash non-recurring items or expenses actually incurred in connection with any consummated Permitted Acquisition (including any debt or equity issuance in connection therewith to extent issued in accordance with the terms hereof), which in the case of this clause (A)(II) do not exceed $1,500,000 in the aggregate in any trailing twelve month period or (B) any non-recurring items or expenses incurred in connection with a consummated disposition permitted under Sections 6.9(c) , (d)  or (n) ;

(ii) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period;

(iii) Federal, state, local and foreign income tax expense actually paid or accrued by Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such period;

(iv) depreciation and amortization expense of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such period;

(v) (A) non-Cash costs and expenses actually incurred relating to any equity-based compensation or equity-based incentive plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, in each case, of Holdings or any Subsidiary for such period and (B) any Cash costs or expenses actually incurred relating to any equity-based compensation or equity-based incentive plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement in each case, of Holdings or any Subsidiary for such period, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with net Cash proceeds from the issuance of Qualified Stock, or a contribution to the capital of, Holdings or Parent which are in turn contributed to the Company as Cash common equity and/or Qualified Stock;

(vi) the amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives and synergies which are projected by the Company in good faith to be reasonably anticipated to be realizable within one hundred twenty (120) days of the date thereof (which will be added to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as so projected until fully realized and calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period); provided , that (A) any annualized pro forma adjustments permitted under this clause (vi)  shall be reduced to the extent cost savings related to such adjustments are realized on an actual basis during the applicable measurement period, (B) any cost savings that were expected to be implemented, but that were not actually implemented within such time period shall no longer be given pro forma effect hereunder, and (C) all steps have been taken or are reasonably expected to be taken for realizing such cost savings and such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable (in the good faith determination of the Company and certified by an Authorized Officer of the Company); provided , that the aggregate amount pursuant to this clause (vi)  in any period of four (4) consecutive Fiscal

 

9


Quarters shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, prior to giving effect to the pro forma adjustments for such period; provided , further , such fifteen percent (15%) limitation shall be increased to a twenty-five percent (25%) limitation to the extent such adjustments (I) are recommended (in reasonable detail) by any due diligence quality of earnings report made available to Administrative Agent conducted by financial advisers (which financial advisers shall be (x) nationally recognized and (y) reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent (it being understood and agreed that any of the “Big Four” accounting firms are acceptable) and retained by the Credit Parties or (II) are determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Exchange Act and as interpreted by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any successor agency);

(vii) (A) the aggregate amount of all other non-Cash items, write-downs, non-Cash expenses, or losses (including purchase accounting adjustments under Accounting Standards Codification (“ ASC ”) 805) otherwise reducing Consolidated Net Income and excluding any such non-Cash items, write-downs, expenses, or losses that are reasonably expected to result in, or require pursuant to GAAP, an accrual of a reserve for Cash charge, costs and/or expenses in any future period, (B) net non-Cash exchange, translation or performance losses relating to foreign currency transactions and currency fluctuations (which, for clarity, may be positive or negative) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any trailing twelve month period and accounted for in a manner consistent with the methodology used to prepare Schedule A hereto and (C) Cash charges resulting from the application of ASC 805 (including with respect to earn-outs incurred by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any Permitted Acquisition);

(viii) actual fees, costs, accruals, payments, expenses or charges, in each case incurred within six (6) months after the applicable transaction, relating to (A) this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (without duplication of clause (xiv)  below), or (B) any Investment (including Permitted Acquisitions), disposition, recapitalization, Restricted Junior Payment, equity Issuance, consolidation, restructurings, recapitalizations or the incurrence, registration (actual or proposed), repayments or amendments of Indebtedness (including, without limitation, letter of credit fees and any refinancing of such Indebtedness, unamortized fees, costs and expenses paid in Cash in connection with repayment of Indebtedness to persons that are not Affiliates of Holdings or its Subsidiaries), in each case, whether or not consummated or successful but only to the extent any such transaction is (or would have been) permitted in accordance with the terms hereof, including, without limitation, (t) any breakage costs incurred in connection with the termination of any hedging agreement as a result of the prepayment of Indebtedness, (u) such fees, expenses or charges related to any Loans and this Agreement, (v) any amendment, waiver or other modification of Loans, any Credit Document, any other Indebtedness or any Capital Stock, (w) Cash recruiting and relocation expenses, severance, stock option and other equity-based expenses, (x) reorganization and business optimization costs and expenses in an aggregate amount not to exceed, together with the amounts under clause (y) , $2,000,000 in any trailing twelve month period, and (y) one-time expenses relating to enhanced accounting function or other transaction costs, including those associated with becoming a standalone entity or public company in an aggregate amount not to exceed, together with the amounts under clause (x), $2,000,000 in any trailing twelve month period;

 

10


(ix) [intentionally reserved];

(x) (A) Permitted Management Fee Payments actually accrued or paid to Thoma during such period by Holdings and its Subsidiaries, and (B) director fees and expenses actually paid to directors to the extent permitted to be paid hereunder;

(xi) [intentionally reserved];

(xii) the aggregate amount of expenses or losses actually incurred by Holdings or any Subsidiary relating to business interruption to the extent covered by insurance and (A) actually reimbursed or otherwise paid to Holdings or such Subsidiary or (B) so long as such amount for any calculation period is reasonably expected to be received by Holdings or such Subsidiary in a subsequent calculation period and within one year of the date of the underlying loss ( provided , that (x) if not so reimbursed or received by Holdings or such Subsidiary within such one-year period, such expenses or losses shall be subtracted in the subsequent calculation period or (y) if reimbursed or received by Holdings or such Subsidiary in a subsequent period, such amount shall not be permitted to be added back in determining Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such subsequent period);

(xiii) Cash expenses of Holdings and its Subsidiaries actually incurred during such period to the extent (A) deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income and (B) reimbursed in Cash by any person (other than any of Holdings or any of their Subsidiaries or any owners, directly or indirectly, of Capital Stock, respectively, therein) during such period (or reasonably expected to be so reimbursed within three hundred and sixty-five (365) days of the end of such period to the extent not accrued) pursuant to an indemnity or guaranty or any other reimbursement agreement in favor of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent such reimbursement has not been accrued ( provided , that (x) if not so reimbursed or received by Holdings or such Subsidiary within such 365 day period, such expenses or losses shall be subtracted in the subsequent calculation period or (y) if reimbursed or received by Holdings or such Subsidiary in a subsequent period, such amount shall not be permitted to be added back in determining Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such subsequent period);

(xiv) costs and expenses actually incurred related to the administration of (A) this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and paid or reimbursed to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any of the Lenders or other third parties paid or engaged by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any of the Lenders or paid by any of the Credit Parties or (B) any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 6.1(t);

(xv) any extraordinary (as determined in accordance with GAAP) charges, expenses or losses for such period (which, for clarity, may be a negative number);

 

11


(xvi) (A) amounts actually paid during such period with respect to Cash litigation fees, costs and expenses of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed $2,000,000 in the aggregate for any trailing twelve month period, (B) to the extent not already included in determining Consolidated Net Income, the aggregate amount of net Cash proceeds of liability insurance received by Holdings or any Subsidiary during such period to the extent paid in Cash with respect to Cash litigation fees, costs and expenses of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such period in an amount not to exceed the sum of (x) $2,000,000 in the aggregate for any trailing twelve month period and (y) the net Cash proceeds of liability insurance with respect to litigation received during such period and (C) the aggregate amount of net Cash proceeds of liability insurance which is not recorded in accordance with GAAP, but for which such insurance is reasonably expected to be received by Holdings or any Subsidiary in a subsequent calculation period and within one year of the date of the underlying loss to the extent not already included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that, (A) if not so reimbursed or received by Holdings or such Subsidiary within such one-year period, such expenses or losses shall be subtracted in the subsequent calculation period or (B) if reimbursed or received by Holdings or such Subsidiary in a subsequent period, such amount shall not be permitted to be added back in determining Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such subsequent period);

(xvii) unamortized fees, costs and expenses paid in Cash in connection with the repayment of Indebtedness to persons that are not Affiliates of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries;

(xviii) [intentionally reserved];

(xix) [intentionally reserved];

(xx) net realized gains or losses from hedging agreements or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the application of ASC 815 and related pronouncements;

(xxi) any net loss included in the Consolidated Net Income attributable to non-controlling interests pursuant to the application of ASC Topic 810-10-45;

(xxii) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Subsidiary deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income (and not added back in such period to Consolidated Net Income); and

(xxiii) charges and expenses actually attributable to (A) asset sales or other dispositions or the repurchase, redemption, sale or disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business and to the extent permitted hereunder and (B) repurchases or redemptions of any Capital Stock of Holdings or Parent from existing or former directors, officers or employees of the Holdings or its Subsidiaries, their estates, beneficiaries under their estates, transferees, spouses or former spouses in each case in a transaction permitted in accordance with the terms hereof, in an aggregate amount for clauses (A) and (B) not to exceed $3,000,000 in any trailing twelve month period;

 

12


and minus (b) the following to the extent included in calculating such Consolidated Net Income and without duplication:

(i) Federal, state, local and foreign income tax credits and reimbursements received by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries during such period

(ii) all non-Cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income (excluding (a) any such non-Cash item to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for potential Cash items in any prior period and (B) the accrual of revenue or recording of receivables in the ordinary course of business in any prior period);

(iii) the amount of any minority interest income consisting of Subsidiary loss attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Subsidiary added to Consolidated Net Income (and not deducted in such period from Consolidated Net Income);

(iv) any net income included in Consolidated Net Income attributable to non-controlling interests pursuant to the application of ASC Topic 810-10-45;

(v) any amounts added to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA pursuant to sub-clause (a)(xiii) above in the prior calculation period with respect to expected reimbursements to the extent such reimbursements are not received within such 365 day period following such prior calculation period; and

(vi) Consolidated Capitalized Software Development Costs;

provided , that solely for purposes of calculating the Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and the compliance with Sections 6.8(b) and (c), if any Subject Transaction has occurred during any period of four (4) consecutive Fiscal Quarters. Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period shall be calculated in accordance with Section 6.8(f) without duplicating any amount added back pursuant to clauses (a)(i) through (xxiii)  above.

For clarity, with respect to any non-Cash items set forth in clause (a)  above, such items shall exclude any such non-Cash item to the extent that it represents an accrual or reserve for potential Cash items in any future period or amortization of a prepaid Cash item that was paid in a prior period. Further, notwithstanding the foregoing, the historical Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for Holdings and its Subsidiaries for each month in the period beginning with the month ending January 2015 and ending with the month ending June 30, 2016 shall be as set forth on Schedule A hereto.

“Consolidated Capital Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures of Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such period determined on a consolidated basis that, in accordance with GAAP, are or should be included in “purchase of property and equipment or which should otherwise be capitalized” or similar items reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, but excluding Consolidated Capitalized Software Development Costs.

 

13


“Consolidated Capitalized Software Development Costs” means, for any period, the aggregate of all costs of Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such period determined on a consolidated basis, both internal and external, direct and incremental, incurred with respect to software developed or obtained for internal use or held for sale, lease or other marketing by any such Person that, in accordance with GAAP, are or should be included in “consolidated capitalized software development costs” or similar items reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

“Consolidated Cash Interest Expense” means, for any period, Consolidated Interest Expense for such period based upon GAAP, excluding any paid-in-kind interest, amortization of deferred financing costs, and any realized or unrealized gains or losses attributable to Interest Rate Agreements.

“Consolidated Current Assets” means, as at any date of determination, the total assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that may properly be classified as current assets in conformity with GAAP, excluding Cash and Cash Equivalents.

“Consolidated Current Liabilities” means, as at any date of determination, the total liabilities of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that may properly be classified as current liabilities in conformity with GAAP, excluding the current portion of long term debt.

“Consolidated Excess Cash Flow” means, for any period, an amount (if positive) determined for Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis equal to: (i) the sum, without duplication, of the amounts for such period of (a) Cash EBITDA, plus (b) the Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment, minus (ii) the sum, without duplication (including, for clarity, without duplication of those amounts subtracted from the required prepayment under Section 2.13(e) hereof), of the amounts for such period of (a) voluntary and scheduled repayments of Consolidated Total Debt (excluding repayments of Revolving Loans except to the extent the Revolving Commitments are permanently reduced in connection with such repayments), plus (b) Consolidated Capital Expenditures (net of any proceeds of (x) Net Asset Sale Proceeds to the extent reinvested in accordance with Section 2.13(a), (y) Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to the extent reinvested in accordance with Section 2.13(b), and (z) related financings with respect to such expenditures (but excluding Revolving Loans)), plus (c) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense, plus (d) provisions for taxes based on income of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and payable in Cash with respect to such period, plus (e) to the extent not included in clause (ii)(b) above, the Cash portion of the purchase price paid in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, plus (f) Restricted Junior Payments made by Holdings during such period to the extent the same are permitted hereunder, plus (g) other items paid in Cash during such period, in each case, to the extent (A) capitalized but not financed with proceeds of Indebtedness (but excluding Revolving Loans) or (B) included as an “add back” in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, plus (h) the aggregate amount of non-Cash adjustments increasing Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for periods prior to the beginning of the current period to the extent paid in Cash by Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such period.

 

14


“Consolidated Fixed Charges” means, for any period, the sum, without duplication, of the amounts determined for Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis equal to (i) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense, (ii) scheduled payments of principal on Consolidated Total Debt, (iii) Consolidated Capital Expenditures, and (iv) the current portion of taxes provided for with respect to such period in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, total interest expense (including that portion attributable to Capital Leases in accordance with GAAP and capitalized interest) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis with respect to all outstanding Consolidated Total Debt, including all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and net costs under Interest Rate Agreements, but excluding, however, any amounts referred to in Section 2.10(c) payable on or before the Closing Date.

“Consolidated Liquidity” means, as of any date of determination, an amount determined for Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis equal to the sum of (i) Unrestricted Cash of the Credit Parties as of such date, plus (ii) the lesser of (x)(a) the Revolving Commitments of all of the Lenders in the aggregate, minus (b) the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments, and (y) if positive, Availability.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, (i) the net income (or loss) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period taken as a single accounting period determined in conformity with GAAP, minus (ii) the sum of (a) the income (or loss) of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of Holdings) in which any other Person (other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) has a joint interest, plus (b) the income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of Holdings or is merged into or consolidated with Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or that Person’s assets are acquired by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, plus (c) the income of any Subsidiary of Holdings to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary, plus (d) any gains or losses attributable to Asset Sales or returned surplus assets of any Pension Plan, plus (e) (to the extent not included in clauses (a) through (d) above) any net extraordinary gains or net extraordinary losses.

“Consolidated Total Debt” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate stated balance sheet amount of all Indebtedness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Working Capital” means, as at any date of determination, the excess or deficiency of Consolidated Current Assets over Consolidated Current Liabilities.

“Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment” means, for any period of determination on a consolidated basis, the amount (which may be a negative number) by which Consolidated Working Capital as of the beginning of such period exceeds (or is less than) Consolidated Working Capital as of the end of such period.

 

15


“Contractual Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any provision of any Security issued by that Person or of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, contract, undertaking, agreement or other instrument to which that Person is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound or to which it or any of its properties is subject.

“Contributing Guarantors” as defined in Section 7.2.

“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power (i) to vote ten percent (10%) or more of the Securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or (ii) to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

“Controlled Account” means a Deposit Account of a Credit Party which is subject to the control of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in accordance with the terms of the Pledge and Security Agreement.

“Controlled Investment Affiliate” means as to any Person, any other Person that (a) directly or indirectly, is in Control of, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such Person and (b) is organized by such Person primarily for the purpose of making equity or debt investments in one or more companies.

“Conversion/Continuation Date” means the effective date of a continuation or conversion, as the case may be, as set forth in the applicable Conversion/Continuation Notice.

“Conversion/Continuation Notice” means a Conversion/Continuation Notice substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.

“Counterpart Agreement” means a Counterpart Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit H delivered by a Credit Party pursuant to Section 5.10.

“Credit Date” means the date of a Credit Extension.

“Credit Document” means any of this Agreement, the Notes, if any, the Collateral Documents, the Fee Letter, the Management Fee Subordination Agreement, any documents or certificates executed by Company in favor of Issuing Bank relating to Letters of Credit and all other documents, instruments or agreements executed and delivered by a Credit Party for the benefit of any Agent, Issuing Bank or any Lender in connection herewith.

“Credit Extension” means the making of a Loan or the issuing of a Letter of Credit.

“Credit Party” means the Company and each Guarantor.

“Default” means a condition or event that, after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

16


“Default Excess” means, with respect to any Defaulting Lender, the excess, if any, of such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans of all Lenders (calculated as if all Defaulting Lenders (other than such Defaulting Lender) had funded all of their respective Defaulted Loans) over the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Loans of such Defaulting Lender.

“Default Period” means, with respect to any Defaulting Lender, the period commencing on the date of the applicable Funding Default, or violation of Section 9.5(c) or other circumstances set forth in Section 2.21, and ending on the earliest of the following dates: (i) the date on which all Commitments are cancelled or terminated and/or the Obligations are declared or become immediately due and payable, (ii) the date on which (a) the Default Excess with respect to such Defaulting Lender shall have been reduced to zero (whether by the funding by such Defaulting Lender of any Defaulted Loans of such Defaulting Lender or by the non-pro rata application of any voluntary or mandatory prepayments of the Loans in accordance with the terms of Section 2.12 or Section 2.13 or by a combination thereof), and (b) such Defaulting Lender shall have delivered to Company and Administrative Agent a written reaffirmation of its intention to honor its obligations hereunder with respect to its Commitments, (iii) the date on which Company, Administrative Agent and Requisite Lenders waive all Funding Defaults of such Defaulting Lender in writing, and (iv) the date on which Administrative Agent shall have waived all violations of Section 9.5(c) by such Defaulting Lender in writing.

“Defaulted Loan” as defined in Section 2.21.

“Defaulting Lender” as defined in Section 2.21.

“Default Rate” means any interest payable pursuant to Section 2.9.

“Deferred Revenue Adjustment” means, for any period of determination, whether positive or negative, the deferred revenue of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the first day of such period compared to the deferred revenue of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of such period and as determined for such period in accordance with GAAP.

“Deposit Account” means a demand, time, savings, passbook or like account with a bank, savings and loan association, credit union or like organization, other than an account evidenced by a negotiable certificate of deposit.

“Disqualified Institution” means any Person that (a) has been specifically identified by name in writing by Company to Administrative Agent and the Lenders and approved by Administrative Agent and Requisite Lenders as constituting a “Disqualified Institution” or (b) is a bona fide competitor of Company and its Subsidiaries; provided , that any such Person described in clauses (a)  or (b)  shall no longer be designated as a Disqualified Institution if any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under any of Sections 8.1(a), (f), (g) or (k).

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any Security or other Capital Stock into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition, (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of

 

17


the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the date set forth in clause (i)  of the defined term “Term Loan Maturity Date” (excluding any provisions requiring redemption upon a “change of control” or similar event or initial public offering; provided , that such “change of control” or similar event or initial public offering results in the prior payment in full in Cash of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted), the termination in writing of all Commitments to lend hereunder and the termination of this Agreement), (b) is convertible into or exchangeable for (i) debt securities or (ii) any Capital Stock referred to in clause (a) above, in each case, at any time on or prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the date set forth in clause (i)  of the defined term “Term Loan Maturity Date” , (c) is entitled to receive scheduled dividends or distributions in Cash prior to the time that the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted) are paid in full in Cash, the termination in writing of all Commitments to lend hereunder and the termination of this Agreement, (d) is secured by the assets of any Credit Party, (d) is convertible or exchangeable into Indebtedness of any Credit Party, (e) where at the time of issuance, there exists a Default or Event of Default (or a where a Default or Event of Default would be caused thereby), or (f) where the proceeds of such issuance are used in any manner prohibited by the terms of this Agreement.

“Dollars” and the sign “$” mean the lawful money of the United States of America.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means, unless expressly included in the definition of a Foreign Subsidiary, any Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

“Eligible Assignee” means (i) in the case of the Revolving Loans or Revolving Commitments, (a) any Lender with Revolving Exposure, any Affiliate (other than a natural person) of a Lender with Revolving Exposure or any Related Fund of a Lender with Revolving Exposure, (b) a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States, or any state thereof, and having total assets in excess of $100,000,000, (c) a commercial bank organized under the laws of any other country which is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development or a political subdivision of any such country and which has total assets in excess of $100,000,000; provided , that such bank is acting through a branch or agency located in the United States, and (d) a finance company, insurance company, or other financial institution or fund that is engaged in making, purchasing, or otherwise investing in commercial loans in the ordinary course of its business and having (together with its Affiliates) total assets in excess of $100,000,000, (ii) in the case of the Term Loans, (a) any Lender, any Affiliate of any Lender and any Related Fund (any two or more Related Funds being treated as a single Eligible Assignee for all purposes hereof), and (b) any commercial bank, insurance company, investment or mutual fund or other entity that is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act) and which extends credit or buys loans as one of its businesses, and (iii) any other Person (other than a natural Person) approved by Company (so long as no Default or no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) and Administrative Agent; provided , (x) neither (A) Holdings nor any Affiliate of Holdings nor (B) the Sponsor nor any Affiliate of the Sponsor shall, in any event, be an Eligible Assignee, (y) no Person owning or controlling any trade debt or Indebtedness of any Credit Party other than the Obligations or any Capital Stock of any Credit Party (in each case, unless approved by the Administrative Agent) shall, in any event, be an Eligible Assignee and (z) in no event shall a Disqualified Institution constitute an Eligible Assignee.

 

18


“Employee Benefit Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA which is or was sponsored, maintained or contributed to by, or required to be contributed by, Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or with respect to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries has any liability (including on account of any of their respective ERISA Affiliates).

“Environmental Claim” means any investigation, notice, notice of violation, claim, action, suit, proceeding, demand, abatement order or other order or directive (conditional or otherwise), by any Governmental Authority or any other Person, arising (i) pursuant to or in connection with any actual or alleged violation of any Environmental Law; (ii) in connection with any Hazardous Material or any actual or alleged Hazardous Materials Activity; or (iii) in connection with any actual or alleged damage, injury, threat or harm to natural resources or the environment.

“Environmental Laws” means any and all current or future foreign or domestic, federal or state (or any subdivision of either of them), statutes, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, judgments, Governmental Authorizations, or any other requirements of Governmental Authorities relating to (i) environmental matters, including those relating to any Hazardous Materials Activity; (ii) the generation, use, storage, transportation or disposal of Hazardous Materials; or (iii) occupational safety and health (solely with respect to exposure to Hazardous Materials), industrial hygiene, land use or the protection of human, plant or animal health or welfare (in each case, solely with respect to exposure to Hazardous Materials), in each case, in any manner applicable to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any Facility.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

“ERISA Affiliate” means, as applied to any Person, (i) any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person is a member; (ii) any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of a group of trades or businesses under common control within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person is a member; and (iii) solely with respect to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 of ERISA, any member of an affiliated service group within the meaning of Section 414(m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person, any corporation described in clause (i) above or any trade or business described in clause (ii) above is a member. Any former ERISA Affiliate of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries shall continue to be considered an ERISA Affiliate of Holdings or any such Subsidiary within the meaning of this definition with respect to the period such entity was an ERISA Affiliate of Holdings or such Subsidiary and with respect to liabilities arising after such period for which Holdings or such Subsidiary could be liable under the Internal Revenue Code or ERISA.

 

19


“ERISA Event” means (i) a “reportable event” within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder with respect to any Pension Plan (excluding those for which the provision for thirty (30) days’ notice to the PBGC has been waived by regulation); (ii) the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to any Pension Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Internal Revenue Code) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (iii) the provision by the administrator of any Pension Plan pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate such plan in a distress termination described in Section 4041(c) of ERISA; (iv) the withdrawal by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from any Pension Plan with two or more contributing sponsors or the termination of any such Pension Plan resulting in liability to Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates pursuant to Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (v) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate any Pension Plan, or the occurrence of any event or condition which would reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; (vi) the imposition of liability on Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates pursuant to Section 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (vii) the withdrawal of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan if there is any potential liability therefor, or the receipt by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA, or that it intends to terminate or has terminated under Section 4041A or 4042 of ERISA; (viii) the occurrence of an act or omission which could give rise to the imposition on Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of fines, penalties, taxes or related charges under Chapter 43 of the Internal Revenue Code or under Section 409, Section 502(c), (i) or (l), or Section 4071 of ERISA in respect of any Employee Benefit Plan; (ix) the assertion of a material claim (other than routine claims for benefits) against any Employee Benefit Plan other than a Multiemployer Plan or the assets thereof, or against Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates in connection with any Employee Benefit Plan; (x) receipt from the Internal Revenue Service of notice of the failure of any Pension Plan (or any other Employee Benefit Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code) to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any Pension Plan to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code; or (xi) the imposition of a Lien pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code or pursuant to Section 303(k) of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan.

“Event of Default” means each of the conditions or events set forth in Section 8.1.

“Excess Cash Flow Percentage” means (i) in the event the Leverage Ratio as of the end of the period of determination is equal to or greater than 4.50:1.00, fifty percent (50%) or (ii) in the event the Leverage Ratio as of the end of the period of determination is less than 4.50:1.00, twenty-five percent (25%).

 

20


“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

“Excluded Account” means (i) Cash Deposit Accounts maintained by the Credit Parties as long as the total aggregate amount in all such Deposit Accounts at any time does not exceed $500,000; (ii) payroll, trust, employee benefits, zero balance or escrow accounts maintained by the Credit Parties, as long as, in the case of payroll accounts, the total amount on deposit at any time does not exceed the current amount of payroll obligations of the Credit Parties and (iii) any Deposit Account of a Credit Party which holds cash collateral with respect to issued letters of credit and corresponding Liens in each case permitted under Sections 6.1(k) and 6.2(n).

“Excluded Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Guarantor, (x) as it relates to all or a portion of the Guaranty of such Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, such Swap Obligation (or any Guaranty thereof) is or would otherwise become illegal or unlawful under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time the Guaranty of such Guarantor becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or (y) as it relates to all or a portion of the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, such Swap Obligation (or such security interest in respect thereof) is or would otherwise become illegal or unlawful under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time the security interest of such Guarantor becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation.

“Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to any Lender or any other recipient of any payment made by any Credit Party under any of the Credit Documents, (a) any Tax on or measured by the net income (however denominated) of any such recipient, franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment requested by the Company under Section 2.22 ) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.19 , amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) any U.S. federal withholding tax imposed under FATCA, or (d) with respect to any recipient, any Tax arising as a result of such recipient’s failure to comply with the requirements of Section 2.19(c) .

 

21


“Existing Indebtedness” means (i) Indebtedness and other obligations outstanding under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of September 8, 2014, between Company and Silicon Valley Bank, as amended prior to the Closing Date.

“Existing Letter of Credit” means the Standby Letter of Credit Number 201210000079 issued October 25, 2012 by Square 1 Bank for the benefit of New TPG-Four Points, L.P. and for the account of Company, as amended by Standby Letter of Credit Number 201210000079, Amendment Number 001 dated August 1, 2013, in the original aggregate amount of $693,409.94.

“Facility” means any real property (including all buildings, fixtures or other improvements located thereon) now, hereafter or heretofore owned, leased, operated or used by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective predecessors or Affiliates.

“Fair Share Contribution Amount” as defined in Section 7.2.

“Fair Share” as defined in Section 7.2.

“FATCA” shall mean Section 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code (or any amendment or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any regulations promulgated thereunder or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code and any intergovernmental agreements entered into in connection with the foregoing.

“FCPA” as defined in Section 4.26.

“Federal Funds Effective Rate” means for any day, the rate per annum (expressed, as a decimal, rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100 of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided , (i) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (ii) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to GSB or any other Lender selected by Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by Administrative Agent.

“Fee Letter” means the letter agreement regarding certain fees and dated as of the Closing Date between Company and Administrative Agent.

“Financial Officer Certification” means, with respect to the financial statements for which such certification is required, the certification of the chief financial officer of Holdings that such financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated, subject to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments.

 

22


“Financial Plan” as defined in Section 5.1(i).

“First Priority” means, with respect to any Lien created or purported to be created in any Collateral pursuant to any Collateral Document, that such Lien is the only Lien to which such Collateral is subject, other than any Permitted Lien.

“Fiscal Quarter” means a fiscal quarter of any Fiscal Year.

“Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of Holdings and its Subsidiaries ending on December 31 of each calendar year.

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means the ratio as of the last day of (i) the first Fiscal Quarter ending after the Closing Date of (a) Cash EBITDA for such Fiscal Quarter, to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such Fiscal Quarter, (ii) the second Fiscal Quarter ending after the Closing Date of (a) Cash EBITDA for the two Fiscal Quarter period ending on such date, to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such two Fiscal Quarter period, (iii) the third Fiscal Quarter period ending after the Closing Date of (a) Cash EBITDA for the three Fiscal Quarter period ending on such date, to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such three Fiscal Quarter period, and (iv) any other Fiscal Quarter of (a) Cash EBITDA for the four Fiscal Quarter period then ending, to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such four Fiscal Quarter period.

“Flood Hazard Property” means any Real Estate Asset subject to a mortgage in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and located in an area designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as having special flood or mud slide hazards.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means (a) any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary; (b) any US Foreign Holdco; and (c) any Subsidiary of a Subsidiary described in clauses (a)  or (b) .

“Funding Default” as defined in Section 2.21.

“Funding Guarantors” as defined in Section 7.2.

“Funding Notice” means a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1.

“GAAP” means, subject to the limitations on the application thereof set forth in Section 1.2, United States generally accepted accounting principles in effect as of the date of determination thereof.

“Governmental Acts” means any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de facto government or Governmental Authority.

“Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, municipal, national or other government, governmental department, commission, board, bureau, court, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof or any entity or officer exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to any government or any court, in each case whether associated with a state of the United States, the United States, or a foreign entity or government.

 

23


“Governmental Authorization” means any permit, license, authorization, plan, directive, consent order or consent decree of or from any Governmental Authority.

“Grantor” as defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

“GSB” as defined in the preamble hereto.

“Guaranteed Obligations” as defined in Section 7.1.

“Guarantor” means each of Holdings and each Subsidiary of Holdings (other than Company and any Foreign Subsidiary).

“Guarantor Subsidiary” means each Guarantor other than Holdings.

“Guaranty” means the guaranty of each Guarantor set forth in Section 7.

“Hazardous Materials” means any chemical, material or substance, exposure to which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any Governmental Authority under any Environmental Law.

“Hazardous Materials Activity” means any past, current, proposed or threatened activity, event or occurrence involving any Hazardous Materials, including the use, manufacture, possession, storage, holding, presence, existence, location, Release, threatened Release, discharge, placement, generation, transportation, processing, construction, treatment, abatement, removal, remediation, disposal, disposition or handling of any Hazardous Materials, and any corrective action or response action required under any Environmental Law with respect to any of the foregoing.

“Highest Lawful Rate” means the maximum lawful interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for, charged, or received under the laws applicable to any Lender which are presently in effect or, to the extent allowed by law, under such applicable laws which may hereafter be in effect and which allow a higher maximum nonusurious interest rate than applicable laws now allow.

“Historical Financial Statements” means as of the Closing Date, (i) a substantially final draft of the audited financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2015, consisting of balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such Fiscal Year, and (ii) for the interim period from January 1, 2016 to the Closing Date, internally prepared, unaudited financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, consisting of a balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each quarterly period completed through June 30, 3016, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), certified by the chief financial officer of Holdings that they fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated, subject, if applicable, to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments.

“Holdings” as defined in the preamble hereto.

 

24


“Increased-Cost Lenders” as defined in Section 2.22.

“Indebtedness” , as applied to any Person, means, without duplication, (i) all indebtedness for borrowed money; (ii) that portion of obligations with respect to Capital Leases that is properly classified as a liability on a balance sheet in conformity with GAAP; (iii) notes payable and drafts accepted representing extensions of credit whether or not representing obligations for borrowed money; (iv) any obligation owed for all or any part of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding (a) any such obligations incurred under ERISA, (b) trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business which are not past due by more than ninety (90) days and (c) purchase price adjustments, indemnity obligations, and earn-out obligations, in each case in connection with Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments permitted hereunder, in each case under this clause (c) unless the amount of the asserted payment is reasonably determinable and not being contested in good faith); (v) all indebtedness secured by any Lien on any property or asset owned or held by that Person regardless of whether the indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed by that Person or is nonrecourse to the credit of that Person; (vi) the face amount of any letter of credit (including, without limitation, Letters of Credit) issued for the account of that Person or as to which that Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement of drawings; (vii) the direct or indirect guaranty, endorsement (otherwise than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), co-making, discounting with recourse or sale with recourse by such Person of the obligation of another; (viii) any obligation of such Person the primary purpose or intent of which is to provide assurance to an obligee that the obligation of the obligor thereof will be paid or discharged, or any agreement relating thereto will be complied with, or the holders thereof will be protected (in whole or in part) against loss in respect thereof; (ix) any liability of such Person for an obligation of another through any agreement (contingent or otherwise) (a) to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such obligation or any security therefor, or to provide funds for the payment or discharge of such obligation (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock purchases, capital contributions or otherwise) or (b) to maintain the solvency or any balance sheet item, level of income or financial condition of another if, in the case of any agreement described under subclauses (a) or (b) of this clause (ix), the primary purpose or intent thereof is as described in clause (viii) above (which shall not include, for purposes of clarity, any support letter from a Credit Party solely to its accountants (and no other party and with respect to which there are no third party beneficiaries) issued in the ordinary course of business at the request of such accountant with respect to a Foreign Subsidiary); (x) all net obligations of such Person in respect of any exchange traded or over the counter derivative transaction, including, without limitation, any Interest Rate Agreement, whether entered into for hedging or speculative purposes and (xi) all Disqualified Stock issued by any Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the following constitute Indebtedness hereunder: (A) operating leases, (B) deferred obligations under the Management Agreement, and (C) customary obligations under employment agreements and deferred compensation, in any case under this clause (C), incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices.

“Indemnified Liabilities” means, collectively, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages (including natural resource damages), penalties, claims (including Environmental Claims), out-of-pocket costs (including the costs of any investigation, study, sampling, testing, abatement, cleanup, removal, remediation or other response action necessary to remove, remediate, clean up or abate any Hazardous Materials Activity), expenses and

 

25


disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for Indemnitees in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding commenced or threatened by any Person, whether or not any such Indemnitee shall be designated as a party or a potential party thereto, and any fees or expenses incurred by Indemnitees in enforcing this indemnity), whether direct, indirect or consequential and whether based on any federal, state or foreign laws, statutes, rules or regulations (including securities and commercial laws, statutes, rules or regulations and Environmental Laws), on common law or equitable cause or on contract or otherwise, that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any such Indemnitee, in any manner relating to or arising out of (i) this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including the Lenders’ agreement to make Credit Extensions or the use or intended use of the proceeds thereof, or any enforcement of any of the Credit Documents (including any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon any of the Collateral or the enforcement of the Guaranty)); (ii) the statements contained in any proposal or commitment letter delivered by any Agent or any Lender to Thoma, Sponsor and/or Company with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or (iii) any Environmental Claim or any Hazardous Materials Activity relating to or arising from, directly or indirectly, any past or present activity, operation, land ownership, or practice of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

“Indemnitee” as defined in Section 10.3.

“Indemnitee Agent Party” as defined in Section 9.6.

“Intellectual Property” shall have the meaning given to it in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

“Interest Payment Date” means with respect to (i) any Base Rate Loan, (a) the last day of each month (or if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter), commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date and (b) the final maturity date of such Loan; and (ii) any LIBOR Rate Loan, (a) the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan, (b) in the case of Interest Periods longer than three (3) months, the date that is three (3) months (or if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter), and integral multiples thereof, after the commencement of such Interest Periods and (c) the final maturity date of such Loan.

“Interest Period” means, in connection with a LIBOR Rate Loan, an interest period of one-, two-, three- or six-months, as selected by Company in the applicable Funding Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice, (i) initially, commencing on the Credit Date or Conversion/Continuation Date thereof, as the case may be; and (ii) thereafter, commencing on the day on which the immediately preceding Interest Period expires; provided , (a) if an Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day unless no further Business Day occurs in such month, in which case such Interest Period shall expire on the immediately preceding Business Day; (b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall, subject to clauses (c) and (d), of this definition, end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; (c) no Interest Period with respect to any portion of any Term Loans or any portion thereof shall extend beyond the Term Loan Maturity Date; and (d) no Interest Period with respect to any portion of the Revolving Loans shall extend beyond the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

 

26


“Interest Rate Agreement” means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedging agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement, each of which is (i) for the purpose of hedging the interest rate exposure associated with Holdings’ and its Subsidiaries’ operations, (ii) reasonably approved by Administrative Agent, and (iii) not for speculative purposes.

“Interest Rate Determination Date” means, with respect to any Interest Period, the date that is two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period.

“Internal Revenue Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter, and any successor statute.

“Investment” means (i) any direct or indirect purchase or other acquisition by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of, or of a beneficial interest in, any of the Securities of any other Person (other than a Guarantor Subsidiary); (ii) any direct or indirect redemption, retirement, purchase or other acquisition for value, by any Subsidiary of Holdings from any Person (other than Holdings or any Guarantor Subsidiary), of any Capital Stock of such Person; and (iii) any direct or indirect loan, advance (other than advances to employees, directors and officers for moving, entertainment and travel expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business) or capital contributions by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to any other Person (other than Holdings or any Guarantor Subsidiary), including all indebtedness and accounts receivable from that other Person that are not current assets or did not arise from sales to that other Person in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Investment shall be the original cost of such Investment plus the cost of all additions thereto, without any adjustments for increases or decreases in value, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to such Investment.

“Issuance Notice” means an Issuance Notice substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3.

“Issuing Bank” means Goldman Sachs Bank USA, together with its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity.

“Joint Venture” means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form; provided , in no event shall any corporate Subsidiary of any Person be considered to be a Joint Venture to which such Person is a party.

“Landlord Personal Property Collateral Access Agreement” means a landlord waiver and consent agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent.

“Lead Arranger” as defined in the preamble hereto.

 

27


“Lender” means each financial institution listed on the signature pages hereto as a Lender, and any other Person that becomes a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment Agreement.

“Lender Counterparty” means each Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender counterparty to an Interest Rate Agreement (including any Person who is a Lender (or any Affiliate thereof) as of the Closing Date but subsequently, whether before or after entering into an Interest Rate Agreement, ceases to be a Lender) including, without limitation, each such Affiliate that enters into a joinder agreement with Collateral Agent.

“Letter of Credit” means a standby letter of credit issued or to be issued by Issuing Bank pursuant to this Agreement.

“Letter of Credit Sublimit” means the lesser of (i) $5,000,000, and (ii) the aggregate unused amount of the Revolving Commitments then in effect.

“Letter of Credit Usage” means, as at any date of determination, the sum of (i) the maximum aggregate amount which is, or at any time thereafter may become, available for drawing under all Letters of Credit then outstanding, and (ii) the aggregate amount of all drawings under Letters of Credit honored by Issuing Bank and not previously reimbursed by or on behalf of Company.

“Leverage Multiple” means (i) from the Closing Date through and including September 30, 2017, 6.50 and (ii) at all times thereafter, the then applicable maximum Leverage Ratio set forth in Section 6.8(b).

“Leverage Ratio” means the ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter or other date of determination of (i) Consolidated Total Debt as of such day, to (ii) Cash EBITDA for the four-Fiscal Quarter period ending on such date (or if such date of determination is not the last day of a Fiscal Quarter, for the four-Fiscal Quarter period ending as of the most recently concluded Fiscal Quarter).

“LIBOR Rate Loan” means a Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate.

“Lien” means (i) any lien, mortgage, pledge, assignment, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any lease in the nature thereof) and any option, trust or other preferential arrangement having the practical effect of any of the foregoing, and (ii) in the case of Securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such Securities.

“Loan” means a Term Loan and/or a Revolving Loan.

“Management Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Advisory Services Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and between Company and Thoma, as amended in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

28


“Management Fee Subordination Agreement” means that certain subordination agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among Company, Thoma, and Administrative Agent, as the same may be amended, restated, supplement or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Maor Note” means that certain Promissory Note, dated April 13, 2016, issued by Maor Goldberg for the benefit of Parent in an original principal amount of $150,000, as amended through the Closing Date.

“Margin Stock” as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as in effect from time to time.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on and/or material adverse developments with respect to (i) the business operations, properties, assets or financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) the ability of any Credit Party to fully and timely perform its material Obligations under any Credit Document to which it is a party; (iii) the legality, validity, binding effect, or enforceability against a Credit Party of a Credit Document to which it is a party; or (iv) the rights, remedies and benefits available to, or conferred upon, any Agent and any Lender or any Secured Party under any Credit Document.

“Material Contract” means (i) any Alliance Agreement to the extent twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the revenue of Holdings and its Subsidiaries during any trailing twelve month period is attributable to such Alliance Agreement, (ii) any Reseller Agreement under which ten percent (10%) or more of the revenue of Holdings and its Subsidiaries during any trailing twelve month period arises, (iii) any customer agreement under which five percent (5%) or more of the revenue of Holdings and its Subsidiaries during any trailing twelve month period arises and (iv) any other contract or other arrangement to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries is a party (other than the Credit Documents) for which breach, nonperformance, cancellation or failure to renew would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, in each case, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. All Material Contracts in effect as of the Closing Date are set forth on Schedule 4.16.

“Material Real Estate Asset” means any fee-owned Real Estate Asset having a fair market value in excess of $500,000 as of the date of the acquisition thereof.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investor Services, Inc.

“Mortgage” means a mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt or similar agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent.

“Mortgage Deliverables” means each of the following:

(i) fully executed and notarized Mortgages, in proper form for recording in all appropriate places in all applicable jurisdictions;

(ii) an opinion of counsel (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent) in each state in which such Material Real Estate Asset is located with respect to the enforceability of the form(s) of Mortgages to be recorded in such state and such other matters as Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent;

 

29


(iii) (a) customary ALTA mortgagee title insurance policies or unconditional commitments therefor issued by one or more title companies reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent with respect to such Material Real Estate Asset (each, a “ Title Policy ”), in amounts not less than the fair market value of such Material Real Estate Asset as of such date, together with a title report issued by a title company with respect thereto, and copies of all recorded documents listed as exceptions to title or otherwise referred to therein, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent and (b) evidence satisfactory to Collateral Agent that such Credit Party has paid to the title company or to the appropriate Governmental Authorities all expenses and premiums of the title company and all other sums required in connection with the issuance of each Title Policy and all recording and stamp taxes (including mortgage recording and intangible taxes) payable in connection with recording the Mortgage for such Material Real Estate Asset in the appropriate real estate records;

(iv) reports and other information, in form, scope and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent, regarding environmental matters relating to the applicable Material Real Estate Asset, including a customary phase I environmental report;

(v) evidence of flood insurance with respect to each Flood Hazard Property that is located in a community that participates in the National Flood Insurance Program, in each case in compliance with any applicable regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent; and

(v) ALTA surveys of such Material Real Estate Asset certified to Collateral Agent.

“Multiemployer Plan” means any Employee Benefit Plan which is a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA.

“NAIC” means The National Association of Insurance Commissioners, and any successor thereto.

“Net Asset Sale Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, an amount equal to: (i) Cash payments received by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale, minus (ii) any bona fide direct costs incurred in connection with such Asset Sale to the extent paid or payable to non-Affiliates, including (a) Taxes paid (or reasonably estimated to be payable or accrued as a liability under GAAP) as a result of any gain recognized in connection with such Asset Sale during the tax period the sale occurs, (b) payment of the outstanding principal amount of, premium or penalty, if any, and interest on any Indebtedness (other than the Loans) that is secured by a Lien on the Capital Stock or assets in question and that is required to be repaid under the terms thereof as a result of such Asset Sale, and (c) a reasonable reserve for any indemnification payments (fixed or contingent) attributable to seller’s indemnities and representations and warranties to purchaser in respect of such Asset Sale undertaken by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset Sale; provided , that upon release of any such reserve, the amount released shall be considered Net Asset Sale Proceeds.

 

30


“Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds” means an amount equal to: (i) any Cash payments or proceeds received by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (a) under any casualty insurance (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, business interruption or, if any, “key man” insurance policies) in respect of any covered loss thereunder, or (b) as a result of the taking of any assets of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries by any Person pursuant to the power of eminent domain, condemnation or otherwise, or pursuant to a sale of any such assets to a purchaser with such power under threat of such a taking, minus (ii) (a) any actual and reasonable costs incurred by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the adjustment or settlement of any claims of Holdings or such Subsidiary in respect thereof, and (b) any bona fide direct costs incurred in connection with any sale of such assets as referred to in clause (i)(b) of this definition to the extent paid or payable to non-Affiliates, including Taxes paid (or reasonably estimated to be payable or accrued as a liability under GAAP) as a result of any gain recognized in connection therewith.

“New Subsidiary Deliverables” means

(i)(a) sufficient copies of each Organizational Document of each new Subsidiary executed and delivered by each new Subsidiary and each applicable Credit Party and, to the extent applicable, certified as of a recent date by the appropriate governmental official; (b) signature and incumbency certificates of the officers of such Person executing the Credit Documents to which it is a party; (c) resolutions of the Board of Directors or similar governing body of such Person approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party or by which it or its assets may be bound as of such date, certified as of such date by its secretary or an assistant secretary as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment; (d) a good standing certificate from the applicable Governmental Authority of each such Person’s jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation, each dated a recent date prior to the date of the applicable Counterpart Agreement; and (e) such other documents as Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

(ii) in order to create in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, a valid, perfected First Priority security interest in the applicable personal property Collateral, each of the following:

        (a) evidence reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent of the compliance by each applicable new Subsidiary and each applicable Credit Party (required to act under the Pledge and Security Agreement with respect to such new Subsidiary) with respect of its obligations under the Pledge and Security Agreement and the other Collateral Documents (including, without limitation, their obligations to authorize or execute, as the case may be, and deliver UCC financing statements, originals of securities, instruments and chattel paper and any agreements governing deposit and/or securities accounts as provided therein);

        (b) a completed Collateral Questionnaire dated the date of the applicable Counterpart Agreement and executed by an Authorized Officer of each applicable new Subsidiary, together with all attachments contemplated thereby, including (x) the results of a recent search, by a Person reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent, of all effective UCC financing statements (or equivalent filings) made with respect to any personal or

 

31


mixed property of such applicable Person in the jurisdictions specified in the Collateral Questionnaire, together with copies of all such filings disclosed by such search, and (y) UCC termination statements (or similar documents) duly executed by all applicable Persons for filing in all applicable jurisdictions as may be necessary to terminate any effective UCC financing statements (or equivalent filings) disclosed in such search (other than any such financing statements in respect of Permitted Liens);

        (c) evidence that each applicable Person shall have, as applicable, taken or caused to be taken any other action, executed and delivered or caused to be executed and delivered any other agreement, document and instrument (including without limitation, in accordance with Section 5.11) and made or caused to be made any other filing and recording (other than as set forth herein) reasonably required by Collateral Agent;

(iii) originally executed copies of the written opinions of counsel to each applicable new Subsidiary as to such matters as Administrative Agent may reasonably request, dated as of the date of the applicable Counterpart Agreement and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent;

(iv) a certificate from the Credit Parties’ insurance broker or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent that all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to Section 5.5 is in full force and effect, together with endorsements naming the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, as additional insured and loss payee thereunder to the extent required under Section 5.5, in each case, with respect to each applicable new Subsidiary; and

(v) evidence that each applicable new Subsidiary has appointed an agent in New York City for the purpose of service of process in New York City and such agent shall agree in writing to give Administrative Agent notice of any resignation of such service agent or other termination of the agency relationship.

“Non-US Lender” as defined in Section 2.19(c).

“Note” means a Term Loan Note or a Revolving Loan Note.

“Notice” means a Funding Notice, an Issuance Notice or a Conversion/ Continuation Notice.

“Obligations” means all obligations of every nature of each Credit Party from time to time owed to the Agents (including former Agents), the Lenders or any of them and Lender Counterparties, under any Credit Document or Interest Rate Agreement (including, without limitation, with respect to an Interest Rate Agreement, obligations owed thereunder to any person who was a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time such Interest Rate Agreement was entered into), whether for principal, interest (including interest which, but for the filing of a petition in bankruptcy with respect to such Credit Party, would have accrued on any Obligation, whether or not a claim is allowed against such Credit Party for such interest in the related bankruptcy proceeding), reimbursement of amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, payments for early termination of Interest Rate Agreements, fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise. “Obligations” shall not include Excluded Swap Obligations.

 

32


“Obligee Guarantor” as defined in Section 7.7.

“OFAC” as defined in Section 4.27.

“Organizational Documents” means (i) with respect to any corporation, its certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, as amended, its by-laws, as amended, and any stockholders’, voting or similar agreements, as amended, (ii) with respect to any limited partnership, its certificate of limited partnership, as amended, and its partnership agreement, as amended, (iii) with respect to any general partnership, its partnership agreement, as amended, and (iv) with respect to any limited liability company, its articles of organization, as amended, and its operating agreement, as amended. In the event any term or condition of this Agreement or any other Credit Document requires any Organizational Document to be certified by a secretary of state or similar governmental official, the reference to any such “Organizational Document” shall only be to a document of a type customarily certified by such governmental official.

“Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Credit Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Note or Credit Document).

“Parent” means SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“Participant Register” as defined in Section 10.6(h).

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto.

“Pension Plan” means any Employee Benefit Plan, other than a Multiemployer Plan, which is subject to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 of ERISA.

“Permitted Acquisition” means any acquisition by Company or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets of, all of the Capital Stock of, or a business line or unit or a division of, any Person; provided ,

(i) immediately prior to, and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

(ii) all transactions in connection therewith shall be consummated, in all material respects, in accordance with all applicable laws and in conformity with all applicable Governmental Authorizations;

(iii) in the case of the acquisition of Capital Stock, all of the Capital Stock (except for any such Securities in the nature of directors’ qualifying shares required pursuant to applicable law) acquired or otherwise issued by such Person or any newly

 

33


formed Guarantor Subsidiary of Company in connection with such acquisition shall be owned 100% by Company or a Guarantor Subsidiary thereof, and Company shall have taken, or caused to be taken, as of the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary of Company, each of the actions set forth in Sections 5.10 and/or 5.11, as applicable;

(iv) Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 6.8 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such acquisition as of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter most recently ended for which financial information is required to have been delivered under Section 5.1(b) (as determined in accordance with Section 6.8(f));

(v) Company shall have delivered to Administrative Agent, at least ten (10) Business Days prior to such proposed acquisition (or such shorter period agreed to by Administrative Agent), (A) a Compliance Certificate evidencing compliance with Section 6.8 as required under clause (iv) above, together with all relevant financial information with respect to such acquired assets, including, without limitation, the Total Consideration for such acquisition and any other financial information reasonably required to demonstrate compliance with Section 6.8 , (B) to the extent available, a due diligence package relative to the proposed acquisition, including, to the extent available, forecasted balance sheets, profit and loss statements, and cash flow statements of the Person or related to the assets to be acquired, as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and (C) as soon as available but in any event not later than five (5) Business Days after the execution thereof, a copy of any executed purchase agreement or similar agreement with respect to any such purchase or acquisition;

(vi) any Person or assets or division as acquired in accordance herewith shall be engaged in business activities in which the purchaser is permitted to engage pursuant to Section 6.13;

(vii) the acquisition shall have been approved by the board of directors or other governing body or controlling Person of the Person acquired or the Person] from whom such assets or division is acquired; and

(viii) the aggregate Total Consideration paid in connection with all such acquisitions from the Closing Date to the date of determination shall not exceed $20,000,000 in any trailing twelve month period; provided , notwithstanding the foregoing, the aggregate Total Consideration paid in connection with the acquisition of Foreign Subsidiaries shall not exceed $10,000,000 during the term of this Agreement.

“Permitted Investors” means the collective reference to the Sponsor and its Controlled Investment Affiliates.

“Permitted Liens” means each of the Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.2.

 

34


“Permitted Management Fee Payments” means the following expense reimbursements, indemnity payments, transaction fees and management fees paid from time to time to Thoma or its Affiliates (including Sponsor and its Affiliates and Controlled Investment Affiliates) by the Credit Parties pursuant to the Management Agreement:

(i) all reasonable, out-of-pocket and documented (consistent with Thoma’s internal policies) costs and expenses in accordance with the terms of the Management Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof and as amended in accordance with the terms hereof);

(ii) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, management fees (the “ Management Fees ”) as set forth in the Management Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof and as amended in accordance with the terms hereof); provided , however , if all or part of the Management Fees cannot be paid during a given Fiscal Quarter, then the Management Fees that are not paid for such Fiscal Quarter shall accrue, on a cumulative basis, and such Management Fees shall be payable in any subsequent Fiscal Quarter for which the conditions applicable to the payment of such Management Fees are satisfied; and

(iii) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, transaction fees (the “Transaction Fees” ) in connection with Permitted Acquisitions as set forth in the Management Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof and as amended in accordance with the terms hereof); provided , however , if all or part of the Transactions Fees cannot be paid with respect to a Permitted Acquisition, then the Transaction Fees that are not paid with respect to such Permitted Acquisition shall accrue, on a cumulative basis, and such Transactions Fees shall be payable when the conditions applicable to the payment of such Transaction Fees are satisfied.

“Permitted Repurchase Transactions” means Restricted Junior Payments made by Company to Holdings for redistribution to Parent to repurchase or retire Capital Stock of Parent held by any directors, officer or employee of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (or any of their spouses or former spouses, trusts, estate planning vehicles or heirs) upon the death, disability or termination of employment or other capacity of such director, officer or employee to the extent such payment satisfies each of the following conditions: (i) at the time of making such payment, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (ii) such payment is made in accordance with the Organizational Documents of the applicable Persons and applicable law, (iii) the aggregate amount of all such purchases shall not exceed $10,000,000 in any Fiscal Year of the Company (the “ Repurchase Amount ”) and (iv) both immediately before and after giving effect to such Permitted Repurchase Transaction, the Consolidated Liquidity of the Credit Parties shall not be less than $10,000,000; provided , (a) that up to fifty percent (50%) of the Repurchase Amount that is not expended in a Fiscal Year for which it is permitted may be carried over for expenditure in the next succeeding Fiscal Year only, (b) Repurchase Amounts made during any Fiscal Year shall be deemed made, first, in respect of any Repurchase Amount carried over from the prior Fiscal Year as provided above and, second, in respect of Repurchase Amounts permitted for such Fiscal Year as provided above and (c) the Repurchase Amount may be increased on a dollar for dollar basis by (x) the amount of an equity investment made by the Sponsor and/or other then-existing equityholders of Parent for Qualified Stock of Parent and for the purpose of financing Permitted Repurchase Transactions and

 

35


designated as such for a period of one (1) year following the date of such investment, the proceeds of which are maintained in a segregated Controlled Account and not commingled with Cash and Cash Equivalents of the Credit Parties pending such purchase (and such purchase is made solely with such proceeds), plus (y) proceeds from key man life insurance policies received by Company, Holdings or Parent covering the director, officer or employee from whom any Capital Stock is being repurchased.

“Person” means and includes natural persons, corporations, limited partnerships, general partnerships, limited liability companies, limited liability partnerships, joint stock companies, Joint Ventures, associations, companies, trusts, banks, trust companies, land trusts, business trusts or other organizations, whether or not legal entities, and Governmental Authorities.

“Pledge and Security Agreement” means that certain Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among Company and each Guarantor in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent, as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (including, without limitation, that certain First Amendment to Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of the Restatement Effective Date (the “PSA First Amendment )).

“Prime Rate” means the rate of interest quoted in The Wall Street Journal, Money Rates Section as the Prime Rate (currently defined as the base rate on corporate loans posted by at least 70% of the nation’s ten (10) largest banks), as in effect from time to time. The Prime Rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate actually charged to any customer. Agent or any other Lender may make commercial loans or other loans at rates of interest at, above or below the Prime Rate.

“Principal Office” means, for Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank, such Person’s “Principal Office” as set forth on Appendix B , or such other office as such Person may from time to time designate in writing to Company, each Lender and, as applicable, Administrative Agent or Issuing Bank; provided , however , that for the purpose of making any payment on the Obligations or any other amount due hereunder or any other Credit Document, the Principal Office of Administrative Agent shall be 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282 (or such other location within the City and State of New York as Administrative Agent may from time to time designate in writing to Company and each Lender).

“Projections” as defined in Section 4.8.

“Protective Advances” as defined in Section 2.2(c).

“Pro Rata Share” means (i) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to the Term Loan of any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the Term Loan Exposure of that Lender, by (b) the aggregate Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders and (ii) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to the Revolving Commitment or Revolving Loans of any Lender or any Letters of Credit issued or participations purchased therein by any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the Revolving Exposure of that Lender, by (b) the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders. For all other

 

36


purposes with respect to each Lender, “Pro Rata Share” means the percentage obtained by dividing (A) an amount equal to the sum of the Term Loan Exposure and the Revolving Exposure of that Lender, by (B) an amount equal to the sum of the aggregate Term Loan Exposure and the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders.

“Qualified ECP Guarantor” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Credit Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant Guarantee or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

“Qualified Stock” means any Capital Stock which is not Disqualified Stock.

“Reaffirmation Agreement” means each of (i) the Confirmation, Reaffirmation and Ratification Agreement, dated as of the Restatement Effective Date, among the Company, the other Credit Parties, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and (ii) the Confirmation, Reaffirmation and Ratification Agreement, dated as of the Restatement Effective Date, among Thoma Bravo, LLC, Company, Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

“Real Estate Asset” means, at any time of determination, any interest (fee, leasehold, license or otherwise) then owned or otherwise held by any Credit Party in any real property.

“Recipient” means any Agent, any Lender, Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any Obligations hereunder.

“Register” as defined in Section 2.6(b).

“Regulation D” means Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

“Reimbursement Date” as defined in Section 2.3(d).

“Related Fund” means, with respect to any Lender that is an investment fund, any other investment fund that invests in commercial loans and that is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

“Release” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, pouring, injection, escaping, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, dumping, leaching or migration of any Hazardous Material into the indoor or outdoor environment (including the abandonment or disposal of any barrels, containers or other closed receptacles containing any Hazardous Material), including the movement of any Hazardous Material through the air, soil, surface water or groundwater.

“Replacement Lender” as defined in Section 2.22.

 

37


“Required Prepayment Date” as defined in Section 2.14(c).

“Requisite Lenders” means one or more Lenders having or holding Term Loan Exposure and/or Revolving Exposure and representing more than 50% of the sum of (i) the aggregate Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders and (ii) the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders. To the extent there is more than one (1) Lender hereunder, “Requisite Lenders” must include at least two (2) Lenders; provided , that, any Lenders that are Affiliates (including those which are Related Funds) as of any date of determination shall constitute one (1) Lender for such purposes.

“Reseller Agreements” means (i) that certain Master Reseller Agreement, dated as of September 2, 2015, between Company and Optiv Security Inc., (ii) that certain SailPoint Reseller Program Document, dated as of November 14, 2014, between Company and Column Technologies, Inc. and (iii) any similar agreements for the resale of Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ products and services entered from time to time, in each case as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

“Restatement Effective Date” means November 2, 2016.

“Restricted Junior Payment” means (i) any dividend or other distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of Holdings or Company now or hereafter outstanding, except a dividend payable solely in shares of that class of Capital Stock to the holders of that class; (ii) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of Holdings or Company now or hereafter outstanding; (iii) any payment made to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of any class of Capital Stock of Holdings or Company now or hereafter outstanding; (iv) management or similar fees payable to any Person (including, without limitation, Thoma or any of its Affiliates (including Sponsor and its Affiliates and Controlled Investment Affiliates); and (v) any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance (including in-substance or legal defeasance), sinking fund or similar payment with respect to, any Subordinated Indebtedness.

“Revenue” means, for any period of determination, the revenue of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Revolving Commitment” means the commitment of a Lender to make or otherwise fund any Revolving Loan and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and “Revolving Commitments” means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate. The amount of each Lender’s Revolving Commitment, if any, is set forth on Appendix A-2 or in the applicable Assignment Agreement, subject to any adjustment or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof. The aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments as of the Closing Date is $5,000,000.

“Revolving Commitment Period” means the period from the Closing Date to but excluding the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

 

38


“Revolving Commitment Termination Date” means the earliest to occur of (i) August 16, 2021; (ii) the date the Revolving Commitments are permanently reduced to zero pursuant to Section 2.12(b) or 2.13; (iii) the date of the termination of the Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 8.1 and (iv) the date the Term Loans are repaid in full.

“Revolving Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender as of any date of determination, (i) prior to the termination of the Revolving Commitments, that Lender’s Revolving Commitment; and (ii) after the termination of the Revolving Commitments, the sum of (a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans of that Lender, (b) in the case of Issuing Bank, the aggregate Letter of Credit Usage in respect of all Letters of Credit issued by that Lender (net of any participations by Lenders in such Letters of Credit), and (c) the aggregate amount of all participations by that Lender in any outstanding Letters of Credit or any unreimbursed drawing under any Letter of Credit.

“Revolving Loan” means a Loan made by a Lender to Company pursuant to Section 2.2(a).

“Revolving Loan Note” means a promissory note in the form of Exhibit B-2, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“RNR” means, for any period of determination, an amount determined for Holdings and its Subsidiaries equal to the gross recurring software subscription and maintenance revenue amounts for such period of determination as reflected in the financial statements most recently delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(b) (regardless of whether any particular customer is billed monthly, quarterly, annually or otherwise), net of any discounts in the ordinary course of business; provided , however, that RNR shall only include revenue attributable to the following product lines: (i) IdentityIQ, (ii) IdentityNOW and (iii) SecurityIQ.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw Hill Corporation.

“SDN List” as defined in Section 4.27.

“Secured Parties” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

“Securities” means any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as “securities” or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

 

39


“Solvency Certificate” means a Solvency Certificate of the chief financial officer of Holdings substantially in the form of Exhibit G-2.

“Solvent” means, with respect to any Person, that as of the date of determination, both (i) (a) the sum of such Person’s debt (including contingent liabilities) does not exceed the present fair saleable value of such Person’s present assets; (b) such Person’s capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its business as contemplated on the Closing Date and reflected in the Projections or with respect to any transaction contemplated or undertaken after the Closing Date; and (c) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to incur, or believe (nor should it reasonably believe) that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise); and (ii) such Person is “solvent” within the meaning given that term and similar terms under applicable laws relating to fraudulent transfers and conveyances. For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 5).

“Sponsor” means, collectively, Thoma Bravo Fund XI, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Thoma Bravo Fund XI-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

“Subject Transaction” as defined in Section 6.8(e).

“Subordinated Debt Document ” means any agreement, certificate, document or instrument executed or delivered by any Credit Party and evidencing Subordinated Indebtedness of such Credit Party, and any renewals, modifications, or amendments thereof which are permitted under any applicable Subordination Agreement or are reasonably approved in writing by the Administrative Agent and Requisite Lenders, including without limitation any Subordination Agreement.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness or other obligations of any Credit Party which is contractually subordinated to the Obligations as to right and time of payment and as to other rights and remedies thereunder and having such other terms as are, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and Requisite Lenders.

“Subordination Agreement” means each of (i) the Management Fee Subordination Agreement and (ii) any subordination agreement executed or delivered by any Credit Party with respect to any Subordinated Indebtedness and which shall (a) provide, among other things that such Subordinated Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to prior repayment in full of the Obligations together with other customary subordination provisions (including, without limitation, perpetual payment blocks and turnover provisions), and (b) otherwise be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and Requisite Lenders.

 

40


“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture or other business entity of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of shares of stock or other ownership interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Person or Persons (whether directors, managers, trustees or other Persons performing similar functions) having the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; provided , in determining the percentage of ownership interests of any Person controlled by another Person, no ownership interest in the nature of a “qualifying share” of the former Person shall be deemed to be outstanding.

“Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

“Tax” means any present or future tax, levy, impost, duty, assessment, charge, fee, deduction or withholding (including backup withholding) imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

“Term Loan” means a Term Loan made by a Lender to Company pursuant to Section 2.1(a).

“Term Loan Commitment” means the commitment of a Lender to make or otherwise fund a Term Loan and “Term Loan Commitments” means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate. The amount of each Lender’s Term Loan Commitment, if any, is set forth on Appendix A-1 or in the applicable Assignment Agreement, subject to any adjustment or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof. The aggregate amount of the Term Loan Commitments as of the Closing Date is $115,000,000.

“Term Loan Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender, as of any date of determination, the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans of such Lender; provided , at any time prior to the making of the Term Loans, the Term Loan Exposure of any Lender shall be equal to such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment.

“Term Loan Maturity Date” means the earlier of (i) August 16, 2021, and (ii) the date that all Term Loans shall become due and payable in full hereunder, whether by acceleration or otherwise.

“Term Loan Note” means a promissory note in the form of Exhibit B-1, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Terminated Lender” as defined in Section 2.22.

“Thoma” means Thoma Bravo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“Title Policy” as defined in Section 5.11 .

 

41


“Total Consideration” means, with respect to a proposed Permitted Acquisition, the sum (but without duplication) of (a) Cash paid in connection with such Permitted Acquisition (other than (i) to purchase Cash or Cash Equivalents on the balance sheet of the acquired business or (ii) Cash on the balance sheet used as consideration to make such Permitted Acquisition), (b) Indebtedness payable to the seller in connection with such Permitted Acquisition, (c) the present value of payments required to be made to seller in consideration for covenants not to compete entered into in connection with such Permitted Acquisition or other future payments which are required to be made over a period of time and are not contingent upon Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries meeting financial performance objectives (exclusive of salaries paid in the ordinary course of business), but only to the extent not included in clause (a) or (b) above, and (d) the amount of Indebtedness assumed or otherwise acquired in connection with such Permitted Acquisition.

“Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments” means, as at any date of determination, the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Loans (other than Revolving Loans made for the purpose of reimbursing Issuing Bank for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, but not yet so applied), and (ii) the Letter of Credit Usage.

“Transaction Costs” means the fees and the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses payable by Holdings, Company or any of Company’s Subsidiaries on or before the Closing Date in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents.

“Type of Loan” means with respect to either Term Loans or Revolving Loans, a Base Rate Loan or a LIBOR Rate Loan.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or equivalent legislation) as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.

“Unrestricted Cash” means, with respect to any Credit Party as of any date of determination (i) Cash and Cash Equivalents on hand of such Credit Party, minus (ii) the sum of (a) Asset Sale Reinvestment Amounts, (b) any Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, (c) any Cash deposited into escrow or set aside as a reserve in connection with any transaction permitted hereunder, and any amounts held by the issuer of a bond or letter of credit to cash collateralize the obligations of a Credit Party with respect to such bond or letter of credit, and (d) any other Cash or Cash Equivalents of such Credit Party that have been pledged to a third party (other than the Secured Parties).

“US Foreign Holdco” means any Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, all or substantially all of the assets of which consist of Capital Stock (or a combination of Capital Stock and Indebtedness) of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries.

1.2. Accounting Terms. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in conformity with GAAP. Financial statements and other information required to be delivered by Holdings to Lenders pursuant to Section 5.1(a), 5.1(b) and 5.1(c) shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect at the time of such preparation (and delivered together with the reconciliation statements provided for in Section 5.1(e), if applicable). Subject to the foregoing,

 

42


calculations in connection with the definitions, covenants and other provisions hereof shall utilize accounting principles and policies in conformity with those used to prepare the Historical Financial Statements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for all purposes under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, including negative covenants, financial covenants and component definitions, GAAP will be deemed to treat operating leases and leases evidencing Capital Leases in a manner consistent with their current treatment under GAAP, as in effect on the Closing Date, notwithstanding any modifications or interpretive changes thereto that may occur thereafter.

1.3. Interpretation, etc. Any of the terms defined herein may, unless the context otherwise requires, be used in the singular or the plural, depending on the reference. References herein to any Section, Appendix, Schedule or Exhibit shall be to a Section, an Appendix, a Schedule or an Exhibit, as the case may be, hereof unless otherwise specifically provided. The use herein of the word “include” or “including,” when following any general statement, term or matter, shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not no limiting language (such as “without limitation” or “but not limited to” or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter. Notwithstanding anything herein or any other Credit Document to the contrary, whenever any document, agreement or other item is required by any Credit Document to be delivered on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. All certifications to be made hereunder by an officer or representative of a Credit Party shall be made by any such Person in his or her capacity solely as an officer or representative of such Credit Party, on such Credit Party’s behalf and not in such Person’s individual capacity.

SECTION 2. LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

2.1. Term Loans.

(a) Loan Commitments . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender with a Term Loan Commitment severally agrees to make, on the Closing Date, a Term Loan to Company in an amount equal to such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment. Company may make only one borrowing under the Term Loan Commitments which shall be on the Closing Date. Any amount borrowed under this Section 2.1(a) and subsequently repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Subject to Sections 2.12 and 2.13, all amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Term Loans shall be paid in full no later than the Term Loan Maturity Date. Each Lender’s Term Loan Commitment shall terminate immediately and without further action on the Closing Date after giving effect to the funding of such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment on such date.

(b) Borrowing Mechanics for Term Loans .

        (i) Company shall deliver to Administrative Agent a fully executed Funding Notice no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Closing Date. Promptly upon receipt by Administrative Agent of such Funding Notice, Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the proposed borrowing.

 

43


        (ii) Each Lender shall make its Term Loan available to Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Closing Date, by wire transfer of same day funds in Dollars, at Administrative Agent’s Principal Office. Upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent specified herein, Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of the Term Loans available to Company on the Closing Date by causing an amount of same day funds in Dollars equal to the proceeds of all such Loans received by Administrative Agent from Lenders to be credited to the account of Company at Administrative Agent’s Principal Office or to such other account as may be designated in writing to Administrative Agent by Company.

2.2. Revolving Loans.

(a) Revolving Commitments . During the Revolving Commitment Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender with a Revolving Commitment severally agrees to make Revolving Loans to Company in an aggregate amount up to but not exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Commitment; provided , that after giving effect to the making of any Revolving Loans (i) the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments shall not exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect and (ii) Availability shall not be less than $0. Amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) may be repaid and reborrowed during the Revolving Commitment Period. Each Lender’s Revolving Commitment shall expire on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date and all Revolving Loans and all other amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Revolving Loans and the Revolving Commitments shall be paid in full no later than such date.

(b) Borrowing Mechanics for Revolving Loans .

        (i) Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans shall be made in an aggregate minimum amount of $250,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount, and Revolving Loans that are LIBOR Rate Loans shall be made in an aggregate minimum amount of $250,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount.

        (ii) Whenever Company desires that Lenders make Revolving Loans, Company shall deliver to Administrative Agent a fully executed and delivered Funding Notice no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) at least three (3) Business Days in advance of the proposed Credit Date in the case of a LIBOR Rate Loan, and at least one (1) Business Day in advance of the proposed Credit Date in the case of a Revolving Loan that is a Base Rate Loan. Except as otherwise provided herein, a Funding Notice for a Revolving Loan that is a LIBOR Rate Loan shall be irrevocable on and after the related Interest Rate Determination Date, and Company shall be bound to make a borrowing in accordance therewith.

        (iii) Notice of receipt of each Funding Notice in respect of Revolving Loans, together with the amount of each Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof, if any, together with the applicable interest rate, shall be provided by Administrative Agent to each applicable Lender by telefacsimile with reasonable promptness, but (provided Administrative Agent shall have received such notice by 10:00 a.m. (New York City time)) not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the same day as Administrative Agent’s receipt of such Notice from Company.

 

44


        (iv) Each Lender shall make the amount of its Revolving Loan available to Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the applicable Credit Date by wire transfer of same day funds in Dollars, at Administrative Agent’s Principal Office. Except as provided herein, upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent specified herein, Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Revolving Loans available to Company on the applicable Credit Date by causing an amount of same day funds in Dollars equal to the proceeds of all such Revolving Loans received by Administrative Agent from Lenders to be credited to the account of Company at Administrative Agent’s Principal Office or such other account as may be designated in writing to Administrative Agent by Company.

(c) Protective Advances . Subject to the limitations set forth below, and whether or not a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Administrative Agent is authorized by Company and the Lenders, from time to time in Administrative Agent’s sole discretion (but Administrative Agent shall have absolutely no obligation to), to make Revolving Loans to Company on behalf of the Revolving Lenders, which Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or desirable (i) to preserve or protect the Collateral, or any portion thereof, (ii) to enhance the likelihood of, or maximize the amount of, repayment of the Loans and other Obligations, or (iii) to pay any other amount chargeable to or required to be paid by Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, including, without limitation, payments of principal, interest, fees and reimbursable expenses (any of such Loans are in this clause (c) referred to as “ Protective Advances ”); provided , that the amount of Revolving Loans plus Protective Advances shall not exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect. Protective Advances may be made even if the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 have not been satisfied. All Protective Advances shall be Base Rate Loans. Protective Advances shall not exceed $2,500,000 in the aggregate at any time without the prior consent of Required Lenders. Each Protective Advance shall be secured by the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent in and to the Collateral and shall constitute Obligations hereunder. Company shall pay the unpaid principal amount and all unpaid and accrued interest of each Protective Advance on the earlier of the Revolving Commitment Termination Date and the date on which demand for payment is made by Administrative Agent.

2.3. Issuance of Letters of Credit and Purchase of Participations Therein.

(a) Letters of Credit . During the Revolving Commitment Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Issuing Bank agrees to issue Letters of Credit for the account of Company in the aggregate amount up to but not exceeding the Letter of Credit Sublimit; provided , (i) each Letter of Credit shall be denominated in Dollars; (ii) the stated amount of each Letter of Credit shall not be less than $250,000 or such lesser amount as is acceptable to Issuing Bank; (iii) after giving effect to such issuance, in no event shall the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect; (iv) after giving effect to such issuance, in no event shall the Letter of Credit Usage exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit then in effect; (v) in no event shall more than ten (10) Letters of Credit be outstanding hereunder at any time; and (vi) in no event shall any Letter of Credit have an expiration date later

 

45


than the earlier of (1) thirty (30) days prior to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, and (2) the date which is one year from the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit; provided , that any Letter of Credit with a term not exceeding one (1) year may provide for its renewal for additional periods not exceeding one (1) year as long as (x) each of Company and Issuing Bank have the option to prevent such renewal before the expiration of such term or any such period and (y) neither Issuing Bank nor Company shall permit any such renewal to extend such expiration date beyond any date set forth in clauses (vi)(i) and (vi)(ii) above; provided , further , that the Issuing Bank, in its sole discretion, may agree to extend such Letter of Credit beyond such date upon Company either (I) cash collateralizing such Letter of Credit in full or (II) backstopping such Letter of Credit, in each case, to the satisfaction of Issuing Bank; provided , further , Issuing Bank shall not extend any such Letter of Credit if it has received written notice that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time Issuing Bank must elect to allow such extension; provided , further , in the event a Funding Default exists, Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue any Letter of Credit unless Issuing Bank has entered into arrangements satisfactory to it to eliminate Issuing Bank’s risk with respect to the participation in Letters of Credit of the Defaulting Lender, including (I) such Defaulting Lender has been replaced in accordance with Section 2.22 or Section 10.6, (II) such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Letter of Credit Usage has been cash collateralized, (III) the Revolving Commitments of the other Lenders have been increased by an amount sufficient to satisfy Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank that all future Letter of Credit obligations will be covered by all Lenders with Revolving Exposure that are not Defaulting Lenders and/or (IV) the Letter of Credit obligations of such Defaulting Lender have been reallocated to other Lenders with Revolving Exposure that are not Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.23.

(b) Notice of Issuance . Whenever Company desires the issuance of a Letter of Credit, it shall deliver to Administrative Agent an Issuance Notice no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least three (3) Business Days or such shorter period as may be agreed to by Issuing Bank in any particular instance, in advance of the proposed date of issuance. Upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 3.2, Issuing Bank shall issue the requested Letter of Credit only in accordance with this Section 2.3, Issuing Bank’s standard operating procedures and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Issuing Bank; provided , that for purposes of clarity, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no Issuing Bank shall be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate or otherwise contravene any policy or policies of the Issuing Bank applicable to letters of credit (including, without limitation, Letters of Credit) generally. Upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit or amendment or modification to a Letter of Credit, Issuing Bank shall promptly notify each Lender of such issuance, which notice shall be accompanied by a copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment or modification to a Letter of Credit and the amount of such Lender’s respective participation in such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.3(e).

(c) Responsibility of Issuing Bank With Respect to Requests for Drawings and Payments . In determining whether to honor any drawing under any Letter of Credit by the beneficiary thereof, Issuing Bank shall be responsible only to examine the documents delivered under such Letter of Credit with reasonable care so as to ascertain whether they appear on their face to be in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit. As between Company and Issuing Bank, Company assumes all risks of the acts and omissions of, or misuse

 

46


of the Letters of Credit issued by Issuing Bank, by the respective beneficiaries of such Letters of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, Issuing Bank shall not be responsible for: (i) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any document submitted by any party in connection with the application for and issuance of any such Letter of Credit, even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged; (ii) the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign any such Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason; (iii) failure of the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit to comply fully with any conditions required in order to draw upon such Letter of Credit; (iv) errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex or otherwise, whether or not they be in cipher; (v) errors in interpretation of technical terms; (vi) any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under any such Letter of Credit or of the proceeds thereof; (vii) the misapplication by the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit of the proceeds of any drawing under such Letter of Credit; or (viii) any consequences arising from causes beyond the control of Issuing Bank, including any Governmental Acts; none of the above shall affect or impair, or prevent the vesting of, any of Issuing Bank’s rights or powers hereunder. Without limiting the foregoing and in furtherance thereof, any action taken or omitted by Issuing Bank under or in connection with the Letters of Credit or any documents and certificates delivered thereunder, if taken or omitted in good faith, shall not give rise to any liability on the part of Issuing Bank to Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.3(c), Company shall retain any and all rights it may have against Issuing Bank for any liability arising solely out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Issuing Bank, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, non-appealable order.

(d) Reimbursement by Company of Amounts Drawn or Paid Under Letters of Credit . In the event Issuing Bank has determined to honor a drawing under a Letter of Credit, it shall immediately notify Company and Administrative Agent, and Company shall reimburse Issuing Bank on or before the Business Day immediately following the date on which such drawing is honored (the “Reimbursement Date” ) in an amount in Dollars and in same day funds equal to the amount of such honored drawing; provided , anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) unless Company shall have notified Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date such drawing is honored that Company intends to reimburse Issuing Bank for the amount of such honored drawing with funds other than the proceeds of Revolving Loans, Company shall be deemed to have given a timely Funding Notice to Administrative Agent requesting Lenders to make Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans on the Reimbursement Date in an amount in Dollars equal to the amount of such honored drawing, and (ii) subject to satisfaction or waiver of the conditions specified in Section 3.2, Lenders shall, on the Reimbursement Date, make Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans in the amount of such honored drawing, the proceeds of which shall be applied directly by Administrative Agent to reimburse Issuing Bank for the amount of such honored drawing; and provided , further , if for any reason proceeds of Revolving Loans are not received by Issuing Bank on the Reimbursement Date in an amount equal to the amount of such honored drawing, Company shall reimburse Issuing Bank, on demand, in an amount in same day funds equal to the excess of the amount of such honored drawing over the aggregate amount of such Revolving Loans, if any, which are so received. Nothing in this Section 2.3(d) shall be deemed

 

47


to relieve any Lender from its obligation to make Revolving Loans on the terms and conditions set forth herein, and Administrative Agent and Company shall retain any and all rights they may have against any Lender resulting from the failure of such Lender to make such Revolving Loans under this Section 2.3(d).

(e) Lenders’ Purchase of Participations in Letters of Credit . Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender having a Revolving Commitment shall be deemed to have purchased, and hereby agrees to irrevocably purchase, from Issuing Bank a participation in such Letter of Credit and any drawings honored thereunder in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share (with respect to the Revolving Commitments) of the maximum amount which is or at any time may become available to be drawn thereunder. In the event that Company shall fail for any reason to reimburse Issuing Bank as provided in Section 2.3(d), Issuing Bank shall promptly notify each Lender having a Revolving Commitment of the unreimbursed amount of such honored drawing and of such Lender’s respective participation therein based on such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Commitments. Each Lender shall make available to Issuing Bank an amount equal to its respective participation, in Dollars and in same day funds, at the office of Issuing Bank specified in such notice, not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the first business day (under the laws of the jurisdiction in which such office of Issuing Bank is located) after the date notified by Issuing Bank. In the event that any Lender having a Revolving Commitment fails to make available to Issuing Bank on such business day the amount of such Lender’s participation in such Letter of Credit as provided in this Section 2.3(e), Issuing Bank shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon for three Business Days at the rate customarily used by Issuing Bank for the correction of errors among banks and thereafter at the Base Rate. Nothing in this Section 2.3(e) shall be deemed to prejudice the right of any Lender having a Revolving Commitment to recover from Issuing Bank any amounts made available by such Lender to Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section in the event that it is determined that the payment with respect to a Letter of Credit in respect of which payment was made by such Lender constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Issuing Bank, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, non-appealable order. In the event Issuing Bank shall have been reimbursed by other Lenders pursuant to this Section 2.3(e) for all or any portion of any drawing honored by Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit, such Issuing Bank shall distribute to each Lender having a Revolving Commitment which has paid all amounts payable by it under this Section 2.3(e) with respect to such honored drawing such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all payments subsequently received by Issuing Bank from Company in reimbursement of such honored drawing when such payments are received. Any such distribution shall be made to a Lender at its primary address set forth below its name on Appendix B or at such other address as such Lender may request.

(f) Obligations Absolute . The obligation of Company to reimburse Issuing Bank for drawings honored under the Letters of Credit issued by it and to repay any Revolving Loans made by Lenders pursuant to Section 2.3(d) and the obligations of Lenders under Section 2.3(e) shall be unconditional and irrevocable and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms hereof under all circumstances including any of the following circumstances: (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit; (ii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right which Company or any Lender may have at any time against a beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Persons for whom any such transferee may be

 

48


acting), Issuing Bank, Lender or any other Person or, in the case of a Lender, against Company, whether in connection herewith, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transaction (including any underlying transaction between Company or one of its Subsidiaries and the beneficiary for which any Letter of Credit was procured); (iii) any draft or other document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; (iv) payment by Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document which does not substantially comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; (v) any adverse change in the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries; (vi) any breach hereof or any other Credit Document by any party thereto; (vii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; or (viii) the fact that a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; provided , in each case, that payment by Issuing Bank under the applicable Letter of Credit shall not have constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct of Issuing Bank under the circumstances in question, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, non-appealable order.

(g) Indemnification . Without duplication of any obligation of Company under Section 10.2 or 10.3, in addition to amounts payable as provided herein, Company hereby agrees to protect, indemnify, pay and save harmless Issuing Bank from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable fees, out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements of counsel) which Issuing Bank may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (i) the issuance of any Letter of Credit by Issuing Bank, other than as a result of (1) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Issuing Bank, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, non-appealable order, or (2) the wrongful dishonor by Issuing Bank of a proper demand for payment made under any Letter of Credit issued by it, or (ii) the failure of Issuing Bank to honor a drawing under any such Letter of Credit as a result of any Governmental Act.

2.4. Pro Rata Shares; Availability of Funds.

(a) Pro Rata Shares . All Loans shall be made, and all participations purchased, by Lenders simultaneously and proportionately to their respective Pro Rata Shares, it being understood that no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in such other Lender’s obligation to make a Loan requested hereunder or purchase a participation required hereby nor shall any Term Loan Commitment or any Revolving Commitment of any Lender be increased or decreased as a result of a default by any other Lender in such other Lender’s obligation to make a Loan requested hereunder or purchase a participation required hereby.

(b) Availability of Funds . Unless Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the applicable Credit Date that such Lender does not intend to make available to Administrative Agent the amount of such Lender’s Loan requested on such Credit Date, Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to Administrative Agent on such Credit Date and Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, but shall not be obligated to, make available to Company a corresponding amount on

 

49


such Credit Date. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to Administrative Agent by such Lender, Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon, for each day from such Credit Date until the date such amount is paid to Administrative Agent, at the customary rate set by Administrative Agent for the correction of errors among banks for three (3) Business Days and thereafter at the Base Rate. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, Administrative Agent shall promptly notify Company and Company shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to Administrative Agent together with interest thereon, for each day from such Credit Date until the date such amount is paid to Administrative Agent, at the rate payable hereunder for Base Rate Loans for such Class of Loans. Nothing in this Section 2.4(b) shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Term Loan Commitments and Revolving Commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that Company may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

2.5. Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Term Loans made on the Closing Date were applied by Company (i) to repay Existing Indebtedness, (ii) to pay Transaction Costs and (iii) for other purposes permitted hereunder. The proceeds of the Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit made after the Restatement Effective Date shall be applied by Company for working capital and general corporate purposes of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, Permitted Acquisitions in accordance with the terms hereof). No portion of the proceeds of any Credit Extension shall be used in any manner that causes or might cause such Credit Extension or the application of such proceeds to violate Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation thereof or to violate the Exchange Act.

2.6. Evidence of Debt; Register; Lenders’ Books and Records; Notes.

(a) Lenders’ Evidence of Debt . Each Lender shall maintain on its internal records an account or accounts evidencing the Obligations of Company to such Lender, including the amounts of the Loans made by it and each repayment and prepayment in respect thereof. Any such recordation shall be conclusive and binding on Company, absent manifest error; provided , that the failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect any Lender’s Commitments or Company’s Obligations in respect of any applicable Loans; provided , further , in the event of any inconsistency between the Register and any Lender’s records, the recordations in the Register shall govern.

(b) Register . Administrative Agent shall maintain at its Principal Office a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of Lenders and the Commitments and Loans of each Lender from time to time (the “ Register ”). The Register shall be available for inspection by Company or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Administrative Agent shall record in the Register the Commitments and the Loans, and each repayment or prepayment in respect of the principal amount of the Loans, and any such recordation shall be conclusive and binding on Company and each Lender, absent manifest error; provided , failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect any Lender’s Commitments or Company’s Obligations in respect of any Loan. Company hereby designates the entity serving as Administrative Agent to serve as Company’s

 

50


agent solely for purposes of maintaining the Register as provided in this Section 2.6, and Company hereby agrees that, to the extent such entity serves in such capacity, the entity serving as Administrative Agent and its officers, directors, employees, agents and affiliates shall constitute “Indemnitees.”

(c) Notes . If so requested by any Lender by written notice to Company (with a copy to Administrative Agent) at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, or at any time thereafter, Company shall execute and deliver to such Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any Person who is an assignee of such Lender pursuant to Section 10.6) on the Closing Date (or, if such notice is delivered after the Closing Date, promptly after Company’s receipt of such notice) a Note or Notes to evidence such Lender’s Term Loan or Revolving Commitment, as the case may be.

2.7. Interest on Loans.

(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, each Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date made through repayment (whether by acceleration or otherwise) thereof as follows:

        (i) if a Base Rate Loan, at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin; or

        (ii) if a LIBOR Rate Loan, at the Adjusted LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

(b) The basis for determining the rate of interest with respect to any Loan, and the Interest Period with respect to any LIBOR Rate Loan, shall be selected by Company and notified to Administrative Agent and Lenders pursuant to the applicable Funding Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice, as the case may be. If on any day a Loan is outstanding with respect to which a Funding Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice has not been delivered to Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms hereof specifying the applicable basis for determining the rate of interest, then for that day such Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan.

(c) In connection with LIBOR Rate Loans there shall be no more than five (5) Interest Periods outstanding at any time. In the event Company fails to specify between a Base Rate Loan or a LIBOR Rate Loan in the applicable Funding Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice, such Loan (if outstanding as a LIBOR Rate Loan) will be automatically converted into a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the then-current Interest Period for such Loan (or if outstanding as a Base Rate Loan will remain as, or (if not then outstanding) will be made as, a Base Rate Loan). In the event Company fails to specify an Interest Period for any LIBOR Rate Loan in the applicable Funding Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice, Company shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month. As soon as practicable after 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each Interest Rate Determination Date, Administrative Agent shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) the interest rate that shall apply to the LIBOR Rate Loans for which an interest rate is then being determined for the applicable Interest Period and shall promptly give notice thereof (in writing or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Company and each Lender.

 

51


(d) Interest payable pursuant to Section 2.7(a) shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year, in each case for the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which it accrues. In computing interest on any Loan, the date of the making of such Loan or the first day of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or, with respect to a Base Rate Loan being converted from a LIBOR Rate Loan, the date of conversion of such LIBOR Rate Loan to such Base Rate Loan, as the case may be, shall be included, and the date of payment of such Loan or the expiration date of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or, with respect to a Base Rate Loan being converted to a LIBOR Rate Loan, the date of conversion of such Base Rate Loan to such LIBOR Rate Loan, as the case may be, shall be excluded; provided , if a Loan is repaid on the same day on which it is made, one day’s interest shall be paid on that Loan.

(e) Except as otherwise set forth herein, interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears (i) on and to each Interest Payment Date applicable to that Loan; (ii) upon any prepayment of that Loan, whether voluntary or mandatory, to the extent accrued on the amount being prepaid; and (iii) at maturity, including final maturity.

(f) Company agrees to pay to Issuing Bank, with respect to drawings honored under any Letter of Credit, interest on the amount paid by Issuing Bank in respect of each such honored drawing from the date such drawing is honored to but excluding the date such amount is reimbursed by or on behalf of Company at a rate equal to (i) for the period from the date such drawing is honored to but excluding the applicable Reimbursement Date, the rate of interest otherwise payable hereunder with respect to Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans, and (ii) thereafter, a rate which is the lesser of (y) two percent (2%) per annum in excess of the rate of interest otherwise payable hereunder with respect to Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans, and (z) the Highest Lawful Rate.

(g) Interest payable pursuant to Section 2.7(f) shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which it accrues, and shall be payable on demand or, if no demand is made, on the date on which the related drawing under a Letter of Credit is reimbursed in full. Promptly upon receipt by Issuing Bank of any payment of interest pursuant to Section 2.7(f), Issuing Bank shall distribute to each Lender, out of the interest received by Issuing Bank in respect of the period from the date such drawing is honored to but excluding the date on which Issuing Bank is reimbursed for the amount of such drawing (including any such reimbursement out of the proceeds of any Revolving Loans), the amount that such Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the Letter of Credit fee that would have been payable in respect of such Letter of Credit for such period if no drawing had been honored under such Letter of Credit. In the event Issuing Bank shall have been reimbursed by Lenders for all or any portion of such honored drawing, Issuing Bank shall distribute to each Lender which has paid all amounts payable by it under Section 2.3(e) with respect to such honored drawing such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any interest received by Issuing Bank in respect of that portion of such honored drawing so reimbursed by Lenders for the period from the date on which Issuing Bank was so reimbursed by Lenders to but excluding the date on which such portion of such honored drawing is reimbursed by Company.

 

52


2.8. Conversion/Continuation.

(a) Subject to Section 2.17 and so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and then be continuing, Company shall have the option:

        (i) to convert at any time all or any part of any Term Loan or Revolving Loan equal to $250,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount from one Type of Loan to another Type of Loan; provided , a LIBOR Rate Loan may only be converted on the expiration of the Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Rate Loan unless Company shall pay all amounts due under Section 2.17 in connection with any such conversion; or

        (ii) upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to any LIBOR Rate Loan, to continue all or any portion of such Loan equal to $250,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount as a LIBOR Rate Loan.

(b) Company shall deliver a Conversion/Continuation Notice to Administrative Agent no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) at least one (1) Business Day in advance of the proposed conversion date (in the case of a conversion to a Base Rate Loan) and at least three (3) Business Days in advance of the proposed conversion/continuation date (in the case of a conversion to, or a continuation of, a LIBOR Rate Loan). Except as otherwise provided herein, a Conversion/Continuation Notice for conversion to, or continuation of, any LIBOR Rate Loans (or telephonic notice in lieu thereof) shall be irrevocable on and after the related Interest Rate Determination Date, and Company shall be bound to effect a conversion or continuation in accordance therewith.

2.9. Default Interest. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under any of Section 8.1(a) , Section 8.1(c) (solely to the extent such Event of Default relates to a violation of Section 6.8 ), Section 8.1(f) or Section 8.1(g) , the principal amount of all Loans outstanding and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any interest payments on the Loans or any fees or other amounts owed hereunder, shall thereafter bear interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable bankruptcy laws) payable on demand at a rate that is two percent (2.00%) per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder with respect to the applicable Loans (or, in the case of any such fees and other amounts, at a rate which is two percent (2.00%) per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder for Base Rate Loans); provided , any LIBOR Rate Loans may be converted to Base Rate Loans at the election of the Administrative Agent at any time after the occurrence of such Event of Default (irrespective of whether the Interest Period in effect at the time of such conversion has expired) and thereupon shall become Base Rate Loans and shall thereafter bear interest payable upon demand at a rate which is two percent (2.00%) per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder for Base Rate Loans. Payment or acceptance of the increased rates of interest provided for in this Section 2.9 is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

53


2.10. Fees.

(a) Company agrees to pay to Lenders having Revolving Exposure:

        (i) commitment fees equal to (1) the average of the daily difference between (a) the Revolving Commitments and (b) the sum of (x) aggregate principal amount of outstanding Revolving Loans plus (y) the Letter of Credit Usage, times (2) one half of one percent (0.50%) per annum; and

        (ii) Letter of Credit fees equal to (1) the Applicable Margin for Revolving Loans that are LIBOR Rate Loans, times (2) the average aggregate daily maximum amount available to be drawn under all such Letters of Credit (regardless of whether any conditions for drawing could then be met and determined as of the close of business on any date of determination).

(b) All fees referred to in this Section 2.10(a) shall be paid to Administrative Agent as set forth in Section 2.15(a) and upon receipt, Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to each applicable Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof. Further, all fees referred to in Section 2.10(a) shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each Fiscal Quarter during the Revolving Commitment Period, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

(c) In addition to any of the foregoing fees, Company agrees to pay to Agents such other fees in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon in the Fee Letter.

(d) In addition to any of the foregoing fees, Company agrees to pay directly to Issuing Bank, for its own account, the following fees:

        (i) a fronting fee equal to 0.125%, per annum, times the average aggregate daily maximum amount available to be drawn under all Letters of Credit (determined as of the close of business on any date of determination); and

        (ii) such documentary and processing charges for any issuance, amendment, transfer or payment of a Letter of Credit as are in accordance with Issuing Bank’s standard schedule for such charges and as in effect at the time of such issuance, amendment, transfer or payment, as the case may be.

2.11. [Intentionally Reserved]

2.12. Voluntary Prepayments/Commitment Reductions.

(a) Voluntary Prepayments .

(i) Any time and from time to time:

(1) with respect to Base Rate Loans, Company may prepay any such Loans on any Business Day in whole or in part, in an aggregate minimum amount of $100,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount; and

 

54


(2) with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans, Company may prepay any such Loans on any Business Day in whole or in part (together with any amounts due pursuant to Section 2.17(c)) in an aggregate minimum amount of $100,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount.

(ii) All such prepayments shall be made:

(1) upon not less than one (1) Business Day’s prior written or telephonic notice in the case of Base Rate Loans; and

(2) upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior written or telephonic notice in the case of LIBOR Rate Loans,

in each case given to Administrative Agent by 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date required and, if given by telephone, promptly confirmed in writing to Administrative Agent (and Administrative Agent will promptly transmit such telephonic or original notice for Term Loans or Revolving Loans, as the case may be, by telefacsimile or telephone to each Lender). Upon the giving of any such notice, the principal amount of the Loans specified in such notice shall become due and payable on the prepayment date specified therein; provided , any such notice delivered by Company may state that such notice is conditioned upon the occurrence of an event or circumstance, in which case such notice may be revoked in writing by Company (by notice to Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any such voluntary prepayment shall be (x) applied as specified in Section 2.14(a) with respect to Revolving Loans and Section 2.14(b) with respect to Term Loans and (y) accompanied by any amounts due under Section 2.17(c) and/or the Fee Letter in connection therewith.

(b) Voluntary Commitment Reductions .

(i) Company may, upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior written or telephonic notice confirmed in writing to Administrative Agent (which original written or telephonic notice Administrative Agent will promptly transmit by telefacsimile or telephone to each applicable Lender), at any time and from time to time terminate in whole or permanently reduce in part the Revolving Commitments in an amount up to the amount by which the Revolving Commitments exceed the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments at the time of such proposed termination or reduction; provided , any such partial reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be in an aggregate minimum amount of $500,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount.

(ii) Company’s notice to Administrative Agent shall designate the date (which shall be a Business Day) of such termination or reduction and the amount of any partial reduction, and such termination or reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be effective on the date specified in Company’s notice and shall reduce the Revolving Commitment of each Lender proportionately to its Pro Rata Share thereof. Any such voluntary Revolving Commitment reduction shall be contemporaneously accompanied by any amounts due under the Fee Letter in connection therewith.

 

55


2.13. Mandatory Prepayments/Commitment Reductions .

(a) Asset Sales . No later than the fifth Business Day following the date of receipt by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of any Net Asset Sale Proceeds in excess of $1,000,000 in any trailing twelve month period, Company shall prepay the Loans and/or the Revolving Commitments shall be permanently reduced as set forth in Section 2.14(b) in an aggregate amount equal to such Net Asset Sale Proceeds; provided , so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, upon delivery of a written notice to Administrative Agent, Company shall have the option, directly or through one or more Subsidiaries, to invest Net Asset Sale Proceeds (the “Asset Sale Reinvestment Amounts”) in (1) long-term productive assets of the general type used in the business of Company if such assets are purchased or constructed within one hundred eighty (180) days following receipt of such Net Asset Sale Proceeds or (2) Permitted Acquisitions if (x) a definitive purchase agreement with respect to such Permitted Acquisition is executed within one hundred twenty (120) days following receipt of such Net Asset Proceeds and (y) the transaction contemplated by such purchase agreement is consummated within one hundred eighty (180) days of receipt thereof; provided , that the balance thereof shall be held at all times prior to such repayment or reinvestment, in a Controlled Account. In the event that the Asset Sale Reinvestment Amounts are not reinvested by Company prior to the earlier of (i) the last day of such one hundred eighty (180) day period, and (ii) the date of the occurrence of an Event of Default, Company shall apply such Asset Sale Reinvestment Amounts to the Obligations as set forth in Section 2.14(b).

(b) Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds . No later than the fifth Business Day following the date of receipt by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or Administrative Agent as loss payee, of any Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds in excess of $1,000,000, Company shall prepay the Loans and/or the Revolving Commitments shall be permanently reduced as set forth in Section 2.14(b) in an aggregate amount equal to such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; provided , so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Company shall have the option, directly or through one or more of its Subsidiaries to invest such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds within one hundred eighty (180) days of receipt thereof in long term productive assets of the general type used in the business of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, which investment may include the repair, restoration or replacement of the applicable assets thereof; provided , further , pending any such investment all such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, as the case may be, shall, at the option of the Company, be applied to prepay Revolving Loans to the extent outstanding (without a reduction in Revolving Commitments) and in any event the balance thereof shall be held at all times prior to such repayment or reinvestment in a Controlled Account. In the event that any Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds are not reinvested by Company prior to the earlier of (i) the last day of such one hundred eighty (180) day period and (ii) the date of the occurrence of an Event of Default, Administrative Agent shall apply such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to the Obligations as set forth in Section 2.14(b) .

(c) [Intentionally Reserved]

(d) Issuance of Debt . On the date of receipt by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of any Cash proceeds from the incurrence of any Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.1), Company shall prepay the Loans and/or the Revolving Commitments shall be permanently reduced as set forth in Section 2.14(b) in an aggregate amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other reasonable costs and expenses associated therewith, in each case, paid to non-Affiliates, including reasonable legal fees and expenses.

 

56


(e) Consolidated Excess Cash Flow . In the event that there shall be Consolidated Excess Cash Flow for any Fiscal Year (commencing with Fiscal Year 2017), Company shall, no later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of such Fiscal Year, prepay the Loans and/or the Revolving Commitments shall be permanently reduced as set forth in Section 2.14(b) in an aggregate amount equal to the applicable Excess Cash Flow Percentage of such Consolidated Excess Cash Flow, less , without duplication of any reduction permitted under clause (ii)(a) of the defined term Consolidated Excess Cash Flow , the aggregate principal amount of any voluntary prepayments of the Loans under Section 2.12 made (and with respect to any such voluntary prepayment of Revolving Loans for which a corresponding Commitment reduction is made) with internally generated Cash of Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such Fiscal Year. Any amounts prepaid pursuant to this Section 2.13(e) with respect to any Fiscal Year in excess of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Percentage shall be treated as voluntary prepayments made pursuant to Section 2.12(a).

(f) Revolving Loans . Company shall from time to time prepay the Revolving Loans to the extent necessary so that the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments shall not at any time exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect.

(g) [Intentionally Reserved]

(h) Tax Refunds . Within three (3) Business Days of receipt by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of any tax refunds in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate in any Fiscal Year, Company shall prepay Loans and/or Revolving Commitments shall be reduced as set forth in Section 2.14(b) in the amount of such tax refunds in excess of $1,000,000.

(i) Receipt of IPO Proceeds . On the date of receipt by Parent, any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries of any net proceeds of an initial public offering of Parent, any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries, Company shall prepay the Loans and/or the Revolving Commitments shall be permanently reduced as set forth in Section 2.14(b) in the amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such proceeds.

(j) Prepayment Certificate . Concurrently with any prepayment of the Loans and/or reduction of the Revolving Commitments pursuant to Sections 2.13(a) through 2.13(i), Company shall deliver to Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer demonstrating the calculation of the amount of the applicable net proceeds or Consolidated Excess Cash Flow and compensation owing to Lenders under the Fee Letter, if any, as the case may be. In the event that Company shall subsequently determine that the actual amount received exceeded the amount set forth in such certificate, Company shall promptly make an additional prepayment of the Loans and/or the Revolving Commitments shall be permanently reduced in an amount equal to such excess, and Company shall concurrently therewith deliver to Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer demonstrating the derivation of such excess.

 

57


2.14. Application of Prepayments/Reductions.

(a) Application of Voluntary Prepayments of Revolving Loans . Any voluntary prepayment of any Revolving Loan pursuant to Section 2.12 shall be applied to repay outstanding Revolving Loans to the full extent thereof.

(b) Application of Prepayments by Type of Loan . Any voluntary prepayments of the Term Loan pursuant to Section 2.12 and any mandatory prepayment of any Loan pursuant to Section 2.13 shall be applied as follows:

first, to the payment of all fees (other than any fees payable under the Fee Letter), and all expenses specified in Section 10.2, to the full extent thereof;

second, to the payment of any accrued but unpaid interest with respect to Protective Advances, if any, then due and payable to the full extent thereof;

third, to prepay the principal amount of Protective Advances, if any, then due and payable to the full extent thereof;

fourth, to the payment of any accrued interest at the Default Rate, if any;

fifth, to the payment of any accrued but unpaid interest (other than Default Rate interest and interest on Protective Advances, if any) then due and payable to the full extent thereof;

sixth, to the payment of any fees then due and payable under the Fee Letter to the full extent thereof

seventh, to prepay the Revolving Loans to the full extent thereof and to further permanently reduce the Revolving Commitments by the amount of such prepayment;

eighth, to prepay outstanding reimbursement obligations with respect to Letters of Credit and to further permanently reduce the Revolving Commitments by the amount of such prepayment;

ninth, to cash collateralize Letters of Credit in a manner satisfactory to Administrative Agent and to further permanently reduce the Revolving Commitments by the amount of such cash collateralization;

tenth , to prepay the principal amount of the Term Loans to the full extent thereof; provided , for purposes of clarity, that on the date the Term Loans are repaid in full, all Revolving Commitments shall be permanently reduced to zero and shall terminate on such date; and

eleventh, to any remaining Obligations then due and payable to any Agent, any Lender or any Lender Counterparty under the Credit Documents.

 

58


(c) [Intentionally Reserved]

(d) Application of Prepayments of Loans to Base Rate Loans and LIBOR Rate Loans . Considering each Class of Loans being prepaid separately, any prepayment thereof shall be applied first to Base Rate Loans to the full extent thereof before application to LIBOR Rate Loans, in each case in a manner which minimizes the amount of any payments required to be made by Company pursuant to Section 2.17(c).

2.15. General Provisions Regarding Payments.

(a) All payments by Company of principal, interest, fees and other Obligations shall be made by wire transfer not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York, New York time) on the date specified for payment under this Agreement to the account designated by Administrative Agent from time to time maintained by Administrative Agent or its Affiliates for the account of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in U.S. Dollars in immediately available funds. Any payment received after 2:00 p.m. (New York, New York time) shall be deemed received on the next Business Day. All payments in respect of the principal amount of any Loan (other than voluntary prepayments of Revolving Loans) shall be accompanied by payment of accrued interest on the principal amount being repaid or prepaid.

(b) Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to each Lender at such address as such Lender shall indicate in writing, such Lender’s applicable Pro Rata Share of all payments and prepayments of principal and interest due hereunder, together with all other amounts due with respect thereto, including, without limitation, all fees payable with respect thereto, to the extent received by Administrative Agent.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions hereof, if any Conversion/Continuation Notice is withdrawn as to any Affected Lender or if any Affected Lender makes Base Rate Loans in lieu of its Pro Rata Share of any LIBOR Rate Loans, Administrative Agent shall give effect thereto in apportioning payments received thereafter.

(d) Subject to the provisos set forth in the definition of “Interest Period,” whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of the payment of interest hereunder or of the commitment fees hereunder.

(e) [Intentionally Reserved]

(f) Administrative Agent shall deem any payment by or on behalf of Company hereunder that is not made in same day funds prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) to be a non-conforming payment. Any such payment shall not be deemed to have been received by Administrative Agent until the later of (i) the time such funds become available funds, and (ii) the applicable next Business Day. Administrative Agent shall give prompt telephonic notice to Company and each applicable Lender (confirmed in writing) if any payment is non-conforming. Any non-conforming payment may constitute or become a Default or Event of Default in accordance with the terms of Section 8.1(a). Interest shall continue to accrue on any principal as to which a non-conforming payment is made until such funds become available

 

59


funds (but in no event less than the period from the date of such payment to the next succeeding applicable Business Day) at the Default Rate determined pursuant to Section 2.9 from the date such amount was due and payable until the date such amount is paid in full.

(g) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and not otherwise been waived, and the Obligations have become due and payable in full hereunder, whether by acceleration, maturity or otherwise, all payments or proceeds received by any Agent hereunder or under any Collateral Document in respect of any of the Obligations (including, but not limited to, Obligations arising under any Interest Rate Agreement that are owing to any Lender or Lender Counterparty), including, but not limited to all proceeds received by any Agent in respect of any sale, any collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral, shall be applied in full or in part as follows: first , to the payment of all costs and expenses of such sale, collection or other realization, including reasonable compensation to each Agent and its agents and counsel, and all other expenses, liabilities and advances made or incurred by any Agent in connection therewith, and all amounts for which any Agent is entitled to indemnification hereunder or under any Collateral Document (in its capacity as an Agent and not as a Lender) and all advances made by any Agent under any Collateral Document for the account of the applicable Grantor, and to the payment of all costs and expenses paid or incurred by any Agent in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under any Collateral Document, all in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof; second , to the extent of any excess of such proceeds, to the payment of all other Obligations for the ratable benefit of the Lenders and the Lender Counterparties; and third , to the extent of any excess of such proceeds, to the payment to or upon the order of such Grantor or to whosoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

2.16. Ratable Sharing. Lenders hereby agree among themselves that, except as otherwise provided in the Collateral Documents with respect to amounts realized from the exercise of rights with respect to Liens on the Collateral, or in the Fee Letter, if any of them shall, whether by voluntary payment (other than a voluntary prepayment of Loans made and applied in accordance with the terms hereof), through the exercise of any right of set-off or banker’s lien, by counterclaim or cross action or by the enforcement of any right under the Credit Documents or otherwise, or as adequate protection of a deposit treated as cash collateral under the Bankruptcy Code, receive payment or reduction of a proportion of the aggregate amount of principal, interest, fees, amounts payable in respect of Letters of Credit and other amounts then due and owing to such Lender hereunder or under the other Credit Documents (collectively, the “Aggregate Amounts Due” to such Lender) which is greater than the proportion received by any other Lender in respect of the Aggregate Amounts Due to such other Lender, then the Lender receiving such proportionately greater payment shall (a) notify Administrative Agent and each other Lender of the receipt of such payment and (b) apply a portion of such payment to purchase participations (which it shall be deemed to have purchased from each seller of a participation simultaneously upon the receipt by such seller of its portion of such payment) in the Aggregate Amounts Due to the other Lenders so that all such recoveries of Aggregate Amounts Due shall be shared by all Lenders in proportion to the Aggregate Amounts Due to them; provided , if all or part of such proportionately greater payment received by such purchasing Lender is thereafter recovered from such Lender upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of Company or otherwise, those purchases shall be rescinded and the purchase prices paid for such participations shall be returned to such purchasing Lender ratably to the extent of such recovery,

 

60


but without interest. Company expressly consents to the foregoing arrangement and agrees that any holder of a participation so purchased may exercise any and all rights of banker’s lien, set-off or counterclaim with respect to any and all monies owing by Company to that holder with respect thereto as fully as if that holder were owed the amount of the participation held by that holder.

2.17. Making or Maintaining LIBOR Rate Loans.

(a) Inability to Determine Applicable Interest Rate . In the event that Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto), on any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to any LIBOR Rate Loans, that by reason of circumstances affecting the London interbank market adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate applicable to such LIBOR Rate Loans on the basis provided for in the definition of Adjusted LIBOR Rate, Administrative Agent shall on such date give notice (by telefacsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Company and each Lender of such determination, whereupon (i) no Loans may be made as, or converted to, LIBOR Rate Loans until such time as Administrative Agent notifies Company and Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, and (ii) any Funding Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice given by Company with respect to the Loans in respect of which such determination was made shall be deemed to be rescinded by Company.

(b) Illegality or Impracticability of LIBOR Rate Loans . In the event that on any date any Lender shall have determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto but shall be made only after consultation with Company and Administrative Agent) that the making, maintaining or continuation of its LIBOR Rate Loans (i) has become unlawful as a result of compliance by such Lender in good faith with any law, treaty, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order (or would conflict with any such treaty, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order not having the force of law even though the failure to comply therewith would not be unlawful), or (ii) has become impracticable, as a result of contingencies occurring after the date hereof which materially and adversely affect the London interbank market or the position of such Lender in that market, then, and in any such event, such Lender shall be an “Affected Lender” and it shall on that day give notice (by telefacsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Company and Administrative Agent of such determination (which notice Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each other Lender). Thereafter (1) the obligation of the Affected Lender to make Loans as, or to convert Loans to, LIBOR Rate Loans shall be suspended until such notice shall be withdrawn by the Affected Lender, (2) to the extent such determination by the Affected Lender relates to a LIBOR Rate Loan then being requested by Company pursuant to a Funding Notice or a Conversion/Continuation Notice, the Affected Lender shall make such Loan as (or continue such Loan as or convert such Loan to, as the case may be) a Base Rate Loan, (3) the Affected Lender’s obligation to maintain its outstanding LIBOR Rate Loans (the “Affected Loans” ) shall be terminated at the earlier to occur of the expiration of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the Affected Loans or when required by law, and (4) the Affected Loans shall automatically convert into Base Rate Loans on the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent a determination by an Affected Lender as described above relates to a LIBOR Rate Loan then being requested by Company pursuant to a Funding Notice or a Conversion/Continuation Notice, Company shall have the option, subject to the provisions of

 

61


Section 2.17(c), to rescind such Funding Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice as to all Lenders by giving notice (by telefacsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Administrative Agent of such rescission on the date on which the Affected Lender gives notice of its determination as described above (which notice of rescission Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each other Lender). Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, nothing in this Section 2.17(b) shall affect the obligation of any Lender other than an Affected Lender to make or maintain Loans as, or to convert Loans to, LIBOR Rate Loans in accordance with the terms hereof.

(c) Compensation for Breakage or Non-Commencement of Interest Periods . Company shall compensate each Lender, upon written request by such Lender (which request shall set forth the basis for requesting such amounts), for all reasonable losses, expenses and liabilities (including any interest paid or calculated to be due and payable by such Lender to lenders of funds borrowed by it to make or carry its LIBOR Rate Loans and any loss, expense or liability sustained by such Lender in connection with the liquidation or re-employment of such funds but excluding loss of anticipated profits) which such Lender may sustain: (i) if for any reason (other than a default by such Lender) a borrowing of any LIBOR Rate Loan does not occur on a date specified therefor in a Funding Notice or a telephonic request for borrowing, or a conversion to or continuation of any LIBOR Rate Loan does not occur on a date specified therefor in a Conversion/Continuation Notice or a telephonic request for conversion or continuation; (ii) if any prepayment or other principal payment of, or any conversion of, any of its LIBOR Rate Loans occurs on any day other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable to that Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise); or (iii) if any prepayment of any of its LIBOR Rate Loans is not made on any date specified in a notice of prepayment given by Company.

(d) Booking of LIBOR Rate Loans . Any Lender may make, carry or transfer LIBOR Rate Loans at, to, or for the account of any of its branch offices or the office of an Affiliate of such Lender.

(e) Assumptions Concerning Funding of LIBOR Rate Loans . Calculation of all amounts payable to a Lender under this Section 2.17 and under Section 2.18 shall be made as though such Lender had actually funded each of its relevant LIBOR Rate Loans through the purchase of a LIBOR deposit bearing interest at the rate obtained pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of Adjusted LIBOR Rate in an amount equal to the amount of such LIBOR Rate Loan and having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest Period and through the transfer of such LIBOR deposit from an offshore office of such Lender to a domestic office of such Lender in the United States of America; provided , however , each Lender may fund each of its LIBOR Rate Loans in any manner it sees fit and the foregoing assumptions shall be utilized only for the purposes of calculating amounts payable under this Section 2.17 and under Section 2.18.

2.18. Increased Costs; Capital Adequacy.

(a) Compensation For Increased Costs and Taxes . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.19 (which shall be controlling with respect to the matters covered thereby), in the event that any Lender (which term shall include Issuing Bank for purposes of this Section 2.18(a)) shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and

 

62


conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) that any law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change therein or in the interpretation, administration or application thereof (including the introduction of any new law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order), or any determination of a court or Governmental Authority, in each case that becomes effective after the date hereof, or compliance by such Lender with any guideline, request or directive issued or made after the date hereof by any central bank or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law): (i) subjects such Lender (or its applicable lending office) to any additional Tax (other than any Excluded Tax) with respect to this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents or any of its obligations hereunder or thereunder or any payments to such Lender (or its applicable lending office) of principal, interest, fees or any other amount payable hereunder; (ii) imposes, modifies or holds applicable any reserve (including any marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other reserve), special deposit, compulsory loan, FDIC insurance or similar requirement against assets held by, or deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, or advances or loans by, or other credit extended by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender (other than any such reserve or other requirements with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans that are reflected in the definition of Adjusted LIBOR Rate); or (iii) imposes any other condition (other than with respect to a Tax matter) on or affecting such Lender (or its applicable lending office) or its obligations hereunder or the London interbank market; and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make, making or maintaining Loans hereunder or to reduce any amount received or receivable by such Lender (or its applicable lending office) with respect thereto; then, in any such case, Company shall promptly pay to such Lender, upon receipt of the statement referred to in the next sentence, such additional amount or amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Lender in its sole discretion shall determine) as may be necessary to compensate such Lender for any such increased cost or reduction in amounts received or receivable hereunder. Such Lender shall deliver to Company (with a copy to Administrative Agent) a written statement, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional amounts owed to such Lender under this Section 2.18(a), which statement shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error.

(b) Capital Adequacy Adjustment . In the event that any Lender (which term shall include Issuing Bank for purposes of this Section 2.18(b)) shall have determined (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) that (A) the adoption, effectiveness, phase-in or applicability of any law, rule or regulation (or any provision thereof) regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or (B) compliance by any Lender (or its applicable lending office) or any company controlling such Lender with any guideline, request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency, in each case after the Closing Date, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any company controlling such Lender as a consequence of, or with reference to, such Lender’s Loans or Revolving Commitments or Letters of Credit, or participations therein, or other obligations hereunder with respect to the Loans or the Letters of Credit to a level below that which such Lender or such controlling company could have achieved but for such adoption, effectiveness, phase-in, applicability, change or compliance (taking into consideration the

 

63


policies of such Lender or such controlling company with regard to capital adequacy), then from time to time, within five (5) Business Days after receipt by Company from such Lender of the statement referred to in the next sentence, Company shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such controlling company on an after-tax basis for such reduction. Such Lender shall deliver to Company (with a copy to Administrative Agent) a written statement, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional amounts owed to Lender under this Section 2.18(b), which statement shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error. For the avoidance of doubt, subsections (A) and (B) of this Section 2.18(b) shall apply to all requests, rules, guidelines or directives concerning liquidity and capital adequacy issued by any United States regulatory authority (i) under or in connection with the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and (ii) in connection with the implementation of the recommendations of the Bank for International Settlements or the Basel Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices (or any successor or similar authority), regardless of the date adopted, issued, promulgated or implemented (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto).

2.19. Taxes; Withholding, etc.

(a) Payments to Be Free and Clear . All sums payable by any Credit Party hereunder and under the other Credit Documents shall (except to the extent required by law) be paid free and clear of, and without any deduction or withholding on account of, any Tax (other than Excluded Taxes) imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by or within the United States of America or any political subdivision in or of the United States of America or any other jurisdiction from or to which a payment is made by or on behalf of any Credit Party or by any federation or organization of which the United States of America or any such jurisdiction is a member at the time of payment.

(b) Withholding of Taxes . If any Credit Party or any other Person is required by law to make any deduction or withholding on account of any such Tax from any sum paid or payable by any Credit Party to Administrative Agent or any Lender (which term shall include Issuing Bank for purposes of this Section 2.19(b)) under any of the Credit Documents: (i) Company shall notify Administrative Agent of any such requirement or any change in any such requirement as soon as Company becomes aware of it; (ii) Company shall pay any such Tax before the date on which penalties attach thereto, such payment to be made (if the liability to pay is imposed on any Credit Party) for its own account or (if that liability is imposed on Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be) on behalf of and in the name of Administrative Agent or such Lender; (iii) the sum payable by such Credit Party in respect of which the relevant deduction, withholding or payment is required shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of that deduction, withholding or payment, Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, receives on the due date a net sum equal to what it would have received had no such deduction, withholding or payment been required or made; and (iv) within thirty (30) days after paying any sum from which it is required by law to make any deduction or withholding, and within thirty (30) days after the due date of payment of any Tax which it is required by clause (ii) above to pay, Company shall deliver to Administrative Agent evidence satisfactory to the other affected parties of such deduction, withholding or payment and of the remittance thereof to the relevant taxing or other authority;

 

64


provided , no such additional amount shall be required to be paid to any Lender under clause (iii) above except to the extent that any change after the date hereof (in the case of each Lender listed on the signature pages hereof on the Closing Date) or after the effective date of the Assignment Agreement pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender (in the case of each other Lender) in any such requirement for a deduction, withholding or payment as is mentioned therein shall result in an increase in the rate of such deduction, withholding or payment from that in effect at the date hereof or at the date of such Assignment Agreement in respect of payments to such Lender.

(c) Evidence of Exemption From U.S. Withholding Tax . Each Recipient that is not a United States Person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code) for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a “Non-US Lender” ) shall deliver to Administrative Agent and the Company, on or prior to the Closing Date (in the case of each Recipient listed on the signature pages hereof on the Closing Date) or on or prior to the date of the Assignment Agreement or other agreement pursuant to which it becomes a Recipient (in the case of each other Recipient), and at such other times as may be necessary in the determination of Company or Administrative Agent (each in the reasonable exercise of its discretion), (i) two original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8ECI or W-8IMY (or any successor forms), properly completed and duly executed by such Recipient, and such other documentation required under the Internal Revenue Code and reasonably requested by Company or Administrative Agent to establish that such Recipient (or the beneficial owner) is not subject to deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax with respect to any payments to such Recipient of principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable under any of the Credit Documents, or (ii) if such Recipient is not a “bank” or other Person described in Section 881(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code and cannot deliver Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI pursuant to clause (i) above, a Certificate Regarding Non-Bank Status together with two original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E (or any successor form), properly completed and duly executed by such Recipient, and such other documentation required under the Internal Revenue Code or reasonably requested by Company or Administrative Agent to establish that such Recipient is not subject to deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax with respect to any payments to such Recipient of interest payable under any of the Credit Documents; provided , that if the Recipient is not the beneficial owner of a payment, such Recipient shall be permitted to provide, if applicable, two (2) duly executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY, accompanied by a Certificate Regarding Non-Bank Status, an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI, and/or an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, with respect to such beneficial owner or owners. Each Recipient that is a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code) for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a “ US Lender ”) shall deliver to Administrative Agent and the Company, on or prior to the Effective Date (in the case of each Recipient listed on the signature pages hereof on the Effective Date) or on or prior to the date of the Assignment Agreement pursuant to which it becomes a Recipient (in the case of each other Recipient), and at such other times as may be reasonably requested in the determination of Company or Administrative Agent (each in the reasonable exercise of its discretion), (i) two original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or any successor forms), properly completed and duly executed by such Recipient, and (ii) such other documentation required under the Internal Revenue Code or reasonably requested by Company to establish that such Recipient is exempt from United States backup withholding Tax with respect to any payments to

 

65


such Recipient of principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable under any of the Credit Documents. Each Recipient required to deliver any forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters pursuant to this Section 2.19(c) hereby agrees, from time to time after the initial delivery by such Recipient of such forms, certificates or other evidence, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders such forms, certificates or other evidence obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, that such Recipient shall promptly deliver to Administrative Agent for transmission to Company two new original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9, W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, or a Certificate Regarding Non-Bank Status and two original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any other applicable form or successor form), as the case may be, properly completed and duly executed by such Recipient, and such other documentation required under the Internal Revenue Code and reasonably requested by Company or Administrative Agent to confirm or establish that such Recipient (or the beneficial owner) is not subject to deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax with respect to payments to such Recipient under the Credit Documents, or notify Administrative Agent and Company of its inability to deliver any such forms, certificates or other evidence. Without limiting the foregoing, each Recipient shall comply with any certification, documentation, information or other reporting necessary to establish relief or an exemption from withholding under FATCA (including pursuant to Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, as applicable) and shall provide any other documentation prescribed by law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(2)(C)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code) or reasonably requested by any Credit Party or Administrative Agent sufficient for the Credit Party and Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Recipient has complied with such applicable reporting requirements. Company shall not be required to pay any additional amount to any Recipient under Section 2.19(b)(iii) if such Recipient shall have failed (1) to deliver the forms, certificates or other evidence referred to in the third sentence of this Section 2.19(c) , or (2) to notify Administrative Agent and Company of its inability to deliver any such forms, certificates or other evidence, as the case may be; provided , if such Recipient shall have satisfied the requirements of the first sentence of this Section 2.19(c) on the Closing Date or on the date of the Assignment Agreement pursuant to which it became a Recipient, as applicable, nothing in this last sentence of Section 2.19(c) shall relieve Company of its obligation to pay any additional amounts pursuant this Section 2.19 (except for amounts with respect to Taxes described in clause (c) of the definition of Excluded Taxes) in the event that, as a result of any change in any applicable law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change in the interpretation, administration or application thereof, such Recipient is no longer properly entitled to deliver forms, certificates or other evidence at a subsequent date establishing the fact that such Recipient is not subject to withholding as described herein.

2.20. Obligation to Mitigate. Each Lender (which term shall include Issuing Bank for purposes of this Section 2.20) agrees that, as promptly as practicable after the officer of such Lender responsible for administering its Loans or Letters of Credit, as the case may be, becomes aware of the occurrence of an event or the existence of a condition that would cause such Lender to become an Affected Lender or that would entitle such Lender to receive payments under Section 2.17, 2.18 or 2.19, it will, to the extent not inconsistent with the internal policies of such Lender and any applicable legal or regulatory restrictions, use reasonable efforts to (a) make, issue, fund or maintain its Credit Extensions, including any Affected Loans, through another

 

66


office of such Lender, or (b) take such other measures as such Lender may deem reasonable, if as a result thereof the circumstances which would cause such Lender to be an Affected Lender would cease to exist or the additional amounts which would otherwise be required to be paid to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, 2.18 or 2.19 would be materially reduced and if, as determined by such Lender in its sole discretion, the making, issuing, funding or maintaining of such Revolving Commitments, Loans or Letters of Credit through such other office or in accordance with such other measures, as the case may be, would not otherwise adversely affect such Revolving Commitments, Loans or Letters of Credit or the interests of such Lender; provided , such Lender will not be obligated to utilize such other office pursuant to this Section 2.20 unless Company agrees to pay all incremental expenses incurred by such Lender as a result of utilizing such other office as described above. A certificate as to the amount of any such expenses payable by Company pursuant to this Section 2.20 (setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount) submitted by such Lender to Company (with a copy to Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

2.21. Defaulting Lenders. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that any Lender (I) violates any provision of Section 9.5(c) , (II) other than at the direction or request of any regulatory agency or authority, defaults in its obligation to fund (a “Funding Default” ) any Revolving Loan or Term Loan or its portion of any unreimbursed payment under Section 2.3(e) (in each case, a “Defaulted Loan” ), (III) has notified Company or Administrative Agent that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its funding obligations hereunder or under other agreements generally in which it commits to extend credit, (IV) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after reasonable request by Administrative Agent, to confirm in a manner satisfactory to Administrative Agent that it will comply with its funding obligations ( provided , that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (IV) upon receipt of such confirmation by Administrative Agent) or (V) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (A) become the subject of a proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or any other debtor relief law or (B) had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or a custodian appointed for it (in each case, a “Defaulting Lender” ) then (a) during any Default Period with respect to such Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a “Lender” for purposes of voting on any matters (including the granting of any consents or waivers) with respect to any of the Credit Documents; (b) to the extent permitted by applicable law, until such time as the Default Excess, if any, with respect to such Defaulting Lender shall have been reduced to zero, (i) any voluntary prepayment of the Loans shall, if Administrative Agent so directs at the time of making such voluntary prepayment, be applied to the Loans of other Lenders as if such Defaulting Lender had no Loans outstanding and the Revolving Exposure and the outstanding Term Loans of such Defaulting Lender were zero, and (ii) any mandatory prepayment of the Loans shall, if Administrative Agent so directs at the time of making such mandatory prepayment, be applied to the Loans of other Lenders (but not to the Loans of such Defaulting Lender) as if such Defaulting Lender had funded all Defaulted Loans of such Defaulting Lender, it being understood and agreed that Company shall be entitled to retain any portion of any mandatory prepayment of the Loans that is not paid to such Defaulting Lender solely as a result of the operation of the provisions of this clause (b) ; (c) such Defaulting Lender’s Commitments, Loans and Pro Rata Share of the Letter of Credit Usage shall be excluded for purposes of calculating the commitment fees payable to Lenders in respect of any

 

67


day during any Default Period with respect to such Defaulting Lender, and such Defaulting Lender shall not be entitled to receive any commitment fee pursuant to Section 2.10 with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment in respect of any Default Period with respect to such Defaulting Lender; and (d) the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments as at any date of determination shall be calculated as if such Defaulting Lender had funded all Defaulted Loans of such Defaulting Lender. No Commitment of any Lender shall be increased or otherwise affected, and, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 2.21 , performance by Company of its obligations hereunder and the other Credit Documents shall not be excused or otherwise modified as a result of any Funding Default or the operation of this Section 2.21 . The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 2.21 are in addition to other rights and remedies which Company may have against such Defaulting Lender and which Administrative Agent or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender.

2.22. Removal or Replacement of a Lender. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that: (a) (i) any Lender (an “Increased-Cost Lender” ) shall give notice to Company that such Lender is an Affected Lender or that such Lender is entitled to receive payments under Section 2.18, 2.19 or 2.20, (ii) the circumstances which have caused such Lender to be an Affected Lender or which entitle such Lender to receive such payments shall remain in effect, and (iii) such Lender shall fail to withdraw such notice within five (5) Business Days after Company’s request for such withdrawal; or (b) (i) any Lender shall become a Defaulting Lender, (ii) the Default Period for such Defaulting Lender shall remain in effect, and (iii) such Defaulting Lender shall fail to cure the default as a result of which it has become a Defaulting Lender within five (5) Business Days after Company’s request that it cure such default; or (c) in connection with any proposed amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent with respect to any of the provisions hereof as contemplated by Section 10.5(b), the consent of Administrative Agent and Requisite Lenders shall have been obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders (each a “Non-Consenting Lender” ) whose consent is required shall not have been obtained; then, with respect to each such Increased-Cost Lender, Defaulting Lender or Non-Consenting Lender (the “Terminated Lender” ), Administrative Agent may (which, in the case of an Increased-Cost Lender, only after receiving written request from Company to remove such Increased-Cost Lender), by giving written notice to Company and any Terminated Lender of its election to do so, elect to cause such Terminated Lender (and such Terminated Lender hereby irrevocably agrees) to assign its outstanding Loans and its Revolving Commitments, if any, in full to one or more Eligible Assignees (each a “Replacement Lender” ) in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.6 and Terminated Lender shall pay any fees payable thereunder in connection with such assignment; provided , (1) on the date of such assignment, the Replacement Lender shall pay to Terminated Lender an amount equal to the sum of (A) an amount equal to the principal of, and all accrued interest on, all outstanding Loans of the Terminated Lender, (B) an amount equal to all unreimbursed drawings that have been funded by such Terminated Lender, together with all then unpaid interest with respect thereto at such time and (C) an amount equal to all accrued, but theretofore unpaid fees owing to such Terminated Lender pursuant to Section 2.10; (2) on the date of such assignment, Company shall pay any amounts payable to such Terminated Lender pursuant to Section 2.18 or 2.19; and (3) in the event such Terminated Lender is a Non-Consenting Lender, each Replacement Lender shall consent, at the time of such assignment, to each matter in respect

 

68


of which such Terminated Lender was a Non-Consenting Lender; provided , Administrative Agent may not make such election with respect to any Terminated Lender that is also an Issuing Bank unless, prior to the effectiveness of such election, Administrative Agent shall have caused each outstanding Letter of Credit issued thereby to be cancelled. In the event that the Terminated Lender fails to execute an Assignment Agreement pursuant to Section 10.6 within five (5) Business Days after receipt by the Terminated Lender of notice of replacement pursuant to this Section 2.22 and presentation to such Terminated Lender of an Assignment Agreement evidencing an assignment pursuant to this Section 2.22, the Terminated Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment Agreement, and upon the execution and delivery of Assignment Agreement by the Replacement Lender and Administrative Agent, shall be effective for purposes of this Section 2.22 and Section 10.6. Upon the prepayment of all amounts owing to any Terminated Lender and the termination of such Terminated Lender’s Revolving Commitments, if any, such Terminated Lender shall no longer constitute a “Lender” for purposes hereof; provided , any rights of such Terminated Lender to indemnification hereunder shall survive as to such Terminated Lender.

2.23. Reallocation. If any Lender with Revolving Exposure is a Defaulting Lender, all or a portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit obligations (unless such Lender is the Issuing Bank that issued such Letter of Credit) shall, at Administrative Agent’s election at any time or upon Issuing Bank’s written request delivered to Administrative Agent (in each case, whether before or after the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default), be reallocated to and assumed by the Lenders with Revolving Exposure that are not Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Exposure (calculated as if the Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share was reduced to zero and each other Lender’s Pro Rata had been increased proportionately); provided , that no such Lender with Revolving Exposure shall be reallocated any such amounts or be required to fund any amounts that would cause the sum of its outstanding Revolving Exposure to exceed its Revolving Commitment.

SECTION 3. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

3.1. Closing Date . The obligation of each Lender to make a Credit Extension on the Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction, or waiver in accordance with Section 10.5, of the following conditions on or before the Closing Date:

(a) Credit Documents . Administrative Agent shall have received sufficient copies of each Credit Document originally executed and delivered by each applicable Credit Party or other applicable Person for each Lender.

(b) Organizational Documents; Incumbency . Administrative Agent shall have received (i) sufficient copies of each Organizational Document executed and delivered by each Credit Party or other applicable Person, as applicable, and, to the extent applicable, certified as of a recent date by the appropriate governmental official; (ii) signature and incumbency certificates of the officers of such Person executing the Credit Documents to which it is a party; (iii) resolutions of the Board of Directors or similar governing body of each Credit Party approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party or by which it or its assets may be bound as of the Closing Date, certified as of the Closing Date by its secretary or an assistant secretary as being in

 

69


full force and effect without modification or amendment; (iv) a good standing certificate from the applicable Governmental Authority of each Credit Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation, each dated a recent date prior to the Closing Date; and (v) such other documents as Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

(c) Organizational and Capital Structure . The organizational structure and capital structure of Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall be as set forth on Schedule 4.2.

(d) [Intentionally Reserved]

(e) [Intentionally Reserved]

(f) Existing Indebtedness . On the Closing Date, Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall have (i) repaid in full all Existing Indebtedness, (ii) terminated any commitments to lend or make other extensions of credit thereunder, (iii) delivered to Administrative Agent all documents or instruments necessary to release all Liens securing Existing Indebtedness or other obligations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries thereunder being repaid on the Closing Date, and (iv) made arrangements satisfactory to Administrative Agent with respect to the cancellation of any letters of credit outstanding thereunder.

(g) Transaction Costs . On or prior to the Closing Date, Company shall have delivered to Administrative Agent Company’s reasonable best estimate of the Transactions Costs (other than fees payable to any Agent).

(h) Governmental Authorizations and Consents . Each Credit Party shall have obtained all Governmental Authorizations and all consents of other Persons, in each case that are necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents and each of the foregoing shall be in full force and effect and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent. All applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority which would restrain, prevent or otherwise impose adverse conditions on the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents and no action, request for stay, petition for review or rehearing, reconsideration, or appeal with respect to any of the foregoing shall be pending, and the time for any applicable agency to take action to set aside its consent on its own motion shall have expired.

(i) [Intentionally Reserved]

(j) Personal Property Collateral . In order to create in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, a valid, perfected First Priority security interest in the personal property Collateral, Collateral Agent shall have received:

        (i) evidence satisfactory to Collateral Agent of the compliance by each Credit Party of their obligations under the Pledge and Security Agreement and the other Collateral Documents (including, without limitation, their obligations to authorize or execute, as the case may be, and deliver UCC financing statements, originals of securities, instruments and chattel paper and any agreements governing deposit and/or securities accounts as provided therein);

 

70


        (ii) (A) a completed Collateral Questionnaire dated the Closing Date and executed by an Authorized Officer of each Credit Party, together with all attachments contemplated thereby, (B) the results of a recent search, by a Person reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent, of all effective UCC financing statements (or equivalent filings) made with respect to any personal or mixed property of any Credit Party in the jurisdictions specified in the Collateral Questionnaire, together with copies of all such filings disclosed by such search, and (C) UCC termination statements (or similar documents) duly executed by all applicable Persons for filing in all applicable jurisdictions as may be necessary to terminate any effective UCC financing statements (or equivalent filings) disclosed in such search (other than any such financing statements in respect of Permitted Liens); and

        (iii) evidence that each Credit Party shall have taken or caused to be taken any other action, executed and delivered or caused to be executed and delivered any other agreement, document and instrument (including without limitation any intercompany notes evidencing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.1(b)) and made or caused to be made any other filing and recording (other than as set forth herein) reasonably required by Collateral Agent.

(k) [Intentionally Reserved]

(l) Financial Statements; Projections . Lenders shall have received from Holdings (i) the Historical Financial Statements, (ii) pro forma consolidated balance sheets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the Closing Date, and reflecting the repayment of the Existing Indebtedness and the other transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents to occur on or prior to the Closing Date, which pro forma financial statements shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent, (iii) pro forma consolidated income statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the Closing Date, and reflecting the repayment of the Existing Indebtedness and the other transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents to occur on or prior to the Closing Date, and (iv) the Projections.

(m) Evidence of Insurance . Collateral Agent shall have received a certificate from Company’s insurance broker or other evidence satisfactory to it that all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to Section 5.5 is in full force and effect, together with endorsements naming the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, as additional insured and loss payee thereunder to the extent required under Section 5.5.

(n) Opinions of Counsel to Credit Parties . Lenders and their respective counsel shall have received originally executed copies of the written opinions of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel for the Credit Parties, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, dated as of the Closing Date (and each Credit Party hereby instructs such counsel to deliver such opinions to Agents and Lenders).

(o) [Intentionally Reserved]

(p) Fees . Company shall have paid to Administrative Agent the fees payable on the Closing Date referred to in Section 2.10 and the Fee Letter.

 

71


(q) Solvency Certificate . On the Closing Date, Administrative Agent shall have received a Solvency Certificate executed by Holdings dated as of the Closing Date and addressed to Administrative Agent and Lenders.

(r) Closing Date Certificate . Holdings shall have delivered to Administrative Agent an originally executed Closing Date Certificate, together with all attachments thereto.

(s) [Intentionally Reserved]

(t) No Litigation . There shall not exist any action, suit, investigation, litigation or proceeding or other legal or regulatory developments, pending or threatened in any court or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority that, in the reasonable discretion of Administrative Agent, singly or in the aggregate, materially impairs the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents, or that could have a Material Adverse Effect.

(u) [Intentionally Reserved]

(v) [Intentionally Reserved]

(w) [Intentionally Reserved]

(x) Minimum Cash EBITDA, Revenue, Leverage Ratio and Consolidated Liquidity . The pro forma balance sheet and income statement, as applicable, delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(l) shall demonstrate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative that:

        (i) Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall have generated Cash EBITDA of at least $17,000,000 for the trailing twelve month period ending June 30, 2016;

        (ii) Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall have generated revenue of at least $106,200,000 for the trailing twelve month period ending June 30, 2016;

        (iii) immediately after giving effect to any Credit Extensions to be made on the Closing Date, including the payment of all Transaction Costs required to be paid in Cash, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt for Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date to (b) pro forma Cash EBITDA for the trailing twelve month period ending June 30, 2016 shall not be greater than 6.50:1.00; and

        (iv) Company shall have Consolidated Liquidity of at least $10,000,000 immediately after giving effect to any Credit Extensions to be made on the Closing Date, including the payment of all Transaction Costs required to be paid in Cash.

(y) [ Intentionally Reserved ]

(z) No Material Adverse Change . Since December 31, 2015, no event, circumstance or change shall have occurred that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

72


(aa) [ Intentionally Reserved ]

(bb) Service of Process . On the Closing Date, Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that each Credit Party has appointed an agent in New York City for the purpose of service of process in New York City and such agent shall agree in writing to give Administrative Agent notice of any resignation of such service agent or other termination of the agency relationship.

Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to the Original Credit Agreement and funding a Loan on the Closing Date, shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Credit Document and each other document required to be approved by any Agent, Requisite Lenders or Lenders, as applicable on the Closing Date.

3.2. Conditions to Each Credit Extension.

(a) Conditions Precedent . The obligation of each Lender to make any Loan, or Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit, on any Credit Date, including the Closing Date, are subject to the satisfaction, or waiver in accordance with Section 10.5, of the following conditions precedent:

        (i) Administrative Agent shall have received a fully executed and delivered Funding Notice or Issuance Notice, as the case may be;

        (ii) after making the Credit Extensions requested on such Credit Date, (x) the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments shall not exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect, and (y) Availability shall not be less than $0;

        (iii) as of such Credit Date, the representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of that Credit Date to the same extent as though made on and as of that date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date;

        (iv) as of such Credit Date, no event shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the applicable Credit Extension that would constitute an Event of Default or a Default; and

        (v) on or before the date of issuance of any Letter of Credit, Administrative Agent shall have received all other information required by the applicable Issuance Notice, and such other documents or information as Issuing Bank may reasonably require in connection with the issuance of such Letter of Credit.

Any Agent or Requisite Lenders shall be entitled, but not obligated to, request and receive, prior to the making of any Credit Extension, additional information reasonably satisfactory to the requesting party confirming the satisfaction of any of the foregoing if, in the good faith judgment of such Agent or Requisite Lender such request is warranted under the circumstances.

 

73


(b) Notices . Any Notice shall be executed by an Authorized Officer in a writing delivered to Administrative Agent. In lieu of delivering a Notice, Company may give Administrative Agent telephonic notice by the required time of any proposed borrowing, conversion/continuation or issuance of a Letter of Credit, as the case may be; provided each such notice shall be promptly confirmed in writing by delivery of the applicable Notice to Administrative Agent on or before the applicable date of borrowing, continuation/conversion or issuance. Neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall incur any liability to Company in acting upon any telephonic notice referred to above that Administrative Agent believes in good faith to have been given by a duly authorized officer or other person authorized on behalf of Company or for otherwise acting in good faith.

3.3. Restatement Effective Date . The obligation of each Lender and Issuing Bank to enter into this Agreement on the Restatement Effective Date is subject to the satisfaction, or waiver in accordance with Section 10.5 , of the following conditions on or before the Restatement Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in Section 5.15 : Administrative Agent shall have received sufficient copies of each Credit Document required to be delivered as of the Restatement Effective Date originally executed and delivered by each applicable Credit Party for each Lender, including, without limitation, this Agreement, that certain First Amendment to Pledge and Security Agreement and each Reaffirmation Agreement.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

In order to induce Agents, Lenders and Issuing Bank to enter into this Agreement and to make each Credit Extension to be made thereby, each Credit Party represents and warrants to each Agent, Lender and Issuing Bank, on the Closing Date, the Restatement Effective Date and on each Credit Date, that the following statements are true and correct:

4.1. Organization; Requisite Power and Authority; Qualification. Each of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization as identified in Schedule 4.1 , (b) has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties, to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, to enter into the Credit Documents to which it is a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated thereby, and (c) is qualified to do business and in good standing in every jurisdiction where its assets are located and wherever necessary to carry out its business and operations, except in jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing has not had, and could not be reasonably expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

4.2. Capital Stock and Ownership. The Capital Stock of each of Holdings and its Subsidiaries has been duly authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and non-assessable. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.2 and other than stock options granted to employees or directors and directors’ qualifying shares, as of the date hereof, there is no existing option, warrant, call, right, commitment or other agreement to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries is a party requiring, and there is no membership interest or other Capital Stock of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries outstanding which upon conversion or exchange would require, the issuance by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of any additional membership interests or other Capital Stock of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or other Securities convertible into,

 

74


exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for or purchase, a membership interest or other Capital Stock of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries. Schedule 4.2 correctly sets forth the ownership interest in Holdings and of Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries in their respective Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date.

4.3. Due Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or organizational action on the part of each Credit Party that is a party thereto.

4.4. No Conflict. The execution, delivery and performance by Credit Parties of the Credit Documents to which they are parties and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents do not and will not (a) violate in any material respect any provision of any law or any governmental rule or regulation applicable to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, any of the Organizational Documents of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or any order, judgment or decree of any court or other agency of government binding on Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries; (b) conflict with, result in a material breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a material default under any material Contractual Obligation of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries; (c) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Liens created under any of the Credit Documents in favor of Collateral Agent, on behalf of Secured Parties); or (d) require any approval of stockholders, members or partners or any approval or consent of any Person under any material Contractual Obligation of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, except for such approvals or consents which will be obtained on or before the Closing Date and disclosed in writing to Lenders and except for any such approvals or consents the failure of which to obtain will not have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.5. Governmental Consents. The execution, delivery and performance by Credit Parties of the Credit Documents to which they are parties and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents do not and will not require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any Governmental Authority, and except for filings and recordings with respect to the Collateral to be made, or otherwise delivered to Collateral Agent for filing and/or recordation, as of the Closing Date.

4.6. Binding Obligation. Each Credit Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Credit Party that is a party thereto and is the legally valid and binding obligation of such Credit Party, enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with its respective terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.

4.7. Historical Financial Statements. The Historical Financial Statements were prepared in conformity with GAAP and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position, on a consolidated basis, of the Persons described in such financial statements as at the respective dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows, on a consolidated basis, of the entities described therein for each of the periods then ended, subject, in the case of any such unaudited financial statements, to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments. As of the Closing Date, neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries has any contingent liability

 

75


or liability for taxes, long-term lease or unusual forward or long-term commitment that is not reflected in the Historical Financial Statements or the notes thereto and which in any such case is material in relation to the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Holdings and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

4.8. Projections. On and as of the Closing Date, the Projections of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the period of Fiscal Year 2016 through and including Fiscal Year 2021, including quarterly projections during the Fiscal Year in which the Closing Date takes place, (the “Projections” ) are based on good faith estimates and assumptions made by the management of Holdings; provided , the Projections are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by the Projections may differ from such Projections and that the differences may be material; provided , further , as of the Closing Date, management of Holdings believed that the Projections were reasonable.

4.9. No Material Adverse Change. Since December 31, 2015, no event, circumstance or change has occurred that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

4.10. [Intentionally Reserved]

4.11. Adverse Proceedings, etc. There are no Adverse Proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries (a) is in violation of any applicable laws (including Environmental Laws) that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (b) is subject to or in default with respect to any final judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, rules, orders or regulations of any court or any federal, state, municipal or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.12. Payment of Taxes. Except as otherwise permitted under Section 5.3, all federal and all other material tax returns and reports of Holdings and its Subsidiaries required to be filed by any of them have been timely filed, and all federal and all other material taxes shown on such tax returns to be due and payable and all material assessments, fees and other governmental charges upon Holdings and its Subsidiaries and upon their respective properties, assets, income, businesses and franchises which are due and payable have been paid when due and payable. Holdings knows of no proposed material tax assessment against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries which is not being actively contested by Holdings or such Subsidiary in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; provided , such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made or provided therefor.

4.13. Properties.

(a) Title . Each of Holdings and its Subsidiaries has (i) good, sufficient and legal title to (in the case of fee interests in real property), (ii) valid leasehold interests in (in the case of leasehold interests in real or personal property), and (iii) good title to (in the case of all other personal property), all of their respective properties and assets reflected in their respective Historical Financial Statements referred to in Section 4.5 and in the most recent financial

 

76


statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1, in each case except for assets disposed of since the date of such financial statements in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise permitted under Section 6.9. Except as permitted by this Agreement, all such properties and assets are free and clear of Liens.

(b) Real Estate . As of the Closing Date, Schedule 4.13 contains a true, accurate and complete list of (i) all Real Estate Assets, and (ii) all leases, subleases or assignments of leases (together with all amendments, modifications, supplements, renewals or extensions of any thereof) with respect to any such Real Estate Asset of any Credit Party, regardless of whether such Credit Party is the landlord or tenant (whether directly or as an assignee or successor in interest) under such lease, sublease or assignment. Each agreement listed in clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence is in full force and effect and Holdings does not have knowledge of any default that has occurred and is continuing thereunder, and each such agreement constitutes the legally valid and binding obligation of each applicable Credit Party, enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles.

4.14. Environmental Matters. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any of their respective Facilities or operations are subject to any outstanding written order, consent decree or settlement agreement with any Person relating to any Environmental Law, any Environmental Claim, or any Hazardous Materials Activity that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To each of Holdings’ and its Subsidiaries’ knowledge, there are and have been, no conditions, occurrences, or Hazardous Materials Activities which could reasonably be expected to form the basis of an Environmental Claim against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries has filed any notice under any Environmental Law indicating past or present treatment of Hazardous Materials at any Facility, and none of Holdings’ or any of its Subsidiaries’ operations involves the generation, transportation, treatment, storage or disposal of hazardous waste, as defined under 40 C.F.R. Parts 260-270 or any state equivalent, in each case except as could not be reasonably expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. To each of Holdings’ and its Subsidiaries’ knowledge, no event or condition has occurred or is occurring with respect to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries relating to any Environmental Law, any Release of Hazardous Materials, or any Hazardous Materials Activity which individually or in the aggregate has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

4.15. No Defaults. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any of its material Contractual Obligations, and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, could constitute such a default, in any case, except where the consequences, direct or indirect, of such default or defaults, if any, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

77


4.16. Material Contracts. Schedule 4.16 contains a true, correct and complete list of all the Material Contracts in effect on the Closing Date. The Material Contracts described on Schedule 4.16, together with those listed or any updates provided pursuant to Section 5.1(l), are in full force and effect and no defaults currently exist thereunder (other than as described in Schedule 4.16 or in such updates).

4.17. Governmental Regulation. Neither Holdings nor any of its Domestic Subsidiaries is subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005, the Federal Power Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940 or under any other federal or state statute or regulation which may limit its ability to incur Indebtedness or which may otherwise render all or any portion of the Obligations unenforceable. Neither Holdings nor any of its Domestic Subsidiaries is a “registered investment company” or a company “controlled” by a “registered investment company” or a “principal underwriter” of a “registered investment company” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

4.18. Margin Stock. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock. No part of the proceeds of the Loans made to such Credit Party will be used to purchase or carry any such Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any such Margin Stock or for any purpose that violates, or is inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

4.19. Employee Matters. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged in any unfair labor practice that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is (a) no unfair labor practice complaint pending against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or to the best knowledge of Holdings and Company, threatened against any of them before the National Labor Relations Board and no grievance or arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any collective bargaining agreement that is so pending against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or to the best knowledge of Holdings and Company, threatened against any of them, (b) no strike or work stoppage in existence or threatened involving Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, and (c) to the best knowledge of Holdings and Company, no union representation question existing with respect to the employees of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries and, to the best knowledge of Holdings and Company, no union organization activity that is taking place, except (with respect to any matter specified in clause (a), (b) or (c) above, either individually or in the aggregate) such as is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.20. Employee Benefit Plans. Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, Holdings, each of its Subsidiaries and each of their respective ERISA Affiliates are in compliance with all applicable provisions and requirements of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to each Employee Benefit Plan, and have performed all their obligations under each Employee Benefit Plan. Each Employee Benefit Plan which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service indicating that such Employee Benefit Plan is so qualified and nothing has occurred subsequent to the issuance of such determination letter which would reasonably be expected to cause such Employee Benefit Plan to lose its qualified status. Except as could not

 

78


reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) no liability to the PBGC (other than required premium payments), the Internal Revenue Service, any Employee Benefit Plan or any trust established under Title IV of ERISA has been or is expected to be incurred by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their ERISA Affiliates, (b) no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur and (c) except to the extent required under Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code or similar state laws, no Employee Benefit Plan provides health or welfare benefits (through the purchase of insurance or otherwise) for any retired or former employee of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries or ERISA Affiliates currently sponsors, maintains, contributes to, or has any liability (nor, within the last six (6) years, has sponsored, maintained, contributed to, or had any liability) with respect to a Pension Plan, a Multiemployer Plan, a multiple employer plan (within the meaning of Section 413 of the Code), or a multiple employer welfare arrangement (within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA).

4.21. Certain Fees. No broker’s or finder’s fee or commission will be payable with respect hereto or any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

4.22. Solvency. The Credit Parties, on a consolidated basis, are and, upon the incurrence of any Credit Extension by a Credit Party on any date on which this representation and warranty is made, will be, Solvent.

4.23. Foreign Subsidiaries; No Transactions in Foreign Currencies. On and as of the Closing Date, (a) seventy-five percent (75%) of the sales of the Company and its Subsidiaries (including any such sales originated by any Foreign Subsidiary) for the trailing twelve month period ending June 30, 2016 are in U.S. Dollars, (b) seventy-five percent (75%) of the sales originated by the Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company for the trailing twelve month period ending June 30, 2016 are owed by the applicable customers with respect thereto directly to the Company (and not the applicable Foreign Subsidiary), (c) no Foreign Subsidiary owns or licenses any material Intellectual Property (as defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement) other than the Intellectual Property owned by WhiteBox Security Ltd, an Israeli company, on the Closing Date and (d) Company is the exclusive licensee of any Intellectual Property owned by any Foreign Subsidiary.

4.24. Compliance with Statutes, etc. Each of Holdings and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable statutes, regulations and orders of, and all applicable restrictions imposed by, all Governmental Authorities, in respect of the conduct of its business and the ownership of its property (including compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws with respect to any Real Estate Asset or governing its business and the requirements of any permits issued under such Environmental Laws with respect to any such Real Estate Asset or the operations of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries), except such non-compliance that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

4.25. Disclosure. No representation or warranty of any Credit Party contained in any Credit Document or in any other documents, certificates or written statements furnished to Lenders by or on behalf of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby contains, when taken as a whole, any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact (known to Holdings or Company, in the case of any

 

79


document not furnished by either of them) necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which the same were made. Any projections and pro forma financial information contained in such materials are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by Holdings or Company to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by Lenders that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results. There are no facts known (or which should upon the reasonable exercise of diligence be known) to Holdings or Company (other than matters of a general economic nature) that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and that have not been disclosed herein or in such other documents, certificates and statements furnished to Lenders for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

4.26. Patriot Act; FCPA. To the extent applicable, Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries are in compliance, in all material respects, with the (i) Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (ii) Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act of 2001) (the “Act” ). No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or, to the knowledge of any Credit Party, indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 ( “FCPA” ), as amended, or any foreign equivalent law.

4.27. Foreign Assets Control Regulations and Anti-Money Laundering. Holdings and each of its respective Subsidiaries is and will remain, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each of its employees to remain, in compliance in all material respects with all U.S. (and applicable foreign) economic sanctions laws, executive orders and implementing regulations as promulgated by any Governmental Authority, including the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”); all U.S. (and applicable foreign) export control laws, executive orders and implementing regulations as promulgated by any Governmental Authority, including the U.S. Department of State’s Directorate of Defense Trade Controls and the Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security; and all applicable U.S. (and applicable foreign) anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing provisions of applicable law, including the Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. Sections 5301 et seq.) and all applicable regulations. Neither Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries, any of their respective Affiliates or, to the knowledge of any Credit Party following reasonable inquiry, any of the respective employees of any of the foregoing (i) is a Person designated by the U.S. government on the list of the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (the “ SDN List ”) with which a U.S. Person cannot deal with or otherwise engage in business transactions, (ii) is a Person who is otherwise the target of U.S. economic sanctions laws such that a U.S. Person cannot deal or otherwise engage in business transactions with such Person; or (c) is controlled by (including without limitation by virtue of such Person being a director or owning voting shares or interests), or acts, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of, any Person or entity on the SDN List or otherwise subject to U.S. sanctions, or a foreign government that is the target of U.S. economic sanctions prohibitions such that the entry into, or performance under, this Agreement or any other Credit Document would be prohibited under U.S. law.

 

80


4.28. Information Security Requirements; Personal Information. No privacy or information security enforcement action, investigation, litigation or claim (including, without limitation, under the laws, rules, regulation, directives and governmental requirements set forth in Section 5.12 ) has been instituted or otherwise exists against any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries.

SECTION 5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each Credit Party covenants and agrees that so long as any Commitment is in effect and until payment in full in Cash of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations in respect of which no claim has been made) and cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit (or cash collateralization or arrangement with respect to Letters of Credit reasonably acceptable to Issuing Bank), each Credit Party shall perform, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to perform, all covenants in this Section 5.

5.1. Financial Statements and Other Reports. Unless otherwise provided below, Holdings will deliver to Administrative Agent and Lenders:

(a) Monthly Reports . Within thirty (30) days after the end of each month (including months which began prior to the Closing Date), the unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such month and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income, consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity and consolidated statements of cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such month and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such month, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding figures from the Financial Plan for the current Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and in Microsoft Excel format, together with a schedule of reconciliations for any reclassifications with respect to prior months or periods a Financial Officer Certification;

(b) Quarterly Financial Statements . Within forty-five (45) days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year (including the fourth Fiscal Quarter), the unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter and the related consolidated (and with respect to statements of income, consolidating) statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such Fiscal Quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding figures from the Financial Plan for the current Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and in Microsoft Excel format, together with a Financial Officer Certification;

(c) Annual Financial Statements . Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, (i) the consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated (and with

 

81


respect to statements of income, consolidating) statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding figures from the Financial Plan for the Fiscal Year covered by such financial statements, in reasonable detail and in Microsoft Excel format, together with a Financial Officer Certification with respect thereto; and (ii) with respect to such consolidated financial statements a report thereon of Grant Thornton LLP or other independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing selected by Holdings and reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent (it being agreed that any “Big Four” accounting firm shall be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) (which report shall be unqualified as to going concern and scope of audit (other than with respect to an upcoming maturity date of any Loan), and shall state that such consolidated financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior years (except as otherwise disclosed in such financial statements) and that the examination by such accountants in connection with such consolidated financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards);

(d) Compliance Certificate . Together with each delivery of financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries pursuant to Sections 5.1(b) and 5.1(c), a duly executed and completed Compliance Certificate;

(e) Statements of Reconciliation after Change in Accounting Principles . If, as a result of any change in accounting principles and policies from those used in the preparation of the Historical Financial Statements, the consolidated financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(b) or 5.1(c) will differ in any material respect from the consolidated financial statements that would have been delivered pursuant to such subdivisions had no such change in accounting principles and policies been made, then, together with the first delivery of such financial statements after such change, one or more statements of reconciliation for all such prior financial statements in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent;

(f) Notice of Default . Promptly upon any Authorized Officer of Holdings or Company obtaining knowledge (i) of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default or that notice has been given to Holdings or Company with respect thereto; (ii) that any Person has given any notice to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or taken any other action with respect to any event or condition set forth in Section 8.1(b); or (iii) of the occurrence of any event or change that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, a certificate of its Authorized Officers specifying the nature and period of existence of such condition, event or change, or specifying the notice given and action taken by any such Person and the nature of such claimed Event of Default, Default, default, event or condition, and what action Company has taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect thereto;

 

82


(g) Notice of Litigation . Promptly upon any Authorized Officer of Holdings or Company obtaining knowledge of (i) the institution of, or non-frivolous threat of, any Adverse Proceeding not previously disclosed in writing by Company to Lenders, or (ii) any material development in any Adverse Proceeding that, in the case of either clause (i) or (ii) if adversely determined, could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or seeks to enjoin or otherwise prevent the consummation of, or to recover any damages or obtain relief as a result of, the transactions contemplated hereby, written notice thereof together with such other information as may be reasonably available to Holdings or Company to enable Lenders and their counsel to evaluate such matters;

(h) ERISA . (i) Promptly upon becoming aware of any ERISA Event that could reasonably be expected to result in a liability in excess of $500,000 of the Credit Parties and/or their respective ERISA Affiliates, a written notice specifying the nature thereof, what action Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has taken, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto and, when known, any action taken or threatened by the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor or the PBGC with respect thereto; and (ii) with reasonable promptness, copies of (1) upon the request of Administrative Agent, each Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates with the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each Pension Plan; (2) all notices received by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning an ERISA Event that could reasonably be expected to result in a liability in excess of $500,000 of the Credit Parties and/or their ERISA Affiliates;

(i) Financial Plan . No later than forty-five (45) days after the beginning of each Fiscal Year (beginning with the Fiscal Year beginning January 1, 2017), a consolidated plan and financial forecast for such Fiscal Year (a “ Financial Plan ”), delivered in Microsoft Excel format and including (i) a forecasted consolidated balance sheet and forecasted consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for each such Fiscal Year, together with an explanation of the assumptions on which such forecasts are based, and (ii) forecasted consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for each month of each such Fiscal Year;

(j) Insurance Report . No later than the last day of each Fiscal Year, a report in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent outlining all material insurance coverage maintained as of the date of such report by Holdings and its Subsidiaries and all material insurance coverage planned to be maintained by Holdings and its Subsidiaries in the immediately succeeding Fiscal Year;

(k) Notice of Change in Board of Directors . With reasonable promptness, written notice of any change in the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Holdings or Company;

(l) Notice Regarding Material Contracts . Promptly, and in any event within ten (10) Business Days (i) after any Material Contract of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries is terminated or amended in a manner that is materially adverse to Holdings or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, or (ii) after any new Material Contract is entered into, a written statement describing such event, with copies of such material amendments or new contracts, delivered to Administrative Agent (to the extent such delivery is permitted by the terms of any such Material Contract; provided , no such prohibition on delivery shall be effective if it were bargained for by Holdings or its applicable Subsidiary with the intent of avoiding compliance with this Section 5.1(l)), and an explanation of any actions being taken with respect thereto;

 

83


(m) Environmental Reports and Audits . Promptly following receipt thereof, copies of all environmental audits and reports with respect to environmental matters at any Facility which, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(n) Information Regarding Collateral . (a) Company will furnish to Collateral Agent prior written notice of any change (i) in any Credit Party’s corporate name, (ii) in any Credit Party’s identity or corporate structure, or (iii) in any Credit Party’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number. Company agrees not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the UCC or otherwise that are required in order for Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral and for the Collateral at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest as contemplated in the Collateral Documents;

(o) Annual Collateral Verification . Each year, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with respect to the preceding Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 5.1(c), Company shall deliver to Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate either confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of the Collateral Questionnaire delivered on the Closing Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section and/or identifying such changes;

(p) Deferred Revenue Reports . Together with each delivery of financial statements of Company and each other Credit Party pursuant to Sections 5.1(a), 5.1(b), and 5.1(c), deferred revenue reports for such period, including Deferred Revenue Adjustment validation and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent;

(q) Tax Returns . Upon request of Administrative Agent, copies of each federal income tax return filed by or on behalf of any Credit Party;

(r) [Intentionally Reserved]; and

(s) Other Information . (A) Promptly upon their becoming available, copies of (i) all regular and periodic reports and all registration statements and prospectuses, if any, filed by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries with any securities exchange or with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental or private regulatory authority, (ii) all press releases and other statements made available generally by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to the public concerning material developments in the business of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, and (B) such other information and data with respect to Holdings, Parent or any of their respective Subsidiaries as from time to time may be reasonably requested by Administrative Agent.

 

84


5.2. Existence. Except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.9, each Credit Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and all rights and franchises, licenses and permits material to its business; provided , no Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to preserve any such existence, right or franchise, licenses and permits if such Person’s board of directors (or similar governing body) shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of such Person, and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to such Person or to Lenders.

5.3. Payment of Taxes and Claims. Each Credit Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay all federal and all other material Taxes imposed upon it or any of its properties or assets or in respect of any of its income, businesses or franchises before any penalty or fine accrues thereon, and all claims (including claims for labor, services, materials and supplies) for sums that have become due and payable and that by law have or may become a Lien upon any of its properties or assets, prior to the time when any penalty or fine shall be incurred with respect thereto; provided , no such Tax or claim need be paid if it is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as (a) adequate reserve or other appropriate provision, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, and (b) in the case of a Tax or claim which has or may become a Lien against any of the Collateral, such contest proceedings conclusively operate to stay the sale of any portion of the Collateral to satisfy such Tax or claim. No Credit Party will, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, file or consent to the filing of any consolidated income tax return with any Person (other than Parent, Holdings or any of their respective Subsidiaries). In addition, Company agrees to pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law any current or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies (including, without limitation, mortgage recording taxes, transfer taxes and similar fees) imposed by any Governmental Authority that arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement.

5.4. Maintenance of Properties. Each Credit Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain or cause to be maintained in good repair, working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and loss from casualty and condemnation excepted, all material properties used or useful in the business of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and from time to time will make or cause to be made all appropriate repairs, renewals and replacements thereof as determined in its reasonable business judgment.

5.5. Insurance. Holdings will maintain or cause to be maintained, with financially sound and reputable insurers, (i) business interruption insurance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, and (ii) casualty insurance, cybercrime (or similar) insurance, such public liability insurance, third party property damage insurance with respect to liabilities, losses or damage in respect of the assets, properties and businesses of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as may customarily be carried or maintained under similar circumstances by Persons of established reputation engaged in similar businesses, in each case in such amounts (giving effect to self-insurance), with such deductibles, covering such risks and otherwise on such terms and conditions as shall be customary for such Persons. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Holdings will maintain or cause to be maintained (a) flood insurance with respect to each Flood Hazard Property that is located in a community that participates in the National Flood Insurance Program, in each case in compliance with any applicable regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and (b) replacement value casualty insurance on the

 

85


Collateral under such policies of insurance, with such insurance companies, in such amounts, with such deductibles, and covering such risks as are at all times carried or maintained under similar circumstances by Persons of established reputation engaged in similar businesses. Each such policy of insurance shall (i) name Collateral Agent, on behalf of Lenders as an additional insured thereunder as its interests may appear, and (ii) in the case of each casualty insurance policy, contain a loss payable clause or endorsement, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Collateral Agent, that names Collateral Agent, on behalf of Secured Parties as the loss payee thereunder and provides for at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Collateral Agent of any modification or cancellation of such policy.

5.6. Inspections. Each Credit Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any authorized representatives designated by any Agent or any Lender to visit and inspect any of the properties of any Credit Party and any of its respective Subsidiaries, to inspect, copy and take extracts from its and their financial and accounting records, and to discuss its and their affairs, finances and accounts with its and their officers and independent public accountants, all upon reasonable prior notice and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may reasonably be requested; provided , that the Company shall only be required to reimburse Administrative Agent for expenses incurred in connection with one such visit or inspection in any Fiscal Year to the extent that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such visit or inspection.

5.7. Lenders Meetings and Teleconferences. Holdings and Company will, upon the request of Administrative Agent or Requisite Lenders, participate in (i) a meeting of Administrative Agent and Lenders once during each Fiscal Year to be held at Company’s corporate offices (or at such other location as may be agreed to by Company and Administrative Agent) at such time as may be agreed to by Company and Administrative Agent and (ii) a teleconference with Administrative Agent and Lenders once during each Fiscal Quarter to discuss, among other things, financial results (including any financial statements and reports delivered under Section 5.1) and comparisons and variances to prior periods and budget.

5.8. Compliance with Laws. Without limiting the other provisions hereof, Holdings will comply, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries and all other Persons, if any, on or occupying any Facilities to comply, with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority (including all Environmental Laws), noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. In addition, Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries shall remain in compliance, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any employee, agent, independent contractor or other person acting on behalf of Holdings or such Subsidiary to remain in compliance, in all material respects with all U.S. (and applicable foreign) economic sanctions laws, executive orders and implementing regulations as promulgated by any Governmental Authority, including, without limitation, FCPA, OFAC, all U.S. (and applicable foreign) export control laws, executive orders and implementing regulations as promulgated by any Governmental Authority, including the U.S. Department of State’s Directorate of Defense Trade Controls and the Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security and all applicable U.S. (and applicable foreign) anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing provisions of applicable law, including the Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. Sections 5301 et seq.) and all regulations issued pursuant to it, including all applicable foreign counterpart laws.

 

86


5.9. Environmental.

(a) [Intentionally Reserved]

(b) Hazardous Materials Activities, Etc . Each Credit Party shall promptly take, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries promptly to take, any and all actions necessary to (i) cure any violation of applicable Environmental Laws by such Credit Party or its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) make an appropriate response to any Environmental Claim against such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries and discharge any legally valid obligations it may have to any Person thereunder where failure to do so could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10. Subsidiaries.

(a) In the event that any Person becomes a Domestic Subsidiary of Company, Company shall (i) concurrently with such Person becoming a Domestic Subsidiary cause such Domestic Subsidiary to become a Guarantor hereunder and a Grantor under the Pledge and Security Agreement by executing and delivering to Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent a Counterpart Agreement, and (ii) take all such actions and execute and deliver to Administrative Agent, or cause such Domestic Subsidiary to take such actions and execute and deliver to Administrative Agent, each New Subsidiary Deliverable.

(b) In the event that any Person becomes a Foreign Subsidiary of Company, and the ownership interests of such Foreign Subsidiary are owned directly by Company or by any Domestic Subsidiary thereof, Company shall, or shall cause such Domestic Subsidiary to, deliver, all such documents, instruments, agreements, and certificates as are similar to those described in clause (i)  of the definition of New Subsidiary deliverables and Company shall take, or shall cause such Domestic Subsidiary to take, all of the actions referred to in clause (ii)(a) of the definition of New Subsidiary deliverables necessary to grant and to perfect a First Priority Lien in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, under the Pledge and Security Agreement in sixty-five percent (65%) of the Capital Stock of such Foreign Subsidiary.

(c) With respect to each such Domestic Subsidiary and Foreign Subsidiary, Company shall promptly send to Administrative Agent written notice setting forth with respect to such Person (i) the date on which such Person became a Subsidiary of Company, and (ii) all of the data required to be set forth in Schedules 4.1 and 4.2 with respect to all Subsidiaries of Company; provided , such written notice shall be deemed to supplement Schedule 4.1 and 4.2 for all purposes hereof.

5.11. Real Estate Assets.

(a) In the event that any Credit Party acquires a Material Real Estate Asset or a Real Estate Asset owned on the Closing Date becomes a Material Real Estate Asset and such interest has not otherwise been made subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, then such Credit Party, contemporaneously with acquiring such Material Real Estate Asset, or promptly after a Real Estate Asset owned on the Closing Date becomes a Material Real Estate Asset, shall take all such actions and execute

 

87


and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered all Mortgage Deliverables with respect to such Material Real Estate Asset. In addition to the foregoing, Company shall, at the request of Requisite Lenders, deliver, from time to time, to Administrative Agent such appraisals as and to the extent they are required by law or regulation of Real Estate Assets with respect to which Collateral Agent has been granted a Lien.

(b) In the event either (a) the chief executive office of any Credit Party or (b) any other office of any Credit Party where material books and records are maintained is obtained after the Closing Date, and such Real Estate Asset does not constitute a Material Real Estate Asset hereunder, the Credit Parties shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to deliver a Landlord Personal Property Collateral Access Agreement with respect thereto.

5.12. Information Security Requirements; Personal Information. Each Credit Party shall and shall cause its Subsidiaries to comply, in all material respects, and to the extent applicable to such Person, with (i) all international, federal, state, provincial and local laws, rules, regulations, directives and governmental requirements currently in effect and as they become effective relating in any way to the privacy, confidentiality or security of Personal Information including, without limitation, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, 15 U.S.C. §§ 6801-6827, and all regulations implementing the same; the Fair Credit Reporting Act, 15 U.S.C. § 1681 et seq., as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, and all regulations implementing each of the same; the rules and regulations of the National Automated Clearing House Association, information security breach notification laws (such as Cal. Civ. Code §§ 1798.29, 1798.82—1798.84); laws imposing minimum information security requirements (such as Cal. Civ. Code § 1798.81.5 and 201 Mass. Code Reg. 17.00); laws requiring the secure disposal of records containing certain Personal Information (such as N.Y. Gen. Bus. Law § 399 H); the European Union Directives governing general data protection (Directive 1995/46/EC) and electronic commerce (Directive 2002/58/EC); the Canadian Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act (PIPEDA) and relevant provincial laws and (ii) all applicable industry standards concerning privacy, data protection, confidentiality or information security, including, without limitation, the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, in each case, to the extent such laws, rules, regulations, directives and governmental requirements and such industry standards apply to it, its property or its business

5.13. Further Assurances. At any time or from time to time upon the request of Administrative Agent, each Credit Party will, at its expense, promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver such further documents and do such other acts and things as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may reasonably request in order to effect fully the purposes of the Credit Documents, including providing Lenders with any information reasonably requested pursuant to Section 10.21. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each Credit Party shall take such actions as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may reasonably request from time to time to ensure that the Obligations are guaranteed by the Guarantors and are secured by substantially all of the assets of Holdings, and its Subsidiaries and all of the outstanding Capital Stock of Company and its Domestic Subsidiaries and first tier Foreign Subsidiaries; provided , that (i) with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary owned directly by a Credit Party, such pledge shall be limited to sixty-five percent (65%) of such Foreign Subsidiary’s Capital Stock and (ii) neither the Company nor any other Credit Party shall be required to pledge any Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary not owned directly by a Credit Party.

 

88


5.14. Miscellaneous Business Covenants. Unless otherwise consented to by Agents and Requisite Lenders:

(a) Non-Consolidation . Each Credit Party will and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to: (i) maintain entity records and books of account separate from those of any other entity which is an Affiliate of such entity; (ii) not commingle its funds or assets with those of any other entity which is an Affiliate of such entity; and (iii) provide that its board of directors or other analogous governing body will hold all appropriate meetings to authorize and approve such entity’s actions, which meetings will be separate from those of other entities.

(b) Cash Management Systems . The Credit Parties shall establish and maintain cash management systems reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent, including, without limitation, with respect to blocked account arrangements.

(c) Communication with Accountants . Each Credit Party executing this Agreement authorizes Administrative Agent to communicate directly with such Credit Party’s independent certified public accountants and authorizes and shall instruct those accountants to, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, communicate (including the delivery of audit drafts and letters to management) with Administrative Agent and each Lender information relating to any Credit Party with respect to the business, results of operations and financial condition of any Credit Party; provided , however , that Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender, as the case may be, shall provide such Credit Party with notice at least two (2) Business Days prior to first initiating any such communication and Company shall be given the opportunity to participate in such communications.

5.15. Post-Closing Matters. Company shall, and shall cause each of the Credit Parties to, satisfy the requirements set forth on Schedule 5.15 on or before the date specified for such requirement or such later date as agreed by the Administrative Agent.

5.16. Employee Confidentiality Agreements. Each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each new employee engaged in the development of software and the source code therefor to, as a condition of employment, execute and deliver to Company a customary confidentiality, non-disclosure and intellectual property assignment agreement consistent with past practice.

5.17. Compliance Protocols. No later than ninety (90) days following the Closing Date and at all times thereafter, each Credit Party will, and will cause its Subsidiaries to, in the ordinary course of business and in consultation with legal counsel, create, implement, maintain and update written policies, procedures and guidelines for its officers, directors and employees (including (i) training for such officers, directors and employees with respect thereto and (ii) applicable diligence and screening with respect thereto) for its business and operations and compliance with the requirements of all material applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority relating to economic sanctions, export controls, anti-corruption (including, without limitation, the FCPA), and/or anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing, including compliance with the SDN List maintained by OFAC and compliance with the sanctions programs administered by OFAC.

 

89


SECTION 6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Each Credit Party covenants and agrees that, so long as any Commitment is in effect and until payment in full in Cash of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations in respect of which no claim has been made) and cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit (or cash collateralization or arrangement with respect to Letters of Credit reasonably acceptable to Issuing Bank), such Credit Party shall perform, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to perform, all covenants in this Section 6.

6.1. Indebtedness. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or guaranty, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness, except:

(a) the Obligations;

(b) Indebtedness of (i) any Credit Party to any other Credit Party, (ii) any Subsidiary (which is not a Credit Party) to any other Subsidiary (which is not a Credit Party), (iii) any Credit Party to any Subsidiary (which is not a Loan Party); provided , all such Indebtedness shall constitute Subordinated Indebtedness, and (iv) any Subsidiary (which is not a Credit Party) to any Credit Party in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed, together with any amounts permitted under Sections 6.1(h) and 6.7(i), $2,000,000 in the aggregate; provided , that such Indebtedness owing under this clause (iv) is represented by a promissory note or other instrument and such promissory note or other instrument is pledged to the Collateral Agent in accordance with the Pledge and Security Agreement;

(c) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, advances to or from a Foreign Subsidiary in respect of transfer pricing and cost-sharing arrangements (i.e., “cost-plus” arrangements) in connection with the services provided by such Foreign Subsidiary to a Credit Party as long as the same are made in the ordinary course of business;

(d) Indebtedness incurred by Company or any of its Subsidiaries arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, or from guaranties, surety bonds or performance bonds securing the performance of Company or any such Subsidiary pursuant to such agreements, in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or permitted dispositions of any business, assets or Subsidiary of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries;

(e) Indebtedness which may be deemed to exist pursuant to any guaranties, statutory, appeal or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (but not for Indebtedness for money borrowed);

(f) Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and otherwise in connection with Deposit Accounts;

(g) guaranties in the ordinary course of business of the obligations of suppliers, customers, franchisees and licensees of Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

 

90


(h) guaranties by (i) any Credit Party of the Indebtedness of any other Credit Party; (ii) any Subsidiary (which is not a Credit Party) of the Indebtedness of any Credit Party, (iii) any Subsidiary (which is not a Credit Party) of the Indebtedness of any other Subsidiary (that is not a Credit Party) or (iv) any Credit Party of the Indebtedness of any Subsidiary (which is not a Credit Party); provided , that (x) in the case of any guaranties described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), and (iv), the Indebtedness so guaranteed is otherwise expressly permitted by the terms hereof and (y) in the case of any guaranties described in clause (iv), (I) are subject to a subordination agreement in favor of Administrative Agent and in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent and (II) the aggregate amount of such guaranties outstanding at any time, together with any amounts permitted under Sections 6.1(b) and 6.7(i), shall not exceed $2,000,000;

(i) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and described in Schedule 6.1, but not any extensions, renewals or replacements of such Indebtedness except (i) renewals and extensions expressly provided for in the agreements evidencing any such Indebtedness as the same are in effect on the date of this Agreement, and (ii) refinancings and extensions of any such Indebtedness if the terms and conditions thereof are not less favorable to the obligor thereon or to the Lenders than the Indebtedness being refinanced or extended, and the average life to maturity thereof is greater than or equal to that of the Indebtedness being refinanced or extended; provided , such Indebtedness permitted under the immediately preceding clause (i) or (ii) above shall not (A) include Indebtedness of an obligor that was not an obligor with respect to the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced (plus any reasonable and documented fees, costs or expenses in connection therewith) or (B) exceed in a principal amount the Indebtedness being renewed, extended or refinanced;

(j) Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time $1,500,000 with respect to (x) Capital Leases and (y) purchase money Indebtedness; provided , in the case of clause (x), that any such Indebtedness shall be secured only by the asset subject to such Capital Lease, and, in the case of clause (y), that any such Indebtedness shall be secured only by the asset acquired in connection with the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with renewals, replacements, refinancings or extensions thereof; provided , any such renewals, replacements, refinancings or extensions thereof shall not (A) include Indebtedness of an obligor that was not an obligor with respect to the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced (plus any reasonable and documented fees, costs or expenses in connection therewith), (B) exceed in a principal amount the Indebtedness being renewed, extended or refinanced, or (C) be incurred, created or assumed if any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom;

(k) Indebtedness consisting of reimbursement obligations with respect to the Existing Letter of Credit; provided , that (i) the Existing Letter of Credit is fully cash collateralized and the aggregate face amount thereof does not exceed $100,000 and (ii) that the expiration date for the Existing Letter of Credit shall not extend beyond the Term Loan Maturity Date;

(l) Indebtedness under any Interest Rate Agreement;

 

91


(m) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of the Credit Parties and their respective Subsidiaries existing or arising in connection with endorsement of instruments for deposit in the ordinary course of business;

(n) Indebtedness to the extent (and without duplication) constituting Investments permitted by Section 6.7;

(o) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five (5) days of incurrence;

(p) Indebtedness acquired in connection with Permitted Acquisitions as long as (i) such Indebtedness was not incurred in anticipation or contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition and (ii) such Indebtedness does not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding, together with renewals, replacements, refinancings or extensions thereof, if the terms and conditions thereof are not less favorable to the obligor thereon or to the Lenders than the Indebtedness being refinanced or extended, and the average life to maturity thereof is greater than or equal to that of the Indebtedness being refinanced or extended; provided , such Indebtedness permitted under the immediately preceding clause (i) or (ii)  above shall not (A) include Indebtedness of an obligor that was not an obligor with respect to the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced, (B) exceed in a principal amount the Indebtedness being renewed, extended or refinanced ( plus any reasonable and documented fees, costs or expenses in connection therewith), or (C) be incurred, created or assumed if any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom

(q) Subordinated Indebtedness in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $50,000,000, and any renewals, replacements, refinancings or extensions thereof; provided , any such renewals, replacements, refinancings or extensions thereof shall not (i) include Indebtedness of an obligor that was not an obligor with respect to the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced (plus any reasonable and documented fees, costs or expenses in connection therewith), (ii) exceed in a principal amount the Indebtedness being renewed, extended or refinanced, or (iii) be incurred, created or assumed if any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom

(r) Indebtedness incurred in connection with the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business;

(s) unsecured Indebtedness of Holdings owing to employees, former employees, officers, former officers, directors, former directors (or any spouses, ex-spouses, or estates of any of the foregoing) in connection with the repurchase of the Qualified Stock of Holdings issued to any of the aforementioned employees, former employees, officers, former officers, directors, former directors (or any spouses, ex-spouses, or estates of any of the foregoing); provided , (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would immediately result from the incurrence of such Indebtedness and (ii) the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness outstanding at any one time does not exceed $500,000; and

 

92


(t) other Indebtedness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries not covered by clauses (a)  through (s)  above, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time $3,000,000; provided , that not more than $1,000,000 of any such Indebtedness may be secured at any time.

6.2. Liens. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on or with respect to any property or asset of any kind (including any document or instrument in respect of goods or accounts receivable) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom, or file or permit the filing of, or permit to remain in effect, any financing statement or other similar notice of any Lien with respect to any such property, asset, income or profits under the UCC of any State or under any similar recording or notice statute, except:

(a) Liens in favor of Collateral Agent for the benefit of Secured Parties granted pursuant to any Credit Document ;

(b) Liens for Taxes (i) not yet due and payable or (ii) if obligations with respect to such Taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted so long as (a) adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in conformity with GAAP and (b) the aggregate amount of such Taxes does not exceed $10,000,000;

(c) statutory Liens of landlords, banks (and rights of set-off), of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, repairmen, workmen and materialmen, and other Liens imposed by law (other than any such Lien imposed pursuant to Section 401 (a)(29) or 412(n) of the Internal Revenue Code or by ERISA), in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business (i) for amounts not yet overdue, or (ii) for amounts that are overdue and that (in the case of any such amounts overdue for a period in excess of thirty (30) days) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, so long as such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made for any such contested amounts;

(d) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money or other Indebtedness), so long as no foreclosure, sale or similar proceedings have been commenced with respect to any portion of the Collateral on account thereof;

(e) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments, and other minor defects or irregularities in title, in each case which do not and will not interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries;

(f) any interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any lease of real estate permitted hereunder;

 

93


(g) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

(h) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary UCC financing statements relating solely to operating leases of personal property entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(j) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any governmental office or agency to control or regulate the use of any real property;

(k) non-exclusive licenses of patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights granted by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of Company or such Subsidiary;

(l) Liens existing on the Closing Date and described in Schedule 6.2 or on a title report delivered pursuant to Section 5.11 and any Liens granted as a replacement or substitute therefor; provided , that, with respect to any such replacement or substitute Lien, (i) no such Lien is expanded to cover any additional property after the Closing Date, (ii) the amount of Indebtedness secured or benefitted thereby is not increased after the Closing Date, (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed after the Closing Date, and (iv) any renewal or extension of the obligations secured thereby is permitted by Section 6.1(i);

(m) Liens securing Capital Leases or purchase money Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(j); provided , any such Lien shall encumber only the asset acquired with the proceeds of such Indebtedness;

(n) Liens solely on Cash collateral securing Indebtedness consisting of reimbursement obligations in respect of the Existing Letter of Credit permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(k);

(o) judgment Liens that do not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 8.1(h) of this Agreement;

(p) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability for premiums to insurance carriers and Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof granted in the ordinary course of business to secure the financing of insurance premiums (to the extent permitted hereunder) with respect thereto;

(q) customary rights of set-off, bankers’ Lien, revocation, refund or chargeback under deposit agreements or under UCC or common law of banks or other financial institutions where the Credit Parties deposit in the ordinary course of business;

 

94


(r) Cash deposits and Liens on Cash and Cash Equivalents pledged to secure Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.1(d); provided , such Liens secure only such Cash and Cash Equivalents and are not blanket Liens;

(s) Liens on property of a Person acquired in connection with Permitted Acquisitions as long as (i) such Lien was not granted or created in anticipation or contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition, (ii) such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those of acquired in connection with such Permitted Acquisition, and (iii) the corresponding Indebtedness secured by such Lien is permitted under Section 6.1(p), and any Liens granted as a replacement or substitute therefor; provided , that, with respect to any such replacement or substitute Lien, (w) no such Lien is expanded to cover any additional property, (x) the amount of Indebtedness secured or benefitted thereby is not increased, (y) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, and (z) any renewal or extension of the obligations secured thereby is permitted by Section 6.1(p);

(t) Liens granted by any Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations owed by such Subsidiary to the Company or such other Credit Party;

(u) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.1(t); provided , the aggregate amount of the obligations secured thereby does not exceed $1,000,000; and

(v) Liens not otherwise permitted by this Section so long as neither (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the obligations secured thereby nor (ii) the aggregate fair market value (determined as of the date such Lien is incurred) of the assets subject thereto exceeds (as to all Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries) $1,000,000 at any one time.

6.3. Equitable Lien. If any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries shall create or assume any Lien upon any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than Permitted Liens, it shall make or cause to be made effective provisions whereby the Obligations will be secured by such Lien equally and ratably with any and all other Indebtedness secured thereby as long as any such Indebtedness shall be so secured; provided , notwithstanding the foregoing, this covenant shall not be construed as a consent by Requisite Lenders to the creation or assumption of any such Lien not otherwise permitted hereby.

6.4. No Further Negative Pledges. Except with respect to (a) specific property encumbered to secure payment of particular Indebtedness or to be sold pursuant to an executed agreement with respect to a permitted Asset Sale, (b) restrictions by reason of customary provisions restricting assignments, subletting or other transfers contained in leases, licenses and similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business (provided that such restrictions are limited to the property or assets secured by such Liens or the property or assets subject to such leases, licenses or similar agreements, as the case may be), (c) this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, (d) restrictions contained in agreements existing at the time any Person becomes a Subsidiary, so long as such agreement was not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary and (e) any restrictions pursuant to any document, agreement or instrument governing or relating to any Lien permitted under Section 6.2(h), (l), (m), (s) or (u), no Credit Party nor any of its Subsidiaries shall enter into any agreement prohibiting the creation or assumption of any Lien upon any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

 

95


6.5. Restricted Junior Payments. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, declare, order, pay, make or set apart any sum for any Restricted Junior Payment except:

(a) Permitted Management Fee Payments;

(b) Restricted Junior Payments to the Company;

(c) Permitted Repurchase Transactions;

(d) the Company may pay dividends to Holdings, which Holdings may further distribute to Parent, to permit Holdings or Parent, as applicable, to pay (i) reasonable and customary corporate overhead expenses of Holdings or Parent, as applicable, incurred in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any Taxes that are due and payable by Holdings, Parent and the Company as part of a consolidated group, and (iii) any franchise Taxes and other fees required to maintain the legal existence of Holdings;

(e) (i) Cash or non-Cash repurchases of Capital Stock of Holdings or Parent deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options or warrants if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants; provided , (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, and (ii) such repurchase is made in accordance with the applicable Person’s Organizational Documents and applicable law and (iii) such Cash repurchases shall not exceed $5,000,000 in any trailing twelve month period;

(f) each Credit Party and each Subsidiary may deliver its common Capital Stock upon conversion of any convertible Indebtedness having been issued by the Company; provided , that (i) such Indebtedness is otherwise permitted by Section 6.1 and (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

(g) the Company may make payments in respect of Subordinated Indebtedness to the extent permitted by any Subordinated Debt Documents, this Agreement and any applicable Subordination Agreement; and

(h) if Permitted Investors shall have made a direct or indirect Cash equity contribution to Company to fund any Investment or Restricted Junior Payment permitted hereunder and such Investment or Restricted Junior Payment is not made within one (1) year after receipt of such equity contributions and such proceeds have been maintained in a segregated Controlled Account and not commingled with any other Cash or Cash Equivalents of the Credit Parties, the Company may directly or indirectly return such equity contributions to such Persons, including through a distribution to Holdings to effect such return of contributions; provided , no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom.

6.6. Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions. Except as provided herein, no Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of

 

96


any Subsidiary of Company to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on any of such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock owned by Company or any other Subsidiary of Company, (b) repay or prepay any Indebtedness owed by such Subsidiary to Company or any other Subsidiary of Company, (c) make loans or advances to Company or any other Subsidiary of Company, or (d) transfer any of its property or assets to Company or any other Subsidiary of Company other than restrictions (i) in agreements evidencing Capital Leases and purchase money Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.1(j) that impose restrictions on the property so acquired, (ii) by reason of customary provisions restricting assignments, subletting or other transfers contained in leases, licenses, joint venture agreements and similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, (iii) that are or were created by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer or option or right with respect to any property, assets or Capital Stock not otherwise prohibited under this Agreement, (iv) restrictions contained in agreements existing at the time any Person becomes a Subsidiary, so long as such agreement was not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary and (v) any restrictions pursuant to any document, agreement or instrument governing or relating to any Lien permitted under Sections 6.2(h), (l), (m), (s) or (u) (provided that any such restriction relates only to the assets or property subject to such a Lien or being disposed).

6.7. Investments. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make or own any Investment in any Person, including without limitation any Joint Venture and any Foreign Subsidiary, except:

(a) Investments in Cash and Cash Equivalents;

(b) equity Investments owned as of the Closing Date in any Subsidiary and Investments made after the Closing Date in any wholly-owned Guarantor Subsidiaries of Company;

(c) Investments (i) in any Securities received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors, and (ii) deposits, prepayments and other credits to suppliers made in the ordinary course of business consistent with the past practices of Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

(d) intercompany Investments to the extent permitted under Section 6.1(b);

(e) to the extent constituting Investments, advances to or from a Foreign Subsidiary in respect of transfer pricing and cost-sharing arrangements (i.e., “cost-plus” arrangements) in connection with the services provided by such Foreign Subsidiary to a Credit Party as long as the same are made in the ordinary course of business;

(f) (i) loans and advances to employees, directors and officers of any Credit Party and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount (including any refinancings referred to in item (y) ) not to exceed $1,000,000 (x) made in the ordinary course of business and (y) any refinancings of such loans after the Closing Date and (ii) non-Cash loans to employees of any Credit Party or Subsidiary to purchase Capital Stock of Holdings;

(g) Investments made in connection with Permitted Acquisitions permitted pursuant to Section 6.9;

 

97


(h) Investments existing on the Closing Date and described in Schedule 6.7; and

(i) Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed, together with any amounts permitted under Sections 6.1(b) and 6.1(h), $2,000,000 at any time;

(j) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements of negotiable instruments for collection or deposit;

(k) Investments received in settlement of amounts due to any Credit Party or Subsidiary effected in the ordinary course of business or owing to such Credit Party or Subsidiary as a result of insolvency proceedings involving an account debtor or upon the foreclosure or enforcement of any Lien in favor of such Credit Party or Subsidiary;

(l) Interest Rate Agreements to the extent constituting Investments;

(m) deposits made to secure the performance of leases, licenses or contracts in the ordinary course of business, and other deposits made in connection with the incurrence of Liens permitted under Section 6.2;

(n) promissory notes and other non-cash consideration received in connection with dispositions permitted by Section 6.9;

(o) Investments of a Person acquired in connection with Permitted Acquisitions as long as such Investments were not made in anticipation or contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition and the provisions of the Pledge and Security Agreement are satisfied with respect thereto, and any replacements or substitutes therefor; provided , that, with respect to any such replacement or substitute Investment, the amount of such Investment is not increased and the provisions of the Pledge and Security Agreement are satisfied with respect thereto;

(p) the formation of any Subsidiary so long as the requirements hereof are satisfied with respect thereof (including Sections 5.10 and 5.13) and any Investment in such Subsidiary is permitted by this Section 6.7; and

(q) other Investments not covered by clauses (a)  through (p)  above in an aggregate amount of all such Investments (valued at cost) not to exceed (i) $1,500,000 during any Fiscal Year and (ii) $5,000,000 in the aggregate for all such Investments.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any Credit Party make any Investment which results in or facilitates in any manner any Restricted Junior Payment not otherwise permitted under the terms of Section 6.5.

 

98


6.8. Financial Covenants.

(a) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . Holdings shall not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter, beginning with the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2016, to be less than the correlative ratio indicated:

 

Fiscal Quarter

   Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio
 

For each of the Fiscal Quarters ending September 30, 2016 through December 31, 2017

     1.20:1.00  

For each of the Fiscal Quarters ending thereafter

     1.25:1.00  

(b) Leverage Ratio . Holdings shall not permit the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter, beginning with the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2016, to exceed the correlative ratio indicated:

 

Fiscal Quarter

   Leverage Ratio  

For each of the Fiscal Quarters ending September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2016

     7.50:1.00  

For each of the Fiscal Quarters ending March 31, 2017 and June 30, 2017

     7.00:1.00  

For each of the Fiscal Quarters ending September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2017

     6.50:1.00  

For each of the Fiscal Quarters ending March 31, 2018 and June 30, 2018

     6.00:1.00  

For each of the Fiscal Quarters ending September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2018

     5.50:1.00  

For each of the Fiscal Quarters ending March 31, 2019 and June 30, 2019

     5.00:1.00  

For each of the Fiscal Quarters ending September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2019

     4.75:1.00  

For each of the Fiscal Quarters ending thereafter

     4.50:1.00  

 

99


(c) Cash EBITDA . Holdings shall not permit Cash EBITDA as at the end of any Fiscal Quarter, beginning with the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2016, for the four Fiscal Quarter period then ended to be less than the correlative amount indicated:

 

Fiscal Quarter

   Minimum Cash
EBITDA
 

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2016

   $ 16,500,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending December 31, 2016

   $ 16,750,000  

As of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter ending March 31, 2017 and June 30, 2017

   $ 17,000,000  

As of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2017

   $ 17,500,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending March 31, 2018

   $ 19,000,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2018

   $ 19,500,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2018

   $ 20,000,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending December 31, 2018

   $ 21,500,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending March 31, 2019

   $ 22,000,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2019

   $ 22,500,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2019

   $ 23,000,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending December 31, 2019

   $ 23,500,000  

As of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter ending thereafter

   $ 24,000,000  

(d) Revenue . The Credit Parties shall not permit RNR for any trailing twelve month period to be less than the correlated amount indicated:

 

Trailing Twelve Month Period Ending

   RNR  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2016

   $ 40,000,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending December 31, 2016

   $ 42,000,000  

 

100


Trailing Twelve Month Period Ending

   RNR  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending March 31, 2017

   $ 43,000,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2017

   $ 44,500,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2017

   $ 46,000,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending December 31, 2017

   $ 47,500,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending March 31, 2018

   $ 49,000,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2018

   $ 50,500,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2018

   $ 52,000,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending December 31, 2018

   $ 53,500,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending March 31, 2019

   $ 55,000,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2019

   $ 56,500,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2019

   $ 58,000,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending December 31, 2019

   $ 59,500,000  

As of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter ending thereafter

   $ 60,000,000  

(e) Minimum Consolidated Liquidity . The Credit Parties shall not permit Consolidated Liquidity to be less than $5,000,000 at any time.

(f) Certain Calculations . With respect to any period during which a Permitted Acquisition or an Asset Sale has occurred (each, a “Subject Transaction” ), for purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Section 6.8 (but not for purposes of determining the Applicable Margin), Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (and, as applicable, Cash EBITDA) and the components of Consolidated Fixed Charges shall be calculated with respect to such period on a pro forma basis (including pro forma adjustments approved by Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) using the historical audited financial statements for the fiscal year then most recently ended of any business so acquired or to be

 

101


acquired or sold or to be sold and the consolidated financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries which shall be reformulated as if such Subject Transaction, and any Indebtedness incurred or repaid in connection therewith, had been consummated or incurred or repaid at the beginning of such period (and assuming that such Indebtedness bears interest during any portion of the applicable measurement period prior to the relevant acquisition at the weighted average of the interest rates applicable to outstanding Loans incurred during such period).

6.9. Fundamental Changes; Disposition of Assets; Acquisitions. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, or liquidate, wind-up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or convey, sell, lease or sub-lease (as lessor or sublessor), exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or any part of its business, assets or property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or acquire by purchase or otherwise (other than purchases or other acquisitions of inventory, materials and equipment and Capital Expenditures in the ordinary course of business) the business, property or fixed assets of, or stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any Person or any division or line of business or other business unit of any Person, except:

(a) (i) any Subsidiary of Holdings may be merged with or into Company or any Guarantor Subsidiary, or be liquidated, wound up or dissolved, or all or any part of its business, property or assets may be conveyed, sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, to Company or any Guarantor Subsidiary; provided , in the case of such a merger, Company or such Guarantor Subsidiary, as applicable shall be the continuing or surviving Person and (ii) any Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Credit Party may be merged with or into any other Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Credit Party, or be liquidated, wound up or dissolved, or all or any part of its business, property or assets may be conveyed, sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, to a Credit Party;

(b) sales or other dispositions of assets that do not constitute Asset Sales;

(c) dispositions of other property having a fair market value not to exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate for any fiscal year of Company, provided that the Net Asset Sale Proceeds thereof shall be applied as required by Section 2.13(a) (subject to the reinvestment rights provided for therein);

(d) disposals of obsolete, worn out or surplus property;

(e) Permitted Acquisitions;

(f) (i) Investments made in accordance with Section 6.7, (ii) payments permitted under Section 6.5 and (iii) Liens permitted under Section 6.2;

(g) Issuances of Qualified Stock of Parent made pursuant to any employee stock or stock option compensation plan;

(h) [Intentionally Reserved];

 

102


(i) the sale or issuance of the Qualified Stock of a Subsidiary of Holdings (i) to Company or any other Credit Party, or (ii) by a Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party to another Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party or (iii) in connection with any transaction that does not result in the sale or issuance of more than fifteen percent (15%) of the Capital Stock of any such Subsidiary to any Person other than the Credit Parties and their wholly-owned Subsidiaries, which would not result in a Change of Control; provided , in each case, the provisions of the Pledge and Security Agreement are satisfied with respect thereto;

(j) the use or transfer of money, Cash, or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents;

(k) (i) the non-exclusive licensing of patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other Intellectual Property rights in the ordinary course of business; and (ii) the licensing of patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other Intellectual Property rights in the ordinary course of business which would not result in a legal transfer of title of such licensed Intellectual Property, but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discrete geographical areas outside of the United States, in each case, subject to Section 6.15;

(l) the disposition of property (i) by any Credit Party to any other Credit Party, (ii) by any Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party to any other Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party or any Credit Party and (iii) by any Credit Party to any Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party in an amount not to exceed $200,000 in any Fiscal Year;

(m) leases or subleases of real property or personal property in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with the applicable Collateral Documents;

(n) the sale or discount without recourse of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the compromise or collection thereof;

(o) any abandonment, cancellation, non-renewal or discontinuance of use or maintenance of Intellectual Property (or rights relating thereto) of any Credit Party or Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by the Pledge and Security Agreement;

(p) dispositions of assets acquired by Holdings and its Subsidiaries pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition consummated within twelve (12) months of the date of such Permitted Acquisition so long as the consideration received for the assets to be so disposed is at least equal to the fair market value thereof; provided , that Section 2.13(a) is satisfied with respect thereto; and

(q) dispositions resulting from any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of any property or asset of Company or any Subsidiary; provided , that Section 2.13(b) is satisfied with respect thereto.

 

103


6.10. Disposal of Subsidiary Interests. Except for any sale of all of its interests in the Capital Stock of any of its Subsidiaries in compliance with the provisions of Section 6.9 or as otherwise expressly permitted under this Agreement, no Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (a) directly or indirectly sell, assign, pledge or otherwise encumber or dispose of any Capital Stock of any of its Subsidiaries, except to qualified directors if required by applicable law; or (b) permit any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly to sell, assign, pledge or otherwise encumber or dispose of any Capital Stock of any of its Subsidiaries, except to another Credit Party (subject to the restrictions on such disposition otherwise imposed hereunder), or to qualified directors if required by applicable law.

6.11. Sales and Lease-Backs. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, become or remain liable as lessee or as a guarantor or other surety with respect to any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, which such Credit Party (a) has sold or transferred or is to sell or to transfer to any other Person (other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) or (b) intends to use for substantially the same purpose as any other property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by such Credit Party to any Person (other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) in connection with such lease unless (i) the disposition of the applicable property subject to such transaction is permitted under Section 6.9 (including with respect to the application of the Net Asset Sale Proceeds received in connection therewith), and (ii) any Liens in the property of any Credit Party incurred in connection with any such transaction are permitted under Section 6.2.

6.12. Transactions with Affiliates. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate (other than any other Credit Party); provided , however , that the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries may enter into or permit to exist any such transaction if the terms of such transaction are not less favorable to Holdings or that Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that might be obtained at the time from a Person who is not an Affiliate; provided , further , that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (a) any transaction between any Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party with any other Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party; (b) reasonable and customary fees paid to members of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries; (c) compensation arrangements for officers and other employees of Holdings and its Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business; (d) transactions described in Schedule 6.12; (e) any issuance or sale that is otherwise permitted by this Agreement by Parent after the Closing Date of any Qualified Stock of Parent to Affiliates, directors, officers or employees of Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (f) any transaction relating to any license or assignment of, or agreement for the development of, Intellectual Property by a Credit Party to a Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party, to the extent such transaction is otherwise permitted hereunder; (g) the Management Agreement and the transactions thereunder, (h) transactions expressly permitted under Section 6.5. Company shall disclose in writing to Administrative Agent each transaction with an Affiliate with a value of $5,000,000 or more.

6.13. Conduct of Business. From and after the Closing Date, no Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than the businesses engaged in by such Credit Party or Subsidiary on the Closing Date or that are reasonably related, ancillary or incidental thereto.

 

104


6.14. Permitted Activities of Holdings and Parent.

(a) Holdings shall not (i) incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness other than the Obligations; (ii) create or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired by it other than (x) the Liens created under the Collateral Documents to which it is a party or permitted pursuant to Section 6.2 and (y) Permitted Liens; (iii) engage in any business or activity or own any assets other than (x) holding 100% of the Capital Stock of Company; (y) performing its obligations and activities incidental thereto under the Credit Documents; and (z) making Restricted Junior Payments and Investments to the extent permitted by this Agreement; or (iv) fail to hold itself out to the public as a legal entity separate and distinct from all other Persons.

(b) Parent shall not (i) incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness or any other obligation or liability whatsoever, other than preferred Capital Stock; (ii) create or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired by it; (iii) engage in any business or activity or own any assets other than (x) holding (I) 100% of the Capital Stock of Holdings and (II) the Maor Note and (y) performing its obligations and activities incidental thereto; (iv) consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any Person; (v) create or acquire any direct Subsidiary or make or own any Investment in any Person other than Holdings; or (vi) fail to hold itself out to the public as a legal entity separate and distinct from all other Persons.

6.15. Intellectual Property and Customer Matters . (a) Other than the Intellectual Property owned or licensed by WhiteBox Security Ltd., an Israeli company, on the Closing Date, no Foreign Subsidiary shall own or license any Intellectual Property, (b) other than Company, no Person shall be the licensee of any Intellectual Property owned or licensed by any Foreign Subsidiary and (c) other than the Company, no Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries shall have any end-user customers or enter any Alliance, Reseller or other similar alliance, resale or customer contracts.

6.16. Amendments or Waivers with Respect to Subordinated Indebtedness. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, amend or otherwise change the terms of any Subordinated Indebtedness, or make any payment consistent with an amendment thereof or change thereto, if the effect of such amendment or change is to increase the interest rate on such Subordinated Indebtedness, increase the principal amount thereof, change (to earlier dates) any dates upon which payments of principal or interest are due thereon, change any event of default or condition to an event of default with respect thereto (other than to eliminate any such event of default or increase any grace period related thereto), change the redemption, prepayment or defeasance provisions thereof, change the subordination provisions of such Subordinated Indebtedness (or of any guaranty thereof), or if the effect of such amendment or change, together with all other amendments or changes made, is to increase materially the obligations of the obligor thereunder or to confer any additional rights on the holders of such Subordinated Indebtedness (or a trustee or other representative on their behalf) which would be materially adverse to any Credit Party or Lenders.

6.17. Fiscal Year. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to change its Fiscal Year-end from December 31.

 

105


6.18. Deposit Accounts. Subject to Section 5.15, no Credit Party shall establish or maintain a Deposit Account that is not a Controlled Account (other than Excluded Accounts) and no Credit Party will deposit proceeds in a Deposit Account which is not a Controlled Account (other than Excluded Accounts); provided , in the case of any Deposit Account which does not constitute an Excluded Account that is acquired by a Credit Party in a Permitted Acquisition, such Deposit Account shall either be closed or become a Controlled Account within thirty (30) days of the date of the acquisition thereof by the applicable Credit Party.

6.19. Amendments to Organizational Agreements and Management Agreement. No Credit Party shall amend or permit any amendments to (a) any Credit Party’s Organizational Documents or (b) the Management Agreement, in each case, if such amendment would be adverse to Administrative Agent or the Lenders (it being agreed that an increase in the Management Fee or the Transaction Fees specified in the Management Agreement as of the Closing Date shall be deemed adverse to the interests of Administrative Agent and the Lenders).

6.20. Prepayments of Subordinated Indebtedness. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, purchase, redeem, defease or prepay any principal of, premium, if any, interest or other amount payable in respect of any Subordinated Indebtedness prior to its scheduled maturity, other than to the extent such payments are permitted in accordance with Section 6.5.

SECTION 7. GUARANTY

7.1. Guaranty of the Obligations. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.2, Guarantors jointly and severally hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guaranty to Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Beneficiaries the due and punctual payment in full in Cash of all Obligations when the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 362(a)) (collectively, the “Guaranteed Obligations” ) .

7.2. Contribution by Guarantors. All Guarantors desire to allocate among themselves (collectively, the “Contributing Guarantors”) , in a fair and equitable manner, their obligations arising under this Guaranty. Accordingly, in the event any payment or distribution is made on any date by a Guarantor (a “Funding Guarantor”) under this Guaranty such that its Aggregate Payments exceeds its Fair Share as of such date, such Funding Guarantor shall be entitled to a contribution from each of the other Contributing Guarantors in an amount sufficient to cause each Contributing Guarantor’s Aggregate Payments to equal its Fair Share as of such date. “Fair Share” means, with respect to a Contributing Guarantor as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the ratio of (i) the Fair Share Contribution Amount with respect to such Contributing Guarantor, to (ii) the aggregate of the Fair Share Contribution Amounts with respect to all Contributing Guarantors multiplied by , (b) the aggregate amount paid or distributed on or before such date by all Funding Guarantors under this Guaranty in respect of the obligations Guaranteed. “Fair Share Contribution Amount” means, with respect to a Contributing Guarantor as of any date of determination, the maximum aggregate amount of the obligations of such Contributing Guarantor under this Guaranty that would not render its obligations hereunder subject to avoidance as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance

 

106


under Section 548 of Title 11 of the United States Code or any comparable applicable provisions of state law; provided , solely for purposes of calculating the “Fair Share Contribution Amount” with respect to any Contributing Guarantor for purposes of this Section 7.2, any assets or liabilities of such Contributing Guarantor arising by virtue of any rights to subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification or any rights to or obligations of contribution hereunder shall not be considered as assets or liabilities of such Contributing Guarantor. “Aggregate Payments” means, with respect to a Contributing Guarantor as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (1) the aggregate amount of all payments and distributions made on or before such date by such Contributing Guarantor in respect of this Guaranty (including, without limitation, in respect of this Section 7.2), minus (2) the aggregate amount of all payments received on or before such date by such Contributing Guarantor from the other Contributing Guarantors as contributions under this Section 7.2. The amounts payable as contributions hereunder shall be determined as of the date on which the related payment or distribution is made by the applicable Funding Guarantor. The allocation among Contributing Guarantors of their obligations as set forth in this Section 7.2 shall not be construed in any way to limit the liability of any Contributing Guarantor hereunder. Each Guarantor is a third party beneficiary to the contribution agreement set forth in this Section 7.2.

7.3. Payment by Guarantors. Subject to Section 7.2, Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree, in furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Beneficiary may have at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, that upon the failure of Company to pay any of the Guaranteed Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 362(a)), Guarantors will upon demand pay, or cause to be paid, in Cash, to Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of Beneficiaries, an amount equal to the sum of the unpaid principal amount of all Guaranteed Obligations then due as aforesaid, accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (including interest which, but for Company’s becoming the subject of a case under the Bankruptcy Code, would have accrued on such Guaranteed Obligations, whether or not a claim is allowed against Company for such interest in the related bankruptcy case) and all other Guaranteed Obligations then owed to Beneficiaries as aforesaid.

7.4. Liability of Guarantors Absolute. Each Guarantor agrees that its obligations hereunder are irrevocable, absolute, independent and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance which constitutes a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor or surety other than payment in full in Cash of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations in respect of which no claim has been made). In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, each Guarantor agrees as follows:

(a) this Guaranty is a guaranty of payment when due and not of collectability. This Guaranty is a primary obligation of each Guarantor and not merely a contract of surety;

(b) Administrative Agent may enforce this Guaranty upon the occurrence of an Event of Default notwithstanding the existence of any dispute between Company and any Beneficiary with respect to the existence of such Event of Default;

 

107


(c) the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of Company and the obligations of any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the obligations of Company, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against such Guarantor whether or not any action is brought against Company or any of such other guarantors and whether or not Company is joined in any such action or actions;

(d) payment by any Guarantor of a portion, but not all, of the Guaranteed Obligations shall in no way limit, affect, modify or abridge any Guarantor’s liability for any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations which has not been paid. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if Administrative Agent is awarded a judgment in any suit brought to enforce any Guarantor’s covenant to pay a portion of the Guaranteed Obligations, such judgment shall not be deemed to release such Guarantor from its covenant to pay the portion of the Guaranteed Obligations that is not the subject of such suit, and such judgment shall not, except to the extent satisfied by such Guarantor, limit, affect, modify or abridge any other Guarantor’s liability hereunder in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(e) any Beneficiary, upon such terms as it deems appropriate, without notice or demand and without affecting the validity or enforceability hereof or giving rise to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination of any Guarantor’s liability hereunder, from time to time may (i) renew, extend, accelerate, increase the rate of interest on, or otherwise change the time, place, manner or terms of payment of the Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) settle, compromise, release or discharge, or accept or refuse any offer of performance with respect to, or substitutions for, the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement relating thereto and/or subordinate the payment of the same to the payment of any other obligations; (iii) request and accept other guaranties of the Guaranteed Obligations and take and hold security for the payment hereof or the Guaranteed Obligations; (iv) release, surrender, exchange, substitute, compromise, settle, rescind, waive, alter, subordinate or modify, with or without consideration, any security for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, any other guaranties of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any other obligation of any Person (including any other Guarantor) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations; (v) enforce and apply any security now or hereafter held by or for the benefit of such Beneficiary in respect hereof or the Guaranteed Obligations and direct the order or manner of sale thereof, or exercise any other right or remedy that such Beneficiary may have against any such security, in each case as such Beneficiary in its discretion may determine consistent herewith or the applicable Interest Rate Agreement and any applicable security agreement, including foreclosure on any such security pursuant to one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, whether or not every aspect of any such sale is commercially reasonable, and even though such action operates to impair or extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of any Guarantor against Company or any security for the Guaranteed Obligations; and (vi) exercise any other rights available to it under the Credit Documents or Interest Rate Agreements; and

(f) this Guaranty and the obligations of Guarantors hereunder shall be valid and enforceable and shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination for any reason (other than payment in full in Cash of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations in respect of which no claim has been made) and cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit (or cash collateralization or arrangement with respect to Letters of Credit reasonably acceptable to Issuing Bank)), including the

 

108


occurrence of any of the following, whether or not any Guarantor shall have had notice or knowledge of any of them: (i) any failure or omission to assert or enforce, or agreement or election not to assert or enforce, or the stay or enjoining, by order of court, by operation of law or otherwise, of the exercise or enforcement of, any claim or demand or any right, power or remedy (whether arising under the Credit Documents or any Interest Rate Agreement, at law, in equity or otherwise) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement relating thereto, or with respect to any other guaranty of or security for the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any consent to departure from, any of the terms or provisions (including provisions relating to events of default) hereof, any of the other Credit Documents, any of the Interest Rate Agreements or any agreement or instrument executed pursuant thereto, or of any other guaranty or security for the Guaranteed Obligations, in each case whether or not in accordance with the terms hereof or such Credit Document, such Interest Rate Agreement or any agreement relating to such other guaranty or security; (iii) the Guaranteed Obligations, or any agreement relating thereto, at any time being found to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect; (iv) the application of payments received from any source (other than payments received pursuant to the other Credit Documents or any of the Interest Rate Agreements or from the proceeds of any security for the Guaranteed Obligations, except to the extent such security also serves as collateral for indebtedness other than the Guaranteed Obligations) to the payment of indebtedness other than the Guaranteed Obligations, even though any Beneficiary might have elected to apply such payment to any part or all of the Guaranteed Obligations; (v) any Beneficiary’s consent to the change, reorganization or termination of the corporate structure or existence of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries and to any corresponding restructuring of the Guaranteed Obligations; (vi) any failure to perfect or continue perfection of a security interest in any collateral which secures any of the Guaranteed Obligations; (vii) any defenses, set-offs or counterclaims which Company may allege or assert against any Beneficiary in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, including failure of consideration, breach of warranty, payment, statute of frauds, statute of limitations, accord and satisfaction and usury; and (viii) any other act or thing or omission, or delay to do any other act or thing, which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor as an obligor in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations.

7.5. Waivers by Guarantors. Each Guarantor hereby waives, for the benefit of Beneficiaries: (a) any right to require any Beneficiary, as a condition of payment or performance by such Guarantor, to (i) proceed against Company, any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Company, any such other guarantor or any other Person, (iii) proceed against or have resort to any balance of any Deposit Account or credit on the books of any Beneficiary in favor of Company or any other Person, or (iv) pursue any other remedy in the power of any Beneficiary whatsoever; (b) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of Company or any other Guarantor including any defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of Company or any other Guarantor from any cause other than payment in full in Cash of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations in respect of which no claim has been made) and cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit (or cash collateralization or arrangement with respect to Letters of Credit reasonably acceptable to Issuing Bank); (c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation

 

109


of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal; (d) any defense based upon any Beneficiary’s errors or omissions in the administration of the Guaranteed Obligations, except behavior which amounts to bad faith; (e) (i) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with the terms hereof and any legal or equitable discharge of such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (ii) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting such Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement hereof, (iii) any rights to set-offs, recoupments and counterclaims, and (iv) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any Beneficiary protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto; (f) notices, demands, presentments, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance hereof, notices of default hereunder, the Interest Rate Agreements or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement related thereto, notices of any extension of credit to Company and notices of any of the matters referred to in Section 7.4 and any right to consent to any thereof; and (g) any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms hereof.

7.6. Guarantors’ Rights of Subrogation, Contribution, etc. Until the Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations in respect of which no claim has been made) shall have been paid in full in Cash and the Revolving Commitments shall have been terminated and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been cancelled (or cash collateralized or an arrangement with respect to Letters of Credit reasonably acceptable to Issuing Bank has been entered into), each Guarantor hereby waives any claim, right or remedy, direct or indirect, that such Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against Company or any other Guarantor or any of its assets in connection with this Guaranty or the performance by such Guarantor of its obligations hereunder, in each case whether such claim, right or remedy arises in equity, under contract, by statute, under common law or otherwise and including without limitation (a) any right of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification that such Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against Company with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations, (b) any right to enforce, or to participate in, any claim, right or remedy that any Beneficiary now has or may hereafter have against Company, and (c) any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any Collateral or security now or hereafter held by any Beneficiary. In addition, until the Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations in respect of which no claim has been made) shall have been paid in full in Cash and the Revolving Commitments shall have been terminated and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been cancelled (or cash collateralized or arrangement with respect to Letters of Credit reasonably acceptable to Issuing Bank has been entered into), each Guarantor shall withhold exercise of any right of contribution such Guarantor may have against any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the Guaranteed Obligations, including, without limitation, any such right of contribution as contemplated by Section 7.2. Each Guarantor further agrees that, to the extent the waiver or agreement to withhold the exercise of its rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification and contribution as set forth herein is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void or voidable for any reason, any rights of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification such Guarantor may have against Company or against any collateral or security, and any rights of contribution such Guarantor may have against any such other guarantor, shall be junior and subordinate to any rights any Beneficiary may have against Company, to all right, title and

 

110


interest any Beneficiary may have in any such collateral or security, and to any right any Beneficiary may have against such other guarantor. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of any such subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification or contribution rights at any time when all Guaranteed Obligations shall not have been paid in full in Cash (other than contingent indemnification obligations in respect of which no claim has been made) and/or any Letter of Credit shall not have been cancelled or expired (or cash collateralized or an arrangement with respect to such Letter of Credit reasonably acceptable to Issuing Bank has not been entered into), such amount shall be held in trust for Administrative Agent on behalf of Beneficiaries and shall forthwith be paid over to Administrative Agent for the benefit of Beneficiaries to be credited and applied against the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms hereof.

7.7. Subordination of Other Obligations. Any Indebtedness of Company or any Guarantor now or hereafter held by any Guarantor (the “ Obligee Guarantor ”) is hereby subordinated in right of payment to the Guaranteed Obligations, and any such indebtedness collected or received by the Obligee Guarantor after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing shall be held in trust for Administrative Agent on behalf of Beneficiaries and shall forthwith be paid over to Administrative Agent for the benefit of Beneficiaries to be credited and applied against the Guaranteed Obligations but without affecting, impairing or limiting in any manner the liability of the Obligee Guarantor under any other provision hereof.

7.8. Continuing Guaranty. This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall remain in effect until all of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations in respect of which no claim has been made) shall have been paid in full in Cash and the Revolving Commitments shall have been terminated and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been cancelled (or cash collateralized or an arrangement with respect to Letters of Credit reasonably acceptable to Issuing Bank has been entered into). Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Guaranty as to future transactions giving rise to any Guaranteed Obligations.

7.9. Authority of Guarantors or Company. It is not necessary for any Beneficiary to inquire into the capacity or powers of any Guarantor or Company or the officers, directors or any agents acting or purporting to act on behalf of any of them.

7.10. Financial Condition of Company. Any Credit Extension may be made to Company or continued from time to time, and any Interest Rate Agreements may be entered into from time to time, in each case without notice to or authorization from any Guarantor regardless of the financial or other condition of Company at the time of any such grant or continuation or at the time such Interest Rate Agreement is entered into, as the case may be. No Beneficiary shall have any obligation to disclose or discuss with any Guarantor its assessment, or any Guarantor’s assessment, of the financial condition of Company. Each Guarantor has adequate means to obtain information from Company on a continuing basis concerning the financial condition of Company and its ability to perform its obligations under the Credit Documents and the Interest Rate Agreements, and each Guarantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping informed of the financial condition of Company and of all circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor hereby waives and relinquishes any duty on the part of any Beneficiary to disclose any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, operations or conditions of Company now known or hereafter known by any Beneficiary.

 

111


7.11. Bankruptcy, etc. So long as any Guaranteed Obligations remain outstanding, no Guarantor shall, without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent acting pursuant to the instructions of Requisite Lenders, commence or join with any other Person in commencing any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency case or proceeding of or against Company or any other Guarantor. The obligations of Guarantors hereunder shall not be reduced, limited, impaired, discharged, deferred, suspended or terminated by any case or proceeding, voluntary or involuntary, involving the bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization, liquidation or arrangement of Company or any other Guarantor or by any defense which Company or any other Guarantor may have by reason of the order, decree or decision of any court or administrative body resulting from any such proceeding.

(a) Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that any interest on any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations which accrues after the commencement of any case or proceeding referred to in clause (a) above (or, if interest on any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations ceases to accrue by operation of law by reason of the commencement of such case or proceeding, such interest as would have accrued on such portion of the Guaranteed Obligations if such case or proceeding had not been commenced) shall be included in the Guaranteed Obligations because it is the intention of Guarantors and Beneficiaries that the Guaranteed Obligations which are guaranteed by Guarantors pursuant hereto should be determined without regard to any rule of law or order which may relieve Company of any portion of such Guaranteed Obligations. Guarantors will permit any trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar person to pay Administrative Agent, or allow the claim of Administrative Agent in respect of, any such interest accruing after the date on which such case or proceeding is commenced.

(b) In the event that all or any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations are paid by Company, the obligations of Guarantors hereunder shall continue and remain in full force and effect or be reinstated, as the case may be, in the event that all or any part of such payment(s) are rescinded or recovered directly or indirectly from any Beneficiary as a preference, fraudulent transfer or otherwise, and any such payments which are so rescinded or recovered shall constitute Guaranteed Obligations for all purposes hereunder.

7.12. Discharge of Guaranty Upon Sale of Guarantor. If all of the Capital Stock of any Guarantor or any of its successors in interest hereunder shall be sold or otherwise disposed of (including by merger or consolidation) in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, the Guaranty of such Guarantor or such successor in interest, as the case may be, hereunder shall automatically be discharged and released without any further action by any Beneficiary or any other Person effective as of the time of such Asset Sale.

7.13. Keepwell. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Credit Party to honor all of its obligations under this Guaranty in respect of Swap Obligations ( provided , however , that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 7.13 for the maximum amount of such liability

 

112


that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 7.13 , or otherwise under this Guaranty, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section shall remain in full force and effect until the Obligations have been paid in full (other than contingent obligations for which a claim has not yet been asserted). Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 7.13 constitute, and this Section 7.13 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Credit Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

SECTION 8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

8.1. Events of Default. If any one or more of the following conditions or events shall occur:

(a) Failure to Make Payments When Due . Failure by any Credit Party to pay when due (i) the principal of and premium, if any, on any Loan whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise; (ii) any installment of principal of any Loan, by notice of voluntary prepayment, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise; (iii) within three (3) Business Days of when due, any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount due hereunder or (iv) any amount payable to Issuing Bank in reimbursement of any drawing under a Letter of Credit.

(b) Default in Other Agreements . (i) Failure of any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries to pay when due any principal of or interest on or any other amount payable in respect of one or more items of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness referred to in Section 8.1(a)) in an individual principal amount of $1,000,000 or more or with an aggregate principal amount of $3,000,000 or more, in each case beyond the grace period, if any, provided therefor; or (ii) breach or default by any Credit Party with respect to any other material term of (1) one or more items of Indebtedness in the individual or aggregate principal amounts referred to in clause (i) above, or (2) any loan agreement, mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating to such item(s) of Indebtedness, in each case beyond the grace period, if any, provided therefor, if the effect of such breach or default is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of that Indebtedness (or a trustee on behalf of such holder or holders), to cause, that Indebtedness to become or be declared due and payable (or subject to a compulsory repurchase or redeemable) prior to its stated maturity or the stated maturity of any underlying obligation, as the case may be; or

(c) Breach of Certain Covenants . Failure of any Credit Party to perform or comply with any term or condition contained in Section 2.5, Section 5.1 (provided that such Default continues for five (5) Business Days or more), Section 5.2, Section 5.5, Section 5.6, Section 5.15 or Section 6; or

(d) Breach of Representations, etc. Any representation, warranty, certification or other statement made or deemed made by any Credit Party in any Credit Document or in any statement or certificate at any time given by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries in writing pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall be false in any material respect as of the date made or deemed made; or

 

113


(e) Other Defaults Under Credit Documents . Any Credit Party shall default in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein or any of the other Credit Documents, other than any such term referred to in any other Section of this Section 8.1, and such default shall not have been remedied or waived within thirty (30) days after the earlier of (i) an Authorized Officer of such Credit Party becoming aware of such default, or (ii) receipt by Company of notice from Administrative Agent or any Lender of such default; or

(f) Involuntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc. (i) A court of competent jurisdiction shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect, which decree or order is not stayed; or any other similar relief shall be granted under any applicable federal or state law; or (ii) an involuntary case shall be commenced against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect; or a decree or order of a court having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, trustee, custodian or other officer having similar powers over Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or over all or a substantial part of its property, shall have been entered; or there shall have occurred the involuntary appointment of an interim receiver, trustee or other custodian of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries for all or a substantial part of its property; or a warrant of attachment, execution or similar process shall have been issued against any substantial part of the property of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, and any such event described in this clause (ii) shall continue for sixty (60) days without having been dismissed, bonded or discharged; or

(g) Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc . (i) Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries shall have an order for relief entered with respect to it or shall commence a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect, or shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case, or to the conversion of an involuntary case to a voluntary case, under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, trustee or other custodian for all or a substantial part of its property; or Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries shall make any assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (ii) Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries shall be unable, or shall fail generally, or shall admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts as such debts become due; or the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (or any committee thereof) shall adopt any resolution or otherwise authorize any action to approve any of the actions referred to herein or in Section 8.1(f); or

(h) Judgments and Attachments . Any money judgment, writ or warrant of attachment or similar process involving (i) in any individual case an amount in excess of $1,000,000 or (ii) in the aggregate at any time an amount in excess of $3,000,000 (in either case to the extent not adequately covered by insurance as to which a solvent and unaffiliated insurance company has not denied coverage) shall be entered or filed against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective assets and shall remain undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days (or in any event later than five (5) days prior to the date of any proposed sale thereunder); or

 

114


(i) Dissolution . Any order, judgment or decree shall be entered against any Credit Party decreeing the dissolution or split up of such Credit Party and such order shall remain undischarged or unstayed for a period in excess of thirty (30) days; or

(j) Employee Benefit Plans . (i) There shall occur one or more ERISA Events which individually or in the aggregate results in or would reasonably be expected to result in liability of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates in excess of $2,000,000 during the term hereof; or (ii) there exists any fact or circumstance that reasonably could be expected to result in the imposition of a Lien or security interest under Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code or under Section 303(k) of ERISA; or

(k) Change of Control . A Change of Control shall occur; or

(l) Guaranties, Collateral Documents and other Credit Documents . At any time after the execution and delivery thereof, (i) the Guaranty for any reason, other than the satisfaction in full in Cash of all Obligations, shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms) or shall be declared to be null and void or any Guarantor shall repudiate its obligations thereunder, (ii) this Agreement or any Collateral Document ceases to be in full force and effect (other than by reason of a release of Collateral in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof or the satisfaction in full in Cash of the Obligations in accordance with the terms hereof) or shall be declared null and void, or Collateral Agent shall not have or shall cease to have a valid and perfected Lien in any Collateral purported to be covered by the Collateral Documents with the priority required by the relevant Collateral Document, in each case for any reason other than the failure of Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to take any action within its control, or (iii) any Credit Party shall contest the validity or enforceability of any Credit Document in writing or deny in writing that it has any further liability, including with respect to future advances by Lenders, under any Credit Document to which it is a party;

THEN , (1) upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 8.1(f) or 8.1(g), automatically, and (2) upon the occurrence of any other Event of Default, at the request of (or with the consent of) Requisite Lenders (and in each case under clauses (A)  and (B)  below, upon notice to Company by Administrative Agent), (A) the Commitments, if any, of each Lender having such Commitments and the obligation of Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit shall immediately terminate; (B) each of the following shall immediately become due and payable, in each case without presentment, demand, protest or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Credit Party: (I) the unpaid principal amount of and accrued interest on the Loans, (II) an amount equal to the maximum amount that may at any time be drawn under all Letters of Credit then outstanding (regardless of whether any beneficiary under any such Letter of Credit shall have presented, or shall be entitled at such time to present, the drafts or other documents or certificates required to draw under such Letters of Credit) and (III) all other Obligations; provided , the foregoing shall not affect in any way the obligations of Lenders under Sections 2.3(e) and/or 2.23; (C) Administrative Agent may cause Collateral Agent to enforce any and all Liens and security interests created pursuant to Collateral Documents; and (D) Administrative Agent shall direct Company to pay (and Company hereby agrees upon receipt of such notice, or upon the occurrence of any Event of Default specified in Sections 8.1(f) and (g) to pay) to Administrative Agent such additional amounts of cash, to be held as security for Company’s reimbursement Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit then outstanding under arrangements acceptable to Administrative Agent, equal to the Letter of Credit Usage at such time.

 

115


SECTION 9. AGENTS

9.1. Appointment of Agents. GSB is hereby appointed Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents and each Lender hereby authorizes GSB, in such capacity, to act as its agent in accordance with the terms hereof and the other Credit Documents. Each Agent hereby agrees to act upon the express conditions contained herein and the other Credit Documents, as applicable. The provisions of this Section 9 are solely for the benefit of Agents and Lenders and no Credit Party shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions thereof. In performing its functions and duties hereunder, each Agent shall act solely as an agent of Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

9.2. Powers and Duties. Each Lender irrevocably authorizes each Agent to take such action on such Lender’s behalf and to exercise such powers, rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Credit Documents as are specifically delegated or granted to such Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers, rights and remedies as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Agent shall have only those duties and responsibilities that are expressly specified herein and the other Credit Documents. Each Agent may exercise such powers, rights and remedies and perform such duties by or through its agents or employees. No Agent shall have, by reason hereof or any of the other Credit Documents, a fiduciary relationship in respect of any Lender; and nothing herein or any of the other Credit Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall be so construed as to impose upon any Agent any obligations in respect hereof or any of the other Credit Documents except as expressly set forth herein or therein.

9.3. General Immunity.

(a) No Responsibility for Certain Matters . No Agent shall be responsible to any Lender for the execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, collectability or sufficiency hereof or any other Credit Document or for any representations, warranties, recitals or statements made herein or therein or made in any written or oral statements or in any financial or other statements, instruments, reports or certificates or any other documents furnished or made by any Agent to Lenders or by or on behalf of any Credit Party to any Agent or any Lender in connection with the Credit Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby or for the financial condition or business affairs of any Credit Party or any other Person liable for the payment of any Obligations, nor shall any Agent be required to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, provisions, covenants or agreements contained in any of the Credit Documents or as to the use of the proceeds of the Loans or Letters of Credit or as to the existence or possible existence of any Event of Default or Default or to make any disclosures with respect to the foregoing. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Administrative Agent shall not have any liability arising from confirmations of the amount of outstanding Loans or the Letter of Credit Usage or the component amounts thereof.

 

116


(b) Exculpatory Provisions . No Agent nor any of its officers, partners, directors, employees or agents shall be liable to Lenders for any action taken or omitted by any Agent under or in connection with any of the Credit Documents except to the extent caused by such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, non-appealable order. Each Agent shall be entitled to refrain from any act or the taking of any action (including the failure to take an action) in connection herewith or any of the other Credit Documents or from the exercise of any power, discretion or authority vested in it hereunder or thereunder unless and until such Agent shall have received instructions in respect thereof from Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under Section 10.5) and, upon receipt of such instructions from Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders, as the case may be), such Agent shall be entitled to act or (where so instructed) refrain from acting, or to exercise such power, discretion or authority, in accordance with such instructions. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, (i) each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any communication, instrument or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person or Persons, and shall be entitled to rely and shall be protected in relying on opinions and judgments of attorneys (who may be attorneys for Holdings and its Subsidiaries), accountants, experts and other professional advisors selected by it; and (ii) no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against any Agent as a result of such Agent acting or (where so instructed) refraining from acting hereunder or any of the other Credit Documents in accordance with the instructions of Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under Section 10.5).

9.4. Agents Entitled to Act as Lender. The agency hereby created shall in no way impair or affect any of the rights and powers of, or impose any duties or obligations upon, any Agent in its individual capacity as a Lender hereunder. With respect to its participation in the Loans and the Letters of Credit, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender and may exercise the same as if it were not performing the duties and functions delegated to it hereunder, and the term “Lender” shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include each Agent in its individual capacity. Any Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory or other business with Holdings or any of its Affiliates as if it were not performing the duties specified herein, and may accept fees and other consideration from Company for services in connection herewith and otherwise without having to account for the same to Lenders.

9.5. Lenders’ Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgment.

(a) Each Lender represents and warrants that it has made its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in connection with Credit Extensions hereunder and that it has made and shall continue to make its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries. No Agent shall have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to make any such investigation or any such appraisal on behalf of Lenders or to provide any Lender with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or the issuance of any Letter of Credit or at any time or times thereafter, and no Agent shall have any responsibility with respect to the accuracy of or the completeness of any information provided to Lenders.

 

117


(b) Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Credit Document and each other document required to be approved by any Agent, Requisite Lenders, Issuing Bank or Lenders, as applicable on the Restatement Effective Date.

(c) Each Lender (i) represents and warrants that as of the Restatement Effective Date neither such Lender nor its Affiliates or Related Funds owns or controls, or owns or controls any Person owning or controlling, any trade debt or Indebtedness of any Credit Party other than the Obligations or any Capital Stock of any Credit Party and (ii) covenants and agrees that from and after the Closing Date neither such Lender nor its Affiliates and Related Funds shall purchase any trade debt or Indebtedness of any Credit Party other than the Obligations or Capital Stock described in clause (i) above without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

9.6. Right to Indemnity. Each Lender, in proportion to its Pro Rata Share, severally agrees to indemnify each Agent, their Affiliates and their respective officers, partners, directors, trustees, employees and agents of each Agent (each, an “Indemnitee Agent Party” ), to the extent that such Indemnitee Agent Party shall not have been reimbursed by any Credit Party, for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements) or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Indemnitee Agent Party in exercising its powers, rights and remedies or performing its duties hereunder or under the other Credit Documents or otherwise in its capacity as such Indemnitee Agent Party in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents, IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY, OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF SUCH INDEMNITEE AGENT PARTY ; provided , no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Indemnitee Agent Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, non-appealable order. If any indemnity furnished to any Indemnitee Agent Party for any purpose shall, in the opinion of such Indemnitee Agent Party, be insufficient or become impaired, such Indemnitee Agent Party may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is furnished; provided , in no event shall this sentence require any Lender to indemnify any Indemnitee Agent Party against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement in excess of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof; and provided , further , this sentence shall not be deemed to require any Lender to indemnify any Indemnitee Agent Party against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement described in the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence.

 

118


9.7. Successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

(a) Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent may resign at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof to Lenders and Company. Upon any such notice of resignation, Requisite Lenders shall have the right, upon five (5) Business Days’ notice to Company, to appoint a successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and, if no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, such successor Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent shall be acceptable to Company (such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and such acceptance to be deemed to have been given by Company if Company does not object to such appointment within five (5) Business Days of receiving such notice). Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, that successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and the retiring Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall promptly (i) transfer to such successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent all sums, Securities and other items of Collateral held under the Collateral Documents, together with all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Documents, and (ii) execute and deliver to such successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent such amendments to financing statements, and take such other actions, as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the assignment to such successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent of the security interests created under the Collateral Documents, whereupon such retiring Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s and Collateral Agent’s resignation hereunder as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, the provisions of this Section 9 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent hereunder.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent may assign their rights and duties as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent hereunder to an Affiliate of GSB without the prior written consent of, or prior written notice to, Company or the Lenders; provided , that Company and the Lenders may deem and treat such assigning Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent as the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent for all purposes hereof, unless and until such assigning Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, provides written notice to Company and the Lenders of such assignment. Upon such assignment such Affiliate shall succeed to and become vested with all rights, powers, privileges and duties as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents.

9.8. Collateral Documents and Guaranty.

(a) Agents under Collateral Documents and Guaranty . Each Lender hereby further authorizes Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, on behalf of and for the benefit of Lenders, to be the agent for and representative of Lenders with respect to the Guaranty, the Collateral and the Collateral Documents. Subject to Section 10.5, without further written consent or authorization from Lenders, Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable may execute any documents or instruments necessary to (i) release any Lien encumbering any item of Collateral that is the subject of a sale or other disposition of assets

 

119


permitted hereby or to which Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 10.5) have otherwise consented, or (ii) release any Guarantor from the Guaranty pursuant to Section 7.12 or with respect to which Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 10.5) have otherwise consented.

(b) Right to Realize on Collateral and Enforce Guaranty . Anything contained in any of the Credit Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, Company, Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and each Lender hereby agree that (i) no Lender shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce the Guaranty, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by Administrative Agent, on behalf of Lenders in accordance with the terms hereof and all powers, rights and remedies under the Collateral Documents may be exercised solely by Collateral Agent, and (ii) in the event of a foreclosure by Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale, Collateral Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale and Collateral Agent, as agent for and representative of Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless Requisite Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by Collateral Agent at such sale.

SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS

10.1. Notices. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given to a Credit Party, Collateral Agent, Administrative Agent or Issuing Bank, shall be sent to such Person’s address as set forth on Appendix B or in the other relevant Credit Document, and in the case of any Lender, the address as indicated on Appendix B or otherwise indicated to Administrative Agent in writing. Each notice hereunder shall be in writing and may be personally served, telexed or sent by telefacsimile or United States mail or courier service and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service and signed for against receipt thereof, upon receipt of telefacsimile or telex, or three (3) Business Days after depositing it in the United States mail with postage prepaid and properly addressed; provided , no notice to any Agent shall be effective until received by such Agent.

10.2. Expenses. Company agrees to pay promptly (a) all the Administrative Agent’s and each Lender’s actual and reasonable and documented costs and out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the preparation of the Credit Documents and any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications thereto; (b) [reserved]; (c) all the reasonable fees, out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements of counsel to Agents in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and administration of the Credit Documents and any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications thereto and any other documents or matters requested by Company; (d) all the actual costs and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses of creating and perfecting Liens in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, including filing and recording fees, expenses and taxes, stamp or documentary taxes, search fees, title insurance premiums and reasonable fees, out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements of counsel to Agents;

 

120


provided , that reimbursement under this clause (d) shall be limited to one (1) counsel for Agents and one or more special, local or conflicts counsel as required in each applicable jurisdiction; (e) all the Administrative Agent’s actual costs and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, expenses for, and disbursements of any of Administrative Agent’s, auditors, accountants, consultants or appraisers whether internal or external, and all reasonable attorneys’ fees (including reasonable disbursements of outside counsel) incurred by Administrative Agent; (f) all the actual costs and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any appraisers, consultants, advisors and agents employed or retained by Collateral Agent and its counsel) in connection with the custody or preservation of any of the Collateral; (g) all other actual and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by each Agent in connection with the syndication of the Loans and Commitments and the negotiation, preparation and execution of the Credit Documents and any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications thereto and the transactions contemplated thereby; and (h) after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, all costs and expenses, including reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, incurred by any Agent and Lenders in enforcing any Obligations of or in collecting any payments due from any Credit Party hereunder or under the other Credit Documents by reason of such Default or Event of Default (including in connection with the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon any of the Collateral or the enforcement of the Guaranty) or in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided hereunder in the nature of a “work-out” or pursuant to any insolvency or bankruptcy cases or proceedings.

10.3. Indemnity.

(a) In addition to the payment of expenses pursuant to Section 10.2, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated, each Credit Party agrees to defend (subject to Indemnitees’ selection of counsel), indemnify, pay and hold harmless, each Agent and Lender, their Affiliates and their respective officers, partners, directors, trustees, employees and agents of each Agent and each Lender (each, an “Indemnitee”), from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities, IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY, OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF SUCH INDEMNITEE ; provided , no Credit Party shall have any obligation to any Indemnitee hereunder with respect to any Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, non-appealable order, of that Indemnitee. To the extent that the undertakings to defend, indemnify, pay and hold harmless set forth in this Section 10.3 may be unenforceable in whole or in part because they are violative of any law or public policy, the applicable Credit Party shall contribute the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by Indemnitees or any of them.

(b) To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Credit Party shall assert, and each Credit Party hereby waives, any claim against Lenders, Agents and their respective Affiliates, directors, employees, attorneys or agents, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) (whether or not the claim therefor is based on contract, tort or duty imposed by any applicable legal

 

121


requirement) arising out of, in connection with, as a result of, or in any way related to, this Agreement or any Credit Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby or referred to herein or therein, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof or any act or omission or event occurring in connection therewith, and Holdings and Company hereby waives, releases and agrees not to sue upon any such claim or any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its favor.

10.4. Set-Off. In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default each Lender, Issuing Bank, and their respective Affiliates each of is hereby authorized by each Credit Party at any time or from time to time subject to the consent of Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), without notice to any Credit Party or to any other Person (other than Administrative Agent), any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to set off and to appropriate and to apply any and all deposits (general or special, including Indebtedness evidenced by certificates of deposit, whether matured or unmatured, but not including trust, fiduciary or payroll accounts (in whatever currency)) and any other Indebtedness at any time held or owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of any Credit Party (in whatever currency) against and on account of the obligations and liabilities of any Credit Party to such Lender or Issuing Bank hereunder, the Letters of Credit and participations therein and under the other Credit Documents, including all claims of any nature or description arising out of or connected hereto, the Letters of Credit and participations therein or with any other Credit Document, irrespective of whether or not (a) such Lender shall have made any demand hereunder, (b) the principal of or the interest on the Loans or any amounts in respect of the Letters of Credit or any other amounts due hereunder shall have become due and payable pursuant to Section 2 and although such obligations and liabilities, or any of them, may be contingent or unmatured or (c) such obligation or liability is owed to a branch or office of such Lender or Issuing Bank different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligation or such Indebtedness.

10.5. Amendments and Waivers.

(a) Requisite Lenders’ Consent . Subject to Sections 10.5(b) and 10.5(c), no amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of the Credit Documents, or consent to any departure by any Credit Party therefrom, shall in any event be effective without the written concurrence of Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders; provided , that the Fee Letter may be amended, modified, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto.

(b) Affected Lenders’ Consent . Without the written consent of each Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender) that would be affected thereby, no amendment, modification, termination, or consent with respect to any of the Credit Documents shall be effective if the effect thereof would:

(i) extend the scheduled final maturity of any Loan or Note;

 

122


(ii) waive, reduce or postpone any scheduled repayment (but not prepayment);

(iii) reduce the rate of interest on any Loan (other than any waiver of any increase in the interest rate applicable to any Loan pursuant to Section 2.9) or any fee payable hereunder;

(iv) extend the time for payment of any such interest or fees;

(v) reduce the principal amount of any Loan;

(vi) amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of this Section 10.5(b) or Section 10.5(c);

(vii) amend the definition of “ Requisite Lenders ” or “ Pro Rata Share ”; provided , with the consent of Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant hereto may be included in the determination of “ Requisite Lenders ” or “ Pro Rata Share ” on substantially the same basis as the Term Loan Commitments, the Term Loans, the Revolving Commitments and the Revolving Loans are included on the Closing Date;

(viii) release or subordinate all or substantially all of the Collateral or all or substantially all of the Guarantors from the Guaranty except as expressly provided in the Credit Documents;

(ix) consent to the assignment or transfer by any Credit Party of any of its rights and obligations under any Credit Document;

(x) extend the stated expiration date of any Letter of Credit beyond the Revolving Commitment Termination Date; or

(xi) reduce any reimbursement obligation in respect of any Letter of Credit.

(c) Other Consents . No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of the Credit Documents, or consent to any departure by any Credit Party therefrom, shall:

(i) increase any Revolving Commitment of any Lender over the amount thereof then in effect without the consent of such Lender; provided , no amendment, modification or waiver of any condition precedent, covenant, Default or Event of Default shall constitute an increase in any Revolving Commitment of any Lender; or

(ii) amend the definition of “Requisite Class Lenders” without the consent of Requisite Class Lenders of each Class; provided , with the consent of Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant hereto may be included in the determination of such “ Requisite Class Lenders ” on substantially the same basis as the Term Loan Commitments, the Term Loans, the Revolving Commitments and the Revolving Loans are included on the Closing Date;

 

123


(iii) amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of Section 3.2(a) with regard to any Credit Extension (whether constituting a Revolving Loan or a Term Loan) without the consent of Requisite Class Lenders of the affected Class;

(iv) alter the required application of any repayments or prepayments as between Classes pursuant to Section 2.14 without the consent of Requisite Class Lenders of each Class which is being allocated a lesser repayment or prepayment as a result thereof; provided , Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders may waive, in whole or in part, any prepayment so long as the application, as between Classes, of any portion of such prepayment which is still required to be made is not altered;

(v) amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of Section 9 as the same applies to any Agent, or any other provision hereof as the same applies to the rights or obligations of any Agent, in each case without the consent of such Agent;

(vi) amend the definition of “Eligible Assignee” to permit assignments or transfers to Sponsor without the consent of all Lenders; or

(vii) amend, modify, terminate or waive (i) any obligation of Lenders relating to the purchase of participations in Letters of Credit as provided in Section 2.3(e) or (ii) Section 2.23, in each case without the written consent of Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank.

(d) Execution of Amendments, etc. Administrative Agent may, but shall have no obligation to, with the concurrence of any Lender, execute amendments, modifications, waivers or consents on behalf of such Lender. Any waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. No notice to or demand on any Credit Party in any case shall entitle any Credit Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Any amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent effected in accordance with this Section 10.5 shall be binding upon each Lender at the time outstanding, each future Lender and, if signed by a Credit Party, on such Credit Party.

10.6. Successors and Assigns; Participations.

(a) Generally . This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors and assigns of Lenders. No Credit Party’s rights or obligations hereunder nor any interest therein may be assigned or delegated by any Credit Party without the prior written consent of all Lenders. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, Indemnitee Agent Parties under Section 9.6, Indemnitees under Section 10.3, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, Affiliates of each of the Agents and Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

124


(b) Register . Company, Administrative Agent and Lenders shall deem and treat the Persons listed as Lenders in the Register as the holders and owners of the corresponding Commitments and Loans listed therein for all purposes hereof, and no assignment or transfer of any such Commitment or Loan shall be effective, in each case, unless and until an Assignment Agreement effecting the assignment or transfer thereof shall have been delivered to and accepted by Administrative Agent and recorded in the Register as provided in Section 10.6(e). Prior to such recordation, all amounts owed with respect to the applicable Commitment or Loan shall be owed to the Lender listed in the Register as the owner thereof, and any request, authority or consent of any Person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is listed in the Register as a Lender shall be conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder, assignee or transferee of the corresponding Commitments or Loans.

(c) Right to Assign . Each Lender shall have the right at any time to sell, assign or transfer all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitment or Loans owing to it or other Obligations ( provided , however , that each such assignment shall be of a uniform, and not varying, percentage of all rights and obligations under and in respect of any Loan and any related Commitments):

        (i) to any Person meeting the criteria of clause (i)(a) or clause (ii)(a) of the definition of the term of “Eligible Assignee” upon the giving of notice to Administrative Agent; and

        (ii) to any Person otherwise constituting an Eligible Assignee with the consent of Administrative Agent and, at any time no Default or no Event of Default exists and is continuing, Company (such consent by Company not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, and in any event Company shall be deemed to have approved any such sale, assignment or transfer unless it shall object thereto by written notice to Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof); provided , each such assignment pursuant to this Section 10.6(c)(ii) shall be in an aggregate amount of not less than (A) $1,000,000 (or such lesser amount as may be agreed to by Company and Administrative Agent or as shall constitute the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans of the assigning Lender) with respect to the assignment of the Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans and (B) $1,000,000 (or such lesser amount as may be agreed to by Company and Administrative Agent or as shall constitute the aggregate amount of the Term Loan of the assigning Lender) with respect to the assignment of Term Loans. For the avoidance of doubt, no assignment by any Lender shall be permitted hereunder to a Disqualified Institution.

(d) Mechanics . The assigning Lender and the assignee thereof shall execute and deliver to Administrative Agent an Assignment Agreement, together with such forms, certificates or other evidence, if any, with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters as the assignee under such Assignment Agreement may be required to deliver to Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.19(c).

 

125


(e) Notice of Assignment . Upon its receipt and acceptance of a duly executed and completed Assignment Agreement, any forms, certificates or other evidence required by this Agreement in connection therewith, Administrative Agent shall record the information contained in such Assignment Agreement in the Register, shall give prompt notice thereof to Company and shall maintain a copy of such Assignment Agreement.

(f) Representations and Warranties of Assignee . Each Lender, upon execution and delivery hereof or upon executing and delivering an Assignment Agreement, as the case may be, represents and warrants as of the Closing Date or as of the applicable Effective Date (as defined in the applicable Assignment Agreement) that (i) it is an Eligible Assignee; (ii) it has experience and expertise in the making of or investing in commitments or loans such as the applicable Commitments or Loans, as the case may be; (iii) it will make or invest in, as the case may be, its Commitments or Loans for its own account in the ordinary course of its business and without a view to distribution of such Commitments or Loans within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or other federal securities laws (it being understood that, subject to the provisions of this Section 10.6, the disposition of such Revolving Commitments or Loans or any interests therein shall at all times remain within its exclusive control); and (iv) such Lender does not own or control, or own or control any Person owning or controlling, any trade debt or Indebtedness of any Credit Party other than the Obligations or any Capital Stock of any Credit Party.

(g) Effect of Assignment . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 10.6, as of the “Effective Date” specified in the applicable Assignment Agreement: (i) the assignee thereunder shall have the rights and obligations of a “Lender” hereunder to the extent such rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment Agreement and shall thereafter be a party hereto and a “Lender” for all purposes hereof; (ii) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned thereby pursuant to such Assignment Agreement, relinquish its rights (other than any rights which survive the termination hereof under Section 10.8) and be released from its obligations hereunder (and, in the case of an Assignment Agreement covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations hereunder, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto; provided , anything contained in any of the Credit Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, (x) Issuing Bank shall continue to have all rights and obligations thereof with respect to such Letters of Credit until the cancellation or expiration of such Letters of Credit and the reimbursement of any amounts drawn thereunder and (y) such assigning Lender shall continue to be entitled to the benefit of all indemnities hereunder as specified herein with respect to matters arising out of the prior involvement of such assigning Lender as a Lender hereunder); (iii) the Commitments shall be modified to reflect the Commitment of such assignee and any Commitment of such assigning Lender, if any; and (iv) if any such assignment occurs after the issuance of any Note hereunder, the assigning Lender shall, upon the effectiveness of such assignment or as promptly thereafter as practicable, surrender its applicable Notes to Administrative Agent for cancellation, and thereupon Company shall issue and deliver new Notes, if so requested by the assignee and/or assigning Lender, to such assignee and/or to such assigning Lender, with appropriate insertions, to reflect the new Commitments and/or outstanding Loans of the assignee and/or the assigning Lender.

(h) Participations . Each Lender shall have the right at any time to sell one or more participations to any Person (other than Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Affiliates) in all or any part of its Commitments, Loans or in any other Obligation. The holder of

 

126


any such participation, other than an Affiliate of the Lender granting such participation, shall not be entitled to require such Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder except with respect to any amendment, modification or waiver that would (i) extend the final scheduled maturity of any Loan, Note or Letter of Credit (unless such Letter of Credit is not extended beyond the Revolving Commitment Termination Date) in which such participant is participating, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest or fees thereon (except in connection with a waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates) or reduce the principal amount thereof, or increase the amount of the participant’s participation over the amount thereof then in effect (it being understood that a waiver of any Default or Event of Default or of a mandatory reduction in the Commitment shall not constitute a change in the terms of such participation, and that an increase in any Commitment or Loan shall be permitted without the consent of any participant if the participant’s participation is not increased as a result thereof), (ii) consent to the assignment or transfer by any Credit Party of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, or (iii) release all or substantially all of the Collateral under the Collateral Documents or all or substantially all of the Guarantors from the Guaranty (in each case, except as expressly provided in the Credit Documents) supporting the Loans hereunder in which such participant is participating. Company agrees that each participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.17(c), 2.18 and 2.19 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (c) of this Section; provided , (i) a participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.18 or 2.19 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such participant, unless the sale of the participation to such participant is made with Company’s prior written consent, and (ii) a participant that would be a Non-US Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.19 unless Company is notified of the participation sold to such participant and such participant agrees, for the benefit of Company, to comply with Section 2.19 as though it were a Lender. To the extent permitted by law, each participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.4 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.16 as though it were a Lender. For the avoidance of doubt, no Lender shall be permitted hereunder to have a Disqualified Institution as a Participant. Any Lender that sells a participation hereunder shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Credit Parties, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal and corresponding interest amount of each participant’s interest in the Loans, Commitments or other Obligations (the “ Participant Register ”); provided , that no Lender shall be required to disclose or share the information contained in such Participant Register with any other Person, except as required (x) by law, (y) to satisfy the requirements of Treasury Regulation 5f.103-1(c) or (z) to confirm a Participant is not a Disqualified Institution. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

(i) Certain Other Assignments . In addition to any other assignment permitted pursuant to this Section 10.6, any Lender may assign, pledge and/or grant a security interest in, all or any portion of its Loans, the other Obligations owed by or to such Lender, and its Notes, if any, to secure obligations of such Lender including, without limitation, any Federal Reserve Bank as collateral security pursuant to Regulation A of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and any operating circular issued by such Federal Reserve Bank; provided , no Lender, as between Company and such Lender, shall be relieved of any of its obligations hereunder as a result of any such assignment and pledge, and provided , further , in no event shall the applicable Federal Reserve Bank, pledgee or trustee be considered to be a “Lender” or be entitled to require the assigning Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder.

 

127


10.7. Independence of Covenants. All covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or would otherwise be within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default if such action is taken or condition exists.

10.8. Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements. All representations, warranties and agreements made herein shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and the making of any Credit Extension. Notwithstanding anything herein or implied by law to the contrary, the agreements of each Credit Party set forth in Sections 2.17(c), 2.18, 2.19, 10.2, 10.3, 10.4 and 10.10 and the agreements of Lenders set forth in Sections 2.16, 9.3(b) and 9.6 shall survive the payment of the Loans, the cancellation or expiration of the Letters of Credit and the reimbursement of any amounts drawn thereunder, and the termination hereof.

10.9. No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. No failure or delay on the part of any Agent or any Lender in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right or privilege. The rights, powers and remedies given to each Agent and each Lender hereby are cumulative and shall be in addition to and independent of all rights, powers and remedies existing by virtue of any statute or rule of law or in any of the other Credit Documents or any of the Interest Rate Agreements. Any forbearance or failure to exercise, and any delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall not impair any such right, power or remedy or be construed to be a waiver thereof, nor shall it preclude the further exercise of any such right, power or remedy.

10.10. Marshalling; Payments Set Aside. Neither any Agent nor any Lender shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Credit Party or any other Person or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations. To the extent that any Credit Party makes a payment or payments to Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank, or Lenders (or to Administrative Agent, on behalf of Lenders or Issuing Bank), or Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing Bank or Lenders enforce any security interests or exercise their rights of setoff, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or setoff or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, any other state or federal law, common law or any equitable cause, then, to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and remedies therefor or related thereto, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment or payments had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred.

 

128


10.11. Severability. In case any provision in or obligation hereunder or any Note or other Credit Document shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

10.12. Obligations Several; Actions in Concert. The obligations of Lenders hereunder are several and no Lender shall be responsible for the obligations or Commitment of any other Lender hereunder. Nothing contained herein or in any other Credit Document, and no action taken by Lenders pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute Lenders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity. Anything in this Agreement or any other Credit Document to the contrary notwithstanding, each Lender hereby agrees with each other Lender that no Lender shall take any action to protect or enforce its rights arising out of this Agreement or any Note or otherwise with respect to the Obligations without first obtaining the prior written consent of Agent or Requisite Lenders (as applicable), it being the intent of Lenders that any such action to protect or enforce rights under this Agreement and any Note or otherwise with respect to the Obligations shall be taken in concert and at the direction or with the consent of Agent or Requisite Lenders (as applicable).

10.13. Headings. Section headings herein are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

10.14. APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW) THEREOF.

10.15. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.

(a) ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST ANY CREDIT PARTY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING HERETO OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT, OR ANY OF THE OBLIGATIONS, MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE STATE, COUNTY AND CITY OF NEW YORK. BY EXECUTING AND DELIVERING THIS AGREEMENT, EACH CREDIT PARTY, FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, IRREVOCABLY (a) ACCEPTS GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF SUCH COURTS; (b) WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS; (c) AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO THE APPLICABLE CREDIT PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 10.1 AND TO ANY PROCESS AGENT SELECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 3.1(bb) ABOVE IS SUFFICIENT TO CONFER PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER THE APPLICABLE CREDIT PARTY IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND OTHERWISE CONSTITUTES EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY RESPECT; AND (d) AGREES THAT AGENTS AND LENDERS RETAIN THE RIGHT

 

129


TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST ANY CREDIT PARTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

(b) EACH CREDIT PARTY HEREBY AGREES THAT PROCESS MAY BE SERVED ON IT BY CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO THE ADDRESSES PERTAINING TO IT AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 10.1 OR ON NATIONAL CORPORATE RESEARCH, LTD., LOCATED AT 10 E. 40TH STREET, 10TH FLOOR, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10016 (ATTENTION: RICHARD ARTHUR), AND HEREBY APPOINTS NATIONAL CORPORATE RESEARCH, LTD., AS ITS AGENT TO RECEIVE SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS. ANY AND ALL SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ANY OTHER NOTICE IN ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE EFFECTIVE AGAINST ANY CREDIT PARTY IF GIVEN BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, OR BY ANY OTHER MEANS OR MAIL WHICH REQUIRES A SIGNED RECEIPT, POSTAGE PREPAID, MAILED AS PROVIDED ABOVE. IN THE EVENT NATIONAL CORPORATE RESEARCH, LTD. SHALL NOT BE ABLE TO ACCEPT SERVICE OF PROCESS AS AFORESAID AND IF ANY CREDIT PARTY SHALL NOT MAINTAIN AN OFFICE IN NEW YORK CITY, SUCH CREDIT PARTY SHALL PROMPTLY APPOINT AND MAINTAIN AN AGENT QUALIFIED TO ACT AS AN AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS WITH RESPECT TO THE COURTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION 10.15 ABOVE, AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, AS EACH CREDIT PARTY’S AUTHORIZED AGENT TO ACCEPT AND ACKNOWLEDGE ON EACH CREDIT PARTY’S BEHALF SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS WHICH MAY BE SERVED IN ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING.

10.16. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY OF THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS LOAN TRANSACTION OR THE LENDER/BORROWER RELATIONSHIP THAT IS BEING ESTABLISHED. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THIS WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT, AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS WAIVER IN ITS RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS. EACH PARTY HERETO FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED

 

130


EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING (OTHER THAN BY A MUTUAL WRITTEN WAIVER SPECIFICALLY REFERRING TO THIS SECTION 10.16 AND EXECUTED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO), AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS HERETO OR ANY OF THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE LOANS MADE HEREUNDER. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

10.17. Confidentiality. Each Lender shall hold all non-public information regarding Holdings and its Subsidiaries and their businesses identified as such by Company and obtained by such Lender pursuant to the requirements hereof in accordance with such Lender’s customary procedures for handling confidential information of such nature, it being understood and agreed by Company that, in any event, a Lender may make (i) disclosures of such information to Affiliates of such Lender and to their agents and advisors (and to other persons authorized by a Lender or Agent to organize, present or disseminate such information in connection with disclosures otherwise made in accordance with this Section 10.17), (ii) disclosures of such information reasonably required by any bona fide or potential assignee, transferee or participant in connection with the contemplated assignment, transfer or participation by such Lender of any Loans or any participations therein or by any direct or indirect contractual counterparties (or the professional advisors thereto) in Interest Rate Agreements ( provided , such counterparties and advisors are advised of and agree to be bound by the provisions of this Section 10.17), (iii) disclosure to any rating agency when required by it; provided that, prior to any disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake in writing to preserve the confidentiality of any confidential information relating to the Credit Parties received by it from any of the Agents or any Lender, (iv) disclosure to any Lender’s financing sources; provided , that prior to any disclosure, such financing source is informed of the confidential nature of the information, and (v) disclosures required or requested by any Governmental Authority or representative thereof or by the NAIC or pursuant to legal or judicial process or other legal proceeding; provided , unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, each Lender shall make reasonable efforts to notify Company of any request by any Governmental Authority or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with any examination of the financial condition or other routine examination of such Lender by such Governmental Authority) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, each party (and each of their respective employees, representatives or other agents) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitations of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all materials of any kind (including opinions and other tax analyses) that are provided to any such party relating to such tax treatment and tax structure. However, any information relating to the tax treatment or tax structure shall remain subject to the confidentiality provisions hereof (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent reasonably necessary to enable the parties hereto, their respective Affiliates, and their respective Affiliates’ directors and employees to comply with applicable securities laws. For this purpose, “tax structure” means any facts relevant to the federal income tax treatment of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement but does not include information relating to the identity of any of the parties hereto or any of their respective Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, on or after the Closing Date, Administrative Agent may, at its own expense issue news releases and publish “tombstone”

 

131


advertisements and other announcements relating to this transaction in newspapers, trade journals and other appropriate media (which may include use of logos of one or more of the Credit Parties) (collectively, “ Trade Announcements ”). No Credit Party shall issue any Trade Announcement except (i) disclosures required by applicable law, regulation, legal process or the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission or (ii) with the prior approval of Administrative Agent.

10.18. Usury Savings Clause. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the aggregate interest rate charged or agreed to be paid with respect to any of the Obligations, including all charges or fees in connection therewith deemed in the nature of interest under applicable law shall not exceed the Highest Lawful Rate. If the rate of interest (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) under this Agreement at any time exceeds the Highest Lawful Rate, the outstanding amount of the Loans made hereunder shall bear interest at the Highest Lawful Rate until the total amount of interest due hereunder equals the amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect. In addition, if when the Loans made hereunder are repaid in full in Cash the total interest due hereunder (taking into account the increase provided for above) is less than the total amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect, then to the extent permitted by law, Company shall pay to Administrative Agent an amount equal to the difference between the amount of interest paid and the amount of interest which would have been paid if the Highest Lawful Rate had at all times been in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the intention of Lenders and Company to conform strictly to any applicable usury laws. Accordingly, if any Lender contracts for, charges, or receives any consideration which constitutes interest in excess of the Highest Lawful Rate, then any such excess shall be cancelled automatically and, if previously paid, shall at such Lender’s option be applied to the outstanding amount of the Loans made hereunder or be refunded to Company. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Highest Lawful Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest, throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

10.19. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement and each other Credit Document by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of an original manually executed counterpart of this Agreement or such other Credit Document.

10.20. Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto and receipt by Company and Administrative Agent of written or telephonic notification of such execution and authorization of delivery thereof.

 

132


10.21. Patriot Act. Each Lender and Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies Company that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Company, which information includes the name and address of Company and other information that will allow such Lender or Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify Company in accordance with the Act.

SECTION 11. AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AND RELEASE

11.1. Acknowledgements .

(a) The Credit Parties acknowledge and agree that (a) immediately prior to the Restatement Effective Date, the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Term Loans is $115,000,000 and the Revolving Loans is $0.00, (b) that no letters of credit have been cash collateralized with the proceeds of Revolving Loans as contemplated under the Original Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, Sections 2.5, 5.1(r), 6.1(k) and/or 6.1(n) of the Original Credit Agreement), (c) that each Credit Document (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) to which it is a party that is not being superseded or amended and restated concurrently herewith is, and shall continue to be, in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects except that on and after the Restatement Effective Date, all references in any such Credit Document to “the Credit Agreement,” “thereto,” “thereof,” “thereunder” or words of like import referring to the Original Credit Agreement shall mean this Agreement and (d) to the extent that any such Credit Document purports to assign or pledge to any Agent or Lender or to grant to any Agent or Lender a security interest in or Lien on, any collateral as security for the Obligations of any Credit Party, as the case may be, from time to time existing in respect of the Original Credit Agreement or the Credit Documents, such pledge or assignment or grant of the security interest or lien is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects with respect to this Agreement and the Credit Documents.

(b) Administrative Agent and each Lender hereby acknowledges and consents to the PSA First Amendment.

11.2. Amendment and Restatement . All obligations and liabilities of Company and the other Credit Parties under the Original Credit Agreement, including, the Loans, shall be continued and extended as obligations and liabilities of Company and the other Credit Parties hereunder and shall be evidenced by this Agreement and, if requested by a Lender, the Notes, and shall not be deemed to be paid, released, discharged or otherwise satisfied by the execution of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a refinancing, substitution or novation of such obligations and liabilities. The modifications effected by this Agreement shall not be deemed to provide for or to effect a repayment and re-advance of any of the Indebtedness to the Lenders outstanding prior to the Restatement Effective Date, it being the intention of the Credit Parties, the Agents and the Lenders that a portion of the Indebtedness owing under this Agreement be and is the same Indebtedness as that owing under the Original Credit Agreement immediately prior to the Restatement Effective Date. This Agreement shall not in any way release or impair the rights, duties, obligations or Liens created pursuant to the Original Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document or affect the relative priorities thereof, and except as modified hereby or by documents, instruments and agreements executed and delivered in connection herewith or therewith, any and all of such rights, duties, obligations, and Liens are confirmed, continued, ratified and affirmed by the parties hereto

 

133


11.3. Exhibits . The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that (a)  Exhibit A-3 (Form of Issuance Notice) to the Credit Agreement is added as a new Exhibit, (b)  Exhibit A-1 (Funding Notice) and Exhibit E (Assignment Agreement) to the Original Credit Agreement are amended and restated in their entirety in the forms attached hereto and (c) the remaining Exhibits to this Agreement shall be in the forms attached to the Original Credit Agreement.

11.4. Release . In further consideration of the execution of this Agreement by Agents, Lenders and Issuing Bank, each Credit Party, individually and on behalf of its successors (including, without limitation, any trustees acting on behalf of such Credit Party and any debtor-in-possession with respect to such Credit Party), assigns, subsidiaries and Affiliates, hereby forever releases each Agent, each Lender and their respective successors, assigns, parents, subsidiaries, Affiliates, officers, employees, directors, agents and attorneys (collectively, the “ Releasees ”) from any and all debts, claims, demands, liabilities, responsibilities, disputes, causes, damages, actions and causes of actions (whether at law or in equity) and obligations of every nature whatsoever, whether liquidated or unliquidated, whether known or unknown, whether matured or unmatured, whether fixed or contingent that such Credit Party has or may have against the Releasees, or any of them, which arise from or relate to any actions which the Releasees, or any of them, may have taken or omitted to take in connection with the Original Credit Agreement or the other Credit Documents (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) prior to the Restatement Effective Date, including, without limitation, with respect to the Obligations, any Collateral, the Original Credit Agreement, any other Credit Document (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) and any third parties liable in whole or in part for the Obligations. This provision shall survive and continue in full force and effect whether or not each Credit Party shall satisfy all other provisions of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents, including payment in full of all Obligations. Each Credit Party understands, acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing release set forth above may be pleaded as a full and complete defense and may be used as a basis for an injunction against any action, suit or other proceeding which may be instituted, prosecuted or attempted in breach of the provisions of such release. Each Credit Party hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the Releasees, or any of them, harmless with respect to any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred by the Releasees, or any of them, whether direct, indirect or consequential, as a result of, arising from or relating to any proceeding by or on behalf of any Person, including, without limitation, officers, directors, agents, trustees, creditors, partners or shareholders of any Credit Party or any parent, subsidiary or Affiliate of any Credit Party, whether threatened or initiated, asserting any claim for legal or equitable remedy under any statutes, regulation, common law principle or otherwise arising from or in connection with any matter which is the subject of the release set forth in this Section 11.4. The foregoing indemnity shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

 

134


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES INC.,

as Company

By:   /s/ J. Cameron McMartin
  Name: J. Cameron McMartin
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, LLC, as a Guarantor
By:   /s/ J. Cameron McMartin
  Name: J. Cameron McMartin
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

SAILPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC.,

as a Guarantor

By:   /s/ J. Cameron McMartin
  Name: J. Cameron McMartin
  Title: Treasurer


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

By:   /s/ Stephen W. Hipp
  Name: Stephen W. Hipp
  Title: Authorized Signatory


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

as a Lender and Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ Stephen W. Hipp
  Name: Stephen W. Hipp
  Title: Authorized Signatory


TPG SPECIALTY LENDING, INC.,

as a Lender

By:   /s/ Michael Fishman
  Name: Michael Fishman
  Title: Co-Chief Executive Officer


FIFTH STREET SENIOR FLOATING RATE CORP., as a Lender
By:   /s/ Steven M. Noreika
  Name: Steven M. Noreika
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

FS SENIOR FUNDING II LLC,

as a Lender

By:   /s/ Steven M. Noreika
  Name: Steven M. Noreika
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

FIFTH STREET FINANCE CORP.,

as a Lender

By:   /s/ Steven M. Noreika
  Name: Steven M. Noreika
  Title: Chief Financial Officer


APPENDIX A-1

TO CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

Term Loan Commitments

 

Lender

   Term Loan Commitment      Pro
Rata Share
 

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

   $ 60,000,000        52

TPG Specialty Lending, Inc.

   $ 27,500,000        24

Fifth Street Senior Floating Rate Corp.

   $ 7,500,000        7

FS Senior Funding II LLC

   $ 5,000,000        4

Fifth Street Finance Corp.

   $ 15,000,000        13
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 115,000,000        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Appendix A-1-1


APPENDIX A-2

TO CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

Revolving Commitments

 

Lender

   Revolving Commitment      Pro Rata Share  

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

   $ 2,600,000        52

TPG Specialty Lending, Inc.

   $ 1,200,000        24

Fifth Street Senior Floating Rate Corp.

   $ 200,000        4

Fifth Street Finance Corp.

   $ 1,000,000        20
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,000,000        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


APPENDIX B

TO CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

Notice Addresses

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGY INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, LLC

SAILPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC.

11305 Four Points Drive, Building 2, Suite 100

Austin, Texas 78726

Attention: President

Facsimile No.: (512) 346-2033

Telephone No.: (512) 664-8514

Email: kevin.cunningham@sailpoint.com

cam.mcmartin@sailpoint.com

amy.williams@sailpoint.com

in each case, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Thoma Bravo, LLC

600 Montgomery Street

32 nd Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

Attention: Seth Boro and Chip Virnig

Facsimile: (415) 392-6480

and

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

555 California Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

Attention: Francesco Penati

Facsimile No.: (415) 439-1500

Email: francesco.penati@kirkland.com

 

Appendix B-1


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Co-Lead Arranger, Issuing Bank and a Lender

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

6011 Connection Drive

Irving, Texas 75039

Attention: Sailpoint, Account Manager

Telecopier: (646) 769-5010

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

6011 Connection Drive

Irving, Texas 75039

Attention: GSB In-House Counsel

Telecopier: (972) 368-3199 and (212) 291-5316

and

Hunton & Williams LLP

Bank of America Plaza, Suite 4100

600 Peachtree Street, N.E.

Atlanta, Georgia 30308-1126

Attention: Greta T. Griffith, Esq.

Telephone: (404) 888-4000

Telecopier: (404) 888-4190

 

Appendix B-2


SCHEDULE A

TO CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

 

GAAP Net
Income to Adj.
EBITDA Bridge

   Q1 2015     Q2 2015     Q3 2015     Q4 2015      2015     Q1 2016     Q2 2016     LTM Jun-16  

GAAP Net Income

   $ (5,529,354   $ (3,957,438   $ (5,243,841   $ 33,529      $ (14,697,105   $ (2,813,018   $ (3,392,246   $ (11,415,576

Less: Non-Op Inc

     (1,505     (629     (47,239     45,779        (3,594     (1,104     (813     (3,377

Income Taxes

     222,781       69,187       103,213       333,709        728,890       160,667       117,944       715,533  

Interest Expense

     6,042,641       (4,261,121     1,013,136       952,034        3,746,691       997,836       1,025,479       3,988,485  

Discount on Debt Amortization

     —         69,387       35,268       35,268        139,923       34,885       34,885       140,307  

G/L Disposal of Assets

     9,121       2,142       2,216       1,644        15,122       1,393       (6,057     (804

G/L Currency Translation

     694,474       194,311       295,894       658,114        1,842,794       (193,417     (22,120     738,472  

Depreciation/ Amortization

     144,681       140,242       168,202       186,570        639,695       207,022       213,346       775,140  

Intangibles

     —         4,353,922       2,393,627       2,423,000        9,170,549       2,383,228       2,250,888       9,450,743  

Board fees/Acquisition Costs

     529,371       318,467       602,027       375,519        1,825,384       334,398       302,767       1,614,711  

Stock Comp

     1,810       —         39,892       200,053        241,755       (49,870     (2,161     187,914  

Purchase Price Accounting

     —         4,137,271       747,199       733,911        5,618,381       399,378       398,211       2,278,699  

Change in GAAP Current Deferred Revenue

     567,058       3,104,730       2,269,822       6,570,987        12,512,597       329,901       1,714,856       10,885,566  

Cash EBITDA

   $ 2,681,079     $ 4,170,470     $ 2,379,417     $ 12,550,118      $ 21,781,083     $ 1,791,299     $ 2,634,978     $ 19,355,811  


Schedule 4.1

Jurisdictions of Organization and Qualification

 

Entity Name:

  

Jurisdiction of Organization

Sailpoint Technologies Intermediate Holdings, LLC

   Delaware, USA

SailPoint Technologies, Inc.

   Delaware, USA

SailPoint Technologies UK Ltd.

   United Kingdom

SailPoint Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware, USA

SailPoint Technologies India Private Ltd.

   India

SailPoint Technologies Netherlands B.V.

   Netherlands

SailPoint Technologies Pte. Ltd.

   Singapore

SailPoint Technologies Israel Ltd.

   Israel

SailPoint Technologies GmbH

   Germany

SailPoint International, Inc.

   Delaware, USA

SailPoint Technologies SARL

   Switzerland

Whitebox Security Ltd.

   Israel

Whitebox Security Inc.

   Delaware, USA


Schedule 4.2

Capital Stock and Ownership

Organizational Structure of Holdings and its Subsidiaries:

 

Name of Entity

  

Owner

  

Class

  

Number of

Units/Shares

   Percent
age
Owners
hip
 

Stock Cert(s)

Sailpoint Technologies Intermediate Holdings, LLC

   SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc.    N/A    N/A    100%   N/A

SailPoint Technologies, Inc.

   Sailpoint Technologies Intermediate Holdings, LLC    Common Stock    1,000 common shares    100%   CS-194

SailPoint Holdings, Inc.

   SailPoint Technologies, Inc.    Common Stock    1,000 common shares    100%   CS-03 (650 shares); CS-04 (350 shares)

SailPoint International, Inc.

   SailPoint Technologies, Inc.    Common Stock    1,000 common shares    100%   CS-03

SailPoint Technologies GmbH

   SailPoint Holdings, Inc.    N/A    N/A    100%   N/A

SailPoint Technologies India Private Ltd.

   SailPoint Holdings, Inc.    Ordinary Shares    272,811 ordinary shares    100%   2; 3; 4; 5; 6; 7; 8

SailPoint Technologies Israel Ltd.

   SailPoint Holdings, Inc.    Ordinary Shares    100 ordinary shares    100%   N/A

Whitebox Security Ltd.

   SailPoint Technologies Israel Ltd.    Ordinary Shares; Preferred A Shares; Deferred Shares    6,007 Ordinary Shares; 2,275 Preferred A Shares; 1,642 Deferred Shares    100%   N/A

Whitebox Security Inc.

   Whitebox Security Ltd.    Common Stock    5,000 common shares    100%   N/A

SailPoint Technologies Netherlands B.V.

   SailPoint Holdings, Inc.    Ordinary Shares    18,000 ordinary shares    100%   N/A


SailPoint Technologies Pte. Ltd.

   SailPoint Holdings, Inc.    Ordinary Shares    1,000 ordinary shares    100%   N/A

SailPoint Technologies SARL

   SailPoint Holdings, Inc.    Ordinary Shares    20 ordinary shares    100%   N/A

SailPoint Technologies UK Ltd.

   SailPoint Holdings, Inc.    Ordinary Shares    1,000 ordinary shares    100%   3

Option, warrant, call, right, commitment or other agreements:

None.


Schedule 4.13

Real Estate Assets

Owned Real Property:

None.

Leased Real Property:

Office Lease dated July 3, 2012 by and between New TPG-Four Points, L.P. and SailPoint Technologies, Inc., as amended by that First Amendment to Office Lease dated May 28, 2013, by and between New TPG-Four Points, L.P. and SailPoint Technologies, Inc., with an address of 11305 Four Points Dr., Building 2, Suite 100, Austin, Texas 78726

Sublease Agreement dated June 8, 2016 between Intel Corporation and SailPoint Technologies, Inc., with an address of 6500 River Place Blvd., Building 7-300, Austin, Texas 78730.


Schedule 4.16

Material Contracts

Master Reseller Agreement, dated as of September 2, 2015, by and between SailPoint Technologies, Inc. and Optiv Security Inc.


Schedule 5.15

Certain Post-Closing Matter

 

1. On and after the Closing Date the Credit Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to Administrative Agent a fully executed Landlord Personal Property Collateral Access Agreement with respect to each Real Estate Asset listed on Schedule 4.13 as of the Closing Date.

 

2. On or before the date that is two (2) Business Days after the Closing Date, the Credit Parties shall deliver to Administrative Agent the original stock certificates listed below, in each case together with an original corresponding stock power executed in blank and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent:

 

Stockholder

  

Stock Issuer

   Class of Stock    Stock Certificate No.    No. of Shares

Sailpoint Technologies Intermediate Holdings, LLC

   SailPoint Technologies, Inc.    Common Stock    CS-194    1000

SailPoint Technologies, Inc.

   SailPoint Holdings, Inc.    Common Stock    CS-03    650

SailPoint Technologies, Inc.

   SailPoint International, Inc.    Common Stock    CS-03    1000

 

3. On or before the date that is ten (10) Business Days after the Closing Date, the Credit Parties shall deliver to Administrative Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent, an amendment, amendment and restatement or other modification of that certain Intercompany Intellectual Property License Agreement, dated January 1, 2016, between SailPoint Technologies, Inc. and “WhiteBox, Inc.”, to correct a scrivener’s error and replace “WhiteBox Security Ltd., an Isaraeli company” as the “Licensor” thereunder in lieu of “WhiteBox, Inc.”.

 

4. On or before the date that is thirty (30) days after the Closing Date, the Credit Parties shall cause each Deposit Account (other than Excluded Accounts) maintained by them to be a Controlled Account or closed.

 

5. On or before the date that is thirty (30) days after the Closing Date, the Credit Parties shall have delivered to Administrative Agent insurance endorsements in accordance with Section 5.5 of the Credit Agreement and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent.


6. On or before the date that is forty-five (45) days after the Closing Date, the Credit Parties shall deliver the final audited financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2015 in substantially the form of the draft of such audited financial statements delivered to Administrative Agent and Lenders on or prior to Closing Date.

 

7. On or before the date that is sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, the Credit Parties shall cause Whitebox Security Inc. to be administratively dissolved or merged into SailPoint Holdings, Inc., in each case in, form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent.


Schedule 6.1

Certain Indebtedness

 

1. Intercompany Loan Agreement between SailPoint Technologies, Inc., as the lender, and SailPoint Technologies (India) Private Limited, as the borrower, dated as of January 11, 2011, as amended by Addendum to Loan Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2012, in the aggregate original principal amount of approximately $360,156.

 

2. Intracompany Loan Agreement between Sailpoint Technologies Intermediate Holdings, LLC, as the lender, and SailPoint Technologies Israel, Ltd., as the borrower, dated as of July 15, 2015 in the original principal amount of $12,666,500.01.


Schedule 6.2

Certain Liens

None.


Schedule 6.7

Certain Investments

 

1. Intercompany Loan Agreement between SailPoint Technologies, Inc., as the lender, and SailPoint Technologies (India) Private Limited, as the borrower, dated as of January 11, 2011, as amended by Addendum to Loan Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2012, in the aggregate amount of approximately $360,156.

 

2. Intracompany Loan Agreement between Sailpoint Technologies Intermediate Holdings, LLC, as the lender, and SailPoint Technologies Israel, Ltd., as the borrower, dated as of July 15, 2015 in the principal amount of $12,666,500.01.


Schedule 6.12

Certain Affiliate Transactions

 

1. Amended and Restated Advisory Services Agreement, dated August 16, 2016, by and between SailPoint Technologies, Inc. and Thoma Bravo, LLC.


EXHIBIT A-1 TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

FUNDING NOTICE

                              , 20         

Reference is hereby made to that certain Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2016 (as amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement), by and among SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“Company”), the other Credit Parties party thereto from time to time, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, and GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

1. Pursuant to Sections 2.1 and/or 2.2 of the Credit Agreement, Company requests that Lenders make the following Loans to Company in accordance with the applicable terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement on [mm/dd/yy] (the “Credit Date”):

 

   (a)    Term Loans:   
         Base Rate Loans:    $ [      ,      ,     
         LIBOR Rate Loans, with an initial Interest Period of:   
        

             one (1) month

             two (2) months

             three (3) months

             six (6) months

   $ [      ,      ,     
   (b)    Revolving Loans:   
         Base Rate Loans:    $ [      ,      ,     
         LIBOR Rate Loans, with an initial Interest Period of:    $ [      ,      ,     
        

             one (1) month

             two (2) months

             three (3) months

             six (6) months

  

2. Company hereby irrevocably instructs, authorizes and directs Administrative Agent to make the disbursements of the Loans on the Credit Date in the manner set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement, to the account numbers specified thereon. Company hereby acknowledges that Agent may make payment strictly on the basis of the account numbers


furnished herein even if such account number identifies a party other than the name of the accounts listed herein. In the event the account numbers are incorrect or if any payoff amount is incorrect, Company hereby agrees to be fully liable for any and all losses, costs and expenses arising therefrom (including, without limitation, any losses, costs or expenses arising from any of Company’s negligence or the negligence of any of Company’s agents or employees).

3. The undersigned Authorized Officer hereby represents, warrants and certifies on behalf of Company that:

(i) after making the Loans requested on the Credit Date, (x) the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments does not exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect and (y) Availability is not less than $0 as demonstrated on Exhibit B hereto;

(ii) as of the Credit Date, the representations and warranties contained in each of the Credit Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such Credit Date to the same extent as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date; and

(iii) as of the Credit Date, no event has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the borrowing contemplated hereby that would constitute an Event of Default or a Default.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Company has caused this Funding Notice to be executed and delivered by its duly Authorized Officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:

   

Name:

 

Title:

 


Exhibit A

Disbursement of Proceeds

 

1. The proceeds of the Loans requested hereby will be funded net of fees and expenses in the amount of [                      ] payable to Administrative Agent on the Credit Date.

 

2. See attached wire instructions for remainder of Loan proceeds.


Exhibit B

Calculation of Availability

 

Availability 1 : (i) – (ii) =

   $ [      ,      ,     

(i)    (A) the trailing twelve months Cash EBITDA of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of the most recently ended month for which financial statements were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) of the Credit Agreement:

   $ [      ,      ,     

(B) the then in effect Leverage Multiple:

     [         

(i)(A) multiplied by (i)(B):

   $ [      ,      ,     

(ii)   (A) the aggregate principal balance of the Loans as of such date:

   $ [      ,      ,     

(B) all other Consolidated Total Debt as of such date:

   $ [      ,      ,     

(C) without duplication, Letter of Credit Usage:

   $ [      ,      ,     

(ii)(A) plus (ii)(B) plus (ii)(C):

   $ [      ,      ,     

 

1 Note: Availability shall be computed on a pro forma basis.


EXHIBIT A-2 TO

CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

CONVERSION/CONTINUATION NOTICE

                     , 20         

Reference is hereby made to that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 16, 2016 (as amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement), by and among SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Company ”), the other Credit Parties party thereto from time to time, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, and GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

1. Pursuant to Section 2.8 of the Credit Agreement, Company hereby requests the continuation/conversion of the following Loans, each such conversion and/or continuation to be effective as of [mm/dd/yy]:

 

(a)          Term Loans:

  

$[      ,      ,      ]

   LIBOR Rate Loans to be continued with an Interest Period of:
  

         one (1) month

  

         two (2) months

  

         three (3) months

  

         six (6) months

$[      ,      ,      ]

   Base Rate Loans to be converted to LIBOR Rate Loans with an Interest Period of :
  

         one (1) month

  

         two (2) months

  

         three (3) months

  

         six (6) months

$[      ,      ,      ]

   LIBOR Rate Loans to be converted to Base Rate Loans

(b)          Revolving Loans:

  

$[      ,      ,      ]

   LIBOR Rate Loans to be continued with an Interest Period of:
  

         one (1) month

  

         two (2) months

  

         three (3) months

  

         six (6) months


$[      ,      ,      ]

   Base Rate Loans to be converted to LIBOR Rate Loans with an Interest Period of :
  

         one (1) month

  

         two (2) months

  

         three (3) months

  

         six (6) months

$[      ,      ,      ]

   LIBOR Rate Loans to be converted to Base Rate Loans

2. Company hereby certifies that as of the date hereof, no event has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the conversion and/or continuation contemplated hereby that would constitute an Event of Default or a Default.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Company has caused this Conversion/Continuation to be executed and delivered by its duly Authorized Officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:

   

Name:

 

Title:

 


EXHIBIT A-3 TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

ISSUANCE NOTICE

                     , 20         

Reference is made to that certain Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2016 (as amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement), by and among SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Company ”), the other Credit Parties party thereto from time to time, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, and GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

1. Pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Credit Agreement, Company desires a Letter of Credit to be issued in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement on [mm/dd/yy] (the “Credit Date”) in an aggregate face amount of $ [      ,      ,      ].

2. Attached hereto for each such Letter of Credit are the following:

(a) the stated amount of such Letter of Credit;

(b) the name and address of the beneficiary;

(c) the expiration date; and

(d) a reasonably detailed description of the proposed terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit.

3. The undersigned Authorized Officer hereby represents, warrants and certifies on behalf of Company that:

(a) after issuing such Letter of Credit requested on the Credit Date, (x) the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments does not exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect and (y) Availability is not less than $0 as demonstrated on Exhibit A hereto;

(b) as of the Credit Date, the representations and warranties contained in each of the Credit Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such Credit Date to the same extent as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date; and

(c) as of the Credit Date, no event has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the issuance contemplated hereby that would constitute an Event of Default or a Default.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Company has caused this Issuance Notice to be executed and delivered by its duly Authorized Officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:

   

Name:

 

Title:

 


Exhibit A

Calculation of Availability

 

Availability 1 : (i) – (ii) =

   $ [      ,      ,     

(i)    (A) the trailing twelve months Cash EBITDA of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of the most recently ended month for which financial statements were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) of the Credit Agreement:

   $ [      ,      ,     

(B) the then in effect Leverage Multiple:

     [         

(i)(A) multiplied by (i)(B):

   $ [      ,      ,     

(ii)    (A) the aggregate principal balance of the Loans as of such date:

   $ [      ,      ,     

(B) all other Consolidated Total Debt as of such date:

   $ [      ,      ,     

(C) without duplication, Letter of Credit Usage:

   $ [      ,      ,     

(ii)(A) plus (ii)(B) plus (ii)(C):

   $ [      ,      ,     

 

1 Note: Availability shall be computed on a pro forma basis.


EXHIBIT B-1 TO

CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

TERM LOAN NOTE

 

$[      ,      ,      ]

[mm/dd/yy]

New York, New York

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC. , a Delaware corporation ( “Company” ), promises to pay [NAME OF LENDER] or its registered assigns ( “Payee” ), the principal amount of [DOLLARS] ( $ [      ,      ,      ]) in the installments referred to below.

Company also promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount hereof, from the date hereof until paid in full, at the rates and at the times which shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 16, 2016 (as amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among Company, the other Credit Parties party thereto from time to time, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, and GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

This Term Loan Note (this “Note”) is one of the “Term Loan Notes” referred to in the Credit Agreement and is issued pursuant to and entitled to the benefits of the Credit Agreement, to which reference is hereby made for a more complete statement of the terms and conditions under which the Term Loan evidenced hereby was made and is to be repaid.

All payments of principal and interest in respect of this Note shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America in same day funds at the Principal Office of Administrative Agent or at such other place or account as shall be designated in writing for such purpose in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement. Unless and until an Assignment Agreement effecting the assignment or transfer of the obligations evidenced hereby shall have been accepted by Administrative Agent and recorded in the Register, Company, each Agent and Lenders shall be entitled to deem and treat Payee as the owner and holder of this Note and the obligations evidenced hereby.

This Note is subject to mandatory prepayment and to prepayment at the option of Company, each as provided in the Credit Agreement.

THIS NOTE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF COMPANY AND PAYEE HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).


Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the unpaid balance of the principal amount of this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, may become, or may be declared to be, due and payable in the manner, upon the conditions and with the effect provided in the Credit Agreement.

The terms of this Note are subject to amendment only in the manner provided in the Credit Agreement.

No reference herein to the Credit Agreement and no provision of this Note or the Credit Agreement shall alter or impair the obligations of Company, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the place, at the respective times, and in the currency herein prescribed.

Company promises to pay all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, all as provided in the Credit Agreement, incurred in the collection and enforcement of this Note. Company and any endorsers of this Note hereby consent to renewals and extensions of time at or after the maturity hereof, without notice, and hereby waive diligence, presentment, protest, demand notice of every kind and, to the full extent permitted by law, the right to plead any statute of limitations as a defense to any demand hereunder.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Company has caused this Note to be duly executed and delivered by its duly Authorized Officer as of the date and at the place first written above.

 

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:

   

Name:

 

Title:

 


EXHIBIT B-2 TO

CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

REVOLVING LOAN NOTE

 

$[      ,      ,      ]

[mm/dd/yy]

New York, New York

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Company ”), promises to pay [NAME OF LENDER] or its registered assigns (“ Payee ”), the lesser of (a)  [DOLLARS] ($ [      ,      ,      ]) and (b) the unpaid principal amount of all advances made by Payee to Company as Revolving Loans under the Credit Agreement referred to below.

Company also promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount hereof, from the date hereof until paid in full, at the rates and at the times which shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 16, 2016 (as amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among Company, the other Credit Parties party thereto from time to time, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, and GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

This Revolving Loan Note (this “Note”) is one of the “Revolving Loan Notes” referred to in the Credit Agreement and is issued pursuant to and entitled to the benefits of the Credit Agreement, to which reference is hereby made for a more complete statement of the terms and conditions under which the Loans evidenced hereby were made and are to be repaid.

All payments of principal and interest in respect of this Note shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America in same day funds at the Principal Office of Administrative Agent or at such other place or account as shall be designated in writing for such purpose in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement. Unless and until an Assignment Agreement effecting the assignment or transfer of the obligations evidenced hereby shall have been accepted by Administrative Agent and recorded in the Register, Company, each Agent and Lenders shall be entitled to deem and treat Payee as the owner and holder of this Note and the obligations evidenced hereby.

This Note is subject to mandatory prepayment and to prepayment at the option of Company, each as provided in the Credit Agreement.

THIS NOTE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF COMPANY AND PAYEE HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).


Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the unpaid balance of the principal amount of this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, may become, or may be declared to be, due and payable in the manner, upon the conditions and with the effect provided in the Credit Agreement.

The terms of this Note are subject to amendment only in the manner provided in the Credit Agreement.

No reference herein to the Credit Agreement and no provision of this Note or the Credit Agreement shall alter or impair the obligations of Company, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the place, at the respective times, and in the currency herein prescribed.

Company promises to pay all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, all as provided in the Credit Agreement, incurred in the collection and enforcement of this Note. Company and any endorsers of this Note hereby consent to renewals and extensions of time at or after the maturity hereof, without notice, and hereby waive diligence, presentment, protest, demand notice of every kind and, to the full extent permitted by law, the right to plead any statute of limitations as a defense to any demand hereunder.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Company has caused this Note to be duly executed and delivered by its duly Authorized Officer as of the date and at the place first written above.

 

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:

   

Name:

 

Title:

 


EXHIBIT C TO

CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

                     , 20          

Reference is hereby made to that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 16, 2016 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement), by and among SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Company”), SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( “Holdings” ), as a Guarantor, the other Credit Parties party thereto from time to time, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES AS AN AUTHORIZED OFFICER OF EACH OF COMPANY AND HOLDINGS AND NOT IN HIS INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY, AS FOLLOWS:

1. I am the Chief Financial Officer of each of Company and Holdings.

2. I have reviewed the terms of the Credit Agreement and I have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, a review in reasonable detail of the transactions and condition of Company and its Subsidiaries during the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements.

3. The examination described in paragraph 2 above did not disclose, and I have no knowledge of, the existence of any condition or event which constitutes a Default or an Event of Default during or at the end of the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements or as of the date of this Compliance Certificate, except as set forth in a separate attachment, if any, to this Compliance Certificate, describing in detail, the nature of the condition or event, the period during which it has existed and the action which Holdings and its Subsidiaries have taken, are taking, or propose to take with respect to each such condition or event.

4. The financial statements attached hereto fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated, subject to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments, as appropriate.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]


The foregoing certifications, together with the computations set forth in Annex A hereto and the financial statements delivered with this Compliance Certificate in support hereof, are made and delivered as of the date first set forth above pursuant to Section 5.1(d) of the Credit Agreement.

 

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, LLC
By:    
Name:  
Title:  


ANNEX A TO

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

FOR THE FISCAL [QUARTER] [YEAR] ENDING [MM/DD/YY] 1

 

1.

   Cash EBITDA :       (a) +/– (b) =    $ [      ,      ,     
         Minimum Cash EBITDA:    $ [      ,      ,     
   (a)    Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period (calculated, as applicable, in accordance with Section 6.8(f)) of the Credit Agreement:    $ [      ,      ,     
   (b)    the difference between clause (i) and clause (ii):    $ [      ,      ,     
      (i)    the consolidated total GAAP current deferred revenue of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of such period:    $ [      ,      ,     
      (ii)    the consolidated total GAAP current deferred revenue of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the first day of such period:    $ [      ,      ,     

2.

   Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA : 2    (a) + (b) – (c) =    $ [      ,      ,     
   (a)    Consolidated Net Income:    $ [      ,      ,     
   (b)    the sum of items 2(b)(i) though 2(b)(xxii): 3    $ [      ,      ,     
      (i)    either clause (A) or (B): [specify]    $ [      ,      ,     
         (A)   

the sum of clauses (A)(I) and (A)(II):

   $ [      ,      ,     

 

1   In the event of any inconsistencies between the provision of this Annex A and the corresponding defined terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement, the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement shall control.
2   Solely for purposes of calculating the Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and the compliance with Sections 6.8(b) and (c) of the Credit Agreement, if any Subject Transaction has occurred during any period of four (4) consecutive Fiscal Quarters, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period shall be calculated in accordance with Section 6.8(f) of the Credit Agreement without duplicating any amount added back pursuant to items 2(b)(i) through 2(b)(xxiii).
3   To the extent included (whether as a positive or negative adjustment) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income and without duplication.

 

Annex A-1


          (I)    any non-Cash purchase accounting adjustments, restructuring and other non-recurring non-Cash items or expenses actually incurred in connection with any consummated Permitted Acquisition (including any debt or equity issuance in connection therewith to extent issued in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement):    $ [      ,      ,     
          (II)    any Cash non-recurring items or expenses actually incurred in connection with any consummated Permitted Acquisition (including any debt or equity issuance in connection therewith to extent issued in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement), which in the case of this clause (A)(II) do not exceed $1,500,000 in the aggregate in any trailing twelve month period:    $ [      ,      ,     
       (B)    any non-recurring items or expenses incurred in connection with a consummated disposition permitted under Sections 6.9(c), (d) or (n) of the Credit Agreement:    $ [      ,      ,     
    (ii)    Consolidated Interest Expense for such period:    $ [      ,      ,     
    (iii)    Federal, state, local and foreign income tax expense actually paid or accrued by Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such period:    $ [      ,      ,     
    (iv)    depreciation and amortization expense of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such period:    $ [      ,      ,     

 

Annex A-2


    (v)    the sum of clauses (A) and (B):    $ [      ,      ,     
       (A)    non-Cash costs and expenses actually incurred relating to any equity-based compensation or equity-based incentive plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, in each case, of Holdings or any Subsidiary for such period:    $ [      ,      ,     
       (B)    any Cash costs or expenses actually incurred relating to any equity-based compensation or equity-based incentive plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement in each case, of Holdings or any Subsidiary for such period, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with net Cash proceeds from the issuance of Qualified Stock, or a contribution to the capital of, Holdings or Parent which are in turn contributed to the Company as Cash common equity and/or Qualified Stock:    $ [      ,      ,     
    (vi)    the amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives and synergies which are projected by the Company in good faith to be reasonably anticipated to be realizable within one hundred twenty (120) days of the date thereof (which will be added to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as so projected until fully realized and calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period): 4    $ [      ,      ,     

 

Annex A-3


    (vii)    the sum of clauses (A), (B) and (C):    $ [      ,      ,     
      

(A)

   the aggregate amount of all other non-Cash items, write-downs, non-Cash expenses, or losses (including purchase accounting adjustments under Accounting Standards Codification (“ ASC ”) 805) otherwise reducing Consolidated Net Income and excluding any such non-Cash items, write-downs, expenses, or losses that are reasonably expected to result in, or require pursuant to GAAP, an accrual of a reserve for Cash charge, costs and/or expenses in any future period:    $ [      ,      ,     
      

(B)

   net non-Cash exchange, translation or performance losses relating to foreign currency transactions and currency fluctuations (which, for clarity, may be positive or negative) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any trailing twelve month period and accounted for in a manner consistent with the methodology used to prepare Schedule A of the Credit Agreement:    $ [      ,      ,     

 

4 (A) Any annualized pro forma adjustments permitted under this clause (vi)  shall be reduced to the extent cost savings related to such adjustments are realized on an actual basis during the applicable measurement period, (B) any cost savings that were expected to be implemented, but that were not actually implemented within such time period shall no longer be given pro forma effect under the Credit Agreement, and (C) all steps have been taken or are reasonably expected to be taken for realizing such cost savings and such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable (in the good faith determination of the Company and certified by an Authorized Officer of the Company); provided , that the aggregate amount pursuant to this clause (vi)  in any period of four (4) consecutive Fiscal Quarters shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, prior to giving effect to the pro forma adjustments for such period; provided , further , such fifteen percent (15%) limitation shall be increased to a twenty-five percent (25%) limitation to the extent such adjustments (I) are recommended (in reasonable detail) by any due diligence quality of earnings report made available to Administrative Agent conducted by financial advisers (which financial advisers shall be (x) nationally recognized and (y) reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent (it being understood and agreed that any of the “Big Four” accounting firms are acceptable) and retained by the Credit Parties or (II) are determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Exchange Act and as interpreted by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any successor agency).

 

Annex A-4


       (C)    Cash charges resulting from the application of ASC 805 (including with respect to earn-outs incurred by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any Permitted Acquisition):    $[      ,      ,      ]
   

(viii)

   actual fees, costs, accruals, payments, expenses or charges, in each case incurred within six (6) months after the applicable transaction, relating to either clause (A) or (B): [specify]    $[      ,      ,      ]
       (A)    the Credit Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby (without duplication of clause (xiv) below):    $[      ,      ,      ]
       (B)    any Investment (including Permitted Acquisitions), disposition, recapitalization, Restricted Junior Payment, equity Issuance, consolidation, restructurings, recapitalizations or the incurrence, registration (actual or proposed), repayments or amendments of Indebtedness (including, without limitation, letter of credit fees and any refinancing of such Indebtedness, unamortized fees, costs and expenses paid in Cash in connection with repayment of Indebtedness to persons that are not Affiliates of Holdings or its Subsidiaries), in each case, whether or not consummated or successful but only to the extent any such transaction is (or would have been) permitted in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement 5 :    $[      ,      ,      ]

 

5   Including, without limitation, (t) any breakage costs incurred in connection with the termination of any hedging agreement as a result of the prepayment of Indebtedness, (u) such fees, expenses or charges related to any Loans and this Agreement, (v) any amendment, waiver or other modification of Loans, any Credit Document, any other Indebtedness or any Capital Stock, (w) Cash recruiting and relocation expenses, severance, stock option and

 

Annex A-5


   

(ix)

   [intentionally reserved]   
   

(x)

   the sum of clauses (A) and (B):      $[      ,      ,      ]  
       (A)    Permitted Management Fee Payments actually accrued or paid to Thoma during such period by Holdings and its Subsidiaries:      $[      ,      ,      ]  
       (B)    director fees and expenses actually paid to directors to the extent permitted to be paid under the Credit Agreement:      $[      ,      ,      ]  
   

(xi)

   [intentionally reserved]   
   

(xii)

   the aggregate amount of expenses or losses actually incurred by Holdings or any Subsidiary relating to business interruption to the extent covered by insurance and (A) actually reimbursed or otherwise paid to Holdings or such Subsidiary or (B) so long as such amount for any calculation period is reasonably expected to be received by Holdings or such Subsidiary in a subsequent calculation period and within one year of the date of the underlying loss 6 :      $[      ,      ,      ]  
   

(xiii)

   Cash expenses of Holdings and its Subsidiaries actually incurred during such period to the extent (A) deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income and (B) reimbursed in Cash by any person (other than any of Holdings or any of their Subsidiaries or any owners, directly or indirectly, of Capital Stock, respectively,   

 

other equity-based expenses, (x) reorganization and business optimization costs and expenses in an aggregate amount not to exceed, together with the amounts under clause (y) , $2,000,000 in any trailing twelve month period, and (y) one-time expenses relating to enhanced accounting function or other transaction costs, including those associated with becoming a standalone entity or public company in an aggregate amount not to exceed, together with the amounts under clause (x), $2,000,000 in any trailing twelve month period.

6 (x) If not so reimbursed or received by Holdings or such Subsidiary within such one-year period, such expenses or losses shall be subtracted in the subsequent calculation period or (y) if reimbursed or received by Holdings or such Subsidiary in a subsequent period, such amount shall not be permitted to be added back in determining Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such subsequent period.

 

Annex A-6


       therein) during such period (or reasonably expected to be so reimbursed within three hundred and sixty-five (365) days of the end of such period to the extent not accrued) pursuant to an indemnity or guaranty or any other reimbursement agreement in favor of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent such reimbursement has not been accrued 7 :    $[      ,      ,      ]
   

(xiv)

   costs and expenses actually incurred related to the administration of either clause (A) or (B) [specify]:    $[      ,      ,      ]
       (A)    the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents and paid or reimbursed to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any of the Lenders or other third parties paid or engaged by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any of the Lenders or paid by any of the Credit Parties:    $[      ,      ,      ]
       (B)    any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 6.1(t) of the Credit Agreement:    $[      ,      ,      ]
   

(xv)

   any extraordinary (as determined in accordance with GAAP) charges, expenses or losses for such period (which, for clarity, may be a negative number):    $[      ,      ,      ]
   

(xvi)

   the sum of clauses (A), (B) and (C):    $[      ,      ,      ]
       (A)    amounts actually paid during such period with respect to Cash litigation fees, costs and expenses of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed $2,000,000 in the aggregate for any trailing twelve month period:    $[      ,      ,      ]

 

7 (x) If not so reimbursed or received by Holdings or such Subsidiary within such 365 day period, such expenses or losses shall be subtracted in the subsequent calculation period or (y) if reimbursed or received by Holdings or such Subsidiary in a subsequent period, such amount shall not be permitted to be added back in determining Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such subsequent period.

 

Annex A-7


       (B)    to the extent not already included in determining Consolidated Net Income, the aggregate amount of net Cash proceeds of liability insurance received by Holdings or any Subsidiary during such period to the extent paid in Cash with respect to Cash litigation fees, costs and expenses of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such period in an amount not to exceed the sum of (x) $2,000,000 in the aggregate for any trailing twelve month period and (y) the net Cash proceeds of liability insurance with respect to litigation received during such period:    $[      ,      ,      ]
       (C)    the aggregate amount of net Cash proceeds of liability insurance which is not recorded in accordance with GAAP, but for which such insurance is reasonably expected to be received by Holdings or any Subsidiary in a subsequent calculation period and within one year of the date of the underlying loss to the extent not already included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period 8 :    $[      ,      ,      ]
   

(xvii)

   unamortized fees, costs and expenses paid in Cash in connection with the repayment of Indebtedness to persons that are not Affiliates of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries:    $[      ,      ,      ]
   

(xviii)

   [intentionally reserved]   

 

8 (A) If not so reimbursed or received by Holdings or such Subsidiary within such one-year period, such expenses or losses shall be subtracted in the subsequent calculation period or (B) if reimbursed or received by Holdings or such Subsidiary in a subsequent period, such amount shall not be permitted to be added back in determining Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such subsequent period.

 

Annex A-8


    (xix)    [intentionally reserved]   
    (xx)    net realized gains or losses from hedging agreements or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the application of ASC 815 and related pronouncements:    $ [      ,      ,     
    (xxi)    any net loss included in the Consolidated Net Income attributable to non-controlling interests pursuant to the application of ASC Topic 810-10-45:    $ [      ,      ,     
    (xxii)    the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Subsidiary deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income (and not added back in such period to Consolidated Net Income):    $ [      ,      ,     
    (xxiii)    charges and expenses actually attributable to the sum of clauses (A) and (B):    $ [      ,      ,     
          Maximum amount in any trailing twelve month period:    $ 3,000,000  
       (A)    asset sales or other dispositions or the repurchase, redemption, sale or disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business and to the extent permitted under the Credit Agreement:    $ [      ,      ,     
       (B)    repurchases or redemptions of any Capital Stock of Holdings or Parent from existing or former directors, officers or employees of the Holdings or its Subsidiaries, their estates, beneficiaries under their estates, transferees, spouses or former spouses in each case in a transaction permitted in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement:    $ [      ,      ,     

 

 

Annex A-9


  (c)    the sum of the following items 2(c)(i) through 2(c)(v) to the extent included in calculating such Consolidated Net Income and without duplication:    $ [      ,      ,     
     (i)    Federal, state, local and foreign income tax credits and reimbursements received by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries during such period:    $ [      ,      ,     
     (ii)    all non-Cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income (excluding (A) any such non-Cash item to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for potential Cash items in any prior period and (B) the accrual of revenue or recording of receivables in the ordinary course of business in any prior period):    $ [      ,      ,     
     (iii)    the amount of any minority interest income consisting of Subsidiary loss attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Subsidiary added to Consolidated Net Income (and not deducted in such period from Consolidated Net Income):    $ [      ,      ,     
     (iv)    any net income included in Consolidated Net Income attributable to non-controlling interests pursuant to the application of ASC Topic 810-10-45:    $ [      ,      ,     
     (v)    any amounts added to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA pursuant to sub-clause (b)(xiii) above in the prior calculation period with respect to expected reimbursements to the extent such reimbursements are not received within such 365 day period following such prior calculation period:    $ [      ,      ,     
     (vi)    Consolidated Capitalized Software Development Costs:    $ [      ,      ,     

 

Annex A-10


3.

  Consolidated Capital Expenditures :       $ [      ,      ,     

4.

  Consolidated Capitalized Software Development Costs :       $ [      ,      ,     

5.

  Consolidated Excess Cash Flow :    (a) – (b) =    $ [      ,      ,     
  (a)   the sum, without duplication, of items 5(a)(i) through 5(a)(ii):       $ [      ,      ,     
   

(i)

   Cash EBITDA:       $ [      ,      ,     
   

(ii)

   the Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment:    $ [      ,      ,     
  (b)   the sum, without duplication, of items 5(b)(i) through 5(b)(viii):    $ [      ,      ,     
   

(i)

   voluntary and scheduled repayments of Consolidated Total Debt (excluding repayments of Revolving Loans except to the extent the Revolving Commitments are permanently reduced in connection with such repayments):    $ [      ,      ,     
   

(ii)

   Consolidated Capital Expenditures (net of any proceeds of (x) Net Asset Sale Proceeds to the extent reinvested in accordance with Section 2.13(a) of the Credit Agreement, (y) Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to the extent reinvested in accordance with Section 2.13(b) of the Credit Agreement, and (z) related financings with respect to such expenditures (but excluding Revolving Loans)):    $ [      ,      ,     
   

(iii)

   Consolidated Cash Interest Expense:    $ [      ,      ,     
   

(iv)

   provisions for taxes based on income of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and payable in Cash with respect to such period:    $ [      ,      ,     
   

(v)

   to the extent not included in clause (ii)(b) above, the Cash portion of the purchase price paid in connection with any Permitted Acquisition:    $ [      ,      ,     
   

(vi)

   Restricted Junior Payments made by Holdings during such period to the extent the same are permitted hereunder:    $ [      ,      ,     

 

Annex A-11


   

(vii)

   other items paid in Cash during such period, in each case, to the extent (A) capitalized but not financed with proceeds of Indebtedness (but excluding Revolving Loans) or (B) included as an “add back” in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA:    $[      ,      ,      ]
   

(viii)

   the aggregate amount of non-Cash adjustments increasing Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for periods prior to the beginning of the current period to the extent paid in Cash by Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such period:    $[      ,      ,      ]
6.   Consolidated Fixed Charges :    (a) + (b) + (c) + (d) =    $[      ,      ,      ]
  (a)   Consolidated Cash Interest Expense:    $[      ,      ,      ]
  (b)   scheduled payments of principal on Consolidated Total Debt:    $[      ,      ,      ]
  (c)   Consolidated Capital Expenditures:    $[      ,      ,      ]
  (d)   the current portion of taxes provided for with respect to such period in accordance with GAAP:    $[      ,      ,      ]
7.   Consolidated Interest Expense :    $[      ,      ,      ]
8.   Consolidated Liquidity :    (a) + (b) =    $[      ,      ,      ]
  Minimum required:    $5,000,000
  (a)   Unrestricted Cash of the Credit Parties as of such date:    $[      ,      ,      ]
  (b)   the lesser of items 8(b)(i) and 8(b)(ii) :    $[      ,      ,      ]
   

(i)

   (A) the Revolving Commitments of all of the Lenders in the aggregate, minus (B) the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments:    $[      ,      ,      ]
   

(ii)

   if positive, Availability:    $[      ,      ,      ]

 

Annex A-12


9.   Consolidated Net Income :    (a) – (b) =    $ [      ,      ,     
  (a)   the net income (or loss) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period taken as a single accounting period determined in conformity with GAAP:    $ [      ,      ,     
  (b)   the sum of items 9(b)(i) through 9(b)(v):    $ [      ,      ,     
   

(i)

   the income (or loss) of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of Holdings) in which any other Person (other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) has a joint interest:    $ [      ,      ,     
   

(ii)

   the income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of Holdings or is merged into or consolidated with Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or that Person’s assets are acquired by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries:    $ [      ,      ,     
   

(iii)

   the income of any Subsidiary of Holdings to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary:    $ [      ,      ,     
   

(iv)

   any gains or losses attributable to Asset Sales or returned surplus assets of any Pension Plan:    $ [      ,      ,     
   

(v)

   to the extent not included in clauses (i) through (iv) above and to the extent positive) any net extraordinary gains or net extraordinary losses:    $ [      ,      ,     
10.   Consolidated Total Debt :       $ [      ,      ,     
11.   Consolidated Working Capital :    (a) – (b) =    $ [      ,      ,     
  (a)   Consolidated Current Assets:    $ [      ,      ,     
  (b)   Consolidated Current Liabilities:    $ [      ,      ,     

 

Annex A-13


12.

  Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment :    (a) – (b) =    $ [      ,      ,     
  (a)   Consolidated Working Capital as of the beginning of such period:    $ [      ,      ,     
  (b)   Consolidated Working Capital as of the end of such period:    $ [      ,      ,     
13.   Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio :    (a) / (b) =      [      .      ] :1.00  
     Required:  ³      [      .      ] :1.00  
  (a)   Cash EBITDA: 9    $ [      ,      ,     
  (b)   Consolidated Fixed Charges: 10    $ [      ,      ,     
14.   Leverage Ratio :    (a) / (b) =      [      .      ] :1.00  
             Required:  £      [      .      ] :1.00  
  (a)   Consolidated Total Debt as of such day:    $ [      ,      ,     
  (b)   Cash EBITDA for the four-Fiscal Quarter period ending on such date (or if such date of determination is not the last day of a Fiscal Quarter, for the four-Fiscal Quarter period ending as of the most recently concluded Fiscal Quarter):    $ [      ,      ,     

 

9 (i) For the first Fiscal Quarter ending after the Closing Date, such amount shall be Cash EBITDA for such Fiscal Quarter; (ii) for the second Fiscal Quarter ending after the Closing Date, such amount shall be Cash EBITDA for the two Fiscal Quarter period ending on such date, (iii) the third Fiscal Quarter period ending after the Closing Date, such amount shall be Cash EBITDA for the three Fiscal Quarter period ending on such date, and (iv) for any other Fiscal Quarter, such amount shall be Cash EBITDA for the four Fiscal Quarter period then ending.
10 (i) For the first Fiscal Quarter ending after the Closing Date, such amount shall be Consolidated Fixed Charges for such Fiscal Quarter, (ii) for the second Fiscal Quarter ending after the Closing Date, such amount shall be Consolidated Fixed Charges for such two Fiscal Quarter period, (iii) for the third Fiscal Quarter period ending after the Closing Date, such amount shall be Consolidated Fixed Charges for such three Fiscal Quarter period, and (iv) for any other Fiscal Quarter, such amount shall be Consolidated Fixed Charges for such four Fiscal Quarter period.

 

Annex A-14


15.

 

RNR 11

   (a) – (b) =    $  [      ,      ,     
     Minimum RNR:    $  [      ,      ,     
 

(a)

   the gross recurring software subscription and maintenance revenue amounts for such period of determination as reflected in the financial statements most recently delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(b) of the Credit Agreement (regardless of whether any particular customer is billed monthly, quarterly, annually or otherwise):    $  [      ,      ,     
 

(b)

   any discounts in the ordinary course of business:    $  [      ,      ,     

 

11 RNR shall only include revenue attributable to the following product lines: (i) IdentityIQ, (ii) IdentityNOW and (iii) SecurityIQ.

 

Annex A-15


EXHIBIT E TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

This Assignment and Assumption Agreement (the “Assignment” ) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [                      ] ( “Assignor” ) and [                      ] ( “Assignee” ). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement” ), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions for Assignment and Assumption Agreement set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions for Assignment and Assumption Agreement and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below, the interest in and to all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto that represents the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of Assignor’s outstanding rights and obligations under the respective credit facilities identified below (including, to the extent included in any such facilities, Letters of Credit and/or participation therein) (the “Assigned Interest” ). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and the Credit Agreement, without representation or warranty by Assignor.

 

1.

   Assignor:    ______________________

2.

   Assignee:    ______________________ [and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund[1]]

3.

   Company:    SailPoint Technologies, Inc.

4.

   Administrative Agent: Goldman Sachs Bank USA

5.

   Credit Agreement:    Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of November 2, 2016, by and among Company, the other Credit Parties party thereto from time to time, the Lenders parties thereto from time to time and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

6.

   Assigned Interest:   

 

1 Select as applicable.


Credit Facility Assigned

   Aggregate Amount of
Commitment/Loans
for all Lenders
     Amount of
Commitment/Loans
Assigned
     Percentage
Assigned of
Commitment/
Loans[2]
 

____________[3]

   $ ____________      $ ____________        ____________

____________

   $ ____________      $ ____________        ____________

____________

   $ ____________      $ ____________        ____________

Effective Date:                      , 20      [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

 

7. Notice and Wire Instructions:

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]     [NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
Notices:     Notices:
           
           
           
  Attention:       Attention:
  Telecopier:       Telecopier:
with a copy to:     with a copy to:
           
           
           
  Attention:       Attention:
  Telecopier:       Telecopier:
Wire Instructions :     Wire Instructions :

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

 

2 Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.
3 Fill in the appropriate terminology for the types of facilities under the Credit Agreement that are being assigned under this Assignment (e.g. “Revolving Loan Commitment”, “Term Loan Commitment”, etc.)

 

2


The terms set forth in this Assignment are hereby agreed to:

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR],

as Assignor

 

By:    
Title:  

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNEE] ,

as Assignee

 

By:    
Title:  

 

[Consented to and][4] Accepted:

 

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA , as Administrative Agent

By:    
Title:  

[Consented to:][5]

 

[NAME OF COMPANY]

By:    
Title:  

 

4 To be added only if the consent of Administrative Agent is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.
5 To be added only if the consent of Company is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.


ANNEX 1

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ASSIGNMENT

AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

1. Representations and Warranties .

 

  1.1 Assignor . Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with any Credit Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit Agreement or any other instrument or document delivered pursuant thereto, other than this Assignment (herein collectively the “Credit Documents”), or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of Company, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Credit Document or (iv) the performance or observance by Company, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Credit Document.

 

  1.2 Assignee . Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all requirements of an Eligible Assignee under the Credit Agreement, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision, and (v) if it is a Non-US Lender, attached to this Assignment is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on Administrative Agent, Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at that time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 

ANNEX 1-1


2. Payments . All payments with respect to the Assigned Interests shall be made on the Effective Date as follows:

 

  2.1 With respect to Assigned Interests for Term Loans, unless notice to the contrary is delivered to the Lender from Administrative Agent, payment to Assignor by Assignee in respect of the Assigned Interest shall include such compensation to Assignor as may be agreed upon by the Assignor and Assignee with respect to all unpaid interest which has accrued on the Assigned Interest to but excluding the Effective Date. On and after the applicable Effective Date, Assignee shall be entitled to receive all interest paid or payable with respect to the Assigned Interest, whether such interest accrued before or after the Effective Date.

 

  2.2 With respect to Assigned Interests for Revolving Loans, from and after the Effective Date, Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

 

3. General Provisions . This Assignment shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment. This Assignment and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflict of laws principles (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations law) thereof.

 

ANNEX 1-2


EXHIBIT F TO

CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

CERTIFICATE REGARDING NON-BANK STATUS

Reference is hereby made to that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 16, 2016 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation, the other Credit Parties party thereto from time to time, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, and GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent. Pursuant to Section 2.19(c) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that it is not a “bank” or other Person described in Section 881(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]

By:

   
 

Name:

 

Title:


EXHIBIT G-1 TO

CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

CLOSING DATE CERTIFICATE

Reference is hereby made to that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 16, 2016 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement), by and among SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“Company”), SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), the other Credit Parties party thereto from time to time, the Lenders party thereto from time to time and GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES AS AN AUTHORIZED OFFICER OF EACH OF COMPANY AND HOLDINGS AND NOT IN HIS INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY, AS FOLLOWS:

1. I am an Authorized Officer of each of Company and Holdings.

2. I have reviewed the terms of Sections 3 and 4 of the Credit Agreement and the definitions and provisions contained in the Credit Agreement relating thereto, and, in my opinion, I have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable me to express an informed opinion as to the matters referred to herein.

3. Based on my review and examination described in paragraph 2 above:

(a) as of the Closing Date, the representations and warranties contained in each of the Credit Documents are true and correct in all respects on and as of the Closing Date to the same extent as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties are true and correct in all respects on and as of such earlier date;

(b) as of the Closing Date, no action, suit, investigation, litigation or proceeding or other legal or regulatory developments is pending or threatened in any court or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority that, singly or in the aggregate, materially impairs the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents or that could have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) as of the Closing Date, no event has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the borrowing contemplated hereby that would constitute a Default or an Event of Default;


(d) Holdings has delivered to Administrative Agent true and correct copies of (i) the Historical Financial Statements, (ii) pro forma consolidated balance sheets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the Closing Date, and reflecting the repayment of the Existing Indebtedness and the other transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents to occur on or prior to the Closing Date, (iii) pro forma consolidated income statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the Closing Date, and reflecting the repayment of the Existing Indebtedness and the other transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents to occur on or prior to the Closing Date, and (iv) the Projections;

(e) Each Credit Party has obtained all Governmental Authorizations and all consents of other Persons, in each case, that are necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents and each of the foregoing are in full force and effect. All applicable waiting periods have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority which would restrain, prevent or otherwise impose adverse conditions on the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents and no action, request for stay, petition for review or rehearing, reconsideration, or appeal with respect to any of the foregoing is pending, and the time for any applicable agency to take action to set aside its consent on its own motion has expired;

(f) The pro forma balance sheet and income statement, as applicable, delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(l) of the Credit Agreement demonstrates that:

(i) Holdings and its Subsidiaries have generated Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of at least $17,000,000 for the trailing twelve month period ending June 30, 2016;

(ii) Holdings and its Subsidiaries have generated revenue of at least $106,200,000 for the trailing twelve month period ending June 30, 2016;

(iii) immediately after giving effect to any Credit Extensions to be made on the Closing Date, including the payment of all Transaction Costs required to be paid in Cash, the ratio of (x) Consolidated Total Debt for Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date to (y) pro forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the trailing twelve-month period ending June 30, 2016 is not greater than 6.50:1.00;

(iv) immediately after giving effect to any Credit Extensions to be made on the Closing Date, including the payment of all Transaction Costs required to be paid in Cash, the Company has Consolidated Liquidity of at least $10,000,000; and

(g) Since December 31, 2015, no event, circumstance or change shall have occurred that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

 

2


The foregoing certifications are made and delivered to Administrative Agent and the Lenders as of the Closing Date.

 

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:

   

Name:

 

Title:

 
SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, LLC

By:

   

Name:

 

Title:

 


EXHIBIT G-2 TO

CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

                     , 2016

Reference is made to that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 16, 2016 (as amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Company”), SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( “Holdings” ), the other Credit Parties party thereto from time to time, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, and GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES, IN HIS CAPACITY AS AN OFFICER OF EACH OF COMPANY AND HOLDINGS AND NOT IN HIS INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY, AS FOLLOWS:

1. I am the chief financial officer of each of Holdings and Company.

2. I have reviewed the terms of Sections 3 and 4 of the Credit Agreement and the definitions and provisions contained in the Credit Agreement relating thereto, and, in my opinion, have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable me to express an informed opinion as to the matters referred to herein.

3. Based upon my review and examination described in paragraph 2 above, after giving effect to (i) the repayment of the Existing Indebtedness and (ii) the Credit Extensions to be made on the Closing Date, Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]


The foregoing certifications are made and delivered to Administrative Agent and the Lenders as of the Closing Date.

 

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:

   

Name:

 

Title:

 
SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, LLC

By:

   

Name:

 

Title:

 


EXHIBIT H TO

CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART AGREEMENT

This COUNTERPART AGREEMENT , dated [mm/dd/yy] (this “Counterpart Agreement”) is delivered pursuant to that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 16, 2016 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC. , a Delaware corporation, the other Credit Parties party thereto from time to time, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

Section 1. Pursuant to Section 5.10 of the Credit Agreement and Section 5.3 of the Pledge and Security Agreement:

(a) [                      ] ( “New Credit Party”) (i) agrees that this Counterpart Agreement may be attached to the Credit Agreement and that by the execution and delivery hereof, New Credit Party becomes a “Guarantor” under the Credit Agreement and agrees to be bound by all of the terms thereof and (ii) hereby delivers to Administrative Agent updates to all schedules attached to the Credit Agreement; provided , that with respect to such updates, any applicable schedule that relates solely to the Closing Date shall be deemed to be as of the date of this Counterpart Agreement;

(b) each Credit Party (including New Credit Party) represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement and each other Credit Document and applicable to New Credit Party is true and correct both before and after giving effect to this Counterpart Agreement, except to the extent that any such representation and warranty relates solely to any earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty is true and correct as of such earlier date;

(c) each Credit Party (including New Credit Party) certifies that no event has occurred or is continuing as of the date hereof, or will result from the transactions contemplated hereby on the date hereof, that would constitute a Default or Event of Default;

(d) New Credit Party agrees to irrevocably and unconditionally guaranty the due and punctual payment in full of all Obligations when the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 362(a)) and in accordance with Section 7 of the Credit Agreement; and


(e) New Credit Party hereby (i) agrees that this counterpart may be attached to the Pledge and Security Agreement, (ii) agrees that it will comply with all the terms and conditions of the Pledge and Security Agreement as if it were an original signatory thereto, (iii) grants to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of each Secured Party, a security interest in all of New Credit Party’s right, title and interest in and to all “Collateral” of New Credit Party, in each case whether now or hereafter existing or in which New Credit Party now has or hereafter acquires an interest and wherever the same may be located, and (iv) delivers to Collateral Agent supplements to all schedules attached to the Pledge and Security Agreement. All such Collateral shall be deemed to be part of the “Collateral” and hereafter subject to each of the terms and conditions of the Pledge and Security Agreement.

Section 2. New Credit Party agrees from time to time, upon request of Administrative Agent, to take such additional actions and to execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments as Administrative Agent may request to effect the transactions contemplated by, and to carry out the intent of, this Counterpart Agreement. Neither this Counterpart Agreement nor any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated, except in accordance with Section 10.5 of the Credit Agreement. Any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be given in accordance with Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement, and all for purposes thereof, the notice address of New Credit Party shall be the address as set forth on the signature page hereof. In case any provision in or obligation under this Counterpart Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

THIS COUNTERPART AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW) THEREOF.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has caused this Counterpart Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its duly Authorized Officer as of the date first written above.

 

[NAME OF NEW CREDIT PARTY]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Address for Notices:
   
   
   
 

Attention:

Telecopier

 

with a copy to:

   
   
   
 

Attention:

Telecopier

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED,

as of the date above first written:

 

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA ,

as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

By:

   
 

Name:

Title:

Exhibit 10.2

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND

RESTATED CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of June 28, 2017, by and among SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC. , a Delaware corporation, as Company, SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, as a Guarantor, the other Credit Parties party hereto, the Lenders party hereto, and GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA ( “GSB” ), as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, “Administrative Agent” ).

WHEREAS, Company, the other Credit Parties party thereto from time to time, the Lenders party thereto from time to time and GSB, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Lead Arranger, are party to that certain Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2016 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), whereby Lenders have extended to Company a credit facility pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents;

WHEREAS, Company has requested that Administrative Agent and Lenders make certain amendments to the Credit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Administrative Agent and the Lenders are willing to make such amendments subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions . All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement, after giving effect to this Agreement.

2. Amendments . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, and in reliance on the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement:

(a) The Recitals to the Credit Agreement are hereby amended by deleting the fifth “WHEREAS” clause in its entirety and inserting the following in lieu thereof:

WHEREAS , (i) on the Restatement Effective Date, Lenders agreed to continue and/or extend certain credit facilities to Company, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $120,000,000, consisting of (a) $115,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Term Loans (of which $110,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Term Loans remain outstanding as of the First Amendment Effective Date (prior to any funding on such date)) and (b) $5,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Revolving Commitments (including a Letter of Credit subfacility), the proceeds of which have been used for the purposes specified in Section 2.5 and (ii) on the First Amendment Effective Date, Lenders have agreed to extend additional (a) Term Loan Commitments to Company in an aggregate principal amount of $50,000,000 and (b) Revolving Commitments in an aggregate principal amount of $2,500,000, the proceeds of which shall be used for the purposes specified in Section 2.5;


(b) Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the defined terms “Applicable Margin” , “Fee Letter” , “Letter of Credit Sublimit” , “Leverage Multiple” , “Revolving Commitment” , “Term Loan” , “Term Loan Commitment” and “Term Loan Exposure” in their entirety and inserting the following in lieu thereof in the proper alphabetical order:

“Applicable Margin” means (a) for any applicable periods prior to the First Amendment Effective Date, the Applicable Margin (as defined in this Agreement prior to the First Amendment Effective Date) and (b) on and after the First Amendment Effective Date, (i) seven percent (7.00%) for LIBOR Rate Loans and (i) six and one-half percent (6.50%) for Base Rate Loans.

“Fee Letter” means the amended and restated letter agreement regarding certain fees and dated as of the First Amendment Effective Date between Company and Administrative Agent.

Letter of Credit Sublimit ” means the lesser of (i) $7,500,000, and (ii) the aggregate unused amount of the Revolving Commitments then in effect.

Leverage Multiple ” means, from and after the First Amendment Effective Date, the lesser of (i) 5.75 and (ii) the then applicable maximum Leverage Ratio set forth in Section 6.8(b).

Revolving Commitment ” means the commitment of a Lender to make or otherwise fund any Revolving Loan and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and “Revolving Commitments” means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate. The amount of each Lender’s Revolving Commitment, if any, is set forth on Appendix A-2 or in the applicable Assignment Agreement, subject to any adjustment or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof. The aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments as of the First Amendment Effective Date is $7,500,000.

Term Loan ” means a Term Loan made by a Lender to Company pursuant to Section 2.1(a) of this Agreement (as in effect on the Closing Date and the First Amendment Effective Date).

Term Loan Commitment ” means the commitment of a Lender to make or otherwise fund a Term Loan and “Term Loan Commitments” means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate. The amount of each Lender’s Term Loan Commitment as of the First Amendment Effective Date, if any, is set forth on Appendix A-1 or in the applicable Assignment Agreement, subject to any


adjustment or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof. An aggregate principal amount of $115,000,000 of Term Loans were funded on the Closing Date. As of the First Amendment Effective Date (prior to any funding on such date), an aggregate principal amount of $110,000,000 of Term Loans remain outstanding. After giving effect to the funding of the Term Loans on the First Amendment Effective Date, the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Term Loans will be $160,000,000.

“Term Loan Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender, as of any date of determination, the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans of such Lender; provided , from and after the First Amendment Effective Date and at any time prior to the making of the Term Loans on the First Amendment Effective Date, the Term Loan Exposure of any Lender shall be equal to the sum of such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment and the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans of such Lender.

(c) Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby further amended by inserting the new defined terms “First Amendment” , “First Amendment Effective Date” , “First Amendment Effective Date Certificate” and “First Amendment Effective Date Dividend” in the proper alphabetical order as follows:

“First Amendment” means that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement, between Company, the other Credit Parties party thereto, Administrative Agent and the Lenders party thereto, dated the First Amendment Effective Date.

“First Amendment Effective Date” means June 28, 2017.

“First Amendment Effective Date Certificate” means a First Amendment Effective Date Certificate in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

“First Amendment Effective Date Dividend” means the cash dividend made and distributed by Company to Holdings which is distributed by Holdings to the holders of its Capital Stock, if and only to the extent all of the following conditions are satisfied: (i) such dividends are made or caused to be made on the First Amendment Effective Date (or within one Business Day thereafter) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,386,740.69 with (x) the proceeds of the Term Loan made on the First Amendment Effective Date in an amount not to exceed $48,616,290.13 and (b) Unrestricted Cash in an amount not to exceed $1,770,450.56, (ii) such dividends are otherwise made in accordance with the Organizational Documents of Company and Holdings and in compliance with applicable law and (iii) no Default or Event of Default exists and is continuing at the time of the making of such dividends (or would be caused thereby).


(d) Section 2.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the existing text of such Section in its entirety and by inserting, in lieu thereof, the following text:

2.1 Term Loans.

(a) Loan Commitments . As of the First Amendment Effective Date (prior to any funding on such date), the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Term Loans is $110,000,000. Such Term Loan outstanding on the First Amendment Effective Date (prior to any funding on such date) shall not be deemed repaid on the First Amendment Effective Date, but rather shall be re-evidenced by this Agreement as a portion of the Term Loan outstanding hereunder. In addition, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 5 of the First Amendment and subject to the terms hereof, each Lender with a Term Loan Commitment on the First Amendment Effective Date severally agrees to make, on the First Amendment Effective Date, a Term Loan to Company in an amount equal to such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment. Company may make only one borrowing under the Term Loan Commitment which shall be on the First Amendment Effective Date. Any amount borrowed under this Section 2.1(a) and any Term Loans outstanding on the First Amendment Effective Date (prior to any funding on such date) which are subsequently repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Subject to Sections 2.12 and 2.13, all amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Term Loans shall be paid in full no later than the Term Loan Maturity Date. Each Lender’s Term Loan Commitment shall terminate immediately and without further action on the First Amendment Effective Date after giving effect to the funding of such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment on such date. For all purposes of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, the sum (i) of the Term Loans outstanding on the First Amendment Effective Date (prior to any funding on such date), with an aggregate principal amount of $110,000,000 and (ii) the additional Term Loans made on the First Amendment Effective Date, with an aggregate principal amount of $50,000,000, shall constitute the Term Loans outstanding on the First Amendment Effective Date in the aggregate principal amount of $160,000,000.

(b) Borrowing Mechanics for Term Loan.

(i) Company shall deliver to Administrative Agent a fully executed Funding Notice no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the First Amendment Effective Date. Promptly upon receipt by Administrative Agent of such Funding Notice, Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the proposed borrowing.

(ii) Each Lender having a Term Loan Commitment on the First Amendment Effective Date shall make its additional portion of the Term Loan equal to the amount of its Term Loan Commitment on the First Amendment Effective Date available to Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the First Amendment Effective Date, by wire transfer of same


day funds in Dollars, at Administrative Agent’s Principal Office. Upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent specified herein and the First Amendment, Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of the Term Loans to be made under the Term Loan Commitment as of the First Amendment Effective Date available to Company on the First Amendment Effective Date by causing an amount of same day funds in Dollars equal to the proceeds of all such Loans received by Administrative Agent from Lenders to be credited to the account of Company at Administrative Agent’s Principal Office or to such other account as may be designated in writing to Administrative Agent by Company.

(e) Section 2.5 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following sentence therein immediately after the end of the second sentence and immediately prior to the beginning of the third sentence of such Section as follows:

The proceeds of the Term Loans made on the First Amendment Effective Date shall be applied by Company (i) to fund a portion of the First Amendment Effective Date Dividend and (ii) to pay transaction costs and expenses incurred in connection with the First Amendment on such date.

(f) Sections 4.2 , 4.4 , 4.7 , 4.13 , 4.16 , 4.23 of the Credit Agreement are each hereby amended by deleting each instance of the words “Closing Date” therein and inserting the words “First Amendment Effective Date” in lieu thereof.

(g) Section 4.2 of the Credit Agreement is further amended by deleting the words “as of the date hereof” therein and inserting the words “as of the First Amendment Effective Date” in lieu thereof.

(h) Section 6.5(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the existing text of such Section in its entirety and by inserting the following in lieu thereof:

(a) Permitted Management Fee Payments and the First Amendment Effective Date Dividend;

(i) Section 6.8(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the existing text of such Section in its entirety and by inserting, in lieu thereof, the following text:

(b) Leverage Ratio . Holdings shall not permit the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter, beginning with the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2016, to exceed the correlative ratio indicated:

 

Fiscal Quarter

   Leverage Ratio  

For each of the Fiscal Quarters ending September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2016

     7.50:1.00  

For each of the Fiscal Quarters ending March 31, 2017, June 30, 2017, September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2017

     7.00:1.00  


Fiscal Quarter

   Leverage Ratio  

For the Fiscal Quarter ending March 31, 2018

     6.50:1.00  

For the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2018

     6.25:1.00  

For each of the Fiscal Quarters ending September 30, 2018, December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019

     6.00:1.00  

For each of the Fiscal Quarters ending June 30, 2019 and September 30, 2019

     5.75:1.00  

For each of the Fiscal Quarters ending December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020

     5.50:1.00  

For the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2020

     5.00:1.00  

For each of the Fiscal Quarters ending thereafter

     4.50:1.00  

(j) Section 6.8(d) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the existing text of such Section in its entirety and by inserting, in lieu thereof, the following text:

(d) Revenue . The Credit Parties shall not permit RNR for any trailing twelve month period to be less than the correlated amount indicated:

 

Trailing Twelve Month Period Ending

   RNR  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2016

   $ 40,000,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending December 31, 2016

   $ 42,000,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending March 31, 2017

   $ 43,000,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2017

   $ 44,500,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2017

   $ 46,000,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending December 31, 2017

   $ 47,500,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending March 31, 2018

   $ 48,000,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2018

   $ 49,500,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2018

   $ 51,000,000  


Trailing Twelve Month Period Ending

   RNR  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending December 31, 2018

   $ 52,500,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending March 31, 2019

   $ 54,000,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2019

   $ 55,500,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2019

   $ 57,000,000  

As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending December 31, 2019

   $ 58,500,000  

As of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter ending thereafter

   $ 59,000,000  

(k) Section 6.12 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting, immediately after the end of the text “(h) transactions expressly permitted under Section 6.5” in such Section, the text “and (i) the First Amendment Effective Date Dividend”.

(l) Schedules 4.2 , 4.13 , and 4.16 to the Credit Agreement are hereby deleted in their entirety and replaced with the Schedules attached hereto as Exhibit A .

(m) Appendices A-1 and A-2 of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is inserted in lieu thereof:

APPENDIX A-1

TO CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

Term Loan Commitments

 

Lender

   Term Loan
Commitment on
the First
Amendment
Effective Date**
     Principal Amount
of Term Loans
Outstanding on
the First
Amendment
Effective Date**
     Principal Amount
of Term Loans
Outstanding on
the First
Amendment
Effective Date***
     Pro Rata
Share of
Term
Loans***
 

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

   $ 26,086,956.52      $ 57,391,304.35      $ 83,478,260.87        52.17


TPG Specialty Lending, Inc.

   $ 11,956,521.74      $ 26,304,347.83      $ 38,260,869.57        23.91

Fifth Street Senior Floating Rate Corp.

   $ 0.00      $ 5,173,913.04      $ 5,173,913.04        3.23

FS Senior Funding II LLC

   $ 0.00      $ 6,782,608.70      $ 6,782,608.70        4.24

Fifth Street Finance Corp.

   $ 6,521,739.13      $ 14,347,826.09      $ 20,869,565.22        13.04

Fifth Street Senior Funding LTD

   $ 5,434,782.61      $ 0.00      $ 5,434,782.61        3.40

Total

   $ 50,000,000.00      $ 110,000,000.00      $ 160,000,000.00        100

** = Prior to giving effect to the making of any Term Loans on the First Amendment Effective Date.

*** = After giving effect to the making of the Term Loans on the First Amendment Effective Date.

APPENDIX A-2

TO CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

Revolving Commitments

 

Lender

   Revolving
Commitment
     Pro Rata Share  

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

   $ 3,900,000.00        52.00

TPG Specialty Lending, Inc.

   $ 1,800,000.00        24.00

Fifth Street Senior Floating Rate Corp.

   $ 300,000.00        4.00

Fifth Street Finance Corp.

   $ 1,500,000.00        20.00

Total

   $ 7,500,000        100

3. Acknowledgements and Agreements. Credit Parties, as a material inducement to Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this letter agreement, hereby reaffirm and ratify the Credit Documents. This Agreement is not intended, and shall not be construed as an amendment of, or any kind of extension, consent or waiver related to any transaction under, the


Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document, other than as expressly set forth herein in accordance with the express terms hereof, and Agents, Lenders and Issuing Bank accordingly reserve all of their respective rights under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents. Administrative Agent’s and Lenders’ making the amendments contained herein does not and shall not create (nor shall Company or any other Credit Party rely on the existence of or claim or assert that there exists) any obligation of any Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank to consider or agree to any further waivers, consents or amendments and, in the event that Agents, Lenders or Issuing Bank subsequently agree to consider any further waivers, consents or amendments, neither this Agreement nor any other conduct of any Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank shall be of any force or effect on any Agent’s, Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s consideration or decision with respect thereto, and Agents, Lenders and Issuing Bank shall have no obligation whatsoever to consider or agree to any further waivers, consents or amendments. Each Lender party hereto that was not a Lender under the Credit Agreement prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement acknowledges and agrees that upon its execution of this Agreement that it shall become a Lender under, and for all purposes of, the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and shall be subject to and bound by the terms thereof, and shall perform in accordance with their terms all the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender and shall have all rights of a Lender thereunder.

4. Representations, Warranties, Covenants and Acknowledgments. To induce Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement, each Credit Party does hereby:

(a) represent and warrant to Administrative Agent and such Lenders that (i) as of the date hereof, after giving effect to this Agreement, all of the representations and warranties made or deemed to be made under the Credit Documents are true and correct in all material respects, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date (in which case, such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date); (ii) as of the date hereof, there exists no Default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document or would result from this Agreement becoming effective in accordance with its terms; (iii) each Credit Party has the power and is duly authorized to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and perform under the Credit Agreement as amended by this Agreement; and (iv) each of this Agreement and the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Agreement, is the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Credit Party enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability; and

(b) reaffirm each of the agreements, covenants, indemnities and undertakings of such Credit Party set forth in the Credit Agreement and each other Credit Document to which it is a party and executed in connection therewith or pursuant thereto as if such Credit Party were making such agreements, covenants, indemnities and undertakings on the First Amendment Effective Date; and

(c) acknowledge and agree that no right of offset, defense, counterclaim, claim, cause of action or objection in favor of such Credit Party against any Agent, Issuing Bank or any Lender exists arising out of or with respect to (i) this Agreement, the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document to which it is a party, or (ii) any other documents to which it is a party now or heretofore evidencing, securing or in any way relating to the foregoing;


(d) acknowledge and agree that this Agreement shall be deemed a “Credit Document” for all purposes under the Credit Agreement; and

(e) neither this Agreement nor any document executed in connection hereof shall be deemed to constitute a refinancing, substitution or novation of the Credit Agreement, any Credit Document, the Obligations or any other obligations and liabilities thereunder.

5. Conditions Precedent. The effectiveness of this Agreement is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) Administrative Agent shall have received executed counterparts of the following, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent:

(i) this Agreement;

(ii) new Term Loan Notes in favor of each Lender (upon request from such Lender) having a Term Loan Commitment (as defined after giving effect hereto) on the First Amendment Effective Date (as defined after giving effect hereto);

(iii) bring-down secretary’s or similar certificates (including any exhibits and attachments thereto), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, from each Credit Party;

(iv) the Fee Letter;

(v) a Solvency Certificate;

(vi) a First Amendment Effective Date Certificate, which certificate shall, among other things demonstrate that on the First Amendment Effective Date: (A) Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall have generated Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of at least $35,000,000 for the trailing twelve month period ending March 31, 2017, (B) Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall have generated revenue of at least $140,000,000 for the trailing twelve month period ending March 31, 2017, (C) immediately after giving effect to any Credit Extensions to be made on the First Amendment Effective Date, the ratio of (x) Consolidated Total Debt for Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the First Amendment Effective Date to (y) pro forma Cash EBITDA for the trailing twelve month period ending March 31, 2017 shall not be greater than 4.75:1.00 and (D) Company shall have Consolidated Liquidity of at least $15,000,000 immediately after giving effect to any Credit Extensions to be made on the First Amendment Effective Date; and

(vii) a Funding Notice in respect of the Term Loans to be made on the date hereof; and

(viii) a Confirmation, Reaffirmation and Ratification Agreement from Sponsor;


(b) The organizational structure and capital structure of Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall be as set forth on Schedule 4.2;

(c) Each Credit Party shall have obtained all Governmental Authorizations and all consents of other Persons, in each case that are necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each of the foregoing shall be in full force and effect and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent. All applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority which would restrain, prevent or otherwise impose adverse conditions on the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents and no action, request for stay, petition for review or rehearing, reconsideration, or appeal with respect to any of the foregoing shall be pending, and the time for any applicable agency to take action to set aside its consent on its own motion shall have expired;

(d) Lenders and their respective counsel shall have received originally executed copies of the written opinions of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel for the Credit Parties, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, dated as of the date hereof (and each Credit Party hereby instructs such counsel to deliver such opinions to Agents and Lenders);

(e) There shall not exist any action, suit, investigation, litigation or proceeding or other legal or regulatory developments, pending or threatened in any court or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority that, in the reasonable discretion of Administrative Agent, singly or in the aggregate, materially impairs the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents, or that could have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(f) Since December 31, 2016, no event, circumstance or change shall have occurred that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(g) Administrative Agent shall have received (i) sufficient copies of each Organizational Document executed and delivered by each Credit Party or other applicable Person, as applicable, and, to the extent applicable, certified as of a recent date by the appropriate governmental official (or a certification from an Authorized Officer that such Organizational Documents have not been amended or otherwise modified from the Organizational Documents delivered to the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date); (ii) signature and incumbency certificates of the officers of such Person executing the Credit Documents to which it is a party; (iii) resolutions of the Board of Directors or similar governing body of each Credit Party approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the performance of the Credit Documents, as amended hereby, to which it is a party or by which it or its assets may be bound as of the date hereof, certified as of the date hereof by its secretary or an assistant secretary as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment; and (iv) a good standing certificate from the applicable Governmental Authority of each Credit Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation, each dated a recent date prior to the date hereof.

(h) Administrative Agent shall have received satisfactory results of a recent search, by a Person reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent, of all effective UCC financing statements (or equivalent filings) made with respect to any personal or mixed property of any Credit Party in the jurisdictions specified in the most recently delivered Collateral Questionnaire, together with copies of all such filings disclosed by such search.


6. Expenses. Company shall pay Administrative Agent and the Lenders all of their reasonable and documented out of pocket costs and expenses in connection with this Agreement in accordance with the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, all reasonable and documented out of pocket fees, expenses and disbursements of outside counsel to Administrative Agent and the Lenders).

7. Effect; Relationship of Parties. Except as expressly modified hereby, the Credit Agreement and each other Credit Document shall be and remain in full force and effect, and shall constitute the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of each Credit Party to Agents, Issuing Bank and Lenders, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability. The relationship of Agents, Issuing Bank and Lenders, on the one hand, and each Credit Party, on the other hand, has been and shall continue to be, at all times, that of creditor and debtor and not as joint venturers or partners. Nothing contained in this Agreement (or any instrument, document or agreement delivered in connection herewith), the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document shall be deemed or construed to create a fiduciary relationship between or among the parties.

8. Release. In further consideration of Administrative Agent’s and Lenders’ execution of this Agreement, each Credit Party, individually and on behalf of its successors (including, without limitation, any trustees acting on behalf of such Credit Party and any debtor-in-possession with respect to such Credit Party), assigns, subsidiaries and Affiliates (collectively, the “Releasors” ), hereby forever releases each Agent, each Issuing Bank and each Lender and their respective successors, assigns, parents, subsidiaries, Affiliates, officers, employees, directors, agents and attorneys (collectively, the “Releasees” ) from any and all debts, claims, demands, liabilities, responsibilities, disputes, causes, damages, actions and causes of actions (whether at law or in equity) and obligations of every nature whatsoever, whether liquidated or unliquidated, whether known or unknown, whether matured or unmatured, whether fixed or contingent that such Releasor has or may have against the Releasees, or any of them, which arise from or relate to any actions which the Releasees, or any of them, have or may have taken or omitted to take in connection with the Credit Agreement or the other Credit Documents prior to the date hereof (including, without limitation, with respect to the Obligations, any Collateral, the Credit Agreement, any other Credit Document) and any third parties liable in whole or in part for the Obligations. This provision shall survive and continue in full force and effect whether or not each Credit Party shall satisfy all other provisions of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents, including payment in full of all Obligations. Each Releasor understands, acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing release set forth above may be pleaded as a full and complete defense and may be used as a basis for an injunction against any action, suit or other proceeding which may be instituted, prosecuted or attempted in breach of the provisions of such release. Each Credit Party hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the Releasees, or any of them, harmless with respect to any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred by the Releasees, or any of them, whether direct, indirect or consequential, as a result of, arising from or relating to any proceeding by or on behalf of any Person, including,


without limitation, officers, directors, agents, trustees, creditors, partners or shareholders of any Credit Party or any parent, subsidiary or Affiliate of any Credit Party, whether threatened or initiated, asserting any claim for legal or equitable remedy under any statutes, regulation, common law principle or otherwise arising from or in connection with any matter which is the subject of the release set forth in this Section 8 . The foregoing indemnity shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

9. Miscellaneous. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts (any of which may be delivered via facsimile or electronic mail in portable document format), each of which, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which counterparts, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same Agreement. The exchange of copies of this Agreement and of signature pages hereto (and of the other documents (other than the Term Loan Notes) required to be delivered hereunder) by facsimile or electronic mail in portable document format shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Agreement (and such other documents) and may be used in lieu of the original Agreement (or in lieu of the original of such other documents) for all purposes. Signatures of the parties transmitted by facsimile or electronic mail in portable document format shall be deemed to be the parties’ original signatures for all purposes. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced according to, the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflict of law principles (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations Law) thereof. Each of the parties hereto accepts the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in the State, County and City of New York for any judicial proceeding arising under or relating to this Agreement, to the full extent set forth in Section 10.15 of the Credit Agreement. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees to waive its respective rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising under this Agreement, to the full extent set forth in Section 10.16 of the Credit Agreement. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior oral or written negotiations, agreements and understandings of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Credit Parties, Administrative Agent and the Lenders have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective duly authorized representatives as of the date first set forth above.

 

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES INC., as Company
By:   /s/ Mark McClain
  Name: Mark McClain
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, LLC, as a Guarantor
By:   /s/ Mark McClain
  Name: Mark McClain
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
SAILPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC., as a Guarantor
By:   /s/ Mark McClain
  Name: Mark McClain
  Title: Chief Executive Officer


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

as Administrative Agent, a Lender and Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ Stephen W. Hipp
  Name: Stephen W. Hipp
  Title: Authorized Signatory


TPG SPECIALTY LENDING, INC.,

as a Lender

By:   /s/ Michael Fishman
  Name: Michael Fishman
  Title: Co-Chief Executive Officer


FIFTH STREET SENIOR FLOATING RATE
CORP.,

as a Lender

By:   Fifth Street Management LLC, its Agent
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Noreika
  Name:   Steven M. Noreika
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer

FS SENIOR FUNDING II LLC,

as a Lender

By:   Fifth Street Senior Floating Rate Corp., its Designated Manager
  By:   Fifth Street Management LLC, its Agent
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Noreika
  Name:   Steven M. Noreika
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer

FIFTH STREET FINANCE CORP.,

as a Lender

By:   Fifth Street Management LLC, its Agent
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Noreika
  Name:   Steven M. Noreika
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer

FS SENIOR FUNDING LTD.,

as a Lender

By:   Fifth Street Management, LLC, its Agent
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Noreika
  Name:   Steven M. Noreika
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer


Exhibit A

Updated Schedules to Credit Agreement

See attached.


Schedule 4.2

Capital Stock and Ownership

Organizational Structure of Holdings and its Subsidiaries:

 

Name of Entity

  Owner   Class   Number of
Units/Shares
  Percent
age
Owners
hip
   

Stock Cert(s)

Sailpoint Technologies

Intermediate Holdings, LLC

  SailPoint Technologies
Holdings, Inc.
  N/A   N/A     100   N/A

SailPoint Technologies, Inc.

  Sailpoint Technologies
Intermediate Holdings, LLC
  Common Stock   1,000 common shares     100   CS-194

SailPoint Holdings, Inc.

  SailPoint Technologies, Inc.   Common Stock   1,000 common shares     100   CS-03 (650 shares); CS-04 (350 shares)

SailPoint International, Inc.

  SailPoint Technologies, Inc.   Common Stock   1,000 common shares     100   CS-03

SailPoint Technologies GmbH

  SailPoint Holdings, Inc.   N/A   N/A     100   N/A

SailPoint Technologies India Private Ltd.

  SailPoint Holdings, Inc.   Ordinary Shares   272,811 ordinary shares     100   2; 3; 4; 5; 6; 7; 8

SailPoint Technologies Israel Ltd.

  SailPoint Holdings, Inc.   Ordinary Shares   100 ordinary shares     100   N/A

Whitebox Security Ltd.

  SailPoint Technologies
Israel Ltd.
  Ordinary Shares;
Preferred
A Shares;
Deferred Shares
  6,007 Ordinary Shares;
2,275 Preferred A
Shares; 1,642 Deferred
Shares
    100   N/A

SailPoint Technologies Netherlands B.V.

  SailPoint Holdings, Inc.   Ordinary Shares   18,000 ordinary shares     100   N/A

SailPoint Technologies Pte. Ltd.

  SailPoint Holdings, Inc.   Ordinary Shares   1,000 ordinary shares     100   N/A


SailPoint Technologies SARL

   SailPoint Holdings, Inc.    Ordinary Shares    20 ordinary shares      100   N/A

SailPoint Technologies UK Ltd.

   SailPoint Holdings, Inc.    Ordinary Shares    1,000 ordinary shares      100   3

Option, warrant, call, right, commitment or other agreements:

None.


Schedule 4.13

Real Estate Assets

Owned Real Property:

None.

Leased Real Property:

Office Lease dated July 3, 2012 by and between New TPG-Four Points, L.P. and SailPoint Technologies, Inc., as amended by that First Amendment to Office Lease dated May 28, 2013, by and between New TPG-Four Points, L.P. and SailPoint Technologies, Inc., with an address of 11305 Four Points Dr., Building 2, Suite 100, Austin, Texas 78726

Office Lease dated April 3, 2017 by and between G&I VII River Place LP (Landlord) and SailPoint Technologies, Inc. (Tenant), for the premises located at 6500 River Place Blvd., Building VII Austin, Texas, which expires July 2, 2017.

Sublease Agreement dated April 20, 2017 by and between Samsung Austin Semiconductor, LLC and SailPoint Technologies, Inc. for certain premises in the building located at 7300 FM 2222, Building 1, Austin, Texas 78730.


Schedule 4.16

Material Contracts

Master Reseller Agreement, dated as of September 2, 2015, by and between SailPoint Technologies, Inc. and Optiv Security Inc., as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated July 27, 2016.

Exhibit 10.3

FORM OF

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [                ], between SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [                ] (“ Indemnitee ”).

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors or officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the corporation or business enterprise itself. The bylaws of the Company (the “ Bylaws ”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”). The Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers of the Company and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; [and]


WHEREAS, Indemnitee may not be willing to serve or continue to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve in such capacity; Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that Indemnitee be so indemnified[; and][.]

[WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by Thoma Bravo Fund XI, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Fund XI ”), Thoma Bravo Fund XI-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Fund XI-A ”), and Thoma Bravo Executive Fund XI, L.P. (“ Executive Fund XI ”, and collectively with Fund XI and Fund XI-A, Thoma Bravo ”) which Indemnitee and Thoma Bravo intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgment of and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board.]

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as a director or officer from and after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.     Indemnity of Indemnitee . Subject to the provisions of Section 9 , the Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, if Indemnitee was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to, or otherwise becomes involved in, any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined). In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a)     Proceedings other than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant, or otherwise becomes involved in, in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee, or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(b)     Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee, or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in and not opposed to the best interests of the Company; p rovided , however , if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine that Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such Expenses which the court deems proper.

 

2


(c)     Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to or participant in and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 1 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

2.     Additional Indemnity . In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company). The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement, other than those set forth in Section 9 hereof, shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

3.     Contribution .

(a)    Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not, without the Indemnitee’s prior written consent, enter into any such settlement of any action, suit or proceeding (in whole or in part) unless such settlement (i) provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee and (ii) does not impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee.

(b)    Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit

 

3


or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided , however , that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

(c)    To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

(d)    To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding, and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

4.     Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness, is made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests, or is otherwise asked to participate, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

5.     Advancement of Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 7 (e) and Section 9 ), the Company shall advance and pay, to the extent not prohibited by law, all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection

 

4


with any Proceeding (or part of any Proceeding) not initiated by Indemnitee or any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee with the prior approval of the Board as provided in Section 9(d) , within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and include an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be finally adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company in accordance with this Agreement or the provisions of the DGCL. Any advances pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free. In accordance with Sections 7(b) and 7(d) of this Agreement, advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. This Section 5 shall not apply to claim by Indemnitee for expenses in a matter for which indemnity and advancement of expenses is excluded pursuant to Section 9 .

6.     Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification . It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a)    To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

(b)    Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following three methods, which shall be at the election of the Board: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no Disinterested Directors, or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; provided , however , that if a Change in Control has occurred, the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be made by Independent Counsel. For purposes hereof, Disinterested Directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

5


(c)    In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c) . If a Change in Control has not occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to the Indemnitee advising Indemnitee of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. Indemnitee may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 12 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the Person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If a Change in Control has occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee (unless the Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and approved by the Board within 20 days after notification by Indemnitee. If (i) an Independent Counsel is to make the determination of entitlement pursuant to this Section 6 , and (ii) within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected (including as a result of an objection to the selected Independent Counsel), either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a Person selected by the court or by such other Person as the court shall designate, and the Person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the Person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c) , regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

(d)    In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Person making such determination shall to the fullest extent permitted by law presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof to overcome such presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e)    Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined), including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on

 

6


information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(f)    If the Person empowered or selected under this Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall to the fullest extent permitted by law be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided , however , that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the Person making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto.

(g)    Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Person making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such Person upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Person making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(h)    The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall to the fullest extent permitted by law be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(i)    The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in

 

7


good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

7.     Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a)    In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or (iv) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at Indemnitee’s option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b)    In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b) . In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7 , Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Company may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose other than to establish its compliance with the terms of this Agreement. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 7 , Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 5 until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed).

(c)    If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7 , absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading, in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d)    In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7 , incurs costs, in a judicial or arbitration proceeding or otherwise, attempting to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and

 

8


officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on Indemnitee’s behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 12 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in such efforts, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. It is the intent of the Company that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Indemnitee hereunder.

(e)    The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(f)    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

8.     Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation .

(a)    The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the certificate of incorporation of the Company (the “ Charter ”), the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise, of the Company. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b)    The Company shall, if commercially reasonable, obtain and maintain in effect during the entire period for which the Company is obligated to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement, one or more policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies to provide the directors and officers of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts and omissions and to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or

 

9


their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such officer or director under such policy or policies. In all such insurance policies, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee with the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors and officers. At the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c)    [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by Thoma Bravo and certain affiliates that, directly or indirectly, (i) are controlled by, (ii) control or (iii) are under common control with, Thoma Bravo (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”). With respect to any amounts that are subject to indemnity under this Agreement and also subject to an indemnity obligation owed by Fund Indemnitors, the Company hereby agrees that (i) as compared to the Fund Indemnitors, it is the indemnitor of first resort with respect to any rights to indemnification provided to Indemnitee herein (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee is secondary), (ii) it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement, in each case, to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Charter or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of this Section 8(c) .]

(d)    Except as provided in Section 8(c) above, in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee (other than against the Fund Indemnitors), who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(e)    Except as provided in Section 8(c) above, the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement of Expenses is provided) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

10


(f)    Except as provided in Section 8(c) above, the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

9.     Exception to Right of Indemnification . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity or advancement of expenses in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a)    for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; provided , that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Fund Indemnitors set forth in Section 8(c) above;

(b)    for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (as hereinafter defined), or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law;

(c)    for reimbursement to the Company of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company in each case as required under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act” or Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act in connection with an accounting restatement of the Company or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act);

(d)    in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, or (iii) the Proceeding is one to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement; or

(e)    any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any compensation pursuant to any compensation recoupment or clawback policy adopted by the Board or the compensation committee of the Board, including but not limited to any such policy adopted to comply with stock exchange listing requirements implementing Section 10D of the Exchange Act.

10.     Non–Disclosure of Payments . Except as expressly required by the securities laws of the United States of America, neither party shall disclose any payments under this Agreement unless prior approval of the other party is obtained. If any payment information must be

 

11


disclosed, the Company shall afford Indemnitee an opportunity to review all such disclosures and, if requested, to explain in such statement any mitigating circumstances regarding the events to be reported.

11.     Duration of Agreement . All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (i) twenty (20) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which Indemnitee served at the request of the Company, and (ii) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto) in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement relating thereto (including any rights of appeal of any Section 7 Proceeding). Termination of this Agreement shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Indemnitee in respect of any Proceeding (regardless of when such Proceeding is first threatened, commenced or completed) arising out of, or related to, any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such termination. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

12.     Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a)    “ Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided , however , that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

(b)    “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i)     Acquisition of Stock by Third Party . Any Person (as defined below), other than Thoma Bravo and its affiliates and other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined above), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, unless the change in relative Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

(ii)     Change in Board of Directors . During any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new

 

12


director (other than a director designated by a Person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 12(b)(i) , 12(b)(iii) or 12(b)(iv) ) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by (y) a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved or (z) Thoma Bravo or its affiliates pursuant to their director designation rights set forth in the Charter, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

(iii)     Corporate Transactions . The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity; and

(iv)     Liquidation . The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement or series of agreements for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or, if such approval is not required, the decision by the Board to proceed with such a liquidation, sale, or disposition in one transaction or a series of related transactions.

(c)    “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company, or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express request of the Company.

(d)    “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e)    “ Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f)    “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(g)    “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts and other professionals, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide

 

13


discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(h)    “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any Person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(i)    “ Person ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided , however , that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(j)    “ Proceeding ” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise; in each case whether or not Indemnitee is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

13.     Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in

 

14


any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the fullest extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws.

14.     Enforcement and Binding Effect .

(a)    The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director or officer of the Company.

(b)    Without limiting any of the rights of Indemnitee under the Charter or Bylaws of the Company as they may be amended from time to time, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(c)    The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise at the Company’s request, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

(d)    The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

(e)    The Company and Indemnitee agree herein that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which Indemnitee may be entitled. The Company and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such

 

15


specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.

15.     Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

16.     Notice by Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

17.     Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:

(a)    To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee’s signature hereto.

(b)    To the Company at:

SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc.

11305 Four Points Drive

Building 2, Suite 100

Austin, Texas 78726

Attention: General Counsel

Email: legal@sailpoint.com

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

18.     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

16


19.     Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

20.     Interpretation . The word “including” when used herein shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

21.     Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict-of-laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section  7 of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Court ”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

[T HE R EMAINDER OF T HIS P AGE I S I NTENTIONALLY L EFT B LANK .]

 

17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first written above.

 

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
INDEMNITEE

 

Name:  
Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.21

FOUR POINTS CENTRE

BUILDING I

OFFICE LEASE

by and between

NEW TPG-FOUR POINTS, L.P.

and

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Dated: July 3, 2012


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

             Page  

1.

  Definitions      1  

2.

  Lease of Premises      1  

3.

  Use of Premises      2  

4.

  Term      2  

5.

  Rent      3  
 

5.1

  Items Comprising Rent      3  
 

5.2

  Time for Payment      4  
 

5.3

  Estimates and Annual Reconciliation of Operating Expenses      4  
 

5.4

  Audit      5  

6.

  Security Deposit      5  

7.

  Failure of Building Systems      7  

8.

  Initial Tenant Improvements; Allowances; AS-IS      8  
 

8.1

  Initial Tenant Improvements      8  
 

8.2

  Allowances      8  
 

8.3

 

Building Shell Condition

     9  
 

8.4

  AS-IS      9  

9.

  Utilities and Services      9  
 

9.1

  Landlord Obligations      9  
 

9.2

  Extraordinary Services      13  
 

9.3

  Telephone      13  
 

9.4

  Governmental Interruption in Utility Services      13  

10.

  Alterations      13  
 

10.1

  Restriction on Alterations      13  
 

10.2

  Removal and Surrender of Fixtures and Alterations      15  
 

10.3

  Tenant’s Fixtures      15  

11.

  Maintenance and Repairs      15  
 

11.1

  Tenant’s Obligations      15  
 

11.2

  Landlord’s Obligations      16  
 

11.3

  Waiver of Liability      16  

12.

  Insurance; Waiver of Subrogation      17  
 

12.1

  Liability Insurance      17  

 

- i -


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

             Page  
 

12.2

  Property Insurance      17  
 

12.3

  Business Interruption Insurance      17  
 

12.4

  Policy Requirements      18  
 

12.5

  Landlord’s Insurance      19  
 

12.6

  Waiver of Subrogation      19  

13.

  Damage or Destruction      20  
 

13.1

  Damage and Restoration      20  
 

13.2

  Termination      21  

14.

  Eminent Domain      21  
 

14.1

  Taking      21  
 

14.2

  Temporary Taking   

15.

  Assignment and Subletting      22  
 

15.1

  Limitation      22  
 

15.2

  Notice of Intent to Assign or Sublet      23  
 

15.3

  Right of Recapture; Landlord’s Consent      24  
 

15.4

  Costs      26  

16.

  Landlord’s Reserved Rights      26  
 

16.1

  Right of Entry      26  
 

16.2

  Building and Common Areas      27  
 

16.3

  Name      27  
 

16.4

  Sale of a Building in Property      27  

17.

  Indemnification and Waiver      28  
 

17.1

  Indemnity by Tenant      28  
 

17.2

  Waiver      28  

18.

  Definition of Landlord      29  

19.

  Subordination      29  
 

19.1

  Subordination      29  
 

19.2

  Attornment      29  
 

19.3

  Notice to Landlord’s Mortgagee      30  
 

19.4

  Landlord’s Mortgagee’s Protection Provisions      30  

20.

  Substitution of Premises      31  

 

- ii -


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

             Page  

21.

  Surrender of Premises and Removal of Property      31  
 

21.1

  No Merger      31  
 

21.2

  Surrender of Premises      31  
 

21.3

  Disposal of Property      31  

22.

  Holding Over      32  

23.

  Defaults and Remedies      32  
 

23.1

  Defaults by Tenant      32  
 

23.2

  Landlord’s Remedies      33  
 

23.3

  Waivers by Tenant      35  
 

23.4

  Repossession      36  
 

23.5

  Methodology of Calculating Charges      36  
 

23.6

  Right of Landlord to Injunction; Remedies Cumulative      36  
 

23.7

  Lien      37  
 

23.8

  Waiver of Jury Trial      37  
 

23.9

  Definition of Tenant      37  
 

23.10

  Tenant’s Obligation Not Dependent      37  

24.

  Covenant Against Liens      38  

25.

  Interest on Tenant’s Obligations; Late Charges      39  
 

25.1

  Interest      39  
 

25.2

  Late Charge      39  

26.

  Quiet Enjoyment      39  

27.

  Parking Facilities      39  

28.

  Brokers      40  

29.

  Rules and Regulations      40  

30.

  Signage      40  
 

30.1

  Directory      40  
 

30.2

  Signs      40  
 

30.3

 

Building Signage

     41  
 

30.4

  Monument Sign      41  

31.

  Personal Property Taxes      42  

32.

  General Provisions      42  

 

- iii -


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

             Page  
 

32.1

  No Waiver      42  
 

32.2

  Terms; Headings      42  
 

32.3

  Entire Agreement      42  
 

32.4

  Successors and Assigns      43  
 

32.5

  Notices      43  
 

32.6

  Severability      43  
 

32.7

  Time of Essence      43  
 

32.8

  Governing Law      43  
 

32.9

  Attorneys’ Fees      43  
 

32.10

  Light and Air      43  
 

32.11

  Bankruptcy Prior to Commencement      43  
 

32.12

  Force Majeure      44  
 

32.13

  Applicable Laws      44  
 

32.14

  Estoppel Certificates      44  
 

32.15

  Examination of Lease      44  
 

32.16

  Landlord Liability      44  
 

32.17

  Representations by Tenant      45  
 

32.18

  Representation and Warranty By Tenant Regarding CalSTRS Prohibited Transactions      46  
 

32.19

  Memorandum of Lease      46  
 

32.20

  Landlord’s Fees      46  

33.

  DTPA WAIVER      47  

34.

  Hazardous Materials      48  

35.

  Guaranty of Lease      49  

36.

  Counterparts      49  

37.

  Relation of Parties      49  

38.

  Joint and Several Liability      49  

39.

  Appraisal of the Property      49  

40.

  Usury      49  

 

- iv -


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

EXHIBIT A

  FLOOR PLAN      A-1  

EXHIBIT B

  GLOSSARY OF DEFINED TERMS      B-1  

EXHIBIT C

  MEMORANDUM OF LEASE COMMENCEMENT      C-1  

EXHIBIT D

  TENANT IMPROVEMENT LETTER      D-1  

EXHIBIT E

  RULES AND REGULATIONS      E-1  

EXHIBIT F

  JANITORIAL SPECIFICATIONS      F-1  

EXHIBIT G

  ADDENDUM      G-1  

EXHIBIT H

  FORM OF ILOC      H-1  

EXHIBIT I

  SHELL CONDITION      I-1  

EXHIBIT J

  SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT      J-1  

EXHIBIT K

  PARKING      K-1  

EXHIBIT L

  SIGNAGE      L-1  

EXHIBIT M

  GROSS UP CALCULATION      M-1  

EXHIBIT N

  ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES STATEMENT      N-1  

EXHIBIT O

  FITNESS CENTER      O-1  

 

- v -


LEASE SUMMARY

This lease summary is made a part of the Lease and it shall be incorporated into the provisions thereof; provided, however, that to the extent that there exists a conflict between this lease summary and the Lease, the Lease shall govern.

 

Date:    July 3, 2012
Landlord:    NEW TPG-FOUR POINTS, L.P., a Texas limited partnership
Tenant:    SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation
Premises:    (i) 30,142 rentable square feet located on the first (1 st ) floor (being Suite 100) (the “ Initial Premises ”), (ii) 4,100 rentable square feet located on the second (2 nd ) floor (the “ Phase 1 Must Take Premises ”), and (iii) 4,109 rentable square feet located on the second (2 nd ) floor (the “ Phase 2 Must Take Premises ”) with the combination of the Phase 1 Must Take Premises and the Phase 2 Must Take Premises being Suite 222, all in the building known as Four Points Centre, Building II located at 11305 Four Points Drive, Austin, Texas 78726 and as more particularly described in Section 2 below.
Term:    Sixty-six (66) months, commencing on the earlier to occur of (i) the date on which Tenant takes occupancy of the Initial Premises, or (ii) the Completion Date, and ending on the last day of the sixty-sixth (66 th ) full calendar month after such date (see Section 4 )
Base Rent:   

 

Months

   Annual Base Rent/RSF      RSF      Monthly Base Rent  

1-12

   $ 14.50        30,142    $ 36,421.58  

13-18

   $ 15.28        34,242    $ 43,601.48  

19-24

   $ 15.28        38,351      $ 48,833.61  

25-36

   $ 16.08        38,351      $ 51,390.34  

37-48

   $ 16.88        38,351      $ 53,947.07  

49-60

   $ 17.88        38,351      $ 57,142.99  

60-66

   $ 18.88        38,351      $ 60,338.91  

(see Section 5 for further provisions)

 

* The Rentable Square Feet (“RSF”) shall be increased if Tenant, in its sole discretion, elects to occupy and use any portion of the Phase 1 or Phase 2 Must Take Premises earlier than the Phase 1 Commencement Date and/or Phase 2 Commencement Date and the Monthly Base Rent shall be adjusted accordingly.


Permitted Use:    See Section 3
Options/Rights:    Renewal Option; Right of First Refusal; Termination Option (See Exhibit G )
Addresses for Notice:    To Landlord:
  

New TPG-Four Points, L.P.

c/o Thomas Properties Group, LP

2005 Market Street, Suite 3200

Philadelphia, PA 19103,

Attn: Mr. Randall L. Scott

   with a copy to:
  

TPG-FP Services, LP

401 Congress Avenue, Suite 1850

Austin, TX 78701

Attention: Jerry M. Hackney,

                 Senior Vice President-Property Management

   and with a copy to:
  

Jeff Bates

Bracewell & Giuliani LLP

111 Congress Avenue, Suite 2300

Austin, TX 78701-4061

Telephone: (512) 542-2130

Telecopy: (512) 479-3909

   To Tenant:
   Prior to the Commencement Date (as defined herein):
  

SailPoint Technologies, Inc.

6034 West Courtyard Drive, Suite 309

Austin, Texas 78730

Telephone: (512) 346-2000

Fax: (512) 346-2043

Attention: Cam McMartin

After the Commencement Date:

  

SailPoint Technologies, Inc.

11305 Four Points Drive, Suite 100

Austin, Texas 78726

Telephone: (512) 346-2000

Fax: (512) 346-2043

Attention: Cam McMartin

 

- 2 -


FOUR POINTS CENTRE OFFICE LEASE

THIS OFFICE LEASE (this Lease ) is made and entered into as of the 3rd day of July, 2012 (the Effective Date ) by and between NEW TPG-FOUR POINTS, L.P., a Texas limited partnership ( Landlord ), and SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation ( Tenant ).

 

1. Definitions.

All capitalized terms used in this Lease and not specifically defined in the text shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the glossary attached hereto as Exhibit B and hereby made a part hereof.

 

2. Lease of Premises.

Subject to the covenants, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, (i) as of the Commencement Date, the Initial Premises, at which point the term “Premises” as used in this Lease shall refer to the Initial Premises and shall consist of approximately 30,142 rentable square feet, (ii) commencing on the first day of the thirteenth calendar month following the Commencement Date (the “ Phase 1 Commencement Date ”), the Phase 1 Must Take Premises, at which point the term “Premises” as used in this Lease shall refer to the Initial Premises and the Phase 1 Must Take Premises and shall consist of approximately 34,242 rentable square feet, and (iii) commencing on the first day of the nineteenth calendar month following the Commencement Date (the “ Phase 2 Commencement Date ”), the Phase 2 Must Take Premises, at which point the term “Premises” as used in this Lease shall refer to the Initial Premises, the Phase 1 Must Take Premises and the Phase 2 Must Take Premises and shall consist of approximately 38,351 rentable square feet, all as shown on the drawings attached hereto as Exhibit A , located on the first and second floors of the Building; provided, however, Tenant may elect, in its sole discretion (but upon prior written notice(s) to Landlord (which notice(s) shall contain the Rentable Area determined by Tenant’s Architect for the portion or all of the Phase 1 Must Take Premises and/or the Phase 2 Must Take Premises Tenant will occupy and conduct business therein), to occupy and conduct business therein in a portion or all of the Phase 1 Must Take Premises and/or the Phase 2 Must Take Premises following the Commencement Date but prior to the commencement of the thirteenth calendar month or the nineteenth calendar month, as applicable. Concurrently with the delivery of such notice, Tenant shall submit to Landlord the amount of Rent payable for the portion or all of the Phase 1 Must Take Premises and/or Phase 2 Must Take Premises for which Tenant will occupy and conduct business therein for the first month following the expiration of the Rent Abatement Period for the Phase 1 Premises and/or Phase 2 Premises, as applicable. In the event of and upon such occupancy and conducting of Tenant’s business therein, Landlord and Tenant agree to appropriately amend the Base Rent table contained in the Lease Summary and Section 5.1(a) to include rentable square footage inclusive of the rentable square footage Tenant occupies and uses in the Phase 1 Must Take Premises and/or the Phase 2 Must Take Premises. In addition, the Phase 1 Commencement Date and/or the Phase 2 Commencement Date shall be appropriately adjusted to be such date(s) of occupancy and use, and the references to the Premises shall include the applicable “must take” premises so occupied and used for all purposes under this Lease. Landlord also hereby grants to Tenant a non-exclusive license to use the Common Areas within


the Building and the Property subject to the covenants, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease. For purposes of determining whether Tenant is occupying any portion(s) or all of the Phase 1 Must Take Premises and/or the Phase 2 Must Take Premises and conducting business therein, the parties acknowledge that neither (i) the mere use of the corridors in either or both the Phase 1 Must Take Premises and/or the Phase 2 Must Take Premises for circulation through the 38,351 rentable square feet nor (ii) the presence of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment in any portion of such space shall constitute Tenant’s occupying or conducting business therein. In the event the demising wall(s) separating the Phase 1 Must Take Premises and/or the Phase 2 Must Take Premises from the adjacent leasable space on the second floor is (are) not constructed in the exact location(s) shown on the Final Plans, Landlord shall have STG Design (“STG”) determine the final Rentable Area of the Premises within ten (10) days of the date of Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements. STG’s final determination of the Rentable Area of the Premises shall be confirmed in writing to Landlord and Tenant, and deemed to be conclusive for all purposes hereunder. Anything in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, if it is determined that the Rentable Area of the Premises is different than the 38,351 rentable square feet specified in Section 2 (a) of this Lease, Landlord and Tenant shall promptly enter into a written lease amendment documenting such changes along with any adjustments to monetary amounts (including, without limitation, Base Rent and the Tenant Improvement Allowance), percentages or other amounts contained in this Lease which are based on the incorrect Rentable Area.

 

3. Use of Premises.

The Premises shall be used solely for general office purposes consistent with Class A Buildings and Tenant shall not use, or permit others to use, any portion of the Premises or Tenant’s rights in the Property for the Prohibited Uses. The Parking Facility shall be used solely to provide parking for all modes of vehicular transportation.

 

4. Term.

The term of this Lease (the “ Term ”) shall be sixty-six (66) months, commencing on the earlier of (i) the date on which Tenant takes occupancy of the Premises, or (ii) the Completion Date (the earlier of said date is herein referred to as the “ Commencement Date ”), and ending, without the necessity of any notice from either party, on the last day of the sixty-sixth (66 th ) full calendar month thereafter. Landlord shall not be liable for a failure to deliver possession of the Premises or any other space when such failure is directly due to Force Majeure Events. Tenant may take possession of the Premises fifteen (15) days prior to the Commencement Date (the “ Pre-Commencement Period ”) for the sole purpose of installing furniture, fixtures and equipment or other personal property within the Premises. During the Pre-Commencement Period, Tenant shall be bound by all obligations of this Lease, except that Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Base Rent or its Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses, but shall be required to pay for extraordinary HVAC services pursuant to Section 9.2 requested by Tenant as a result of such early possession. Within fifteen (15) days of the receipt of a written request of either party, Landlord and Tenant will execute a memorandum in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto, setting forth the dates on which the Term begins and ends.

 

- 2 -


5. Rent.

5.1 Items Comprising Rent . In consideration for this Lease, effective as of the Commencement Date, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord the following (hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Rent ”):

(a) Monthly base rent (“ Base Rent ”) in accordance with the following table:

 

Months

   Annual Base Rent/RSF      RSF      Monthly Base Rent  
1-12    $ 14.50        30,142    $ 36,421.58  
13-18    $ 15.28        34,242    $ 43,601.48  
19-24    $ 15.28        38,351      $ 48,833.61  
25-36    $ 16.08        38,351      $ 51,390.34  
37-48    $ 16.88        38,351      $ 53,947.07  
49-60    $ 17.88        38,351      $ 57,142.99  
60-66    $ 18.88        38,351      $ 60,338.91  

 

* The Rentable Square Feet shall be increased if Tenant, in its sole discretion, elects to occupy and use any portion of the Phase 1 or Phase 2 Must Take Premises earlier than the Phase 1 Commencement Date and/or Phase 2 Commencement Date and the Monthly Base Rent shall be adjusted accordingly.

(b) Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses for the applicable calendar year, as estimated and reconciled by Landlord in accordance with Section 5.3 below.

(c) Intentionally deleted.

(d) Following the Commencement Date, any actual costs or expenses for goods, services or utilities which are (i) directly attributable to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises and are of the type described in Section 9.2 hereof, and (ii) not otherwise included in Operating Expenses or completely reimbursed to Landlord by any other source or entity.

(e) Those charges which Landlord imposes on Tenant for services pursuant to Section 9.2 of this Lease.

(f) Any sums which Tenant becomes obligated to pay as a result of Tenant’s failure to comply with any of the terms and provisions of this Lease.

(g) Any other amounts due under this Lease.

(h) Notwithstanding anything in the above Section 5.1(a) to the contrary, applicable monthly Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses (estimated to be $9.72/RSF for 2012) for all of the rentable square footage Tenant occupies and uses shall be abated for the first six (6) months of the Term (the “ Rent Abatement Period ”); provided, however, all other payments required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the Lease shall remain due and payable during the Rent Abatement Period. If at any time during the initial Term Landlord terminates this Lease as a result of an Event of Default of a monetary nature hereunder, the abatement of Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating

 

- 3 -


Expenses for the Premises provided for herein shall immediately become void, and Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord, in addition to all other amounts due to Landlord under the Lease, the full amount of all Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses for the Premises herein abated, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full calendar months remaining in the Term as of the date Landlord terminates this Lease as a result of an Event of Default of a monetary nature and the denominator of which is 66.

5.2 Time for Payment . Rent due under subparagraphs (a) and (b) above shall be payable in advance on the first (1 st ) day of each calendar month without prior notice or demand. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall submit the sum of $60,836.60 on the date of execution of this Lease as the Rent payment for the seventh (7 th ) month of the Term for the Initial Premises. Landlord shall not be obligated to invoice Tenant monthly for Rent due under subparagraphs (a) or (b). All other sums due from Tenant shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days following presentation by Landlord of an invoice therefor, unless this Lease specifically provides otherwise. All Rent shall be payable in United States dollars and sent to Landlord as follows: (1) if by check, payable to the order of New TPG-Four Points, L.P., c/o Thomas Properties Group, Attn: Rent Receivable, 2005 Market Street, Suite 3200 Philadelphia, PA 19103, or (2) if by wire, using the instructions set forth below:

 

  Bank Name:   Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania
    2001 Market Street
    Philadelphia, PA 19103
  Routing No.:   036-076-150
  Account No.:   6202049913
  For Credit To:   New TPG—Four Points, L.P.

Rent for any partial calendar month during the Term shall be prorated on a per diem basis based on a three hundred sixty (360) day year.

5.3 Estimates and Annual Reconciliation of Operating Expenses . Prior to the commencement of each calendar year, or as soon thereafter as possible, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement containing Landlord’s reasonable estimate of Operating Expenses (such statement amount shall be based on a budget prepared by Landlord in accordance with standard industry and accounting practices) for such year and a calculation of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share, which Landlord may re-estimate at any time. Thereafter, Tenant shall pay to Landlord one-twelfth of the amount of its Pro Rata Share on each monthly Rent payment date until further adjustment pursuant to this paragraph. If Landlord’s statement is furnished after the start of the year, then Tenant shall continue to pay the monthly amount of its Pro Rata Share of such expenses due for the prior year and on the next monthly Rent payment date after Tenant receives Landlord’s statement, Tenant shall also pay any excess amounts allocable to the prior months in that year. No later than one hundred eighty (180) days following the end of each calendar year during the Term, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement showing the actual Operating Expenses during said calendar year (“ Annual Operating Expenses Statement ”) which, at a minimum, shall contain the actual Operating Expenses information (and any adjustments thereto to increase the Operating Expenses as specified in Section 15.1 of Exhibit B of this Lease) for such calendar year required to complete the forms attached hereto as Exhibit N. If the Annual Operating Expenses Statement reveals an underpayment, Tenant shall pay such underpayment to

 

- 4 -


Landlord within thirty (30) days (whether or not this Lease has expired or been terminated) after Landlord delivers the Annual Operating Expenses Statement to Tenant, and if the Annual Operating Expenses Statement shows an overpayment, Landlord shall credit the next monthly rental payment(s) of Tenant with an amount equal to such overpayment, or, if the Term has expired, promptly refund the overpayment to Tenant. The obligations set forth in this Section 5.3 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, future increases in Operating Expenses above the actual amounts for the prior calendar year beginning with those expenses for 2012, excluding Real Property Taxes, insurance, utilities, and janitorial expenses shall be limited to the lesser of (i) the actual increase or (ii) five percent (5%) (the “ Cap ”) per year on a cumulative basis.

5.4 Audit Rights . Tenant shall have the right to audit Landlord’s Annual Operating Expenses Statement as set forth in this Section 5.4. In order to exercise Tenant’s right to review the Annual Operating Expenses Statement, Tenant must provide written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s intention to conduct such audit within ninety (90) days after Landlord delivers the Annual Operating Expenses Statement for the applicable calendar year to Tenant and the review will cover only the most recently expired calendar year, and Landlord will not be obligated to provide information with respect to previous calendar years. If Tenant delivers to Landlord a notice pursuant to the preceding sentence, then upon five (5) days prior written notice and during normal business hours at Landlord’s office or such other place as Landlord shall reasonably designate, Tenant shall be entitled to inspect and examine those books and records of Landlord relating to the determination of any item of Operating Expenses paid in the subject calendar year. If, after inspection and examination of such books and records, Tenant disputes the amounts of Operating Expenses charged by Landlord, Tenant, by written notice to Landlord, may request an independent audit of such books and records. The independent audit of the books and records shall be conducted by a certified public accountant designated by Tenant and reasonably acceptable to Landlord (such accountant may not be compensated on a contingency fee or similar basis relating to the results of such audit). If, within ten (10) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice requesting an audit, Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon a certified public accountant to conduct such audit, then Tenant may designate a national or regional firm of certified public accountants not then employed by Landlord or Tenant to conduct such audit. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any records of Landlord reviewed under this Section 5.4 (and the information contained therein) constitute confidential information of Landlord, which Tenant shall not disclose, nor permit to be disclosed by Tenant or it’s accountant, to anyone other than the Tenant’s accountants performing the review and the principals, employees and representatives of Tenant who receive the results of the review. Any accounting firm engaged to perform such an audit will be required to sign a nondisclosure agreement reasonably acceptable to Landlord. If the audit discloses that any item of Operating Expenses billed to Tenant was incorrect, the appropriate party shall pay the other party the deficiency or overpayment, as applicable. All costs and expenses of the audit shall be paid by the Tenant unless the audit shows that Landlord overstated Operating Expenses by more than five percent (5%) for the applicable calendar year, in which case Landlord shall pay all costs and expenses of the audit.

 

6. Security Deposit.

(a) Any Event of Default for purposes of this Section 6(a) shall mean an Event of Default that is monetary in nature or an Event of Default that has liquidated into a monetary

 

- 5 -


Event of Default. No later than the Commencement Date, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit (the “ Security Deposit ”) in the amount of $659,637.27 in the form shown as Exhibit H and issued by Square 1 Bank or another bank reasonably satisfactory to both parties wherein said letter of credit can be drawn and that permits drawings via facsimile, as security for the full and faithful performance of every financial obligation of this Lease to be thereafter performed by Tenant. As long as there is no continuing Event of Default, the amount of Security Deposit required hereunder shall be reduced by $41,227.33 on the day after the ninetieth (90 th ) day following the expiration of the Rent Abatement Period, and shall continue to be reduced by such amount following the expiration of subsequent ninety (90) day periods, until the amount of Security Deposit required hereunder has been reduced to $100,000.00, at which amount it will remain until the expiration of the Term. If a notice of an Event of Default has been provided to the issuing bank of the irrevocable letter of credit (the “Issuing Bank”), and the Event of Default is subsequently cured, Landlord shall provide the Issuing Bank with written notice within ten (10) days after the Event of Default is cured stating that the Event of Default has been cured and the Security Deposit may be reduced per the schedule of reduction in the letter of credit. Landlord shall not be required to keep the proceeds from a draw on the Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on either. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, Landlord may, but shall not be required to draw on the Security Deposit, in whole or in part, in either case for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any other amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of such Event of Default or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of such Event of Default, including, without limitation, costs and attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord to recover possession of the Premises (provided that Landlord may draw upon any Security Deposit in whole in the event Tenant defaults in its obligation to timely deliver a replacement letter of credit as required hereunder). If any portion of the proceeds from a draw on any Security Deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written request therefor, cause the Issuing Bank to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a “Default” under this Lease, without any additional notice or cure period required hereunder.

(b) Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer or mortgage its interest in the Building and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer or mortgage, Landlord shall have the right to transfer or assign the Security Deposit to the transferee or mortgagee, provided that Landlord shall pay all costs related to reissuing the irrevocable letter of credit if reissue is required to complete such transfer or assignment. Upon any transfer or assignment (but not a mere mortgage) of the Security Deposit, Landlord shall be deemed released by Tenant from all liability or obligation for the return of the Security Deposit and Tenant shall look solely to such transferee or mortgagee for the return of the Security Deposit. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the Security Deposit, shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within sixty (60) days following the expiration of the Term and surrender of possession of the Premises to Landlord. Subject to the express provisions of this Lease, Tenant hereby waives all provisions of law, now or hereafter in force, which provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of Rent, to repair damage caused by

 

- 6 -


Tenant or to clean the Premises; rather, Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any other Tenant Parties.

(c) Any letter of credit delivered by Tenant hereunder as the Security Deposit shall expire no earlier than twelve (12) months after issuance and shall provide for automatic renewals of one-year periods unless the issuer has provided Landlord written notice of non-renewal at least sixty (60) days prior to the then expiration date (whereupon Tenant shall be obligated to provide a replacement letter of credit or a “Letter of Credit Extension”, as described below, meeting the requirements of this Section 6 no later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the then outstanding and expiring letter of credit, as provided below). Any subsequent replacement letter of credit shall expire no earlier than twelve (12) months from the expiration date of the then outstanding and expiring letter of credit and shall provide for automatic 1-year renewals as described above, it being understood that in lieu of replacing any letter of credit, Tenant may procure an amendment extending its expiration date and so providing for automatic 1-year renewals (each a “ Letter of Credit Extension ”). Tenant shall ensure that at all times during the Term of this Lease and for fifteen (15) business days after expiration of the Term, one or more unexpired letters of credit in the aggregate amount of the Security Deposit required hereunder shall be in the possession of Landlord. To the extent that Tenant is obligated to furnish a replacement Letter of Credit Security Deposit hereunder, Tenant shall deliver a Letter of Credit Extension or a replacement letter of credit to Landlord no later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of the then outstanding and expiring letter of credit; provided, however, that a replacement letter of credit shall not be required to have an effective date earlier than the expiration date of the then existing letter of credit being so replaced (it being the intent that Tenant not be required to have two outstanding letters of credit covering the same required Security Deposit amount at any one time). Failure by Tenant to deliver cash, any Letter of Credit Extension or any replacement letter of credit as required above shall entitle Landlord to draw under the outstanding letter(s) of credit and to retain the entire proceeds thereof as the Security Deposit under this Lease. Each letter of credit shall be for the benefit of Landlord and its successors and assigns, shall be expressly transferable (but only to a Mortgagee or a successor landlord under this Lease), and shall entitle Landlord or its successors or assigns to draw from time to time under the letter of credit in portions or in whole upon presentation of a sight draft.

 

7. Failure of Building Systems.

(a) To the extent any of the services described in Section 9 require electricity, gas, water or other services supplied by public or private utility providers, Landlord’s covenants hereunder shall impose on Landlord only the obligation to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the applicable utility providers to furnish the same. Any failure or defect in the services shall not be construed as an eviction of Tenant, entitle Tenant to any damages from Landlord, or, except as expressly provided herein, entitle Tenant to any reduction, abatement, offset, or refund of Rent. Landlord shall not be in breach or default under this Lease, provided Landlord uses commercially reasonable diligence during normal business hours to restore any such failure after Landlord receives written notice thereof.

 

- 7 -


(b) If the Premises or any portion thereof are rendered Untenantable and are not used by Tenant for a period of five (5) consecutive business days following Landlord’s receipt from Tenant of a written notice regarding such matters (the “ Eligibility Period ”) as a result of failure in the water, sewage, air conditioning, heating, ventilating, life safety systems or electrical systems of the Building, Tenant’s Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses shall be reduced and abated after the expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time as the Premises (or portion thereof, as the case may be) remain Untenantable, in the same proportion as the Rentable Area rendered Untenantable bears to the total Rentable Area of the Premises; provided , however , there shall be no abatement of Rent: (i) if Landlord provides to Tenant other space in the Buildings which is reasonably suited for the temporary operation of Tenant’s business and pays all costs associated with moving the furniture, fixtures and equipment Tenant requires in such space; (ii) if the failure is caused in whole or in part by a governmental directive, failure of a utility provider to provide service to the Premises or by the negligent or willful acts or omissions of any Tenant Parties; (iii) to the extent such failure is caused by a fire or other casualty; or (iv) for any situation described by Section 9.4 . As used herein, “Untenantable” means the Premises is in a condition not reasonably usable or accessible by Tenant or its employees for the conduct of its business, and, as a result of such condition, Tenant does not use the Premises in a manner substantially consistent with its ordinary conduct of business therefrom. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during any abatement of Rent period under this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord as Rent (other than Operating Expenses) Landlord’s normal charges for all services and utilities provided to and used by Tenant during the period of the abatement of Rent.

(c) Subject to the provisions of Section 7(a) above, Landlord shall not otherwise be liable to Tenant for any such failure, stoppage or interruption of any services or utilities or unavailability of access to the Property and such shall not be construed as an eviction of Tenant nor shall such entitle Tenant to any reduction, abatement, offset, or refund of Rent or to any damages from Landlord except as provided for herein, nor shall Landlord be in breach or default under this Lease. Landlord agrees to use reasonable diligence to restore any such failure, stoppage or interruption of services or utilities or unavailability of access to the Property after Landlord receives notice thereof from Tenant. Subject to the provisions of Section 7(a) above, Tenant hereby waives and disclaims, and agrees not to claim or assert, all present and future rights to assert that any such obligation of Landlord entitles Tenant to any counterclaim or any reduction, abatement, offset, or refund of Rent.

 

8. Initial Tenant Improvements; Allowances; AS-IS.

8.1 Initial Tenant Improvements . Landlord shall oversee and manage the construction of the Tenant Improvements to the 38,351 rentable square feet in the Premises utilizing the general contractor selected solely at Tenant’s discretion as provided for in Exhibit D ( the Tenant Improvement Letter) prior to the Commencement Date and in compliance with the “Final Plans” (as defined in Exhibit D ), in accordance with, and subject to, the terms and conditions of the Tenant Improvement Letter attached hereto as Exhibit D . Landlord’s construction shall not include any personal property, furniture, fixtures and equipment of Tenant.

8.2 Allowances . Subject to Exhibit D and provided no Event of Default (it being agreed that if such Event of Default shall be cured by Tenant prior to Landlord’s exercise of the

 

- 8 -


Landlord’s remedies specified in Section 23.2, (a), and/or (b) of this Lease, then Tenant shall be entitled to the Tenant Improvement Allowance), Landlord shall make available to Tenant $1,649,093.00 (the “ Tenant Improvement Allowance ”) (calculated as $43.00 for each of 38,351 Rentable Square Feet) to be used for and in connection with (i) the purchase, installation and construction of the Tenant Improvements, (ii) space planning, architectural and engineering expenses related to the Tenant Improvements, (iii) plan review, permits, inspections and other governmental requirements and approvals relating to the Tenant Improvements, (iv) construction management services relating to the Tenant Improvements, and (v) any and all costs, expenses, fees and charges incurred in connection with the Tenant Improvements and/or the items described in (i) through (iv) above. If the Tenant Improvement Allowance is insufficient to defray the entire cost of the Tenant Improvements, the balance shall be paid entirely by Tenant pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in Exhibit D; provided, however, Tenant will not be required to pay any amount until the Landlord has paid the Tenant Improvement Allowance stated above less retainage equaling ten percent (10%) of the total cost of constructing the Tenant Improvements, which shall be deliberately withheld until completion to assure that the contractor and/or subcontractors satisfy their obligations in performing the approved improvements and/or approved work related thereto. Landlord has no obligation to advance more than the Tenant Improvement Allowance for any items under any circumstances.

8.3 Building Shell Condition . Landlord or its general contractor, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, shall complete on or before the Commencement Date all improvements to the Building and Property necessary to satisfy the shell condition described upon Exhibit I attached hereto.

8.4 AS-IS . TENANT AGREES THAT IT IS NOT RELYING ON ANY WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION MADE BY LANDLORD, LANDLORD’S AGENTS, OR ANY BROKER CONCERNING THE USE OR CONDITION OF THE PREMISES, COMMON AREAS OR THE PROPERTY. TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT IT HAS INSPECTED THE PREMISES AND THAT IT ACCEPTS THE PREMISES IN THEIR PRESENT “AS-IS, WHERE IS” PHYSICAL CONDITION, WITHOUT ANY OBLIGATION BY LANDLORD TO PAINT, REDECORATE, OR PERFORM ANY OTHER WORK IN, ON OR ABOUT THE PREMISES AT ANY TIME, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH IN THIS LEASE. LANDLORD, ANY AGENT OF LANDLORD AND ANY BROKER HAVE NOT MADE, AND WILL NOT MAKE, ANY WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES, THE BUILDING, COMMON AREAS OR ANY OTHER PORTION OF THE PROPERTY. LANDLORD EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF SUITABILITY, HABITABILITY OR MERCHANTABILITY; IT BEING UNDERSTOOD THAT THE FOREGOING SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED TO DIMINISH THE OBLIGATIONS OF LANDLORD THAT ARE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS LEASE .

 

9. Utilities and Services.

9.1 Landlord Obligations . Landlord shall furnish the following services and utilities to the Premises, the cost of which shall be included in Operating Expenses except as specifically provided otherwise herein, during Normal Working Hours except as provided for herein, subject to Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations from time to time, provided such rules and regulations shall be applied uniformly to Tenant and all other tenants in the Buildings.

 

- 9 -


(a) HVAC . Landlord shall furnish heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“ HVAC ”) during Normal Working Hours in the Premises, common area hallways, lobbies and bathrooms as necessary in Landlord’s reasonable judgment for the comfortable use and occupancy of these areas as maintained in comparable buildings not owned or controlled by Landlord or an affiliate in close proximity to the Building (with good faith efforts to try and maintain temperatures between 72 and 76 degrees Fahrenheit), subject to compliance with all applicable mandatory governmental regulations and laws. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use any equipment or lighting not typically found in other tenant spaces in the Building which generate excessive heat and thereby affects the ambient temperature otherwise maintained in the Premises by the HVAC system under normal operation. In the event such equipment or lighting affects the ambient temperature, as reasonably determined by Landlord, and Tenant does not discontinue using such item(s) within five (5) days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written notice specifying the non-typical equipment or lighting, Landlord shall have the right to install any machinery or equipment which Landlord determines necessary to restore temperature balance, including, without limitation, modifications to the standard air conditioning equipment, and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation and any additional cost of operation and maintenance incurred thereby, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within fifteen (15) days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s invoice with reasonable substantiation for all amounts. Landlord makes no representation with respect to the adequacy or fitness of the HVAC equipment in the Building to maintain temperatures which may be required for, or because of, any equipment of Tenant, and Landlord shall have no liability for loss or damage in connection therewith.

(b) Electricity . Landlord agrees to make available electrical services twenty-four (24) hours per day, 365 days per year in the amount necessary to service (i) all electrical devices and equipment in the Premises (not to exceed seven (7) watts per Rentable Square Foot in the Premises as specified below excluding equipment, if any, for which Tenant is already paying additional rent (e.g., a separate, non-base Building HVAC system), and (ii) common area restrooms, common areas and parking facilities for the Building at no additional cost to Tenant in excess of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses. Landlord shall furnish to the Premises electric current sufficient for HVAC (excluding any supplemental HVAC that is installed by Tenant or Landlord with respect to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises) and, in addition to the electric current provided for said HVAC, electric current in accordance with the following specifications: (i) 2 watts per Rentable Square Foot of high voltage (480/277 volt) connected load for lighting facilities and other high voltage uses and (ii) 5 watts per Rentable Square Foot for low voltage (120/280 volt) connected load for outlets and other low voltage usage. Any costs to modify the existing electrical facilities that serve the Premises (including risers, transformers, and panel boxes) to provide such electrical capacity shall be borne by Tenant. Without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed, Tenant shall not install or operate any machinery, appliances or equipment in the Premises which (a) uses electrical current exceeding thirty (30) amperes at 110 volts on a single circuit, or (b) in any way increases the amount of electricity consumed in the Premises above the seven (7) watts per square foot amount stated above, and shall pay periodically as additional rent the additional expense incurred by the

 

- 10 -


Landlord as a result thereof if Landlord (i) documents such excess usage, (ii) provides Tenant written notice of its findings, and (iii) Tenant does not reduce its consumption within ten (10) days of its receipt of Landlord’s written notice. Landlord shall have the right from time to time to measure, using established commercially reasonable calculation methods or one or more temporary or permanent submeters or other devices, the consumption of electricity by the Premises. The cost of such measuring shall be borne by Landlord unless such measuring indicates that the electricity being consumed upon the Premises exceeds seven (7) watts per square foot of rentable area in the Premises for lighting and Tenant’s equipment excluding any equipment for which Tenant is already paying additional rent (e.g., a separate, non-base Building HVAC system) for electric consumption, in which event Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such measuring, and shall in addition pay to Landlord monthly, as additional rent, the cost incurred by Landlord thereafter in furnishing such additional electricity to the Premises, which cost shall be calculated based on the actual cost of electrical service charged by the service provider and estimated by Landlord using its reasonable discretion. In the event Tenant’s electrical usage exceeds the seven (7) watts amount stated above and is documented as provided for herein, Landlord shall have the right to separately meter (and separately charge Tenant for the cost of installing a meter(s) (the “Submeter”) and for electrical usage metered thereby). In the event a Submeter is installed, Landlord shall on a monthly basis (and no more than once per month), during the Term and any extension(s) thereof, read the Submeter to determine the amount of the electricity consumed in the Premises since the last reading of the Submeter and then compute the cost of the electricity consumed by multiplying the cost per kilowatt hour charged by the electric utility provider to Landlord for that period by the amount of the kilowatt hours consumed. Promptly after such reading but no more than once per month, the Landlord shall invoice the Tenant for (i) the cost of the electric consumption in the Premises, and such amount shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s receipt of the invoice (it being understood that such payments are not due at the same time as other payments of Rent hereunder).

(c) Elevators . Landlord shall furnish passenger elevator service to the Premises at all times.

(d) Water . Landlord shall make available water for normal lavatory and drinking purposes to be drawn from the public lavatory in the core of the floor on which the Premises are located.

(e) Janitorial . Landlord shall provide janitorial service in accordance with the specifications attached hereto as Exhibit F and made a part hereof. Landlord shall not be required to provide more than Building standard janitorial services for portions of the Premises used for storage, mailroom, kitchen or other ancillary purposes, nor shall Landlord be required to provide janitorial services to areas obstructed or locked by Tenant (unless such locked office is on a master key allowing access to janitorial staff), or used as a lavatory, other than the lavatory rooms shown on the floor plan of the Premises attached hereto as Exhibit A .

(f) Access . Landlord shall furnish Tenant’s employees access to the Building, Premises and the Parking Facility on a seven (7) day per week, twenty four (24) hours per day, 365 days per year basis, subject to compliance with such reasonable security measures and reasonable rules and regulations as shall from time-to-time be in effect for the Buildings and/or the Property, and Landlord’s maintenance activities.

 

- 11 -


(g) Common Areas . Landlord shall maintain the Parking Facility, common area lighting, landscaping and driveways on the Property and the common areas of the Buildings, including, without limitation, the restrooms, elevators and hallways, and the rooms and/or other areas utilized to provide services- e.g. electrical, mechanical, elevator- to all the occupants of the Building (collectively the “ Common Area ”), in good order and repair and in a clean condition.

(h) ADA . Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Buildings (other than the Premises, which shall be the responsibility of Tenant) to meet the requirements imposed by the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ ADA ”) and Texas Accessibility Standards (“ TAS ”). Should the Buildings not be in compliance with ADA or TAS, Landlord shall make any changes or alterations required to so comply, it being further agreed that all expenses of such compliance shall be included as Operating Expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right to contest any alleged violation in good faith, including, without limitation, the right to apply for and obtain a waiver or deferment of compliance, the right to assert any and all defenses allowed by Applicable Laws and the right to appeal any decisions, judgments or rulings to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Laws. Landlord, after the exhaustion of any and all rights to appeal or contest, will make all repairs, additions, alterations or improvements necessary to comply with the terms of any final order or judgment as provided in this Section 9.1(h) . Any improvements needed to comply with the ADA or the TAS now or in the future in the Premises shall be performed by Tenant, at the sole cost and expense of Tenant.

(i) Other Services . Landlord shall provide the following additional services and/or equipment:

(1) washing of the outside windows in the Premises no less than one (1) time per calendar year;

(2) pest control for the Premises and Building;

(3) sprinkler and fire alarm systems as required by governmental authorities for the Premises and Building;

(4) interior plant maintenance in the common areas of the Building;

(5) landscaping services; and

(6) security services for the Building. Notwithstanding the provision of such security services, LANDLORD SHALL HAVE NO RESPONSIBILITY TO PREVENT, AND SHALL NOT IN ANY WAY BE LIABLE TO TENANT FOR LIABILITY OR LOSS TO TENANT, ITS EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, CONTRACTORS AND THEIR RESPECTIVE EMPLOYEES, TENANT’S CUSTOMERS, INVITEES, LICENSEES, SERVANTS AND VISITORS ARISING OUT OF LOSSES DUE TO THEFT, BURGLARY OR DAMAGE OR INJURY TO PERSONS OR PROPERTY, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THE LOSS WAS CAUSED BY THE NEGLIGENCE, RECKLESSNESS, OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF LANDLORD OR ITS EMPLOYEES.

 

- 12 -


Unless specified to the contrary in this Lease, all of the services stated herein shall be provided at a level which is equal to that found in comparable, multi-tenant office buildings in Austin, Texas.

9.2 Extraordinary Services . Landlord may impose a charge and establish rules and regulations for any of the following: (a) the use of any HVAC by Tenant outside of Normal Working Hours; (b) additional or unusual janitorial services requested by Tenant in excess of the services specified in Exhibit F caused by the carelessness of Tenant or due to non-Building standard improvements in the Premises requiring non-standard janitorial services (i.e., private restrooms), or, if provided outside of the janitorial schedule agreed upon between Landlord and Tenant, due to the operation of Tenant’s business outside of Normal Working Hours that leads to Landlord not being able to provide janitorial services in accordance with such agreed upon schedule; (c) the removal of any refuse and rubbish from the Premises except for discarded material placed in wastepaper baskets and left for emptying as an incident to Landlord’s normal cleaning of the Premises; and (d) any other services not otherwise included in Operating Expenses provided pursuant to a written request by Tenant or otherwise agreed upon in writing between landlord and Tenant.

9.3 Telephone, Data, Internet Services . Tenant shall make its own arrangements for telephone and other communication services, and Landlord shall have no liability or obligation in connection therewith other than to provide reasonable access to the Building telephone closets.

9.4 Governmental Interruption in Utility Services . Landlord shall not be liable for damages or otherwise for failure, stoppage or interruption of any services or utilities or unavailability of access to the Property, nor shall the same be construed either as an eviction of Tenant, or result in an abatement of Rent (except as provided in Section 7 ), when such failure is caused by Force Majeure Events. If any governmental entity imposes mandatory controls or guidelines on Landlord or the Property or any part thereof, relating to the services provided by Landlord, or the reduction of emissions, Landlord may make such alterations to the Buildings or any other part of the Property related thereto and take such other steps as are necessary to comply with such controls and guidelines, the cost of such compliance and alterations shall be included in Operating Expenses, and Landlord shall not be liable therefor, for damages or otherwise, nor shall the same be construed either as an eviction of Tenant, or result in an abatement of Rent.

 

10. Alterations.

10.1 Restriction on Alterations . Except for the Tenant Improvements specified in Exhibit D of this Lease, Tenant shall make no alteration, repair, addition or improvement in, to or about the Premises (collectively, “ Alterations ”), including, without limitation, the installation of any data or telecommunications cable, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and it shall be reasonable for Landlord to require, among other things, some or all of the following: (a) the right to approve the plans and specifications for any work; (b) the right to require supplemental insurance satisfactory to

 

- 13 -


Landlord and naming each of Landlord and Manager as an additional insured; (c) the right to require forms of waivers of liens prior to commencement of work and/or unconditional lien releases for work completed; (d) requirements as to the manner in which or the time or times at which work may be performed; and (e) the right to approve the contractor or contractors to perform Alterations, which approval shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed. In addition, all Alterations that involve the installation of data or communications cable shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the voice and data cabling specifications adopted by Landlord from time to time and delivered to Tenant upon Tenant’s request for the same. Any modifications to any Alterations or Tenant Improvements will require the consent of Landlord in accordance with this Section 10.1 .

All Alterations shall be compatible with a first class office building complex and completed in accordance with Landlord’s requirements and all applicable rules, regulations and requirements of governmental authorities and insurance carriers. The outside appearance, character or use of the Building shall not be affected by any Alteration, and no Alteration shall weaken or impair the structure of the Building or create the potential for unusual expenses to be incurred upon the removal of the Alterations and the restoration of the Premises upon the termination of this Lease. No part of the Building outside of the Premises shall be affected by any Alteration. The proper functioning of the Building Systems and Service Facilities shall not be affected by any Alteration and there shall be no Alteration which interferes with Landlord’s access to the Building Systems or interferes with the moving of Landlord’s equipment to or from the enclosures containing the Building Systems. Tenant shall not be permitted to install and make part of the Premises any materials, fixtures or articles which are subject to liens, conditional sales contracts or chattel mortgages other than trade fixtures, furniture and equipment. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its reasonable expenses in reviewing plans and inspecting all Alterations to assure compliance with Landlord’s requirements, including any out-of-pocket costs for engineering review. In addition, Tenant shall pay Landlord a construction supervision fee equal to five percent (5%) of the cost of all Alterations provided such Alterations are managed under Landlord’s supervision. Landlord’s review of any such plans or specifications or Alterations shall not constitute an express or implicit covenant or warranty that any such plans or specifications submitted by Tenant or Alterations to be constructed or as constructed by Tenant are safe or that the same comply with Applicable Laws. Further, Tenant shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any loss, cost or expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Landlord as a result of any defects in design, materials or workmanship resulting from Alterations. If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of all contracts, receipts, paid vouchers, and any other documentation (including, without limitation, “as-built” drawings, air/water, balancing reports, permits and inspection certificates) in connection with the construction of such Alterations. Tenant shall promptly pay all costs incurred in connection with all Alterations. Any increase in any tax, assessment or charge levied or assessed as a result of any Alterations shall be payable by Tenant.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 10.1 to the contrary, Tenant shall have the right to make cosmetic improvements to the interior of the Premises (such as painting, carpeting and wallpapering) without Landlord’s prior consent, provided that: (i) the cosmetic improvements do not impair the structural integrity, operation or value of the Building; (ii) such improvements do not cost in excess of $25,000 per project; and (iii) Tenant shall, prior to the commencement of

 

- 14 -


the work, deliver to Landlord waivers of liens and proofs of contractor insurance, in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, from all contractors performing such work and plans indicating the nature of the proposed improvements.

10.2 Removal and Surrender of Fixtures and Alterations . Any Alterations and the Tenant Improvements installed in the Premises pursuant to Exhibit D , and/or tenant improvements which are made to any additional space leased by Tenant in excess of the Rentable Area of the Premises (“Future Tenant Improvements”), which are attached to, or built into, the Premises, shall at the end of the Term become the property of Landlord and shall be surrendered with the Premises, unless Landlord notifies Tenant at the time it approves the Alterations or Future Tenant Improvements that Landlord will require Tenant to remove such Alterations or Future Tenant Improvements at the end of the Term. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, provided the wall and door configuration shown on Tenant’s Final Plans for its Tenant Improvements are materially consistent with the wall and door configuration shown on the attached Exhibit A, Landlord agrees the only Tenant Improvements which Tenant will be required to remove at the expiration or early termination of this Lease are the server room rack, and the data or telecommunications cabling as provided for below. Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises, the Building and any other part of the Property caused by the removal of any such Tenant Improvements, Alterations or Future Tenant Improvements all at Tenant’s sole expense to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord. With respect to Tenant Improvements installed in the Premises pursuant to Exhibit D , Landlord shall own such Tenant Improvements and such Tenant Improvements shall become part of the Premises leased to Tenant hereunder. Landlord may, in its sole discretion, require Tenant to remove any data or telecommunications cable at the end of the Term, provided that Landlord shall provide written notice requesting the removal of such cable no less than sixty (60) days before the end of the Term. If Landlord does not provide such written request, Tenant shall have no obligation to remove any cable. The obligations of Tenant under this Section 10.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.

10.3 Tenant’s Fixtures . Tenant shall have the right to install moveable, unattached trade fixtures, machinery and equipment (excluding Alterations, which are governed by Sections 10.1 and 10.2 hereof) required by Tenant or used by it in its business (collectively, Tenant’s Property ”), provided that same do not exceed applicable safe floor loads or otherwise impair the structure or Building Systems of the Building and further provided that Tenant’s Property shall be limited to items normally used for the permitted usage of the Premises. Except to the extent (if any) paid for by Landlord, in cash or by way of any credit or allowance provided hereunder, Tenant’s Property shall be and remain Tenant’s personal property and shall be removed by Tenant prior to the end of the Term. Tenant shall repair and restore any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such installation or removal.

 

11. Maintenance and Repairs.

11.1 Tenant’s Obligations . Tenant shall maintain the Premises in a clean, safe, and good condition wear and tear, and damage by casualty or condemnation covered by Sections 13 and 14 of this Lease excepted, and shall not permit or allow to remain any waste or damage to any portion of the Premises. Except as otherwise covered by Landlord’s insurance, Tenant shall repair or replace, subject to Landlord’s direction and supervision, any damage to the Property

 

- 15 -


caused by any negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any other Tenant Parties. Tenant shall perform all maintenance, repairs or replacements in a good, workmanlike and lien-free manner, consistent with the quality of labor and materials used in the Building and in accordance with all Applicable Laws. If Tenant fails to make such repairs or replacements within 15 days after Landlord’s written request to make such repair or replacement, then Landlord may make the same at Tenant’s cost. If any such damage occurs outside of the Premises or affects the structure or exterior of the Buildings or affects the Building Systems, then Landlord may elect to repair such damage at Tenant’s expense (unless said repair is otherwise covered by Landlord’s insurance or would have been covered by Landlord’s insurance had Landlord obtained the insurance required in Section 12.5 ), rather than having Tenant repair such damage. The cost of all maintenance, repair or replacement work performed by Landlord under this Section 11.1 shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within 30 days after Landlord has invoiced Tenant therefor.

11.2 Landlord’s Obligations . Subject to Section 13 of this Lease, Landlord shall repair and maintain consistent with the quality of labor and materials used in the Building, defects in, and damage to, the Building Systems serving or located on the Premises, and other portions of the Common Area or Property not leased to Tenant or other tenants, including, but not limited to, the exterior walls, windows, roof, foundation, Common Areas, structural portions and the mechanical, electrical, plumbing and HVAC systems serving the Premises, Buildings and Property, as well as the Parking Facility and driveways serving the Buildings and Property. If such maintenance and repair is required by the act, neglect, misuse, fault or omission of any of the Tenant Parties, then Tenant shall pay the cost of such maintenance and repairs (unless such maintenance and repair is otherwise covered by Landlord’s insurance or would have been covered by Landlord’s insurance had Landlord obtained the insurance required in Section 12.5 ) within thirty (30) days after Landlord has invoiced Tenant therefor. If any repairs are required or elected to be made by Landlord, Tenant shall permit Landlord to remove Tenant’s fixtures, inventory, equipment and other property to the extent required to enable Landlord to make such repairs.

11.3 Waiver of Liability . Landlord shall not be liable for any injury to persons or property arising from any repairs, maintenance, alteration or improvement in or to any portion of the Property or the Building, including the Premises, or any personal property located therein, including, without limitation, Tenant’s Property, UNLESS LANDLORD OR ITS EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS ARE NEGLIGENT OR RECKLESS IN PERFORMING SUCH REPAIRS, MAINTENANCE, ALTERATIONS OR IMPROVEMENTS, AND SUCH NEGLIGENCE OR RECKLESSNESS IS A CONTRIBUTING OR PROXIMATE CAUSE OF THE LOSS OR DAMAGE, OR ANY INJURY OR LOSS RESULTING FROM LANDLORD’S BREACH OF THIS LEASE. FURTHER, NO INDEMNIFIED PARTIES SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO PERSONS OR PROPERTY CAUSED BY OTHER TENANTS OR OTHER PERSONS IN OR ABOUT THE PROPERTY OR FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF ANY LOSS OF USE OF THE PREMISES OR ANY EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES THEREIN BY TENANT OR ANY PERSON CLAIMING THROUGH OR UNDER TENANT. Tenant waives and releases its right (if any) to make repairs at Landlord’s expense under Applicable Law.

 

- 16 -


12. Insurance; Waiver of Subrogation.

Tenant shall at all times during the Term (and prior to the Term with respect to any activity of Tenant at the Property) and at its own cost and expense procure and continue in force insurance as follows:

12.1 Liability Insurance . Workers’ compensation insurance, employer’s liability insurance, automobile liability, commercial general liability insurance and commercial umbrella or excess liability insurance adequate to protect Tenant and Landlord against liability for injury to or death of any person or damage to property in connection with the use, operation or condition of the Premises. The limits of liability under the workers’ compensation policy shall be at least equal to the greater of the statutory requirements therefor or $1,000,000 per bodily injury, each accident; bodily injury, by disease, each person; and bodily injury, by disease, policy limit. The limits of liability under the employer’s liability policy shall be at least $1,000,000.00 per bodily injury, each accident; bodily injury, by disease, each person; and bodily injury, by disease, policy limit. The commercial general liability policy shall be in an amount of not less than $2,000,000.00 per occurrence and in the aggregate. The automobile liability policy shall be in an amount of not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence. The umbrella/excess policy shall be in an amount of not less than $4,000,000.00. Not more frequently than once each two (2) years, if, in the reasonable and documented opinion of Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee or of the independent insurance broker retained by Landlord, the amount of Tenant’s commercial general liability coverage at that time is not adequate, Tenant shall increase such liability insurance coverages as reasonably required by Landlord; provided , however , such increases shall not exceed commercially reasonable insurance coverages required to be carried by tenants leasing comparable office space in Class A Buildings.

12.2 Property Insurance . Insurance covering all Tenant Improvements and Alterations, trade fixtures, merchandise and other personal property from time to time in, on or upon the Premises, including, Tenant’s Property, from time to time during the Term, providing protection against any peril included within the classification “Causes of Loss – Special Form” (formerly known as “All Risk Coverage”), together with insurance against sprinkler water damage, vandalism and malicious mischief. The proceeds of such insurance shall be used for the repair or replacement of the property so insured. Upon termination of this Lease due to any casualty, the proceeds of such insurance shall be paid to Landlord and Tenant, as their interests appear in the insured property. The full replacement value of the items to be insured under this paragraph shall be determined by Tenant and acknowledged by the company issuing the insurance policy by the issuance of an agreed amount endorsement at the time the policy is initially obtained, and shall be increased from time to time if and to the extent necessary to maintain full replacement value coverage. Landlord covenants and agrees, during the Term of this Lease and any renewal thereof, to require other tenants in the Buildings to maintain similar replacement value insurance coverage on such tenants’ tenant improvements and alterations in such tenants’ premises so that the Operating Expenses are not increased as a result of Landlord assuming the responsibility for insuring such other tenants’ tenant improvements or alterations.

12.3 Business Interruption Insurance . Loss of income or business interruption insurance in the amount of $250,000.00 to reimburse Tenant for direct and indirect loss of earnings, if any, and extra expenses associated with the displacement of Tenant’s business in the event of the damage of or destruction of the Premises by a fire or other casualty.

 

- 17 -


12.4 Policy Requirements .

(a) All insurance required to be carried by Tenant hereunder shall be issued by responsible insurance companies, licensed to do business in the State of Texas and reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Insurance companies rated A:IX or better by Best’s Insurance Reports shall be deemed acceptable.

(b) Each policy shall be written on an “occurrence” basis and shall have a deductible or deductibles, if any, which do not exceed the deductible amount(s) generally maintained by similarly situated tenants in Class A Buildings, as determined by Landlord. Each policy (except the workers’ compensation, employer’s liability, and business interruption policy) shall name Landlord and Landlord’s lender and their respective members, managers, partners, officers, directors, agents and employees as additional insureds, as their interests may appear and the commercial general liability policy shall also name Manager as an additional insured. Certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of such insurance shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant at least thirty (30) days prior to Tenant’s occupancy of any portion of the Premises, and in any event, prior to any activity of Tenant at the Property. No such policy shall be cancelable except after thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord. Tenant shall provide Landlord with originals of the endorsement(s) to Tenant’s commercial general liability insurance policy and all risks property insurance policies which include the following exact wording:

It is agreed that New TPG-Four Points, L.P. and Thomas Properties Group, LP, and their respective members, managers, partners, officers, directors, affiliates, agents and employees are additional insureds. The coverage under this policy is primary insurance with respect to liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of the premises leased to SailPoint Technologies, Inc.

Tenant shall, at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of any such policy, furnish Landlord with renewals or “binders” thereof. Should Tenant at any time neglect or refuse to provide the insurance required by this Lease, or should such insurance be canceled, Landlord shall have the right, but not the duty, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided herein, to procure the same and Tenant shall pay the cost thereof as Rent promptly upon Landlord’s demand. Tenant will deliver copies of its policies and endorsements to Landlord within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s written request therefor.

(c) The policies of insurance required to be carried by Tenant shall be primary and non-contributing with, and not in excess of any other insurance available to Landlord. The cost of defending any claims made against any of the policies required to be carried by Tenant shall not be included in any of the limits of liability for such policies. Tenant shall immediately report to Landlord, and promptly thereafter confirm in writing, the occurrence of any injury, loss or damage incurred by Tenant, or Tenant’s receipt of notice or knowledge of any claim by a third party or any other occurrence, that might give rise to such claims. It shall be the responsibility of Tenant not to violate nor knowingly permit to be violated any condition of the policies required by this Lease.

 

- 18 -


(d) If any of the liability insurance policies required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Section contains aggregate limits which apply to operations of Tenant other than those operations which are the subject of this Lease, and such limits are diminished by more than $200,000.00 after any one or more incidents, occurrences, claims, settlements, or judgments against such insurance, Tenant shall take immediate steps to restore aggregate limits or shall maintain other insurance protection for such aggregate limits. Any policy of property insurance required hereunder may be in “blanket coverage” form, provided any such “blanket coverage” policy (i) specifically provides that the amount of insurance coverage required hereunder shall in no way be prejudiced by other losses covered by the policy or (ii) is in an amount not less than the sum of one hundred percent (100%) of the actual replacement costs of all of the properties covered under such “blanket coverage” insurance policy. Neither the issuance of any such property insurance policy nor the minimum limits specified in this Section shall be deemed to limit or restrict in any way Tenant’s liability arising under or out of this Lease.

12.5 Landlord’s Insurance . Landlord shall, at all times during the Term hereof, maintain in force insurance of the type commonly referred to as an “all risk of physical loss” policy in an amount equal to the full replacement cost of the Building, the Parking Facility, improvements to the Common Areas, including rental loss insurance in an amount equal to not less than twelve (12) months’ Rent for the Building. Landlord shall also maintain in force at all times during the Term hereof commercial general liability insurance in an amount not less than $2,000,000.00 insuring the Building and the Property against all risks and hazards as are customarily insured against, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, by others similarly situated and operating like properties. Without limitation of the foregoing, Landlord shall maintain in force such additional or alternative insurance as may be required by the holder of the Mortgage or as Landlord may reasonably determine is appropriate and consistent with other owners of Class A Buildings. The premiums and deductible amounts on the insurance policies referred to in this paragraph will be part of Operating Expenses.

12.6 Waiver of Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant each hereby releases the other, and waives its right of recovery against the other, for any direct or consequential loss or damage arising out of or incident to the perils covered by the property insurance policy or any other policies carried by the waiving party to the extent such losses or damages are actually covered by such insurance policies, WHETHER OR NOT SUCH DAMAGE OR LOSS MAY BE ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE NEGLIGENCE OF EITHER PARTY OR THEIR AGENTS, INVITEES, CONTRACTORS, OR EMPLOYEES . Each property insurance policy carried by either Landlord or Tenant in accordance with this Lease shall include a waiver of the insurer’s rights of subrogation to the extent necessary to effect the foregoing. Such waiver shall not limit any indemnity or other waiver made under this Lease. Landlord and Tenant each also hereby releases the other, and waives its right of recovery against the other, for any direct or consequential loss or damage arising out of or incident to the perils that would be covered by the property insurance policy or policies required to be carried by the waiving party even if not actually carried, WHETHER OR NOT SUCH DAMAGE OR LOSS MAY BE ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE NEGLIGENCE OF EITHER PARTY OR THEIR AGENTS,

 

- 19 -


INVITEES, CONTRACTORS, OR EMPLOYEES . THE PARTIES HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS WAIVER OF SUBROGATION PROVISION APPLIES EVEN IF THE RELEASED PARTY IS NEGLIGENT.

 

13. Damage or Destruction.

13.1 Damage and Restoration . If all or any portion of the Premises, Building or any Building Systems or Common Areas of the Building serving or providing access to the Premises and/or the Parking Facility shall be damaged by fire, storm or other casualty, Landlord shall, except as otherwise provided herein, repair, rebuild and restore the Property, Premises, Building and such Building Systems, Common Area(s) and/or Parking Facility as promptly as practical under the circumstances at the expense of the Landlord. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition that existed prior to the casualty, except for modifications, if any, required by zoning and building codes and other Applicable Laws then in effect and applicable to such restoration or by the holder of a Mortgage on the Building and any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord (provided (i) access to the Premises and any common restrooms serving the Premises is not materially impaired, and (ii) the quality and character of such modifications are no less than the condition that existed prior to the casualty). Upon any damage to the Premises, Tenant shall assign to Landlord or its designee all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant for Tenant Improvements and Alterations under the insurance required to be maintained by Tenant under Section 12.2, and Landlord shall repair, rebuild and restore the Tenant Improvements and Alterations installed in the Premises to the condition stated above; provided that if the cost of such repair (the “Repair Cost”) by Landlord exceeds the insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, such shortfall shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s repair of the damage to the Premises. Landlord and Tenant agree that the Repair Cost shall be determined by competitively bidding the required repairs with the three (3) general contractors Tenant selects from the list of six (6) contractors specified in Section 1.2 of Exhibit D of this Lease, and Tenant shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to select the general contractor from the three (3) who submitted bids to provide the repairs after the competitive bids have been submitted. Once the Tenant has selected the general contractor to make the repairs (the “Selected Repair Contractor”), Landlord shall promptly enter into a contract with the Selected Repair Contractor to provide the materials and perform the work to complete the repairs. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof, except as provided for in the following sentence. Unless Landlord or Tenant elects to terminate this Lease as provided in this Section 13, this Lease will remain in full force and effect and Landlord shall repair such damage to the extent required in this Section as expeditiously as possible under the circumstances and, during the period required for restoration, a just and proportionate part of Rent shall be abated during the time and to the extent the Premises, or portion thereof, are Untenantable (as defined in Section 7(b) of this Lease) as of the date of the casualty and such abatement shall continue until the Premises, or portion thereof, Building or any Building Systems or Common Areas of the Building serving or providing access to the Premises and/or the Parking Facility are repaired or rebuilt and made tenantable; provided however, if the damage to the Building or any Building Systems or Common Area of the Building serving or providing access to the Premises and/or the Parking Facility has not been repaired and the Premises made ready for occupancy within seven (7) months after the date or the damage or destruction, then Tenant shall have the right and option to terminate this Lease by

 

- 20 -


giving written notice to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after the end of such seven (7) month period; provided , however , there shall be no abatement of Rent if Landlord provides to Tenant other space in the Building which is reasonably suited for the temporary operation of Tenant’s business and Landlord pays all costs associated with moving the furniture, fixtures, equipment and telecommunication services Tenant requires in such space. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during any Rent abatement period under this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord as Rent Landlord’s normal charges for all services and utilities provided to and used by Tenant, if any, during the period of the Rent abatement. If Landlord should elect or be obligated pursuant to this Lease to repair or rebuild because of any damage or destruction, Landlord’s obligation to repair or restore the Premises, Building or any portion thereof shall be limited to the level of restoration stated above for the Building and the Tenant Improvements in the Premises and shall not extend to any furniture, equipment, supplies or other personal property owned or leased by Tenant, its employees, contractors, invitees or licensees.

13.2 Termination . If the Property, Premises, Building or any Building Systems or Common Area of the Building serving or providing access to the Premises and/or the Parking Facility is damaged by fire or other casualty (whether or not the Premises are affected) (a) and in Landlord’s reasonable estimation, restoration thereof cannot reasonably be completed within two hundred ten (210) days after the date of the casualty; or (b) Landlord’s Mortgagee shall require that insurance proceeds, or any portion thereof, from Landlord’s insurance be used to retire the Mortgage debt in whole or in part such that the cost of performing the required repair and restoration exceeds the insurance proceeds available to Landlord; or (c) the damage results from a risk which is not fully insured under the insurance policies required by the Lease (except for any deductible amount of such loss under the policy maintained by Landlord); or (d) and there is substantial damage which occurs during the last eighteen (18) months of the Term, then in any such event Landlord shall give Tenant a written notice (the “Damage Notice”) no later than forty-five (45) days following the date of such damage including a good faith estimate of the date on which the repair of the damage will be substantially complete and whether the loss is covered by Landlord’s insurance coverage. Either Landlord or Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by notice in writing to the other party within thirty (30) days after the date of Tenant’s receipt of the Damage Notice; provided, however, if the Damage Notice specifies that the insurance proceeds are insufficient to cover the cost of the repairs, Tenant may, in its sole discretion, elect to pay Landlord the excess of the cost of such repairs over the amount of available insurance proceeds, by giving Landlord notice thereof within 10 days after receipt of the Damage Notice, in which event neither party will elect to terminate the Lease based on the lack of sufficient insurance proceeds and Landlord will proceed with the repair thereof, with Tenant funding such excess cost to Landlord as the funds are required.

 

14. Eminent Domain.

14.1 In case the whole of the Premises, or such part of the Premises or the Building as shall substantially interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, shall be taken (whether permanent or temporarily for a period that exceeds 30 days) by any lawful power or authority by exercise of the right of eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking, within sixty (60) days after receipt of notice of such taking, either Tenant or Landlord may terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to said authority. If a portion of the Building or Property is so taken or sold in lieu thereof, which renders the Building

 

- 21 -


or Property economically unviable for its use as presently intended, or requires cancellation of substantially all tenant leases in the Building, or any Landlord’s Mortgagee requires that Landlord terminate this Lease, this Lease may be terminated by Landlord, as of the date of the vesting of title under such taking or sale, by written notice to Tenant within sixty (60) days following notice to Landlord of the date on which said vesting will occur. Tenant shall not because of such taking assert any claim against Landlord, any Landlord’s Mortgagee or the taking authority for any compensation because of such taking, and Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire amount of any award without deduction for any estate or interest of Tenant. In the event this Lease is not terminated pursuant to this Section 14.1 , Landlord shall restore the Premises, the Building and the Property to substantially their condition prior to such partial taking, and the Rent shall be abated in proportion to the time during which, and to the part of the Premises, the Common Area and/or the Parking Facility of which, Tenant is actually deprived of normal and customary use on account of such taking and restoration in substantially the same manner as before the taking and restoration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during any Rent abatement under this Lease, Tenant shall continue to be obligated to pay Landlord for all services and utilities provided to and used by Tenant, if any, during the period of the Rent abatement. Nothing contained in this Section shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in, or prevent Tenant from seeking a separate award against the taking authority for, the taking of personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant or for relocation or business interruption expenses recoverable from the taking authority.

 

15. Assignment and Subletting.

15.1 Limitation .

(a) Except as provided for herein, Tenant shall not directly or indirectly, or voluntarily or involuntarily, (i) assign, mortgage or otherwise encumber (collectively, Assignment ) all or any portion of its leasehold estate, including, without limitation, an Assignment accomplished, directly or indirectly, by consolidation, merger, reorganization or other operation of law, or (ii) permit the Premises or any portion thereof to be occupied or used by anyone other than Tenant or Tenant’s employees, guests, contractors, vendors and invitees or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof (collectively, a Sublease ) without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned (except as otherwise described below), withheld or delayed. The transfer, assignment or hypothecation of any stock, partnership interest, equity, voting or other ownership interest in Tenant, directly or indirectly, in excess of fifty percent (50%), in the aggregate, shall be deemed an Assignment hereunder. Any attempted Assignment or Sublease (collectively, a Transfer ) without such consent shall, in addition to constituting an Event of Default hereunder, be null and void and of no effect. No Transfer shall relieve Tenant of its obligation to pay the Rent and to perform all of the other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder. The acceptance of Rent by Landlord from any other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or to be a consent to any Transfer. Consent to one Transfer shall not be deemed to constitute consent to any other Transfer. No Transfer shall relieve Tenant of its obligations hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Tenant may without Landlord’s approval assign this Lease to a successor to Tenant by purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization, provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied (a Permitted Transfer ): (w) Tenant is not in Default; (x) Tenant’s successor shall own

 

- 22 -


substantially all of the assets of Tenant and have a net worth which is at least equal to Tenant’s net worth as of the Effective Date; (y) the proposed transferee intends to use the Premises for the use permitted hereunder; and (z) Tenant shall give Landlord written notice within at least 15 Business Days of the effective date of the Permitted Transfer. Tenant’s notice to Landlord shall include information and documentation evidencing the Permitted Transfer and showing that each of the above conditions has been satisfied. If requested by Landlord, Tenant’s successor shall sign a commercially reasonable form of assumption agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding any law or custom to the contrary, Landlord’s refusal to consent to any Transfer requiring Landlord’s consent hereunder shall be deemed reasonable if:

(1) The Transferee is engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Buildings or the Property; or

(2) The Transferee intends to use the space being transferred for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease; or

(3) The space being Transferred is not suitable for the uses permitted under this Lease in conformity with all applicable building and safety codes; or

(4) The Transferee will use the Premises or the Building in a manner that would materially increase the pedestrian or vehicular traffic to the Premises or the Building or would adversely affect the mechanical systems or structural components of the Building; or

(5) The Transferee is either (i) another occupant of the Property (provided Landlord may not withhold its consent if Landlord is unable to accommodate such occupant’s need for additional space in the Building, excluding the space covered by the proposed Transfer), or (ii) a prospective tenant with whom Landlord is in lease negotiations for space in the Buildings or any other building owned by Landlord (or an affiliate thereof) in Austin, Texas; or

(6) Intentionally deleted;

(7) The Transferee is a government (or subdivision or agency thereof); and

(8) The above is documented.

15.2 Notice of Intent to Assign or Sublet . If Tenant desires at any time to make a Transfer, it shall first give Landlord a no tice (the Transfer Notice ) that includes the following: (a) the size and location of the space Tenant proposes to Transfer (the Transfer Space ) ; (b) the terms of the proposed Transfer and a copy of the instrument by which the Transfer will be made in the form that will be executed by the parties thereto; (c) the date on which Tenant proposes that the Transfer be effective, which shall be at least twenty-five (25) days after the Transfer Notice; (d) the name and address of the proposed assignee, subtenant, transferee or occupant ( Transferee ) ; and (e) reasonably satisfactory information about the proposed Transferee’s business, business history and proposed business to be carried on in the Transfer Space. Landlord shall then have a period of fifteen (15) days following receipt of the Transfer Notice within which to notify Tenant in writing whether Landlord elects to: (i) recapture the Transfer Space as provided for below; (ii) permit Tenant to assign this Lease or sublet such space for the duration

 

- 23 -


specified by Tenant in its notice; or (iii) reasonably reject the proposed assignment or sublease. If Landlord fails to notify Tenant in writing of its election within the fifteen (15) day period, Landlord shall be deemed to have elected option (iii) above.

15.3 Right of Recapture; Landlord’s Consent .

(a) Within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s receipt of all of the information required in the Transfer Notice, Landlord may by written notice to Tenant elect to recapture the Transfer Space and terminate this Lease with respect thereto (provided, this recapture right shall not apply to any Permitted Transfer) effective as of the proposed commencement date of such sublease or assignment (the Effective Date of Recapture ). If Landlord elects to recapture, Tenant shall have the option to withdraw the proposed sublease or assignment by written notice to Landlord given within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s recapture notice, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as if such sublease or assignment had not been proposed, and if Tenant fails to timely give notice of such withdrawal, Tenant shall surrender possession of the space proposed to be subleased or subject to the assignment to Landlord on the Effective Date of Recapture of such space from the Premises in the condition required under this Lease, such date being the termination date of this Lease for such space. Such recapture and termination shall not relieve Tenant of any obligation or liability arising prior to such recapture and termination or which by the terms hereof or their inherent nature survive the termination of this Lease (including, without limitation, with respect to any event or circumstance for which Tenant is to provide indemnity hereunder, which indemnity obligations shall continue regardless of such recapture or termination). If the Transfer Space is less than the entire Premises, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect with respect to the remainder of the Premises, except that Rent (including Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses) shall be adjusted to reflect the diminution in the number of square feet of the Rentable Area.

(b) If the Transfer is not completed within one hundred twenty (120) days of Landlord’s consent thereto, Tenant shall once again comply with all of the provisions of this Section 15 , including, without limitation, the obligation to give Landlord the Transfer Notice and Landlord shall again have the right of recapturing the Transfer Space and terminating the Lease with respect thereto as provided for herein.

(c) Any Sublease shall provide that it is subject and subordinate to this Lease and to any Mortgages; that Landlord may enforce the provisions of the Sublease, including collection of Rent; that the cost of any modification to the Premises, Building and/or Property arising from or as a result of the Sublease, including any modifications to convert a single tenant floor to a multi-tenant floor, shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant; that in the event of termination of this Lease for any reason, including, without limitation, a voluntary surrender by Tenant, or in the event of any reentry or repossession of the Premises by Landlord, Landlord may, in its sole discretion, either (i) terminate the Sublease or (ii) take over all of the right, title and interest of Tenant, as sublessor, under such Sublease, in which case the Transferee shall attorn to Landlord, but that nevertheless Landlord shall not (1) be liable for any previous act or omission of Tenant under such Sublease, (2) be subject to any counterclaim, defense or offset previously accrued in favor of the Transferee against Tenant, (3) be bound by any previous modification of any Sublease made without Landlord’s written consent, or by any previous

 

- 24 -


prepayment by the Transferee of more than one month’s Rent, (4) be bound by any security or advance rental deposit made by such subtenant which is not delivered or paid over to Landlord and with respect to which such subtenant shall look solely to Tenant for refund or reimbursement, or (5) be obligated to perform any work in the subleased space or to prepare it for occupancy, and in connection with such attornment, the subtenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord any commercially reasonable instruments Landlord may reasonably request to evidence and confirm such attornment. Each subtenant or licensee of Tenant shall be deemed, automatically upon and as a condition of its occupying or using the Premises or any part thereof, to have agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 15.3(c) . The provisions of this Section 15.3(c) shall be self-operative, and no further instrument shall be required to give effect to this provision.

(d) Each Transferee by assignment shall assume all obligations of Tenant under this Lease from and after the subject Transfer and shall be and remain liable jointly and severally with Tenant for the payment of the Rent from and after the subject Transfer, and for the performance of all of the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained on Tenant’s part to be performed for the Term of this Lease from and after the subject Transfer. In the event the Base Rent and/or other amount payable by the sublessee or assignee is less than the amount specified in this Lease, the amount(s) specified in the sublease or assignment document shall be the amount(s) required to be paid by the sublessee or assignee and Tenant shall pay any deficiency; provided, nothing in this sentence shall be construed to relieve or release Tenant from its obligations under this Lease. No Assignment shall be binding on Landlord unless the Transferee and Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a counterpart of the Assignment and which contains a covenant of assumption by the Transferee satisfactory in substance and form to Landlord consistent with the requirements of this Section. Failure or refusal of the Transferee to execute such instrument of assumption shall not release or discharge the Transferee from its liability as set forth above.

(e) If there are any Profits (as defined in the following paragraph) from any Transfer, Tenant shall pay fifty percent (50%) of such Profits to Landlord as additional Rent. Landlord’s share of Profits shall be paid to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof by Tenant. The payments of Profits to Landlord shall be made on a monthly basis as additional Rent with respect to each Transfer separately, subject to an annual reconciliation on each anniversary date of the Transfer. If the payments to Landlord under this paragraph during the twelve (12) months preceding each annual reconciliation exceed the amount of Profits determined on an annual basis, then Landlord shall refund to Tenant the amount of such overpayment or credit the overpayment against Tenant’s future obligations under this paragraph, at Landlord’s option. If Tenant has underpaid its obligations hereunder during the preceding twelve (12) months, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord the amount owing after the annual reconciliation. Anything in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, this Section 15.3(e) shall not apply to a Permitted Transfer.

For purposes of this Section, “ Profits ” are defined as all cash or cash equivalent amounts and sums which Tenant (including any affiliate or successor of Tenant or other entity related to Tenant) receives on an annual basis from any Transferee, directly or indirectly, attributable to the Premises or any portion thereof, less the sum of the following: (1) the amortized amount for each such annual period of (i) any additional tenant improvement costs paid to or on behalf of

 

- 25 -


Tenant’s Transferee by Tenant; (ii) market leasing commissions paid by Tenant in connection with the Transfer; (iii) other economic concessions (planning allowance, lease takeover payments, moving expenses, etc.) paid by Tenant to or on behalf of the Transferee in connection with the Transfer; and (iv) Tenant’s reasonable attorneys’ fees paid by Tenant in connection with the Transfer (such amounts to be amortized over the term of the Transfer), and (2) the Rent paid during each such annual period by Tenant attributable to the Transfer Space (pro rata based on Rentable Square Feet). Any lump sum payment received by Tenant from a Transferee shall be treated like any other amount so received by Tenant for the applicable annual period and shall be utilized in computing Profits in accordance with the foregoing. All Profits and the components thereof shall be subject to audit by Landlord’s property manager or other in-house representatives at reasonable times mutually acceptable to Tenant and Landlord. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, upon request but no more than one time per calendar year, any information reasonably required by Landlord to calculate and/or substantiate the amount of Profits hereunder. If Landlord’s audit reveals that Tenant has underpaid Landlord Profits by more than five percent (5%), Tenant shall reimburse Landlord the cost Landlord incurs in conducting such audit as additional Rent within fifteen (15) days of Landlord’s written request therefor.

15.4 Costs . Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord Landlord’s reasonable actual out of pocket costs and attorneys’ fees (in an amount not to exceed $2,000.00) incurred in connection with any request for a consent to a Transfer, whether or not Landlord consents to the Transfer or the same is finally consummated.

 

16. Landlord’s Reserved Rights.

16.1 Right of Entry . Landlord and its agents and representatives shall have the right, at all reasonable times, but in such manner as to cause as little undue disturbance to Tenant as reasonably practical, to enter the Premises for the following purposes: (a) inspecting the physical condition of the Premises; (b) performing all obligations of Landlord under this Lease or Applicable Law; (c) showing the Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees and tenants (but only during the last twelve months of the Term of this Lease); (d) maintaining, repairing, replacing, extending or otherwise modifying the Building or Building Systems, but only in a manner that does not materially and adversely affect Tenant’s ability to utilize the Premises for its permitted use; and (e) accessing telephone closets, electrical panels, and similar installations that may serve areas of the Building other than (or in addition to) the Premises. Except for (i) bona fide emergencies and (ii) entry to furnish janitorial or other services to be provided by Landlord hereunder, Landlord will give Tenant no less than twenty-four (24) hours prior written (via e-mail) or oral notice prior to any entry, and Tenant shall have the right to have one of its employees accompany Landlord or its agent or representative, as the case may be. No such entry shall be construed under any circumstances as a forcible or unlawful entry into the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant or result in an abatement of Rent. Tenant hereby waives any claim against Landlord or its agents or representatives for damages for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with, Tenant’s business or quiet enjoyment of the Premises except from damages arising from Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Landlord will make reasonable efforts to coordinate any such visit with Tenant’s schedule to the extent such visit only affects the Premises and no other tenants in the Building.

 

- 26 -


16.2 Building and Common Areas . Without limitation of the preceding paragraph, and provided Landlord does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises, Building, Common Area, the Parking Facility, and private access roads and building appurtenances on the Land, Landlord may: (a) install, repair, replace or relocate pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant meters and equipment for service to other parts of the Building above the ceiling surfaces, below the floor surfaces, within the walls and in the central core areas of the Premises or the rest of the Building; (b) repair, renovate, alter, expand or improve the Property; (c) make changes to the Common Area, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of street entrances, driveways, ramps, entrances, exits, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, halls, passages, stairways and other means of ingress and egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas and walkways; (d) close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes as long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available; (e) designate other land outside the boundaries of the Building to be a part of the Common Area; (f) use the Common Area while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Building, or any portion thereof; (g) take such reasonable measures as Landlord deems advisable for the access control of the Building and its occupants; (h) evacuating the Building for cause, suspected cause, or for drill purposes; (i) temporarily denying access to the Building; (j) closing the Building after Normal Working Hours and on Sundays and Holidays, subject, however, to Tenant’s right to enter when the Building is closed after Normal Working Hours under such reasonable regulations as Landlord may prescribe from time to time and uniformly apply to all tenants of the Buildings; and (k) do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Area and Building and other portions of the Property as Landlord may deem appropriate.

16.3 Name . Landlord may adopt any name for the Building or the Property and Landlord reserves the right to change the name and/or the address of the Building or the Property and/or any part thereof at any time after providing Tenant with no less than ninety (90) days prior written notice.

16.4 Sale of a Building in Property . In the event the Building or Building I is sold such that Landlord no longer owns both Buildings, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share shall automatically adjust so that it is calculated by dividing the Rentable Square Feet in the Premises by the total Rentable Square Feet in the Building which is hereby stipulated to be 96,056 Rentable Square Feet . Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses shall then be based on the Operating Expenses for the Building only. Any shared Operating Expenses for the Property shall be allocated equitably between the Buildings pursuant to a reasonable reciprocal easement agreement between the owners of the Buildings; provided, however, any such Operating Expenses shall be subject to the limitations, and exclusions regarding Operating Expenses, and the Cap specified herein. In addition, the Gross Up described in Section 15.1 of Exhibit B of this Lease shall be based on the (i) Operating Expenses, and (ii) Rentable Square Feet in the Building. In the event such sale occurs (i) between the Commencement Date and the Phase 1 Commencement Date, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share shall be equal to 31.3796%, (ii) between the Phase 1 Commencement Date and the Phase 2 Commencement Date, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share shall be equal to 35.5648% and (iii) following the Phase 2 Commencement Date, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share shall be equal to 39.9256%. Such adjustments shall be automatic and without the need to amend the Lease, and any other defined terms shall be deemed appropriately amended as well. In no event shall the adjustments as a result of such sale result in an increase in the amount

 

- 27 -


of Operating Expenses paid by Tenant hereunder. Moreover such a sale (along with the corresponding adjustment to Tenant’s Pro Rata Share) shall not increase Tenant’s obligations nor impair Tenant’s rights under this Lease.

 

17. Indemnification and Waiver.

17.1 Indemnity by Tenant . SUBJECT TO SECTION 12.6 , TENANT SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY, AND HOLD HARMLESS THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, DEMANDS, LIABILITIES, CAUSES OF ACTION, SUITS, JUDGMENTS, DAMAGES, AND EXPENSES (INCLUDING ATTORNEYS’ FEES) ARISING FROM (I) ANY INJURY TO OR DEATH OF ANY PERSON OR THE DAMAGE TO OR THEFT, DESTRUCTION, LOSS, OR LOSS OF USE OF ANY PROPERTY OR INCONVENIENCE (A “ LOSS ”), TO THE EXTENT CAUSED BY ANY ACT OR OMISSION OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF ANY TENANT PARTIES, OR (II) TENANT’S FAILURE TO PERFORM ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS LEASE, BUT NOT TO THE EXTENT THE LOSS WAS CAUSED BY THE NEGLIGENCE, RECKLESSNESS, OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF LANDLORD, ITS EMPLOYEES, OR ITS AGENTS OR BY LANDLORD’S BREACH OF THIS LEASE. The indemnity set forth in this Section 17.1 shall survive termination or expiration of this Lease and shall not terminate or be waived, diminished or affected in any manner by any abatement or apportionment of Rent under any provision of this Lease. If any proceeding is filed for which indemnity is required hereunder, the Tenant agrees, upon request therefor, to defend the indemnified party in such proceeding at its sole cost utilizing counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party.

17.2 Waiver . SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 12.6 , AS A MATERIAL PART OF THE CONSIDERATION TO LANDLORD FOR ENTERING INTO THIS LEASE, TENANT HEREBY ASSUMES ALL RISK OF AND RELEASES, DISCHARGES AND HOLDS HARMLESS LANDLORD FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL LIABILITY TO TENANT FOR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY OR INJURY TO PERSONS IN, UPON OR ABOUT THE PREMISES FROM ANY CAUSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT THAT WHICH IS CAUSED BY THE NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF LANDLORD OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY OR BY LANDLORD’S BREACH OF THIS LEASE. IN NO EVENT SHALL LANDLORD BE LIABLE TO TENANT FOR ANY INJURY TO ANY PERSON IN OR ABOUT THE PREMISES OR DAMAGE TO THE PREMISES OR FOR ANY LOSS, DAMAGE OR INJURY TO ANY PROPERTY OF TENANT THEREIN OR BY ANY MALFUNCTION OF ANY UTILITY OR OTHER EQUIPMENT, INSTALLATION OR SYSTEM, OR BY THE RUPTURE, LEAKAGE OR OVERFLOW OF ANY PLUMBING OR OTHER PIPES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WATER, STEAM AND REFRIGERATION LINES, SPRINKLERS, TANKS, DRAINS, DRINKING FOUNTAINS OR SIMILAR CAUSE IN, ABOUT OR UPON THE PREMISES, THE BUILDING OR ANY OTHER PORTION OF THE PROPERTY, UNLESS SUCH LOSS, DAMAGE OR INJURY IS CAUSED BY THE NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF LANDLORD OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY OR BY LANDLORD’S BREACH OF THIS LEASE.

 

- 28 -


18. Definition of Landlord.

The term “Landlord” as used in this Lease, so far as covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord are concerned, shall be limited to mean and include only the owner or owners, at the time in question, of the fee title of the Premises or the lessees under ground leases of the land or master leases of the Building, if any. In the event of any transfer, assignment or other conveyance of any such title, Landlord herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfer or conveyance, the then grantor) shall be automatically freed and relieved from and after the date of such transfer, assignment or conveyance of all liability for the performance of any covenant or obligation on the part of Landlord contained in this Lease thereafter to be performed. Without further agreement, the transferee of such title shall be deemed to have assumed and agreed to observe and perform any and all obligations of Landlord hereunder during its ownership of the Premises. Landlord may transfer its interest in the Premises without the consent of Tenant and such transfer or subsequent transfer shall not be deemed a violation on Landlord’s part of any term or condition of this Lease.

 

19. Subordination.

19.1 Subordination . Subject to Tenant’s rights under this Section 19 hereof and Landlord’s obligation to obtain the Subordination Agreements referenced below, this Lease shall be subordinate to any existing and future deed of trust, mortgage, and/or other security instrument (each, a “ Mortgage ”) and any ground lease, master lease, or primary lease (each, a “ Primary Lease ”), which may now or hereafter encumber the Property and/or the Building, and all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. Landlord shall obtain from its current mortgagee an executed subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Lease by Landlord. Landlord agrees to obtain from any future mortgagee, ground lessor or ground lessee (herein referred to as a “ Landlord’s Mortgagee ”), a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (a “ Subordination Agreement ”) on such mortgagee or ground lessee’s standard form (as revised pursuant to reasonable negotiations between Tenant and such mortgagee or ground lessee, as long as such Subordination Agreement contains provisions whereby, as long as Tenant is not in Default hereunder, Tenant’s rights under this Lease shall not be disturbed) within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s execution of any such mortgage or ground lease entered into after the Effective Date of this Lease. Any Landlord’s Mortgagee may elect, at any time, unilaterally, to make this Lease superior to its Mortgage, Primary Lease, or other interest in the Premises by so notifying Tenant in writing, and signifying its election in the instrument creating its lien or lease or by separate recorded instrument. The provisions of this Section 19.7 shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required (except for the Subordination Agreement signed by Landlord’s Mortgagee); however, in confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord (or such other party designated by Landlord) within fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s receipt of written request therefor such documentation, in recordable form if required.

19.2 Attornment . In the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of, or in the event of exercise of the power of sale under, any mortgage covering the Premises, or in the event the interests of Landlord under this Lease shall be transferred by reason of deed in lieu of foreclosure or other legal proceedings, or in the event of termination of any lease under which

 

- 29 -


Landlord may hold title, such transferee or purchaser at foreclosure or under power of sale, or the lessor of the Landlord upon such lease termination, as the case may be (sometimes hereinafter called “such person”), shall, in accordance with and subject to the terms of the Subordination Agreement, recognize the interest of Tenant under the terms, covenants, and conditions of the Lease for the remaining balance of the Term and any renewal or extension thereof made in accordance with the terms of this Lease, and Tenant shall attorn to such person and shall recognize and be bound and obligated hereunder to such person as the Landlord under this Lease, subject to the terms of the Subordination Agreement. Tenant’s obligation to attorn to such person in accordance with the terms of the Subordination Agreement shall survive the exercise of any such power of sale, foreclosure or other proceeding. Tenant agrees that the institution of any suit, action or other proceeding by any mortgagee to realize on Landlord’s interest in the Premises pursuant to the powers granted to a mortgagee under its mortgage, shall not, by operation of law or otherwise, result in the cancellation or termination of the obligations of the Tenant hereunder. Tenant shall execute the Subordination Agreement confirming such attornment with ten (10) business days of delivery by Landlord .

19.3 Notice to Landlord’s Mortgagee . Tenant shall not seek to enforce any remedy it may have for any default on the part of Landlord without first giving written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, specifying the default in reasonable detail, to any Landlord’s Mortgagee whose address has been given to Tenant, and affording such Landlord’s Mortgagee a reasonable opportunity to cure any of Landlord’s defaults hereunder. Landlord shall give Tenant notice of the identity, address, telephone and telecopier numbers of all Landlord’s Mortgagees in writing in the form of a notice in the manner provided for herein. Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure any default within the time period provided for in this Lease, then Landlord’s Mortgagee shall have the Landlord’s Mortgagee Cure Period to cure such default.

19.4 Landlord’s Mortgagee’s Protection Provisions . Subject to the terms of Exhibit J, if Landlord’s Mortgagee shall succeed to the interest of Landlord under this Lease, Landlord’s Mortgagee shall not be: (1) liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor (including Landlord); (2) bound by any rent or additional rent or advance rent which Tenant might have paid for more than one month in advance to any prior lessor (including Landlord) which is not delivered or paid over to Landlord’s Mortgagee, and all such rent shall remain due and owing, notwithstanding such advance payment; (3) bound by any security or advance rental deposit made by Tenant which is not delivered or paid over to Landlord’s Mortgagee and with respect to which Tenant shall look solely to Landlord for refund or reimbursement; (4) bound by any termination, amendment or modification of this Lease made without Landlord’s Mortgagee’s consent and written approval, except for any termination by Tenant of this Lease expressly provided for in this Lease, and further, except for any amendment made to effectuate any renewal, extension or expansion option or right of first refusal set forth in this Lease, or to confirm the Commencement Date or any other date set forth in the Lease, or to confirm the square footage of the Premises and to modify the terms of the Lease to reflect such square footage; (5) subject to any defenses to the performance by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease expressly set forth in this Lease and related to periods of time following the acquisition of the Building by Landlord’s Mortgagee which Tenant might have against any prior lessor (including Landlord), unless the condition of default giving rise to any such defense is ongoing following such date and Tenant has provided written notice to Landlord’s Mortgagee (whether

 

- 30 -


prior to or after Landlord’s Mortgagee succeeding to the interest of Landlord under this Lease) and provided Landlord’s Mortgagee a reasonable opportunity (not to exceed the Landlord’s Mortgagee Cure Period) to cure the event giving rise to such offset event; and (6) subject to any offsets, abatement or reductions in Rent which Tenant might have against any prior lessor (including Landlord) except for those offset, abatement or reduction rights which (A) are expressly provided in this Lease, (B) relate to periods of time following the acquisition of the Building by Landlord’s Mortgagee, and (C) Tenant has provided written notice to Landlord’s Mortgagee (whether prior to or after Landlord’s Mortgagee succeeding to the interest of Landlord under this Lease) and provided Landlord’s Mortgagee a reasonable opportunity (not to exceed the Landlord’s Mortgagee Cure Period) to cure the event giving rise to such offset event. Nothing in this Lease shall be construed to require Landlord’s Mortgagee to see to the application of the proceeds of any loan, and Tenant’s agreements set forth herein shall not be impaired on account of any modification of the documents evidencing and securing any loan.

 

20. Substitution of Premises.

Intentionally deleted.

 

21. Surrender of Premises and Removal of Property.

21.1 No Merger . The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, a mutual cancellation or a termination hereof, shall not constitute a merger, and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing subleases or shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all subleases affecting the Premises.

21.2 Surrender of Premises . No act by Landlord shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept a surrender of the Premises shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by Landlord. At the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the Premises with all improvements located therein in good repair and condition, free of Hazardous Materials placed on the Premises during the Term, broom-clean, wear and tear (and condemnation and casualty damage) excepted, and shall deliver to Landlord all keys to the Premises. Provided that Tenant has performed all of its obligations hereunder, Tenant may remove all of Tenant’s Property placed in the Premises or elsewhere in the Building by Tenant (but Tenant may not remove any such item which was paid for, in whole or in part, by Landlord or by any of Landlord’s prior tenants [except Tenant herein]). Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, repair all damage caused by such removal. All items not so removed shall, at Landlord’s option, be deemed to have been abandoned by Tenant and may be appropriated, sold, stored, destroyed, or otherwise disposed of by Landlord without notice to Tenant and without any obligation to account for such items. The provisions of this Section 21.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.

21.3 Disposal of Property . In the event of the expiration of this Lease or other re-entry of the Premises by Landlord as provided in this Lease, any of Tenant’s Property which is not removed by Tenant upon the expiration of the Term of this Lease, or within 48 hours after a termination by reason of Tenant’s Default, shall be considered abandoned and Landlord may remove any or all of such property and dispose of the same in any manner or store the same in a public warehouse or elsewhere for the account of, and at the expense and risk of, Tenant. If

 

- 31 -


Tenant shall fail to pay the costs of storing any such property after it has been stored for a period of 30 days or more, Landlord may sell any or all of such property at public or private sale, in such manner and at such places as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may deem proper, without notice to or demand upon Tenant. In the event of such sale, Landlord shall apply the proceeds thereof, first, to the cost and expense of sale, including reasonable attorneys’ fees; second, to the repayment of the cost of removal and storage; third, to the repayment of any other sums which may then or thereafter be due to Landlord from Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease; and fourth, the balance, if any, to Tenant.

 

22. Holding Over.

If Tenant fails to vacate the Premises at expiration or earlier termination of the Term, then Tenant shall be a tenant at sufferance as to such space and, in addition to all other damages and remedies to which Landlord may be entitled for such holding over, (a) Tenant shall pay, in addition to the other Rent, holdover rent (on a per diem basis) for the Premises equal to 150% of each of the Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses payable during the last month of the Term, and (b) Tenant shall otherwise continue to be subject to all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The provisions of this Section 22 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law or a consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises upon the expiration of the Term or upon the earlier termination hereof and to assert any remedy in law or equity to evict Tenant and/or collect damages in connection with such holding over. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold the Indemnified Parties harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and liability resulting from such failure, including any claims made by any succeeding lessees founded upon such failure to surrender, and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom.

 

23. Defaults and Remedies.

23.1 Defaults by Tenant . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a material default and breach of this Lease by Tenant (each, a “ Default ” or an “ Event of Default ”):

(a) if Tenant fails to pay Rent or make any other payment required to be made by Tenant under this Lease as and when due and such failure continues for five (5) days after delivery of written notice from Landlord to Tenant that the same is past due and payable, provided Landlord shall not be required to give more than three (3) such notices in any consecutive twelve (12) month period;

(b) if Tenant makes a Transfer in violation of the terms of this Lease;

(c) if Tenant fails to observe or perform the provisions of Section 3 or those provisions of Section 10 in the case of Alterations that are adversely affecting Building Systems or other parts of the Building outside of the Premises or are weakening the structure of the Building and such failure continues for ten (10) business days after notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant;

 

- 32 -


(d) if Tenant fails to provide estoppel certificates, or other certificates as herein provided, and such failure continues for five (5) business days after notice to Tenant following the expiration of the period provided herein for the delivery of such certificates;

(e) except as otherwise provided in this Section 23.1 or elsewhere in this Lease, if Tenant fails to perform, comply with, or observe any other agreement or obligation of Tenant under this Lease and such failure continues for a period of more than thirty (30) days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant written notice thereof (or so long as Tenant commenced to cure such default promptly following receipt of such notice, but the default is not curable within thirty (30) days despite undertaking all reasonable efforts, then such period shall be extended, but in no event more than an additional thirty (30) days);

(f) if any action is taken by or against Tenant pursuant to any statute pertaining to bankruptcy or insolvency or the reorganization of Tenant (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within ninety (90) days); if Tenant makes any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; if a trustee or receiver is appointed to take possession of all or any portion of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; or if all or any portion of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease is attached, executed upon, or otherwise judicially seized and such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days; and/or

(g) if Tenant fails to vacate and surrender the Premises as required by this Lease upon the expiration of the Term or sooner termination of this Lease.

23.2 Landlord’s Remedies . If there shall occur and be continuing an Event of Default, Landlord shall have and may exercise all remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity or under any statute or ordinance. Without limitation of the foregoing, Landlord may at its option:

(a) Performance of Obligations : Make any such payment or perform any other act which Tenant should have performed. All sums so paid by Landlord and all costs incurred by Landlord in making such payment or performing such other act or obligation and/or in enforcing this Lease, including attorneys’ fees, together with interest thereon at the Default Rate, shall be payable to Landlord on demand and Tenant agrees to pay any such sums, and Landlord shall have (in addition to any other right or remedy hereunder) the same rights and remedies in the event of the non-payment thereof by Tenant as in the case of Default by Tenant in the payment of Rent.

(b) Termination : Terminate this Lease by giving written notice thereof and, upon the giving of such notice, this Lease and the estate hereby granted shall expire and terminate with the same force and effect as though the date of such notice were the date fixed for the expiration of the Term, and all rights of Tenant hereunder shall expire and terminate, but Tenant shall remain liable as provided in (d) below and as otherwise hereinafter provided; and/or

 

- 33 -


(c) Recovery of Possession; Reletting : Whether or not this Lease has been terminated as herein provided, terminate Tenant’s right of possession and re-enter and repossess the Premises or any part thereof by summary proceedings, ejectment, forcible entry and detainer, forcible detainer or otherwise, and Landlord shall have the right to remove all persons and property therefrom and change the locks, without judicial process. Landlord shall be under no liability for or by reason of any such entry, repossession or removal. No such re-entry or taking of possession of the Premises by Landlord shall be construed as an election on Landlord’s part to terminate this Lease or to accept a surrender thereof unless a written notice of such intention is given by Landlord to Tenant or unless the termination of this Lease is decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction. If (and only to the extent) required by Applicable Law, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to relet the Premises on market terms and may satisfy said obligation by complying with the provisions of (f) below; however, Landlord may at its option relet all or any part of the Premises for the account of Tenant for such term or terms (which may be greater or less than the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Term) and on such conditions (which may include concessions or free Rent) and for such uses as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may determine, and Landlord may collect and receive any Rents payable by reason of such reletting; and apply the same on account of Rent due and to become due hereunder. Landlord shall not be required to accept any tenant offered by Tenant or observe any instruction given by Tenant about such reletting, or do any act or exercise any care or diligence with respect to such reletting, unless required by Applicable Law. Solely for the purpose of such reletting, Landlord may decorate or make repairs, changes, alterations or additions in or to the Premises or any part thereof to the extent deemed by Landlord desirable or convenient, and the reasonable cost of such decoration, repairs, changes, alterations or additions shall be charged to and be payable by Tenant as Rent hereunder, as well as any reasonable brokerage and legal fees expended by Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to terminate this Lease at any time after taking possession of the Premises as aforesaid. Neither termination nor repossession and reletting shall relieve Tenant of its obligations hereunder, all of which shall survive such termination, repossession or reletting. Tenant agrees that Landlord may file suit to recover any sums falling due under the terms of this Section 23 from time to time and that no suit or recovery of any portion due Landlord hereunder shall be any defense to any subsequent action brought for any amount not theretofore reduced to judgment in favor of Landlord. If Landlord terminates Tenant’s possession of the Premises under this Section 23 , Landlord shall have no obligation to post any notice and Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to tender to Tenant a key for new locks installed in the Premises; and/or

(d) Damages : Terminate this Lease and recover from Tenant upon demand therefor, as damages for Tenant’s default, an amount equal to the sum of the following: (i) the cost of recovering the Premises, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees; (ii) the unpaid Rent earned at the time of termination, plus interest thereon at the Default Rate; (iii) the difference, if any, between (1) Rent and other sums which would be payable under this Lease for the remainder of the Term, discounted to present worth at the rate of five percent (5%) per annum, and (2) the then fair market rental value of the Premises as reasonably determined by Landlord for the same period, discounted to present worth at the same rate; (iv)

 

- 34 -


costs of reletting and refurbishing the Premises, including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees, brokerage commissions, the costs of alterations and the value of other concessions or allowances granted to a new tenant, and (v) any other sum of money and damages owed by Tenant to Landlord.

(e) Calculation of Rent : In calculating future Rent for purposes of subparagraphs (c) and (d) above, Landlord’s reasonable and good faith estimate of future Operating Expenses shall be based on historical escalations and the then current market conditions. In addition, Landlord may include as an item of Rent its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs in enforcing its rights hereunder, together with each of the other expenses related thereto as described in subparagraph (c) above.

(f) Mitigation : Landlord shall have a duty to mitigate damages in accordance with Applicable Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord and Tenant agree that if Landlord sues Tenant to enforce the Lease and collect Rent that has accrued, unless contrary to Applicable Law, Landlord will have satisfied the duty to mitigate and will have used objectively reasonable efforts to relet the Premises if Landlord does the following within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of the Event of Default: (1) place the Premises on Landlord’s inventory of available space; (2) make Landlord’s inventory available to area brokers; (3) show the Premises to prospective tenants who request to see it; and (4) otherwise make commercially reasonable efforts to lease the Premises on market terms.

(g) Reimbursement. Landlord has or will pay substantial real estate brokerage commissions relating to this Lease (the “ Commissions ”). If Landlord terminates this Lease as a result of an Event of Default of a monetary nature hereunder, Tenant shall, to the extent Landlord has not recovered the full amount of its damages under subparagraph (d) above, immediately pay to Landlord the unamortized cost of the Commissions.. The unamortized cost is calculated by amortizing the Commissions over the number of months of the initial Term during which Tenant is required to pay Base Rent at 10% per annum on a monthly basis and multiplying the monthly amortized cost by the number of months remaining in the initial Term after such termination. Landlord may, or, at Tenant’s request, shall, after such termination forward a statement to Tenant setting forth the unamortized Commissions incurred by Landlord that are payable in accordance with this Section 23.2(g), but the failure to deliver the statement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the right to collect such amounts.

23.3 Waivers by Tenant . In the event of a termination of this Lease as a result of an Event of Default, Tenant hereby waives all right to recover or regain possession of the Premises, to save forfeiture by payment of Rent due or by other performance of the conditions, terms or provisions hereof, and without limitation of or by the foregoing, Tenant waives all right to reinstate or redeem this Lease notwithstanding any provisions of any statute, law or decision now or hereafter in force or effect and Tenant waives all right to any second or further trial in summary proceedings, ejectment, forcible entry and detainer, forcible detainer or in any other action provided by any statute or decision now or hereafter in force or effect. Landlord shall not be required to serve Tenant with any notices or demands as a prerequisite to its exercise of any of its rights or remedies under this Lease, other than those notices and demands specifically required under this Lease. Tenant expressly waives the service of any statutory demand or notice that is a prerequisite to Landlord’s commencement of eviction proceedings against Tenant, including, without limitation, the demands and notices specified in the Texas Property Code.

 

- 35 -


23.4 Repossession . If Landlord exercises either of the remedies provided in Sections 23.2(b) or 23.2(c) , Tenant shall surrender possession and vacate the Premises and immediately deliver possession thereof to Landlord, and Landlord may re-enter and take complete and peaceful possession of the Premises, with or without process of law, full and complete license to do so being hereby granted to Landlord, and Landlord may remove all occupants and property therefrom, using such force as may be necessary to the extent allowed by Applicable Law, without being deemed guilty in any manner of trespass, eviction or forcible entry and detainer and without relinquishing Landlord’s right to Rent or any other right given to Landlord hereunder or by operation of law. In order to exercise its remedies hereunder and to regain possession of the Premises and to deny Tenant access thereto, Landlord or its agent may, at the expense and liability of the Tenant, alter or change any or all locks or other security devices controlling access to the Premises without posting or giving notice of any kind to Tenant, and Tenant hereby waives all of such notices or demands to the fullest extent allowed by Applicable Law. Unless contrary to Applicable Law (after giving full force and effect to Tenant’s waivers in this Lease), Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant a key or grant Tenant access to the Premises so long as Tenant is in Default under this Lease. Unless contrary to Applicable Law (after giving full force and effect to Tenant’s waivers in this Lease), Tenant shall not be entitled to recover possession of the Premises, terminate this Lease, or recover any actual, incidental, consequential, punitive, statutory or other damages or award of attorneys’ fees, by reason of Landlord’s alteration or change of any lock or other security device and the resulting exclusion from the Premises of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, servants, employees, customers, licensees, invitees or any other persons from the Premises in accordance with the terms of this paragraph. TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SUBPARAGRAPH OF THIS LEASE SUPERSEDE THE LOCKOUT PROVISIONS OF THE TEXAS PROPERTY CODE AND TENANT FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HEREBY KNOWINGLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE THEREUNDER TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

23.5 Methodology of Calculating Charges. Landlord and Tenant are knowledgeable and experienced in commercial leasing transactions and agree that the provisions of this Lease for determining all Rent and other charges and amounts payable by Tenant are commercially reasonable and valid, and as to each such charge or amount, constitutes a “method by which the charge is to be computed” for purposes of Section 93.012 of the Texas Property Code, even though such methods may not state a precise mathematical formula for determining such charges. ACCORDINGLY, TENANT VOLUNTARILY AND KNOWINGLY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS AND BENEFITS, IF ANY, OF A TENANT UNDER SECTION 93.012 OF THE TEXAS PROPERTY CODE, AS SUCH SECTION NOW EXISTS OR AS IT MAY BE HEREAFTER AMENDED OR SUCCEEDED.

23.6 Right of Landlord to Injunction; Remedies Cumulative . Upon any actual or threatened Event of Default, Landlord shall have the right of injunction to restrain the same. The rights and remedies given to Landlord in this Lease are distinct, separate and cumulative remedies, and no one of them, whether or not exercised by Landlord, shall be deemed to be in exclusion of any of the others.

 

- 36 -


23.7 Lien . Landlord waives all contractual, statutory and constitutional liens held by Landlord on Tenant’s personal property, goods, equipment, inventory, furnishings, chattels, accounts and assets (“Tenant’s Property”) to secure the obligations of Tenant under this Lease until such time as Landlord may obtain an enforceable judgment against Tenant from a court with jurisdiction of Tenant or Tenant’s Property, at which time Landlord shall have such lien rights at law and in equity to enforce and collect such judgment and Tenant’s obligations under this Lease .

23.8 Waiver of Jury Trial . TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER ON ANY MATTERS WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY REMEDY UNDER ANY STATUTE, ORDINANCE OR OTHERWISE. WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, TENANT WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT BROUGHT BY LANDLORD TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES FOLLOWING LANDLORD’S TERMINATION OF THIS LEASE PURSUANT TO SECTION 23.2(b) OR THE RIGHT OF TENANT TO POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES PURSUANT TO SECTION 23.2(c) AND ON ANY CLAIM FOR DELINQUENT RENT WHICH LANDLORD MAY JOIN IN ITS LAWSUIT TO RECOVER POSSESSION .

23.9 Definition of Tenant . The term “Tenant” shall be deemed to include all persons or entities named as Tenant under this Lease, or each and every one of them. If any of the obligations of Tenant hereunder is guaranteed by another person or entity, the term “Tenant” shall be deemed to include all of such guarantors and any one or more of such guarantors. If this Lease has been assigned, the term “Tenant” shall be deemed to include both the assignee and the assignor.

23.10 Tenant’s Obligation Not Dependent . SUBJECT TO THE OTHER TERMS OF THIS LEASE, TENANT’S OBLIGATION TO PAY RENT HEREUNDER IS NOT DEPENDENT UPON THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES OR THE PERFORMANCE BY LANDLORD OF ITS OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, AND TENANT SHALL CONTINUE TO PAY RENT HEREUNDER WITHOUT ABATEMENT, SETOFF, OR DEDUCTION, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY BREACH BY LANDLORD OF ITS DUTIES OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED .

23.11 Defaults by Landlord . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a material default and breach of this Lease by Landlord (a “Landlord Default”):

 

- 37 -


(a) if Landlord fails to perform, comply with, or observe any other agreement or obligation of Landlord under this Lease and such failure continues for a period of more than thirty (30) days after Tenant has delivered to Landlord written notice thereof (or so long as Landlord commenced to cure such default promptly following receipt of such notice, but the default is not curable within thirty (30) days despite undertaking all reasonable efforts, then such period shall be extended, but in no event more than an additional sixty (60) days); and/or

Upon any Landlord Default, Tenant, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall have the right to maintain any and all actions at law or suits in equity or other proceedings (including the right to injunctive relief) to enforce the curing or remedying of such default or for damages resulting from such default.

 

24. Covenant Against Liens.

All work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by or at the request of a Tenant Party shall be deemed authorized and ordered by Tenant only, and Tenant shall not permit any mechanic’s liens to be filed against the Premises or the Property in connection therewith. Upon completion of any such work, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord final lien waivers from all contractors, subcontractors and materialmen who performed such work. If such a lien is filed, then Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after Tenant obtains knowledge thereof (or such earlier time period as may be necessary to prevent the forfeiture of the Premises, the Property or any interest of Landlord therein or the imposition of a civil or criminal fine with respect thereto), either (i) pay the amount of the lien and cause the lien to be released of record, or (ii) diligently contest such lien and deliver to Landlord a bond or other security reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. If Tenant fails to timely take either such action, then Landlord may pay the lien claim, and any amounts so paid, including reasonable expenses and interest, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord has invoiced Tenant therefor together with interest at the Default Rate. Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties from and against all claims, demands, causes of action, suits, judgments, damages and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) in any way arising from or relating to the failure by any Tenant Party to pay for any work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by or at the request of a Tenant Party. This indemnity provision shall survive termination or expiration of this Lease. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that their relationship is and shall be solely that of “landlord-tenant” (thereby excluding a relationship of “owner-contractor,” “owner-agent” or other similar relationships). Accordingly, all materialmen, contractors, artisans, mechanics, laborers and any other persons now or hereafter contracting with Tenant, any contractor or subcontractor of Tenant or any other Tenant Party for the furnishing of any labor, services, materials, supplies or equipment with respect to any portion of the Premises, at any time from the date hereof until the end of the Term, are hereby charged with notice that they look exclusively to Tenant to obtain payment for same. Nothing herein shall be deemed a consent by Landlord to any liens being placed upon the Premises, the Property or Landlord’s interest therein due to any work performed by or for Tenant or deemed to give any contractor or subcontractor or materialman any right or interest in any funds held by Landlord to reimburse Tenant for any portion of the cost of such work.

 

- 38 -


25. Interest on Tenant’s Obligations; Late Charges.

25.1 Interest . Any amount due from Tenant to Landlord which is not paid when due shall bear interest at the lesser of ten percent (10%) per annum or the maximum lawful rate of interest (said lesser rate is herein referred to as the “ Default Rate ”), from the date such payment is due until paid, but the payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease.

25.2 Late Charge . In the event Tenant is late in paying any amount of Rent due under this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of each delinquent amount of Rent and any subsequent delinquent amount of Rent. The parties agree that the amount of such late charge represents a reasonable estimate of the cost and expense that would be incurred by Landlord in processing each delinquent payment of Rent by Tenant and that such late charge shall be paid to Landlord as liquidated damages for each delinquent payment, but the payment of such late charge shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease. The parties further agree that the payment of late charges and the payment of interest provided for in the preceding paragraph are distinct and separate from one another in that the payment of interest is to compensate Landlord for the use of Landlord’s money by Tenant, while the payment of a late charge is to compensate Landlord for the additional administrative expense incurred by Landlord in handling and processing delinquent payments, but excluding attorneys’ fees and costs incurred with respect to such delinquent payments. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Landlord agrees that the first time in any given calendar year in which Tenant is late in the payment of Rent, no late charges will be due provided such payment is made within five (5) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written notice to Tenant of such delinquency.

 

26. Quiet Enjoyment.

Tenant, upon the paying of all Rent hereunder and performing each of the covenants, agreements and conditions of this Lease required to be performed by Tenant, shall lawfully and quietly hold, occupy and enjoy the Premises during the Term without hindrance or molestation of anyone lawfully claiming by, through or under Landlord, subject, however, to the terms and conditions of this Lease. This covenant of quiet enjoyment is in lieu of any implied covenant of quiet enjoyment under Texas law.

 

27. Parking Facilities.

Landlord shall make available to Tenant, throughout the Term, permits for Tenant and its employees and invitees to park, at any given time, on an unreserved basis, four (4) cars in the Parking Facility for each 1000 Rentable Square Feet of the Premises, subject to such reasonable rules and regulations as Landlord may establish. Twelve (12) of the foregoing spaces shall be reserved spaces in the locations shown on Exhibit K . Parking may be access controlled. There shall be no charge for any of the parking spaces specified herein during the Term or any Renewal Term. Tenant understands that parking patterns and areas may be modified by Landlord in its sole discretion provided such modification does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Parking Facility and parking spaces and private access roads and building appurtenances on the Land. Landlord shall have no liability for any damage to persons or property which may occur in, on, or about the Parking Facility.

 

- 39 -


28. Brokers.

Landlord and Tenant each warrants to the other that it has not had any contact or dealings with any real estate broker or other intermediary other than Tenant’s dealings with Oxford Commercial and Landlord’s dealings with Oxford Alliance Services dba Oxford Commercial (collectively, “ Brokers ”) which would give rise to the payment of any fee or brokerage commission in connection with this Lease. Landlord and Tenant shall each indemnify the other from and against any loss, liability or damage (including reasonable and actual counsel fees and costs) with respect to any fee or brokerage commission (except to Brokers) arising out of any act or omission of the indemnifying party. Landlord agrees to pay brokerage commissions due in connection with this Lease to Brokers in accordance with a separate commission agreement executed by Landlord and Brokers. Tenant has no obligation to pay any brokerage commissions to Brokers due in connection with this Lease.

 

29. Rules and Regulations.

The “Rules and Regulations” attached hereto as Exhibit E are hereby incorporated herein and made a part of this Lease. Tenant agrees to abide by and comply with each and every one of said Rules and Regulations and any amendments, modifications and/or additions thereto as may hereafter be adopted by Landlord for the safety, care, security, good order and cleanliness of the Premises, the Building, the Parking Facility or any other portion of the Property provided such existing and/or future Rules and Regulations (i) are consistent for all tenants of the Buildings, (ii) applied uniformly among all tenants of the Buildings, and (iii) do not materially and adversely affect Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, Building, Common Area and/or Parking Facility. Landlord shall have the right to amend, modify or add to the Rules and Regulations in its sole discretion. Landlord agrees that the Rules and Regulations shall not be enforced so as to discriminate against Tenant and that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce the Rules and Regulations uniformly against all tenants in the Building; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for Landlord’s failure to enforce the Rules and Regulations against any other tenants. Tenant shall not be obligated to comply with any future Rules and Regulations or amendments thereto until Tenant has received a written copy of such Rules and Regulations. In the event of a conflict between this Lease and the Rules and Regulations, the terms and conditions of the Lease shall prevail.

 

30. Signage.

30.1 Directory . Landlord shall maintain a directory at the Building to accommodate the names of tenants of the Building and shall provide Tenant with name placement thereon as Tenant may request and change from time to time at Landlord’s sole cost and expense.

30.2 Signs . Tenant shall be permitted to install, at its own expense, appropriate signs containing Tenant’s name at the entrances to the Premises, in the reception area(s) of the Premises and, if and so long as Tenant leases all of the Rentable Area on individual floors of the Premises, on the walls of the elevator lobbies on each floor of the Premises leased solely by

 

- 40 -


Tenant. Any such signs will be designed and constructed in a manner compatible with Building standard signs and graphics criteria and shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval which approval shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed. Upon expiration of the Term, Tenant shall promptly remove all of its signs and repair and restore the surfaces on which such signs were attached to a condition and appearance which is consistent with the finishes (e.g. paint and any other exterior finishes) in close proximity to such surface, at Tenant’s expense.

30.3 Building Signage . Commencing as of the Effective Date, Tenant shall have the right to place its signage -i.e. name, logo, etc. (“Tenant’s Exterior Building Signage”) on the Building in one of the two locations shown on the attached Exhibit L , but such right shall only be effective if Landlord grants any other existing or future tenant(s) in the Building that leases as much as or less rentable square footage in the Building as Tenant Building exterior signage rights. Tenant’s Exterior Building Signage shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense with design, location and lettering subject to Landlord’s prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

30.4 Monument Sign .

(a) Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to place Tenant’s signage (“ Tenant’s Monument Sign Placement ”) on the existing monument sign (the “ Monument Sign ”) for the Building located at the entry to the Property in the location on the monument shown on the attached Exhibit L .

(b) Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs in connection with Tenant’s Monument Sign Placement –i.e. name, logo, etc. on the Monument Sign including, without limitation, all costs of obtaining permits and zoning and regulatory approvals, if any, and all costs of design, construction, installation, and supervision. Prior to commencing any work in connection with the installation of Tenant’s Monument Sign Placement, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord for its approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) copies of all plans and specifications for the installation of Tenant’s Monument Sign Placement; names and addresses of contractors; copies of contracts; necessary permits required, if any, and evidence of contractor’s and subcontractor’s insurance in an amount reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant shall be solely responsible for any damage to Tenant’s Monument Sign Placement.

(c) Tenant must obtain Landlord’s written consent (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) for Tenant’s Monument Sign Placement prior to its fabrication and installation. Landlord reserves the right to withhold consent to Tenant’s Monument Sign Placement if, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, it is not harmonious with the design standards of the Building. To obtain Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall submit design drawings to Landlord, showing the type and sizes of all lettering; the colors, finishes and types of materials used.

(d) Upon expiration of the Term, Tenant shall promptly remove all its exterior signs and repair and restore the surfaces on which such signs were attached to a condition and appearance which is consistent with the finishes (e.g. paint) in close proximity to such surface, at Tenant’s expense.

 

- 41 -


31. Personal Property Taxes.

Tenant shall be liable for all taxes levied or assessed against personal property, furniture, or fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises or in or on the Property. If any taxes for which Tenant is liable are levied or assessed against Landlord or Landlord’s property and Landlord elects to pay the same, or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by inclusion of such personal property, furniture or fixtures and Landlord elects to pay the taxes based on such increase, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days following written request therefor and the presentation of documentation specifying the basis for the increase and related documentation from Landlord, the part of such taxes for which Tenant is primarily liable hereunder; however, Landlord shall not pay such amount if Tenant notifies Landlord that it will contest the validity or amount of such taxes before Landlord makes such payment, and thereafter diligently proceeds with such contest in accordance with Applicable Laws and if the non-payment thereof does not pose a threat of loss or seizure of the Building or the Property or interest of Landlord therein or impose any fee or penalty against Landlord.

 

32. General Provisions.

32.1 No Waiver . The waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any breach of any provision contained in this Lease, which waiver shall only be effective if the same is in writing, or the failure of Landlord or Tenant to insist on strict performance by Tenant or Landlord, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision as to any subsequent breach thereof or of any other provision contained in this Lease. The acceptance of Rents hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any breach or default by Tenant regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such breach or default at the time of acceptance of Rent.

32.2 Terms; Headings . The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural, as well as the singular. The words used in neuter gender include the masculine and feminine and words in the masculine or feminine gender include the neuter. If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations hereunder imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several. The headings or titles of this Lease shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof. Any reference to a period of time measured in days refers to calendar days unless otherwise specifically indicated.

32.3 Entire Agreement . This instrument along with any exhibits and attachments or other documents attached hereto constitutes the entire and exclusive agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the Premises. The exhibits attached hereto, including, without limitation, Exhibit G , are incorporated herein by this reference for all purposes. This instrument and said exhibits and attachments and other documents may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by an instrument in writing signed by both Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that all prior or contemporaneous oral and written understandings, agreements or negotiations relative to the leasing of the Premises are merged into and superseded by this instrument.

 

- 42 -


32.4 Successors and Assigns . Subject to the provisions of Section 15 relating to Assignment and Sublease, this Lease is intended to and does bind the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of any and all of the parties hereto.

32.5 Notices . All notices, consents, approvals, requests, demands and other communications (collectively “ notices ”) which Landlord or Tenant are required or desire to serve upon, or deliver to, the other shall be in writing and shall be sent by certified U.S. mail, return receipt requested, or by a reputable commercial overnight courier service (such as, but not limited to, Federal Express), to the appropriate addresses indicated in the Lease Summary, or at such other place or places as either Landlord or Tenant may, from time to time, designate in a written notice given to the other. If the term “Tenant” in this Lease refers to more than one person or entity, Landlord shall be required to make service or delivery, as aforesaid, to any one of said persons or entities only. Notices shall be deemed sufficiently served or given at the earlier of (i) time of receipt or (ii) three (3) days after it was sent. Any notice, request, communication or demand by Tenant or Landlord to the other party hereto shall be addressed in accordance with the addresses set forth in the Lease Summary. Rejection or other refusal to accept a notice or the inability to deliver the same because of a changed address of which no notice was given, shall be deemed to be receipt of the notice on the date delivery was first attempted.

32.6 Severability . If any provision of this Lease shall be held invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remaining provisions of this Lease shall not be affected thereby and each of said provisions shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

32.7 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence of this Lease and each provision hereof in which time of performance is established.

32.8 Governing Law . This Lease shall be governed by, interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas applicable to contracts executed and performed entirely within the State of Texas. Any party bringing a legal action or proceeding against any other party arising out of or relating to this Lease must bring such legal action or proceeding in the applicable court(s) of Travis County, Texas having jurisdiction over the subject matter of such action or proceeding, and each party submits to the jurisdiction of such court(s).

32.9 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute, whether in litigation or in an alternative dispute resolution proceeding, between the parties, the prevailing party shall be entitled to obtain, as part of the resolution thereof, all reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with such dispute, except as may be limited by Applicable Law.

32.10 Light and View . Any diminution or shutting off of light or view by any structure which may be erected on lands adjacent to the Building or any other portion of the Property shall in no manner affect this Lease or impose any liability whatsoever on Landlord.

32.11 Bankruptcy Prior to Commencement . If, at any time prior to the Commencement Date, any action is taken by or against Tenant in any court pursuant to any statute pertaining to bankruptcy or insolvency or the reorganization of Tenant, Tenant makes any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, a trustee or receiver is appointed to take

 

- 43 -


possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, or there is an attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, then this Lease shall ipso facto be canceled and terminated and of no further force or effect. In such event, neither Tenant nor any person claiming through or under Tenant or by virtue of any statute or of any order of any court shall be entitled to possession of the Premises or any interest in this Lease and Landlord shall, in addition to any other rights and remedies under this Lease, be entitled to retain any Rent, security deposit or other monies received by Landlord from Tenant as liquidated damages.

32.12 Force Majeure . Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be liable for any failure to comply or delay in complying with its obligations hereunder (other than Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent and other sums hereunder, the obligations to carry insurance hereunder or to comply with Section 3 hereof) if such failure or delay is due to Force Majeure Events. Landlord shall not be obliged to settle any strike to avoid a Force Majeure Event from continuing.

32.13 Applicable Laws . At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply with all requirements of Applicable Laws, other than making any changes to the structure of the Building, relating to or arising out of the use, occupancy, repair or alteration of the Premises. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall obtain and maintain throughout the Term, any business licenses or permits required by any governmental body for the conduct of its business within the Premises.

32.14 Estoppel Certificates . Either party shall, without charge, at any time and from time to time hereafter, within ten (10) business days after written request of the other, certify by written instrument duly executed and acknowledged to any mortgagee or purchaser, or proposed mortgagee or proposed purchaser, or any other person, firm or corporation specified in such request: (a) as to whether this Lease has been supplemented or amended, and, if so, the substance and manner of such supplement or amendment; (b) as to the validity and force and effect of this Lease, in accordance with its tenor as then constituted; (c) as to the party’s knowledge the existence of any default thereunder; (d) as to the party’s knowledge the existence of any offsets, counterclaims or defenses thereto on the part of such other party; (e) as to the commencement and expiration dates of the Term of this Lease and the date to which Rent has been paid; and (f) as to any other matters as may reasonably be so requested. Any such certificate may be relied upon by the party requesting it and any other person, firm or corporation to whom the same may be exhibited or delivered and the contents of such certificate shall be binding on the party executing same.

32.15 Examination of Lease . The submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant, Tenant’s agents or attorneys, does not constitute a reservation of, or an option to lease, and this instrument shall not be effective or binding as a lease or otherwise until its execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

32.16 Landlord Liability . NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING IN THIS LEASE OR ANY APPLICABLE LAW TO THE CONTRARY, THE LIABILITY OF LANDLORD HEREUNDER (INCLUDING ANY SUCCESSOR LANDLORD HEREUNDER) AND ANY RECOURSE BY TENANT AGAINST LANDLORD SHALL BE LIMITED SOLELY TO THE INTEREST OF LANDLORD IN THE PROPERTY,

 

- 44 -


AND NEITHER LANDLORD, NOR ANY OF ITS CONSTITUENT MEMBERS, NOR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, PARTNERS, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SHAREHOLDERS SHALL HAVE ANY PERSONAL LIABILITY THEREFOR, AND TENANT, FOR ITSELF AND ALL PERSONS CLAIMING BY, THROUGH OR UNDER TENANT, EXPRESSLY WAIVES AND RELEASES LANDLORD AND SUCH RELATED PERSONS AND ENTITIES FROM ANY AND ALL PERSONAL LIABILITY. IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED FOR HEREIN, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY LIABILITY UNDER SECTIONS 22 OR 34 HEREOF. TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ITS STATUTORY LIEN UNDER SECTION 91.004 OF THE TEXAS PROPERTY CODE .

32.17 Representations by Tenant . Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that, on the date hereof and throughout the Term, the following:

(a) Tenant is a corporation, duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of Delaware, has qualified to do business in the State of Texas and has all requisite power and authority to enter into and perform its obligation under this Lease;

(b) no governmental action is required to be taken, given or obtained, as the case may be, by or from any governmental authority and no filing, recording, publication or registration in any public office or any other place, is necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by Tenant of this Lease or for the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability hereof;

(c) the execution and delivery of this Lease by Tenant and the performance of its obligation hereunder will not contravene any Applicable Laws, or any judgment or order applicable to or binding on it, or contravene or result in any breach of, or constitute any default under, its articles of organization or any indenture, mortgage, contract, agreement or instrument to which the Tenant is a party or by which any of its properties may be bound; and

(d) the execution, delivery and performance of this Lease by Tenant has been duly authorized by all necessary action;

(e) this Lease has been duly executed and delivered by Tenant and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Tenant enforceable against Tenant in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, liquidation or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity; and

(f) Tenant is in compliance and will continue to comply with all applicable anti-money laundering laws, including, without limitation, the USA Patriot Act, and the laws administered by the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, including, without limitation, Executive Order 13224 (the “ Executive Order ”). Tenant further represents (such representation to be true throughout the Term) (i) that it is not, and it is not owned or controlled directly or indirectly by any person or entity, on the SDN List published

 

- 45 -


by the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control and (ii) that it is not a person otherwise identified by government or legal authority as a person with whom a U.S. person is prohibited from transacting business. As of the date hereof, a list of such designations and the text for the Executive Order are published under the internet website address www.ustreas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac.

32.18 Representation and Warranty By Tenant Regarding CalSTRS Prohibited Transactions . One of the indirect owners of Landlord is the California State Teachers’ Retirement System (“CalSTRS”), which is a unit of the California State and Consumer Services Agency established pursuant to Title I, Division 1, Parts 13 and 14 of the California Education Code, Sections 22000, et seq. (the “CEC”). Under the CEC, CalSTRS is prohibited from engaging in certain transactions with or for the benefit of an “employer,” “employing agency,” “member,” “beneficiary” or “participant” (as such terms are defined in the CEC). In addition, CalSTRS may be subject to certain restrictions and requirements under the Internal Revenue Code, 26 U.S.C. Section 1 et seq. (the “IRC”). Accordingly, Tenant represents and warrants to CalSTRS that: (a) Tenant is neither an “employer,” “employing agency,” “member,” “beneficiary” or “participant” (as such terms are defined in the CEC); (b) Tenant has not made any contribution or contributions (as such terms are defined in the IRC) to CalSTRS; (c) Tenant and CalSTRS do not have any relationship described in Section 267(b) of the IRC; (d) other than the Rent to be paid under this Lease, neither CalSTRS, nor Thomas Properties Group, LP, their affiliates, related entities, agents, officers, directors or employees, (collectively, “CalSTRS Affiliates”), has received or will receive, directly or indirectly, any payment, consideration or other benefit from Tenant or any person or entity affiliated with Tenant (collectively, “Tenant Affiliates”), and no CalSTRS Affiliate has any agreement or arrangement with Tenant or any Tenant Affiliate relating to the transactions contemplated by this Lease except as expressly set forth in this Lease; and (e) except for publicly traded shares of stock or other publicly traded ownership interests, no CalSTRS Affiliates have any direct or indirect ownership interest in Tenant or any Tenant Affiliates.

32.19 Memorandum of Lease . Tenant shall not record this Lease or any memorandum of this Lease without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld or denied in the sole and absolute discretion of Landlord, and any recordation by Tenant shall be a Default under this Lease.

32.20 Landlord’s Fees . Whenever Tenant requests Landlord to take any action or give any consent required or permitted under this Lease and the direct cost, or portion thereof, of the person(s) taking such action and/or providing such consent is not recouped by the Landlord through Operating Expenses for the Building, Tenant will reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable, out-of-pocket costs payable to third parties and incurred by Landlord in reviewing the proposed action or consent, including, without limitation, reasonable fees of attorneys, engineers and architects, within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a statement of such costs. Tenant will be obligated to make such reimbursement without regard to whether Landlord consents to any such proposed action.

 

- 46 -


32.21 Representations by Landlord . Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that, on the date hereof and throughout the Term, the following:

(a) Landlord is a limited partnership, duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of Texas, has qualified to do business in the State of Texas and has all requisite power and authority to enter into and perform its obligation under this Lease;

(b) no governmental action is required to be taken, given or obtained, as the case may be, by or from any governmental authority and no filing, recording, publication or registration in any public office or any other place, is necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by Landlord of this Lease or for the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability hereof;

(c) the execution and delivery of this Lease by Landlord and the performance of its obligation hereunder will not contravene any Applicable Laws, or any judgment or order applicable to or binding on it, or contravene or result in any breach of, or constitute any default under, its articles of organization or any indenture, mortgage, contract, agreement or instrument to which the Landlord is a party or by which any of its properties may be bound; and

(d) the execution, delivery and performance of this Lease by Landlord has been duly authorized by all necessary action;

(e) this Lease has been duly executed and delivered by Landlord and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Landlord enforceable against Landlord in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, liquidation or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity; and

(f) Landlord is in compliance and will continue to comply with all applicable anti-money laundering laws, including, without limitation, the USA Patriot Act, and the laws administered by the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, including, without limitation, the Executive Order. Landlord further represents (such representation to be true throughout the Term) (i) that it is not, and it is not owned or controlled directly or indirectly by any person or entity, on the SDN List published by the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control and (ii) that it is not a person otherwise identified by government or legal authority as a person with whom a U.S. person is prohibited from transacting business..

 

33. DTPA WAIVER.

PURSUANT TO SECTION 17.42 OF THE TEXAS BUSINESS AND COMMERCE CODE, TENANT WAIVES ALL PROVISIONS OF SUBCHAPTER E OF CHAPTER 17 OF SUCH CODE (OTHER THAN SECTION 17.555) (THE “ DTPA ”) WITH RESPECT TO THIS LEASE. TO INDUCE LANDLORD TO ENTER INTO THIS LEASE, TENANT REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS: (A) TENANT IS REPRESENTED BY LEGAL COUNSEL OF ITS OWN CHOICE AND DESIGNATION IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED BY THIS LEASE; (B) TENANT’S COUNSEL WAS NOT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY IDENTIFIED, SUGGESTED OR SELECTED BY LANDLORD OR AN AGENT OF LANDLORD; (C) TENANT IS LEASING THE PREMISES

 

- 47 -


FOR BUSINESS OR COMMERCIAL PURPOSES, NOT FOR USE AS TENANT’S RESIDENCE; (D) TENANT HAS SUFFICIENT KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE IN FINANCIAL AND BUSINESS MATTERS AND IT CAN EVALUATE THE MERITS AND RISKS OF THIS LEASE; (E) TENANT IS NOT IN A SIGNIFICANTLY DISPARATE BARGAINING POSITION RELATIVE TO LANDLORD WITH RESPECT TO THIS LEASE; (F) TENANT HAS A CHOICE OTHER THAN TO ENTER INTO THIS LEASE WITH THIS DTPA WAIVER PROVISION, IN THAT IT CAN ENTER INTO A LEASE AGREEMENT WITH ANOTHER LANDLORD OR PAY MORE CONSIDERATION TO ENTER INTO THIS LEASE WITHOUT THIS DTPA WAIVER PROVISION; (G) TENANT IS KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY AGREEING TO THIS DTPA WAIVER PROVISION AND CONSIDERS IT BINDING AND ENFORCEABLE; AND (H) TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT LANDLORD WOULD NOT ENTER INTO THIS LEASE FOR THE SAME CONSIDERATION OR UPON THE SAME TERMS BUT FOR THE INCLUSION OF THIS DTPA WAIVER PROVISION IN THIS LEASE.

 

34. Hazardous Materials.

The term “ Hazardous Materials ” means any substance, material, or waste which is now or hereafter classified or considered to be hazardous, toxic, or dangerous under any Applicable Laws relating to pollution or the protection or regulation of human health, natural resources or the environment, or poses or threatens to pose a hazard to the health or safety of persons on the Premises or the Property. Tenant shall not use, generate, store, or dispose of, or permit the use, generation, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises or the Property except in a manner and quantity necessary for the ordinary performance of Tenant’s business, and then in compliance with all Applicable Laws. If Tenant breaches its obligations under this Section, Landlord may immediately take any and all action reasonably appropriate to remedy the same, including taking all appropriate action to clean up or remediate any contamination resulting from Tenant’s use, generation, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, causes of action, suits, judgments, damages and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and cost of clean up and remediation) arising from Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section. This indemnity provision shall survive termination or expiration of this Lease. Landlord shall not (and shall not permit its agents or employees to) use, generate, store or dispose of Hazardous Materials at the Building, except in a manner and quantity necessary for the operation of the Building and then in compliance with all Applicable Laws. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that, to the best of Landlord’s actual knowledge as of the latter of the Effective Date or delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant, there are no Hazardous Materials, including asbestos containing materials, PCBs or petroleum, present, installed, released or discharged in or about the Premises or Property which are in violation of any Applicable Laws, that the Premises and Property are in compliance with all environmental laws, and that Landlord has and will maintain and operate the Building, including the Common Areas and Parking Facility, and the Property in compliance with all Applicable Laws including any laws related to the storage and disposal of Hazardous Materials. Landlord further represents and warrants to Tenant that, to the best of Landlord’s actual knowledge, there are no underground storage tanks for petroleum products or Hazardous Materials, active or abandoned, located on the Land on which the Building is situated and that there is no pending, threatened or anticipated claim, lawsuit, governmental proceedings or liens

 

- 48 -


or other legal or administrative action involving environmental matters with respect to the Premises or Property. Landlord hereby agrees to indemnify Tenant and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all losses, liabilities, including strict liability, damages, injuries, expenses, including reasonable attorney fees, costs of settlement or judgment and claims of any and every kind whatsoever paid, incurred or suffered by, or asserted against, Tenant by any person, entity or governmental agency for or with respect to, matters arising from Landlord’s violation of the covenants in this Section. The obligations of Landlord under this Section shall survive any expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

35. Guaranty of Lease.

Intentionally Deleted.

 

36. Counterparts.

This Lease may be executed in multiple counterparts, including by fax, electronic mail and other electronic means, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute a single instrument.

 

37. Relation of Parties.

It is the intention of this Lease to create the relationship between the parties hereto of landlord and tenant and no other relationship whatsoever, and nothing contained in this Lease (including, without limitation, the method of determining Rent) shall be construed to make the parties hereto partners or joint venturers or to render either party hereto liable for any of the debts or obligations of the other party.

 

38. Joint and Several Liability.

If Tenant is comprised of more than one party, each such party shall be jointly and severally liable for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Notices, payments and agreements given or made by, with or to any one person or entity shall be deemed to have been given or made by, with and to all of them.

 

39. Appraisal of the Property.

TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO PROTEST THE APPRAISED VALUE OF THE PROPERTY OR TO APPEAL THE SAME AND ALL RIGHTS TO RECEIVE NOTICES OF REAPPRAISALS AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 41.413 AND 42.015 OF THE TEXAS TAX CODE.

 

40. Usury.

All agreements between Landlord and Tenant, whether now existing or hereafter arising and whether written or oral, are hereby expressly limited so that in no contingency or event whatsoever shall the amount contracted for, charged or received by Landlord for the use, forbearance or retention of money hereunder or otherwise exceed the maximum amount which Landlord is legally entitled to contract for, charge or collect under the applicable state or federal

 

- 49 -


law. If, from any circumstance whatsoever, fulfillment of any provision hereof at the time performance of such provision shall be due shall involve transcending the limit of validity prescribed by law, then the obligation to be fulfilled shall be automatically reduced to the limit of such validity, and if from any such circumstance Landlord shall ever receive as interest or otherwise an amount in excess of the maximum that can be legally collected, then such amount which would be excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of Rent hereunder, and if such amount which would be excessive interest exceeds such Rent, then such additional amount shall be refunded to Tenant.

 

41. Exercise Facility.

Landlord agrees to construct and equip an exercise facility for the Tenant’s use as well as other tenants of the Buildings in either Four Points Centre Building I or Building II in a manner substantially consistent with the plan (and substantially containing the equipment shown thereon) attached hereto as Exhibit O . Landlord reserves the right to charge a de minimis “towel fee” in the event the patrons of such facility request towel service.

In the event Landlord does not complete the construction of such exercise facility and install the equipment specified above within ninety (90) days of the Commencement Date, Landlord agrees to pay to Tenant the sum of $500.00 per day for each day the construction is not substantially completed and/or equipment is not installed beyond such date. Landlord shall pay said amount within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s written request.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

- 50 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the dates set forth below, to be effective as of the Effective Date.

 

LANDLORD:

NEW TPG-FOUR POINTS, L.P.,

a Texas limited partnership

By:   TPG-NEW FP GP, LLC,

         a Delaware limited liability company

         Its: General Partner

By:   Thomas Properties Group, L.P.,

         a Maryland limited partnership

         Its: Manager

By:   Thomas Properties Group, Inc.,

         a Delaware corporation

         Its: General Partner

By:  /s/ Randall L. Scott                                 

    Name: Randall L. Scott

    Title: Authorized Signatory

    Date: July 3, 2012

TENANT:

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By: /s/ Cam McMartin                    

Name: Cam McMartin

Title: Chief Financial Officer

Date: June 29, 2012

 

- 51 -


EXHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN

 

A-1


LOGO

 

A-2


LOGO

 

A-3


LOGO

 

A-4


LOGO

 

A-5


EXHIBIT B

GLOSSARY OF DEFINED TERMS

 

1. Applicable Laws . All laws, statutes, ordinances and other governmental rules, regulations and requirements, and all restrictive covenants, now or hereafter in effect, which apply to the Property, the Buildings and/or the Premises and/or Tenant’s operations within the Premises, including, without limitation, those pertaining to environmental protection.

 

2. Building . The office building known as Four Points Centre Building II and located at 11305 Four Points Drive, Austin, Texas 78726.

 

3. Building Systems . The electrical, mechanical, vertical transportation, sprinkler, fire and life safety, structural, security, heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems serving the Building, including pipes, wiring, cabling, ducts and conduits forming an integral part of such systems.

 

4. Class A Buildings . Means office buildings in the Austin, Texas area with comparable or better management, construction quality and amenities, including the landscaping and grounds, associated with such buildings as currently exist at the Property, that contain at least 50,000 square feet and structured parking, as reasonably designated by Landlord.

 

5. Completion Date . Means the date on which Substantial Completion occurs with respect to the Premises; provided, however, if Substantial Completion is delayed because of a “Tenant Delay” (as defined in Exhibit D attached to the Lease), then the Completion Date shall be deemed to occur on the earliest date (as determined by Landlord) that the Tenant Improvements would have been Substantially Complete but for such Tenant Delay.

 

6. Fair Market Rental Rate . The Fair Market Rental Rate shall mean the annual amount of rental that a willing tenant would pay and a willing landlord would accept in arm’s length, bona fide negotiations for a renewal or expansion lease of the subject premises to be executed at the time of determination and to commence on the commencement of the subject lease term, based upon other comparable lease transactions made concerning the Building and other Class A Buildings within seven (7) miles of the Building, taking into consideration all relevant terms and conditions of such comparable leasing transactions, including, without limitation: (i) location, quality and age of the building: (ii) use and size of the space in question; (iii) location and/or floor level within the building; (iv) extent of leasehold improvement allowances (considering existing improvements); (v) the amount of any abatement of rental or other charges; (vi) parking charges or inclusion of same in rental; (vii) lease takeovers/assumptions; (viii) amenities, including fitness centers, restaurants and the like; (ix) relocation allowances; (x) refurbishment and repainting allowances; (xi) any and all other concessions or inducements; (xii) distinction between “gross” and “net” lease; (xiii) extent of services provided or to be provided; (xiv) base year or dollar amount for escalation purposes (both operating costs and ad valorem/real estate taxes); (xv) credit standing and financial stature of the tenant or subtenant; (xvi) any other adjustments (including by way of indexes) to base rental; and (xvii) length of term.

 

B-1


7. Force Majeure Events . Means acts of God, inability to obtain labor, strikes, lockouts, lack of materials, governmental restrictions, enemy actions, civil commotion, riots, insurrection, war, fire, earthquake, hurricane, unavoidable casualty or other similar causes beyond a party’s reasonable control.

 

8. Gross Property Income . All Rent and other income actually collected from operations during each year, except interest income derived from funds on deposit in financial institutions. “Rent” shall mean all amounts collected from tenants in the Property other than (i) security and other tenant deposits (other than as applied to pay Rent); and (ii) Rents paid in advance by tenants, except the portion of any such advance payment applied to the Rent due for the current month. Gross Property Income shall include all income from the Property whether or not characterized as Rent, including parking charges, operating expense reimbursements and fees, amounts paid for after-hours or excess utilities, air conditioning service or other services, amounts paid for special services rendered to tenants of the Building, and vending machine rental charges, but Gross Property Income shall not include any amounts received in settlement of insurance claims by Landlord, as awards in litigation or other proceedings (other than such amounts which compensate Landlord for income which Landlord otherwise would have received from the Property), as costs and fees recovered in litigation, or from refund or return of taxes paid or amounts paid under construction or service contracts.

 

9. Holidays . Shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Normal Working Hours.”

 

10. Indemnified Parties . Shall mean any and all of the following: Landlord; any Mortgagee, whether now or hereafter existing; Manager; and their respective members, managers, partners, officers, directors, agents and employees.

 

11. Land . That certain real property located in Travis County, Texas, as more particularly described as follows: Lot 2, Block “B”, FOUR POINTS CENTRE PUD, a subdivision in Travis County, Texas, according to the map or plat thereof, recorded under Document No. 200200080 and corrected under Document no. 2004185158, both of the Official Public Records of Travis County, Texas.

 

12. Landlord’s Mortgagee Cure Period . Shall mean (i) with respect to defaults that can be cured by the payment of money, five (5) days from and after the expiration of the time period provided in the Lease for the cure thereof by Landlord and (ii) with respect to defaults that cannot be cured by the payment of money, within fifteen (15) days from and after the expiration of the time period provided in the Lease for cure thereof by Landlord, provided, however, that if such default cannot with diligence be cured by Landlord’s Mortgagee within such fifteen (15) day period, then as long as is reasonably necessary as long as Landlord’s Mortgagee commences a cure within such fifteen (15) day period and pursues such cure with diligence to completion.

 

13. Manager . Thomas Properties Group, LP, or any successor manager of the Building.

 

14.

Normal Working Hours . The periods from 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, and from 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. Saturday with respect to the Premises and Building, except

 

B-2


  New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the day after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (on the days such holidays are generally observed) (“ Holidays ”).

 

15.

Operating Expenses . (a) For the purposes of this Lease, “Operating Expenses” shall mean the total of all actual costs incurred by Landlord and disbursements of Landlord (but not specific costs billed to specific tenants of the Buildings), computed on the accrual basis and calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, which are attributable and allocable to the management, operation, maintenance, cleaning, protecting, servicing and repair of the Property for a particular calendar year or portion thereof. Operating Expenses shall include, without limitation, (i) the cost of providing, managing, operating, maintaining and repairing air conditioning, sprinkler, fire and life safety, electricity, steam, heating, mechanical, ventilation, Common Area lighting, escalator and elevator systems and all other utilities and the cost of supplies, including, without limitation, replacement lamps and ballasts, and equipment and maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of repairs, general maintenance and cleaning, trash removal, telephone service, janitorial service, and supplies, security, indoor and outdoor landscaping, and other Property services, if any; (iii) the cost of fire, extended coverage, boiler, sprinkler, apparatus, commercial general liability, property damage, rent, earthquake, hurricane and other insurance; (iv) wages, salaries and other labor costs including taxes, insurance, retirement, medical and other employee benefits for all staff at or below the grade of property manager engaged either full or part-time in operation, management or maintenance related to the Property, including without limitation, project accounting and accounts receivable and payable personnel with the cost of wages, salaries and other labor costs specified above allocated pro rata based upon the square footage that the Property bears to the total amount of square footage of office properties owned and/or managed by Landlord and its affiliates in the Austin, Texas market; (v) fees, charges and other costs, including management fees, consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all independent contractors engaged by Landlord to the extent such services benefit the tenants of the Buildings generally or reasonably charged by Landlord if Landlord performs any such services in connection with the Property (currently the management fee is three and one-half percent (3.5%) of Gross Property Income, calculated prior to the inclusion of said management fee in Gross Property Income); (vi) the fair market rental value of the Property manager’s offices and storage areas in the Buildings, provided said offices and storage areas are of a size comparable to other property management offices for similar office buildings and are devoted to the management, operation, maintenance or repair of the Property (or to the extent such areas are devoted to other properties, then pro rata to the Property and such other properties) but not leasing, marketing or construction personnel or functions; (vii) the cost of business taxes and licenses; (viii) fees imposed by any federal, state or local government for fire and police protection, trash removal or other similar services which do not constitute Real Property Taxes as defined below; (ix) any charges which are payable by Landlord to a special assessment district or imposed upon Landlord pursuant to any lawful means; (x) the costs of contesting the validity or applicability of any governmental enactment after the Effective Date which would increase Operating Expenses; (xi) capital costs incurred in connection with any equipment, device or other improvement reasonably anticipated to achieve economies in the operation, maintenance or repair of the Property or portion thereof provided, however, the maximum amount which is added to Operating Expenses for any

 

B-3


  given calendar year for a capital investment item(s) installed for the purpose of achieving economies in the operation, maintenance or repair of the Property or portion thereof shall not exceed the actual costs saved as a result of the installation thereof in excess of amounts previously amortized therefor but only to the extent such expenses are incurred after October 1, 2012; or to comply with Applicable Laws; provided , however , the same shall be amortized (including a reasonable interest rate on the unamortized cost) over the cost recovery period (i.e., the anticipated period to recover the full cost of such capital item), of the relevant capital item as reasonably determined by Landlord; (xii) depreciation of the cost of acquiring, or the rental expense of, personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Buildings or Property; and (xiii) Real Property Taxes.

Operating Expenses shall not include the following:

(a) The cost of repair to the Buildings, including the Premises, to the extent the cost of the repairs is reimbursed by insurance or condemnation proceeds or is covered by warranty;

(b) Leasing commissions paid to agents of Landlord, other brokers or any other persons in connection with the leasing of space in the Buildings or any other portion of the Property;

(c) The cost of improving or renovating space for tenants (including Tenant) or space vacated by any tenant (including Tenant);

(d) The cost of utilities charged to individual tenants (including Tenant) and payroll, material and contract costs of other services charged to tenants (including Tenant);

(e) The cost of painting and decorating the Premises or premises of other tenants as well as costs including permit, license and inspection fees incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating or painting or altering space for current or prospective tenants or other occupants or of vacant space in the Property;

(f) Depreciation of the Buildings and other real property structures in the Property;

(g) Ground lease payments, principal, interest, points, and other charges and fees on debt or amortization payments on any mortgages on the Property or any part thereof;

(h) Legal and other related expenses associated with the negotiation or enforcement of leases or the defense of (i) Landlord’s title to the Land, the Buildings or other portions of the Property; or (ii) any action based solely on an alleged breach by Landlord of a lease pertaining to space within the Buildings;

(i) Advertising costs incurred directly for leasing individual space in the Buildings or other portions of the Property;

 

B-4


(j) Landlord’s general corporate overhead, including salaries of officers or other employees of Landlord above the level of Area Manager, and Landlord’s general administrative expenses not directly related to the operation of the Property;

(k) Any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord (excluding compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in connection with the operations of the Parking Facilities);

(l) All items and services for which Tenant or any other tenant in the Building reimburses Landlord (other than Operating Expenses), provided that, any item or service supplied selectively to Tenant shall be paid for by Tenant;

(m) Costs of capital improvements to the Buildings and other portions of the Property, except to the extent included in Operating Expenses pursuant to (xi) above;

(n) Amounts paid to any party, including a division or affiliate of Landlord, providing materials, services (except building management), labor, or equipment to the extent that such amounts exceed the competitive costs of such materials, services (except building management), labor or equipment when provided by an independent party in an arm’s-length transaction;

(o) Any costs, fines or penalties imposed due to Landlord’s deliberate or grossly negligent actions or omissions with respect to any governmental rule or authority;

(p) Any costs incurred by Landlord (i) to bring the Buildings or the Property or any equipment maintained therein in compliance with laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, requirements, directives, guidelines and orders in effect and applicable to the Property as of the Commencement Date, and/or (ii) to complete the improvements to the Building necessary to satisfy the shell condition described in Section 8.3 and Exhibit I ;

(q) The cost of any services or materials supplied to other tenants and not supplied to Tenant;

(r) Depreciation on the Property;

(s) Federal, state, county, city or any other income taxes imposed on or measured by the income of Landlord from the operation of the Property to the extent not included in the definition of Real Property Taxes contained herein;

(t) Repairs, alterations, additions, improvements, replacements made to rectify or correct any defect in the design, materials or workmanship of the Buildings or the Property;

(u) Damage and repairs necessitated by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, Landlord’s employees, contractors or agents or by Landlord’s breach of this Lease;

 

B-5


(v) Landlord’s general overhead expenses not related to the Property to the extent not permitted hereunder;

(w) Costs incurred due to a violation by Landlord or any other tenant of the Property of the terms and conditions of a lease;

(x) Fines, penalties, late payment charges, and interest;

(y) Contributions to any organizations whether political or charitable;

(z) Reserves, including reserves for capital items, bad debts, or rental losses;

(aa) Costs, taxes, and fees assessed by or payable to public authorities in connection with any construction, renovation, or expansion of the Building or Property (including, without limitation, costs, taxes, and fees for infrastructure, transit, housing, schools, open space, child care and art work), or incurred for, or in connection with, traffic studies, environmental impact reports, transportation systems management plans, and traffic mitigation measures;

(bb) Rentals and other related expenses incurred in leasing items where the cost of such items would, if purchased, be excluded from Operating Expenses, except for equipment used for making repairs or keeping permanent systems in operation while repairs are being made;

(cc) Costs, including, without limitation, costs of investigation, monitoring, removal, or remediation, arising from the presence of Hazardous Materials (as defined in this Lease) in or about the Property, including, without limitation, the soil or groundwater;

(dd) Costs associated with the operation or maintenance of the corporation, partnership, or other entity which constitutes Landlord, as distinguished from the costs of operation of the Property, including accounting and legal costs, costs of defending lawsuits with any mortgagee, and costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging, or hypothecating any ownership interest of Landlord or any of Landlord’s interests in the Property; and

(ee) Travel and entertainment expenses.

15.1 Gross Up. If the average amount of the Rentable Square Feet in the Buildings leased during any calendar year of the Term is less than 100% of the Rentable Square Feet in the Buildings on an average annualized basis, and Landlord estimates in its reasonable discretion that the Operating Expenses actually incurred by Landlord for the variable costs of (i) utilities, (ii) the property management fee and/or (iii) janitorial services for the Buildings are lower than what would be incurred for such items if at least 100% of the Buildings were occupied, then at Landlord’s election appropriate adjustments using reasonable cost projections based on industry standards (calculated in a manner which is consistent with the methodology put forth in Exhibit M of this Lease) shall be made to increase Operating Expenses for such calendar year for the variable costs incurred for utilities and/or janitorial services as specified above as though

 

B-6


Landlord had furnished utilities and janitorial services to 100% of the Rentable Floor Area of the Buildings. Notwithstanding Landlord’s right to adjust the three expenses as provided above or anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, in no event will Landlord bill tenants of the Buildings or collect from tenants of the Buildings more than one hundred percent (100%) of the actual amount incurred by Landlord for any calendar year for each item specified above. In the event an adjustment (increase(s)) is made pursuant to the terms stated above, Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice specifying in reasonable detail the adjustment which was made (including the specifics of the calculation) at the same time Landlord provides Tenant the Annual Operating Expenses Statement specified in Section 5.4 of this Lease; provided, however, for purposes of this paragraph, the amount of Rentable Square Footage leased shall be determined by the total amount of rentable square feet specified in all of the leases in the Property for which the commencement date of each lease term has begun for each such calendar year during the term of the Lease. Landlord hereby (i) represents that all existing tenants of the Buildings have agreed to use the 100% of the Rentable Square Feet in the Buildings standard (the “Gross Up Standard”) to adjust Operating Expenses, and (ii) agrees all future tenants of the Buildings will be required to agree to the Gross Up Standard.

 

16. Parking Facility . The garage and parking areas located at the Property and serving the Buildings.

 

17. Prohibited Uses . Shall mean the operations of any of the following entities or persons or for any of the following purposes:

(a) collection or employment agencies;

(b) schools, day-care facilities or other similar organizations, other than training facilities ancillary to general office use;

(c) radio, television or other broadcasting stations;

(d) living quarters, sleeping apartments or lodging rooms;

(e) any foreign consulates or domestic or foreign government agencies;

(f) governmental agencies, or any subdivision or agency thereof, regularly visited by members of the general public at that office for services provided at that office;

(g) an office working environment with a population density greater than 6.67 persons per 1,000 Rentable Square Feet determined in full floor increments;

(h) any medical groups or practitioners providing medical services;

(i) retail sales operation, retail showroom, classroom (other than for Tenant’s employees), testing center or for non-incidental storage;

(j) any use which would violate any Applicable Laws, including, without limitation, those with respect to hazardous or toxic materials, or the provisions of any governmental permit or document related to the Property;

 

B-7


(k) any use which would adversely affect or render more expensive any fire or other insurance maintained by Landlord for the Building or any of its contents; provided, however Landlord agrees and acknowledges that Tenant’s permitted use hereunder will not result in an adverse effect or more expense;

(l) any use which would impair or interfere with the Building Systems, the Service Facilities or the other tenants in the Buildings;

(m) any use the providing of which is the exclusive right of another tenant in the Building; provided, however, Landlord agrees and acknowledges that (i) no tenant in the Buildings has any exclusive right as of the Effective Date of this Lease that Tenant’s permitted use would violate, (ii) it will not agree to any exclusive use(s) which would result in a conflict with Tenant’s permitted use;

(n) any use which would tend to create a nuisance or tend to injure, annoy, interfere with or disturb other tenants or occupants of the Property; or

(o) any use which would impair the appearance of the Buildings or be prejudicial to the business or reputation of Landlord or the Property or confuse or mislead the public as to the relationship between Landlord and Tenant.

 

18. Property . The Land, those two (2) office buildings located on the Land with an address of 11305 Four Points Drive, Austin, Texas 78726, described as the Building containing approximately 96,056 rentable square feet and Building I (“ Building I ”) containing approximately 96,006 rentable square feet (the Building and Building I are sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Buildings ”), the Parking Facility, the Common Area and private access roads and building appurtenances on the Land.

 

19. Pro Rata Share . A percentage calculated by dividing the Rentable Square Feet in the Premises by the total Rentable Square Feet in the Buildings. For purposes of this Lease, and subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2(b), Landlord and Tenant agree that (i) upon the Commencement Date, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share will be 15.6938% for all purposes, (ii) upon the Phase 1 Commencement Date, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share will be 17.8286% for all purposes and (iii) upon the Phase 2 Commencement Date, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share will be 19.9680% for all purposes.

 

20.

Real Property Taxes . All taxes, assessments (special or otherwise) and charges levied upon or with respect to the Property and any ad valorem taxes on personal property used in connection therewith. Real Property Taxes shall include, without limitation, any tax, fee or excise on the act of entering into this Lease, on the occupancy of Tenant, the Rent hereunder or in connection with the business of owning and/or renting space in the Property which are now or hereafter levied or assessed against Landlord by the United States of America, the State of Texas, or any political subdivision, public corporation, district or other political or public entity, and shall also include any other tax, assessment, fee or excise, however described (whether general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen), which may be levied or assessed in lieu of, or as a substitute for, either in part or in whole, any Real Property Taxes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and notwithstanding anything contained in this

 

B-8


  Lease to the contrary, Real Property Taxes shall include the tax (sometimes referred to as business, margin or franchise tax) enacted by House Bill 3 as passed during the 3 rd called session of the Texas Legislature in 2006, which has been codified in Chapter 171, Texas Tax Code, and any supplements, replacements, additions or other modifications thereto but only to the extent and for so long as such taxes are determined by reference to the “taxable margin” of Landlord, such taxes to be apportioned as provided by the Texas Tax Code and determined using elections or methods applicable to Landlord that result in the lowest taxable margin, with such taxes being allocated to the Property under generally accepted accounting principles based on the portion of the taxable margin of Landlord from the Property relative to the taxable margin from other sources of Landlord and its affiliates included in any combined group report. Landlord may pay any such special assessments in installments when allowed by Applicable Law, in which case Real Property Taxes shall include any interest charged thereon. Real Property Taxes shall also include any private assessments or the Buildings’ contribution towards a private or quasi-public cost-sharing agreement for the purpose of augmenting or improving the quality of service and amenities normally provided by governmental agencies. Real Property Taxes shall also include legal fees, costs and disbursements incurred in connection with proceedings to contest, determine or reduce Real Property Taxes. Except as expressly provided herein, Real Property Taxes shall not include income, franchise, transfer, inheritance or capital stock taxes, unless, due to a change in the method of taxation, any of such taxes are levied or assessed against Landlord, in whole or in part, in lieu of, as a substitute for, any other tax which would otherwise constitute a Real Property Tax. In the event that at any time during the Term of this Lease the assessment for the Property is reduced on appeal with a result that Landlord receives a refund of any real estate taxes, Landlord shall pay to, or credit against installments of Rent, at Landlord’s election, Tenant its Pro Rata Share of any such refund (net of Landlord’s out-of-pocket expenditures in connection with such appeal).

 

21. Rentable Area or Rentable Square Feet . The actual, measurable usable floor area(s) (“usable square footage”) within the Premises or portion thereof with respect to the Phase 1 Must Take Premises and/or the Phase 2 Must Take Premises based on the BOMA Standards stated below determined by multiplying such usable square footage of the Premises or portion thereof with respect to the Phase 1 Must Take Premises and/or the Phase 2 Must Take Premises by 1.0467 to calculate the Rentable Area for the 1st floor, and 1.1761 to calculate the Rentable Area for the 2nd floor so as to allocate to the Premises or portion thereof with respect to the Phase 1 Must Take Premises and/or the Phase 2 Must Take Premises a portion of the Common Areas of the Building. The 1.0467 and 1.1761 multipliers stated above are referred to in this Lease as the “Common Area Add-On Factors”. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2(b), the parties agree that (A) (i) upon the Commencement Date, the Premises contain 30,142 Rentable Square Feet, (ii) upon the Phase 1 Commencement Date, the Premises contain 34,242 Rentable Square Feet and (iii) upon the Phase 2 Commencement Date, the Premises contain 38,351 Rentable Square Feet, and (B) the Buildings contain a total of 192,062 Rentable Square Feet and such measurements have been determined pursuant to the BOMA Standards ANSI-BOMA Z65.1-1996 Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings, as amended; provided, however, notwithstanding the BOMA Standards, Landlord and Tenant agree the Common Area Add-On Factors are not subject to change.

 

22. Service Facilities . The janitorial, security and building maintenance services used in the Buildings.

 

B-9


23. Tenant Improvements . Physical improvements to the Premises, including, without limitation, partitions, wiring, floor coverings, wall coverings, kitchens, HVAC, lighting, ceilings, outlets, data and telecommunications cable and millwork, all as specifically shown or described in Tenant’s Final Plans (defined in Exhibit D ).

 

24. Tenant Party or Parties . Means any of the following persons: Tenant; any assignees claiming by, through, or under Tenant; any subtenants claiming by, through, or under Tenant; and any of their respective agents, contractors, employees, licensees and invitees.

 

B-10


EXHIBIT C

MEMORANDUM OF LEASE COMMENCEMENT

THIS MEMORANDUM is made and entered into as of             20    , by and between NEW TPG-FOUR POINTS, L.P. (“ Landlord ”), and SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (“ Tenant ”) with respect to that certain Office Lease between Landlord and Tenant dated as of             , 2012, (the “ Lease ”).

The term of the Lease commenced on             , 2012, defined in the Lease as the Commencement Date. The term of the Lease shall expire on                     unless sooner terminated or extended pursuant to the terms of the Lease.

 

C-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have executed this Memorandum as of the date set forth in the first paragraph above.

 

LANDLORD:

NEW TPG-FOUR POINTS, L.P.,

a Texas limited partnership

By: TPG-NEW FP GP, LLC,

               a Delaware limited liability company
               Its: General Partner

               By: Thomas Properties Group, L.P.,

                      a Maryland limited partnership
                      Its: Manager
                      By: Thomas Properties Group, Inc.,
                             a Delaware corporation
                             Its: General Partner
                             By:                                                              
                             Name:
                             Title:
                             Date:

TENANT:

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:                                                          

Name:

Title:

Date:

 

C-2


EXHIBIT D

TENANT IMPROVEMENT LETTER

This Tenant Improvement Letter (the “ Tenant Improvement Letter ”) supplements the Office Lease (the “ Lease ”) dated                     , 2012, executed concurrently herewith, by and between NEW TPG-FOUR POINTS, L.P., a Texas limited partnership, as Landlord, and SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation, as Tenant, covering certain Premises described in the Lease. Terms capitalized, but not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

The parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Construction of the Tenant Improvements.

1.1 Tenant Improvements. Subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Tenant Improvement Letter and the other terms and conditions of the Lease, Landlord agrees that it will oversee, manage and provide the construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements set forth in the “Final Plans” (as hereinafter defined) in a good and workmanlike manner. To the extent that the Tenant requests that the Building be changed or added to in order to accommodate the needs of Tenant in the Premises, such changes or additions shall be considered Tenant Improvements and shall be set forth in the Final Plans. Any items provided by Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Tenant Improvement Letter shall be paid for by Tenant, subject to Section 3 below. Subject to any items on the “Punchlist” (as hereinafter defined), Tenant’s taking possession of and occupying the Premises for any purpose except the Pre-Commencement Period as provided in Section 4 of the Lease shall constitute Tenant’s acknowledgment that it has inspected the Premises, is satisfied therewith and that the Premises and all of the Tenant Improvements are in good condition and acceptable to Tenant. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any delay in the completion of the Tenant Improvements shall not subject Landlord to any liability for any loss or damage resulting therefrom or entitle Tenant to any credit, abatement or adjustment of Rent or other sums payable under the Lease, provided Landlord shall take commercially reasonable steps to complete the Tenant Improvements by October 19, 2012.

1.2 Construction of and Payment for Tenant Improvements . The Final Plans will be submitted to three (3) general contractors selected solely by Tenant from the following list within two (2) days after approval of such Final Plans: (i) Balfour Beatty, (ii) Trimbuilt, (iii) Harvey Cleary, (iv) Burt Watts, (v) Marcon Construction, or (vi) Shropshire Construction for competitive, sealed bids. Tenant shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to select the general contractor from the three (3) who submitted bids to provide the construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements set forth in the Final Plans after the competitive bids have been submitted and any subsequent actions-e.g. reductions in the scope of work have been submitted to the three contractors for revised pricing, which selection will be made within five (5) days of the bids being submitted (the bid of the selected contractor shall be referred to herein as the “Approved Construction Bid”). Once the Tenant has selected the general contractor (the “Selected Contractor”), Landlord shall promptly enter into a contract with the Selected Contractor to provide the materials and perform the work to complete the Tenant Improvements. In addition to any amounts for which Tenant may be responsible under Article 8 of the Lease and

 

D-1


subject to Section 3 below, Tenant shall be solely responsible for (a) the design and function of all Tenant Improvements; (b) all costs and expenses, if any, necessary to increase permitted structural floor loading in order to accommodate Tenant’s libraries, file rooms, unusual live loads and other such uses; and (c) incidental costs of construction such as hoisting. In addition to the foregoing, Tenant shall be solely responsible for any delay or increased cost in completing the Tenant Improvements if and to the extent caused by any Tenant Delay (as herein defined).

1.3 Permits . Landlord shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (subject to Section 3 below), secure the approval of governmental authorities and all permits required by governmental authorities having jurisdiction over such approvals and permits for the Tenant Improvements.

2. Tenant’s Plans and Specifications.

2.1 Submission of Plans and Specifications .

(a) Tenant and Landlord, their engineers and architects shall coordinate with each other in the design of Tenant’s Plans (defined below) prior to the initial submission of Tenant’s Plans to Landlord.

(b) On or before the forty-fifth (45 th ) day following the Effective Date (the “ Plans Due Date ”), Tenant shall submit to Landlord for Landlord’s approval, fully completed and engineered working drawings and specifications suitable for review and permitting by local agencies having jurisdiction (if applicable), for the layout, improvement and finish of the entire Premises consistent with the design and construction of the Building, including electrical and mechanical drawings, capacity reports, dimensioned partition plans, floor and wall finish plans, reflected ceiling plans, power, telephone communications and data plans, life safety devices, construction detail sheets including millwork detail plans, showing the location of partitions, light fixtures, electrical outlets, telephone outlets, sprinklers, doors, equipment specifications (including weight specifications and cooling requirements) and power requirements (including voltage, amps, phase, and special plugs and connections), wall finishes, floor coverings, millwork and other Tenant Improvements required by Tenant (collectively, “ Tenant’s Plans ”). If at any time (whether as part of the initial Tenant Improvements or later during the Term), Tenant intends to have a computer and data equipment room (the “Computer Room”) constructed in the Premises and have a supplemental cooling system installed to provided climate control in the Computer Room. Tenant’s Plans shall provide for an electric submeter to be installed for measuring electrical consumption use within the Computer Room. The cost for electrical consumption in the Computer Room will be subject to the terms and conditions specified in Section 9.1, (b) of this Lease.

(c) For any necessary engineering of Tenant’s Plans, Tenant shall directly employ [or have the engineer(s) selected contract with Tenant’s Architect (as defined herein)] contract with one of the following mechanical, electrical, and plumbing engineers: MEJ & Associates, Bay & Associates and Johnson Consulting and structural engineers, if one is required, approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed. Landlord shall have no responsibility for any of such engineering of Tenant’s Plans, which shall be at Tenant’s expense, subject to Section 3 below. Tenant’s Plans shall be prepared by STG Design

 

D-2


(“Tenant’s Architect”) and one (1) or more of the engineer(s) specified above and shall be sufficient for Landlord to secure the approval of governmental authorities with jurisdiction over the approval thereof (if applicable) and shall be in a form meeting Landlord’s reasonable requirements. Tenant’s architect and engineers shall coordinate with Landlord’s architect, engineers and tenant improvement manager to make all of Tenant’s Plans consistent with the plans and specifications for construction of the Building and the Premises. Landlord and Landlord’s engineers shall have the right to review each phase of Tenant’s design development and Tenant’s Plans to assure their compatibility and coordination with Building Systems. Tenant and/or Tenant’s Architect, engineer(s), and the Selected Contractor shall be responsible for the design and function of Tenant’s Plans, including their integration with Building Systems, notwithstanding Landlord’s review and approval thereof.

2.2 Approval by Landlord . Tenant’s Plans shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed. Landlord agrees to approve or disapprove Tenant’s Plans within ten (10) business days after receipt thereof.

2.3 Required Substitutions Before Plans Approved . After Landlord’s initial review of Tenant’s Plans, Landlord may give Tenant notice of all specified materials and methods of construction required in connection with Tenant Improvements, the procurement or construction or the use of which, in Landlord’s opinion, would violate any Applicable Law. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 2.3, Landlord shall not be obligated to ascertain the existence of, or notify Tenant of any such violations of Applicable Law and the parties agree that it is the responsibility of Tenant’s architect and engineers to assure the compliance by Tenant with such codes, rules, laws and regulations. Tenant shall make reasonable substitutions of such materials or methods of construction, which such substitutions will not themselves cause such violation of Applicable Law, subject to Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (provided that Landlord’s disapproval based on the fact that the use of such materials or methods of construction would violate such Applicable Law shall be deemed reasonable). If Tenant fails to promptly make a reasonable substitution, Tenant shall be responsible for any increases in the costs of the materials or construction of the Tenant Improvements incurred by Landlord as a result of such failure.

2.4 Required Substitutions After Plans Approved . If during the course of construction and after the approval of the Final Plans (as defined below) Landlord reasonably determines that the procurement of particular materials or construction of portions of the Tenant Improvements specified in the Final Plans will exceed the Tenant Improvement Allowance or violate any Applicable Law, then Landlord shall give notice thereof to Tenant and Tenant shall (i) in the case of materials or construction which will cause the Tenant Improvement Allowance to be exceeded, either pay such excess in accordance with Section 3.4 below or make a reasonable substitution of such materials and construction, and (ii) in all other cases, make reasonable substitutions of such materials and construction, which such substitutions will not themselves cause such violation of Applicable Law, subject to Landlord’s approval; provided, however, Tenant will not be required to pay any amount until the Landlord has paid the Tenant Improvement Allowance less “retainage” equaling ten percent (10%) of the total cost of constructing the Tenant Improvements to vendors, contractors, etc. performing the approved improvements and/or approved work related thereto. If Tenant fails to promptly make a reasonable substitution, Tenant shall be responsible for any increases in the costs of the materials or construction of the Tenant Improvements incurred by Landlord as a result of such failure.

 

D-3


2.5 Landlord Disapproval; Tenant Revisions . If Landlord disapproves Tenant’s Plans, or any portion thereof, Landlord shall promptly notify Tenant thereof and of the revisions which Landlord reasonably requires in order to obtain Landlord’s approval. As promptly as reasonably possible thereafter, Tenant shall submit to Landlord plans and specifications incorporating the revisions required by Landlord. Said revisions shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed. If Landlord disapproves revised Tenant’s Plans, Landlord shall so notify Tenant thereof and of the further revisions Landlord reasonably requires in order to grant approval. The foregoing process shall be repeated until Landlord finally approves all of Tenant’s Plans required for the Tenant Improvements in all of the Premises, so that Landlord and Tenant have an agreed upon set of final plans and specifications. The final plans and specifications approved by Landlord shall be referred to as the “ Final Plans .” Approval by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a representation by Landlord as to the adequacy or correctness of the design of the Tenant Improvements.

2.6 Changes, Additions or Alterations . If Tenant shall request any change, addition, deletion or alteration in the Final Plans (“ Change Order ”), any such Change Order shall be subject to the provisions of Article 2 of this Tenant Improvement Letter and shall be authorized only in writing by Landlord and Tenant. To the extent the cost of such Change Order, when added to the Estimate referred to in Section 3.3, will cause the Total Cost (based on such Estimate) to exceed the Tenant Improvement Allowance, Tenant shall pay Landlord the additional cost, if any, of the Tenant Improvements attributable to such Change Order in accordance with Section 3.4 below, provided, however, Tenant will not be required to pay any amount until the Landlord has paid the Tenant Improvement Allowance less “retainage” equaling ten percent (10%) of the total cost of constructing the Tenant Improvements to vendors, contractors, etc. performing the approved improvements and/or approved work related thereto. Landlord shall not be obligated to proceed with such Change Order until Landlord receives said payment.

2.7 Space Planning . Tenant’s Architect is hereby approved by Landlord. All design and programming, space planning and interior decorating services such as selection of wall paint colors and/or wall coverings, furniture, fixtures, carpeting and any or all other decorator selection efforts required by Tenant shall be provided by Tenant at Tenant’s expense (excluding test fits performed prior to the Effective Date of the Lease), subject to Landlord’s obligations under Section 3 hereof.

3. Tenant Improvement Allowance.

3.1 Tenant Improvement Allowance . Tenant shall be credited with an allowance equal to the Tenant Improvement Allowance. The Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be used solely for the expenses described in Article 8 of the Lease and otherwise subject to the provisions set forth in said Article 8 and this Section 3.1.

 

D-4


3.2 Tenant Obligation . Tenant, at its sole expense, shall pay for the cost of all Tenant Improvements in accordance with Section 3.4 below, to the extent such cost exceeds the Tenant Improvement Allowance, provided, however, Tenant will not be required to pay any amount until the Landlord has paid the Tenant Improvement Allowance less “retainage” equaling ten percent (10%) of the total cost of constructing the Tenant Improvements to vendors, contractors, etc. performing the approved improvements and/or approved work related thereto.

3.3 Total Cost . The Total Cost ” is defined as the sum of (a) the amounts payable under the construction contracts for the Tenant Improvements (e.g. the amount of the Approved Construction Bid), including all amounts payable under the general contracts, subcontracts, purchase orders and labor and materials cost of the Tenant Improvements excluding any and all costs associated with materials, supplies, labor, etc. provided by Landlord and/or others to fulfill the requirements of the Shell Condition specified in Exhibit I of this Lease, contractors’ fees, overhead and general conditions charges, plus (b) the cost of Change Orders, if any, plus (c) design costs, including space planning, architectural and engineering expenses pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.7 above, plus (d) an amount equal to 2.0% of the sum of items (a) through (c) above for Landlord’s construction management fee (“ Landlord’s Construction Fee ”) as compensation for Landlord’s direction, coordination and supervision of the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

3.4 Payment . If the Total Cost exceeds the Tenant Improvement Allowance, then after the Landlord has paid the Tenant Improvement Allowance less “retainage” equaling ten percent (10%) of the total cost of constructing the Tenant Improvements to vendors, contractors, etc. performing the approved improvements and/or approved work related thereto and after presentation of an acceptable invoice or statement detailing such excess amount, Tenant shall pay to Landlord ninety percent (90%) of such projected excess amount with ten percent (10%) of such excess amount withheld as retainage until the date that is 30 days after Substantial Completion (at which time Tenant shall pay to Landlord such amount). Landlord shall keep Tenant reasonably informed with respect to construction progress of the Tenant Improvements, the occupancy of the Premises by Tenant and costs thereof. Landlord shall submit to Tenant monthly progress statements illustrating the cost to date of constructing the Tenant Improvements. The statements of costs submitted to Landlord by Landlord’s contractors shall be conclusive for purposes of determining the actual cost of the items described therein. The amounts payable by Tenant hereunder constitute Rent payable pursuant to the Lease, and the failure to timely pay same constitutes an Event of Default. Within ten (10) days after submission by Landlord of the foregoing statement, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount, as set forth in such notice, by which the Total Cost exceeds the Tenant Improvement Allowance plus any amount previously paid by Tenant to Landlord. As soon as reasonably practical upon completion of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall prepare and submit to Tenant a statement showing, in reasonable detail an accounting for the Total Cost and the total amount payable hereunder by Landlord to Tenant or Tenant to Landlord. Within ten (10) days after submission by Landlord of the foregoing statement, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount, as set forth in such notice, by which the Total Cost exceeded the Tenant Improvement Allowance and any funds previously paid by Tenant to Landlord. If the Total Cost is less than the Tenant Improvement Allowance and any funds previously paid by Tenant to Landlord, then the excess funds previously paid by Tenant to Landlord shall be used to offset Rent; and Tenant shall not be entitled to any payment, Rent reduction or offset for any unused part of the Tenant Improvement Allowance.

 

D-5


4. Punchlist . Prior to the Commencement Date, Landlord shall cause the general contractor to inspect the Premises with a representative of Tenant and complete a written punchlist (“ Punchlist ”) of unfinished items of Tenant Improvements prior to Tenant’s moving into the Premises. Tenant’s representative shall execute said Punchlist to indicate approval thereof, and if Tenant does not disapprove the Punchlist within five days after receipt thereof, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the same. Landlord shall complete remedying any items on the Punchlist as soon as commercially reasonable.

5. Construction Management . Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Landlord’s Construction Fee. The Landlord’s Construction Fee shall be, at Landlord’s option, retained by, or paid to Landlord periodically and pro rata with the disbursement of the Tenant Improvement Allowance.

6. Tenant Delay . As used herein, “ Tenant Delay ” shall mean any delay in construction of the Tenant Improvements, as reasonably determined by Landlord, caused by any of the following: (i) Tenant’s failure to furnish any information or approvals which Landlord requests in connection with construction of the Tenant Improvements within the date specified herein, or within three (3) business days after Tenant’s receipt of such request if no date is specified herein, including, without limitation, the failure to deliver Tenant’s Plans on or before the Plans Due Date or to submit and award bids within the time frames set forth in Section 1.2 hereof; (ii) any Change Order, including, without limitation, any Change Order requested by Tenant prior to commencement of construction as a part of any value engineering; (iii) Tenant directly, or indirectly through any person, firm or corporation employed by Tenant, interferes with the work of Landlord’s general contractor, (iv) any request by Tenant that Landlord delay the completion of constructing any of the Tenant Improvements, or (v) any breach or default by Tenant in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Tenant Improvement Letter and/or the Lease.

7. Substantial Completion . As used herein, “ Substantial Completion ” or “Substantially Complete” shall mean that Landlord has (i) completed construction of the Tenant Improvements in substantial compliance with the Final Plans (exclusive of any equipment, furniture or fixtures to be installed by Tenant and exclusive of any items on the Punchlist), as certified by Tenant’s architect, and (ii) delivered to Tenant a temporary or permanent certificate of use and occupancy for the Premises from the appropriate public official.

8. Default . Any default by Tenant under the terms of this Tenant Improvement Letter shall constitute an Event of Default under the Lease to which this Improvement Letter is attached, and shall entitle Landlord to exercise all remedies set forth in the Lease. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it shall be an Event of Default if Tenant directs Landlord to stop or delay construction of the Tenant Improvements other than through a Change Order. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Landlord shall not be obligated to credit Tenant with any portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance during the continuance of an Event of Default, and Landlord’s obligation to credit the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall only resume when and if such Event of Default is cured by Tenant. If there exists an Event of Default prior to Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord may, in addition to all remedies and rights set forth in the Lease, elect to do any of the following (such

 

D-6


rights being cumulative and not exclusive): (i) stop construction of the Tenant Improvements, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; (ii) complete construction of the Tenant Improvements, with such Change Orders as Landlord reasonably determines necessary to put the Premises in a marketable condition, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; (iii) demolish any or all Tenant Improvements to bring the Premises back to the condition in which they existed as of the Effective Date, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; and/or (iv) in addition to the amount of the Security Deposit set forth in Section 6 of the Lease, hold any amount of money deposited with Landlord by Tenant pursuant to Section 3 of this Exhibit D as a portion of the Security Deposit, which shall be governed by the terms of the Lease.

9. Reasonable Diligence. Both Landlord and Tenant agree to use reasonable diligence in performing all of their respective obligations and duties under this Tenant Improvement Letter and in proceeding with the construction and completion of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises.

10. Applicability. This Exhibit shall not be deemed applicable to any additional space added to the Premises at any time or from time to time (without any right to expand the Premises being granted by this sentence), or to any portion of the original Premises or any additions to the Premises in the event of a renewal or extension of the original Term of the Lease (without any right to extend the Term being granted by this sentence), unless expressly so provided in the Lease or any amendment or supplement to the Lease. Further, the right to receive the Tenant Improvement Allowance pursuant to this Exhibit D and the Lease is personal to SailPoint Technologies, Inc. and may not be assigned, transferred or conveyed to any individual, entity, successor or assign (except in connection with a Permitted Transfer or in connection with a Transfer to which Landlord has given its consent); in the event any Transfer (except in connection with a Permitted Transfer or in connection with a Transfer to which Landlord has given its consent) is made prior to the date after which the Landlord is required to pay the entire or any remaining Tenant Improvement Allowance including the retainage (the “Tenant Improvement Payment Date”), the right of Tenant to receive the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall automatically terminate and be of no further force and effect. After the Tenant Improvement Payment Date this provision shall have no further force or effect .

 

D-7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have executed this Tenant Improvement Letter as of the date set forth in the first paragraph above.

 

LANDLORD:

NEW TPG-FOUR POINTS, L.P.,

a Texas limited partnership

By:   TPG-NEW FP GP, LLC,

 a Delaware limited liability company

 Its: General Partner

By:   Thomas Properties Group, L.P.,

 a Maryland limited partnership

 Its: Manager

By:   Thomas Properties Group, Inc.,

 a Delaware corporation

 Its: General Partner

By:  /s/ Randall L. Scott                                 

Name: Randall L. Scott

Title: Authorized Signatory

Date: July 3, 2012

TENANT:

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By: /s/ Cam McMartin                    

Name: Cam McMartin

Title: Chief Financial Officer

Date: June 29, 2012

 

D-8


EXHIBIT E

RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. Except as otherwise provided in the Lease or any exhibits thereto, no sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be inscribed, displayed or printed or affixed on or to any part of the outside or inside of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to remove any such sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice, unless Landlord has given written consent, without notice to and at the expense of Tenant. Landlord shall not be liable in damages for such removal unless the written consent of Landlord had been obtained. All approved signs or lettering on doors and walls to the Premises shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at the expense of Tenant by Landlord or by a person approved by Landlord in a manner and style acceptable to Landlord. Tenant shall not use any blinds, shades, awnings, or screens in connection with any window or door of the Premises unless approved in writing by Landlord. Tenant shall use the Building standard window covering specified by Landlord and Landlord reserves the right to disapprove interior improvements visible from the ground level outside the Building on wholly esthetic grounds. Such improvements must be submitted for Landlord’s written approval prior to installation, or Landlord may remove or replace such items at Tenant’s expense.

2. Smoking is prohibited anywhere in the Building.

3. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease or any exhibits thereto and except for the type of food generally found in office buildings (e.g. catered lunches and employee’s food), Tenant shall not obtain for use upon the Premises, food, milk, soft drinks, bottled water, plant maintenance or other services, except for persons authorized by Landlord and at the hours and under regulations fixed by Landlord. The foregoing shall not be deemed to apply to the ordering of food by Tenant for incidental delivery to the Premises, but shall apply to service providers making regular visits to the Premises. No vending machines shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

4. The bulletin board or directory of the Building shall be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants only and Landlord reserves the right to exclude any other names therefrom.

5. The sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators and stairways shall not be obstructed by any tenants nor used by them for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from their respective premises. The halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, stairways, balconies and roof are not for the use of the general public and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building and its tenants, provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom Tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. No tenant and no employees or invitees of any tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building.

 

E-1


6. Tenant, upon the termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord the parking and security access cards issued to Tenant and all keys of offices, rooms and toilet rooms which shall have been furnished to Tenant or which Tenant shall have made, and in the event of loss of any access cards or keys so furnished, shall pay Landlord a reasonable fee based on the actual cost of such items therefor. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or any bolts on any door of the Premises without the written consent of Landlord.

7. The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein and the expense of any breakage, stoppage, or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by Tenant who, or whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it.

8. Tenant shall not use the Premises in any manner which exceeds the floor load capacity of the floor on which the Premises are located or mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions, woodwork or plaster or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof, provided, however, Tenant may use small nails, etc. to hang pictures and other items in the Premises without Landlord’s approval.

9. No furniture, packages, supplies, merchandise, freight or equipment which cannot be hand carried shall be brought into the Building without the consent of Landlord. All moving of the same into or out of the Building shall be via the Building’s freight handling facilities, if any, unless otherwise directed by Landlord, at such time and in such manner as Landlord shall prescribe. No hand trucks or vehicles (other than a wheelchair for an individual) shall be used in passenger elevators. Any hand trucks permitted in the Building must be equipped with soft rubber tires and side guards.

10. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy equipment brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same in and out of the Building. Safes or other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on a platform of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant. Tenant’s business machines and mechanical equipment shall be installed, maintained and used so as to minimize vibration and noise that may be transmitted to the Building structure or beyond the Premises.

11. Tenant shall not use the Premises in any manner which would injure or annoy, or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building.

12. Tenant shall not employ any person or persons other than the janitor of Landlord for the purpose of cleaning the Premises unless otherwise agreed to by Landlord. Except with the written consent of Landlord no person or persons other than those approved by Landlord shall be permitted to enter the Building for the purpose of cleaning the same. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness. Landlord shall not be responsible to any Tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage done to the effects

 

E-2


of any tenant by the janitor or any other employee or other person. Janitor service shall include ordinary dusting and cleaning by the janitor assigned to such work and shall not include shampooing of carpets or rugs or moving of furniture or other special services. Janitor service will not be furnished on nights when rooms are occupied after 7:00 p.m. Window cleaning shall be done only by Landlord.

13. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance in the Premises, or permit or suffer the Premises to be occupied or used in any manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors and/or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business therein, nor shall any animals (other than as required for handicapped persons) or birds be brought in or kept in or about the Premises or the Building.

14. Other than heating and reheating in areas designed for such use, no cooking shall be done or permitted by Tenant on the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for the manufacture or storage of merchandise, for washing clothes, for lodging, or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purpose.

15. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises or the Building any kerosene, gasoline or inflammable, explosive or combustible fluid or material, or use any method of heating or air-conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

16. Landlord will direct electricians as to where and how telephone and telegraph wires are to be introduced. Except for the Tenant Improvements, no boring or cutting for wires or stringing of wires will be allowed without written consent of Landlord. The location of telephones, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the approval of Landlord.

17. Tenant shall not lay linoleum, tile, carpet or other similar floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord. The expenses of repairing any damage resulting from a violation of this rule or removal of any floor covering shall be borne by Tenant.

18. Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors and otherwise regulate access of all persons to the halls, corridors, elevators and stairways in the Building on Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays and on other days between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m., and at such other times as Landlord may deem advisable for the adequate protection and safety of the Building, its tenants and property in the Building. Access to the Premises may be refused unless the person seeking access is known to the employee of the Building in charge, and has a pass or is otherwise properly identified. Landlord shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission or exclusion from the Building of any person.

19. Tenant shall see that the doors of the Premises are closed and securely locked before leaving the Building.

 

E-3


20. Tenant shall not use the Premises in any manner which would increase the amount of water typically furnished for office use, nor connect any appliance directly to the water pipes.

21. Landlord may refuse admission to the Building outside of ordinary business hours to any person not known to the watchman in charge or not having a pass issued by Landlord or not properly identified, and may require all persons admitted to or leaving the Building outside of ordinary business hours to register. Any person whose presence in the Building at any time shall, in the sole judgment of Landlord, be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building or its tenants may be denied access to the Building or may be ejected therefrom. Landlord may require any person leaving the Building with any package or other object to exhibit a pass from the tenant from whose premises the package or object is being removed, but the establishment and enforcement of such requirement shall not impose any responsibility on Landlord for the protection of any tenant against the removal of property from the premises of any tenant.

22. The requirements of Tenant shall be attended to only upon application at the office of the Building. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instructions from the Landlord.

23. Intentionally deleted.

24. Landlord may request that Tenant cooperate with Landlord in obtaining maximum effectiveness of the cooling system by closing the window coverings when the sun’s rays fall directly on windows of the Premises. Tenant shall not obstruct, alter or in any way impair the efficient operation of Landlord’s heating, ventilating and air-conditioning system and shall not place bottles, machines, parcels or other articles on the induction unit enclosure, intake or other vents so as to interfere with air flow.

25. Intentionally deleted.

26. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling within the entire Property is prohibited unless specifically approved by Landlord and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent such activity.

27. All parking ramps and areas plus other public areas forming a part of the Property shall be under the sole and absolute control of Landlord with the exclusive right to regulate and control these areas subject to the terms of this Lease. Tenant agrees to conform to the reasonable rules and regulations that may be established by Landlord for these areas from time to time subject to the terms of this Lease.

28. The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or the storage of merchandise except as such storage may be incidental to the use of the Premises for general office purposes. No tenant shall occupy nor permit any portion of its premises to be occupied for the manufacture or sale of narcotics, liquor, or tobacco in any form, or as a barber or manicure shop. No tenant shall engage or pay any employees on its premises except those actually working for such tenant on the premises nor advertise for laborers giving an address at the Premises or Property. The Premises shall not be used for lodging or sleeping or for any immoral or illegal purposes.

 

E-4


29. Tenant shall not conduct any auction, fire, bankruptcy, going out of business, liquidation or similar public sales at the Property.

30. Tenant shall not place any radio or television antennae on the roof of the Property or on any exterior part of the Premises or the Property.

31. No animals of any kind shall be brought into or kept in or about the Premises or Property, except those assisting the disabled.

 

E-5


EXHIBIT F

JANITORIAL SPECIFICATIONS

OFFICE AREAS:

Daily :

Five (5) days each week, including Monday through Friday, and excluding Holidays:

 

1. Empty and clean all waste receptacles; remove waste materials from the Premises.

 

2. Dry-mop all uncarpeted areas.

 

3. Vacuum all rugs and carpet areas in offices, lobbies and corridors.

 

4. Hand-dust all office furniture, fixtures and all other horizontal surfaces (but only to the extent surfaces are cleared of all materials such as papers, documents and files).

 

5. Sweep all private stairways, vacuum if carpeted.

 

6. Police all stairwells throughout the entire Building and keep in clean condition.

 

7. Spot-clean spill marks on resilient floor tile.

 

8. Spot-clean all water coolers and fountains.

 

9. It is understood that Landlord shall have no obligations to (a) wash or otherwise clean dishes, glasses and other utensils used for preparing food or beverages, or (b) to remove or store such dishes, glasses and other utensils in order to clean any area, fixture or surface of the Premises.

Weekly :

 

1. Hand-dust all door louvers.

 

2. Dust and/or wash directory boards and display glass.

 

3. Wipe clean and polish all metal and bright work.

 

4. Damp-mop and polish all resilient flooring in the Premises, public corridors and elevator lobbies.

 

5. Wash, clean and polish all water coolers and fountains.

 

6. Dust in place all picture frames, charts, graphs and similar wall hangings.

 

7. Clean glass around tenant entrances, including conference rooms and other interior rooms.

 

F-1


Monthly :

 

1. Dust all paneled walls, doors and other similar surfaces not reached in nightly or weekly cleaning.

 

2. Vacuum high moldings and other areas not reached in nightly or weekly cleaning.

 

3. Remove all finger marks and smudges from doors, door frames, around light switches, private entrance glass and partitions.

 

4. Spot clean carpets throughout the Premises to remove stains, if needed.

Quarterly :

 

1. Vacuum all ventilating and air conditioning louvers.

 

2. Dust exterior of lighting fixtures.

LAVATORIES:

Daily :

Five (5) days each week, including Monday through Friday, and excluding Holidays

 

1. Clean and damp-mop floors.

 

2. Wash and polish all mirrors, bright work and enameled surfaces.

 

3. Wash and sanitize all basins, bowls and urinals.

 

4. Wash and sanitize toilet seats.

 

5. Dust, clean and wash, where necessary, all partitions, tile walls, dispensers and receptacles.

 

6. Empty and sanitize all receptacles and sanitary disposals.

 

7. Provide materials and fill towel, sanitary napkin, toilet paper and soap dispensers.

Monthly :

 

1. Machine-scrub lavatory floors, apply floor finishing where applicable.

 

2. Wash and polish all partitions, tile walls and enamel surfaces.

Quarterly :

 

1. Dust light fixtures.

 

2. Vacuum all louvers and ventilating grills.

 

F-2


MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES:

 

1. Maintain building lobby, corridors and other public areas in a clean and orderly condition.

 

2. Damp-mop spillage in office and public areas as required.

 

3. Interior curtain-wall window washing once per year.

These janitorial specifications may be changed or altered from time to time to facilitate the inclusion of the latest methods of maintenance and cleaning technology generally recognized as acceptable for a first-class office building.

 

F-3


EXHIBIT G

ADDENDUM

1. Renewal Option.

1.1 Provided that the Lease is in full force and effect and no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods) (i) on the date of Tenant’s notice of its intention to exercise its Renewal Option (as defined herein) and (ii) on the date of commencement of the Renewal Term (as defined herein), Tenant shall have the option (the “Renewal Option”) to renew this Lease for the entire Premises only for one (1) additional term (the “Renewal Term”) beginning on the day following the Expiration Date and continuing for sixty (60) months thereafter by notifying Landlord of its election in writing not more than fifteen (15) months and not less than twelve (12) months prior to the last day of the sixty-sixth (66th) month of the Term.

1.2 Such renewal shall include all of the Premises, as well as any other space within the Building then being leased by Tenant as of the date of exercise of the Renewal Option. The renewal of this Lease will be upon the same terms, covenants and conditions applicable during the Term, as provided in the Lease, except that (a) the base rent payable during the Renewal Term shall be an amount equal to the existing “Fair Market Rental Rate” as of the date the Renewal Term commences, (b) the defined term “Term” shall be deemed to include the “Renewal Term”, (c) no concession applicable during the initial Term, if any, (such as construction allowance, moving allowance or free rent) shall be applicable during the Renewal Term, and (d) Tenant shall possess no further renewal options. Prior to the commencement of the Renewal Term, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to this Lease confirming the renewal of the Lease pursuant to this Exhibit, the commencement and expiration of the Renewal Term and the base rent payable during the Renewal Term.

1.3 Within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s renewal notice (and any required supporting information), Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of the Fair Market Rental Rate. Within fifteen (15) days thereafter, Tenant shall notify Landlord that Tenant either (a) accepts Landlord’s renewal terms, in which event the parties shall promptly enter into an amendment to this Lease incorporating such terms, or (b) rejects Landlord’s renewal terms. Failure of Tenant to respond within such fifteen (15) day period shall be deemed acceptance of Landlord’s terms. If Tenant rejects such determination, the Fair Market Rental Rate shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.5 of this Exhibit G.

1.4 The failure of Tenant to exercise the Renewal Option within the time period set forth herein shall constitute a waiver and termination of such Renewal Option. This Renewal Option is personal to Tenant and may not be assigned, transferred or conveyed to any party, other than a transferee permitted by Landlord, provided, however, this Renewal Option may be assigned, transferred or conveyed to a successor to Tenant in a Permitted Transfer without Landlord’s approval and shall remain valid for such successor.

 

G-1


1.5 In the event Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree within sixty (60) days after Tenant’s rejection of Landlord’s determination of the then prevailing Fair Market Rental Rate, then such dispute may, at Tenant’s option, be submitted to “Baseball Arbitration” whereby Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord specifying (i) Tenant’s final opinion as to the Fair Market Rental Rate (“ Tenant’s Rent Proposa l ”), which opinion may be supported by such corroborating data as Tenant may consider appropriate and (ii) the name and address of the person designated to act as arbitrator on its behalf. Within fifteen (15) days thereafter, Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant specifying (i) Landlord’s final opinion as to the Fair Market Rental Rate (“Landlord’s Rent Proposal”) and (ii) the name and address of the person designated to act as arbitrator on its behalf. The arbitrators so chosen shall meet within ten (10) days after the second arbitrator is appointed and shall attempt to agree which of Landlord’s Rent Proposal or Tenant’s Rent Proposal most closely reflects the Fair Market Rental Rate (i.e. Baseball Arbitration). If the arbitrators agree, then such agreement shall be the determination of the arbitrators and such determination shall in all cases be final, binding and conclusive upon the parties and shall be enforceable in any court having jurisdiction. If the two arbitrators cannot agree within thirty (30) days, then the two arbitrators shall themselves appoint a third arbitrator who shall be a competent and impartial person; and in the event of their being unable to agree upon such appointment within ten (10) days after the aforesaid time, the third arbitrator shall be selected by the Landlord and Tenant themselves if they can agree thereon within the further period of fifteen (15) days. If the parties do not so agree, then either Landlord or Tenant, on behalf of both, may request that such independent arbitrator be appointed within fifteen (15) days by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its rules of commercial arbitration, but subject to the requirements herein for the appointment of arbitrators. Either Landlord or Tenant may submit corroborating data, testimony and other information with respect to its opinion to the arbitrators for their consideration. In the event of the failure, refusal or inability of any arbitrator to act, a new arbitrator shall be appointed in his or her stead, which appointment shall be made in the same manner as hereinbefore provided for the appointment of such arbitrator so failing, refusing or unable to act. The third arbitrator shall determine, within a period of thirty (30) days after the appointment of such third arbitrator, which of Landlord’s Rent Proposal or Tenant’s Rent Proposal is closest to the Fair Market Rental Rate, and such determination shall be the determination of the arbitrators and shall in all cases be final, binding and conclusive upon the parties and enforceable in any court having jurisdiction. Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the one of the two original arbitrators appointed by such party, or in whose stead such arbitrator was appointed, and the fees and expenses of the third arbitrator, if any, shall be borne equally by both parties, provided, however, any leasing commission(s) which are payable related to the Renewal Option shall be paid by Landlord. Any arbitrator appointed to serve under this Section 1.5 must be a Qualified Commercial Real Estate Broker. For the purpose hereof the term “Qualified Commercial Real Estate Broker” shall mean a real estate broker who (i) is licensed as a real estate broker in the State of Texas pursuant to all Applicable Laws, (ii) has been actively and continuously engaged in leasing office space in multi-story office buildings in Austin, Texas or buildings comparable to the Building for not less than the previous 10-year period and in leasing office space in Class-A Buildings for the last five (5) years and (iii) as to the 3 rd arbitrator, has not represented either Landlord or Tenant in the previous five (5) years. The Federal Arbitration Act (9 USC § 1 et. seq.) shall govern all arbitration provisions under this Section 1.5 , except that the qualifications and appointment of the arbitrators shall be as set forth herein and except that the arbitrators so chosen shall solely address and determine the subject matter of the arbitration in the manner outlined herein and not otherwise.

 

G-2


2. Right of First Refusal. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant an ongoing right of first refusal (the “ Right of First Refusal ”) during the Term pursuant to terms and conditions of this Section 2 of Exhibit G on space that is contiguous to the Premises (any such space, the “ First Refusal Space ”) on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building that a bona fide third party prospective tenant (a “ Prospect ”) has agreed to lease.

2.1 The Right of First Refusal shall be subject and subordinate to the following: (i) any renewal, expansion, right of refusal, right of offer or any other preferential rights which are included in any lease executed hereafter as to which Tenant fails or elects not to exercise the Right of First Refusal pursuant to this Section 2 and (ii) Landlord’s right to renew or extend the Lease of any tenant or subtenant then leasing or subleasing space in the First Refusal Space pursuant to a formal right contained in such tenant’s or subtenant’s lease or sublease.

2.2 When Landlord has a Prospect interested in leasing the First Refusal Space on terms acceptable to Landlord (in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion), Landlord shall give Tenant notice (the “ Refusal Notice ”) of the terms under which Landlord is prepared to lease the First Refusal Space to such Prospect, and that such terms have been accepted by Prospect and Landlord is prepared to draft a lease for Prospect reflecting such terms. The Refusal Notice shall at a minimum include the rentable floor area of the First Refusal Space, lease term, Base Rental rate(s), abated Base Rent and/or Operating Expenses, Landlord’s allowance for leasehold improvements, and lease commission structure. Tenant shall have five (5) business days after receipt of the Refusal Notice to notify Landlord in writing (an “ Acceptance Notice ”) that Tenant will lease all of the First Refusal Space offered in the Refusal Notice on the terms and conditions set forth in the Refusal Notice, otherwise, Tenant’s rights with respect to such First Refusal Space shall terminate as to that portion of the space. Once Tenant delivers an Acceptance Notice, Tenant may not thereafter revoke such exercise and refuse to lease the First Refusal Space on the terms set forth in the Refusal Notice. If Landlord delivers the Refusal Notice and Tenant fails to timely exercise its right to lease the First Refusal Space by delivering an Acceptance Notice within the required five (5) business days, Landlord shall be free to lease such portion of the First Refusal Space to such Prospect and Tenant shall have no priority with respect to such First Refusal Space except as provided for below. Tenant agrees that Landlord and the Prospect proposing to lease the First Refusal Space shall not be precluded from making changes to the terms specified in the Refusal Notice during lease negotiations so long as such changes do not reduce the net effective per square foot rental rate (as hereinafter defined) for such Prospect by more than five percent (5%) below the net effective per rentable square foot rental rate set forth in the Refusal Notice, and so long as such changes do not materially modify any other terms set forth in the Refusal Notice. In the event Landlord and the Prospect have not entered into a binding lease for the First Refusal Space in question within 150 days of Tenant’s rejection (or deemed rejection) of the terms set forth in the Refusal Notice, Tenant’s Right of First Refusal shall be reinstated in its entirety. Notwithstanding the foregoing, should the Prospect be interested in leasing the First Refusal Space and additional space in the Building, Tenant shall be required to lease all of the space that such Prospect is interested in leasing (i.e. First Refusal Space plus any additional space) in accordance with the other requirements of this Section 2. As used herein, the term “ net effective per square foot rental rate ” shall mean the

 

G-3


average per square foot base rent and additional rent over the term of the proposed lease as adjusted for any rent abatement or abatement of other charges, parking charges or inclusion of such charges in the rent, any other allowances such as a moving allowance, any concessions such as capping increases in controllable operating costs, whether the rent is “gross” (includes operating costs or base operating costs in base rent) or “net”, the scope of services provided, tenant improvement allowances, lease takeovers or assumptions, relocation allowances, and any other concessions or incentives.

2.3 The term for the First Refusal Space shall commence upon the commencement date stated in the Refusal Notice and thereupon such First Refusal Space shall be considered a part of the Premises, provided that all of the terms stated in the Refusal Notice, including the termination date set forth in the Refusal Notice, shall govern Tenant’s leasing of the First Refusal Space and only to the extent that they do not conflict with the Refusal Notice, the terms and conditions of the Lease shall apply to the First Refusal Space. Tenant shall pay Base Rental, Tenant’s Additional Rental and all other rent for the First Refusal Space in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Refusal Notice.

2.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall only have the Right of First Refusal with respect to the First Refusal Space if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on (i) the date Landlord delivers a Refusal Notice to Tenant, (ii) the date of Tenant’s Acceptance Notice, or (iii) the date of delivery of the First Refusal Space to Tenant.

2.5 Prior to Landlord’s delivery of the First Refusal Space to Tenant, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment (a “ ROFR Amendment ”) to the Lease documenting the expansion of the Premises pursuant to this Section 2 ; provided, however, that the exercise of the Right of First Refusal is binding and shall not be revocable after Tenant’s delivery of an Acceptance Notice and a failure to execute a ROFR Amendment shall not void Tenant’s exercise of the Right of First Refusal.

2.6 The First Refusal Space (including improvements and personalty, if any) shall be accepted by Tenant in its condition and as-built configuration existing on the earlier of the date Tenant takes possession of the First Refusal Space or the date the term for such First Refusal Space commences, unless the Refusal Notice specifies work to be performed by Landlord in the First Refusal Space and/or Landlord’s allowance for leasehold improvements, in which case Landlord shall perform such work in the First Refusal Space and/or provide the allowance for leasehold improvements.

2.7 The Right of First Refusal set forth above is personal to SailPoint Technologies, Inc. and may not be assigned, transferred or conveyed to any party, provided, however, the Right of First Refusal may be assigned, transferred or conveyed to a successor to Tenant in a Permitted Transfer without Landlord’s approval and shall remain valid for such successor.

 

G-4


3. Termination Right . Notwithstanding anything else herein contained to the contrary, Tenant shall have the one time right (the “Termination Right”) to terminate this Lease effective as of the expiration of the third full calendar year following the expiration of the Rent Abatement Period (the “ Early Termination Date ”), subject to the following terms and conditions:

3.1 Landlord shall provide Tenant written confirmation of the Early Termination Date within thirty (30) days of the Commencement Date. Tenant shall pay Landlord, in consideration for such early termination, a fee (the “ Termination Fee ”) in the amount of $1,402,490.86 , which is equal to (A) the unamortized transaction costs (calculated using a return on capital factor of 10% per annum) as of the Early Termination Date, including, without limitation, all of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, abated Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses, and brokerage commissions, funded or incurred by Landlord with respect to this Lease, amortized over the Term, plus (B) four (4) months of the then payable Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses based on Landlord’s estimate for such expenses for 2012.

3.2 The Termination Right is conditioned on Tenant satisfying the following conditions:

(a) Tenant shall have delivered written notice of its election to terminate the Lease to Landlord, which notice can be delivered no less than twelve months prior to the Early Termination Date (the “ Termination Notice ”);

(b) Tenant shall pay one hundred percent (100%) of the Termination Fee concurrently with the delivery of the Termination Notice to Landlord;

(c) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods) on the date Tenant delivers the Termination Notice.

3.3 If the foregoing conditions are met, this Lease shall terminate upon the Early Termination Date, and Tenant shall have no further obligations under this Lease as of such date.

 

G-5


EXHIBIT H

FORM OF ILOC

 

H-1


LOGO

 

STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT
DRAFT of Standby Letter of Credit
Draft for discussion purposes only
begin format
BENEFICIARY:
New TPG-Four Points, L.P.
c/o Thomas Properties Group, LP
2005 Market Street, Suite 3200
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Attn: Mr. Randall L. Scott
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Letter of credit number 2012100000XX
Issue Date: XX/XX/XX
At the request and for the account of SailPoint Technologies, Inc., 6034 W. Countyaard Dr., Suite 309, Austin, TX 78730, we hereby establish our standby letter credit number 2012100000XX in your favor in the amount of six hundred fifty-nine thousand six hundred thirty-seven U.S dollars and twenty-seven cents (USD659,637.27) (hereinafter the “maximum amount”) available with us at our office listed below, by payment of your draft(s) drawn on us at sight accompanied by the following:
1. The original of this letter of credit and all amendment(s) (if any).
2. Beneficiary’s signed and dated statement reading as follows:
“ This demand in the amount of [insert amount] is pursuant to the Lease dated [insert date] by and between New TPG-Four Points, L.P., as Landlord and SailPoint Technologies. Inc. as Tenant, as (A) Tenant is in default of said lease beyond any applicable cure period or (B) We have received notice from Square 1 Bank that the letter of credit will not be automatically extended and the Tenant has failed to renew or replace this Letter of Credit at least thirty (30) days prior to any expiration date hereof.”
Partial and multiple drawings under this letter of credit are permitted. We shall, after each presentation of this letter of credit, return the same to you, marking this letter of credit to show the amount paid by us and the date of such payment.
Each draft must be marked “Drawn under Square 1 Bank letter of credit number 2012100000XX.”
This letter of credit expires at our office listed below at 5 p.m. eastern time on [insert 1 year from issuance date].
Square 1 Bank, 406 Blackwell St., Ste. 240, Durham, NC 27701

 

H-2


LOGO

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this letter of credit shall be automatically extended for periods of one year unless at least sixty (60) calendar days prior to any expiration date we have sent written notice to your above address by courier that we elect not to renew this letter of credit for such additional period. In any event, this letter of credit will not be extended beyond [insert date 60 days beyond lease term].
This letter of credit amount will automatically be reduced as per the attached Exhibit B, unless we receive a signed and dated written notice (the “Automatic Reduction Stop Notice”) from the beneficiary in person or via courier that the automatic reduction is not to take place prior to such reduction date.
If such Automatic Reduction Stop Notice is received from the beneficiary, no further reductions will take place until such time as we receive a signed and dated written notice from the beneficiary in person or via courier stating that the automatic reductions may again take place (the Automatic Reduction Re-Start Notice”). Upon receipt of the Automatic Reduction Re-Start Notice any reductions that should have taken place prior to the receipt of the Automatic Reduction Re-Start Notice will take effect.
Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, our aggregate obligation to honor such drafts shall not exceed the maximum amount, as reduced by prior draws or automatic reductions hereunder.
If any instructions accompanying a drawing under this letter of credit request that payment is to be made by transfer to an account with us or at another bank, we and/or such other bank may rely on an account number specified in such instructions even if the number identifies a person or entity different from the intended payee.
This Letter of Credit is transferable one or more times, but in each instance to a single transferee and only in the full amount available to be drawn under the Letter of Credit at the time of such transfer. Any such transfer may be effected only through ourselves and only upon presentation to us at our below-specified office of a duly executed instrument of transfer in the format attached hereto as Exhibit A together with the original of this letter of credit. Each transfer shall be evidenced by our endorsement on the reverse of the original of this letter of credit, and we shall deliver the original of this letter of credit so endorsed to the transferee. Without prejudice to the foregoing, such transfer shall be permitted without our approval, provided that such transfer is not in favor of any person or entity identified on a then-current list of specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons provided by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury. All charges in connection with any transfer under this letter of credit shall be paid by the beneficiary at the time written notice of a transfer is submitted.
This letter of credit shall be promptly surrendered to us by you (or any subsequent transferee) upon expiration.
Except so far as otherwise expressly stated, this documentary credit is subject to Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, 2007 revision, International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 600.
We engage with you that each draft drawn under and in compliance with the terms of this letter of credit will be duly honored on delivery of the specified documents, if presented at this office during regular business hours: 406 Blackwell St., Suite 240, Durham, NC 27701 or via facsimile to 919-627-
Square 1 Bank, 406 Blackwell St., Ste. 240, Durham, NC 27701

 

H-3


LOGO

 

6335.
To the extent a presentation is made by facsimile, and to ensure timely payment, you must provide telephone notification thereof to us at 919-314-3064, prior to or simultaneously with the sending of such facsimile transmission.
In the event that your presentation is via facsimile with confirmation of receipt of presentation via phone, we will require you to submit original documents and the original letter of credit to our address noted above via courier. Presentation of the original documents after the expiry date of this credit corresponding with your fax received on or before the expiry date of the credit will constitute a presentation of the documents within the expiry date of the credit. In any event, we will not make payment under the letter of credit until the original documents and letter of credit are received at our counters, 406 Blackwell St., Suite 240, Durham, NC 27701.
Very truly yours,
Square 1 Bank
Square 1 Bank, 406 Blackwell St., Ste. 240, Durham, NC 27701

 

H-4


LOGO

 

Exhibit A
Square 1 Bank
Letter of Credit Number 2012100000xx
Date:
Square 1 Bank
406 Blackwell Street
Suite 240
Durham, NC 27701
Subject: Your Letter of Credit No. 2012100000xx
Ladies and Gentlemen:
For value received, we hereby irrevocably assign and transfer all our rights under the above-captioned Letter of Credit, as heretofore and hereafter amended, extended or increased, to:
[insert name of transferee]
[insert address]
By this transfer, all of our rights in the Letter of Credit are transferred to the transferee, and the transferee shall have sole rights as beneficiary under the Letter of Credit, including sole rights relating to any amendments, whether increases or extensions or other amendments, and whether now existing or hereafter made. You are hereby irrevocably instructed to advise future amendment(s) of the Letter of Credit to the transferee without our consent or notice to us.
Enclosed are the original Letter of Credit and the original of all amendments to this date. Please notify the transferee of this transfer and of the terms and conditions of the Letter of Credit as transferred. This transfer will not become effective until the transferee is so notified.
Very truly yours,
[insert name of transferor]
By:
Name:
Title:
Signature of Transferor Guaranteed
[insert name of bank]
By:
Name:
Title:
Square 1 Bank, 406 Blackwell St., Ste. 240, Durham, NC 27701

 

H-5


LOGO

 

Exhibit B
Square 1 Bank
Letter of Credit Number 201200000xx
Schedule of Reduction
Date Amount of Reduction New Maximum Amount
[Insert date 270 days after Lease Commencement Date] USD 41,227.33 USD 618,409.94
[Insert date 360 days after Lease Commencement Date] USD 41,227.33 USD 677,182.61
[Insert date 450 days after Lease Commencement Date] USD 41,227.33 USD 535,955.28
[Insert date 540 days after Lease Commencement Date] USD 41,227.33 USD 494,727.95
[Insert date 630 days after Lease Commencement Date] USD 41,227.33 USD 453,500.62
[Insert date 720 days after Lease Commencement Date] USD 41,227.33 USD 412,273.29
[Insert date 810 days after Lease Commencement Date] USD 41,227.33 USD 371,045.96
[Insert date 900 days after Lease Commencement Date] USD 41,227.33 USD 329,818.63
[Insert date 990 days after Lease Commencement Date] USD 41,227.33 USD 288,591.30
[Insert date 1080 days after Lease Commencement Date] USD 41,227.33 USD 247,363.97
[Insert date 1170 days after Lease Commencement Date] USD 41,227.33 USD 206,136.64
[Insert date 1260 days after Lease Commencement Date] USD 41,227.33 USD 164,909.31
[Insert date 1350 days after Lease Commencement Date] USD 41,227.33 USD 123,681.98
[Insert date 1440 days after Lease Commencement Date] USD 23,681.98 USD 100,000.00
end format
Agreed to and accepted by:
APPLICANT
Square 1 Bank, 406 Blackwell St., Ste. 240, Durham, NC 27701

 

H-6


EXHIBIT I

SHELL CONDITION

FOUR POINTS SHELL CONDITION

The Building shall have the following shell conditions in place &/or the Landlord shall indirectly supply the materials as provided for below:

 

    Electrical power ceiling distribution grid. 208/120 volt and 480/277 volt power panels (fused to current building code) connected to building power. Note: Landlord reserves the right to separately meter the Premises pursuant to the terms and conditions provided for in this Lease.

 

    Ceiling grid (2x2) and ceiling tile stacked tile to be purchased by general contractor and invoiced separately to TPG .

 

    All HVAC main duct lines installed. VAV boxes with controls at a ratio of one box and related controls per 1,500 usable square feet, and perimeter return air slots stacked on/in the Premises in the amounts required to complete the Tenant Improvements at the above ratio.

 

    Separate electrical and telephone rooms on each floor. Tenant’s communications equipment shall be installed by tenant in the Premises.

 

    Potable water at designated points.

 

    All “core” functions including, but not limited to, restrooms, drinking fountains, HVAC mechanical room(s), telephone and electrical rooms, ground floor elevator lobby, exit signs at corridors, fire stairwells and all fire and life safety equipment, etc.

 

    Sprinklers: temporary protection consisting of mains, laterals and up rights, installed according to building code and on a ratio of one head per 225 usable square feet.

 

    2 lamp, T5, electronic ballast energy efficient light fixtures (approximately 100 square feet/fixture allocation) to be purchased by general contractor and invoiced separately to TPG.

 

    Mini-blinds installed on all perimeter windows - in plastic bags.

 

    Perimeter interior walls - drywall/tape & float (not painted).

 

I-1


EXHIBIT J

SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

 

J-1


RECORDING REQUESTED BY

AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Commercial Real Estate

Institutional and Metro Markets Group (AU#63650)

1800 Century Park East, 12 th Floor

Los Angeles, California 90067-2113

Attn: Beth Cebra

Loan No.:104470

 

 

SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT; ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF LEASE ASSIGNMENT, ESTOPPEL, ATTORNMENT AND NON-DISTURBANCE AGREEMENT

(Lease To Deed of Trust)

 

NOTICE: THIS SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT RESULTS IN YOUR SECURITY INTEREST IN THE PROPERTY BECOMING SUBJECT TO AND OF LOWER PRIORITY THAN THE LIEN OF SOME OTHER OR LATER SECURITY INSTRUMENT.

THIS SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT; ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF LEASE ASSIGNMENT, ESTOPPEL, ATTORNMENT AND NON-DISTURBANCE AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made             , 2012 by and between NEW TPG-FOUR POINTS, L.P. a Texas limited partnership (“Owner”), SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Lessee”) and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“Lender).

R E C I T A L S

 

A. Pursuant to the terms and provisions of a lease dated             , 2012 by and between Lessee and Owner (“Lease”), Owner, as “Lessor”, granted to Lessee a leasehold estate in and to a portion of the property described on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (which property, together with all improvements now or hereafter located on the property, is defined as the “Property”).

 

B. Owner has executed an Amended and Restated Deed of Trust with Absolute Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing dated October 13, 2009 (“Deed of Trust”) securing, among other things, an Amended and Restated Promissory Note Secured by Deed of Trust (“Note”) in the principal sum of FORTY MILLION FOUR HUNDRED FORTY FIVE THOUSAND AND NO/100THS DOLLARS ($40,445,000.00), dated October 13, 2009, in favor of Lender, which Note is payable with interest and upon the terms and conditions described therein (“Loan”). The Deed of Trust was recorded October 14, 2009, as Instrument No. 2009172817 in the Official Public Records of Travis County, State of Texas.

 

C. As a condition to making the Loan secured by the Deed of Trust, Lender requires that the Deed of Trust be unconditionally and at all times remain a lien on the Property, prior and superior to all the rights of Lessee under the Lease and that the Lessee specifically and unconditionally subordinate the Lease to the lien of the Deed of Trust subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

D. Owner and Lessee have agreed to the subordination, attornment and other agreements herein in favor of Lender.

NOW THEREFORE, for valuable consideration and to induce Lender to make the Loan, Owner and Lessee hereby agree for

the benefit of Lender as follows:

Page 1

subnonds_ca doc

(WFRE19 REV 02/11)

 

J-2


Loan No. 104470

 

1. SUBORDINATION . Owner and Lessee hereby agree that:

 

  1.1 Prior Lien . The Deed of Trust securing the Note in favor of Lender, and any modifications, renewals or extensions thereof (including, without limitation, any modifications, renewals or extensions with respect to any additional advances made subject to the Deed of Trust), shall unconditionally be and at all times remain a lien on the Property prior and superior to the Lease;

 

  1.2 Subordination . Lender would not make the Loan without this agreement to subordinate; and

 

  1.3 Whole Agreement . This Agreement shall be the whole agreement and only agreement with regard to the subordination of the Lease to the lien of the Deed of Trust and shall supersede and cancel, but only insofar as would affect the priority between the Deed of Trust and the Lease, any prior agreements as to such subordination, including, without limitation, those provisions, if any, contained in the Lease which provide for the subordination of the Lease to a deed or deeds of trust or to a mortgage or mortgages.

AND FURTHER, Lessee individually declares, agrees and acknowledges for the benefit of Lender, that:

 

  1.4 Use of Proceeds . Lender, in making disbursements pursuant to the Note, the Deed of Trust or any loan agreements with respect to the Property, is under no obligation or duty to, nor has Lender represented that it will, see to the application of such proceeds by the person or persons to whom Lender disburses such proceeds, and any application or use of such proceeds for purposes other than those provided for in such agreement or agreements shall not defeat this agreement to subordinate in whole or in part;

 

  1.5 Waiver, Relinquishment and Subordination . Lessee intentionally and unconditionally waives, relinquishes and subordinates all of Lessee’s right, title and interest in and to the Property to the lien of the Deed of Trust and understands that in reliance upon, and in consideration of, this waiver, relinquishment and subordination, specific loans and advances are being and will be made by Lender and, as part and parcel thereof, specific monetary and other obligations are being and will be entered into which would not be made or entered into but for said reliance upon this waiver, relinquishment and subordination.

 

2. ASSIGNMENT . Lessee acknowledges and consents to the assignment of the Lease by Lessor in favor of Lender. Lender acknowledges receipt of a fully executed copy of the Lease.

 

3. ESTOPPEL . Lessee acknowledges and represents that, as of the date hereof:

 

  3.1 Lease Effective . The Lease has been duly executed and delivered by Lessee and, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, the Lease is in full force and effect, the obligations of Lessee thereunder are valid and binding and there have been no modifications or additions to the Lease, written or oral;

 

  3.2 No Default . To the best of Lessee’s knowledge: (i) there exists no breach, default or event or condition which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, would constitute a breach or default under the Lease; and (ii) there are no existing claims, defenses or offsets against rental due or to become due under the Lease;

 

  3.3 Entire Agreement . The Lease constitutes the entire agreement between Lessor and Lessee with respect to the Property and Lessee claims no rights with respect to the Property other than as set forth in the Lease; and

 

  3.4 No Prepaid Rent . No deposits or prepayments of rent have been made in connection with the Lease, except as follows: (i) prepaid rent for the seventh month of the Lease term, as contemplated by Section 5.2 of the Lease and (ii) monthly estimated additional rental payments, as required by the Lease.

 

  3.5 No Broker Liens . Lessee has not incurred any fee or commission with any real estate broker which would give rise to any lien right under state or local law, except as follows: NONE.

 

4. ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS . Lessee covenants and agrees that, during all such times as Lender is the Beneficiary under the Deed of Trust:

Page 2

 

J-3


Loan No. 104470

 

  4.1 Modification, Termination and Cancellation . Lessee will not consent to any modification, amendment, termination or cancellation of the Lease (in whole or in part) without Lender’s prior written consent and will not make any payment to Lessor in consideration of any modification, termination or cancellation of the Lease (in whole or in part) without Lender’s prior written consent, other than an amendment made to effectuate any renewal, extension or expansion option or right of first refusal set forth in the Lease, or to confirm the commencement date or any other date set forth in the Lease, or to confirm the square footage of the premises under the Lease and to modify the terms of the Lease to reflect such square footage, and provided further that nothing herein shall prevent the exercise by Lessee of any termination right expressly provided in the Lease and the payment of any termination payment in connection therewith.

 

  4.2 Notice of Default . Lessee will notify Lender in writing concurrently with any notice given to Lessor of any default by Lessor under the Lease, and Lessee agrees that Lender has the right (but not the obligation) to cure any breach or default specified in such notice within the time periods set forth below and Lessee will not declare a default of the Lease, as to Lender, if Lender cures such default within (i) with respect to defaults that can be cured by the payment of money, five (5) days from and after the expiration of the time period provided in the Lease for the cure thereof by Lessor and (ii) with respect to defaults that cannot be cured by the payment of money, within fifteen (15) days from and after the expiration of the time period provided in the Lease for the cure thereof by Lessor, provided, however , that if such default cannot with diligence be cured by Lender within such fifteen (15) day period, then Lessee agrees not to pursue termination of the Lease as a result of such default provided Lender commences a cure within such fifteen (15) day period and pursues such cure with diligence to completion.

 

  4.3 No Advance Rents . Except as expressly required by the terms of the Lease (e.g., Lessee’s estimated monthly payments of operating expenses), Lessee will make no payments or prepayments of rent more than one (1) month in advance of the time when the same become due under the Lease; and

 

  4.4 Assignment of Rents . Upon receipt by Lessee of written notice from Lender that Lender has elected to terminate the license granted to Lessor to collect rents, as provided in the Deed of Trust, and directing the payment of rents by Lessee to Lender, Lessee shall comply with such direction to pay and shall not be required to determine whether Lessor is in default under the Loan and/or the Deed of Trust, and the payment of such rents to Lender shall constitute the payment of such rents under the Lease. Lessor hereby irrevocably authorizes Lessee to make the foregoing payments to Lender upon such notice and direction.

 

5. ATTORNMENT . In the event of a foreclosure under the Deed of Trust or a deed-in-lieu, or in the event the Property is transferred by reason of foreclosure or by reason of any legal proceeding, Lessee agrees to attorn to the transferee (the “Transferee”) of the Property, and the Transferee shall accept such attornment, as follows:

 

  5.1 Payment of Rent . Lessee shall pay to Transferee all rental payments required to be made by Lessee pursuant to the terms of the Lease;

 

  5.2 Continuation of Performance . Lessee shall be bound to Transferee in accordance with all of the provisions of the Lease, Transferee shall be liable and responsible for the performance of all covenants and obligations of Lessor as landlord under the Lease accruing from and after the date that Transferee takes title to the Property, and Lessee hereby attorns to Transferee as its landlord, such attornment to be effective and self-operative without the execution of any further instrument immediately upon Transferee succeeding to Lessor’s interest in the Lease and giving written notice thereof to Lessee;

 

  5.3 No Offset . Transferee shall not be liable for, nor subject to, any offsets or defenses which Lessee may have by reason of any act or omission of Lessor under the Lease occurring prior to the date of the transfer of title to Transferee unless the act or omission giving rise to any such offsets or defenses is ongoing following such date, nor for the return of any sums which Lessee may have paid to Lessor under the Lease as and for security deposits, advance rentals or otherwise, except to the extent that such sums are actually delivered by Lessor to Transferee; and

 

  5.4 Subsequent Transfer . Upon the further transfer of the Property by Transferee, Transferee shall not have any obligations under the Lease arising from and after such transfer.

Page 3

 

J-4


Loan No. 104470

 

  5.5 Notice . Lender, Lessor and Transferee agree to provide Lessee prompt notice of any foreclosure under the Deed of Trust, or any transfer of the Property by a deed in lieu thereof or other legal proceeding; provided, however , Lender’s, Lessor’s or Transferee’s failure to deliver such notice shall not effect the rights and/or obligations of Lessee hereunder, the rights of Lender or Transferee, or otherwise render any of the terms hereof unenforceable.

 

6. NON-DISTURBANCE . In the event of a foreclosure under the Deed of Trust or in the event the Property is transferred by reason of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or by reason of any legal proceeding, so long as there shall then exist no event of default (as defined in the Lease) on the part of Lessee under the Lease (following any applicable notice and cure period), Lender agrees for itself and its successors and assigns and for each Transferee that the leasehold interest of Lessee under the Lease shall not be extinguished or terminated by reason of such foreclosure, but rather the Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between Lessee, as tenant, and the Transferee holding title to the Property, as landlord, and Lender and each Transferee shall recognize and accept Lessee as tenant under the Lease subject to the terms and provisions of the Lease except as modified by this Agreement; provided , however , that if Lender or its designee is the “Transferee”, then Lessee and Lender agree that the following provisions of the Lease (if any) shall not be binding on Lender, as “Transferee”: any option to purchase with respect to the Property; any right of first refusal to purchase the Property; any provision regarding the use of insurance proceeds or condemnation proceeds with respect to the Property which is inconsistent with the terms of the Deed of Trust; provided, further, however , that if Lender or its designee, as “Transferee”, elects not to apply insurance or condemnation proceeds to rebuild the building located on the Property in reliance on the foregoing, then Lender shall notify Lessee of such election promptly following Lender’s receipt of such insurance or condemnation proceeds and upon receipt of such notice by Lessee, the Lease shall automatically terminate.

 

7. MISCELLANEOUS .

 

  7.1 Heirs, Successors, Assigns and Transferees . The covenants herein shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Lender, Lessee, Lessor, Transferee, and their respective heirs, successors and assigns; and

 

  7.2 Notices . All notices or other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to the provisions hereof shall be deemed served upon delivery or, if mailed, upon the first to occur of receipt or the expiration of three (3) days after deposit in United States Postal Service, certified mail, postage prepaid and addressed to the address of Lessee or Lender appearing below:

“OWNER”

New TPG-Four Points, L.P. a Texas limited partnership

c/o Thomas Properties Group, Inc.

515 S. Flower Street, 6 th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90071

Attn:

“LENDER”

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Commercial Real Estate

Institutional and Metro Markets Group (AU #63650)

1800 Century Park East, 12 th Floor

Los Angeles, California 90067-2113

Attn: Jordan Johnson

Loan No. 104470

Page 4

 

J-5


Loan No. 104470

“LESSEE”

SailPoint Technologies, Inc.

11305 Four Points Drive, Suite 100

Austin, Texas 78726

Telephone: (512) 346-2000

Fax: (512) 346-2043

Attention: Cam McMartin, Chief Financial Officer

provided , however , any party shall have the right to change its address for notice hereunder by the giving of written notice thereof to the other party in the manner set forth in this Agreement; and

 

7.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute and be construed as one and the same instrument; and

 

7.4 Remedies Cumulative . All rights of Lender herein to collect rents on behalf of Lessor under the Lease are cumulative and shall be in addition to any and all other rights and remedies provided by law and by other agreements between Lender and Lessor or others; and

 

7.5 Paragraph Headings . Paragraph headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be construed as part of this Agreement or in any way limiting or applying the provisions hereof; and

 

7.6 Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract entered into pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas and shall in all respects be governed, construed, applied and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas; and

 

7.7 Recording . Lender, Lessee and Lessor shall cause this Agreement to be recorded in the County where the Property is located not later than October 31, 2012; and

 

7.8 Modifications . This Agreement may not be supplemented, amended or modified unless set forth in writing and signed by all of the parties hereto.

 

7.9. Incorporation . Exhibit A is attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

[ Signatures Follow on Next Page ]

Page 5

 

J-6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

NOTICE: THIS SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT CONTAINS A PROVISION WHICH ALLOWS THE PERSON OBLIGATED ON YOUR REAL PROPERTY SECURITY TO OBTAIN A LOAN A PORTION OF WHICH MAY BE EXPENDED FOR OTHER PURPOSES THAN IMPROVEMENT OF THE LAND.

IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT, PRIOR TO THE EXECUTION OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES CONSULT WITH THEIR ATTORNEYS WITH RESPECT HERETO.

 

“OWNER” & “LESSOR”

NEW TPG-FOUR POINTS, L.P.

a Texas limited partnership

By:   TPG-New FP GP, LLC, a Delaware

         limited liability company, general partner

By:   Thomas Properties Group, L.P., a Maryland

         limited partnership, manager

By:   Thomas Properties Group, Inc.,

         d/b/a TP-Thomas  Properties Group, Inc.,

         a Delaware corporation, general  partner

By:                                                                

Name:

Title:

“LENDER’

WELLS FARGO BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By:                                                             

         Jordan B. Johnson

Its:   Assistant Vice President

“LESSEE”

SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:                                                             

Its:

(ALL SIGNATURES MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED)

Page 6

 

J-7


STATE OF CALIFORNIA

COUNTY OF                      ss.

On                      before me,                     (insert name and title of the officer), personally appeared                     , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal

Signature                                                          

My commission expires                    .

STATE OF                      ss.

COUNTY OF                    

On                      before me,                      (insert name and title of the officer), personally appeared                     , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of                      that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal

Signature                                                          

My commission expires                    .

 

J-8


STATE OF TEXAS

COUNTY OF TRAVIS ss.

This instrument was acknowledged before me on the          day of                     , 2012, by                      ,                      of Sailpoint Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, on behalf of said corporation.

 

 

Notary Public, State of Texas

SFI-736143v2

 

J-9


EXHIBIT A

Loan No. 104470

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

EXHIBIT A to Subordination Agreement; Acknowledgment of Lease Assignment, Estoppel, Attornment and Non-Disturbance

Agreement dated as of         , 2012, executed by NEW TPG-FOUR POINTS, L.P. a Texas limited partnership, as ‘‘Owner’’, SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation, as “Lessee’’, and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as “Lender”.

All that certain real property located in the County of Travis, State of Texas, described as follows:

Tract One: Lots Four (4), Five (5) and Six (6), Block “A”; Lots Two (2) Four (4), Five (5) and Six (6), Block “B”; and Lot One (1), Block “C”, of FOUR POINTS CENTRE P.U.D., a subdivision in Travis County, Texas, according to the map or plat thereof, recorded in Document No. 200200080, as corrected under Document No. 2004185158 of the Official Public Records of Travis County, Texas.

Tract Two: Easements created by Declaration of Covenants, Restrictions, and Easements for Four Points Centre dated as of March 3, 1998, as recorded under Volume 13131, Page 3100 of the Real Property Records of Travis County, Texas, as supplemented and/or amended by instruments recorded under Volume 13381, Page 68, Real Property Records of Travis County, Texas; and Document No.(s) 2000175226, 2000092820, 2000175361, 2000140712, 2000175362, 2000175227, 2000204920, 2000091243, 2000091244, 2004023085, and 2008143477 all of the Official Public Records of Travis County, Texas.

Tract Three: Easements created by Declaration of Easements and Restrictive Covenants Regarding the Maintenance of a Regional Stormwater Detention Pond for Four Points Centre Planned Unit Development dated September 26, 2000, as recorded under Document No. 2000164665 of the Official Public Records of Travis County, Texas; Four Points Regional Detention Pond Construction and Maintenance Agreement dated December 14, 2000, as recorded under Document No. 2001074400 of the Official Public Records of Travis County, Texas, as amended by instrument(s) recorded under Document Nos. 2001074401 and 2004023087 of the Official Public Records of Travis County, Texas.

Tract Four: Joint Use Drive and Access and Landscaping Easement appurtenant to Lot 2, Block “B”, FOUR POINTS CENTRE P.U.D., over, upon and across Lot 1, Block “B”, FOUR POINTS CENTRE P.U.D., Lot(s) 3 and 3-A, Block A and Lot(s) 1 and 1-A, Block “B”, a subdivision in Travis County, Texas, according to the map or plat thereof, recorded in Volume 100, Page 309 of the Plat Records of Travis County, Texas, as created and defined in documents recorded in Volume 13103, Page 161, Volume 13126, Page 536 and Volume 13131, Page 3172 of the Real Property Records of Travis County, Texas.

 

J-10


EXHIBIT A

Loan No. 104470

Tract Five: Easement(s) appurtenant to Lot 2, Block “B”, FOUR POINTS CENTRE P.U.D. out of and a part of Lots 1 and 2, Block “A”, FOUR POINTS CENTRE OUTPARCEL ONE, a subdivision in Travis County, Texas, according to the map or plat thereof, recorded under Document No. 200100068 of the Official Public Records of Travis County, Texas, and Lot 3, Block “B”, FOUR POINTS CENTRE P.U.D., a subdivision in Travis County, Texas, according to the map or plat thereof, recorded under Document No. 200200080 and corrected by Document No. 2004185158 of the Official Public Records of Travis County, Texas, and being more particularly described and defined in that certain Operation and Easement Agreement between Target

Corporation and TPG Four Points Land L.P. and recorded under Document No. 2004023090 of the Official Public Records of Travis County, Texas.

Tract Six: Ingress and egress easement across portions of Lots 3 and 4, Block “B” FOUR POINTS CENTRE P.U.D., a subdivision in Travis County, Texas, according to the map or plat thereof, recorded under Document No. 200200080 and corrected by Document No. 2004185158 of the Official Public Records of Travis County, Texas, said easement being more particularly described and defined in that certain Declaration of Easements and Restrictions recorded under Document No. 2003203099 of the Official Public Records of Travis County, Texas, and being more particularly described and defined in that certain Operation and Easement Agreement between Target Corporation and TPG Four Points Land L.P. and recorded under Document No. 2004023090 of the Official Public Records of Travis County, Texas,

Tract Seven: Being 1.280 acres of land, more or less, out of the ALEX DUNLAP SURVEY NO. 805, in Travis County, Texas, being the same tract as described in Document No. 2004203573 of the Official Public Records of Travis County, Texas, being more particularly described by metes and bounds in Exhibit “A” attached hereto and made a part hereof.

Tract Eight: Being 2.059 acres of land, more or less, out of the ALEX DUNLAP SURVEY NO. 805, In Travis County, Texas, being the same tract as described in Document No. 2004203573 of the Official Public Records of Travis County, Texas, being more particularly described by metes and bounds in Exhibit “B” attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

J-11


EXHIBIT A

Loan No. 104470

EXHIBIT “A”

DESCRIPTION OF A 1.280 ACRE TRACT OF LAND LOCATED IN THE ALEXANDER DUNLAP SURVEY NO. 805, TRAVIS COUNTY, TEXAS, BEING ALL OF A CALLED 1.28 ACRE TRACT OF LAND DESCRIBED IN THE AFFIDAVIT TO SYLVIA ANN COWAN TROUTMAN, AS RECORDED IN VOLUME 8572, PAGE 939 OF THE DEED RECORDS OF TRAVIS COUNTY, TEXAS, SAID 1.280 ACRE TRACT OF LAND AS SHOWN ON SAM INC. DWG NO. T034-23061-01.DWG AND BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED BY METES AND BOUNDS AS FOLLOWS:

BEGINNING at a  1 2 -inch iron rod found for a west common corner of said 1.28 acre tract and a called, 1.022 acre tract of land conveyed in the deed to Austin Marine Service Corporation as recorded in Volume 11225, Page 1031 of the Real Property Records of Travis County, Texas, same being in the east right-of-way (ROW) line of Farm to Market Road (F.M.) 2222 (varying width ROW), from which a  1 2 -inch iron rod found for the northwest corner of said 1.022 acre tract bears, N 28° 00 ’ 43” W a distance of 210.08 feet,

THENCE leaving said ROW line and with the common line of said 1.28 acre tract and said 1.022 acre tract, N 58° 10’ 08” E, a distance of 211.71 feet (called N 57° 58’ 56” E a distance of 211.75 feet in Volume 8572, Page 939 of the Deed Records of Travis County, Texas) to a  1 2 -inch iron rod found in a west line of a called 39.838 acre tract of land conveyed in the deed to TPG Four Points Land, L.P., a California limited partnership, as recorded in Document No. 2000204912 of the Official Public Records of Travis County, Texas, for the north common corner of said 1.28 acre tract and said 1.022 acre tract,

THENCE with the west line of said 39.838 acre tract, S 25° 53’ 13” E, passing at a distance 111.94 feet a  1 2 -inch iron rod found 0.41 feet to the right continuing for a total distance of 317.41 feet to a  1 2 -inch iron rod with a “Chaparral” cap found for the east common corner of said 1.28 acre tract and said 39.838 acre tract,

THENCE with the common line of said 1.28 acre tract and said 39.838 acre tract, S 83° 52’ 03” W, a distance of 216.04 feet to a  1 2 -inch iron rod with a SAM, Inc. plastic cap set in said east ROW line for the west common corner of said 1.28 acre tract and said 39.838 acre tract,

THENCE with said east ROW line same being the west line of said 1.28 acre tact, N 27° 45 ’ 08” W, a distance of 222.58 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING and containing 1.280 acres of land, more or less.

 

J-12


EXHIBIT A

Loan No. 104470

EXHIBIT “B”

DESCRIPTION OF A 2.059 ACRE TRACT OF LAND LOCATED IN THE ALEXANDER DUNLAP SURVEY NO. 805, TRAVIS COUNTY, TEXAS, BEING ALL OF A CALLED 2.0456 ACRE TRACT OF LAND DESCRIBED IN THE DEED TO MELBA CRAVEN, AS RECORDED IN VOLUME 13122, PAGE 669 OF THE REAL PROPERTY RECORDS OF TRAVIS COUNTY, TEXAS, SAID 2.059 ACRE TRACT OF LAND AS SHOWN ON SAM INC. DWG NO. T034-23018-01.DWG AND BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED BY METES AND BOUNDS AS FOLLOWS:

BEGINNING at a  1 2 inch iron rod with a SAM, Inc. plastic cap set in the north right-of-way (ROW) line of Farm to Market Road No. 2222 (varying width ROW), same being the south common corner of a called 1.0067 conveyed in the deed to KAF II Development Company, as recorded in Volume 13073, Page 1998 of the Real Property Records of Travis County, Texas, same being described in Document No. 2001121030 of the Official Public Records of Travis County, Texas, and said 2.0456 acre tract and the POINT OF BEGINNING, from which a  1 2 inch iron rod found for the southeast corner of said 1.0067 acre tract of land bears S 57° 21’ 28” E a distance of 207.64 feet,

THENCE with said north ROW line’ same being the south line of said 2.0456 acre tract the following three (3) courses and distances:

 

  1. N 54° 29’ 02” W a distance of 62.85 feet to a  1 2 inch iron rod with a SAM, Inc. plastic cap set for point of curvature,

 

  2. with a curve to the right having an arc distance of 194.12 feet, through a central angle of 27° 04’ 59” having a radius of 410.67 feet, and whose chord beard N 40° 56’ 32” W, a distance of 192.32 feet to a  1 2 inch iron rod found for point of tangency, and

 

  3. N 27° 24’ 02” W a distance of 156.98 feet to a  1 2 inch iron rod with a SAM, Inc. plastic cap set for the south common corner of a called 39.838 acre tract of land described in the deed to TPG Four Points Land, L.P. as recorded in Document No. 2000204912 of the Official Public Records of Travis County, Texas, from which a  1 2 inch iron rod found bears S 27° 03’ 39” W a distance of 1.42 feet,

THENCE leaving said ROW line and with the common line of said 39.838 acre tract and said 2.0456 acre tract, N 27° 03’ 39” E, a distance of 212.61 feet to a  1 2 inch iron rod with a SAM, Inc. plastic cap set for the west common corner of a called 11.12 acre tract of land described in the deed to Tommy Joe Pulatio as recorded in Volume 7601, Page 284 of the Deed Records of Travis County, Texas, and said 2.0456 acre tract from which a  1 2 inch iron rod found bears S 40° 42’ 34” E a distance of 0.95 feet, also from which a  1 2 inch iron rod found for a common corner of said 39.838 acre tract, said 11.12 acre tract and Lot 1, Block A Chipman Subdivision as recorded in Document No. 200000213 of the Official Public Records of Travis County, Texas, bears N 27° 03’ 39” E a distance of 33.91 feet,

 

J-13


EXHIBIT A

Loan No. 104470

THENCE with the common lines of said 11.12 and 2.0456 acre tracts the following two (2) course and distances:

 

  1. S 40° 42’ 34” E a distance of 159.10 feet to a  1 2 inch iron rod found, and

 

  2. S 36° 34’ 53” E a distance of 255.04 feet to a  1 2 inch iron rod found for a common corner of said Lot 1, said 11.12 acre tract, said 1.0067 acre tract and said 2.0456 acre tract from which a concrete monument found bears S 04° 25’ 05” W a distance of 4.15 feet, also from which a  1 2 inch iron rod found in the common line of said Lot 1 and said 1.0067 acre tract bears S 53° 54’ 07” E a distance of 38.68 feet,

 

  3. THENCE with a common line of said 2.0456 acre tract and said 1.0067 acre tract S 29° 06’ 43” W a distance of 211.84 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING and containing 2.059 acres of land.

 

J-14


EXHIBIT K

PARKING

 

LOGO

 

K-1


LOGO

 

K-2


LOGO

 

K-3


EXHIBIT L

SIGNAGE

Monument Signage Location

 

LOGO

Building Signage Location Options

 

LOGO

 

L-1


EXHIBIT M

GROSS UP CALCULATION

In the event of any contradicitions between the example calculation shown in this Exhibit M and the terms of the body of the Lease, the terms of the body of the Lease shall control. The following calculation will only be made to the variable portion of the costs for janitorial and electrical and water consumption for the Building as specified in Exhibit B, Section 15.1.

Four Points

Exhibit M

Gross Up Calculation At 100% Occupancy

Sample Based on 2011 Operating Expenses

 

           Code Formula

Building rentable square footage

     192,062     A   

Average Occupancy as a %

     22.53   B   

Tenant rsf

     38,351     C   

Fixed Expenses

       

Building & Grounds

     83,218.67       

Engineering and HVAC

     79,327.43       

Elevators

     34,019.37       

Security

     171,485.80       

Administrative

     170,383.91       

Insurance

     43,613.30       

Property Taxes

     379,651.52       

TOTAL

     961,700.00     D   
  

 

 

      

Variable Expenses - Fixed portion

       

Jantiorial

     66,979.18       

Management Fees

     0.00       

Electricity

     178,112.43       

Water

     27,076.68       

TOTAL

     272,168.29     E   

Variable portion - Total

     94,900.55     F   

Janitorial

     41,835.39       

Management Fee

     33,274.89       

Electricity

     19,790.27       

Water

     0       

Variable gross-up

     421,218.58     G    F divided by B

Cost per leased RSF

   $ 2.19        G divided by A

Cost for 100% of Building

     421,218.58     H    G times 100%

Cost Actually Incurred at Current Occupancy

     367,068.84     I    E plus F

Total Variable Gross-Up for:

       

Janitorial

     143,852.08       

Management Fee

     114,416.59       

Electricity

     68,049.37       

Water

     0.00       

TOTAL

     326,318.04     J    H minus F

Total Grossed Up Variable Expenses

       

Janitorial

     252,666.65       

Management Fee

     147,691.48       

Electricity

     265,952.07       

Water

     27,076.68       

TOTAL

     693,386.88     K    E plus F plus J

Variable gross-Up Cost per leased rsf

   $ 3.61     L    K divided by A

Cost for 100% of building rsf

   $ 693,386.88     M    L times A

Cost actually incurred at current occupancy

   $ 367,068.84     N   

Total variable gross up

   $ 326,318.04     O    M minus N
  

 

 

      

Fixed Expenses

   $ 961,700.00     $5.01    D

Variable Expenses

   $ 693,386.88     $3.61    M
  

 

 

      

Total Cost Pool At 100% of Building rsf

   $ 1,655,086.88     $8.62   
  

 

 

      

 

M-1


EXHIBIT N

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES STATEMENT

Four Points Centre

2012 Budget vs Actual Operating Costs

100% Gross Up

     2012 Budget      2012 Actual  

Category

   Cost per
square feet
     Cost per
Dollar
     Cost per
square feet
     Cost per
Dollar
 

Cleaning & Janitorial

   $ 1.47      $ 282,951      $ —      $  —    

Building & Grounds

   $ 0.38      $ 73,625      $  —        $ —    

Engineering & HVAC

   $ 0.53      $ 102,420      $ —        $ —    

Elevator Maintenance

   $ 0.18      $ 35,164      $ —        $ —    

Electrical Maintenance

   $ 0.06      $ 10,620      $ —        $ —    

Utilities

   $ 1.73      $ 322,480      $ —        $ —    

Security & Life Safety

   $ 0.98      $ 188,616      $ —        $ —    

Administration

   $ 1.02      $ 195,696      $ —        $ —    

Management Fees

   $ 0.86      $ 165,630      $ —        $ —    

Insurance

   $ 0.25      $ 47,242      $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Operating Exp

   $ 7.47      $ 1,424,444      $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Real Estate Taxes

   $ 2.25      $ 432,100      $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Escalatable Exp

   $ 9.72      $ 1,856,544      $ —        $  —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

N-1


EXHIBIT O

FITNESS CENTER

 

LOGO

 

O-1

Exhibit 10.22

FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE

This First Amendment to Office Lease (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of May 28, 2013, but effective as of May 1, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between NEW TPG-FOUR POINTS, L.P., a Texas limited partnership (the “ Landlord ”), as landlord, and SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Tenant ”), as tenant, with reference to the following facts:

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Office Lease dated effective July 3, 2012 (the “ Lease ”). Pursuant to the Lease, Landlord leased to Tenant space containing approximately 38,351 Rentable Square Feet (the “Premises”) on the first and second floors of the building known as Four Points Centre, Building II located at 11305 Four Points Drive, Austin, Texas.

WHEREAS, the Tenant has exercised its Right of First Refusal as to certain space located on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building, as more particularly set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and of the mutual covenants set forth herein and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

AGREEMENTS

1.     Defined Terms and References . The recitals set forth above are herein incorporated by reference and agreed to by Landlord and Tenant. All capitalized terms used herein that are not defined herein but are defined in the Lease shall have the same meanings herein as in the Lease.

2.     Lease of Premises . Pursuant to Section 2 of the Lease, Tenant has the right to occupy portions of the Phase 1 Must Take Premises and/or Phase 2 Must Take Premises and conduct business therein prior to the initially stated Phase 1 Commencement Date and/or the Phase 2 Commencement Date upon written notice to Landlord. Tenant has delivered such as to the 6,703 Rentable Square Feet portion of the Phase 1 Must Take Premises and the Phase 2 Must Take Premises shown on Exhibit A attached hereto. The Premises currently contain 36,845 Rentable Square Feet. Tenant must lease the remaining 1,506 Rentable Square Feet of the Phase 2 Must Take Premises no later than the expiration of the 18 th month of the Term (April 30, 2015).

 

-1-


As a result of such early occupancy (and to correct an error initially contained therein), the Base Rent table contained in the Lease Summary and Section 5.1(a) of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

Months

   Annual Base Rent/RSF      RSF      Monthly Base Rent  

10/29/2012-4/30/2013

   $ 14.50        30,142      $ 36,421.58  

5/1/2013-10/31/2013

   $ 14.50        36,845    $ 44,521.04  

11/01/2013-04/30/2014

   $ 15.28        36,845    $ 46,915.97  

05/01/2014-10/31/2014

   $ 15.28        38,351      $ 48,833.61  

11/01/2014-10/31/2015

   $ 16.08        38,351      $ 51,390.34  

11/01/2015-10/31/2016

   $ 16.88        38,351      $ 53,947.07  

11/01/2016-10/31/2017

   $ 17.88        38,351      $ 57,142.99  

11/01/2017-04/30/2018

   $ 18.88        38,351      $ 60,338.91  

 

* The Rentable Square Feet shall be increased if Tenant, in its sole discretion, elects to occupy and use the remaining portion of the Phase 2 Must Take Premises earlier than the Phase 2 Commencement Date and the Monthly Base Rent shall be adjusted accordingly.

3.     Right of First Refusal . Effective as of the Expansion Date (as defined below), the Premises are expanded to include the space described on Exhibit B attached hereto (the “ Expansion Premises ”), which Expansion Premises consist of approximately 6,282 rentable square feet.

4.     Term for Expansion Space . The term for the Expansion Space shall commence upon August 1, 2013 (the “ Expansion Date ”) and shall expire, without the necessity of any notice from either party, on April 30, 2018. Upon the Expansion Date, the Expansion Space shall be considered a part of the Premises for all purposes, except Base Rental shall be payable for the Expansion Space as set forth herein.

5.     Base Rent . In addition to the Base Rent payable pursuant to Section 5.1(a) of the Lease and all other Rent payable thereunder, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the Expansion Space in accordance with the following table:

 

Time Period

   Annual Base Rent/RSF      RSF      Monthly Base Rent  

Expansion Date-07/30/2014

   $ 16.50        6,282      $ 8,637.75  

08/01/2014-07/30/2015

   $ 17.00        6,282      $ 8,899.50  

08/01/2015-07/30/2016

   $ 17.50        6,282      $ 9,161.25  

08/01/2016-07/30/2017

   $ 18.00        6,282      $ 9,423.00  

08/01/2017-04/30/2018

   $ 18.50        6,282      $ 9,684.75  

Notwithstanding anything in the above Section  4 to the contrary, applicable monthly Base Rent only for the Expansion Premises shall be abated for the months of August, 2014 and August, 2015 (the “ Expansion Space Rent Abatement Period ”); provided, however, all other payments

 

-2-


required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the Lease for the Premises and the Expansion Space shall remain due and payable during the Expansion Space Rent Abatement Period. If at any time during the initial Term Landlord terminates this Lease as a result of an Event of Default of a monetary nature hereunder, the abatement of Base Rent for the Expansion Space provided for herein shall immediately become void, and Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord, in addition to all other amounts due to Landlord under the Lease, the full amount of all Base Rent for the Expansion Space herein abated, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full calendar months remaining in the Term for the Expansion Space as of the date Landlord terminates this Lease as a result of an Event of Default of a monetary nature and the denominator of which is 57.

6.     Tenant s Pro Rata Share . Upon the Effective Date, and subject to adjustment as stated in Section 2 of this Amendment, Landlord and Tenant agree that (i) Tenant’s Pro Rata Share is equal to 19.1839% for all purposes, (ii) upon the Expansion Date (assuming it occurs prior to the Phase 2 Commencement Date, the Premises shall contain 43,127 Rentable Square Feet, and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share shall be equal to 22.4547% for all purposes and (iii) upon the Phase 2 Commencement Date, the Premises shall contain 44,633 Rentable Square Feet and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share shall be equal to 23.2388% for all purposes.

7.     Letter of Credit . As of the Expansion Date, The amount of letter of credit required pursuant to Section 6(a) of the Lease shall be increased by $75,000.00 to $734,637.27, and Tenant shall deliver a new letter of credit in such amount to Landlord on or prior to such date. Failure to do so shall constitute an Event of Default under the Lease.

8.     Tenant Improvements. Allowances; As Is.

(a)    The construction in the Expansion Premises shall be performed in accordance with Exhibit D attached to the Lease as if references to the Premises therein were references to the Expansion Premises. Landlord shall oversee and manage the construction of the Tenant Improvements to the 6,282 rentable square feet in the Expansion Premises utilizing the general contractor selected solely at Tenant’s discretion as provided for in Exhibit D to the Lease and in compliance with the “Final Plans” (as defined in Exhibit D ), in accordance with, and subject to, the terms and conditions of the Tenant Improvement Letter attached to the Lease as Exhibit D . Landlord’s construction shall not include any personal property, furniture, fixtures and equipment of Tenant.

(b)    Subject to Exhibit D to the Lease and provided no Event of Default (it being agreed that if such Event of Default shall be cured by Tenant prior to Landlord’s exercise of the Landlord’s remedies specified in Section 23.2, (a), and/or (b) of the Lease, then Tenant shall be entitled to the Expansion Tenant Improvement Allowance), Landlord shall make available to Tenant $219,870.00 (the “ Expansion Tenant Improvement Allowance ”) (calculated as $35.00 for each of 6,282 Rentable Square Feet) to be used in the Expansion Space for and in connection with (i) the purchase, installation and construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Expansion Space, (ii) space planning, architectural and engineering expenses related to the Tenant Improvements in the Expansion Space, (iii) plan review, permits, inspections and other governmental

 

-3-


requirements and approvals relating to the Tenant Improvements in the Expansion Space, (iv) construction management services relating to the Tenant Improvements in the Expansion Space, and (v) any and all costs, expenses, fees and charges incurred in connection with the Tenant Improvements in the Expansion Space and/or the items described in (i) through (iv) above. If the Expansion Tenant Improvement Allowance is insufficient to defray the entire cost of the Tenant Improvements, the balance shall be paid entirely by Tenant pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in Exhibit D to the Lease; provided, however, Tenant will not be required to pay any amount until the Landlord has paid the Expansion Tenant Improvement Allowance stated above less retainage equaling ten percent (10%) of the total cost of constructing the Tenant Improvements in the Expansion Premises, which shall be deliberately withheld until completion to assure that the contractor and/or subcontractors satisfy their obligations in performing the approved improvements and/or approved work related thereto. Landlord has no obligation to advance more than the Expansion Tenant Improvement Allowance for any items under any circumstances.

(c)     AS-IS . TENANT AGREES THAT IT IS NOT RELYING ON ANY WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION MADE BY LANDLORD, LANDLORD’S AGENTS, OR ANY BROKER CONCERNING THE USE OR CONDITION OF THE EXPANSION PREMISES, COMMON AREAS OR THE PROPERTY. TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT IT HAS INSPECTED THE EXPANSION PREMISES AND THAT IT ACCEPTS THE EXPANSION PREMISES IN THEIR PRESENT “AS-IS, WHERE IS” PHYSICAL CONDITION, WITHOUT ANY OBLIGATION BY LANDLORD TO PAINT, REDECORATE, OR PERFORM ANY OTHER WORK IN, ON OR ABOUT THE EXPANSION PREMISES AT ANY TIME, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH IN THIS LEASE. LANDLORD, ANY AGENT OF LANDLORD AND ANY BROKER HAVE NOT MADE, AND WILL NOT MAKE, ANY WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE EXPANSION PREMISES, THE BUILDING, COMMON AREAS OR ANY OTHER PORTION OF THE PROPERTY. LANDLORD EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF SUITABILITY, HABITABILITY OR MERCHANTABILITY ; IT BEING UNDERSTOOD THAT THE FOREGOING SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED TO DIMINISH THE OBLIGATIONS OF LANDLORD THAT ARE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AMENDMENT .

9.     Entire Agreement . This Amendment supersedes and cancels any and all previous statements, negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter of this Amendment. The Lease and this Amendment constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter of the Lease and this Amendment. There are no representations, understandings, stipulations, agreements, warranties or promises (express or implied, oral or written) between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter of this Amendment or the Lease. It is likewise agreed that the Lease and this Amendment may not be altered, amended, modified or extended except by an instrument in writing signed by both Landlord and Tenant.

 

-4-


10.     Status of Lease . The Lease, as amended by this Amendment, is in full force and effect and is binding upon and enforceable by Landlord and Tenant in accordance with its terms. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Lease and the terms and conditions in this Amendment, the terms and conditions of this Amendment shall control. This Amendment shall become effective only after the full execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant.

EXECUTED effective as of the Effective Date.

 

LANDLORD:   
NEW TPG-FOUR POINTS, L.P.,   
a Texas limited partnership   
By:    TPG-NEW FP GP, LLC,   
   a Delaware limited liability company   
   Its: General Partner   
   By:    Thomas Properties Group, L.P.,   
      a Maryland limited partnership   
      Its: Manager   
      By:    Thomas Properties Group, Inc.,   
         a Delaware corporation   
         Its: General Partner   
         By:   

/s/ Randall L. Scott

  
         Name:   

Randall L. Scott

  
         Title:   

Authorized Signatory

  
         Date:    May 28, 2013   

 

-5-


TENANT:
SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Cam McMartin

Name:  

Cam McMartin

Title:  

Chief Financial Officer

Date:   May 22, 2013

 

-6-


EXHIBIT A

PHASE 1/PHASE 2 MUST TAKE PREMISES

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

EXPANSION SPACE

 

LOGO

LOGO   

EXHIBIT 10.23

 

Tenant: SailPoint Technologies, Inc.

Premises: Four Points, Suites 2-100, 2-221, 2-222 & 2-250

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of October 2, 2017, by and between G&I VII FOUR POINTS LP , a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

A. Landlord, as successor-in-interest to New TPG-Four Points, L.P. and Tenant are parties to an Office Lease (“ Original Lease ”) dated July 3, 2012, as amended by a First Amendment to Office Lease dated as of May 28, 2013 (the Original Lease as so amended is referred to herein as the “ Current Lease ”), for the Premises deemed to contain 44,633 rentable square feet of space presently known as Suites 2-100, 2-221, 2-222, and 2-250 in the Building located at 11305 Four Points Drive, Austin, Texas 78726. The Current Lease as amended by this Amendment is referred to herein as the “ Lease ”.

B. Tenant and BDN Four Points Land LP have executed a lease agreement (“ Four Points 3 Lease ”) for premises at Four Points 3, 11120 Four Points Drive, Austin, Texas 78726 contemporaneously with the execution of this Amendment.

C. The Term currently expires on April 30, 2018. Landlord and Tenant wish to amend the Current Lease to extend the Term upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Incorporation of Recitals; Definitions . The recitals set forth above are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if set forth in full in the body of this Amendment. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Amendment have the respective meanings given to them in the Current Lease.

2. Term . The Term is hereby extended through the date (“ Expiration Date ”) that is twenty (20) business days after the Commencement Date (as defined in the Four Points 3 Lease); provided, however, if the Four Points 3 Lease is terminated prior to such Commencement Date for any reason, then the Expiration Date will be the 12-month anniversary of the effective date of such termination of the Four Points 3 Lease. Exhibit G to the Original Lease (Addendum) is hereby deleted in its entirety.

3. Base Rent .

(a) Effective on May 1, 2018, Tenant covenants and agrees to pay to Landlord, except as specifically provided for otherwise in the Lease without notice, demand, setoff, deduction, or counterclaim, Base Rent during the Term as follows, payable in the monthly installments set forth below and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Lease; provided, however, notwithstanding the dates and amounts set forth below, this Lease shall terminate effective on the Expiration Date, and no Base Rent shall be due beyond the Expiration Date :

 

Time Period

   Annual Base Rent Per
Rentable Square Foot of
Premises
     Annualized Base Rent      Monthly Base Rent  

5/1/18 – 4/30/19

   $ 21.50      $ 959,609.50      $ 79,967.46  

5/1/19 – 4/30/20

   $ 22.15      $ 988,620.95      $ 82,385.08  

5/1/20 – 4/30/21

   $ 22.81      $ 1,018,078.73      $ 84,839.89  

(b) All Rent payments must be made by electronic funds transfer as follows (or as otherwise directed in writing by Landlord to Tenant from time to time): (i) ACH debit of funds; or (ii) ACH credit of immediately available funds to an account designated by Landlord. “ ACH ” means Automated Clearing House network or similar system designated by Landlord. All Rent payments must include the Building number and the Lease number, which numbers will be provided to Tenant.


4. Condition of Premises . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that except as specifically provided for otherwise in the Lease Landlord has no obligation under the Lease to make any improvements to or perform any work in the Premises, and Tenant accepts the Premises in their current “AS IS” condition subject to Landlord’s obligations in the Lease. Section 8.2 (Allowances) of the Original Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety, and Tenant acknowledges and agrees Landlord has no obligation under the Lease to provide any improvement allowance.

5. Right of Entry . Section 16.1(c) of the Original Lease is hereby amended by deleting “(but only during the last twelve months of the Term of this Lease)”.

6. Utilities . For any separately metered utilities, Landlord is hereby authorized to request and obtain, on behalf of Tenant, Tenant’s utility consumption data from the applicable utility provider for informational purposes and to enable Landlord to obtain full building Energy Star scoring for the Building. Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning will be furnished to the Premises on Saturdays only upon Tenant’s prior request to Landlord received no later than noon on the preceding business day, provided Tenant remains responsible for after-hours charges for service outside of Normal Working Hours pursuant to the terms of the Lease.

7. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that such representing party has had no dealings, negotiations, or consultations with respect to the Premises or this transaction with any broker or finder other than a Landlord affiliate and Cushman & Wakefield U.S., Inc. (“ Broker ”). Each party must indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the other from and against any and all liability, cost, and expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs), arising from any misrepresentation or breach of warranty under this Section. Landlord must pay Broker a commission in connection with this Amendment pursuant to the terms of a separate written agreement between Landlord and Broker. This Section will survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.

8. Notices . Wherever in this Lease it is required or permitted that notice or demand be given or served by either party to this Lease to or on the other party, such notice or demand will be duly given or served in writing and either: (i) personally served; (ii) delivered by prepaid nationally recognized courier service ( e.g. , Federal Express, UPS, and USPS) with evidence of receipt required for delivery; (iii) delivered by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) if an email address is provided by the recipient, emailed with written confirmation of receipt sent directly by the recipient to the sender; in all such cases addressed to the parties at the addresses set forth below, except that prior to the Commencement Date, notices to Tenant shall be sent to Tenant at the address set forth below. Each such notice will be deemed to have been given to or served upon the party to which addressed on the date the same is delivered or delivery is refused. Each party has the right to change its email or street address for notices (provided such new street address is in the continental United States), and/or add another party/parties to receive a copy of the notice or demand or delete a party/parties previously named to receive a copy of the notice or demand by a writing sent to the other party in accordance with this Section, and each party will, if requested in writing, within 10 days confirm to the other its notice address. Notices from Landlord may be given by either an agent or attorney acting on behalf of Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (a) any notice from Landlord to Tenant regarding ordinary business operations ( e.g. , exercise of a right of access to the Premises, notice of maintenance activities or Landlord access, etc. but excluding changes in rules and regulations) may be given by written notice left at the Premises or delivered by regular mail, facsimile, or electronic means (such as email) to any person at the Premises whom Landlord reasonably believes is authorized to receive such notice on behalf of Tenant without copies; and (b) invoices, notices of change in billing or notice address, statements of estimated or reconciliation of Operating Expenses and/or utilities, and changes to the rules and regulations may be sent by regular mail or electronic means (such as email) to Tenant’s billing contact. Section 32.5 of the Original Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety.

 

Tenant:   

SailPoint Technologies, Inc.

Attn: Amy Williams, Director, Operations

11305 Four Points Dr., Suite 100

Austin, TX 78726

Phone: (512) 664-8512

Email for billing contact: amy.williams@sailpoint.com

Landlord:   

G&I VII Four Points LP

c/o Brandywine Realty Trust

Attn: General Manager

111 Congress Ave., Suite 3000

Austin, TX 78701

  

With a copy to:

Email: Legal.Notices@bdnreit.com

 

2


9. Effect of Amendment; Ratification . Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that, except as provided in this Amendment, the Current Lease has not been modified, amended, canceled, terminated, released, superseded, or otherwise rendered of no force or effect. The Current Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed by the parties hereto, and every provision, covenant, condition, obligation, right, term, and power contained in and under the Current Lease continues in full force and effect, affected by this Amendment only to the extent of the amendments and modifications set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions of this Amendment and those of the Current Lease, the terms and conditions of this Amendment control. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Landlord and Tenant hereby waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by either against the other on any matter arising out of or in any way connected with the Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Building, any claim or injury or damage, or any emergency or other statutory remedy with respect thereto.

10. Representations . Each of Landlord and Tenant represents and warrants to the other that the individual executing this Amendment on such party’s behalf is authorized to do so, and that to such party’s knowledge there are no defaults by the other under the Current Lease, nor any event that with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, will constitute a default under the Current Lease.

11. Press Releases; Confidentiality . Landlord shall have the right, to the extent required to be disclosed by Landlord or Landlord’s affiliates in connection with securities filings, without notice to Tenant to include in such securities filings general information relating to the Lease, including, without limitation, Tenant’s name, the Building, and the square footage of the Premises. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, neither Tenant nor Landlord shall issue, or permit any broker, representative, or agent representing either party in connection with the Lease to issue, any press release or other public disclosure regarding the specific terms of the Lease (or any amendments or modifications hereof), without the prior written approval of the other party. The parties acknowledge that the transaction described in the Lease and the terms hereof are of a confidential nature and shall not be disclosed except to such party’s employees, attorneys, accountants, consultants, advisors, affiliates, and actual and prospective purchasers, lenders, investors, subtenants and assignees (collectively, “ Permitted Parties ”), and except as, in the good faith judgment of Landlord or Tenant, may be required to enable Landlord or Tenant to comply with its obligations under law or under rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Neither party may make any public disclosure of the specific terms of the Lease, except as required by law or as otherwise provided in this paragraph. In connection with the negotiation of the Lease and the preparation for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, each party acknowledges that it will have had access to confidential information relating to the other party. Each party shall treat such information and shall cause its Permitted Parties to treat such confidential information as confidential, and shall preserve the confidentiality thereof except as provided for in this paragraph, and not duplicate or use such information, except by Permitted Parties. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Landlord agrees to not disclose any of Tenant’s financial information to any party not subject to: (i) the Confidentiality Agreement previously entered into by Landlord and Tenant or (ii) any Confidentiality Agreement entered into by Landlord and Tenant in the future.

12. Counterparts; Electronic Transmittal . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when taken together will be deemed to be one and the same instrument. The parties acknowledge and agree that notwithstanding any law or presumption to the contrary, the exchange of copies of this Amendment and signature pages by electronic transmission will constitute effective execution and delivery of this Amendment for all purposes, and signatures of the parties hereto transmitted and/or produced electronically will be deemed to be their original signature for all purposes.

13. OFAC . Each party hereto represents and warrants to the other that such party is not a party with whom the other is prohibited from doing business pursuant to the regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, including those parties named on OFAC’s Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List. Each party hereto is currently in compliance with, and shall at all times during the Term remain in compliance with, the regulations of OFAC and any other governmental requirement relating thereto. Each party hereto shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the other from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, risks, liabilities, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) incurred by the other to the extent arising from or related to any breach of the foregoing certifications. The foregoing indemnity obligations will survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

 

3


[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first-above written.

 

LANDLORD:
G&I VII FOUR POINTS LP
By:   G&I VII Four Points GP LLC, its general partner
  By:   G&I VII Austin Office LLC, its sole member
    By:   BDN Austin Properties LLC, its operating manager
      By:  

/s/ William D. Redd

      Name:   William D. Redd
      Title:   Executive Vice President
      Date:   10/2/17
TENANT:
SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Cam McMartin

Name:   Cam McMartin
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
Date:   10/2/17

 

5

EXHIBIT 10.24

 

LOGO   

Tenant: SailPoint Technologies, Inc.

Premises: Four Points Centre 3

LEASE

THIS LEASE (this “ Lease ”) is entered into as of the Execution Date, between BDN FOUR POINTS LAND LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

In consideration of the mutual covenants stated below, and intending to be legally bound, the parties covenant and agree as follows:

1. KEY DEFINED TERMS.

(a) “ Abatement Period ” means, collectively, the First Abatement Period, the Second Abatement Period, and the Third Abatement Period (as such terms are defined in Section 4(e) below).

(b) “ Additional Rent ” means all costs and expenses other than Fixed Rent that Tenant is obligated to pay Landlord pursuant to this Lease.

(c) “ BOMA Standard ” means the American National Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings, ANSI/BOMA Z65.1 – 2010, Method A published by the Building Owners and Managers Association International. All measurements under this Lease, including without limitation for the Premises and the Building, shall be made under the BOMA Standard.

(d) “ Broker ” means Cushman & Wakefield U.S., Inc.

(e) “ Building ” means the four (4)-story building to be constructed on the Land by Landlord and known as Four Points Centre 3 at 11120 Four Points Drive, Austin, Texas 78726.

(f) “ Building Holidays ” means the holidays for the Building, which currently are New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day.

(g) “ Business Hours ” means the hours of 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. on weekdays, excluding Building Holidays.

(h) “ Class A Projects ” means multitenant class A office projects in the geographical area shown as the shaded area on Exhibit H attached hereto.

(i) “ Commencement Date ” means the date that is the earlier of: (i) the date on which Tenant first conducts any business in all or any portion of the Premises; or (ii) the later of Substantial Completion (as defined in Exhibit C ) in the Premises or May 1, 2018. For purposes of determining whether Tenant is conducting business in all or any portion of the Initial Premises, and/or the First Must-Take Premises, and/or the Second Must-Take Premises, the parties acknowledge that neither the mere use of the corridors in all or any portion of the Initial Premises, and/or the First Must-Take Premises, and/or the Second Must-Take Premises for circulation through such space, nor the presence of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, and equipment in all or any portion of such space shall constitute Tenant’s conducting business therein.

(j) “ Common Areas ” means, to the extent applicable, the lobby, parking facilities, passenger elevators, rooftop terrace, plaza and sidewalk areas, multi-tenanted floor restrooms, and other similar areas of general access at the Project or designated for the benefit of Building tenants, and the areas on multi-tenant floors in the Building devoted to corridors, elevator lobbies, and other similar facilities serving the Premises.

(k) “ Expiration Date ” means the last day of the Term, or such earlier date of termination of this Lease pursuant to the terms hereof.

(l) “ First Must-Take Premises ” means Suite 300 consisting of a portion of the third (3 rd ) floor in the Building, as shown on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto, which is deemed to contain 20,784 rentable square feet of Rentable Floor Area, subject to adjustment and verification as provided in Section 3 below.


(m) “ Fixed Rent ” means fixed rent in the amounts set forth below for each respective time period per rentable square foot in the Premises, payable in accordance with Section 4 below, but expressly subject to Sections 4(e) – (h) below:

 

TIME PERIOD

   ANNUAL FIXED RENT
PER R.S.F.
 

Commencement Date – end of First Abatement Period

   $ 0.00  

Fixed Rent Start Date – end of Rent Period 1

   $ 24.90  

Rent Period 2

   $ 25.65  

Rent Period 3

   $ 26.42  

Rent Period 4

   $ 27.21  

Rent Period 5

   $ 28.03  

Rent Period 6

   $ 28.87  

Rent Period 7

   $ 29.74  

Rent Period 8

   $ 30.63  

Rent Period 9

   $ 31.55  

Rent Period 10

   $ 32.50  

Rent Period 11 – End of Initial Term

   $ 33.48  

(n) “ Fixed Rent Start Date ” means the day immediately following the end of the First Abatement Period.

(o) “ Initial Premises ” means the premises presently known as Suite 100, Suite 200, and Suite 400, consisting of all of the rentable square footage on the 1 st , 2 nd , and 4 th floors in the Building, as shown on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto, which is deemed to contain 123,251 rentable square feet of Rentable Floor Area (as defined in Section 1(y) below), subject to adjustment and verification as provided in Section 3 below.

(p) “ Initial Term ” means the period commencing on the Commencement Date, and ending at 11:59 p.m. on: (i) if the Fixed Rent Start Date is the first day of a calendar month, the day immediately prior to the 120-month anniversary of the Fixed Rent Start Date; or (ii) if the Fixed Rent Start Date is not the first day of a calendar month, the last day of the calendar month containing the 120-month anniversary of the Fixed Rent Start Date.

(q) “ Land ” means the real property described on Exhibit A-2 attached hereto.

(r) “ Laws ” means applicable federal, state, county, and local governmental and municipal laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, codes, decrees, orders, and other such requirements, and decisions by courts in cases where such decisions are considered binding precedents in the state or commonwealth in which the Premises are located (“ State ”), and decisions of federal courts applying the laws of the State, including without limitation Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. §12181 et seq. and its regulations.

(s) “ LOC ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4 hereof.

(t) “ Parking Garage ” means the multilevel parking garage shown in Exhibit F which will be constructed on the Land in conjunction with the construction of the Building. Landlord agrees to diligently pursue Substantial Completion of the Parking Garage on or before the Goal Substantial Completion Date (as defined in Section 2(d) of this Lease).

 

2


(u) “ Premises ” means, collectively, the Initial Premises, the First Must-Take Premises, and the Second Must-Take Premises, which are deemed to contain 164,818 rentable square feet of Rentable Floor Area in the aggregate, subject to adjustment and verification as provided in Section 3 below.

(v) “ Project ” means the Building, Parking Garage, and the Land, and includes all Common Areas.

(w) “ Rent ” means Fixed Rent and Additional Rent. Landlord may apply payments received from Tenant to any obligations of Tenant then due and owing without regard to any contrary Tenant instructions or requests. Additional Rent shall be paid by Tenant in the same manner as Fixed Rent, without setoff, deduction, or counterclaim except as provided for herein.

(x) “ Rent Period ” means, with respect to the first Rent Period, the period that begins on the Commencement Date and ends on the last day of the calendar month preceding the month in which the first anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs; thereafter each succeeding Rent Period shall commence on the day following the end of the preceding Rent Period, and shall extend for 12 consecutive months.

(y) “ Rentable Floor Area ” means the rentable area(s) determined by the BOMA Standard. The Rentable Floor Area of the Building shall be certified in a written notice by Merriman Anderson (“ Landlord’s Architect ”) to Landlord and Tenant as set forth in Section 3(b) , but is hereby estimated to be 164,818 rentable square feet. The current load factors are: 1.0470 for the 1 st floor, 1.0439 for the 2 nd floor, 1.0429 for the 3 rd floor, and 1.0430 for the 4 th floor; all load factors are subject to change pursuant to the BOMA Standard.

(z) “ Second Must-Take Premises ” means Suite 350 consisting of a portion of the third (3 rd ) floor in the Building, as shown on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto, which is deemed to contain 20,783 rentable square feet of Rentable Floor Area, subject to adjustment and verification as provided in Section 3 below.

(aa) “ Tenant’s NAICS Codes ” currently means Tenant’s 6-digit North American Industry Classification numbers under the North American Industry Classification System as promulgated by the Executive Office of the President, Office of Management and Budget, which are 511210, and 518210. Tenant’s NAICS Code(s) may change during the Term.

(bb) “ Term ” means the Initial Term together with any extension of the term of this Lease agreed to by the parties in writing.

(cc) “ Usable Floor Area ” means actual, measurable usable floor area based on the BOMA Standard.

(dd) “ Execution Date ” means the date that is the later of Tenant’s and Landlord’s execution of this Lease, as evidenced by their signatures below.

2. PREMISES.

(a) Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the Premises for the Term subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease. Tenant accepts the Premises in their “AS IS”, “WHERE IS”, “WITH ALL FAULTS” condition, subject to Section 6 of Exhibit C and except that Landlord shall complete: (i) Landlord’s Work pursuant to this Section 2 ; and (ii) the Leasehold Improvements pursuant to Exhibit C attached hereto and further, Landlord shall perform all of its obligations under this Lease.

(b) At Landlord’s sole cost and expense (and not applied to the Improvement Allowance (as defined in Exhibit C )), Landlord shall complete the work necessary to deliver the completed construction shown and/or described in the plans and specifications in: (I) the Base Building Construction Documents (as defined in Exhibit C ); and (II)  Exhibit F attached hereto, and not otherwise designated as Tenant’s work or as part of the Improvement Allowance, subject to modifications as Landlord may require in its commercially reasonable judgment, but subject to the limitations for changes described in (i) and (ii) below in this paragraph (“ Landlord’s Work ”). A reasonable approximation of the Project to be constructed is shown on the preliminary renderings

 

3


attached hereto as Exhibit J . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, all of the plans and specifications in the Base Building Construction Documents or attached hereto as Exhibit F are subject to modifications without Tenant’s consent to the extent either: (i) required by the City of Austin or to comply with Laws, or otherwise necessary to obtain a certificate of occupancy; or (ii) each such modification does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use or enjoyment of the Premises in any material manner or negatively impact the overall aesthetics of the Building in a material manner or cause the cost of Leasehold Improvements to increase unless Landlord shall increase the Improvement Allowance to pay for such additional cost; all other modifications to Exhibit F require Tenant’s prior consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed.

(c) Landlord agrees to diligently pursue Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work (as such phrase is defined below) substantially in accordance with the Base Building Construction Documents (as defined in Exhibit C ). Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to commence and diligently prosecute to completion Landlord’s Work. Landlord obtained a full and final site development permit for Landlord’s Work on September 20, 2017. “ Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work ” means the substantial completion of Landlord’s Work, as evidenced by a (i) Certificate of Substantial Completion on AIA Document G704-2000 issued by Landlord’s Architect, and (ii) the receipt by Landlord of a temporary or permanent Certificate of Occupancy issued by the City of Austin for the Building and Parking Garage.

(d) The “ Goal Substantial Completion Date ” means the date that is 16 months after the Execution Date, provided the Goal Substantial Completion Date shall be pushed back on a day-for-day basis for each day that Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work is delayed due to a Permitting Force Majeure Event (as defined below) or a Tenant Delay (as defined in Exhibit C ). Provided there is no outstanding Event of Default, if Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work does not occur on or before the Goal Substantial Completion Date, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein: (i) from and after the Fixed Rent Start Date, Tenant shall receive 1 day’s abatement of Rent for the Initial Premises for each day that elapses after the Goal Substantial Completion Date until Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work occurs, and the Term shall be extended by the same number of days; provided, however, the 1 day’s abatement shall increase to 1.5 days’ abatement of Rent for the Initial Premises from and after 60 days of such delay, and then shall increase to 2 days’ abatement of Rent for the Initial Premises from and after 90 days of such delay (the total sum of the monetary amount so abated, but for no more than 180 days, is the “ Penalty Abated Rent Amount ”); and (ii) if Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work does not occur within 180 days after the Goal Substantial Completion Date, then provided there is no outstanding Event of Default, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by providing at least 30 days’ written notice to Landlord (“ Tenant’s Non-Substantial Completion Termination Notice ”) received within 195 days after the Goal Substantial Completion Date, in which case Landlord shall return to Tenant the then-existing LOC held by Landlord within five (5) business days after the effective date of such termination, provided this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and Tenant shall no longer have the right to terminate this Lease if Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work occurs within 30 days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Non-Substantial Completion Termination Notice. If Tenant terminates this Lease pursuant to this Section 2(d) , then at Tenant’s option by written notice to Landlord within 30 days after such termination, within 30 days after receipt of invoice(s) therefor, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for rents (base rent and operating expenses) paid to its landlord(s) for office space in Austin (regardless of whether Landlord is affiliated with such landlord(s)) during the 12-month period immediately following the Non-Substantial Completion Termination Date, in an amount which is the lesser of: (A) the actual amount of rents (base rent and operating expenses) paid during the 12-month period; or (B) the Penalty Abated Rent Amount. A “ Permitting Force Majeure Event ” means the occurrence of strikes or other labor disputes, orders, or regulations of any federal, state, county or municipal authority, embargoes, fire or other casualty, acts of terrorism or war, inability to obtain any materials or services, acts of God, and any other extraordinary event or circumstance beyond Landlord’s control, which is not normally associated with or reasonably foreseeable in a project of the nature described herein (taking into account Landlord’s knowledge of the Building site and due diligence including, without limitation, environmental due diligence, available to it through such date, to date), to the extent not caused by the fault or negligence of Landlord or anyone under contract, directly or indirectly, with Landlord, and also specifically including delays resulting from the City of Austin’s failure to issue a temporary certificate of occupancy so long as such failure does not preclude Landlord and its contractors and agents from entering the Building to complete the Leasehold Improvements and so long as Landlord’s inability to obtain the temporary certificate of occupancy for the Building and/or the Parking Garage does not prevent Landlord from obtaining a temporary or permanent certificate of occupancy for the Premises, including, but not limited to, the completion of Leasehold Improvements.

 

4


3. TERM; USABLE AREA; RENTABLE AREA.

(a) The Initial Term shall commence on the Commencement Date. The terms and provisions of this Lease are binding on the parties upon Tenant’s and Landlord’s execution of this Lease notwithstanding a later Commencement Date for the Initial Term. The Rentable Floor Area of the Premises and the Building shall be deemed to be as stated in Section 1 , subject to Section 3(b) below.

(b) Landlord has caused Landlord’s Architect to determine the preliminary measurements of the Initial Premises, the First Must-Take Premises, and the Second Must-Take Premises required to calculate the Usable Floor Area and Rentable Floor Area of the Initial Premises, the First Must-Take Premises, the Second Must-Take Premises, and the Building which preliminary floor areas are set forth in Section 1 of this Lease. Upon Substantial Completion of: (i) Landlord’s Work; and (ii) the Leasehold Improvements (as defined in Exhibit C of this Lease), Landlord shall have Landlord’s Architect determine the final Usable Floor Area and Rentable Floor Area of the Initial Premises, the First Must-Take Premises, the Second Must-Take Premises, and the Building in accordance with the BOMA Standard utilizing the current load factors stated in Section 1(y) , for each of the applicable floors, and provide Landlord and Tenant a written certification of such Usable and Rentable Floor Areas. Subject to the preceding sentence, Landlord’s Architect’s final determination of the Rentable Floor Area and Usable Floor Area of the Initial Premises, the First Must-Take Premises, the Second Must-Take Premises, and the Building shall be deemed to be conclusive for all purposes hereunder, and if such rentable square footages differ from what is stated in this Lease, then all applicable computations made under this Lease based upon or affected by such rentable square footages will be recomputed to reflect such measurement, and the parties will enter into an amendment to this Lease, in form provided by Landlord, memorializing the foregoing.

(c) By the Confirmation of Lease Term substantially in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto (“ COLT ”), Landlord shall notify Tenant of the Commencement Date, Rentable Floor Area of the Initial Premises, the First Must-Take Premises, and the Second Must-Take Premises once determined as provided for in this Section 3 , and all other matters stated therein. The COLT shall be conclusive and binding on Tenant as to all matters set forth therein unless, within 10 days following delivery of the COLT to Tenant, Tenant contests any of the matters contained therein by notifying Landlord in writing of Tenant’s objections.

4. FIXED RENT; LATE FEE; LETTER OF CREDIT; ABATEMENT PERIOD.

(a) Except as specifically set forth otherwise in this Lease, Tenant covenants and agrees to pay to Landlord during the Term, without notice, demand, setoff, deduction, or counterclaim, Fixed Rent in the annual amounts set forth in Section 1 per rentable square foot of the Premises (subject to the methodology for determining the Rentable Floor Area in the Premises as specified in this Lease), payable in monthly installments equal to 1/12 of the annual amount. The monthly amount of Fixed Rent, and the monthly amount of Estimated Operating Expenses as set forth in Section 5 , shall be payable to Landlord in advance on or before (at Tenant’s sole discretion) the first day of each month of the Term. If the Fixed Rent Start Date is not the first day of a calendar month, then the Fixed Rent due for the partial month commencing on the Fixed Rent Start Date shall be prorated based on the number of days in such month. All Rent payments shall be made by electronic funds transfer as follows (or as otherwise directed in writing by Landlord to Tenant from time to time): (i) ACH debit of funds, or (ii) ACH credit of immediately available funds to an account designated by Landlord. “ ACH ” means Automated Clearing House network or similar system designated by Landlord. All Rent payments shall include the Building number and the Lease number, which numbers will be provided to Tenant in the COLT.

(b) No later than the Commencement Date of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the monthly Fixed Rent and monthly amount of Estimated Operating Expenses for the first full calendar month after the First Abatement Period, and within 5 business days after full execution and delivery of this Lease deliver to Landlord the LOC in the face amount of the LOC Amount (per Section 4(d) ).

(c) If Landlord does not receive the full payment from Tenant of any Rent when due under this Lease (without regard to any notice and/or cure period to which Tenant might be entitled), Tenant shall also pay to Landlord as Additional Rent a late fee in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of such overdue amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon Tenant’s written request, Landlord shall waive the above-referenced late fee 1 time during any 12 consecutive months of the Term provided Tenant makes the required payment within 3 business

 

5


days after receipt of written notice of such late payment. With respect to any Rent payment (whether it be by check, ACH/wire, or other method) that is returned unpaid for any reason, Landlord shall have the right to assess a reasonable fee to Tenant as Additional Rent, which fee is currently $40.00 per returned payment.

(d) As security for the prompt and complete performance by Tenant of each and every provision of this Lease but subject to the terms below, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, within 5 business days after full execution and delivery of this Lease, an irrevocable, automatically renewing, and unconditional standby letter of credit issued by LOC Bank (as defined below) in the face amount of the LOC Amount, which shall be in the form attached as Exhibit E or otherwise in form acceptable to Landlord (“ LOC ”). The “ LOC Amount ” initially means $2,000,000.00. Effective on the date (“ LOC Increase Date ”) that is 5 days after Tenant receives written notice from Landlord that the Pier Start Date has occurred, the “ LOC Amount ” means $6,000,000.00. The “ Pier Start Date ” means the date on which installation for the first pier for Landlord’s Work commences. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, by no later than the LOC Increase Date, a new LOC in the amount of $6,000,000.00, and within five (5) business days after receipt Landlord shall return to Tenant the then-existing LOC held by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (1) upon Tenant’s written notice to Landlord at any time after the 4-year anniversary of the Fixed Rent Start Date and provided there is no Event of Default at the time of Tenant’s notice with respect to any monetary obligations under this Lease, the LOC Amount shall decrease to $4,333,333.00, and Landlord shall return to Tenant the then-existing LOC held by Landlord in exchange for a new LOC for $4,333,333.00 within five (5) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the LOC for $4,333,333.00; (2) upon Tenant’s written notice to Landlord at any time after the 5-year anniversary of the Fixed Rent Start Date and provided there is no Event of Default at the time of Tenant’s notice with respect to any monetary obligations under this Lease, the LOC Amount shall decrease to $2,666,667.00, and Landlord shall return to Tenant the then-existing LOC held by Landlord in exchange for a new LOC for $2,666,667.00 within five (5) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the LOC for $2,666,667.00; and (3) upon Tenant’s written notice to Landlord at any time after the 6-year anniversary of the Fixed Rent Start Date and provided there is no Event of Default at the time of Tenant’s notice with respect to any monetary obligations under this Lease, the LOC Amount shall decrease to $1,000,000.00, and Landlord shall return to Tenant the then-existing LOC held by Landlord in exchange for a new LOC for $1,000,000.00 within five (5) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the LOC for $1,000,000.00. The LOC shall provide, inter alia, as follows: (i) the LOC shall be automatically renewing for the duration of the Term plus the subsequent 2 months with a minimum of 90 days’ prior written notice from LOC Bank to Landlord (a “ Non-Renewal Notice ”) to exercise an early termination right by LOC Bank (provided, however, the LOC may have a final expiry date so long as Tenant provides Landlord with a replacement LOC on or prior to the final expiry date); (ii) the LOC shall be fully transferrable to any successor or assignee of Landlord at no cost to Landlord and no cost to any such successor or assignee of Landlord unless Landlord and/or such successor or assignee initiates the action, including, but not limited to, a sale of the Project or any portion thereof or a financing or refinancing of the debt for the Project or any portion thereof, which causes the need for a transfer(s) (“ Landlord Transfer Action ”) in which event Landlord and/or such successor or assignee shall pay for the cost of the transfer(s) up to a maximum of $1,000.00 for any such transfer(s) within fifteen (15) days of the date Landlord receives Tenant’s invoice for the transfer(s); (iii) any draw or transfer of the LOC shall be permitted by overnight delivery to LOC Bank and shall not require a representative of Landlord to be present at such presentation or delivery to LOC Bank; (iv) any draws or transfers of the LOC shall only require signature by an authorized representative of Landlord as notarized by a notary public in the state in which Landlord’s authorized representative is located at the time of such signature, and Landlord shall provide a certificate that such representative is authorized to make such draw or transfer demand certified by the Secretary of Landlord or Landlord’s parent (or such Secretary’s designee or any general partner or member of Landlord); and (v) in no event shall any draw or transfer demand require a signature authentication of Landlord’s signatory by Landlord’s bank or any other authenticating organization (other than a public notary as provided in subsection (iv) above). Notwithstanding the foregoing requirements with respect to the LOC, any fee required to be paid to LOC Bank in connection with any transfer of the LOC by Landlord to any successor or assignee which is not the result of a Landlord Transfer Action shall be paid by Tenant within 30 days after receipt of invoice from Landlord. The LOC is in lieu of a cash security deposit. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the LOC shall constitute an independent contract between the LOC Bank and Landlord, and the proceeds of any draws by Landlord under the LOC shall not constitute property of Tenant as debtor in any bankruptcy proceeding. The proceeds of the LOC shall be held or applied by Landlord in its sole discretion to satisfy all or part of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and the receipt by Landlord of proceeds of the LOC under one or more draws hereunder shall not relieve Tenant of any obligations to make installment or other payments of Rent under this Lease, or otherwise discharge or release or relieve Tenant of compliance or performance of any monetary terms and conditions under this Lease.

 

6


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no draw of the LOC by Landlord shall exceed the amount determined by Landlord in its commercially reasonable discretion to be sufficient to pay for all losses and damages Landlord has suffered or Landlord reasonably estimates it will suffer as a result of any Event of Default by Tenant, including Rent that was not paid when due by Tenant. The delivery of the LOC and/or exercise by Landlord of its rights under such LOC shall not constitute liquidated damages or otherwise release, waive, or estop Landlord from asserting any and all claims, or exercising any and all rights and remedies Landlord has or may have with the passage of time under this Lease and applicable Law. The LOC shall expressly provide that Landlord (and/or its successors and assigns) is entitled to make one or more draws from time to time under the LOC, in whole or in part, and Landlord shall have such right under this Lease, upon delivery of a written statement to the issuer of the LOC that one or more of the following events has occurred: (A) an Event of Default has occurred and remains uncured on the date of the draw; (B) a petition has been filed by or against Tenant commencing a case under Title 11 of the United States Code or other state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency laws, as amended or reenacted with the passage of time; (C) following delivery of a Non-Renewal Notice or the final expiry date of the LOC, Tenant has failed to provide a replacement LOC which complies with the requirements specified in this Lease within 30 days after delivery of the Non-Renewal Notice or the final expiry date of the LOC; or (D) Tenant is obligated under this Lease to cause the delivery to Landlord of an amendment to the LOC or a replacement LOC, other than by reason of the delivery of a Non-Renewal Notice, and has failed to do so. Tenant shall procure the issuance of a replacement or amended LOC in the then-current LOC Amount concurrently with any assignment of this Lease by Tenant, or the vesting of this Lease in Tenant as a reorganized debtor or other successor emerging from bankruptcy, so as to assure the continued ability of Landlord to draw under the LOC as contemplated herein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, it shall be an automatic Event of Default if at any time during the Term there is no valid LOC. The use of the LOC by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other remedy provided by this Lease or by law and shall not operate as either liquidated damages or as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. Landlord shall return the LOC to the issuer thereof within 60 days after the later of the Expiration Date, Tenant’s surrender of possession of the Premises to Landlord in the condition required under this Lease, and Tenant’s payment of all outstanding Rent. If the LOC is drawn on by Landlord, Tenant shall, within 10 days after the written demand therefor is made by Landlord, restore the LOC to the then-current LOC Amount, less any proceeds of the LOC then held by Landlord but not yet applied to Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. For purposes herein, the “ LOC Bank ” means a bank or financial institution: (a) the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; (b) whose long-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt obligations are rated in the highest category by at least 2 of Fitch Ratings Ltd., Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or their respective successors (“ Rating Agencies ”); (c) which has a short term deposit rating in the highest category from at least 2 Rating Agencies; (d) which accepts overnight deliveries by nationally recognized overnight courier service ( e.g. , Federal Express); and (e) is otherwise acceptable to Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion and continues to be reasonably acceptable to Landlord for the duration of the Term plus the subsequent 2 months. Goldman Sachs Bank USA (“ GSBU ”) is hereby approved by Landlord as LOC Bank, and such approval shall remain in effect so long as GSBU meets the conditions described in (a) thru (d) in the preceding sentence. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, if there is a public offering of Tenant’s stock or an acquisition of Tenant, and as a result the financials of Tenant materially and significantly improve, Landlord agrees to work in good faith with Tenant to negotiate acceptable metrics to achieve conditions to further reduce the LOC Amount.

(e) The “ First Abatement Period ” means the period that begins on the Commencement Date and ends on the day immediately prior to the 3-month anniversary of the Commencement Date. During the First Abatement Period, no Fixed Rent is due or payable, but Tenant shall pay to Landlord: (i) Tenant’s Share (as defined in Section 5(a) ) of Operating Expenses; (ii) utilities as set forth in Section 6 with respect to only the Initial Premises; and (iii) all other amounts due Landlord with the exception of Fixed Rent and utilities with respect to the First Must-Take Premises and the Second Must-Take Premises.

(f) The “ Second Abatement Period ” means the period that begins on the day immediately following the end of the First Abatement Period, and ends on the day immediately prior to the First Must-Take Premises Start Date. The “ First Must-Take Premises Start Date ” means the date that is the earlier of: (A) the 9-month anniversary of the Commencement Date; or (B) the date, if any, on which Tenant elects to occupy and conduct business in all of the First Must-Take Premises as provided for in this paragraph. During the Second Abatement Period, no Fixed Rent is due or payable with respect to the First Must-Take Premises or the Second Must-Take Premises, but Tenant shall pay to Landlord: (I) Fixed Rent for the Initial Premises; (II) Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses; (III) utilities as set forth in Section 6 with respect to the Initial Premises; and (IV) all other amounts due Landlord with the exception of Fixed Rent and utilities for the First Must-Take Premises and the Second Must-Take Premises.

 

7


(g) The “ Third Abatement Period ” means the period that begins on the day immediately following the end of the Second Abatement Period, and ends on the day immediately prior to the Second Must-Take Premises Start Date. The “ Second Must-Take Premises Start Date ” means the date that is the earlier of: (y) the 18-month anniversary of the Commencement Date; or (z) the date, if any, on which Tenant elects to occupy and conduct business in all of the Second Must-Take Premises as provided for in this paragraph. During the Third Abatement Period, no Fixed Rent is due or payable with respect to the Second Must-Take Premises, but Tenant shall pay to Landlord: (1) Fixed Rent for the Initial Premises and the First Must-Take Premises; (2) Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses; (3) utilities as set forth in Section 6 with respect to the Initial Premises; and (4) all other amounts due Landlord with the exception of Fixed Rent and utilities for the Second Must-Take Premises.

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, Tenant may elect, in its sole discretion (but upon prior written notice(s) to Landlord (which notice(s) shall contain the Rentable Floor Area for the portion or all of the First Must-Take Premises and/or Second Must-Take Premises Tenant will occupy and conduct business therein, and the date on which Tenant will commence occupancy therein)), to occupy and conduct business in a portion or all of the First Must-Take Premises and/or Second Must-Take Premises following the Commencement Date but prior to the 9-month anniversary of the Commencement Date or the 18-month anniversary of the Commencement Date, respectively. If and when Tenant elects to occupy a portion(s) of the First Must-Take Premises and/or Second Must-Take Premises pursuant to the foregoing, the Rentable Floor Area of such portion(s) shall be included as part of the Premises in calculation of Fixed Rent even though the Second Abatement Period or Third Abatement Period, as applicable, is still in effect, and thus Fixed Rent is not abated with respect to such portion(s). Concurrently with the delivery of such notice, Tenant shall submit to Landlord the amount of Rent payable for the portion or all of the First Must-Take Premises and/or Second Must-Take Premises for which Tenant will occupy and conduct business therein for the first month following the expiration of the Second Abatement Period or Third Abatement Period, respectively. In the event of and upon such occupancy and conducting of Tenant’s business therein, Landlord and Tenant agree to appropriately amend this Lease to include the Rentable Floor Area, if any, Tenant occupies and uses in the First Must-Take Premises and/or Second Must-Take Premises following the Commencement Date but prior to the 9-month anniversary of the Commencement Date or the 18-month anniversary of the Commencement Date, respectively. The “ 100% Occupied Date ” means the date that is the earlier of the 18-month anniversary of the Commencement Date or the date, if any, on which Tenant elects to occupy and conduct business in all of the Second Must-Take Premises as provided for in this paragraph.

5. OPERATING EXPENSES.

(a) Certain Definitions.

(i) “ Operating Expenses ” means collectively Project Expenses and Taxes.

(ii) “ Project Expenses ” means, subject to the limitations and exclusions specified herein, the total of all costs (but not specific costs billed to specific tenants of the Building) and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord computed on the accrual basis and calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, which are directly attributable and allocable to the maintenance, operation, and repair of the Project for a particular calendar year or portion thereof after the Commencement Date including, without limitation: a management fee not to exceed 3% of Gross Rents (“ Gross Rents ” means all payments received from tenants of the Building for charges that were billed to them, including without limitation for Fixed Rent, Operating Expenses, and other Additional Rent such as sub-metered electric, but excluding tenant-direct bill-backs and sales tax, calculated prior to the inclusion of said management fee in Project Expenses); all costs associated with the removal of snow and ice from the Project; the fair market rental value for a property management office for the Project; security patrol services, personnel, and equipment; all costs associated with janitorial services, trash and garbage removal not associated with construction, recycling, cleaning, and sanitizing the Building; capital costs incurred: (A) after the end of the sixtieth (60 th ) month of the Term that are in connection with any equipment, device, or other improvement reasonably anticipated to achieve economies in the operation, maintenance or repair of the Project, however, the maximum amount which is added to Project Expenses for any

 

8


given calendar year for a capital investment item(s) installed for the purpose of achieving economies in the operation, maintenance, or repair of the Property or portion thereof shall not exceed the actual costs saved as a result of the installation thereof in excess of amounts previously amortized therefor but only to the extent such expenses are incurred after the end of the sixtieth (60 th ) month of the Term; or (B) to comply with applicable Laws promulgated after the Commencement Date; provided, however, the same shall be amortized (including over the cost recovery period (i.e., the anticipated period to recover the full cost of such capital item), of the relevant capital item as reasonably determined by Landlord; card-access parking system costs; all insurance premiums and deductibles paid or payable by Landlord with respect to the Project; the cost of providing those services required to be furnished by Landlord under this Lease; and telecommunication costs related to the operation of the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “ Project Expenses ” shall not include any of the following: (A) repairs or other work occasioned by fire, windstorm, or other casualty or by the exercise of the right of eminent domain to the extent Landlord actually receives any reimbursement including, but not limited to, insurance proceeds, condemnation awards therefor or is covered by warranty; (B) leasing commissions and/or any other fees or costs related to the leasing of space in the Building or any other portion of the Project, accountants’, consultants’, auditors or attorneys’ fees, costs and disbursements and other expenses incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with other tenants or prospective tenants or other occupants, or associated with the enforcement of any other leases or the defense of Landlord’s title to or interest in the Project or any part thereof; (C) costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the original construction of the Building and related facilities or repairs, alterations, additions, improvements or replacements made to rectify or correct any defect in the design, materials or workmanship of the Building and related facilities; (D) costs (including permit, licenses and inspection fees) incurred in renovating or otherwise improving or decorating, painting, or redecorating leased space for other tenants or other occupants or vacant space; (E) principal, interest, points, and other charges and fees on debt or amortization payments on any mortgage or deeds of trust or any other borrowings and any ground rent; (F) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord; (G) any costs, fines, penalties or fees for Landlord’s failure to comply with Laws or any governmental rule or authority; (H) legal, accounting, and other expenses related to Landlord’s financing, refinancing, mortgaging, or selling the Building or the Project, and/or associated with the operation or maintenance of the corporation, partnership, or other entity which constitutes Landlord, as distinguished from the costs of operation of the Project, including costs of defending lawsuits with any mortgagee, and costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging, or hypothecating any ownership interest of Landlord or any of Landlord’s interests in the Project; (I) any increase in an insurance premium caused by the non-general office use, occupancy or act of another tenant; (J) costs for sculpture, decorations, painting or other objects of art in excess of $5,000 for any calendar year during the Initial Term or any extension thereof; (K) cost of any political, charitable, or civic contribution or donation; (L) reserves for repairs, maintenance, and replacements; (M) Taxes; (N) cost of utilities directly metered or submetered to Building tenants and paid separately by such tenants, and/or all items and services for which Tenant or any other tenant in the Project reimburses Landlord (other than Project Expenses); (O) fines, interest, penalties, or liens arising by reason of Landlord’s failure to pay any Project Expenses when due; (P) costs and expenses associated with hazardous waste or hazardous substances not generated or brought to the Project by Tenant or its agents including but not limited to the cleanup of such hazardous waste or hazardous substances and the costs of any litigation (including, but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of the discovery of such hazardous waste or hazardous substances, including, without limitation, the soil or groundwater; (Q) the portion of any wages, salaries, fees, or fringe benefits paid to personnel above the level of regional property manager, not related directly to the operation, management, or repair of the Project, as well as Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general administrative expenses not directly related to the operation of the Project; (R) costs of services provided to other tenants of the Building which are not provided to Tenant or services to which Tenant is not entitled (including, without limitation, costs specially billed to and paid by specific tenants); (S) all costs relating to activities for the solicitation and execution of leases of space in the Building, including, but not limited to, legal fees, real estate brokers’ commissions, expenses, fees, and advertising, moving expenses, design fees, rental concessions, rental credits, tenant improvement allowances, lease assumptions or any other cost and expenses incurred in the connection with the leasing of any space in the Building; (T) costs representing an amount paid to an affiliate of Landlord (exclusive of any management fee permitted under the Operating Expense inclusions) to the extent in excess of market rates for comparable services if rendered by unrelated third parties; (U) costs arising from Landlord’s default under this Lease or any other lease for space in the Building; (V) costs of selling the Project or any portion thereof or interest therein; (W) costs or expenses arising from the gross negligence of Landlord or its agents, contractors or employees or by Landlord’s breach of this Lease; (X) costs incurred to remedy, repair, or otherwise correct violations of Laws that exist on the Commencement Date; (Y) ground rents or rentals payable by Landlord; (Z) depreciation of the Building and other real property structures

 

9


in the Project; (AA) capital improvements made to the Project, other than capital improvements described above in this Section 5(a)(ii) ; (BB) costs, taxes, and fees assessed by or payable to public authorities in connection with any construction, renovation, or expansion of the Building or Project (including, without limitation, costs, taxes, and fees for infrastructure and transit or incurred for, or in connection with, traffic studies, environmental impact reports, transportation systems management plans, and traffic mitigation measures); or (CC) rentals and other related expenses incurred in leasing items where the cost of such items would, if purchased, be excluded from Operating Expenses. Landlord shall not collect or be entitled to collect Project Expenses from all of its tenants an amount in excess of 100% of the Project Expenses actually incurred by Landlord.

(iii) “ Taxes ” means all taxes, assessments, and other governmental charges, including without limitation business improvement district charges, improvement contributions paid to business improvement districts or similar organizations, gross receipts tax for the Building, and special assessments for public improvements or traffic districts, that are levied or assessed against, or with respect to the ownership of, all or any portion of the Project during the Term after the Commencement Date or, if levied or assessed prior to the Term, are properly allocable to the Term, business property operating license charges, and real estate tax appeal expenditures incurred by Landlord. “ Taxes ” shall not include: (i) any death, inheritance, estate, succession, transfer, gift, franchise, corporation, net income or profit tax or capital levy that is or may be imposed upon Landlord or taxes and assessments imposed on the personal property of the tenants of the Project; or (ii) any transfer tax or recording charge resulting from a transfer of the Building or the Project; provided, however, if at any time during the Term the method of taxation prevailing at the commencement of the Term shall be altered such that in lieu of or as a substitute in whole or in part for any Taxes now levied, assessed or imposed on real estate there shall be levied, assessed or imposed: (A) a tax on the rents received from such real estate; or (B) a license fee measured by the rents receivable by Landlord from the Premises or any portion thereof; or (C) a tax or license fee imposed upon Premises or any portion thereof, then the same shall be included in Taxes. “ Taxes ” shall specifically include the “margin tax” imposed by Chapter 171 of the Texas Tax Code, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time, together with any binding rules or regulations promulgated from time to time by the Comptroller of the State of Texas or other governmental body in connection with Chapter 171 of the Texas Tax Code, and the parties acknowledge and agree that the “margin tax” is a tax in lieu of real property taxes but only to the extent and for so long as such taxes are determined by reference to the “taxable margin” of Landlord, such taxes to be apportioned as provided by the Texas Tax Code and determined using elections or methods applicable to Landlord that result in the lowest taxable margin, with such taxes being allocated to the Project under generally accepted accounting principles based on the portion of the taxable margin of Landlord from the Project relative to the taxable margin from other sources of Landlord and its affiliates included in any combined group report.

(iv) “ Tenant’s Share ” means a percentage calculated by dividing the Rentable Floor Area of the Premises on the date of calculation by the Rentable Floor Area of the Building (as certified pursuant to Section 3(b) of this Lease). The final determination of Tenant’s Share shall be made once the Rentable Floor Area of the Initial Premises, the First Must-Take Premises, the Second Must-Take Premises, and the Building are made pursuant to Section 3 of this Lease. Until such final determinations are made, the following estimates of Tenant’s Share shall be used: 100% based on dividing the estimated Rentable Floor Area of the Premises (that is, the Initial Premises, the First Must-Take Premises, and the Second Must-Take Premises, which is estimated to be 164,818 rentable square feet in the aggregate) by the estimated Rentable Floor Area of the Building (164,818 rentable square feet). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease: (i) during the period from the Commencement Date through the day prior to the First Must-Take Premises Start Date, the numerator for calculating Tenant’s Share shall be the Rentable Floor Area of the Initial Premises plus any additional Rentable Area occupied by Tenant pursuant to Section 4(h) ; (ii) during the period from the First Must-Take Premises Start Date through the day prior to the Second Must-Take Premises Start Date, the numerator for calculating Tenant’s Share shall be the Rentable Floor Area of the Initial Premises plus the First Must-Take Premises plus any additional Rentable Area occupied by Tenant pursuant to Section 4(h) ; and (iii) from and after the Second Must-Take Premises Start Date, the numerator for calculating Tenant’s Share shall be the Rentable Floor Area of the entire Premises.

(b) Commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing thereafter during the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance on a monthly basis on or before (at Tenant’s sole discretion) the first day of any given month, payable pursuant to Section 5(c) below, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses. To the extent that any Operating Expenses are incurred by Landlord (or Landlord’s affiliate(s)) for multiple buildings or uses, Landlord shall allocate such Operating Expenses to the Building on a commercially reasonable basis. If Landlord receives a discount or credit in any component of Operating Expenses, for example as a result of Landlord’s election to prepay such expense, Landlord shall apply such discount or credit when accrued to reduce Operating Expenses.

 

10


(c) Prior to the commencement of each calendar year (or portion thereof) for which Tenant has an obligation to pay any Operating Expenses, Landlord shall send to Tenant a written statement (the “ Estimated Operating Expense Statement ”) containing Landlord’s reasonable estimate of Operating Expenses (such statement amount shall be based on a budget prepared by Landlord in accordance with standard industry and accounting practices) of projected Operating Expenses due from Tenant for such calendar year (“ Estimated Operating Expenses ”), and a calculation of the amount payable by Tenant based on Tenant’s Share (which amount is defined as “ Tenant’s Pro Rata Share ”) and thereafter Tenant shall pay to Landlord one-twelfth of the amount of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share as the monthly amount of Estimated Operating Expenses as provided in Section 5(b) , without further notice, demand, setoff, deduction, or counterclaim except as provided for herein. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Landlord hereby agrees the Estimated Operating Expense Statement shall initially contain, at a minimum, the estimated cost for each line item of the following Operating Expenses: Taxes (other than gross receipts/margin tax); gross receipts/margin tax; water and sewer; electric; electric common area; gas/oil expenses; insurance; cleaning; Building repairs and maintenance; exterminating; landscaping; elevator maintenance; security; HVAC; snow; management fees; general administration; shared park; miscellaneous (collectively, “ OpEx Categories ”). If any Estimated Operating Expense Statement is furnished after the start of the applicable year, then Tenant shall continue to pay the monthly amount of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of such estimated expenses due for the prior year until such time that the Estimated Operating Expense Statement for such year is provided, which, in any event, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide no later than March 1 of any given year during the Term. No later than one hundred eighty (180) days following the end of each calendar year during the Term (provided, however, Landlord does not waive its right to deliver a corrected statement beyond such date should Landlord discover any errors), Landlord shall send to Tenant a written reconciliation statement of: (i) the actual Operating Expenses for the prior calendar year; and (ii) any adjustments thereto to increase the Operating Expenses as specified in Section 5(d) of this Lease for such year as well as a calculation showing the difference between the amount paid by Tenant for Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Estimated Operating Expenses compared to the amount payable by Tenant for Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of actual Operating Expenses (“ Reconciliation Statement ”). In addition to the items specified in the preceding sentence, Landlord hereby agrees the Reconciliation Statement shall contain, at a minimum, the actual cost for each line item in the OpEx Categories. If the amount actually paid by Tenant as Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Estimated Operating Expenses exceeds the amount payable by Tenant for Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of actual Operating Expenses, Tenant shall receive a credit in an amount equal to the overpayment, which credit shall be applied towards the next occurring Rent amount and continue thereafter until fully credited or if the Term has expired or terminated and there is no Event of Default, refund the overpayment to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the date Landlord submits the Reconciliation Statement. If the amount actually paid by Tenant as Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Estimated Operating Expenses is less than the amount payable by Tenant for Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of actual Operating Expenses, then Landlord shall send Tenant an invoice (which shall be sent as part of or along with the Reconciliation Statement) setting forth the additional amount due, which amount shall be paid in full by Tenant within 30 days after receipt of such invoice.

(d) If prior to the 100% Occupied Date, Landlord estimates in its reasonable discretion that the Operating Expenses actually incurred by Landlord for the variable costs of: (i) Utilities; (ii) the property management fee; and/or (iii) janitorial expenses (so long as Landlord is providing janitorial services pursuant to Section 7(a) ) are lower than what would be incurred for such items if at least 95% of the Building was occupied by tenants, then at Landlord’s election appropriate adjustments using reasonable cost projections based on industry standards shall be made to increase Operating Expenses for such calendar year for the variable costs incurred for Utilities, janitorial expenses, and the property management fee as specified above as though Landlord had furnished Utilities, janitorial services, and property management to 95% of the Rentable Floor Area of the Building. Notwithstanding Landlord’s right to adjust the three expenses as provided above or anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, in no event will Landlord bill tenants of the Buildings or collect from tenants of the Buildings more than one hundred percent (100%) of the actual amount incurred by Landlord for any calendar year for each item specified above. In the event an adjustment (increase(s)) is made pursuant to the terms stated above, such adjustment shall be indicated on the Reconciliation Statement specified in Section 5.4 of this Lease. Upon Tenant’s written request, Landlord shall provide its calculation of any adjustment. All payment calculations under this Section shall be prorated for any partial calendar years during the Term. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall survive the Expiration Date. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 5(d) and/or this Lease to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant agree that this Section 5(d) shall become null and void after the 100% Occupied Date, and thereafter Tenant shall pay the actual, unadjusted costs for Utilities, janitorial services (if applicable), and the property management fee.

 

11


(e) If Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord has elected to qualify as a real estate investment trust (“ REIT ”), any service required or permitted to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease, the charge or cost of which may be treated as impermissible tenant service income under the laws governing a REIT, may be performed by an independent contractor of Landlord, Landlord’s property manager, or a taxable REIT subsidiary that is affiliated with either Landlord or Landlord’s property manager (each, a “ Service Provider ”) provided the cost of any such service is not in excess of market rates for such service if rendered by unrelated third parties.. If such service is provided by an independent contractor, Landlord shall not be relieved from any obligation under this Lease concerning the provisions of such services.

(f) Provided there is no outstanding monetary default by Tenant under this Lease, Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, to cause Landlord’s records related to Operating Expenses for any year during the Term to be audited provided: (i) Tenant provides notice of its intent to audit such Operating Expenses within three (3) months after Tenant’s receipt of the Reconciliation Statement for such year; (ii) the audit is performed by a certified public accountant that has not been retained on a contingency basis or other basis where its compensation relates to the cost savings of Tenant; (iii) any such audit may not occur more frequently than once for each calendar year of the Term, nor apply to any year prior to the year of the then-current Reconciliation Statement being reviewed; (iv) the audit is completed within 1 month after the date that Landlord makes all of the necessary and applicable records and personnel available to Tenant or Tenant’s auditor in Landlord’s onsite property management office for the Building or another mutually agreeable location in Austin, Texas, and Landlord shall also make available to Tenant either in the location or via telephone or email any personnel required to answer any question(s) Tenant and/or their auditor have regarding such records; (v) the contents of Landlord’s records shall be kept confidential by Tenant, its auditor, and its other professional advisors, other than as required by applicable Law; and (vi) if Tenant’s auditor determines that an overpayment is due Tenant, Tenant’s auditor shall produce a commercially reasonable audit report pertaining to the item(s) related to the overpayment by Tenant addressed to both Landlord and Tenant, which report shall be delivered within 15 days after Tenant’s auditor’s completion of the audit. During completion of Tenant’s audit, Tenant shall nonetheless timely pay all of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses without setoff or deduction except as provided for herein. If Tenant’s audit report discloses any discrepancy, Landlord and Tenant shall use good faith efforts to resolve the dispute. If the parties are unable to reach agreement within 20 days after Landlord’s receipt of the audit report, Tenant shall have the right to refer the matter to a mutually acceptable independent certified public accountant, who shall work in good faith with Landlord and Tenant to resolve the discrepancy; provided if Tenant does not do so within such 20-day period, Landlord’s calculations and the Reconciliation Statement at issue shall be deemed final and accepted by Tenant. The fees and costs of: (A) the initial audit shall be paid by Tenant unless such audit shows that Landlord overstated Operating Expenses for the year covered by the audit by more than ten percent (10%) in which case Landlord shall pay all reasonable, third-party costs and expenses of the audit (not to exceed $2,500.00) within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s written request together with reasonable supporting documentation; and (B) such independent accountant to which such dispute is referred shall be borne by the unsuccessful party and shall be shared pro rata to the extent each party is unsuccessful as determined by such independent certified public accountant, whose decision shall be final and binding. Within 30 days after resolution of the dispute, whether by agreement of the parties or a final decision of an independent accountant, Landlord shall pay or credit (to the next occurring amount of Rent due) to Tenant, or Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as the case may be, all unpaid Operating Expenses due and owing.

(g) For purposes of calculating Tenant’s Share of Controllable Project Expenses (as defined below), the total Controllable Project Expenses for each year subsequent to the first full calendar year of the Term (“ First Lease Year ”) shall not exceed the applicable Cap Amount (as defined below) for the applicable subsequent calendar year; provided, however, the Controllable Project Expenses for maintenance and repair expenses for the Project shall be for each year subsequent to the second full calendar year of the Term. The “ Cap Amount ” for each subsequent year shall be equal to the actual Controllable Project Expenses for the First Lease Year (except for maintenance and repair expenses as noted in the preceding sentence), increased on a compounded basis by 6% annually (i.e., the Cap Amount for the first subsequent year shall be equal to 1.06 multiplied by the First Lease Year Controllable Project Expenses, the Cap Amount for the second subsequent year shall be equal to (1.06 x 1.06) multiplied by the First Lease Year Controllable Project Expenses and so on, throughout the Term). The cap on

 

12


Controllable Project Expenses set forth herein shall also be calculated on a cumulative basis so that if in any year subsequent to the First Lease Year, the Controllable Project Expenses exceed the applicable Cap Amount (“ Deferred Amount ”), the Deferred Amount(s) shall be carried over to the following year(s) and will be charged to Tenant in the following year(s) to the extent Controllable Project Expenses are less than the Cap Amount for the year(s) in question. “ Controllable Project Expenses ” means all Project Expenses excluding Taxes, snow and ice removal, insurance, utilities, janitorial expenses if they are unionized, management fees (assuming a management fee of no more than 3% of Gross Rents), and costs resulting from a change in Law occurring after the date of this Lease.

(h) Within five (5) business days after receipt by Landlord of Tenant’s request therefor, Landlord will provide to Tenant copies of the notices of appraised value, tax assessments, and bills that it has received from any taxing authorities or other governmental entities with respect to the most recent tax year for any and all ad valorem taxes on the Building, Premises, and/or Project. Provided the Term is not in its last twelve (12) months (including any Extension Terms) and further provided that no monetary Event of Default then exists, Landlord and Tenant shall consult with each other and Landlord’s tax consultant to discuss whether to contest, protest, appeal, or institute proceedings to effect a reduction of Taxes, including the right to seek a reduction in the valuation of the Building, the Premises, and/or all or any other portion of the Project (a “ Tax Protest ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as Tenant is leasing 100% of the rentable square footage of the Building, Landlord shall diligently pursue a Tax Protest at Tenant’s request and at Tenant’s expense, even if Landlord and/or its tax consultant does not agree with such action. Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant regarding such Tax Protest, at no cost to Landlord. In the event of any Tax Protest, Landlord shall: (i) diligently conduct the Tax Protest in good faith, subject to its commercially reasonable discretion as to the methods and strategy in which to do so; and (ii) keep Tenant reasonably informed of the status of the Tax Protest upon Tenant’s request. The terms of this Section 5(h) shall survive the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease with respect to ad valorem taxes assessed for any calendar year during the Term.

6. UTILITIES .

(a) Commencing on the Commencement Date, and continuing throughout the Term, Tenant shall pay Landlord, without setoff, deduction, or counterclaim, except for the abatement provided for in Section 6(b) below, for: (i) Tenant’s Share of all actual costs of electricity, water, wastewater, and any other utilities required to operate the Project from time to time (“ Utilities ) consumed in the Project during each year of the Term, excluding the costs of Utilities that are directly metered or submetered to Building tenants or paid separately by such tenants; and (ii) any Utilities that are separately submetered to the Premises pursuant to this Lease based upon Tenant’s submetered usage, as well as for any reasonable maintenance and replacement costs associated with such submeters. For Tenant’s Share of Utilities, the annual cost of such Utilities for any given calendar year during the Term shall be included by Landlord as part of Project Expenses for such year, and all of the terms of Section 5 of this Lease shall apply. The cost of Utilities payable by Tenant under this Section shall include all applicable taxes imposed by the provider of such Utilities. For Utilities that are separately submetered to the Premises as provided for in this Lease, the cost of such Utilities shall include all applicable taxes imposed by the provider of such Utilities and Landlord’s reasonable charges for reading the applicable submeter(s), provided Landlord shall have the right to engage a third party to read the submeter(s) but shall not charge Tenant more than Landlord’s reasonable charge for the third party’s services, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for both the Utilities consumed as evidenced by the submeter(s) plus the costs for reading the submeter(s) (based on the reasonable cost stated herein) within 20 days after receipt of an invoice therefor. To determine the amount of electricity consumed by Tenant’s equipment or other devices in the Premises that are required to be connected to a submeter(s) pursuant to the terms of this Lease, Landlord or a third party shall on a monthly basis (and no more than once per month), during the Term and any extension(s) thereof, read the submeter(s) to determine the amount of the electricity consumed in the Premises since the last reading of the submeter(s) and then compute the cost of the electricity consumed by multiplying the cost per kilowatt hour charged by the electric utility provider for the applicable month by the amount of the kilowatt hours consumed. For any Utilities other than electricity, if any, that are submetered to the Premises pursuant to the terms of this Lease, Tenant shall pay such rates as Landlord may establish from time to time, which shall not be in excess of any applicable rates charged by the utility or municipality serving the Building and providing such service to the Premises.

 

13


(b) For any separately metered Utilities to the Premises, Landlord is hereby authorized to request and obtain, on behalf of Tenant, Tenant’s utility consumption data from the applicable utility provider for informational purposes and to enable Landlord to obtain full building Energy Star scoring for the Building. Landlord shall have the right to shut down the Building systems (including electricity and HVAC systems) for required maintenance, safety inspections, or any other reason, before or after Business Hours by providing Tenant with no less than forty-eight (48) hours’ advance written notice, but without limitation in cases of a bona fide emergency which would result in damage to such system(s) if the shutdown did not occur. Landlord shall not be liable for any interruption in providing any utility that Landlord is obligated to provide under this Lease, unless such interruption or delay: (i) renders the Premises or any portion thereof Untenantable (as defined in this Section), provided Tenant shall first endeavor to use any generator that serves the Premises for the purpose of providing Building Standard Electricity to the Premises, and not for emergency lighting or other devices which are connected to the Building’s generator (ii) results from Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct; and (iii) extends for a period longer than 5 consecutive days, in which case, Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent shall be abated with respect to the untenantable portion of the Premises for the period beginning on the 6 th consecutive day after such conditions are met and ending on the earlier of: (A) the date Tenant recommences using the Premises or the applicable portion thereof; or (B) the date on which the service(s) is substantially restored. The rental abatement described above shall be Tenant’s sole remedy in the event of a utility interruption, and Tenant hereby waives any other rights against Landlord in connection therewith. Landlord shall have the right to change the utility providers to the Project at any time. In the event of a casualty or condemnation affecting the Building and/or the Premises, the terms of Sections 14 and 15 , respectively, shall control over the provisions of this Section. “ Untenantable ” means the Premises are in a condition not reasonably usable or accessible by Tenant or its employees for the conduct of its business.

(c) As part of the Proposed CD’s and the CD’s (as both terms are defined in Exhibit C ) a licensed mechanical engineer working with Tenant’s Architect (as defined in Exhibit C ) shall utilize the HVAC (as defined below in this paragraph) design specifications in Exhibit F , and other information provided by Tenant for loads related to Tenant’s Equipment (as defined Exhibit C ) in the Premises, and other required design data as the basis for designing the HVAC system for the Premises. If after the construction of Leasehold Improvements (as defined in Exhibit C ), Landlord and a licensed mechanical engineer reasonably determine that Tenant is materially exceeding the design specifications in Exhibit F for the heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (“ HVAC ”) system serving the Premises, then Landlord shall provide Tenant in writing a reasonably detailed description from a licensed mechanical engineer of the design condition(s) Landlord believes it has determined Tenant is exceeding, and Tenant shall have 20 days to remedy the situation to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction. If Tenant fails to remedy the situation to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction within the 20-day period, Landlord shall have the right to install one or more supplemental air conditioning units in the Premises (the “ Supplemental Unit(s) ”) based on a design by a licensed mechanical engineer to reasonable remedy the situation with the cost thereof, including the cost of installation, operation, and maintenance, being payable by Tenant to Landlord within 30 days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written demand. Except for any separate HVAC system serving Tenant’s data and telephone room(s) in the Premises, and/or the Supplemental Unit(s), Tenant shall not change or adjust any closed or sealed thermostat or other element of the HVAC system serving the Premises without Landlord’s express prior written consent. Landlord may install and operate a submeter(s) to record electricity consumed by the Supplemental Unit(s) and Tenant shall pay the cost of such consumption based on the process and invoicing described in Section 6 of this Lease. Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable charges for installing the Supplemental Unit(s) required pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and shall operate and maintain such unit(s) per the requirements described in Section 11(a ) of this Lease. All supplemental HVAC systems and equipment required to be provided per the terms of this Lease and which serve the Premises (including without limitation Tenant’s Supplemental HVAC, as defined in Section 11(a ) below) shall be separately submetered to the Premises at Tenant’s cost, and Tenant shall be solely responsible for paying for the cost of all electricity registered by, and the maintenance and replacement of, such submeter(s) based on the process and invoicing described in Section 6 of this Lease. Landlord has no obligation to keep cool any of Tenant’s information technology equipment that is placed together in one room dedicated to Tenant’s servers and would reasonably be considered to be a “server room”, on a rack, or in any similar manner (“ IT Equipment ”), and Tenant waives any claim against Landlord in connection with Tenant’s IT Equipment. Landlord shall have the option to require that the computer room and/or information technology closet in the Premises shall be separately submetered at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant shall pay Landlord for all electricity registered in such submeter based on the process and invoicing described in Section 6 of this Lease. Within 1 month after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written request (which Landlord agrees not to request more than one time per calendar year), Tenant shall provide to Landlord electrical load information reasonably requested by Landlord with respect to any computer room and/or information technology closet in the Premises.

 

14


7. LANDLORD SERVICES .

(a) Landlord shall provide the following to the Premises and/or other areas in the Project as identified herein twenty-four (24) hours per day, 365 days per year, unless specified otherwise herein, during the Term at no additional cost except for those costs included in Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, unless specified otherwise herein, consistent in terms of quality, quantity and frequency at or above the levels specified herein with those services provided in other Class A Projects: (i) heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“ HVAC ”) in the respective seasons during Business Hours in the Premises, common area hallways, lobbies and bathrooms meeting the minimum specifications set forth on Exhibit F attached hereto; provided HVAC service to the Premises before or after Business Hours (if required by Tenant) will be provided via the automated system described in and subject to the terms of Section 7(b) ; (ii) electricity in the amount necessary to service (a) all lighting and equipment in the Premises with such amount not to exceed the amount set forth in the specifications set forth on Exhibit F attached hereto (hereby defined as “ Building Standard Electricity ”); and (b) Common Areas and the Parking Garage and any other parking facilities for the Building; (iii) water for drinking purposes in the Premises, and hot and cold water for requirements in the restrooms, and sewer services to all required devices and areas in the Premises, restrooms and other Common Areas, and, to the extent applicable to the Building, gas, oil, and steam service; (iv) cleaning services meeting the minimum specifications set forth on Exhibit I attached hereto; (v) pest control; (vi) sprinkler and fire alarm systems as required by governmental authorities for the Premises, Building and Parking Garage; (vii) landscaping services; (viii) property management services; (ix) washing of the outside windows in the Premises no less than one (1) time per calendar year; (x) elevators serving all floors of the Building and Parking Garage; (xi) supply and install Building-standard bulbs and/or any other parts associated with such Building-standard electric lighting fixtures as necessary in the Premises and in the Common Areas and Parking Garage and any other parking facilities for the Building, for the purpose of this Lease, “ Building-standard bulbs ” mean bulbs which are typically found in light fixtures in the Premises and other tenant spaces in the Building, but in no event bulbs in Tenant’s furniture, and “ Building-standard electric lighting fixtures ” mean lighting fixtures which are typically found in the Premises and other tenant spaces in the Building, but in no event fixtures in Tenant’s furniture; (xii) access to the Building, Premises, Parking Garage and Project twenty-four hours per day, seven days a week except during bona fide emergencies (access to the Building and/or Parking Garage when locked, secured, and/or controlled shall be by a card-access system provided by Landlord); (xiii) pest control for the Premises and Project as necessary to maintain a pest free environment; (xiv) interior plant maintenance in the Common Areas; and (xv) security patrol services. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall make arrangements with the applicable utility companies and public bodies to provide, in Tenant’s name, telephone, cable, and any other utility service not provided by Landlord that Tenant desires at the Premises, and upon Tenant’s written request, Landlord agrees to provide prompt and reasonable access at no expense to the Building risers, service areas and other required areas necessary for these services to be established and provided in the Project. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 7(a) and/or this Lease to the contrary, after Tenant provides Landlord with not less than 90 days’ prior written notice, Tenant may elect, in its sole discretion, to directly contract, oversee, and pay for cleaning services in the Premises and the Building meeting the minimum specifications set forth on Exhibit I or such higher specifications as Tenant may require beginning on the date specified in Tenant’s notice (which date must be at least 90 days after the date of Landlord’s receipt of such notice). In the event Tenant provides the notice and elects to directly contract for, oversee and pay for cleaning services as provided for in the preceding sentence, Landlord shall stop providing such services as of the date specified in Tenant’s notice and not include the cost for such services in Project Expenses. In the event Tenant elects to have Landlord resume providing cleaning services in the Premises and the Building, Landlord agrees to do so within 90 days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written notice and thereafter include the cost for such services in Project Expenses.

(b) Landlord shall not be obligated to furnish any services, supplies, or utilities other than as set forth in this Lease or not otherwise included in Operating Expenses; provided, however, upon Tenant’s prior written request sent in accordance with Section 25(o) below, Landlord may furnish additional services, supplies, or utilities, in which case Tenant shall pay to Landlord, Landlord’s then-current reasonable charge for such additional services, supplies, or utilities, or Tenant’s pro rata share thereof, if applicable, as reasonably determined by Landlord based on the typical charge for such service(s) in other Class A Projects. HVAC service to the Premises outside of Business Hours (if required by Tenant) will be provided via an automated system designed to provide after-hours HVAC services, which Landlord shall provide and install prior to the Commencement Date. Landlord’s rate for HVAC service outside of Business Hours for the Initial Term is: (i) if Tenant is leasing 100% of the rentable square footage of the Building, $5.00 per hour; or (ii) if Tenant is not leasing 100% of the rentable square footage of the Building, $30.00 per hour.

 

15


(c) If the Premises or any portion thereof is rendered Untenantable (as defined in Section 6(b)) for a period of five (5) consecutive business days following Landlord’s receipt from Tenant of a written notice regarding such matters (the “ Eligibility Period ”) as a result of failure in the water, sewage, air conditioning, heating, ventilating, life safety, elevator systems or electrical systems of the Building, Tenant’s Fixed Rent and Tenant’s Rent shall be reduced and abated after the expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time as the Premises (or portion thereof, as the case may be) remain Untenantable, in the same proportion as the rentable area of the portion of the Premises rendered Untenantable bears to the entire rentable area of the Premises; provided, however, there shall be no abatement of Rent: (i) if Landlord provides to Tenant other space in the Building that is reasonably suited for the temporary operation of Tenant’s business and pays all costs associated with moving the furniture, fixtures and equipment Tenant requires in such space; (ii) if the failure is caused in whole or in part by a governmental directive, failure of a utility provider to provide service to the Premises or by the negligent or willful acts or omissions of Tenant or a Tenant Agent; (iii) if such failure is caused by a fire or other casualty; or (iv) when such failure is caused by a Force Majeure Event. “ Tenant Agent ” means any agent, employee, subtenant, assignee, contractor, client, family member, licensee, customer, invitee, or guest of Tenant.

8. USE; SIGNS; PARKING; COMMON AREAS .

(a) Tenant shall use the Premises for general office use (non-medical) and storage incidental thereto, and for no other purpose (“ Permitted Use ”). Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use shall be subject to all applicable Laws. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord, for informational purposes only, that Tenant’s current NAICS Code is set forth in Section 1 hereof, provided the foregoing shall not be construed in any manner as a restriction on the Permitted Use.

(b) Landlord shall provide Tenant with Building-standard identification signage on all Building lobby directories and at the main entrance to the Premises, and directional signage at the elevator lobbies on any multi-tenant floors, the costs of which shall be paid for by Landlord for the originally named Tenant, otherwise (including for subtenant signage) by Tenant as Additional Rent within 30 days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s invoice(s) for such signage; provided, however, Landlord agrees there shall be no cost for additions or modifications made to any electronic directory for the Building. Tenant shall have the right to install, at its own expense, appropriate signs containing Tenant’s name in the reception area(s) of the Premises subject to Landlord’s reasonable prior written approval if visible from any Common Areas and, if and so long as the Premises comprise all of the Rentable Floor Area on an individual floor(s), on the walls of the elevator lobbies on each floor leased solely by Tenant, but not in any Common Areas except for the elevator lobbies on any floor leased solely by Tenant. Except as specifically set forth otherwise in this Lease, Tenant shall not place, erect, or maintain any signs at the Premises, the Building, or the Project that are visible from outside of the Premises. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, subject to Landlord’s prior consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, Tenant shall have the right during the Term to install, at its own expense: (i) signage in the lobby of the Building identifying Tenant’s training center which is substantially similar in size and style to the signage Tenant currently has in the lobby of Four Points Center, Building 2, for their training center; and (ii) any sign(s) Tenant desires inside the Premises that is(are) not directly visible from a common area corridor on a multitenant floor.

(c) Provided all of the Monument Signage Conditions (as defined below in this Section) are fully satisfied, Tenant or any Permitted Transferee shall have the exclusive right to cause Landlord, exercisable by the delivery of written notice from Tenant to Landlord within the first 12 months after the Commencement Date, to install one or more panel signs (“ Panels ”) on the monument sign of the Building (“ Monument Sign ”), including the arrangement of the Panels, which shall be completed no later than thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date, and be substantially similar in size and design to the monument sign for Four Points Center, Building 2 and will be located at the main entrance to the front of the Building from Four Points Drive, subject to applicable Laws and satisfaction of all of the following terms and conditions (collectively, the “ Monument Sign Requirements ”): (i) the size and Tenant’s specifications and design of the Panels shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable prior written consent and generally consistent with the aesthetic standards of the Building; provided, however, Tenant may install a single panel on both sides which takes up the entire Monument Sign; (ii) Landlord shall obtain the Panels on Tenant’s behalf, at a reasonable price based on the typical cost for such signage, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; (iii) Landlord shall install the Panels, at Tenant’s sole and expense at a reasonable price based on the typical cost for

 

16


such installation; (iv) Landlord shall maintain and repair the Monument Sign, when needed, the reasonable costs of which shall be proportionately paid by Tenant having panel signs on such Monument Sign; (v) Landlord shall maintain and repair the Panels, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense at a reasonable price based on the typical cost for such repair; and (vi) if the Panels requires replacement, such replacement shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense at a reasonable price based on the typical cost for such replacement. The “ Monument Signage Conditions ” are that: (A) after the Commencement Date the originally named Tenant or any Permitted Transferee is paying Rent (subject to the abatement of Fixed Rent) for the Initial Premises; (B) there has been no Event of Default of a monetary nature that remained uncured for ten (10) business days or longer after the cure period provided for in this Lease; and (C) this Lease is in full force and effect. Prior to the Surrender Date (as defined in Section 18(a) ), or immediately upon any of the Monument Signage Conditions no longer being satisfied, Landlord shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to remove the Panel and repair and restore any finishes on the Monument Sign to a condition which is consistent with the remaining finishes at such time on the Monument Sign. Tenant shall pay Landlord for all costs due under this paragraph within 30 days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s invoice therefor. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Tenant may allow any Transferee(s) to place a signage panel(s) on the Monument Sign, and Tenant may change its signage from time to time, subject to the all of the Monument Sign Requirements.

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable Laws, and provided all of the Exterior Signage Conditions (as defined below in this Section) are fully satisfied, Tenant or any Permitted Transferee shall have the exclusive right, at its sole cost and expense (including without limitation with respect to installation, maintenance, and removal), to place up to one sign on each of the exterior façade of the Building and/or the Parking Garage in the locations shown on the rendering of the Building attached hereto as Exhibit G and incorporated herein displaying, at Tenant’s discretion, Tenant’s corporate name and/or logo (“ Exterior Signage ”). Landlord hereby agrees that Landlord shall not allow the installation of any other tenant name, logo, or any other identifying signage on the exterior of the Building. If Landlord allows more than one (1) other tenant name, logo, or any other identifying signage on the exterior of the Building, then Tenant shall advise Landlord of such default. If Landlord fails to cure such default within 30 days after receipt of Tenant’s default notice, then Landlord shall pay the sum of $100.00 per day to Tenant for each day such signage remains on the Building beyond such 30-day period, payable within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s invoice(s) therefor. The “ Exterior Signage Conditions ” are that: (a) after the Commencement Date Tenant or any Permitted Transferee is occupying and paying Rent on at least 100% of the Rentable Floor Area of the Initial Premises, and after the 100% Occupied Date the Premises contain 100% of the Building; (b) there has been no Event of Default monetary nature that remained uncured for ten (10) business days or longer after the cure period provided for in this Lease; and (c) this Lease is in full force and effect. The Exterior Signage shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval in writing as to the placement, color, size, design, construction, and architectural compatibility of the Exterior Signage with the exterior of the Building and the Project. Landlord’s approval of the Exterior Signage shall create no responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord for the completeness, design, or sufficiency thereof, or the compliance of the Signage with the requirements of applicable Laws. On or prior to the Surrender Date, or immediately if any of the Exterior Signage Conditions are no longer true, Tenant shall remove the Exterior Signage, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and restore and repair all parts of the Building affected by the installation or removal of the Exterior Signage, to a condition which is consistent with the remaining finishes and other affected portions of the Building at such time and is reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to remove the Exterior Signage at Tenant’s expense if Tenant fails to comply with the preceding sentence. Tenant understands and agrees that it is solely responsible to ensure the upkeep and condition of the Exterior Signage to a level that does not adversely impact the exterior appearance of the Building in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, normal wear and tear excepted. Specifically, any missing letters, whether by loss, destruction, wear, act of God, or otherwise, will be replaced at the full expense of Tenant and shall be repaired or replaced within 30 days after Tenant is aware of the occurrence of such deficiency. In addition to any other rights or remedies provided to Landlord in this Lease, if Tenant shall fail to complete such repair and/or replacement within such 30-day period, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to start to complete such repair and/or replacement at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and shall be reimbursed by Tenant within 15 days following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s invoice therefor. Prior to constructing or installing the Exterior Signage, Tenant shall have obtained and must continue to maintain all permits and/or approvals which are required to be maintained by applicable Laws with respect to the construction, installation, and maintenance of the Exterior Signage, and shall have provided Landlord with sufficient evidence of the existence of such permits and/or approvals and that the construction and installation of the Exterior Signage will comply in all respects with all applicable Laws. Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the Exterior Signage is in compliance with all

 

17


present and future applicable Laws. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall insure the Signage as part of Tenant’s Property, and shall also carry liability insurance with respect to the Exterior Signage as part of the insurance coverage Tenant is required to provide hereunder. Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Landlord and all Landlord Indemnitees (as defined in Section 13(a)) from and against any and all claims, damages, judgments, suits, causes of action, losses, liabilities, penalties, fines, expenses, and costs (including, without limitation, sums paid in settlement of claims, attorneys’ fees, consultant fees, and expert fees and court costs) resulting from and/or arising in connection with or related to the construction, installation, maintenance, use, or removal of the Exterior Signage.

(e) Subject to the reasonable Building rules and regulations, Tenant shall have the exclusive right to use the Common Areas for their intended purposes. Not in limitation of the foregoing, Tenant has the right to exclusively use the Parking Garage, and any other parking spaces located on the Land for parking vehicles which will fit within the lines of the parking spaces. Landlord shall make available to Tenant at no expense, throughout the Term, at least 825 parking spaces, which shall be located in the Parking Garage and the surface parking lot on the Land for the exclusive use by Tenant. Tenant shall have the right to exclusively use all of these spaces beginning on the Commencement Date and continuing thereafter during the Term even if Tenant does not occupy and conduct business in the First Must-Take Premises and/or Second Must-Take Premises. Tenant may, upon prior written notice to Landlord, designate any or all of the parking spaces in the Parking Garage or other spaces on the Land, at Tenant’s sole discretion, as reserved parking spaces, and increase or decrease, at Tenant’s sole discretion, the number of reserved spaces during the Term. Landlord shall not have the right to designate any parking space(s) in the Parking Garage, and any other parking spaces located on the Land as reserved; provided, however, Tenant agrees to designate two (2) parking spaces in the Parking Garage and/or the spaces on the Land, in a location(s) determined in Tenant’s sole discretion initially and the from time to time, for use by Landlord’s maintenance personnel. Landlord shall have the obligation to monitor the availability of parking spaces. Landlord shall take commercially reasonable actions to provide the agreed upon parking spaces, which actions may include installation of an access system at the main entry to the Parking Garage which shall thereafter for the Term limit access to the Parking Garage to only those persons designated by Tenant from time to time.

(f) Landlord shall have the right in its sole discretion to, from time to time, construct, maintain, operate, repair, close, limit, take out of service, alter, change, and modify all or any part of the Common Areas provided any such action(s) does not reduce the number of parking spaces in the Parking Garage to less than the amount required in this Lease, or materially and adversely affect Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, Building, or Project. Landlord, Landlord’s agents, contractors, and utility service providers shall have the right to install, use, and maintain ducts, pipes, wiring, and conduits in and through the Premises provided such installation or use: (i) does not cause the usable area of the Premises to be reduced beyond a de minimis amount; (ii) is performed in such a manner as to cause as little undue disturbance to Tenant as reasonably practical; and (iii) does not materially and adversely affect Tenant’s ability to utilize the Premises for its permitted use and provided such entry into the Premises shall not be performed until Landlord has provided Tenant with no less than twenty-four (24) hours’ prior written notice, and Tenant shall have the right to: (A) have one of its employees accompany Landlord or its agent or representative, as the case may be; and (B) request Landlord to delay such entry for a commercially reasonable purpose, in which case Landlord shall so delay except in the event of an emergency.

(g) Subject to Landlord’s security measures and Force Majeure Events (as defined in Section 25(g) ), Landlord shall provide Tenant with access to the Project, Building, and Parking Garage (which in turn shall have access to a public road(s)) and passenger elevator service for use in common with others for access to and from the Premises and Parking Garage 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, except during bona fide emergencies. Landlord shall have the right to limit the number of elevators (if any) to be operated during repairs and during non-Business Hours, but in no event shall less than one (1) elevator be available in the Building and Parking Garage at any time, except during bona fide emergencies. If applicable, Landlord shall provide Tenant with access to the freight elevator(s) of the Building from time to time at no expense to Tenant following receipt of Tenant’s prior request.

9. TENANT’S ALTERATIONS . Except for the Leasehold Improvements specified in Exhibit C of this Lease, and Permitted Improvements (as defined in this Section), Tenant shall not cut, drill into, or secure any fixture, apparatus, or equipment, or make alterations, improvements, or physical additions of any kind to any part of the Premises (collectively, “ Alterations ”) without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. All Alterations shall be completed in compliance with

 

18


all applicable Laws and Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations for construction, and procedures. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent shall not be required for any Alteration costing less than $50,000.00 and that: (i) is nonstructural; (ii) does not impact the Building HVAC, electrical, plumbing and fire/life safety systems, involve electrical or drywall work, require a building permit, or materially affect the air quality in the Building any more than Landlord allows for the installation of the Leasehold Improvements or similar improvements performed by or on behalf of another tenant(s) in the Building; and (iii) is not visible from outside of the Premises (except paint or wall finishes which are not limited) (any such Alteration for which Landlord’s consent is not required is referred to herein as “ Permitted Improvements ”). Landlord shall not require Tenant to use a vendor for services or materials if such vendor is not offering its services or materials at market rates. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the installation and maintenance of its data, telecommunication, and security systems and wiring at the Premises, provided, however, Landlord is responsible for having data and telecommunication services from no less than two independent and unaffiliated vendors in the Building at all times during the Term so Tenant may install such services, which shall be done in compliance with all applicable Laws and Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations based on rules and regulations in other Class A Projects. With respect to all improvements and Alterations made after the date hereof except for the Leasehold Improvements specified in Exhibit C of this Lease, and Permitted Improvements, other than those made by Landlord pursuant to the express provisions of this Lease, Tenant acknowledges that: (A) Tenant is not, under any circumstance, acting as the agent of Landlord; (B) Landlord did not cause or request such Alterations to be made; (C) Landlord has not ratified such work; and (D) Landlord did not authorize such Alterations within the meaning of applicable State statutes. Nothing in this Lease or in any consent to the making of Alterations or improvements shall be deemed or construed in any way as constituting a request by Landlord, express or implied, to any contractor, subcontractor, or supplier for the performance of any labor or the furnishing of any materials for the use or benefit of Landlord for purposes of State statutes. Except for the Permitted Improvements, the Leasehold Improvements in the Premises, and any other Alterations in space which Tenant leases in the Building for which a fee will be negotiated, Landlord shall be entitled to collect a construction management fee equal to five percent (5%) of the cost of the Alterations in connection with Landlord’s services in the supervising and review of any Alteration. Tenant shall not overload any floor or part thereof in the Premises or the Building, including any public corridors or elevators, by bringing in, placing, storing, installing or removing any large or heavy articles which exceed the weight limit for which the applicable area is designed, and Landlord may prohibit, or may direct and control the location and size of, safes and all other heavy articles, and may require, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, supplementary supports of such material and dimensions as Landlord may deem reasonably necessary to properly distribute the weight if the article’s weight is equal to or greater than the weight limit for which the applicable area is designed.

10. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING .

(a) Except as expressly permitted pursuant to Section 10(c) , neither Tenant nor Tenant’s legal representatives or successors-in-interest by operation of law or otherwise, shall sell, assign, transfer, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber, grant concessions or licenses, sublet, or otherwise dispose of all or any interest in this Lease or the Premises, or permit any person or entity other than Tenant to occupy any portion of the Premises (each of the foregoing are a “ Transfer ” to a “ Transferee ”), without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. Any Transfer undertaken without Landlord’s prior written consent (other than pursuant to Section 10(c) ) shall constitute an Event of Default if not cured within the time periods provided for in Section 17 below, and shall, at Landlord’s option, be void and/or terminate this Lease. For purposes of this Lease, a Transfer shall include, without limitation, any assignment by operation of law, and except as expressly permitted pursuant to Section 10(c) , any merger, consolidation, or asset sale involving Tenant, any direct or indirect transfer of control of Tenant, and any transfer of a majority of the ownership interests in Tenant. Consent by Landlord to any one Transfer shall be held to apply only to the specific Transfer authorized, and shall not be construed as a waiver of the duty of Tenant, or Tenant’s legal representatives or assigns, to obtain from Landlord consent to any other or subsequent Transfers pursuant to the foregoing, or as modifying or limiting the rights of Landlord under the foregoing covenant by Tenant.

(b) Without limiting the bases upon which Landlord may reasonably withhold its consent to a proposed Transfer, it shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent if: (i) the proposed Transferee, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, is not reputable and of good character; or (ii) the nature of such Transferee’s proposed business operation would violate the terms of this Lease, or the use would, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, not be consistent with other uses in the Building at the time of the proposed Transfer.

 

19


(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right without the prior consent of Landlord, but after at least 15 days’ prior written notice to Landlord, to make a Transfer to any Affiliate (as defined below), or an entity into which Tenant merges or that acquires substantially all of the assets or stock of Tenant (“ Surviving Entity ”) (the Surviving Entity or Affiliate are also referred to as a “ Permitted Transferee ”); provided: (i) Tenant delivers to Landlord the Transfer Information (as defined below); (ii) the Permitted Transferee shall have a tangible net worth at least equal to the greater of the net worth of Tenant on the date of this Lease or on the date of such Transfer; (iii) the originally named Tenant shall not be released or discharged from any liability under this Lease by reason of such Transfer; and (iv) the use of the Premises shall not change; such Transfer is for a good business purpose and not principally for the purpose of transferring the leasehold estate created by this Lease. An “Affiliate” means a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other registered entity, 50% or more of whose equity interest is owned by the same persons or entities owning 50% or more of Tenant’s equity interests, a subsidiary, or a parent corporation.

(d) If at any time during the Term Tenant desires to complete a Transfer, Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord of such desire together with the Transfer Information. If Tenant desires to assign this Lease or to sublease the entire Premises for substantially the remainder of the Term at the time of such sublease other than pursuant to Section 10(c) , Landlord shall have the right to accelerate the Expiration Date (this acceleration and all other references to acceleration in this Section are defined as “ Recapture ”) so that the Expiration Date shall be the date on which the proposed assignment or sublease would be effective and after such date Tenant shall have no further obligations under this Lease. If Landlord elects to accelerate the Expiration Date pursuant to this paragraph, Tenant shall have the right to rescind its request for Landlord’s consent to the proposed assignment or sublease by giving written notice of such rescission to Landlord within 10 days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s acceleration election notice. If Tenant does not so rescind its request, Tenant shall deliver the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as Tenant is, by the terms of this Lease, required to deliver the Premises to Landlord upon the Expiration Date.

(e) If Tenant desires at any time to make a Transfer other than pursuant to Section 10(c) , it shall first give Landlord a notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) that includes the “ Transfer Information ” which means the following information: (i) a copy of the fully executed assignment and assumption agreement, or sublease agreement, as applicable (with respect to a Permitted Transfer, such agreement to be delivered to Landlord within 10 business days after the transaction closes); (ii) a copy of the then-current financials of the Transferee (either audited or certified by the chief financial officer of the Transferee); (iii) a copy of the formation certificate and good standing certificate of the Transferee; (iv) the date on which Tenant proposes that the Transfer be effective, which shall be at least ten (10) business days after the Transfer Notice; and (iv) such other reasonably requested information by Landlord needed to confirm or determine Tenant’s compliance with the terms and conditions of this Section. Landlord shall then have a period of ten (10) business days following receipt of the Transfer Notice within which to notify Tenant in writing whether Landlord elects to: (i) Recapture the Transfer Space as provided for above in this Section; (ii) permit Tenant to assign this Lease or sublet such space for the duration specified by Tenant in its notice; or (iii) reasonably reject the proposed assignment or sublease. If Landlord fails to notify Tenant in writing of its election within the ten (10) business day period, Landlord shall be deemed to have elected not to permit Tenant to assign this Lease or sublet such space for the duration specified by Tenant in its notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord fails to respond within such—ten (10) business day period, Tenant may thereafter send to Landlord a second written request for approval of the proposed Transfer, which request must set forth in bold and 14-point capitalized type on the first page thereof the following statement: “SECOND AND FINAL REQUEST—LANDLORD HAS 10 BUSINESS DAYS TO RESPOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 10” (“ Second Transfer Request ”). If Landlord then fails to respond to the Second Transfer Request within 10 business days after receipt thereof, Landlord shall be deemed to have elected to consent to the proposed Transfer, but Landlord shall not be estopped by or deemed to have approved any specific terms of the Transfer (such as, for example, if the assignment document were to release Tenant from any further liability under this Lease or if the sublease provides for a sublease term extending beyond the term of this Lease).

(f) Any sums or other economic consideration received by Tenant as a result of any Transfer (except rental or other payments received that are attributable to the amortization of the cost of leasehold improvements made to the transferred portion of the Premises by Tenant for the Transferee, and other reasonable expenses incident to the Transfer, including standard leasing commissions) whether denominated rentals under the

 

20


sublease or otherwise, that exceed, in the aggregate, the total sums which Tenant is obligated to pay Landlord under this Lease (prorated to reflect obligations allocable to that portion of the Premises subject to such Transfer) shall, at Landlord’s option, be divided evenly between Landlord and Tenant, with Landlord’s portion being payable to Landlord as Additional Rent on a monthly basis without affecting or reducing any other obligation of Tenant hereunder. In addition, the following costs shall be deducted from such excess prior to Tenant being required to pay the Additional Rent specified in the preceding sentence: (i) market leasing commissions paid by Tenant in connection with the Transfer; (ii) tenant improvement costs paid to or on behalf of Tenant’s Transferee by Tenant (iii) other economic concessions (planning allowance, lease takeover payments, moving expenses, etc.) paid by Tenant; to or on behalf of the Transferee in connection with the Transfer; and (iv) Tenant’s reasonable attorneys’ fees paid by Tenant in connection with the Transfer.

(g) Regardless of Landlord’s consent to a proposed Transfer which requires Landlord’s consent, no Transfer shall release Tenant from Tenant’s obligations or alter Tenant’s primary liability to fully and timely pay all Rent when due from time to time under this Lease and to fully and timely perform all of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease, and the originally named Tenant and all assignees shall be jointly and severally liable for all Tenant obligations under this Lease. The acceptance of rental by Landlord from any other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision hereof. If a Transferee defaults in the performance of any of the terms of this Lease, Landlord may proceed directly against the originally named Tenant without the necessity of exhausting remedies against such Transferee. If there has been a Transfer and an Event of Default occurs, Landlord may collect Rent from the Transferee after providing Transferee with written notice and apply the amount collected to the Rent herein reserved; but no such collection shall be deemed a waiver of the provisions of this Section, an acceptance of such Transferee as tenant hereunder or a release of Tenant from further performance of the covenants herein contained.

11. REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE .

(a) Except with respect to Landlord Repairs (as defined below) and Landlord Services specified in Section 7 of this Lease, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall keep and maintain the Premises in good order and condition wear and tear, and Sections 14 and 15 excepted, including promptly making all repairs necessary to keep and maintain such in good order and condition. The term “wear and tear” as used in this Lease does not, and shall not be deemed to, include any damage or deterioration that could have been prevented through proper use, or by Tenant’s full and timely performance of all its obligations under this Lease. When used in this Lease, “repairs” shall include repairs and any reasonably necessary replacements. To the extent that Tenant requests in writing that Landlord make repairs that are Tenant’s obligation to make under this Lease, Landlord may elect to make such repairs on Tenant’s behalf, at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord such expense along with a fee in the amount of five percent (5%) of such cost. If an Event of Default of a monetary nature has occurred under this Lease and remains uncured, Landlord may elect to require that Tenant prepay the amount of such repair. All repairs made by Landlord or Tenant shall utilize materials and equipment that are at least equal in quality, number, and usefulness to those originally used in constructing the Building and the Premises. If either Tenant or Landlord (at Tenant’s request) installs and/or operates HVAC equipment which is not part of the HVAC system required to provide the HVAC services specified in Section 7 of this Lease, including without limitation Supplemental Unit(s) (“ Tenant’s Supplemental HVAC ”) and/or any Alteration other than the Leasehold Improvements, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall maintain Tenant’s Supplemental HVAC and/or such Alteration in a clean and safe manner and in proper operating condition throughout the Term and, with respect to Tenant’s Supplemental HVAC, under a service contract with a firm and upon such terms as may be reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, including inspection and maintenance on at least a semiannual basis, and provide Landlord with a copy thereof. Within 10 days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that such contract is in place. All repairs, if any, required to the Building and/or the Project made necessary directly by reason of the installation, maintenance, and operation of Tenant’s Supplemental HVAC and Alterations other than the Leasehold Improvements shall be Tenant’s expense. In the event of an emergency, such as a burst waterline or act of God, Landlord shall have the right to make repairs for which Tenant is responsible hereunder (at Tenant’s cost) without giving Tenant prior notice, but in such case Landlord shall provide notice to Tenant as soon as practicable thereafter, and Landlord shall take commercially reasonable steps to minimize the costs incurred.

 

21


(b) Landlord, at Landlord’s expense (except to the extent such expenses are includable in Project Expenses), shall keep and maintain the following in good order and condition (consistent with the quality of labor and materials used in the other Class A Projects) and repair defects in, damage to, and make all necessary repairs to: (i) the footings and foundations and the structural elements of the Building and Parking Garage; (ii) the roof of the Building; (iii) the systems, including, but not limited to, HVAC, plumbing, elevators, electric, fire protection and fire alert, storm water and other drainage, and access systems within or upon or about the Building and Parking Garage for service to the Building, Premises, and Common Areas, but specifically excluding Tenant’s Supplemental HVAC and Alterations other than the Leasehold Improvements; (iv) the Building and Parking Garage exterior including, but not limited to, the exterior walls and windows; (v) the Common Areas including, but not limited to, the Parking Garage, driveways, sidewalks, and any other improvements, and systems (such as irrigation) or landscaping on the Land; and (vi) bathrooms in the Premises (collectively, “ Landlord Repairs ”). Any provision of this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, any repairs to the Project or any portion thereof made necessary by the negligent or willful act or omission of Tenant or any employee, agent, subtenant, contractor or invitee of Tenant shall be made at Tenant’s expense unless such maintenance or repair is otherwise covered by Landlord’s insurance or would have been covered by Landlord’s insurance had Landlord obtained the insurance required in Section 12 , subject to the waivers set forth in Section 12(c) .

(c) The parties agree it is in their mutual best interest that the Building and Premises be operated and maintained in a manner that is environmentally responsible, fiscally prudent, and provides a safe and productive work environment. Accordingly, Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to conduct its operations in the Building and within the Premises to: (1) minimize to the extent reasonably feasible: (i) direct and indirect energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions; (ii) water consumption; (iii) the amount of material entering the waste stream; and (iv) negative impacts upon the indoor air quality of the Building; and (2) permit the Building to maintain its LEED rating and an Energy Star label, to the extent applicable. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to operate and maintain the Common Areas of the Building to: (1) minimize to the extent reasonably feasible: (i) direct and indirect energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions; (ii) water consumption; (iii) the amount of material entering the waste stream; and (iv) negative impacts upon the indoor air quality of the Building; and (2) permit the Building to maintain its LEED rating and an Energy Star label, to the extent applicable, the costs of which shall be included in Project Expenses (except to the extent otherwise not permitted). Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant be required to take any action, make any effort, and/or incur any cost to seek or achieve a LEED rating for the Premises (including the Initial Premises, the First Must-Take Premises, the Second Must-Take Premises, and additional space, if any, leased by Tenant) or maintain a LEED rating for the Premises if Landlord seeks or achieves a LEED rating for the Premises.

12. INSURANCE; SUBROGATION RIGHTS .

(a) During the Term and Early Access (as defined in Exhibit C ), Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall obtain and keep in force at all times as of the Commencement Date (or Tenant’s earlier accessing of the Premises) commercial general liability insurance including contractual liability and personal injury liability with a combined single limit of $3,000,000 on account of bodily injury to or death of one or more persons as the result of any one accident or disaster and on account of damage to property which shall be primary and noncontributory. The $3,000,000 requirement stated in the preceding sentence shall remain effective and not be subject to change until three (3) years after the Commencement Date. Thereafter, commencing on the first day of the fourth (4 th ) anniversary date of the Term and then no more frequently than once each three (3) years on the anniversary date of this Lease, if, in the reasonable and documented opinion of Landlord and the independent insurance broker retained by Landlord, the amount of Tenant’s commercial general liability coverage at that time is not adequate, Landlord shall provide written notice to Tenant of the proposed amount for the revised combined single limit, which notice shall include the independent insurance broker’s detailed explanation for the proposed increase, and Tenant may increase such liability insurance coverages as reasonably required by Landlord; provided, however, such increases shall not exceed commercially reasonable insurance coverages required to be carried by tenants leasing comparable office space in Class A Projects for a comparable type of business as Tenant. Such limit can be achieved by a primary policy or a combination of primary and umbrella/excess policies. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, maintain in full force and effect a policy of “special form” property insurance on Tenant’s Property for full replacement value and with coinsurance waived. “ Tenant’s Property ” means Tenant’s trade fixtures, equipment, personal property, and Specialty Alterations (as defined in Section 18(b) ), but not Leasehold Improvements or Alterations that are not Specialty Alterations. During the Term and Early Access, Tenant shall require its movers for any move into or out of the Building for which Tenant has previously received written authorization to procure and

 

22


deliver to Landlord a certificate of insurance naming Landlord (for which Tenant has been previously provided, in writing, the name, street address, phone number and email address for, and is still applicable at such time) as an additional insured. No liability insurance required hereunder shall be subject to cancellation or material modification without at least 30 days’ prior notice to Landlord. Liability insurance specified under this Section 12(a) shall name Tenant as insured, and Landlord, Landlord’s property manager, and Brandywine Realty Trust shall be named additional insureds (if not already provided for in policy language). If requested in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall also name any mortgagee or holder of any mortgage that may be or become a lien upon any part of the Premises as its interests may appear provided Tenant has been previously provided, in writing, the name, street address, phone number and email address for each of these parties, and all such parties are still applicable at such time. No later than the Commencement Date, Tenant shall provide Landlord with certificates that evidence that all insurance coverages required under this Lease are in place for the policy periods. Tenant shall also furnish to Landlord and/or Landlord’s designated agent throughout the Term replacement certificates at least 10 days prior to the expiration dates of the then-current policy or policies provided Tenant has been previously provided, in writing, the name, street address, phone number and email address for each of these parties, and all such parties are still applicable at such time or, within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s receipt of a written request by Landlord and/or its agent from time to time, a copy of the insurance certificate evidencing coverage Tenant is required to carry pursuant to this Lease to evidence that the insurance required under this Section is in full force and effect. All insurance required under this Lease shall be issued by an insurance company that has been in business for at least 5 years or is a successor company to an insurance company that has been in business for at least five (5) years, is authorized to do business in Texas, and has a financial rating of at least an A-IX as rated in the most recent edition of Best’s Insurance Reports. The limits of any such required insurance shall not in any way limit Tenant’s liability under this Lease or otherwise. If Tenant fails to maintain such insurance, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same, at Tenant’s expense, which expense shall be reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent within 30 days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written demand for payment which shall include certificates that evidence that all insurance coverages required under this Lease are in place for the policy periods. Any deductible under such insurance policy in excess of $100,000 shall be approved by Landlord in writing prior to the issuance of such policy which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. Tenant shall not self-insure without Landlord’s prior written consent which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed.

(b) Landlord shall obtain and maintain in force the following insurance policy or policies at the time construction of the Building commences, and at all times thereafter during the Term: (i) replacement cost insurance including “all risk of physical loss” real and personal property insurance on the Building and Parking Garage, in an amount equal to the full replacement cost (as such may increase from time to time) of the Building, Parking Garage, and including without limitation the Leasehold Improvements and improvements to the Common Areas (exclusive of Tenant’s Property), and including rental loss insurance in an amount equal to not less than eighteen (18) months’ Rent for the Building; (ii) a commercial general liability insurance policy or policies (including bodily injury and property damage and all risks and hazards as are customarily insured against by others similarly situated and operating like properties) covering the Project in amounts reasonably required by Landlord or any Mortgagee (as defined in Section 16 ) but in no event, less than a combined single limit of not less than three million dollars ($3,000,000.00) per occurrence, with an adjustable umbrella policy coverage for such risks of at least five million dollars ($5,000,000.00) and subject to annual aggregate limits of not less than five million dollars ($5,000,000.00); (iii) a policy of workers’ compensation insurance, if any, as required by applicable law and (iii) such other insurance as reasonably required by Landlord or any Mortgagee provided such other types of insurance and their coverage limits are generally consistent with that maintained by landlords in other Class A Projects.

(c) To the extent that and so long as the same is permitted under the laws and regulations of the State of Texas, Landlord and Tenant shall each have included an appropriate clause in or endorsement in all policies of insurance respectively obtained by them covering the Project, the Premises, Building and Parking Garage or any portion thereof and personal property, fixtures, and equipment or any contents located therein, wherein the insurer waives all rights of subrogation and consents to a waiver of right of recovery against Landlord or Tenant in connection with any loss or damage thereby insured against that may occur to Landlord or Tenant or any party claiming by, through or under Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, with respect to the Premises, the Building, Parking Garage or the Project, pursuant to the terms of this paragraph. Landlord and Tenant shall each provide the other with proof of such waivers of subrogation on the part of each insurance carrier within thirty (30) days after receipt of the other parties’ request. Both Landlord and Tenant agree to immediately give each insurance company which has issued to it policies of property insurance written notice of the terms of such mutual waivers and to cause

 

23


such insurance policies to be properly endorsed, if necessary, to prevent the invalidation thereof by reason of such waivers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant each hereby releases the other, and waives its right of recovery against the other, for any direct or consequential loss or damage arising out of or incident to the perils covered by the property insurance policy or any other policies carried by the waiving party to the extent such losses or damages are actually covered by such insurance policies after application of any commercially reasonable deductible (or would have been covered if the party had obtained and maintained the insurance it was required to carry under this Lease or if Tenant did not elect to self-insure), WHETHER OR NOT SUCH DAMAGE OR LOSS MAY BE ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE NEGLIGENCE OF EITHER PARTY OR THEIR AGENTS, INVITEES, CONTRACTORS, OR EMPLOYEES . Each property insurance policy carried by either Landlord or Tenant in accordance with this Lease shall include a waiver of the insurer’s rights of subrogation to the extent necessary to effect the foregoing. Such waiver shall not limit any other waiver made under this Lease. Landlord and Tenant each also hereby releases the other, and waives its right of recovery against the other, for any direct or consequential loss or damage arising out of or incident to the perils that would be covered by the property insurance policy or policies required to be carried by the waiving party after application of any commercially reasonable deductible even if not actually carried, WHETHER OR NOT SUCH DAMAGE OR LOSS MAY BE ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE NEGLIGENCE OF EITHER PARTY OR THEIR AGENTS, INVITEES, CONTRACTORS, OR EMPLOYEES . THE PARTIES HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS WAIVER OF SUBROGATION PROVISION APPLIES EVEN IF THE RELEASED PARTY IS NEGLIGENT.

13. INDEMNIFICATION .

(a) Subject to Section 12(c) , Tenant shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Landlord, Landlord’s property manager, Brandywine Realty Trust, and each of Landlord’s directors, officers, members, partners, trustees, employees, and agents (collectively, “ Landlord Indemnitees ”) from and against any and all third-party claims, actions, damages, liabilities, and expenses (including all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees)) to the extent arising out of or from or related to: (i) Tenant’s breach of this Lease; (ii) any negligence or willful act of Tenant, any Tenant Indemnitees (as defined below), or any Tenant Agent; and (iii) any acts or omissions occurring at, or use or operation of, the Premises during the Term or during any other period of Tenant’s possession of the Premises, except to the extent arising from Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct or Landlord’s breach of any of its obligations under this Lease. If Tenant fails to promptly defend a Landlord Indemnitee following written demand by the Landlord Indemnitee, the Landlord Indemnitee shall defend the same at Tenant’s expense, by retaining or employing counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Landlord Indemnitee.

(b) Subject to Section 12(c) , Landlord shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Tenant and each of Tenant’s directors, officers, members, partners, trustees, employees, and agents (collectively, “ Tenant Indemnitees ”) from and against any and all third-party claims, actions, damages, liabilities, and expenses (including all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees)) to the extent arising out of or from or related to: (i) Landlord’s breach of this Lease; and (ii) any negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Indemnitees or any of Landlord’s contractors. If Landlord fails to promptly defend a Tenant Indemnitee following written demand by the Tenant Indemnitee, the Tenant Indemnitee shall defend the same at Landlord’s expense, by retaining or employing counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Tenant Indemnitee.

(c) Subject to Section 12(c) , Landlord’s and Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall not be limited by the amount or types of insurance maintained or required to be maintained under this Lease. The provisions of this Section shall survive the Expiration Date.

14. CASUALTY DAMAGE . If the Project, Premises, Building or Common Area of the Building serving or providing access to the Premises, and/or the Parking Garage is damaged by fire or other casualty (whether or not the Premises are affected) (a) and in Landlord’s reasonable estimation, restoration thereof cannot reasonably be completed within two hundred ten (210) days after the date of the casualty; or (b) Landlord’s Mortgagee shall require that insurance proceeds, or any portion thereof, from Landlord’s insurance be used to retire the Mortgage debt in whole or in part such that the cost of performing the required repair and restoration exceeds the insurance proceeds available to Landlord; or (c) the damage results from a risk which is not fully insured under the insurance policies required by the Lease (except for any deductible amount of such loss under the policy maintained by

 

24


Landlord); or (d) there is substantial damage which occurs during the last eighteen (18) months of the Term, then in any such event Landlord shall give Tenant a written notice (the “ Damage Notice ”) no later than forty-five (45) days following the date of such damage including a good faith estimate of the date (“ Estimated Restoration Date ”) on which the repair of the damage will be substantially complete and whether the loss is covered by Landlord’s insurance coverage. Either Landlord or Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by notice in writing to the other party within thirty (30) days after the date of Tenant’s receipt of the Damage Notice; provided, however, if the Damage Notice specifies that the insurance proceeds are insufficient to cover the cost of the repairs, Tenant may, in its sole discretion, elect to pay Landlord the excess of the cost of such repairs over the amount of available insurance proceeds, by giving Landlord notice thereof within 10 days after receipt of the Damage Notice, in which event neither party will elect to terminate this Lease based on the lack of sufficient insurance proceeds and Landlord will proceed with the repair thereof, with Tenant funding such excess cost to Landlord as the funds are required. If all or any portion of the Premises, Building or Common Area of the Building serving or providing access to the Premises and/or the Parking Garage shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall, except as otherwise provided herein, repair, rebuild and restore the Project, Premises, Building and Common Area and/or Parking Garage (exclusive of Tenant’s Property) as promptly as practicable under the circumstances at the expense of Landlord. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition that existed prior to the casualty, except for modifications, if any, required by zoning and building codes and other applicable Laws then in effect and applicable to such restoration or by the holder of a Mortgage on the Building and any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord (provided (i) access to the Premises and any common restrooms serving the Premises is not materially impaired, and (ii) the quality and character of such modifications are no less than the condition that existed prior to the casualty). Upon any damage to the Premises, Landlord shall repair, rebuild, and restore the Leasehold Improvements and Alterations (exclusive of Tenant’s Property) installed in the Premises to the condition stated above. Unless Landlord or Tenant elects to terminate this Lease as provided in this Section, this Lease will remain in full force and effect and Landlord shall repair such damage to the extent required in this Section as expeditiously as possible under the circumstances and, during the period required for restoration, a just and proportionate part of Rent shall be abated during the time and to the extent the Premises, or portion thereof, are Untenantable (as defined in Section 6(b) of this Lease) as of the date of the casualty and such abatement shall continue until the Premises, or portion thereof, Building or Common Area of the Building serving or providing access to the Premises and/or the Parking Garage are repaired or rebuilt and made tenantable; provided however, if the damage to the Building or any Building Systems or Common Area of the Building serving or providing access to the Premises and/or the Parking Garage has not been repaired and the Premises made ready for occupancy within two (2) months after the Estimated Restoration Date, then Tenant shall have the right and option to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after the end of such two (2)-month period; provided, however, there shall be no abatement of Rent if Landlord provides to Tenant other space in the Building which is reasonably suited for the temporary operation of Tenant’s business and Landlord pays all costs associated with moving the furniture, fixtures, equipment and telecommunication services Tenant requires in such space. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during any Rent abatement period under this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord as Rent Landlord’s normal charges for all services and utilities provided to and used by Tenant, if any, during the period of the Rent abatement. If Landlord should elect or be obligated pursuant to this Lease to repair or rebuild because of any damage or destruction, Landlord’s obligation to repair or restore the Premises, Building or any portion thereof shall be limited to the level of restoration stated above for the Building and the Leasehold Improvements in the Premises and shall not extend to any furniture, equipment, supplies or other personal property owned or leased by Tenant, its employees, contractors, invitees or licensees. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or Tenant Indemnitees, injury to Tenant’s business, or pain and suffering, resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof. The provisions of this Lease, including this Section, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, and any Law with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises.

15. CONDEMNATION . If a taking renders the Building or Premises reasonably unsuitable for the Permitted Use, this Lease shall, at either party’s option exercised by written notice to the other within 30 days after such taking, terminate as of the date title to condemned real estate vests in the condemner, the Rent herein reserved shall be apportioned and paid in full by Tenant to Landlord to the date of such taking, all Rent prepaid for period beyond that date shall forthwith be repaid by Landlord to Tenant, and neither party shall thereafter have any liability

 

25


for any unaccrued obligations hereunder; provided, however, a condition to the exercise by Tenant of such right to terminate shall be that the portion of the Building or Premises taken shall be of such extent and nature as materially to handicap, impede, or impair Tenant’s use of the balance of the Premises or of the Building for its normal business operations. If this Lease is not terminated after a condemnation, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall be equitably reduced in proportion to the area of the Premises that has been taken for the entire balance of the Term or the period of time during the Term during which the taking occurs. Tenant shall have the right to make a claim against the condemner for moving expenses and business dislocation damages to the extent that such claim does not reduce the sums otherwise payable by the condemner to Landlord.

16. SUBORDINATION; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE .

(a) Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that, as of the date of this Lease: (i) it is the fee simple owner of the Land; and (ii) there are no (a) superior leases, or (b) mortgages with respect to the Project, Premises, Building, Parking Garage, or the Land. Subject to Tenant’s rights under this Section 16 , and Landlord’s obligation to obtain a Subordination Agreement (defined below in this Section), this Lease shall be subordinate at all times to the lien of any mortgages hereafter placed upon the Project and land of which they are a part (“ Mortgage ”) without the necessity of any further instrument except a Subordination Agreement signed by the Mortgagee (as defined in this Section) or other act on the part of Tenant to effectuate such subordination. Landlord agrees to obtain from the Mortgagee, a signed subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to Tenant and the applicable Mortgagee (a “ Subordination Agreement ”) contemporaneously with and as a condition to Landlord’s execution of any such mortgage or ground lease entered into after the Effective Date of this Lease which Tenant agrees to execute within ten (10) business days of delivery by Landlord. Tenant further agrees to execute and deliver within 10 days after Landlord’s request and presentation of a Subordination Agreement evidencing such subordination and attornment as shall be reasonably required by the Mortgagee. If to Tenant’s actual knowledge Landlord shall be or is alleged to be in default of any of its obligations owing to Tenant under this Lease, Tenant shall give to the holder (the “ Mortgagee ”) of any mortgage or deed of trust or ground lease hereafter placed upon the Premises, Building, and/or Project whose name and address has been furnished to Tenant in writing in the form of a notice in the manner provided for in Section 21 of this Lease, and is the Mortgagee at the time of such default, notice (“ Tenant’s Default Notice ”) by overnight mail of any such default that Tenant shall have served upon Landlord. Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise any right or remedy as there may be because of any default by Landlord without having given such notice to the Mortgagee. If Landlord shall fail to cure such default within the time period specified in Section 17(i) of this Lease, the Mortgagee shall have 30 additional days from the date of Tenant’s Default Notice within which to cure such default or such longer period as may be reasonably necessary to complete the cure (not to exceed 60 additional days), provided the Mortgagee has commenced and is proceeding diligently and in good faith to cure such default including, but not limited to, commencement of foreclosure proceedings, if necessary to effect such cure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Mortgagee may at any time subordinate its mortgage to this Lease, without Tenant’s consent, by notice in writing to Tenant, and thereupon this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Mortgage without regard to their respective dates of execution and delivery, and in that event the Mortgagee shall have the same rights with respect to this Lease as though it had been executed prior to the execution and delivery of the Mortgage.

(b) Tenant shall attorn to any foreclosing mortgagee, purchaser at a foreclosure sale or by power of sale, or purchaser by deed in lieu of foreclosure (“successor landlord”) pertaining to the Project subject to the terms of a Subordination Agreement executed by successor landlord and Tenant. Subject to the conditions specified in the preceding sentence, Tenant shall attorn to and recognize such successor landlord as Tenant’s landlord under this Lease and shall promptly, without payment to Tenant of any consideration therefor, execute and deliver any commercially reasonable instrument that such successor landlord may request to evidence such attornment. Upon such attornment, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as, or as if it were, a direct lease between the successor landlord and Tenant upon all of the terms, conditions, and covenants as are set forth in this Lease and shall be applicable after such attornment, except that the successor landlord shall not be bound by any modification of this Lease which occurs after the foreclosure, purchase at a foreclosure sale or by power of sale, or purchaser by deed in lieu of foreclosure and is not approved by the successor landlord, or by any previous prepayment of more than one month’s rent after the foreclosure, purchase at a foreclosure sale or by power of sale, or purchaser by deed in lieu of foreclosure, unless such modification or prepayment shall have been expressly approved in writing by the holder of the superior mortgage through or by reason of which the successor landlord shall have succeeded to the rights of Landlord. With respect to any assignment by Landlord of Landlord’s interest in

 

26


this Lease, or the rents payable hereunder, conditional in nature or otherwise, which assignment is made to any Mortgagee, Tenant agrees that the execution thereof by Landlord, and the acceptance thereof by the Mortgagee, shall never be deemed an assumption by such Mortgagee of any of the obligations of Landlord hereunder, unless such Mortgagee shall, by written notice sent to Tenant, specifically elect, or unless such Mortgagee shall foreclose the Mortgage and assume ownership of the Project. Tenant, upon receipt of written notice from a Mortgagee that Landlord is in default under the loan documents for the Project, and such Mortgagee is therefore entitled to collect Rent specified in this Lease, and directing that Rent under this Lease should be paid to such Mortgagee. Tenant shall thereafter comply with such direction and pay Rent as directed by such Mortgagee pursuant to the terms this Lease, all rentals and all other monies due or to become due to Landlord under this Lease and the payment of such rentals and all other monies to such Mortgagee shall constitute the payment of such rentals and all other monies under this Lease. Tenant shall not be required to determine whether Landlord is in default under the loan documents and Landlord hereby expressly and irrevocably authorizes Tenant to make such payments to such Mortgagee upon such notice and direction and hereby releases and discharges Tenant from any liability to Landlord or any party claiming by, through or under Landlord on account of any such payments.

(c) Tenant must at any time and from time to time, within 10 days after receipt of Landlord’s written request, execute and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate certifying all reasonably requested information pertaining to this Lease.

17. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES .

(a) An “ Event of Default ” shall be deemed to exist and Tenant shall be in default hereunder if: (i) Tenant fails to pay any Rent when due and such failure continues for more than 5 business days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written notice of such failure; provided, however, in no event shall Landlord have any obligation to give Tenant more than 2 such notices in any consecutive 12-month period, after which during such consecutive 12-month period there shall be an Event of Default if Tenant fails to pay any Rent when due, regardless of Tenant’s receipt of notice of such non-payment; (ii) Tenant fails to bond over or remedy a mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien for work or services authorized by Tenant in writing the payment for which is delinquent within 10 days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written notice of such lien; (iii) there is any assignment or subletting (regardless of whether the same might be void under this Lease) in violation of the terms of this Lease and such violation continues for more than 5 business days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written notice of such violation; (iv) the occurrence of any default beyond any applicable notice and/or cure period under any guaranty executed in connection with this Lease; (v) Tenant fails to deliver any Landlord provided estoppel certificate or subordination agreement within 5 business days after receipt of notice that such document was not received within the time period required under this Lease; (vi) Tenant’s or any Guarantor’s filing of a voluntary petition for relief, or the filing of a petition against Tenant or any Guarantor in a proceeding under the federal bankruptcy or other insolvency laws that is not withdrawn or dismissed within 45 days thereafter, or Tenant’s rejection of this Lease after such a filing, or, under the provisions of any law providing for reorganization or winding up of corporations, the assumption by any court of competent jurisdiction of jurisdiction, custody, or control of Tenant or any substantial part of its property, or of any Guarantor, where such jurisdiction, custody, or control remains in force, unrelinquished, unstayed, or unterminated for a period of 45 days; (vii) Tenant fails to observe or perform any of Tenant’s other agreements or obligations under this Lease and such failure continues for more than 30 days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written notice of such failure, or the expiration of such additional time period as is reasonably necessary to cure such failure (not to exceed 60 additional days), provided Tenant immediately commences and thereafter proceeds with all due diligence and in good faith to cure such failure; or (viii) Tenant fails to deliver either the original LOC or the new LOC as and when required under Section 4(a) above, and then fails to cure such default within 5 business days after receipt of written notice from Landlord that such LOC was not timely received. If Tenant fails to respond in writing (including email) to any Landlord-requested estoppel certificate or subordination agreement that is required to be given pursuant to the terms of this Lease within 10 days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written notice that such estoppel certificate or subordination agreement was not received within the time period required under this Lease, in addition to all other remedies available to Landlord, Tenant must pay to Landlord as liquidated damages therefor an amount equal to 1/30 of the then-current monthly Fixed Rent for each day that Tenant fails to respond in writing or so deliver such certificate to Landlord after the expiration of such 10-day period.

 

27


(b) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord, in addition to the other rights or remedies it may have under this Lease, at law, or in equity, and without prejudice to any of the same, shall have the option, without any notice to Tenant and with or without judicial process, to pursue any one or more of the following remedies:

(i) Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand for all losses and damages that Landlord suffers or incurs by reason of such termination, including damages in an amount equal to the total of: (A) the reasonable and documented actual costs of repossessing the Premises and all other reasonable and documented actual expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with Tenant’s default; (B) the unpaid Rent earned as of the date of termination; (C) all Rent for the period that would otherwise have constituted the remainder of the Term, discounted to present value at the rate quoted, from time to time, as the “Prime Rate” in the column entitled “Money Rates” in The Wall Street Journal (or if the Money Rates column is no longer published, the Prime Rate shall be the prime rate announced by the country’s largest bank), less the aggregate reasonable rental value of the Premises for the same period; and (D) all other sums of money and damages owing by Tenant to Landlord.

(ii) Landlord shall have the right to terminate Tenant’s right of possession (but not this Lease) and may repossess the Premises by forcible detainer or forcible entry and detainer suit or otherwise, without demand or notice of any kind to Tenant and without terminating this Lease. If Tenant receives written notice of a termination of its right to possession, such notice will serve as both a notice to vacate, notice to pay or quit, and a demand for possession of, the Premises, and Landlord may immediately thereafter initiate a forcible detainer action without any further demand or notice of any kind to Tenant.

(iii) Landlord shall have the right to enter and take possession of all or any portion of the Premises without electing to terminate this Lease, in which case Landlord shall have the right to relet all, or any portion of the Premises on such terms as Landlord deems advisable. Landlord will not be required to incur any expenses to relet all or any portion of the Premises, although Landlord may at its option incur customary leasing commissions or other reasonable costs as Landlord shall deem necessary or appropriate to relet. In no event will the failure of Landlord to relet all or any portion of the Premises reduce Tenant’s liability for Rent or damages; provided, however, neither the foregoing nor anything else contained in this Section shall relieve Landlord from any obligation under Texas law to mitigate the damages of Landlord arising as a result of an Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease and shall not be construed in any way as a provision or provisions which purports/purport to waive a right of Tenant to require that Landlord mitigate, or to exempt Landlord from a duty to mitigate (or from liability for its failure to satisfy such duty), Landlord’s damages arising due to an Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease. However, Landlord shall have no duty to mitigate damages caused by an Event of Default other than as specifically set forth in Section 91.006 of the Texas Property Code, as it may be amended. Landlord must have full possession of all of the Premises before any duty to mitigate damages will arise, and Landlord shall be conclusively deemed not to be in full possession of all of the Premises if any litigation or other proceeding is pending in which Tenant is asserting a right to regain possession of the Premises and/or disputing Landlord’s right to possession of the Premises. To satisfy Landlord’s obligation under Texas law to mitigate its damages following an Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease, Landlord must only retain a real estate broker (such broker can be the same as the broker that is leasing the other space in the Building and/or Project which is available for rent) to market the Premises and acknowledge through such broker that all portions of the Premises are available for lease, and such retention shall constitute prima facie evidence of reasonable efforts on the part of Landlord to relet the Premises; provided, however, in no event shall Landlord be obligated to: (i) relet to an affiliate of Tenant or any party not acceptable to any mortgagee or lessor of Landlord; (ii) relet all or any portion(s) of the Premises for less than the then market value of such Premises as determined by Landlord; or (iii) relet all or any portion(s) of the Premises unless there is/are no other comparable space/spaces available for lease at the Project or any other property owned by Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord within a 10-mile radius of the Project. Additionally, with respect to provisions of the laws of Texas that require that Landlord use reasonable efforts to relet the Premises and mitigate its damages following an Event of Default, the following shall apply in determining whether efforts by Landlord to relet are reasonable: (1) Landlord may elect to lease other comparable, available space at the Project, if any, before reletting all or any portion of the Premises; (2) Landlord may elect to consent to the assignment or sublease by an existing tenant of the Project before reletting all or any portion of the Premises; (3) Landlord may decline to relet all or any portion of the Premises to a prospective tenant if the nature of such prospective tenant’s business is not consistent with the tenant mix of the Project or with any other tenant leases that contain provisions prohibiting Landlord from leasing space at the Project for certain uses, or if the nature of such prospective tenant’s business may

 

28


have an adverse impact on the manner in which the Project is operated or upon the reputation of the Project even though in each of such circumstances such prospective tenant may have a good credit rating; and (4) before reletting all or any portion of the Premises to a prospective tenant, Landlord may require that such prospective tenant demonstrate the same financial capacity that Landlord would require as a condition to leasing other space at the Project to a prospective tenant. Without causing a surrender or forfeiture or termination of this Lease after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Landlord may: (A) relet all or any portion of the Premises for a term or terms to expire at the same time as, earlier than, or subsequent to, the expiration of the Term; (B) remodel or change the use and character of all or any portion of the Premises; and (C) grant rent concessions in reletting all or any portion of the Premises, if necessary in Landlord’s judgment, without reducing Tenant’s obligation for Rent specified in this Lease. The rent earned from reletting all or any portion of the Premises shall be applied first, to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due from Tenant to Landlord, second, to the payment of any reasonable and documented actual cost of such reletting including, without limitation, reasonably necessary refurbishing costs and leasing commissions for such reletting, and third, to the payment of Rent due and unpaid under this Lease. If the rent earned from reletting all or any portion of the Premises, after payment of such indebtedness and/or reletting costs, is insufficient to satisfy the payment when due of Rent reserved under this Lease for any monthly period, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand the amount of such deficiency. If such rent, after payment of such indebtedness and/or reletting costs, is greater than the Rent reserved under this Lease, Landlord may retain such excess. Reletting of the Premises after the occurrence of an Event of Default shall not be construed as an election to terminate this Lease and, notwithstanding any such reletting without termination, Landlord may at any time thereafter elect to terminate this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, provided Landlord has not terminated this Lease with respect to the space relet to a substitute tenant, upon the default by any substitute tenant or upon the expiration or any earlier termination of such substitute tenant’s lease term before the expiration of the Term, Landlord may, at Landlord’s sole election, either relet to still another substitute tenant or otherwise exercise its rights under this Section.

(iv) Landlord shall have the right to enter upon and take custodial possession of all or any portion of the Premises in accordance with applicable law, lock out or remove Tenant and any other person occupying all or any portion of the Premises, and alter the locks and other security devices at the Premises in accordance with applicable law without Landlord being deemed guilty of trespass or becoming liable for any resulting loss or damage and without causing a termination or forfeiture of this Lease or of Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent. If Landlord changes the lock(s) to door(s) into the Premises and Tenant is then delinquent in the payment of Rent due hereunder, a new key will be provided to Tenant only if no Event of Default then exists by Tenant under this Lease and the amount of the delinquent Rent is paid to Landlord by cashier’s check or other payment medium of immediately available funds that is acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion.

(v) Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises without terminating this Lease and without being liable for prosecution or any claim for damages therefor and maintain the Premises and repair or replace any damage thereto or do anything for which Tenant is responsible hereunder. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord immediately upon demand for any reasonable and documented actual out-of-pocket costs which Landlord incurs in thus effecting Tenant’s compliance under this Lease, and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any damages with respect thereto.

(vi) Landlord shall have the right to continue this Lease in full force and effect, whether or not Tenant shall have abandoned the Premises. If Landlord elects to continue this Lease in full force and effect pursuant to this Section, then Landlord shall be entitled to enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover Rent as it becomes due. Landlord’s election not to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section or pursuant to any other provision of this Lease, at law or in equity, shall not preclude Landlord from showing the Premises to potential tenant, subsequently electing to terminate this Lease, or pursuing any of its other remedies.

(vii) Landlord shall have the right to cure any Event of Default on behalf of Tenant and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for any reasonable and documented actual sums paid or reasonable and documented actual costs incurred by Landlord in curing such default, including reasonable and documented actual attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses.

 

29


(c) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for, and Landlord shall be entitled to recover: (i) all Rent accrued and unpaid; (ii) all reasonable and documented actual costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in recovering possession of the Premises, including legal fees, and removal and storage of Tenant’s property; (iii) the reasonable and documented actual costs and expenses of restoring the Premises to the condition in which the same were to have been surrendered by Tenant as of the Expiration Date; (iv) the reasonable and documented actual costs of reletting commissions; (v) all reasonable and documented actual legal fees and court costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the Event of Default; and (vi) the unamortized portion (as reasonably determined by Landlord) of brokerage commissions incurred by Landlord, and tenant concessions including free rent given by Landlord, in connection with this Lease. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Abatement Period shall immediately become void, and the monthly Fixed Rent due for the Abatement Period shall equal the amount of Fixed Rent due immediately following the Fixed Rent Start Date.

(d) Any amount payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due and that constitutes an Event of Default hereunder shall bear interest at the rate of 1% per month until paid by Tenant to Landlord.

(e) Neither any delay or forbearance by Landlord in exercising any right or remedy hereunder nor Landlord’s undertaking or performing any act that Landlord is not expressly required to undertake under this Lease shall be construed to be a waiver of Landlord’s rights or to represent any agreement by Landlord to thereafter undertake or perform such act. Landlord’s waiver of any breach by Tenant of any covenant or condition herein contained (which waiver shall be effective only if so expressed in writing by Landlord) or Landlord’s failure to exercise any right or remedy in respect of any such breach shall not constitute a waiver or relinquishment for the future of Landlord’s right to have any such covenant or condition duly performed or observed by Tenant, or of Landlord’s rights arising because of any subsequent breach of any such covenant or condition nor bar any right or remedy of Landlord in respect of such breach or any subsequent breach.

(f) The rights granted to Landlord in this Section shall be cumulative of every other right or remedy provided in this Lease or which Landlord may otherwise have at law or in equity or by statute, and the exercise of one or more rights or remedies shall not prejudice or impair the concurrent or subsequent exercise of other rights or remedies or constitute a forfeiture or waiver of Rent or damages accruing to Landlord by reason of any Event of Default under this Lease. Landlord shall have all rights and remedies now or hereafter existing at law or in equity with respect to the enforcement of Tenant’s obligations hereunder and the recovery of the Premises. No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Landlord shall be exclusive of any other right or remedy, but shall be cumulative and in addition to all other rights and remedies given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity. Landlord shall be entitled to injunctive relief in case of the violation, or attempted or threatened violation, of any covenant, agreement, condition or provision of this Lease, or to a decree compelling performance of any covenant, agreement, condition or provision of this Lease.

(g) No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than any payment of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest stipulated Fixed Rent or Additional Rent due and payable hereunder, nor shall any endorsement or statement or any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction. Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other right or remedy provided for in this Lease, at law or in equity, and acceptance of such partial payment shall be deemed subject to Landlord’s reservation of all rights.

(h) If Landlord fails to comply with any provision of this Lease and such failure continues for more than thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Tenant specifying in detail the nature of such failure (or if such failure cannot be corrected through the exercise of reasonable diligence within such thirty (30)-day period, if Landlord does not commence to correct same within such thirty (30)-day period and thereafter diligently pursue correction of same), Landlord shall be in default hereunder (“ Landlord Default ”). Upon any Landlord Default, Tenant, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall have the right to maintain any and all actions at law or suits in equity or other proceedings (including the right to injunctive relief) to enforce the curing or remedying of such default or for damages resulting from such default. Neither any delay or forbearance by Tenant in exercising any right or remedy hereunder nor Tenant’s undertaking or performing any act that Tenant is not expressly required to undertake under this Lease shall be construed to be a waiver of Tenant’s rights or to represent any agreement by Tenant to thereafter undertake or perform such act. Tenant’s waiver of any breach by Landlord of any covenant or

 

30


condition herein contained (which waiver shall be effective only if so expressed in writing by Tenant) or Tenant’s failure to exercise any right or remedy in respect of any such breach shall not constitute a waiver or relinquishment for the future of Tenant’s right to have any such covenant or condition duly performed or observed by Landlord, or of Tenant’s rights arising because of any subsequent breach of any such covenant or condition nor bar any right or remedy of Tenant in respect of such breach or any subsequent breach.

(i) In addition, If Landlord defaults in the performance of any of its maintenance or repair obligations under this Lease, Tenant may send to Landlord written notice thereof, which notice must identify with reasonable specificity the default and Tenant’s remedies under this paragraph (“ Reminder Notice ”). If Landlord fails to either: (i) dispute the existence of such default within 5 business days; or (ii) cure such default within Landlord’s Cure Period, then a “ Landlord Failure ” is deemed to exist and Tenant will have all rights and remedies available at law or in equity for a Landlord Default. “ Landlord’s Cure Period ” means: (A) 30 days after Landlord’s receipt of a Reminder Notice, provided if cure cannot be reasonably effected by Landlord within such 30-day period, Landlord’s Cure Period includes such additional time as may be reasonably necessary for Landlord to cure, provided Landlord commences to cure within such 30-day period and diligently prosecutes such cure to completion (not to exceed 60 additional days); or (B) 5 days after Landlord’s receipt of a Reminder Notice if a Landlord Failure results in an imminent, material threat to persons, Leasehold Improvements or Tenant’s property at the Premises. If a Landlord Failure results in an imminent, material threat to persons or Tenant’s property at the Premises, the Reminder Notice must so state and if Landlord fails to cure such Landlord Failure, then Tenant may, subject to the terms of this paragraph, perform such cure with respect to the Premises. Except to the extent specifically set forth otherwise in this paragraph, in no event shall Tenant have the right to terminate or cancel this Lease, withhold or abate rent, or setoff any claim for damages against Rent as a result of any default or breach by Landlord of its covenants or obligations or any representations, warranties, or promises hereunder. In effecting such cure, Tenant shall not take or permit to be taken any action or omission that could jeopardize the effectiveness of the roof, HVAC, or other warranties for the Building. All actions taken by Tenant to cure a Landlord Failure pursuant to this paragraph must be in accordance with all Laws. Tenant may use only contractors who are duly licensed in the State, perform such work in comparable buildings in the normal course of their business, charge rates that are reasonable and competitive, and are reasonably approved by Landlord. Upon commencing such work, Tenant’s contractors must complete the cure within a reasonable period of time, and in a good and workmanlike manner. Prior to commencing any such work, Tenant must cause its contractors and subcontractors to provide to Landlord certificates evidencing adequate insurance coverage naming Landlord and any other associated or affiliated entity as addition insureds. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all loss, cost, damage, or liability incurred by Landlord arising out of or from or related to Tenant’s performance of any such cure, including, without limitation, claims made by other occupants of the Building that Tenant’s performance of such work interfered with their occupancy of space in the Building. Upon Tenant’s cure of the Landlord Failure, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for Tenant’s reasonable, out-of-pocket, third-party costs incurred in curing the Landlord Failure within 30 days after Landlord’s receipt of an Invoice for such costs (with such back-up documentation as Landlord might reasonably request). An “ Invoice ” means a detailed notice of the work completed and the materials used, all reasonably requested lien waivers, together with a schedule of all costs expended by Tenant in performing such work. An “ Objection ” means a written objection by Landlord to the payment of such Invoice setting forth with reasonable particularity Landlord’s reasons for its claim that such action did not have to be taken by Landlord pursuant to this Lease or that the charges set forth on the Invoice(s) are excessive or otherwise not complete. If Landlord delivers an Objection to Tenant and if such parties are not able to resolve any dispute regarding Tenant’s Invoice or Landlord’s Objection within 30 days after Tenant receives such Objection, then Tenant may pay amounts due to Landlord under this Lease into an escrow account until such Invoice and any Objection thereto are satisfactorily resolved by the parties or by a court of competent jurisdiction.

18. SURRENDER; HOLDOVER .

(a) No later than upon the Expiration Date or earlier termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises (such earlier date, the “ Surrender Date ”), Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Premises to Landlord in good order and condition, vacant, broom clean, wear and tear excepted, and in conformity with the applicable provisions of this Lease, including without limitation Sections 9 and 11 and subject to Sections 14 and 15 . Tenant shall have no right to hold over beyond the Surrender Date, and if Tenant does not vacate as required such failure shall be deemed an Event of Default and Tenant’s occupancy shall not be construed to effect or constitute anything other than a tenancy at sufferance. During any period of occupancy beyond the Surrender Date,

 

31


the amount of Rent owed by Tenant to Landlord will be the Holdover Percentage of the Rent that would otherwise be due under this Lease, without prorating for any partial month of holdover, and except that any provisions in this Lease that limit the amount or defer the payment of Additional Rent are null and void. The “ Holdover Percentage ” equals: (i) 150% for the first 3 months of holdover; and (ii) 200% for any period of holdover beyond 3 months. The acceptance of Rent by Landlord or the failure or delay of Landlord in notifying or evicting Tenant following the Surrender Date shall not create any tenancy rights in Tenant and any such payments by Tenant may be applied by Landlord against its costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Landlord as a result of such holdover. The provisions of this Section shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of any right of reentry as set forth in this Lease; nor shall receipt of any Rent or any other act in apparent affirmance of the tenancy operate as a waiver of Landlord’s right to terminate this Lease for a breach of any of the terms, covenants, or obligations herein on Tenant’s part to be performed. No option to extend this Lease shall have been deemed to have occurred by Tenant’s holdover, and any and all options to extend this Lease or expand the Premises shall be deemed terminated and of no further effect as of the first date that Tenant holds over. In addition, if Tenant fails to vacate and surrender the Premises as herein required, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all costs, losses, expenses, or liabilities incurred as a result of or related to such failure, including without limitation, claims made by any succeeding tenant and real estate brokers’ claims and reasonable attorneys’ fees. Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent and to perform all other Lease obligations for the period up to and including the Surrender Date, and the provisions of this Section, shall survive the Expiration Date. In no way shall the remedies to Landlord set forth above be construed to constitute liquidated damages for Landlord’s losses resulting from Tenant’s holdover.

(b) No later than 11:59 pm on the Surrender Date, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall remove from the Premises Tenant’s Property and all telephone, security, and communication equipment system wiring and cabling, and restore in a good and workmanlike manner any damage to the Premises and/or the Building caused by such removal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to remove a Specialty Alteration if at the time Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to such Specialty Alteration, Tenant provides Landlord with written notification that Tenant desires to not be required to remove such Specialty Alteration and Landlord consents in writing to Tenant’s non-removal request. A “ Specialty Alteration ” means an Alteration that: (i) Landlord required to be removed in connection with Landlord’s consent to making such Alteration; or (ii) is not typically found in other tenant spaces in Class A Projects, including without limitation executive restrooms and kitchens that require separate ventilation located in the Premises, safes, vaults, libraries or file rooms requiring reinforcement of floors, internal staircases, slab penetrations larger than 6 inches circumference, security systems, and specialty door locksets (such as cipher locks). If Tenant fails to remove any of Tenant’s Property, wiring, or cabling as required herein, the same shall be deemed abandoned and Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, may remove and dispose of same and repair and restore any damage caused thereby, or, at Landlord’s election, such Tenant’s Property, wiring, and cabling shall become Landlord’s property. Tenant shall not remove any Alteration (other than Specialty Alterations) from the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no obligation to remove any of the Leasehold Improvements that are not a Specialty Alteration. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if at any time during the Term after the 18-month anniversary of the Commencement Date the Premises do not comprise all of the Rentable Floor Area of the Building, then as soon as commercially reasonable after such occurrence, and in any event by no later than the Surrender Date, Tenant shall restore the first floor lobby to its original design as shown on the preliminary renderings attached hereto as Exhibit J at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. In such event, Landlord’s and Tenant’s architects shall use good faith efforts to work cooperatively to develop the most practical plan for such restoration.

19. RULES AND REGULATIONS . Tenant covenants that Tenant and its employees, agents, invitees, subtenants, and licensees shall comply with the rules and regulations set forth on Exhibit D attached hereto. Landlord shall have the right to rescind and/or augment any of the rules and regulations and to make such other and further written rules and regulations as in the reasonable judgment of Landlord shall from time to time be needed for the safety, protection, care, and cleanliness of the Project, the operation thereof, the preservation of good order therein, and the protection and comfort of its tenants, their agents, employees, and invitees, which when delivered to Tenant shall be binding upon Tenant in a like manner as if originally prescribed provided such existing and/or future rules and regulations: (i) are, subject to the terms of the applicable leases, consistent for all office tenants of the Buildings and applied uniformly among all office tenants of the Buildings; and (ii) do not adversely affect Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, Building, Common Area and/or Parking Garage. In the event of an inconsistency between the rules and regulations and this Lease, the provisions of this Lease shall control. Landlord

 

32


shall have the duty and obligation to take commercially reasonable measures to enforce the rules and regulations Landlord makes and provides to Tenant and other tenants of the Project upon written request of Tenant for such enforcement, and Landlord’s failure or refusal to enforce any rule or regulation against any other tenant beyond such commercially reasonable measures shall be without liability of Landlord to Tenant. Landlord shall not have any liability to Tenant for any failure of any other tenants to comply with any of the rules and regulations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in such rules and regulations: (A) Tenant’s employees may use non-motorized skateboards and scooters in the Premises; (B) Tenant shall not be deemed in violation of any rule regarding noises unless the noise actually disturbs other tenants of the Building; (C) Tenant shall have the right to install and use a dishwasher and a reasonable number of mini refrigerators in the Premises (but not in individual offices or cubes); (D) Tenant may keep open doors to hallways and corridors that are not part of the Common Areas; (E) Landlord shall have no right to object to any of Tenant’s advertising so long as it does not mention Brandywine or the Building; (F) Tenant shall have the right to decide where and how wiring is installed within the Premises so long as such wiring complies with all applicable Laws and neither affects nor can be seen in the Common Areas; (G) Landlord’s obligation to clean the Premises pursuant to Section 7(a) shall include non-standard suite finishes; and (H) so long as Tenant is leasing 100% of the Rentable Floor Area in the Building, Tenant shall have the right to prohibit the possession of firearms in the Building.

20. GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS .

(a) Tenant shall not use, generate, manufacture, refine, transport, treat, store, handle, dispose, bring, or otherwise cause to be brought or permit any of its agents, employees, subtenants, contractors, or invitees to bring, in, on, or about any part of the Project, any hazardous waste, solid waste, hazardous substance, toxic substance, petroleum product or derivative, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyl, hazardous material, pollutant, contaminant, or similar material or substance as defined by the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. Sections 9601 et seq., as the same may from time to time be amended, and the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto (CERCLA), or now or hereafter defined or regulated as such by any other Law (“ Hazardous Material ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to bring onto the Premises office cleaning supplies and products normally found in modern offices provided Tenant only brings a reasonable quantity of such supplies and products onto the Premises and Tenant shall at all times comply with all Laws pertaining to the storage, handling, use, and application of such supplies and products, and all Laws pertaining to the communication to employees and other third parties of any hazards associated with such supplies and products. Tenant shall not install any underground or above ground tanks on the Premises. Tenant shall not cause or permit to exist any release, spillage, emission, or discharge of any Hazardous Material on or about the Premises (“ Release ”). In the event of a Release, Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord both orally and in writing, report such Release to the relevant government agencies as required by applicable Law, and promptly remove the Hazardous Material and otherwise investigate and remediate the Release in accordance with applicable Law and to the satisfaction of Landlord. Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter upon the Premises to investigate and/or remediate the Release in lieu of Tenant, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as Additional Rent for the costs of such remediation and investigation. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord if Tenant acquires knowledge of the presence of any Hazardous Material on or about the Premises, except as Tenant is permitted to bring onto the Premises under this Lease. Landlord shall have the right to inspect and assess the Premises for the purpose of determining whether Tenant is handling any Hazardous Material in violation of this Lease or applicable Law, or to ascertain the presence of any Release. Landlord shall not (and shall not permit its agents or employees to) use, generate, store or dispose of Hazardous Material at the Project or Building, except in a manner and quantity necessary for the operation of the Project or Building and then in compliance with all applicable Laws. Landlord shall represent and warrant to Tenant as of the Commencement Date that, to Landlord’s actual knowledge without independent investigation, there are no Hazardous Materials, including asbestos containing materials, PCBs or petroleum, present, installed, released or discharged in or about the Premises, Building or Project which are in violation of any applicable Laws, and that the Premises, Building and Project are in compliance with all environmental laws. Landlord further represents and warrants to Tenant as of the Commencement Date that, to Landlord’s actual knowledge without independent investigation, there are no underground storage tanks for petroleum products or Hazardous Material, active or abandoned, located on the Land on which the Project is situated and that there is no pending, threatened or anticipated claim, lawsuit, governmental proceedings or liens or other legal or administrative action involving environmental matters with respect to the Premises or Project. The obligations of Tenant and Landlord under this subsection shall survive the Expiration Date or termination of this Lease.

 

33


(b) Tenant shall, and shall cause its employees, agents, contractors, licensees, subtenants, and assignees to, use the Premises in compliance with all applicable Laws. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly comply with each and all of such Laws, except in the case of required structural changes not triggered by Tenant’s particular use or manner of use or change in use of the Premises, or Tenant’s alterations, additions, or improvements therein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall: (i) obtain, at Tenant’s expense, before engaging in Tenant’s business or profession within the Premises, all applicable and necessary licenses and permits including, but not limited to, state and local business licenses, and permits; and (ii) remain in compliance with and keep in full force and effect at all times all applicable licenses, consents, and permits necessary for the lawful conduct of Tenant’s business or profession at the Premises. Tenant shall pay all personal property taxes, income taxes, and other taxes, assessments, duties, impositions, and similar charges that are or may be assessed, levied, or imposed upon Tenant or Tenant’s Property. Tenant shall also comply with all applicable Laws that do not relate to the physical condition of the Premises and with which only the occupant can comply, such as laws governing maximum occupancy, workplace smoking, VDT regulations, and illegal business operations, such as gambling. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any judicial, governmental or regulatory action, regardless of whether Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any of such Laws shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant.

(c) Landlord shall cause the Building (excluding the Premises), Parking Garage, and all elements of Landlord’s Work in the Premises (“ Landlord’s ADA Areas ”) to meet the requirements imposed by the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ ADA ”) and Texas Accessibility Standards (“ TAS ”) in effect on the Commencement Date. Should Landlord’s ADA Areas not be in compliance with ADA or TAS as of the Commencement Date, Landlord shall make any changes or alterations required to so comply, it being further agreed that all expenses of such compliance shall not be included as Operating Expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, if the requirement of any public authority obligates either Landlord or Tenant to expend money in order to bring the Premises and/or any area of the Project into compliance with Laws (other than ADA or TAS in Landlord’s ADA Areas for which Landlord shall be responsible as provided for in this Section for Landlord’s ADA Areas) as a result of: (i) Tenant’s particular use or alteration of the Premises; (ii) Tenant’s change in the use of the Premises; (iii) the manner of conduct of Tenant’s business or operation of its installations, equipment, or other property therein; or (iv) any cause or condition created by or at the insistence of Tenant, other than by Landlord’s performance of any work for or on behalf of Tenant, then Tenant shall bear all costs of bringing the Premises into compliance with Laws, whether such costs are related to structural or nonstructural elements of the Premises.

(d) Except to the extent Tenant shall comply as set forth above, during the Term Landlord shall comply with all applicable Laws regarding the Project (including the Premises), including without limitation compliance with Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. §12181 et seq. and its regulations as provided for in this Section.

(e) Each party hereto hereby acknowledges and agrees that it will not knowingly violate any applicable Laws regarding bribery, corruption, and/or prohibited business practices as they concern each such party’s respective activities under or in connection with this Lease, and each such party will be solely responsible for and will hold harmless the other party from and against any claims or liabilities in connection with any of such responsible party’s own violations of any such Laws.

21. NOTICES . Wherever in this Lease it is required or permitted that notice or demand be given or served by either party to this Lease to or on the other party, such notice or demand will be duly given or served in writing and either: (i) personally served; (ii) delivered by prepaid nationally recognized courier service ( e.g. , Federal Express, UPS, and USPS) with evidence of receipt required for delivery; (iii) delivered by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) if an email address is provided by the recipient, emailed with written confirmation of receipt sent directly by the recipient to the sender; in all such cases addressed to the parties at the addresses set forth below, except that prior to the Commencement Date, notices to Tenant shall be sent to Tenant at the address set forth below. Each such notice will be deemed to have been given to or served upon the party to which addressed on the date the same is delivered or delivery is refused. Each party has the right to change its email or street address for notices (provided such new street address is in the continental United States), and/or add another party/parties to receive a copy of the notice or demand or delete a party/parties previously named to

 

34


receive a copy of the notice or demand by a writing sent to the other party in accordance with this Section, and each party will, if requested in writing, within 10 days confirm to the other its notice address. Notices from Landlord may be given by either an agent or attorney acting on behalf of Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (a) any notice from Landlord to Tenant regarding ordinary business operations ( e.g. , exercise of a right of access to the Premises, notice of maintenance activities or Landlord access, etc. but excluding changes in rules and regulations) may be given by written notice left at the Premises or delivered by regular mail, facsimile, or electronic means (such as email) to any person at the Premises whom Landlord reasonably believes is authorized to receive such notice on behalf of Tenant without copies; and (b) invoices, notices of change in billing or notice address, statements of estimated or reconciliation of Operating Expenses and/or utilities, and changes to the rules and regulations may be sent by regular mail or electronic means (such as email) to Tenant’s billing contact.

 

Tenant: Prior to the

Commencement

Date:

  

SailPoint Technologies, Inc.

Attn: Amy Williams, Director, Operations

11305 Four Points Drive

Building 2, Suite 100

Austin, Texas 78726

 

Phone: (512) 664-8512

Email for billing

contact: amy.williams@sailpoint.com

After the Commencement Date:

SailPoint Technologies, Inc.

Attn: Amy Williams, Director, Operations

11120 Four Points Dr., Suite 100

Austin, TX 78726

Phone: (512) 664-8512

Email for billing contact: amy.williams@sailpoint.com

 

Landlord:       

BDN Four Points Land LP

c/o Brandywine Realty Trust

Attn: General Manager

111 Congress Ave., Suite 3000

Austin, TX 78701

  

With a copy to:

Email: Legal.Notices@bdnreit.com

22. BROKERS . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that such representing party has had no dealings, negotiations, or consultations with respect to the Premises or this transaction with any broker or finder other than a Landlord affiliate and Broker. Each party shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the other from and against any and all liability, cost, and expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs), arising out of or from or related to any misrepresentation or breach of warranty under this Section. Landlord shall pay Broker a commission in connection with this Lease pursuant to the terms of a separate written agreement between Landlord and Broker. This Section shall survive the Expiration Date.

23. LANDLORD’S LIABILITY . The term “Landlord” as used in this Lease, so far as covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord are concerned, shall be limited to mean and include only the owner or owners, at the time in question, of the fee title of the Premises and Project or the lessees under ground leases of the land or master leases of the Building, if any. Landlord’s obligations hereunder shall be binding upon Landlord only for the period of time that Landlord is in ownership of such title,, and upon termination of that ownership through a transfer, assignment or other conveyance of any such title, Tenant, except as to any obligations that are then due and owing, shall look solely to Landlord’s successor-in-interest and in case of any subsequent transfer or conveyance, the then-grantee (the “ Transferee ”) in ownership of the Building for the satisfaction of each and every obligation of Landlord hereunder after the date of such transfer. Without further agreement, the Transferee shall be deemed to

 

35


have assumed and agreed to observe and perform any and all obligations of Landlord hereunder during its ownership of such title. Within fifteen (15) days of a written request from the Transferee and the presentation of a commercially reasonable attornment document, and without charge, Tenant shall attorn to the Transferee and, at the option of any Mortgagees, to such Mortgagees subject to the terms of a Subordination Agreement in effect at such time. Landlord shall have no personal liability under any of the terms, conditions or covenants of this Lease and Tenant shall look solely to the equity of Landlord in the Building and/or the proceeds therefrom for the satisfaction of any claim, remedy or cause of action of any kind whatsoever arising from the relationship between the parties or any rights and obligations they may have relating to the Project, this Lease, or anything related to either, including without limitation as a result of the breach of any Section of this Lease by Landlord. In addition, no recourse shall be had for an obligation of Landlord hereunder, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof or the relationship between the parties, against any past, present, or future Landlord Indemnitee (other than Landlord), whether by virtue of any statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such other liability being expressly waived and released by Tenant with respect to the Landlord Indemnitees (other than Landlord).

24. RELOCATION . [INTENTIONALLY DELETED]

25. GENERAL PROVISIONS .

(a) Provided Tenant has performed all of the terms and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, including the payment of Rent, Landlord covenants and agrees to take all necessary steps to secure and to maintain for the benefit of Tenant the peaceful and quiet possession and enjoyment of the Premises and the use of the Common Areas and Parking Garage for the Term, without hindrance, claim, or molestation from Landlord or anyone lawfully or equitably claiming by, through, or under Landlord, under and subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease.

(b) Subject to the terms and provisions of Section 10 , the respective rights and obligations provided in this Lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their successors and assigns.

(c) This Lease shall be governed in accordance with the Laws of Texas, without regard to choice of law principles. Landlord and Tenant hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located.

(d) In connection with any litigation or arbitration arising out of this Lease, Landlord or Tenant, whichever is the prevailing party as determined by the trier of fact in such litigation, shall be entitled to recover from the other party all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the prevailing party in connection with such litigation, including reasonable attorneys’ fees. If Landlord is compelled to engage the services of attorneys (either outside counsel or in-house counsel) to enforce the provisions of this Lease, to the extent that Landlord incurs any reasonable cost or expense in connection with such enforcement, the sum or sums so paid or billed to Landlord, together with all interest, costs and disbursements, shall be due from Tenant within ten (10) days of Tenant’s receipt of an invoice therefor following the occurrence of such expenses. If, in the context of a bankruptcy case, Landlord is compelled at any time to incur any expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, in enforcing or attempting to enforce the terms of this Lease or to enforce or attempt to enforce any actions required under the Bankruptcy Code to be taken by the trustee or by Tenant, as debtor-in-possession, then the sum so paid by Landlord shall be awarded to Landlord by the Bankruptcy Court and shall be immediately due and payable by the trustee or by Tenant’s bankruptcy estate to Landlord in accordance with the terms of the order of the Bankruptcy Court.

(e) This Lease, which by this reference incorporates all exhibits, riders, schedules, and other attachments hereto, supersedes all prior discussions, proposals, negotiations and discussions between the parties and this Lease contains all of the agreements, conditions, understandings, representations, and warranties made between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified orally or in any manner other than by an agreement in writing signed by both parties hereto or their respective successors-in-interest. Except to the extent expressly set forth otherwise in this Lease, neither Landlord, nor anyone acting on Landlord’s behalf, has made any representation, warranty, estimation, or promise of any kind or nature whatsoever relating to the physical condition of the Building or the land under the Building or suitability, including without limitation, the fitness of the Premises for Tenant’s intended use.

 

36


(f) TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE UNDER ALL PROVISIONS OF THIS LEASE, INCLUDING ALL NOTICE PROVISIONS.

(g) Except for the payment of Rent, each party hereto shall be excused for the period of any delay and shall not be deemed in default with respect to the performance of any of its obligations when prevented from so doing by a cause beyond such party’s reasonable control, including, without limitation, strikes or other labor disputes, orders, or regulations of any federal, state, county or municipal authority, embargoes, non-issuance of a governmental permit, fire, or other casualty (or reasonable delays in the adjustment of insurance claims), acts of terrorism or war, inability to obtain any materials or services, acts of God, and any delay caused by a requirement or obligation under the 10A Permit (each, a “ Force Majeure Event ”). No such inability or delay due to a Force Majeure Event shall constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in whole or in part, or entitle Tenant to any abatement or diminution of Rent, or relieve the other party from any of its obligations under this Lease, or impose any liability upon such party or its agents, by reason of inconvenience or annoyance to the other party, or injury to or interruption of the other party’s business, or otherwise.

(h) Excepting payments of Fixed Rent, Operating Expenses, and utilities (which are to be paid as set forth in Sections 4, 5 and 6 ) and unless a specific time is otherwise set forth in this Lease for any Tenant payments, all amounts due from Tenant to Landlord shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within 30 days after receipt of an invoice therefor. As Additional Rent and to the extent not included in Taxes, Tenant shall pay monthly or otherwise when due, whether collected by Landlord or collected directly by the applicable governmental agency, any and all sales, use, use and occupancy, transaction privilege, gross receipts, or other excise tax that may at any time be levied or imposed upon Tenant, or measured by any amount payable by Tenant under this Lease, whether such tax exists on the date of this Lease or is adopted hereafter.

(i) Unless Tenant’s financials are publicly available online at no cost to Landlord, within 10 days after written request by Landlord to Tenant (but not more than once during any consecutive 12-month period unless an Event of Default of a monetary nature has occurred under this Lease or in the event of a sale, financing, or refinancing by Landlord of all or any portion of the Project), Tenant shall furnish to Landlord, Landlord’s Mortgagee, prospective Mortgagee or purchaser, reasonably requested financial information. In connection therewith and upon Tenant’s request, Landlord and Tenant shall execute a mutually acceptable confidentiality agreement.

(j) Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that: (i) Tenant was duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction set forth for Tenant in the first sentence of this Lease; (ii) Tenant is legally authorized to do business in the State; (iii) the person(s) executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant is(are) duly authorized to do so; and (iv) Tenant has the full corporate or partnership power and authority to enter into this Lease and has taken all corporate or partnership action, as the case may be, necessary to carry out the transaction contemplated herein, so that when executed, this Lease constitutes a valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms. Within forty (40) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written request, Tenant will, but no more than once during the Term, provide Landlord with a corporate resolution to Landlord authorizing the execution of this Lease at the time of such execution.

(k) Intentionally Deleted.

(l) Each party hereto represents and warrants to the other that such party is not a party with whom the other is prohibited from doing business pursuant to the regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, including those parties named on OFAC’s Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List. Each party hereto is currently in compliance with, and shall at all times during the Term remain in compliance with, the regulations of OFAC and any other governmental requirement relating thereto. Each party hereto shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the other from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, risks, liabilities, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) incurred by the other to the extent arising from or related to any breach of the foregoing certifications. The foregoing indemnity obligations shall survive the Expiration Date.

 

37


(m) Landlord shall have the right, to the extent required to be disclosed by Landlord or Landlord’s affiliates in connection with securities filings, without notice to Tenant to include in such securities filings general information relating to this Lease, including, without limitation, Tenant’s name, the Building, and the square footage of the Premises. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, neither Tenant nor Landlord shall issue, or permit any broker, representative, or agent representing either party in connection with this Lease to issue, any press release or other public disclosure regarding the specific terms of this Lease (or any amendments or modifications hereof), without the prior written approval of the other party. The parties acknowledge that the transaction described in this Lease and the terms hereof are of a confidential nature and shall not be disclosed except to such party’s employees, attorneys, accountants, consultants, advisors, affiliates, and actual and prospective purchasers, lenders, investors, subtenants and assignees (collectively, “ Permitted Parties ”), and except as, in the good faith judgment of Landlord or Tenant, may be required to enable Landlord or Tenant to comply with its obligations under law or under rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Neither party may make any public disclosure of the specific terms of this Lease, except as required by law or as otherwise provided in this paragraph. In connection with the negotiation of this Lease and the preparation for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, each party acknowledges that it will have had access to confidential information relating to the other party. Each party shall treat such information and shall cause its Permitted Parties to treat such confidential information as confidential, and shall preserve the confidentiality thereof except as provided for in this paragraph, and not duplicate or use such information, except by Permitted Parties. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Landlord agrees to not disclose any of Tenant’s financial information to any party not subject to: (i) the Confidentiality Agreement previously entered into by Landlord and Tenant or (ii) any Confidentiality Agreement entered into by Landlord and Tenant in the future.

(n) Neither Tenant, nor anyone acting through, under, or on behalf of Tenant, shall have the right to record this Lease, nor any memorandum, notice, affidavit, or other writing with respect thereto.

(o) Per the terms of this Lease, Landlord is required to perform certain repairs, furnish services, supplies, and utilities without the requirement for Tenant to request such items. All requests made to Landlord to perform repairs or furnish services, supplies, utilities, or freight elevator usage (if applicable) not required of Landlord under this Lease, shall be made online to the extent available (currently such requests shall be made via http://etenants.com/ , as the same may be modified by Landlord from time to time) otherwise via email or written communication to Landlord’s property manager for the Building. Whenever Tenant requests Landlord to take any action not required of Landlord under this Lease or give any consent required or permitted to be given by Landlord under this Lease (for example, a request for a Transfer consent or a consent to an Alteration, but other than a request for services, supplies, or utilities which is governed by Section 7(b) ), Tenant shall pay to Landlord for Landlord’s administrative and/or professional costs in connection with each such action or consent, Landlord’s reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in reviewing and taking the proposed action or consent, including reasonable attorneys’, engineers’ and/or architects’ fees (as applicable), plus a fee of five percent (5%) of the cost of such fees. The foregoing amount shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within 30 days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of an invoice for such amount. Tenant shall pay such amount without regard to whether Landlord takes the requested action or gives the requested consent.

(p) Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall not be considered a “business associate” for any purpose under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and all related implementing regulations and guidance.

(q) Tenant shall cause any work performed on behalf of Tenant to be performed by contractors who work in reasonable harmony, and shall not unreasonably interfere, with any labor employed by Landlord or Landlord’s contractors. If at any time any of the contractors performing work on behalf of Tenant does not work in reasonable harmony or unreasonably interferes with any labor employed by Landlord, other tenants, or their respective mechanics or contractors, then Landlord shall provide written notice to Tenant regarding such lack of harmony or interference and the permission granted by Landlord to Tenant to do or cause any work to be done in or about the Premises may be withdrawn by Landlord if within two (2) days Tenant has not eliminated the lack of harmony or interference.

 

38


(r) This Lease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when taken together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument. This Lease shall not be binding nor shall either party have any obligations or liabilities or any rights with respect hereto, or with respect to the Premises, unless and until both parties have executed and delivered this Lease. The parties acknowledge and agree that notwithstanding any law or presumption to the contrary, the exchange of copies of this Lease and signature pages by electronic transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Lease for all purposes, and signatures of the parties hereto transmitted and/or produced electronically shall be deemed to be their original signature for all purposes.

(s) Subject to Tenant’s reasonable security requirements (except in an emergency), such as screening and the requirement that an employee of Tenant accompany the Landlord representative, Landlord and persons authorized by Landlord may enter the Premises at all reasonable times upon providing no less than 24 hours’ advance written notice to Tenant or, in the case of a bona fide emergency, at any time without notice, provided Landlord may only show the Premises to prospective tenants during the last 12 months of the Term. Landlord shall not be liable for inconvenience to or disturbance of Tenant by reason of any such entry; provided, however, in the case of repairs or work, such shall be done, so far as practicable, so as to not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises.

(t) If more than one person executes this Lease as Tenant, each of them is jointly and severally liable for the keeping, observing, and performing of all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions, and agreements of this Lease to be kept, observed, and performed by Tenant.

(u) TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER AGAINST THE OTHER ON ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, OR TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE BUILDING, ANY CLAIM OR INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR ANY EMERGENCY OR OTHER STATUTORY REMEDY WITH RESPECT THERETO.

(v) Landlord hereby waives and releases any and all landlord’s liens that Landlord may have at any time upon the personal property and fixtures of Tenant, whether arising under statute, common law, or otherwise. Landlord agrees to execute and deliver any instruments evidencing such waiver at any time or times hereafter upon Tenant’s reasonable request, and further agrees to execute and deliver any other instruments acknowledging and facilitating the rights and remedies of Tenant’s lender(s) with respect to Tenant’s property, at any time or times hereafter upon Tenant’s reasonable request.

26. TENANT’S EXPENSE PAYMENTS . Landlord and Tenant agree that each provision of this Lease for determining charges, amounts and other Additional Rent payable by Tenant is commercially reasonable and, as to each such charge or amount, constitutes a “method by which the charge is to be computed” for purposes of Section 93.012 of the Texas Property Code. ACCORDINGLY, TENANT VOLUNTARILY AND KNOWINGLY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS AND BENEFITS, IF ANY, AVAILABLE TO TENANT UNDER SECTION 93.012 OF THE TEXAS PROPERTY CODE, AS SUCH SECTION NOW EXISTS OR AS IT MAY BE HEREAFTER AMENDED, SUCCEEDED AND/OR RENUMBERED.

27. TAX PROTEST; WAIVER OF DTPA .

(a) Other than as expressly set forth otherwise in Section 5(h ) above, Tenant has no right to protest the real property tax rate applicable to the Project and/or the appraised value of the Project determined by any taxing authority. Tenant hereby knowingly, voluntarily and intentionally waives and releases any right, whether created by law or otherwise, to do any of the following: (i) to file or otherwise protest before any taxing authority any such rate or value determination even though Landlord may elect not to file any such protest; (ii) to appeal any order of a taxing authority which determines any such protest; and (iii) to receive, or otherwise require that Landlord deliver to Tenant, a copy of any reappraisal notice received by Landlord from any taxing authority. The foregoing waiver and release covers and includes any and all rights, remedies and recourse of Tenant, now or at any time hereafter existing, under Section 41.413 and Section 42.015 of the Texas Tax Code (as currently enacted or hereafter modified) together with any other or further laws, rules or regulations covering the subject matter thereof. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing waiver and release was bargained for by Landlord and Landlord would not have agreed to enter into this Lease in the absence of this waiver and release.

 

39


(b) WAIVER OF CONSUMER RIGHTS: PURSUANT TO, AND TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY SECTION 17.42 OF THE TEXAS DECEPTIVE TRADE PRACTICES—CONSUMER PROTECTION ACT (TEX. BUS. & COM. CODE ANN. §17.41, ET. SEQ.), LANDLORD AND TENANT EACH WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS UNDER THE TEXAS DECEPTIVE TRADE PRACTICES—CONSUMER PROTECTION ACT, A LAW THAT GIVES CONSUMERS SPECIAL RIGHTS AND PROTECTIONS, AND AGREE THAT SUCH ACT SHALL HAVE NO APPLICABILITY TO THIS LEASE, EXCEPT THAT SUCH WAIVER SHALL NOT APPLY TO SECTION 17.555 OF SUCH ACT. AFTER CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY OF LANDLORD’S OWN SELECTION, LANDLORD VOLUNTARILY CONSENTS TO THE FOREGOING WAIVER BY IT. AFTER CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY OF TENANT’S OWN SELECTION, TENANT VOLUNTARILY CONSENTS TO THE FOREGOING WAIVER BY IT.

28. NO IMPLIED WARRANTIES . LANDLORD AND TENANT EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY THAT THE PREMISES ARE SUITABLE FOR TENANT’S INTENDED COMMERCIAL PURPOSE AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS LEASE, TENANT’S OBLIGATION TO PAY RENT HEREUNDER IS NOT DEPENDENT UPON THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES OR THE PERFORMANCE BY LANDLORD OF ITS OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS LEASE, TENANT SHALL CONTINUE TO PAY RENT AND ALL AMOUNTS DUE HEREUNDER, WITHOUT ABATEMENT, SETOFF OR DEDUCTION BOTH LANDLORD AND TENANT HAVE EXPRESSLY BARGAINED FOR AND AGREED TO THIS DISCLAIMER. FOR AND IN CONSIDERATION OF THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE, LANDLORD AND TENANT AGREE THAT LANDLORD WOULD NOT HAVE SIGNED THIS LEASE BUT FOR THE DISCLAIMERS SET FORTH ABOVE, AND TENANT WAIVES ANY WARRANTY REGARDING THE PREMISES EXCEPT THOSE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS LEASE.

29. EXTENSION OPTION .

(a) Provided: (i) there is no current monetary Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease at such time; (ii) Intentionally Deleted; (iii) this Lease is in full force and effect; (iv) Tenant is SailPoint Technologies, Inc. or any Permitted Transferee; and (v) Tenant is then occupying 70% of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business, Tenant shall have the right to extend the Term (“ Extension Option ”) for 60 months beyond the end of the Initial Term (“ Extension Term ”) by delivering Tenant’s written extension election notice (“Tenant’s Extension Notice”) to Landlord no later than the Extension Deadline and no sooner than the date that is 21 months prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, with time being of the essence. The “ Extension Deadline ” means the date that is 18 months prior to the expiration of the Initial Term. The terms and conditions of this Lease during the Extension Term shall remain unchanged except Tenant shall only be entitled to the 1 Extension Term provided above, the annual Fixed Rent for the Extension Term shall be the Extension Rent (as defined below), the Expiration Date shall be the last day of the Extension Term (or such earlier date of termination of this Lease pursuant to the terms hereof), and, except to the extent taken into account in the determination of the Extension Rent, Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any tenant improvements to the Premises or provide any tenant improvement allowance to Tenant. Upon Tenant’s delivery of its written extension election notice, Tenant may not thereafter revoke its exercise of the Extension Option unless Landlord does not perform its obligations hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall have no right to extend the Term other than or beyond the 1, 60-month Extension Term described in this paragraph.

(b) “ Extension Rent ” means the fair market extension term base rent rate for the Extension Term for space comparable to the Premises in comparable Class A Projects. In determining the Extension Rent, Landlord, Tenant and any broker with either or both parties shall take into account all relevant factors including, but not limited to, without limitation, prevailing market allowances and concessions for renewing tenants, space measurement methods and loss factors, the lease term, the size of the space, the location of the building(s), parking charges, the amenities offered at the building(s), the age of the building(s), and whether Project Expenses and other pass-through expenses are on a triple net, base year, expense stop or other basis. In lieu of directly providing any prevailing market allowances and/or concessions, Landlord may elect to reduce the Extension Rent by the same amount to reflect the fact that such allowances and concessions were not provided directly to Tenant. During the Extension Term, Tenant shall not be entitled to any tenant improvement allowances, free rent periods or other

 

40


economic concessions (if any) that Tenant was entitled to during the Initial Term, except to the extent such items are indirectly incorporated into the Extension Rent as set forth in this Section. When the Extension Rent is being determined for the first year of the Extension Term, the Extension Rent for the second and all subsequent years of the Extension Term shall also be determined in accordance with the same procedures as are set forth herein and based upon the then prevailing annual rent escalation factor in comparable Class A Projects.

(c) If Tenant exercises the Extension Option before or at 11:59 pm on the day of the Extension Deadline, and Landlord and Tenant do not agree upon the Extension Rent in writing by the date that is 20 days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Extension Notice, then within 15 days thereafter, Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord specifying: (i) Tenant’s final opinion as to the Extension Rent (“ Tenant’s Rent Proposal ”), which opinion may be supported by such corroborating data as Tenant may consider appropriate; and (ii) the name and address of the person designated to act as arbitrator on its behalf. Within fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s Rent Proposal is received by Landlord, Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant specifying: (i) Landlord’s final opinion as to the Extension Rent (“ Landlord’s Rent Proposal ”); and (ii) the name and address of the person designated to act as arbitrator on its behalf. The arbitrators so chosen shall meet within ten (10) days after the second arbitrator is appointed and shall attempt to agree which of Landlord’s Rent Proposal or Tenant’s Rent Proposal most closely reflects the Extension Rent (i.e. Baseball Arbitration). If the arbitrators agree, then such agreement shall be the determination of the arbitrators and such determination shall in all cases be final, binding, and conclusive upon the parties and shall be enforceable in any court having jurisdiction. If the two arbitrators cannot agree within thirty (30) days, then the two arbitrators shall themselves appoint a third arbitrator who shall be a competent and impartial person; and in the event of their being unable to agree upon such appointment within ten (10) days after the aforesaid time, the third arbitrator shall be selected by the Landlord and Tenant themselves if they can agree thereon within the further period of fifteen (15) days. If the parties do not so agree, then either Landlord or Tenant, on behalf of both, may request that such independent arbitrator be appointed within fifteen (15) days by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its rules of commercial arbitration, but subject to the requirements herein for the appointment of arbitrators. Either Landlord or Tenant may submit corroborating data, testimony, and other information with respect to its opinion to the arbitrators for their consideration. In the event of the failure, refusal, or inability of any arbitrator to act, a new arbitrator shall be appointed in his or her stead, which appointment shall be made in the same manner as hereinbefore provided for the appointment of such arbitrator so failing, refusing or unable to act. The third arbitrator shall determine, within a period of thirty (30) days after the appointment of such third arbitrator, which of Landlord’s Rent Proposal or Tenant’s Rent Proposal is closest to the Extension Rent, and such determination shall be the determination of the arbitrators and shall in all cases be final, binding and conclusive upon the parties and enforceable in any court having jurisdiction. Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the one of the two original arbitrators appointed by such party, or in whose stead such arbitrator was appointed, and the fees and expenses of the third arbitrator, if any, shall be borne equally by both parties. Any arbitrator appointed to serve under this Section must be a Qualified Commercial Real Estate Broker. For the purpose hereof the term “ Qualified Commercial Real Estate Broker ” shall mean a real estate broker who: (i) is licensed as a real estate broker in the State of Texas pursuant to all applicable Laws; (ii) has been actively and continuously engaged in leasing office space in multi-story office buildings in Austin, Texas or buildings comparable to the Building for not less than the previous 10-year period and in leasing office space in Class-A Buildings for the last five (5) years; and (iii) as to the 3rd arbitrator, has not represented either Landlord or Tenant in the previous five (5) years. The Rules of Commercial Arbitration of the American Arbitration Association shall govern all arbitration provisions under this Section, except that the qualifications and appointment of the arbitrators shall be as set forth herein and except that the arbitrators so chosen shall solely address and determine the subject matter of the arbitration in the manner outlined herein and not otherwise.

(d) If Tenant exercises the Extension Option pursuant to the terms above and satisfaction of the above conditions at or before 11:59 pm on the day of the Extension Deadline: (i) the “ Term ” shall include the Extension Term, subject only to the determination of Extension Rent; and (ii) upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute prior to the expiration of the then-expiring Term, an appropriate amendment to this Lease, in form and content reasonably satisfactory to both Landlord and Tenant, memorializing the extension of the Term for the ensuing Extension Term (provided Tenant’s or Landlord’s failure to execute such amendment shall not negate the effectiveness of Tenant’s exercise of the Extension Option).

 

41


30. OTHER FOUR POINTS BUILDINGS . Provided: (i) there is no current monetary Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease at such time; (ii) this Lease is in full force and effect; (iii) Tenant is SailPoint Technologies, Inc. or any Permitted Transferee; and (iv) Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord owns the Building as well as one or more Landlord Four Points Buildings (as defined in Section 31(a)) , Landlord shall provide Tenant with quarterly reports of availability and scheduled availability at such Landlord Four Points Building(s).

31. RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER .

(a) Provided: (i) there is no current monetary Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease at such time; (ii) this Lease is in full force and effect; (iii) Tenant is SailPoint Technologies, Inc. or any Permitted Transferee; and (iv) after the Commencement Date, Tenant is then leasing 100% of the Building and occupying no less than 70% of the Initial Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business, then Tenant shall have the ongoing right of first offer (the “ Right of First Offer ”) with respect to any space within any Landlord Four Points Building (as defined below) that is or becomes available for lease during the time period commencing on the date this Lease is signed and ending on the last day of the Term (“ ROFO Space ”), upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 31 . “ Landlord Four Points Buildings ” means any of the following buildings, but only during the period, if any, when Landlord owns such building: (A) the building commonly known as Four Points Centre, Building I, located at 11305 Four Points Drive, Austin, Texas 78726; (B) the building commonly known as Four Points Centre, Building II located at 11305 Four Points Drive, Austin, Texas 78726; and (C) the building which may be constructed in the future on the land currently referred to as Four Points Centre IV. Following receipt of Tenant’s written request at any time after the Commencement Date, Landlord shall notify (“ Landlord’s ROFO Notice ”) Tenant as to any rentable space located in the Landlord Four Points Buildings (if any) that is available at such time or becomes available for lease from Landlord or Landlord reasonably anticipates that such space will become available for lease from Landlord prior to the last 12 months of the Initial Term. In Landlord’s ROFO Notice, Landlord shall notify Tenant of the anticipated availability date, rentable floor area of the ROFO Space, lease term, proposed commencement date (which shall be no sooner than a reasonable amount of time to design, permit and construct leasehold improvements in such space), ROFO Rent (as defined in Section 31(d) ), abated base rent and/or Operating Expenses, Landlord’s allowance for leasehold improvements on a per rentable square foot basis, and lease commission structure (the “ ROFO Terms ”), and, subject to the terms and provisions of this Section, Tenant shall have the right to lease all (but not less than all) of the ROFO Space (“ ROFO ”) offered by delivering Tenant’s written notice of such election to Landlord (“ Tenant’s ROFO Notice ”) within 7 days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s ROFO Notice. Upon Tenant’s delivery of Tenant’s ROFO Notice, Tenant may not thereafter revoke Tenant’s exercise of the ROFO.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, the ROFO shall be subject to the following: (i) if Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant elects not to lease the ROFO Space or if Tenant fails to deliver Tenant’s ROFO Notice to Landlord with respect thereto within the seven (7)-day period specified in this Section, then Landlord shall have the right to enter into a lease for the ROFO Space containing such terms as Landlord deems acceptable in Landlord’s sole discretion (including, without limitation, any right of first offer or other expansion rights that Landlord might grant such tenant(s) for such ROFO Space) and the ROFO shall be void and have no further force or effect with respect to such space until such space again becomes available for lease after the expiration of such new lease; and (ii) Landlord may at any time choose to use any space that is or about to become vacant within the Landlord Four Points Buildings (if any)for marketing or property management purposes, or as a building amenity or common area such as a fitness center or conference area, or to lease such space to an existing tenant of Landlord in connection with the relocation of such tenant at such time, without in any such case notifying or offering such space to Tenant or giving rise to any right of Tenant hereunder. If an Event of Default of a monetary nature exists at any time after Landlord receives Tenant’s ROFO Notice but before the first day that Tenant commences to lease the ROFO Space, Landlord, at Landlord’s option, shall have the right to nullify Tenant’s exercise of the ROFO with respect to the ROFO Space.

(c) Tenant shall take the ROFO Space in “AS IS” condition, and Landlord shall have no obligation to make any improvements or alterations to the ROFO Space but shall be obligated to provide prevailing market allowances for leasehold improvements and other items pursuant to defining ROFO Rent. Landlord shall determine the exact location of any demising walls (if any) for the ROFO Space. Tenant shall not be entitled to any tenant improvement allowances, free rent periods, or other special concessions granted to Tenant with respect to the original Premises. With respect to the ROFO Space, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and utilities pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

 

42


(d) The ROFO shall be subject, subordinate, and in all respects inferior to the rights of any third-party tenant leasing space at the Landlord Four Points Building in which the ROFO Space is located as of the date of Tenant’s ROFO Notice. Space is “available to lease” if and when the lease for the space expires or is otherwise terminated, provided space shall not be deemed to be or become available if the space is assigned or subleased by the current tenant of the space, or relet by the current tenant or subtenant of the space by renewal, extension, or new lease.

(e)      (i) Notwithstanding anything herein, Fixed Rent for all years during the Term that Tenant leases the ROFO Space shall be at the ROFO Rent (as defined below) multiplied by the number of rentable square feet in the ROFO Space. When Fixed Rent for the first year that Tenant will lease the ROFO Space is being determined, Fixed Rent for the second and all subsequent years during the Term that Tenant will lease the ROFO Space shall also be determined (in accordance with the same procedures as are set forth herein for determining the ROFO Rent) based upon the then-prevailing annual rent escalation factor in comparable Class A Projects.

(ii) “ ROFO Rent ” means the fair market base rent for space comparable to the ROFO Space in comparable buildings in comparable Class A Projects. In determining the ROFO Rent, Landlord, Tenant and any broker shall take into account all relevant factors including, but not limited to, without limitation, prevailing market allowances for leasehold improvements and other items and concessions for expanding tenants, space measurement methods and loss factors, the lease term, the size of the space, the location of the building(s), the amenities offered at the building(s), the age of the building(s), and whether operating expenses and other pass-through expenses are on a triple net, base year, expense stop or other basis. In lieu of directly providing any prevailing market allowances and/or concessions, Landlord may elect to reduce the ROFO Rent by the economic equivalent thereof to reflect the fact that such allowances and concessions were not provided directly to Tenant. Tenant will not be entitled to any tenant improvement allowances, free rent periods or other economic concessions (if any) that Tenant was entitled to with respect to the original Premises (as theretofore expanded excluding the ROFO Space), except to the extent such items are indirectly incorporated into the ROFO Rent as set forth in this Section.

(iii) If Landlord and Tenant do not agree upon the ROFO Rent in writing within 20 days after Landlord receives Tenant’s ROFO Notice, then within 15 days after such 20-day period and either party notifies the other in writing that such notifying party desires to determine the ROFO Rent in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section, Landlord and Tenant shall each deliver to the other party a written statement of such delivering party’s determination of the ROFO Rent, together with such supporting documentation as the delivering party desires to deliver. Within 10 days after such 15-day period, Landlord and Tenant shall appoint a Qualified Commercial Real Estate Broker who shall select either Landlord’s determination or Tenant’s determination, whichever such broker finds more accurately reflects the ROFO Rent. The Qualified Commercial Real Estate Broker shall be instructed to notify Landlord and Tenant of such selection within 10 days after such broker’s appointment. The Qualified Commercial Real Estate Broker shall have no power or authority to select any ROFO Rent other than the ROFO Rent submitted by Landlord or Tenant nor shall such broker have any power or authority to modify any of the provisions of this Lease, and the decision of such broker shall be final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant. If Landlord and Tenant do not timely agree in writing upon the appointment of the Qualified Commercial Real Estate Broker, Landlord shall submit to Tenant the names of 3 Qualified Commercial Real Estate Brokers, and Tenant shall have 10 days after receiving such names to notify Landlord of which of the 3 Qualified Commercial Real Estate Brokers Tenant selects to determine the ROFO Rent. If Tenant fails to timely notify Landlord of Tenant’s selection, Landlord shall have the right to unilaterally appoint the Qualified Commercial Real Estate Broker. Any arbitrator appointed to serve under this Section must be a Qualified Commercial Real Estate Broker. The fee and expenses of the Qualified Commercial Real Estate Broker shall be shared equally by Landlord and Tenant, but Landlord shall pay any leasing commissions related to the ROFO Space.

(f) Except as set forth in this Section to the contrary, Tenant shall lease the ROFO Space under a separate lease agreement which substantially mirrors the terms of this Lease, modified as necessary to reflect the terms set forth in Landlord’s ROFO Notice in form and content reasonably satisfactory to both Landlord and Tenant, memorializing the expansion of the Premises as set forth in this Section (provided Tenant’s failure to execute such lease agreement shall not negate the effectiveness of Tenant’s exercise of the ROFO).

 

43


(g) If Tenant exercises its right to lease any ROFO Space: (i) Tenant’s lease of such ROFO Space shall commence upon the later of: (A) the date of availability specified in Landlord’s ROFO Notice; or (B) the date Landlord tenders possession of the ROFO Space in vacant condition; (ii) the ROFO shall thereafter be null and void with respect to the ROFO Space leased by Tenant; and (iii) the term of Tenant’s lease of the ROFO Space shall be the term specified in Landlord’s ROFO Notice. Landlord shall promptly commence and diligently pursue obtaining possession of the ROFO Space so that Landlord can tender the ROFO Space to Tenant; provided, however, Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant if Landlord does not timely tender the ROFO Space to Tenant.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

44


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease under seal as of the day and year first-above stated.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:
BDN FOUR POINTS LAND LP     SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By: BDN Four Points Land GP LLC, its General Partner     By:  

/s/ Cam McMartin

    Name:   Cam McMartin
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer
    Date:   10/2/17
By:  

/s/ William D Redd

Name:   William D. Redd
Title:   Executive Vice President
Date:   10/2/17

 

Exhibits:

    
Exhibit A-1:    Location Plan of Premises
Exhibit A-2:    Description of Land
Exhibit B:    Form of COLT
Exhibit C:    Leasehold Improvements
Exhibit D:    Rules and Regulations
Exhibit E:    Form of LOC
Exhibit F:    Landlord’s Work
Exhibit G:    Exterior Signage
Exhibit H:    Class A Projects Area
Exhibit I:    Cleaning Specifications
Exhibit J:    Renderings

 

[Signature Page]


EXHIBIT A-1

LOCATION PLAN OF PREMISES (NOT TO SCALE)

LOGO

 

A-1-1


LOGO

 

A-1-2


LOGO

 

A-1-3


LOGO

 

A-1-4


EXHIBIT A-2

DESCRIPTION OF LAND

Lot 4, Block A, THE REPLAT OF LOTS 4, 5, and 6, BLOCK A, FOUR POINTS CENTRE P.U.D., a subdivision in Travis County, Texas, according to the map or plat thereof, recorded under Document No. 201200185 of the Official Public Records of Travis County, Texas.

 

A-2-1


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF COLT

CONFIRMATION OF LEASE TERM

THIS CONFIRMATION OF LEASE TERM (“COLT”) is made as of                        between                      , (“Landlord”) and                     , (“Tenant”).

1. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain lease dated                    (“Lease Document”), with respect to the Premises described in the Lease Document, known as Suite 100, Suite 200, Suite 300, Suite 350, and Suite 400 consisting of approximately                    rentable square feet, all of which are located in Four Points Centre 3 at 11120 Four Points Drive.

2. All capitalized terms, if not defined in this COLT, have the meaning give such terms in the Lease Document.

3. Tenant has accepted possession of the Premises in their “AS IS” “WHERE IS” condition and all improvements required to be made by Landlord per the Lease Document have been completed except as follows:                        .

4. The Lease Document provides for the commencement and expiration of the Term of the lease of the Premises, which Term commences and expires as follows:

a. Commencement of the Term of the Premises:                                 

b. Expiration of the Term of the Premises:                                 

5. The required amounts of the Letter of Credit per the Lease Document is specified in Section 4, (d) of the Lease Document and are hereby acknowledged to be correct . Tenant has delivered the Letter of Credit per the Lease Document in the amount of $                    .

6. The Building Number is                      and the Lease Number is                        . This information must accompany every payment of Rent made by Tenant to Landlord per the Lease Document.

 

TENANT:     LANDLORD:  

 

     
   

 

 

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C

LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS; BASE BUILDING CONDITIONS

This Exhibit C -Leasehold Improvements; Base Building Condition (this “ Exhibit ”) is a part of the Lease to which this Exhibit is attached. Capitalized terms not defined in this Exhibit shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Lease.

1. Process .

(a) Construction Information . The “ Base Building Construction Documents ” means the final and complete construction documents dated September 18, 2017 which Landlord has submitted or will submit to the City of Austin in order for Landlord to obtain permits for construction of the Building, a copy of which was provided to Tenant. Within 7 months after the Execution Date, Tenant shall furnish Landlord’s Architect and Landlord’s Representative (as defined in Section 1(g) below), in hard copy (at least 3 copies at half- or full-size) and .pdf format, proposed construction drawings and specifications prepared by Tenant’s Architect (as defined below) for the Leasehold Improvements, including, without limitation, Tenant’s finish selections, mechanical loads, electrical loads and locations, and lighting and use requirements, if any, together with any underlying detailed information Landlord may reasonably require for its review (“ Proposed CD’s ”), for Landlord’s approval in accordance with Section 1(b) below (once approved by Landlord, the “ CD’s ”). “ Tenant’s Architect ” means one of the following licensed architects which are hereby approved by Landlord, and will be engaged by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole discretion, (i) Gensler, (ii) lauckgroup, or Sixthriver Architects, or another licensed architect who Tenant selects and will be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval, to prepare the CD’s. At Tenant’s option, the Proposed CD’s may be a pre-permit filing set (at least 75% complete, and including Mechanical, Electrical, and Plumbing drawings), provided the final, stamped for permit filing Proposed CD’s shall be subject to Landlord’s approval pursuant to Section 1(b) . The CD’s may include construction working drawings, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, and other technical specifications, and the finishing details, including wall finishes and colors, and technical and mechanical equipment installation, if any, detailing installation of the Leasehold Improvements. The design of the Leasehold Improvements must be consistent with sound architectural and construction practices in Class A Projects. “ Leasehold Improvements ” means the improvements, alterations, and other physical additions to be made or provided to, constructed, delivered, or installed at, or otherwise acquired for, all of the Premises (that is, the Initial Premises, the First Must-Take Premises, and the Second Must-Take Premises) in accordance with the CD’s, or otherwise approved in writing by Landlord or paid for in whole or in part from the Improvement Allowance, including without limitation all necessary demising walls and associated work, but expressly excluding the Landlord’s Work. Any provision of this Exhibit to the contrary notwithstanding, the Leasehold Improvements shall not include any telephone, telephone switching, telephone, data, and security cabling and systems, furniture, computers, servers, Tenant’s trade fixtures and equipment, and other personal property installed (or to be installed) by or on behalf of Tenant in the Premises or any of the associated permits for any of the foregoing (“ Tenant’s Equipment ”).

(b) Landlord’s Approval of CD’s . Within 10 business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Proposed CD’s, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing as to whether Landlord approves or disapproves such Proposed CD’s, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, and may contain reasonable conditions. It shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to deny consent to the Proposed CD’s to the extent the Leasehold Improvements in the Premises (including the Initial Premises, the First Must-Take Premises, and the Second Must-Take Premises) are not consistent with Building Standards throughout the Premises; provided, however, deviations in the amount of open space compared to closed space (e.g., offices, training rooms, conference rooms, and related improvements) as well as different uses and functions in different portions of the Premises shall not be considered inconsistencies. If Landlord disapproves of the Proposed CD’s, or approves the Proposed CD’s subject to modifications: (i) Landlord shall provide Tenant with a reasonably detailed written statement setting forth the reason(s) for such disapproval or conditional approval; (ii) Landlord and Tenant shall work together in good faith to promptly resolve any open issues; (iii) following such resolution, Tenant shall promptly have the Proposed CD’s revised and resubmitted to Landlord for Landlord’s approval; and (iv) this process shall continue until Landlord’s approval is given, except that Landlord shall approve or disapprove any revisions within 5 business days after Landlord’s receipt thereof, and if Landlord fails to timely deliver to Tenant Landlord’s written disapproval, Landlord shall be deemed to have given its approval, and Tenant shall be authorized (but not required) to proceed thereon. All design, construction, and installation in connection with the Leasehold Improvements shall conform to the requirements of applicable

 

C-1


building, plumbing, and electrical codes and the requirements of any authority having jurisdiction over, or with respect to, such Leasehold Improvements. All reasonable third-party costs incurred by Landlord in reviewing the CD’s shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord with funds from the Improvement Allowance or other source (at Tenant’s sole discretion) within 10 days after receipt by Tenant of a statement of such costs. Landlord’s approval of the CD’s is not a representation that: (i) such CD’s are in compliance with all applicable Laws; or (ii) the CD’s or design is sufficient for the intended purposes. Tenant shall be responsible for all elements of the design of the CD’s (including, without limitation, compliance with law, functionality of design, the structural integrity of the design, the configuration of the Premises and the placement of Tenant’s furniture, appliances and equipment), and Landlord’s approval thereof or of Tenant’s plans therefor shall in no event relieve Tenant of the responsibility for such design.

(c) TEA for Construction Costs . “TEA” means a Tenant expenditure authorization, which shall be in the form of a written document to Tenant’s Representative (as defined in Section 1(g) ). After Landlord’s approval (or deemed approval) of the CD’s, Landlord shall submit the CD’s to at least three (3) general contractors selected solely by Tenant from the following list within two (2) days after approval of the CDs: (i) Sabre; (ii) Rand; (iii) Harvey Cleary; (iv) Balfour Beatty; and (v) if not listed in the foregoing, Landlord’s general contractor for Landlord’s Work, for competitive, sealed bids; provided, however, Tenant may, subject to Landlord’s approval which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, prior to the time the CD’s are submitted for bids substitute another general contractor(s) for one or more of the three general contractors specified in (i) through (iv) in this sentence. Tenant shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to select the general contractor from the three (3) (or more) who submitted bids to provide the construction and installation of the Leasehold Improvements set forth in the CDs after the competitive bids have been submitted simultaneously to Tenant and Landlord and any subsequent actions-e.g. reductions in the scope of work have been submitted to the three contractors for revised pricing, which selection will be made within twenty (20) business days after the bids being submitted and any subsequent actions taken (the bid of the selected contractor shall be referred to herein as the “ Approved Construction Bid ”). Once the Tenant has selected the general contractor (the “ Selected Contractor ”), Landlord shall promptly enter into a contract with the Selected Contractor to provide the materials and perform the work to complete Leasehold Improvements. Based on the contract sum in the Approved Construction Bid, Landlord shall prepare a TEA for the Construction Costs, and deliver such TEA to Tenant for approval in accordance with Section 1(e) below. “ Construction Costs ” means all costs in the permitting, demolition, construction, acquisition, and installation of the Leasehold Improvements, including, without limitation, contractor fees, overhead, and profit, and the cost of all labor and materials supplied by the Selected Contractor engaged by Landlord through the contract specified above (“ Contractor ”), suppliers, independent contractors, and subcontractors arising in connection with the Leasehold Improvements, but excluding the Planning Costs. “ Planning Costs ” means all costs related to the design of the Leasehold Improvements including, without limitation, the professional fees of any engineers, consultants, architects, and/or space planners engaged by Tenant or Landlord and other professionals preparing and/or reviewing the CD’s. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if and to the extent there are any increased costs incurred as a direct result of an error in the Base Building Construction Documents that would otherwise be considered Construction Costs or the Planning Costs, Landlord shall be solely responsible for all such increased costs, and such increased costs shall not be included in either Construction Costs or Planning Costs.

(d) Tenant’s Approval Process . Within 5 business days after Tenant’s receipt of a TEA, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing as to whether Tenant approves or disapproves of such TEA, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. If Tenant disapproves of a TEA any aspect thereof: (i) Tenant shall provide Landlord with a reasonably detailed written statement setting forth the reason(s) for such disapproval; (ii) Landlord and Tenant shall work together in good faith to promptly resolve any open issues; (iii) Landlord shall promptly have the TEA revised and resubmitted to Tenant for Tenant’s approval; and (iv) this process shall continue until Tenant approval is given, except that Tenant shall approve or disapprove any revisions within 3 business days after Tenant’s receipt thereof, and if Tenant fails to timely deliver to Landlord Tenant’s written disapproval, Tenant shall be deemed to have given its approval, and Landlord shall be authorized (but not required) to proceed thereon.

(e) Change Orders . Tenant shall have the right to make changes to the CD’s provided: (i) such changes are approved in writing by Landlord (“ Approved Changes ”). Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing as to whether Landlord approves or disapproves of the Change Order, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, within 5 business days from Tenant’s submission of the Change Order. If Landlord disapproves of the Change Order: (i) Landlord shall provide Tenant with a reasonably detailed written statement setting forth the reason(s) for such disapproval; (ii) Landlord and Tenant shall work together in good faith to

 

C-2


promptly resolve any open issues; (iii) following such resolution, Tenant shall promptly have the Change Order revised and resubmitted to Landlord for Landlord’s approval; and (iv) this process shall continue until Landlord’s approval is given, except that Landlord shall approve or disapprove any revisions within 5 business days after Landlord’s receipt thereof, and if Landlord fails to timely deliver to Tenant Landlord’s written disapproval, Landlord shall be deemed to have given its approval, and Tenant shall be authorized (but not required) to proceed thereon. Tenant may elect to expand the outside patio at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and if they do, Landlord has advised Tenant that $42.00 per square foot of expanded patio is a reasonable hard cost budget.

(f) Outside Date . If Tenant has not approved a TEA for Construction Costs within 4 months after receipt thereof for any reason within Tenant’s reasonable control, Landlord may (but shall not be required to), in addition to all of its rights and remedies under the Lease, at any time thereafter terminate the Lease by giving written notice of such termination to Tenant and thereupon the Lease shall terminate without further liability or obligation on the part of either party, except that Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its total, actual and reasonable cost incurred in connection with the Leasehold Improvements and the Lease to the date of termination, and Landlord shall return the LOC to Tenant within ten (10) days after the date Landlord provides such written notice of termination.

(g) Tenant’s and Landlord’s Representative . “ Tenant’s Representative ” means Amy Williams, whose email address is amy.williams@sailpoint.com. “ Landlord’s Representative ” means Bill Lindstrom, whose email address is william.lindstrom@bdnreit.com . Each party shall have the right to designate a substitute individual as Tenant’s Representative or Landlord’s Representative, as applicable, from time to time by written notice to the other. All correspondence and information to be delivered to Tenant with respect to this Exhibit shall be delivered to Tenant’s Representative, and all correspondence and information to be delivered to Landlord with respect to this Exhibit shall be delivered to Landlord’s Representative. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, communications between Landlord’s Representative and Tenant’s Representative in connection with this Exhibit may be given via electronic means such as email without copies. Tenant’s Representative shall have authority to grant any consents or approvals by Tenant under this Exhibit, and for authorizing and executing any and all change orders or other documents in connection with this Exhibit, and Landlord shall have the right to rely thereon. Tenant hereby ratifies all actions and decisions with regard to the Leasehold Improvements that Tenant’s Representative shall take or make in writing after the execution of this Lease Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any plan, drawing, change order, approval, or other matter relating to the Leasehold Improvements until it has been executed by Tenant’s Representative or a senior officer of Tenant. Landlord’s Representative shall have authority to grant any consents or approvals by Landlord under this Exhibit, and for authorizing and executing any and all change orders or other documents in connection with this Exhibit, and Tenant shall have the right to rely thereon. Landlord hereby ratifies all actions and decisions with regard to the Leasehold Improvements that Landlord’s Representative shall take or make in writing after the execution of this Lease.

2. Completion of Leasehold Improvements .

(a) Allocation . Except to the extent that the CD’s, the Approved Changes, and/or this Exhibit provide that Tenant shall complete a portion of the Leasehold Improvements, Landlord shall cause the Leasehold Improvements to be made, constructed, or installed in a good and workmanlike manner by the Selected Contractor substantially in accordance with the CD’s and Approved Changes.

(b) Building Standards . Except as expressly set forth otherwise in the CD’s and/or the Approved Changes, Landlord shall cause the Leasehold Improvements to be constructed or installed to Building Standards. “ Building Standard ” means the quality and quantity of materials, finishes, ways and means, and workmanship specified from time to time by Landlord as being standard for leasehold improvements at the Building or for other areas at the Building, as applicable which Landlord and Tenant agree will be equal to but not superior (in all respects) the quality and quantity of materials, finishes, ways and means, and workmanship typically found in other Class A Projects.

3. Tenant’s Equipment . Tenant shall be solely responsible for the procuring, ordering, delivery, and installation of Tenant’s Equipment in compliance with all applicable Laws. Tenant shall coordinate the installation of Tenant’s Equipment (including cabling) at the Premises with the Selected Contractor’s completion of the Leasehold Improvements.

 

C-3


4. Cooperation . Tenant and Tenant’s Representative shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord, Tenant’s Architect, and the Selected Contractor to promote the efficient and expeditious completion of the Leasehold Improvements.

5. Substantial Completion . “ Substantial Completion ” or “ Substantially Complete ” with respect to the Leasehold Improvements means the latest of the date on which: (i) Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work has occurred; (ii) the Leasehold Improvements have been completed except for Punch List work; and (iii) Landlord has obtained a temporary or permanent certificate of occupancy from the applicable local governing authority for the shell of the Building, the Parking Garage, and the Premises. If issuance of such approval or certificate is conditioned upon Tenant’s installation of its equipment, racking, cabling, or furniture, or completion of any other work or activity in the Premises for which Tenant is responsible, and the governmental authority will not issue the approval or certificate, or schedule an inspection of the Leasehold Improvements due to Tenant’s failure to complete any work, installation, or activity (including the installation of the Tenant’s Equipment), then Substantial Completion of Leasehold Improvements shall be deemed to have occurred without Landlord having obtained the temporary or permanent certificate of occupancy and correspondingly, the Commencement Date shall be established. “ Punch List ” means the list of items of Landlord’s Work or Leasehold Improvements, if any, that require correction, repair, or replacement, do not materially affect Tenant’s ability to use the Building or Premises for the Permitted Use, and are listed in a writing prepared in accordance with Section 7 below.

6. Punch List . Prior to Substantial Completion, Landlord, the Selected Contractor, Tenant’s Architect, and Tenant’s Representative shall prepare a preliminary Punch List in writing for Landlord’s and Tenant’s review. Landlord shall schedule a walkthrough of the Premises with Tenant’s Representative to occur on Substantial Completion, from which Landlord shall generate a final Punch List. Landlord shall diligently pursue completion of any Punch List work, and make commercially reasonable efforts to complete all Punch List work within 30 days after Substantial Completion. Landlord shall obtain from the Selected Contractor a commercially customary one-year (or longer if applicable and provided) warranty for the Leasehold Improvements, and Landlord shall make claim under such warranties on behalf of Tenant, to the extent necessary. The taking of possession of the Premises by Tenant shall constitute an acknowledgment by Tenant that the Premises are in good condition and that all work and materials provided by Landlord are satisfactory except as to any latent defects discovered within the first 12 months of the Term and items contained in the Punch List. Punch List items are hereby agreed to mean details of construction, decoration, and mechanical adjustment which, in the aggregate, are relatively minor in character, and do not materially interfere with the use or enjoyment of the Premises for the uses permitted in this Lease.

7. Tenant Delay . In the event of Tenant Delay, Substantial Completion shall be deemed to be the date Substantial Completion would have occurred but for Tenant Delays. Landlord shall have no obligation to expend any funds, employ any additional labor, contract for overtime work, or otherwise take any action to compensate for any Tenant Delay. “ Tenant Delay ” means that, in whole or in part, Substantial Completion is delayed, or Landlord is delayed in obtaining any permit(s) or certificate(s) that Landlord is required to obtain under the Lease or this Exhibit, as a result of any of the following: (i) Tenant fails to fully and timely comply with the terms of this Exhibit, including without limitation Tenant’s failure to comply with any of the deadlines specified in this Exhibit; (ii) Tenant changes the CD’s, including any Approved Changes, notwithstanding Landlord’s approval of such changes and such change delays Substantial Completion provided the Selected Contractor advised Tenant and Landlord of such delay prior to the authorization of the Change Order by Landlord and Tenant; (iii) Tenant requests non-Building Standard improvements, materials, finishes, or installations provided Landlord advised Tenant that any such improvements, materials, finishes, or installations would cause a delay as part of Landlord’s review and approval of the CD’s and/or and Approved Changes; (iv) Tenant’s or its contractors’ unreasonable interfere with the work of Landlord or the Selected Contractor including, without limitation, during any pre-commencement entry period or in connection with Tenant’s installation of Tenant’s Equipment and such interference delays Substantial Completion; (v) delays caused by any governmental or quasi-governmental authorities arising from the Leasehold Improvements being designed to include items or improvements not typically found in Class A Projects; or (vi) any other Tenant-caused delay. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be no Tenant Delay under clauses (ii) through (vi) above unless and until Landlord has provided Tenant’s Representative with written notice of such potential Tenant Delay. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Tenant’s Representative with written notice regarding any potential or actual Tenant Delay Landlord is aware of within two (2) business days after Landlord becomes aware of such delay.

 

C-4


8. Early Access . Subject to the terms herein and Tenant’s compliance with all applicable Laws, Tenant shall have reasonable access to the Premises or any portion thereof (“ Early Access ”): (i) during completion of the Leasehold Improvements to coordinate installation of Tenant’s cabling and wiring; and (ii) no less than fourteen (14) days prior to Substantial Completion to coordinate installation of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment to the extent such installation is allowed by the City of Austin prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy; provided in any such case Tenant’s Early Access does not unreasonably interfere with, or delay completion of the Leasehold Improvements, and Tenant first provides Landlord with a certificate of insurance as required under the Lease. Tenant shall be fully responsible for all costs related to Early Access. All insurance, waiver, indemnity, and alteration provisions of the Lease shall be in full force and effect during Early Access. Tenant shall ensure that its phone/data, security, and other vendors comply with all applicable Laws and pull their applicable permits and perform their work in conjunction with the Leasehold Improvements so as not to delay completion of the Leasehold Improvements and any and all inspections therefor. Tenant and its contractors shall coordinate all activities with Landlord in advance and in writing, and shall comply with Landlord’s reasonable instructions and directions so that Tenant’s early entry does not unreasonably interfere with or delay any work to be performed by Landlord. Any delay resulting from Early Access, including without limitation due to a Tenant vendor’s work delaying Landlord’s ability to obtain its permits, shall be deemed a Tenant Delay.

9. Costs .

(a) Improvement Allowance . Landlord shall provide the Improvement Allowance to Tenant in accordance with this Exhibit. “ Improvement Allowance ” means an amount equal to the sum of: (A) the product of $65.00 multiplied by the Rentable Floor Area of the Initial Premises and the First Must-Take Premises, plus (B) the product of $55.50 multiplied by the Rentable Floor Area of the Second Must-Take Premises. The Leasehold Improvements in the First Must-Take Premises and the Second Must-Take Premises shall be consistent with the Leasehold Improvements in the Initial Premises, and completed prior to Tenant occupying the First Must-Take Premises and the Second Must-Take Premises, as applicable, for business. Except as may be expressly provided to the contrary in this Exhibit, the Improvement Allowance shall be applied solely towards payment of the Improvement Costs (specifically excluding furniture, fixtures, equipment, and/or data cabling). “ Improvement Costs ” means the sum of: (i) the Planning Costs; (ii) the Construction Costs; and (iii) Construction Management Fee and any of the following (which may be included in the respective definitions for the three foregoing defined terms) to be used for and in connection with (a) the purchase, installation and construction of Leasehold Improvements, (b) space planning, architectural and engineering expenses related to Leasehold Improvements, (c) plan review, permits, inspections and other governmental requirements and approvals relating to Leasehold Improvements, (d) construction management services relating to Leasehold Improvements (not to exceed 5% of the Improvement Costs exclusive of the construction management fees), and (e) any and all costs, expenses, fees and charges incurred in connection with Leasehold Improvements and/or the items described in (a) through (e) in this sentence (specifically excluding furniture, fixtures, equipment, and/or data cabling). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no more than $4.50 multiplied by the Rentable Floor Area of the Premises (including without limitation, the First Must-Take Premises and the Second Must-Take Premises) of the Improvement Allowance may be applied against architectural fees. If, as of the 9-month anniversary of the Commencement Date, any portion of the Improvement Allowance remains unused for any reason under Tenant’s control, the Improvement Allowance shall be deemed reduced by such unused amount, and Landlord shall retain such undisbursed portion of the Improvement Allowance which shall be deemed waived by Tenant and shall not be paid to Tenant, credited against Rent, or applied to Tenant’s moving costs or prior lease obligations.

(b) Construction Management Fee . At a minimum, Landlord shall (i) supervise the approval process for the Proposed CD’s, and CD’s, (ii) negotiate and execute a construction contract for Leasehold Improvements between Landlord and the Selected Contractor, (iii) act as a liaison between the architect and engineer, the Selected Contractor and Tenant as well as other parties involved in the process of designing and completing Leasehold Improvements, (iv) coordinate the relationship between Leasehold Improvements, the Building and the Project, and (iv) make disbursements required to be made to the Selected Contractor and others such as the architect who are eligible to be paid from the Improvement Allowance, Tenant must pay the Construction Management Fee to Landlord as compensation for Landlord’s construction management services under this Exhibit. “ Construction Management Fee ” means a fee in the amount of 3% of the Construction Costs but in no event any architectural, engineering, or other professions services or any other cost which are typically considered to be “soft” construction costs.

 

C-5


(c) Excess Costs . Tenant shall be solely responsible for all Improvement Costs in excess of the Improvement Allowance (“ Excess Costs ”). Landlord may issue a TEA for Excess Costs. Tenant shall pay 50% of the estimated Excess Costs in full within 15 days after receipt of an invoice therefor. Tenant shall pay any and all unpaid Excess Costs within 15 days after receipt of an invoice therefor from time to time, provided Landlord shall have the right to invoice Tenant with respect to particular components of the Leasehold Improvements and the applicable amount of Excess Costs (as reasonably determined by Landlord) upon substantial completion of such component.

(d) Rent . If Tenant fails to make any payment when due under this Exhibit, such failure shall be deemed a failure to make a Rent payment under the Lease. Landlord shall have no obligation to make a disbursement from the Improvement Allowance if, at the time such disbursement is to be made, there exists an Event of Default of a monetary nature; provided, however, it is hereby agreed that if such Event of Default shall be cured by Tenant prior to Landlord’s exercise of Landlord’s remedies specified in Section 17 of the Lease, then Landlord shall disburse the remainder of the Improvement Allowance.

 

C-6


EXHIBIT D

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

LOGO

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1. Sidewalks, entrances, passages, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors, halls, lobby, and any other part of the Building shall not be obstructed or encumbered by Tenant or used for any purpose other than ingress or egress to and from the Premises. Landlord shall have the right to control and operate the common portions of the Building and exterior facilities furnished for common use of the Building’s tenants (such as the eating, smoking, and parking areas) in such a manner as Landlord deems appropriate.

 

2. No awnings or other projections may be attached to the outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. All drapes and window blinds shall be of a quality, type, design, and color, and attached in a manner approved in writing by Landlord.

 

3. No showcases, display cases, or other articles may be put in front of or affixed to any part of the exterior of the Building, or placed in hallways or vestibules without the prior written consent of Landlord. All supplies shall be kept in designated storage areas. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of any portion of the Project for outdoor storage. No mats, trash, or other objects may be placed in the public corridors, hallways, stairs, or other common areas of the Building.

 

4. Restrooms and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed, and no debris, rubbish, rags, or other substances may be thrown therein. Only standard toilet tissue may be flushed in commodes. All damage resulting from any misuse of these fixtures shall be the responsibility of the tenant who, or whose employees, agents, visitors, clients, or licensees, caused such damage. Bathing and changing of clothes is permitted only in designated shower/locker facilities, and is not permitted in restrooms.

 

5. Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, mark, paint, drill into, bore, cut, string wires, or in any way deface any part of the Premises or the Building except for the reasonable hanging of decorative or instructional materials on the walls of the Premises. Tenant shall remove seasonal decorations that are visible outside of the Premises within 30 days after the end of the applicable season.

 

6. Tenant shall not construct, install, maintain, use, or operate in any part of the Project any electrical device, wiring, or other apparatus in connection with a loud speaker system or other sound/communication system that may be heard outside the Premises.

 

7. No bicycles, mopeds, skateboards, scooters, or other vehicles may be brought into, used, or kept in or about the Building or in the common areas of the Project other than in locations specifically designated thereof. No animals or pets of any kind (other than a service animal performing a specified task), including without limitation fish, rodents, and birds, may be brought into, used, or kept in or about the Building. Rollerblading and roller skating is not permitted in the Building or in the common areas of the Project.

 

8. Tenant shall not cause or permit any unusual or objectionable odors to be produced upon or permeate from the Premises.

 

9. No space in the Project may be used for the manufacture of goods for sale in the ordinary course of business, or for sale at auction of merchandise, goods, or property of any kind.

 

10. Tenant shall not make any unseemly or disturbing noises, or disturb or interfere with the occupants of the Building or neighboring buildings or residences by voice, musical instrument, radio, talking machines, whistling, singing, lewd behavior, or in any other way. All passage through the Building’s hallways, elevators, and main lobby shall be conducted in a quiet, businesslike manner. Tenant shall not commit or suffer any waste upon the Premises, the Building, or the Project, or any nuisance, or do any other act or thing that may disturb the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant in the Building or Project.

 

11. Tenant shall not throw anything out of the doors, windows, or down corridors or stairs of the Building.

 

 

1 Revised 2014 | Brandywine Realty Trust

D-1


LOGO

 

12. Tenant shall not place, install, or operate in the Premises or in any part of the Project, any engine, stove, machinery, or electrical equipment not directly related to its business, including without limitation space heaters, coffee cup warmers, and small refrigerators, conduct mechanical operations, cook thereon or therein, or place or use in or about the Premises or the Project any explosives, gasoline, kerosene oil, acids, caustics, canned heat, charcoal, or any other flammable, explosive or hazardous material, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to install and use a coffee machine, microwave oven, toaster, ice maker, refrigerator, and/or vending machine in compliance with all applicable Laws in a kitchen or break room designated as such by Landlord, provided Tenant shall use only stainless steel braided hoses. All supply waterlines shall be of copper (not plastic) tubing.

 

13. No smoking (including without limitation of cigarettes, cigars, and e-cigarettes) is permitted anywhere in the Premises, the Building, or the Project, including but not limited to restrooms, hallways, elevators, stairs, lobby, exit and entrance vestibules, sidewalks, and parking lot areas, provided smoking shall be permitted in any Landlord-designated exterior smoking area. All cigarette ashes and butts shall be deposited in the containers provided for such disposal, and shall not be disposed of on sidewalks, parking lot areas, or toilets.

 

14. Tenant shall not install any additional locks or bolts of any kind upon any door or window of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall, upon the termination of its tenancy, return to Landlord all keys for the Premises, either furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant, and all security access cards to the Building.

 

15. Tenant shall keep all doors to hallways and corridors closed during Business Hours except as they may be used for ingress or egress.

 

16. Tenant shall not use the name of the Building, Project, Landlord, or Landlord’s agents or affiliates in any way in connection with its business except as the address thereof. Landlord shall also have the right to prohibit any advertising by Tenant that, in Landlord’s sole opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability as a building for offices, and upon written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

 

17. Tenant shall be responsible for all security access cards issued to it, and shall secure the return of all security cards from all employees terminating employment with them. Lost cards shall cost $35.00 per card to replace. No person/company other than Building tenants and/or their employees may have security access cards unless Landlord grants prior written approval.

 

18. All deliveries to the Building that involve the use of a hand cart, hand truck, or other heavy equipment or device shall be made via the freight elevator, if such freight elevator exists in the Building. Tenant shall be responsible to Landlord for any loss or damage resulting from any deliveries made by or for Tenant to the Building. Tenant shall procure and deliver to Landlord a certificate of insurance from its movers, which certificate shall name Landlord as an additional insured.

 

19. Landlord reserves the right to inspect all freight to be brought into the Building, and to exclude from the Building all freight or other material that violates any of these rules and regulations.

 

20. Tenant shall refer all contractors, contractor’s representatives, and installation technicians rendering any service on or to the Premises, to Landlord for Landlord’s approval and supervision before performance of any contractual service or access to Building. This provision shall apply to all work performed in the Building including installation of telephones, telegraph equipment, electrical devices and attachments, and installations of any nature affecting floors, walls, woodwork, trim, windows, ceilings, equipment, or any other physical portion of the Building. Landlord reserves the right to require that all agents of contractors and vendors sign in and out of the Building.

 

21. If Tenant desires to introduce electrical, signaling, telegraphic, telephonic, protective alarm or other wires, apparatus or devices, Landlord shall direct where and how the same are to be placed, and except as so directed, no installation boring or cutting shall be permitted, without Landlord’s consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. Landlord shall have the right to prevent and to cut off the

 

 

2 Revised 2014 | Brandywine Realty Trust

D-2


LOGO

transmission of excessive or dangerous current of electricity or annoyances into or through the Building or the Premises and to require the changing of wiring connections or layout at Tenant’s expense, to the extent that Landlord may reasonably deem necessary, and further to require compliance with such reasonable and uniformly applied rules as Landlord may establish relating thereto, and in the event of non-compliance with the requirements or rules, Landlord shall have the right immediately to cut wiring or to do what it reasonably considers necessary to remove the danger, annoyance, or electrical interference with apparatus in any part of the Building. All wires installed by Tenant must be clearly tagged at the distributing boards and junction boxes and elsewhere where required by Landlord, with the suite number of the office to which such wires lead, and the purpose for which the wires respectively are used, together with the name of the concern, if any, operating such wires.

 

22. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building at all times any person who is not known or does not properly identify himself or herself to Landlord’s management or security personnel.

 

23. Landlord may require, at its sole option, all persons entering the Building outside of Business Hours to register at the time they enter and at the time they leave the Building.

 

24. No space within the Building, or in the common areas such as the parking lot, may be used at any time for the purpose of lodging, sleeping, or for any immoral or illegal purposes.

 

25. Tenant shall not use the hallways, stairs, lobby, or other common areas of the Building as lounging areas during breaks or during lunch periods.

 

26. No canvassing, soliciting, or peddling is permitted in the Building or its common areas.

 

27. Tenant shall comply with all Laws regarding the collection, sorting, separation, and recycling of garbage, trash, rubbish and other refuse, and Landlord’s recycling policy for the Building.

 

28. Landlord does not maintain suite finishes that are non-standard, such as kitchens, bathrooms, wallpaper, special lights, etc. However, should the need arise for repair of items not maintained by Landlord, Landlord at its sole option, may arrange for the work to be done at tenant’s expense.

 

29. Tenant shall clean at least once a year, at its expense, drapes in the Premises that are visible from the exterior of the Building.

 

30. No pictures, signage, advertising, decals, banners, etc. may be placed in or on windows in such a manner as they are visible from the exterior, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

31. Tenant is prohibited at all times from eating or drinking in hallways, elevators, restrooms, lobbies, or lobby vestibules outside of the Premises. Food storage shall be limited to a Landlord-approved kitchen or break room.

 

32. Tenant shall be responsible to Landlord for any acts of vandalism performed in the Building by its employees, invitees, agents, contractors, licensees, subtenants, and assignees.

 

33. Tenant shall not permit the visit to the Premises of persons in such numbers or under such conditions as to interfere with the use and enjoyment by other tenants of the entrances, hallways, elevators, lobby, exterior common areas, or other public portions or facilities of the Building.

 

34. Landlord’s employees shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord. Requests for such requirements shall be submitted in writing to Landlord.

 

35. Tenant is prohibited from interfering in any manner with the installation and/or maintenance of the heating, air conditioning and ventilation facilities and equipment at the Project.

 

 

3 Revised 2014 | Brandywine Realty Trust

D-3


LOGO

 

36. Landlord shall not be responsible for lost or stolen personal property, equipment, money, or jewelry regardless of whether such loss occurs when an area is locked against entry or not.

 

37. Landlord shall not permit entrance to the Premises by use of pass key controlled by Landlord, to any person at any time without written permission of Tenant, except employees, contractors or service personnel supervised or employed by Landlord.

 

38. Tenant shall observe and comply with the driving and parking signs and markers on the Project grounds and surrounding areas. Tenant shall comply with all reasonable and uniformly applied parking regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time for the orderly use of vehicle parking areas. Parked vehicles shall not be used for vending or any other business or other activity while parked in the parking areas. Vehicles shall be parked only in striped parking spaces, except for loading and unloading, which shall occur solely in zones marked for such purpose, and be so conducted as to not unreasonably interfere with traffic flow or with loading and unloading areas of other tenants. Tractor trailers shall be parked in areas designated for tractor trailer parking. Employee and tenant vehicles shall not be parked in spaces marked for visitor parking or other specific use. All vehicles entering or parking in the parking areas shall do so at owner’s sole risk and Landlord assumes no responsibility for any damage, destruction, vandalism, or theft. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in any reasonable and uniformly applied measures implemented by Landlord to control abuse of the parking areas, including without limitation access control programs, tenant and guest vehicle identification programs, and validated parking programs, provided no such validated parking program shall result in Tenant being charged for spaces to which it has a right to free use under the Lease. Each vehicle owner shall promptly respond to any sounding vehicle alarm or horn, and failure to do so may result in temporary or permanent exclusion of such vehicle from the parking areas. Any vehicle that violates the parking regulations may be cited, towed at the expense of the owner, temporarily or permanently excluded from the parking areas, or subject to other lawful consequence.

 

39. Tenant shall not enter other separate tenants’ hallways, restrooms, or premises except with prior written approval from Landlord’s management.

 

40. Tenant shall not place weights anywhere beyond the load-per-square-foot carrying capacity of the Building.

 

41. Tenant shall comply with all laws, regulations, or other governmental requirements with respect to energy savings, not permit any waste of any utility services provided Landlord, and cooperate with Landlord fully to ensure the most effective and efficient operation of the Building.

 

42. The finishes, including floor and wall coverings, and the furnishings and fixtures in any areas of the Premises that are visible from the common areas of the Building are subject to Landlord’s approval in its sole discretion. Selections for these areas shall be pre-approved in writing by Landlord.

 

43. Power strips and extension cords shall not be combined (also known as daisy chaining).

 

44. Candles and open flames arc prohibited in the Building.

 

45. Guns, firearms, and other dangerous weapons (concealed or otherwise) are not allowed at the Project, subject to applicable Law (if any) requiring Landlord to so permit at the Project.

Landlord reserves the right to rescind any of these rules and make such other and further rules and regulations as in the judgment of Landlord shall from time to time be needed for the safety, protection, care, and cleanliness of the Project, the operations thereof, the preservation of good order therein, and the protection and comfort of its tenants, their agents, employees, and invitees, which rules when made and notice thereof given to Tenant shall be binding upon Tenant in a like manner as if originally prescribed. As used in these rules and regulations, capitalized terms shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Lease to which these rules and regulations are attached, provided Tenant shall be responsible for compliance herewith by everyone under Tenant’s reasonable control, including without limitation its employees, invitees, agents, contractors, licensees, subtenants and assignees, and a violation of these rules and regulations by any of the foregoing is deemed a violation by Tenant.

 

 

4 Revised 2014 | Brandywine Realty Trust

D-4


EXHIBIT E

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

C/O GOLDMAN SACHS LOAN OPERATIONS

ATTN: LETTER OF CREDIT DEPARTMENT MANAGER

6011 CONNECTION DRIVE

IRVING, TX 75039

DATE: OCTOBER 5, 2017

 

APPLICANT: SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES, INC.    BENEFICIARY: BDN Four Points Land LP
ADDRESS: 11305 FOUR POINTS DRIVE, SUITE 100    ATTN: Desiré Gormley
CITY, STATE, ZIP: AUSTIN, TX 78726    FMC Tower at Cira Centre South
  

2929 Walnut St., Suite 1700

Philadelphia, PA 19104

  

TELEPHONE: 610-325-5600

Legal.Notices@bdnreit.com

LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER: 10000603    EXPIRY DATE: OCTOBER 5, 2018

DEAR SIR OR MADAM:

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE &TRANSFERABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT (THE “LETTER OF CREDIT”) IN FAVOR OF THE ABOVE REFERENCED BENEFICIARY (HEREINAFTER, THE “BENEFICIARY”) FOR THE ACCOUNT OF THE ABOVE REFERENCED APPLICANT (HEREINAFTER, THE “APPLICANT”) IN THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF SIX MILLION UNITED STATES DOLLARS (USD 6,000,000 (SUBJECT TO REDUCTION AS DESCRIBED BELOW, THE “STATED AMOUNT”).

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS ISSUED PURSUANT TO THAT CERTAIN LEASE DATED AS OF OCTOBER 2, 2017 (AS AMENDED, AMENDED AND RESTATED, SUPPLEMENTED, OR OTHERWISE MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME, THE “LEASE”), BY AND AMONG THE APPLICANT, AS TENANT, AND BENEFICIARY, AS LANDLORD, FOR PREMISES AT FOUR POINTS CENTRE 3 IN THE CITY OF AUSTIN, TRAVIS COUNTY, TEXAS.

FUNDS UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT ARE AVAILABLE BY PAYMENT AS DESCRIBED BELOW FROM OUR OFFICE IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK, FOLLOWING PRESENTATION ON OR PRIOR TO THE EXPIRY DATE AT OUR OFFICE SPECIFIED BELOW OF THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

1. THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT TOGETHER WITH ORIGINALS OF ANY AMENDMENTS THERETO, WHICH SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE LETTER OF CREDIT; AND

2. A DATED STATEMENT ISSUED ON LETTERHEAD OF THE BENEFICIARY AND PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE FORM OF EXHIBIT A HERETO.

IN ADDITION, PRESENTATION OF SUCH DRAW STATEMENT MAY ALSO BE MADE BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION TO 917-977-4587 OR SUCH OTHER FAX NUMBER IDENTIFIED BY ISSUER IN A WRITTEN NOTICE TO YOU. IF A PRESENTATION IS MADE BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION, YOU SHALL (I) PROVIDE TELEPHONE NOTIFICATION THEREOF TO THE ISSUER AT 972-368-2790 OR NOTIFICATION BY EMAIL TO THE ISSUER AT gs-loc-operations@ny.email.gs.com PRIOR TO INITIATING SUCH FACSIMILE AND (II) SEND THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH DRAW STATEMENT BY OVERNIGHT COURIER TO GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, C/O GOLDMAN SACHS LOAN OPERATIONS, ATTENTION: LETTER OF CREDIT DEPARTMENT MANAGER, 6011 CONNECTION DRIVE, IRVING, TX 75039. IF A DRAW PRESENTATION IS PRESENTED BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION, THE ISSUER MAY, IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION, ACT UPON ANY SUCH TRANSMISSION WITHOUT THE NEED OF OBTAINING SUCH PRIOR NOTIFICATION THEREOF OR THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION.

 

E-1


THE STATED AMOUNT SHALL BE AVAILABLE FOR DRAWING BY THE ABOVE-NAMED BENEFICIARY AS SET FORTH BELOW.

IT IS A CONDITION OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT THAT IT SHALL BE DEEMED AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED WITHOUT WRITTEN AMENDMENT FOR 1 YEAR PERIODS FROM THE PRESENT OR ANY FUTURE EXPIRY DATE, UNLESS AT LEAST 90 DAYS PRIOR TO SUCH EXPIRY DATE, WE SEND THE BENEFICIARY NOTICE EITHER AT THE ABOVE STATED ADDRESS BY OVERNIGHT COURIER OR BY EMAIL AT THE EMAIL ADDRESS OF THE BENEFICIARY SET FORTH ABOVE THAT WE ELECT NOT TO EXTEND THIS LETTER OF CREDIT BEYOND THE INITIAL OR ANY EXTENDED EXPIRY DATE THEREOF.

HOWEVER, THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL NOT BE EXTENDED BEYOND JUNE 30, 2029, WHICH WILL BE CONSIDERED THE FINAL EXPIRY DATE. ANY REFERENCE TO A FINAL EXPIRY DATE DOES NOT IMPLY THAT GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA IS OBLIGATED TO EXTEND THIS LETTER OF CREDIT BEYOND THE INITIAL EXPIRY DATE OR ANY EXTENDED DATE THEREOF.

WE HEREBY AGREE WITH YOU THAT DEMANDS FOR PAYMENT UNDER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE DULY HONORED IF PRESENTED, TOGETHER WITH DOCUMENT(S) AS SPECIFIED ABOVE, IN PERSON, BY COURIER OR BY FACSIMILE TO:

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

C/O GOLDMAN SACHS LOAN OPERATIONS

ATTN: LETTER OF CREDIT DEPARTMENT MANAGER

6011 CONNECTION DRIVE

IRVING, TX 75039

FACSIMILE: 917-977-4587

(OR AT SUCH OTHER U.S. ADDRESS AS WE MAY DESIGNATE IN AN AMENDMENT)

WITH A COURTESY COPY TO:

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

200 WEST STREET

NEW YORK, NY 10282

IN EACH CASE WHERE WE HAVE RECEIVED THE DEMAND AND OTHER DOCUMENTS AS DESCRIBED ABOVE PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M. NEW YORK, NEW YORK TIME, ON A BUSINESS DAY, WE WILL MAKE PAYMENT FROM OUR OFFICES AT 200 WEST STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10282, BY 5:00 P.M. NEW YORK, NEW YORK TIME WITHIN THE FOLLOWING THREE BUSINESS DAYS, ASSUMING NO DISCREPANCIES. IN ALL OTHER CASES, THE DEMAND AND OTHER DOCUMENTS WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN RECEIVED AT THE OPENING OF BUSINESS ON THE BUSINESS DAY FOLLOWING OUR RECEIPT OF SUCH DEMAND AND OTHER DOCUMENTS. AS USED HEREIN, “BUSINESS DAY” MEANS ANY DAY ON WHICH INTERBANK WIRE TRANSFERS CAN BE MADE ON THE FEDWIRE SYSTEM AND WHICH IS NOT (I) A SATURDAY OR A SUNDAY, OR (II) ANY DAY ON WHICH COMMERCIAL BANKS IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK OR TEXAS ARE AUTHORIZED OR REQUIRED TO BE CLOSED FOR BUSINESS. NO DRAW MAY EXCEED THE THEN APPLICABLE STATED AMOUNT.

ALL DOCUMENTS PRESENTED TO US IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL OTHER COMMUNICATIONS AND NOTICES TO US WITH RESPECT TO THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MUST BE IN WRITING, AND DELIVERED IN PERSON, BY COURIER OR BY FACSIMILE (OTHER THAN COMMUNICATIONS WITH RESPECT TO PRIOR NOTIFICATION OF DRAW

 

E-2


REQUESTS DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH FACSIMILE TRANSMISSIONS WHICH MAY BE SENT BY EITHER TELEPHONE OR BY EMAIL AS PROVIDED HEREIN) TO OUR SERVICER WITH A COPY TO US AT THE RESPECTIVE ADDRESSES SET FORTH ABOVE AND MUST SPECIFICALLY REFER TO US BY NAME AND TO THIS LETTER OF CREDIT BY THE LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER SET FORTH ON THE FIRST PAGE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT. BENEFICIARY SHALL USE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE EFFORTS TO PROMPTLY ADVISE ISSUER IF THE TELEPHONE NUMBER OR EMAIL ADDRESS OF BENEFICIARY AS SET FORTH ABOVE CHANGES.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M. LOCAL TIME IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK, ON THE EXPIRY DATE SET FORTH ABOVE. DEMANDS FOR PAYMENT UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE MADE BY BENEFICIARY FROM TIME TO TIME ON OR BEFORE THE STATED EXPIRY DATE, OR ANY EXTENDED EXPIRY DATE, IF APPLICABLE.

PARTIAL DRAWINGS ARE PERMITTED UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT. EACH DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL AUTOMATICALLY REDUCE THE STATED AMOUNT BY THE AMOUNT DRAWN.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS TRANSFERABLE IN ITS ENTIRETY BUT NOT IN PART. THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL NOT BE TRANSFERRED TO ANY PERSON OR ENTITY WHO IS SUBJECT TO SANCTIONS ISSUED BY THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE OR TO WHOM SUCH TRANSFER IS PROHIBITED BY THE FOREIGN ASSETS CONTROL REGULATIONS OR ANY OTHER UNITED STATES REGULATIONS OR LAWS. NO TRANSFER SHALL BE EFFECTIVE UNTIL:

1. AN EXECUTED TRANSFER REQUEST IN THE FORM OF EXHIBIT B ATTACHED HERETO IS FILED WITH US; AND

2. THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, ALONG WITH THE ORIGINALS OF ANY AMENDMENTS THERETO, IS/ARE RETURNED TO US FOR OUR APPROVAL AND ENDORSEMENT THEREON OF ANY TRANSFER EFFECTED.

THIS IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT SETS FORTH IN FULL THE TERMS OF OUR UNDERTAKING. THIS UNDERTAKING IS INDEPENDENT OF AND SHALL NOT IN ANY WAY BE MODIFIED, AMENDED, OR AMPLIFIED BY, OR INCORPORATE BY REFERENCE, ANY DOCUMENT, CONTRACT, OR AGREEMENT REFERENCED HEREIN (OTHER THAN ISP98).

EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES 1998, INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE PUBLICATION NO. 590 (“ISP98”). AS TO MATTERS NOT GOVERNED BY ISP98, THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE AS IN EFFECT FROM TIME TO TIME IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SINCERELY,

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

 

/s/ Authorized Signatory

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

E-3


EXHIBIT “A”

[Beneficiary Letterhead]

DRAWN UNDER GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [                    ]

[                ] , 20 [        ]

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

c/o Goldman Sachs Loan Operations

ATTN: Letter of Credit Department Manager

6011 Connection Drive

Irving, Texas 75039

WITH A COURTESY COPY TO:

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

200 West Street

New York, NY 10282

The undersigned, a duly authorized signatory of [                      ] (the “ Beneficiary ”), hereby certifies to Goldman Sachs Bank USA (the “ Issuing Bank ”), with reference to Irrevocable Letter of Credit No. [                    ] (the “ Letter of Credit ”) issued by the Issuing Bank in favor of the Beneficiary (except as expressly provided otherwise herein, any capitalized term used herein and not defined shall have its respective meaning as set forth in the Letter of Credit) that:

1. The Beneficiary is making a drawing under the Letter of Credit in the amount of [                      ] United States Dollars (USD [                      ] ) (the “ Drawing Amount ”).

2. The Drawing Amount hereunder does not exceed the Stated Amount reduced by all payments of any previous drawings or reductions to the Stated Amount under the Letter of Credit.

3. The reason for the draw is: [Select appropriate alternative: There is an existing Event of Default (as defined in the Lease) by Tenant (as defined in the Lease) under the Lease on the date hereof. OR A petition has been filed by or against Tenant (as defined in the Lease) commencing a case under Title 11 of the United States Code or other state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency laws, as amended or reenacted with the passage of time. OR Following delivery of a Non-Renewal Notice (as defined in the Lease), Tenant (as defined in the Lease) has failed to provide a replacement Letter of Credit which complies with the requirements specified in the Lease within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Non-Renewal Notice (as defined in the Lease). OR Tenant (as defined in the Lease) is obligated under the Lease to cause the delivery to Landlord (as defined in the Lease) of an amendment to the Letter of Credit or a replacement Letter of Credit, other than by reason of the delivery of a Non-Renewal Notice (as defined in the Lease), and has failed to do so.] The Beneficiary is entitled to draw the Drawing Amount under the Letter of Credit in accordance with Section 4(d) of the Lease. The person executing this certificate on behalf of Beneficiary is validly authorized to do so.

4. You are hereby directed to make payment of the requested Drawing Amount to Beneficiary’s account at [ Name of Bank ] at [                      ], ABA No. [                      ], for further credit to Account No. [                      ] Re: [                      ] Attention: [                      ] .

5. Attached hereto are the original Letter of Credit together with originals of any amendments thereto.

6. [Select appropriate alternative: No previous drawings have been made under the Letter of Credit. OR Prior drawings in the amount of                      United States Dollars [and                      United States Dollars, respectively,] have been made under the Letter or Credit. ]

 

E-4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Beneficiary has executed and delivered this certificate as of the [        ] day of [                    ] , 20 [        ] .

 

[ BENEFICIARY ]
By:                                                          
Name:  
Title:  
Telephone:  
Email:  

 

STATE/COMMONWEALTH OF                                                  §
   §
CITY/COUNTY OF                                                  §

Sworn to and subscribed before me this              day of                     ,                         , by                     ,                              of                         , a                             .

 

                                                     
  Notary Public in and for the State/Commonwealth of _______
                                                     
  Printed/Typed Name of Notary Public

My commission expires:

 

                                             

[Notary Seal]

 

E-5


EXHIBIT “B”

FULL TRANSFER OF LETTER OF CREDIT

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

c/o Goldman Sachs Loan Operations

ATTN: Letter of Credit Department Manager

6011 Connection Drive

Irving, Texas 75039

 

Re: Irrevocable Transferable Standby Letter of Credit No. [_______]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For value received, the undersigned beneficiary (the “ Beneficiary ”) hereby requests that all rights of the undersigned Beneficiary to draw under the above-captioned Letter of Credit (the “ Letter of Credit ”).

be irrevocably transferred to:

 

 

[Name of Transferee]

 

 

[Address]

By this transfer, all rights of the undersigned Beneficiary in the Letter of Credit are transferred to the transferee and the transferee shall hereafter have the sole rights as Beneficiary thereof; provided that no rights shall be deemed to have been transferred to the transferee until such transfer complies with the requirements of the Letter of Credit pertaining to such transfers. All further amendments to the Letter of Credit are to be consented to by the transferee without necessity of any consent of or notice to the undersigned.

The Letter of Credit together with any amendments (if any) is returned herewith and in accordance therewith we ask that this transfer be effective and that you transfer the Letter of Credit to our transferee or that, if so requested by the transferee, you issue a new irrevocable letter of credit in favor of the transferee on the same terms as the Letter of Credit (other than the name of the beneficiary, the issue date thereof and the Letter of Credit number).

Very truly yours,

 

                                                 

Authorized Signature

 

E-6


EXHIBIT F

LANDLORD’S WORK

BASE BUILDING WORK

 

1. Core walls and ground elevator lobby areas completed to Building Standard condition for public areas.

 

2. Broom clean unfinished concrete floors throughout the Premises.

 

3. Electrical service per the Preliminary Outline Building Specifications.

 

4. Men’s and women’s restroom facilities with Building Standard finishes located on each floor which the Premises are located, completed in accordance with applicable code.

 

5. Fire sprinkler system per the Preliminary Outline Building Specifications.

 

6. Fire alarm system per the Preliminary Outline Building Specifications.

 

7. Sound insulation to Building Standard condition for all walls at the Building core (electrical rooms, mechanical rooms, elevator rooms, etc.) on each floor.

 

8. Building Standard doors of 8’ x 0” x 3’ x 0” at core doors.

 

9. Building Standard stairwells between all floors completed in accordance with applicable code(s).

 

10. Building Standard passenger elevators sufficient to provided passenger and freight service to the Premises.

 

11. Access at core to domestic cold water, waste and vent systems.

 

12. One (1) Hi/Low electric water cooler per floor.

 

13. Building Standard telephone closets installed two (2) per each floor.

 

F-1


Preliminary Outline Building Specifications

The Landlord at its sole cost shall provide the following work unless identified as tenant work or part of Tenant Allowance.

 

1. Construction Specifications

Licensed engineers and registered architects will prepare the plans and specifications. The building design is based on occupancy type business use Group “B” and construction type 2B and conforms to the International Building Code (IBC), ADA, local and municipal codes, and state requirements. The plans will be submitted to, and approved by, the Municipal Building Department and are subject to change.

 

2. Design Criteria

 

•    Four story building

  

•    Floor to Floor Height:

   16’-0” Ground Floor; 14’-0” Floors 2-4

•    Interior Ceiling Heights:

  

12’-0” Ground Floor; 10’-0” typical, 9’-6” minimum with certain exceptions on

Floors 2-4

•    Bay Size:

   Varies – 30’ x 30’ and 30’ x 45’

•    Curtain Wall Framing Requirements:

  

•    Energy Performance: Glazed aluminum curtain walls shall have certified and labeled energy performance ratings in accordance with NFRC.

 

•    Thermal Transmittance (U-factor): Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have U-factor of not more than 0.45 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg. F as determined according to NFRC 100.

 

•    Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have a solar heat gain coefficient of no greater than 0.40 as determined according to NFRC 200.

 

•    Air Infiltration: Maximum air leakage through fixed glazing and framing areas of 0.30 cfm/sq. ft. of fixed wall area as determined according to ASTM E 283 at a minimum static-air-pressure differential of 1.57 lbf/sq. ft.

 

•    Condensation Resistance: Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have an NFRC- certified condensation resistance rating of no less than 55 as determined according to NFRC 500.

 

3. Site Work

Site and utility service has been engineered and constructed. Landscaping and hardscaping will be provided around the building with trees, plantings, annual flowers, and other attractive features.

 

F-2


4. Concrete

 

  A. The concrete pier design will be determined by load requirements and as per recommendations of an independent Soils Engineer. All drilled pier concrete will be 3,000 PSI minimum.

 

  B. The concrete floor slab on grade will be 3,500 PSI concrete, a minimum 5” thick in all areas. Expansion and contraction joints are included. The floor will be machine troweled, finished, and cured with “Super Aqua-Cure VOX” as manufactured by Euclid. Floor will be placed over locally available compacted fill.

 

  C. Above grade slabs will be comprised of 3“normal weight concrete on 2” galvanized composite metal deck.

 

  D. The foundation wall will be comprised of an extension of the exterior precast panel.

 

5. Structural System

 

  A. Structure

The structural system will consist of columns and girders from rolled steel sections. Roof structure will be metal decking on sloped open web-steel joists.

Miscellaneous steel, such as lintels, handrails, roof scuttle, and scuttle ladder will be provided. Rooftop mechanical equipment will be enclosed within a steel framed screen wall.

 

  B. Loading

 

  1) Each floor will be designated to accommodate a live load of 80 pounds per square foot of floor area (60psf plus 20psf partition allowance).

 

  2) Areas of limited size may be reinforced to support loads in addition to standard design, but only at Tenant’s expense and with Landlord’s approval, Landlord’s engineer will advise Tenant as to the permissibility of any such above standard loading and will specify such additional loading as may be required.

 

  C. Floor Penetrations

With adequate written notice from Tenant, the design of the building may be modified to accommodate penetrations of the floor structure and removal of portions of the floor structures to allow for the installation of such improvements such as stairways and dumbwaiters in limited areas, but only at Tenant’s expense. Landlord’s engineer will advise as to the permissibility of any such opening and will specify any additional reinforcing of the structure required to accommodate such opening. At the end of the lease term, Landlord, at its option, may require restoration.

 

F-3


6. Conveying System

Elevators: Two (2) passenger elevators with 3,500 lb. capacity and one (1) passenger/service elevator with 4,000 lb. freight capacity are provided. Elevators to be complete with operational systems, handicap accessible, with architectural cab finishes. Inside dimensions for cabs will be approximately 7-0 W X 5-0 D with a dimension of 8’-0” from finish floor to bottom of ceiling for passenger elevator and 10’-0” at passenger/service elevator. Bi-parting doors, in brushed stainless steel, will be provided.

 

7. Exterior Building Envelope

The exterior walls of the building will be constructed of a combination of natural stone veneer, factory finished metal panels, and clear anodized aluminum storefront and curtainwall. Glass will be 1” thick insulated units Solarban 70XL, argon filled, warm edge spacer, and “low E” type coating. Building entrance doors will match the wall system.

A single-ply white TPO roof will be provided. The roof will be pitched (1/4”/FT). Miscellaneous flashing, pitch pockets, coping and drains will be provided. Roof insulation to be provided, mechanically fastened to meet a rating of U = 0.048. A fifteen (15) year warranty is included. All mechanical equipment on the roof will be screened.

 

8. Plumbing

 

  A. Design Criteria

A complete plumbing system will be properly sized for sewer and water. Both sewer and water will be connected to the municipal system. Both sewer and water will be distributed to the toilet rooms in the core.

The plumbing system will meet the IBC Code including handicap provisions.

 

  B. Equipment

Plumbing equipment will be provided as per the following requirements:

 

  1. Domestic water system with a minimum of 25 psi at each plumbing fixture with water velocities not exceeding eight feet per second for quiet operation.

 

  2. Insulation will be on all domestic installed water piping and hot water heaters.

 

  3. Water coolers shall be self-contained electric, stainless steel bowl meeting ADA requirements.

 

  4. Local electric hot water heaters installed on every other tenant floor shall provide hot water at 110 degrees F for restrooms.

 

  5. Internal downspouts shall be provided for all roof areas discharged to the storm sewer system. All horizontal downspout lines in finished ceiling space shall be insulated.

 

F-4


  6. All plumbing fixtures shall be vitreous china, commercial quality. Water closets and urinals shall be flush valve type, siphon jet, wall hung, or floor mounted. Lavatories shall be undermount vitreous china, furnished with vanity tops. All lavatory trim shall meet ADA requirements.

 

  7. Domestic hot and cold water shall be provided to rest room facilities. All cold and hot water piping will be insulated.

 

  8. Wet column provisions consisting of a valved cold-water outlet and capped sanitary and vent connections shall be provided at each core toilet room.

 

9. Fire Sprinkler System

System Design Criteria

 

  A. System will meet all requirements per applicable codes, and will be designed according to the core/shell plan. Modifications will be required during TI work.

 

10. Heating, Ventilating, & Air Conditioning

 

  A. System Design Criteria

The heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning (“HVAC”) system will be designed to maintain conditions pursuant to codes and standards complying with the requirements of Building Codes; IBC, NFPA, ASHRAE, SMACNA, and all local codes having jurisdiction. It is further defined by the following conditions (usable office area of 1 st floor is 39,752; 2 nd floor is 38,938, 3 rd floor is 39,856, and 4 th floor is 39,792):

 

  i. Summer

 

  a. Outdoor – 98.2 deg. F. DB, 74.7 deg. F. WB

 

  b. Indoor - 75 deg. F. DB, 50% RH

 

  ii. Winter

 

  a. Outdoor – 25.7 deg. F.

 

  b. Indoor - 70 deg. F. DB

 

  iii. Population - 5 people per 1000 sq. ft. of usable office area.

 

  iv. Tenant lighting and power

 

  a. General Power - 3 watts per square foot usable office area.
       Lighting – 1.11 watts per square foot of usable office area.

 

  B. Office Tenant Floor HVAC

 

  1. Tenant floors will be served by 4 rooftop units.

 

  2. Each unit will be provided with supply fan, DX coil and compressors, economizer cooling coil, condenser section, filters, and a variable speed drive. Electric heat will only be provided at the fan powered boxes.

 

  3. Main trunk ductwork loops will be installed for tenants to tap into. Fan powered boxes will be supplied in shell space to maintain RTU minimums required for operation.

 

  4. It is anticipated that tenant air distribution will be through shutoff VAV boxes in the interior and shutoff or fan-powered boxes with electric heat on the perimeter. VAV boxes will be provided for core spaces.

 

F-5


  C. Ventilation Air Systems.

 

  1. Ventilation air will be handled by the RTUs.

 

  2. Smoke/Fire dampers will be provided at each penetration of the supply & return shafts.

 

  D. Automatic Temperature Control Systems.

 

  1. The entire building will be equipped with a direct digital building automation system to control and monitor all building functions. The control system will also monitor energy usage and incorporate demand control strategies. The system will be expandable to incorporate equipment added as part of tenant improvement work. The system will be web-based.

 

  E. Above-Standard Usage—If Tenant plans designate any special-purpose areas such as conference rooms, dining rooms, auditoriums or computer rooms in which population, equipment or lighting result in heating or cooling loads which will require additional cooling capacity, ductwork or equipment in order to meet the building heating or cooling or ventilation criteria, such additional work and design will be at Tenant’s expense.

 

11. Electrical Systems

DESIGN CRITERIA

 

  A. General:

The electrical system shall comply with the National Electrical Code, applicable local codes, and IBC 2012, NFPA 72, NFPA 101, ADA.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

 

  A. General - Service & Distribution:

An AE pad mounted transformer shall serve the building with a 4000 amp, 480/277 volt, 3-phase, 4-wire secondary service to an exterior service disconnect. The service from the transformer to the building shall be underground. The location of transformer will be coordinated with AE and Building Owner. Contractor shall provide AE approved standard transformer pad.

Power shall enter the building via a 4000 amp, 480/277 volt, 3-phase, 4-wire switchboard located in the first floor main electrical room. The electrical distribution service for the building shall consist of 480/277 volt, 3-phase power feeders with full size neutrals. The 480/277 volt power risers shall be sized to accommodate a connected general lighting and HVAC load. 208/120 volt power

 

F-6


Four Points Building 3

Austin, TX

will be provided by the 480/277 volt riser via one base building 112.5 kva transformer suppling power to a 400 amp 208/120 panel with feed through lugs for additional sections in each electrical closet. Each electrical room shall have one 2,200 VA emergency inverter for all core and shell base building emergency power requirements. The 208/120 volt power shall accommodate PC’s, printers, and non-dedicated loads. All power risers for the healing and air conditioning equipment shall be sized per load. The building service shall also accommodate the feeder to the parking garage.

A surge protection device (SPD) shall be provided at the main switchboard and at each 120V panelboard. Each panel used for tenant branch circuits/ feeders shall be equipped with branch circuit metering to accommodate LEED Measurement & Verification requirements.

The electrical service entrance switchboard shall be designed based on the following criteria:

 

1.      General power & lighting:

     6.0 watts/SF  

2.      Building air conditioning and heating:

     12.0 watts/SF  
  

 

 

 

        TOTAL

     18.0 watts/SF  

The switchgear shall be sized to accommodate the elevators and garage loads.

 

  B. Power:

Provide two electrical closets on each floor for horizontal distribution of wiring. The main electrical room on the first floor shall have two doors to accommodate the service switchboard and other equipment.

In public areas (corridors, atrium, lobbies, etc.) provide duplex receptacles for convenience/maintenance use. In mechanical, electrical and equipment closets provide one or two duplex receptacles per area. Provide GFCI protection in wet areas as required. Provide two (2) dedicated receptacles in the telephone demarcation room and each Telecom closet on each floor.

All branch circuit distribution wiring shall be copper metal-clad (MC) cable where concealed or EMT in exposed areas. Non-metallic sheathed cable (i.e. Romex) is not permitted. Each 480Y/277 volt, 3-phase branch circuit panelboard shall utilize “E” frame bolt-on circuit breakers. All 208Y/120 volt, 3-phase branch circuit panelboards shall utilize “Q” frame bolt-on circuit breakers.

 

  C. Lighting:

The core & shell building shall utilize LED light fixtures for the general common area lighting.

277 volt branch circuits shall be provided from 480Y/277 volt lighting panels, which shall be installed in the electrical closets.

 

6

F-7


  D. Emergency Lighting:

Provide self-contained central battery inverter units to power the selected emergency lighting fixtures. Egress path and lighting levels shall be in compliance with all National and Local Codes (NFPA, ADA, etc.).

 

  E. Communication:

Provide two (2), 4-inch PVC conduits from property line to telephone demarcation room with nylon pull strings. All services shall enter the building from below the slab. Additional conduits shall also be extended between the east and west telecom rooms on the first floor.

 

12. Fire Alarm System

Landlord will provide an addressable fire alarm system in accordance with all applicable code requirements. The system will consist of a main control panel, pull stations, speaker horns, strobe lights, ceiling and duct mounted detectors, remote annunciator and accommodations for the tenant to tie in their alarm devices. The system will be installed, operated and tested in accordance with NFPA requirements. Tenant shall use the contractor designated by the landlord for all fire alarm work.

 

13. Telecommunications

A. Two (2) telecommunication riser closets will be provided on each floor.

 

14. Interior materials and finishes

 

  A. Main elevator lobby

 

  1. A first class lobby.

 

  2. Upgraded tile flooring and base.

 

  3. Specialty finishes on walls and wall base (stone tile, wood panels, colored glass panels, coved ceiling lights, and architectural lighting).

 

  4. Elevator doorjambs clad with stainless steel. Elevator openings shall be complete with thresholds.

 

  5. Specialty lighting (wall washers, pendants, accent, etc.) elevator call buttons (ADA) and lanterns.

 

  B. Core and Core Corridors: ( where applicable )

 

  1. Stone tile Ground Floor Lobby and Corridors. Carpet floor covering Levels 2-4.

 

  2. Gypsum board ceilings and/or lay-in acoustical tile ceilings.

 

  3. LED fixtures, down-lights and decorative lighting as per lobby design.

 

  4. Stone base at Stone Tile/ Millwork rubber base at carpet / Wallcovering.

 

  5. Hi/Low electric water coolers.

 

  6. Tenant entrance doors, 8’-0” high stain grade; main tenant space entrance doors from the elevator lobbies are typically 8’-0” high glass doors. Door height is flexible per tenant finish design subject to Landlord approval.

 

F-8


  C. Restrooms

 

  1. European style restrooms with full drywall partitions between water closets.

 

  2. Stone tile flooring and base.

 

  3. Vinyl wall covering on walls. Full ceramic tile on wet walls.

 

  4. Gypsum board ceilings and/or lay-in acoustical tile ceilings

 

  5. Wall hung toilet fixtures.

 

  6. Under-hung lavatories with lever trim in stone countertops.

 

  7. Electric water heater(s) as required to provide hot water to restrooms.

 

  8. All toilet accessories to include but not limited to, mirrors, dispensers, receptacles, handicap accessibility/support mechanisms.

 

  9. Supply air outlets and branch ductwork provided in addition to exhaust system.

 

  10. Floor drain will be provided in each toilet room.

 

  11. 8’-0” high stain grade wood doors.

 

  D. Telecommunication/Electrical Rooms

 

  1. Anti-static VCT.

 

  2. No ceiling.

 

  3. Painted drywall walls (properly rated).

 

  4. Supply air outlets and branch ductwork for telecommunications/electrical rooms.

 

  5. 8’-0” high stain grade paneled wood doors.

 

  E. Janitor Closets:

 

  1. Concrete floor.

 

  2. Utility sink/basin.

 

  3. FRP wall panels.

 

  4. No lay-in ceiling grid & acoustical tile system.

 

  5. Standard lighting and switch.

 

  6. 8’-0” high stain grade wood doors.

 

  F. Stairwells:

 

  1. Rated drywall assembly (shaft wall).

 

  2. Sealed concrete floors.

 

  3. Painted handrail.

 

  4. Painted walls.

 

  5. LED lighting with emergency lighting.

 

  6. 8’-0” high stain grade wood doors.

 

  G. Tenant Areas:

 

  1. There is flexibility with how the tenant can finish their space with regards to ceiling types and heights. Base Building systems shall be installed to allow for installation of a 10’-0” ceiling in most areas with a 9’-6” minimum (except for select areas lower where adjacent to main air shaft) with clearance for installation of supply/return air boots and lighting fixtures.

 

  H. Security System:

 

  1. Tenant suite entrances will be part of Tenant Allowance.

 

  2. System will be tied to a central monitoring system on 24-hour basis.

 

F-9


  I. Showers:

There are two men’s showers and two women’s showers in the Base Building accessed from the east ground floor public corridor.

 

15. Clarifications and Exclusions

 

  1. All items described as Tenant Work

 

  2. Subcontractor payment and performance bonds

 

  3. Plumbing fixture count to be provided in accordance with building population, based on the International Plumbing Code

 

  4. Any and all base building preparation for computer room or computer room equipment excluded. This exclusion includes electrical, HVAC, structural or plumbing work.

 

  5. Explosion-proof construction at any area

 

  6. Surge suppression

 

  7. Lightning protection system

 

  8. Backup Generator

 

  9. Electrical Ground loop

 

  10. Site Fire loop

 

  11. Any plumbing equipment, fixtures or piping beyond core restrooms

 

  12. Installation of office work stations (wiring or power for work stations is not excluded)

 

  13. Stone beneath slab on grade

 

  14. Wiring or installation of Tenant’s equipment

 

  15. Signage

 

  16. Tenants alarm or security systems – wiring, conduit or equipment

 

  17. Public address or sound system

 

  18. Telephone systems – wiring, conduits or equipment

Tenant Work

Tenant improvement work that must be paid out of the tenant improvement allowance includes but is not limited to the following:

 

i. HVAC System –

 

  1. All low pressure ductwork, diffusers, and return air grills

 

  2. Specialty HVAC and/or exhaust systems.

 

  3. Controls and control wiring.

 

  4. Any additional high-pressure ductwork and VAV boxes beyond that provided by Landlord per the Preliminary Outline Specifications.

 

ii. Plumbing –

 

  1. Increased quantities of restroom fixtures or accessories above building standard.

 

  2. Any other plumbing outside building common restrooms.

 

F-10


iii. Fire Protection –

 

  1. All additional sprinkler heads and sprinkler piping above building standard (including head relocations, additions and deletions).

 

  2. All specialty fire protection systems, including fire extinguishers.

 

iv. Acoustical Ceiling –

 

  1. All ceiling materials, installation and insulation.

 

v. Vertical Transportation –

 

  1. Upgrades to elevator or stair finishes above building standard.

 

vi. Structural Systems –

 

  1. Any upgrades required to accommodate higher loads than that for which the structural systems were initially designed.

 

vii. Electrical –

 

  1. All light fixtures and power distribution and installation for same.

 

  2. All electrical outlets and devices and power distribution for same.

 

  3. All hook-up of tenant equipment and furnishings.

 

  4. All exit lights.

 

viii. Architectural and Engineering –

 

  1. As required for tenant improvement work.

 

ix. Interior Construction and Finishes –

 

  1. All interior walls (studs, drywall, insulation, etc.).

 

  2. All interior wall, floor, and ceiling finishes.

 

  3. All interior cabinetry, millwork, carpentry, and accessories.

 

  4. All interior doors, frames, hardware.

 

  5. All interior glass glazing.

 

  6. All other finishes, furnishings, and equipment.

 

  7. All interior signage.

 

  8. All window blinds, which shall be building standard.

Specialty work that is not part of tenant improvement work but provided by tenant’s vendors and paid for by Tenant includes but is not limited to the following:

 

1. All telephone cabling and equipment.

 

2. All computer data conduit, cabling and equipment.

 

3. All other specialty systems (Muzak, security, etc.) conduit, cabling and equipment.

 

F-11


SITE PLAN

 

LOGO

 

 

 

F-12


EXHIBIT G

EXTERIOR SIGNAGE

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

G-1


EXHIBIT H

 

LOGO

 

H-1


EXHIBIT I

 

LOGO

 

I-1


EXHIBIT J

RENDERINGS

 

LOGO

 

J-1


LOGO

 

J-2


LOGO

 

J-3


LOGO

 

J-4


LOGO

 

J-5


LOGO

 

J-6


LOGO

 

J-7


LOGO

 

J-8


LOGO

 

J-9


LOGO

 

J-10

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF SAILPOINT TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS, INC.

 

1. SailPoint Technologies Intermediate Holdings, LLC (Delaware)

 

2. SailPoint Technologies, Inc. (Delaware)

 

3. SailPoint Holdings, Inc. (Delaware)

 

4. SailPoint International, Inc. (Delaware)

 

5. SailPoint Technologies UK Ltd. (United Kingdom)

 

6. SailPoint Technologies India Private Limited (India)

 

7. SailPoint Technologies Netherlands B.V. (Netherlands)

 

8. SailPoint Technologies Pte. Ltd. (Singapore)

 

9. SailPoint Technologies Israel Ltd. (Israel)

 

10. SailPoint Technologies GmbH (Germany)

 

11. SailPoint Technologies SARL (Switzerland)

 

12. Whitebox Security Ltd. (Israel)

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We have issued our report dated August 11, 2017, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Experts.”

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Denver, Colorado

October 20, 2017